Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Archive 

in  2009  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1988indi 


This  bulletin  contains  announcements  of  courses  for  the  academic  year  1988-89. 
lUP  reserves  the  right  to  repeal,  change,  or  amend  the  rules,  regulations,  and 
courses  contained  in  this  bulletin  at  any  time.  Tuition  and  fees  are  also  subject  to 
change. 

lUP  is  committed  to  providing  leadership  in  taking  affirmative  action  to  attain 
equal  educational  and  employment  rights  to  all  persons  without  regard  to  race, 
religion,  national  origin,  ancestry,  sex,  physical  handicap,  or  affectional  or 
Hfestyle  preference.  This  policy  is  placed  in  this  document  in  accordance  with 
state  and  federal  laws  including  Titles  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964, 
Title  IX  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972,  and  Sections  503  and  504  of 
the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  as  well  as  federal  and  state  executive  orders.  This 
policy  extends  to  disabled  veterans  and  veterans  of  the  Vietnam  era.  Please  direct 
inquiries  concerning  equal  opportunity  and  affirmative  action  to  the  following 
administrators: 

Management  and  University  Concerns: 

Ms.  M.  Karen  Deichert 

Director,  Human  Resources 

G-30  Sutton  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705 
Faculty  Concerns: 

Ms.  Sharon  Brown-McGowan 

Assistant  to  the  Provost 

204  Sutton  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705 
Student  Concerns: 

Ms.  Linda  Hall 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

215-A  Sutton  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705 


Indiana  University 

of  Pennsylvania  Bulletin 

1988-89 
Undergraduate  Catalog 

lUP 

Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705 


2 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Table  of  Contents 

University  Calendar 3 

The  University 4 

The  Branch  Campuses 8 

Admission  and  Registration 11 

Finances 17 

Student  Programs  and  Services 37 

Academic  Policies 46 

Requirements  for  Graduation 62 

The  College  of  Business 69 

The  College  of  Education 83 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts 99 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences Ill 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 133 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 180 

Military  Science 208 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education 210 

Course  Descriptions 214 

Directory 360 


University  Calendar 


Fall  Semester,  1988 


Registration 

Sept  6 

Classes  begin 

Sept  7 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins 

at  close  of  night  classes 

Nov  22 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) 

Nov  28 

Final  exams 

Dec  17-22 

Spring  Semester,  1989 

Registration 

Jan  23 

Classes  start 

Jan  24 

Spring  vacation  starts/p.m. 

Mar  11 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) 

Mar  20 

Easter 

Mar  26 

No  classes 

Mar  27 

Monday  classes  held 

Mar  28 

Reading  Day 

May  10 

Final  exams 

May  11-18 

Commencement 

May  20 

University  Calendar — 3 


Summer  Sessions,  1989 

(tentative) 
Session  One 

Arena  Registration 
Classes  begin 
Holiday 
Classes  end 

June  12 

June  13 

July  4 

July  14 

Session  Two 

Arena  Registration 
Classes  begin 
Classes  end 

July  17 
July  18 
Aug  17 

4 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  University 

A  University  Education 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  lUP  is  a  community  of  scholars  of  both  faculty  and  students, 
committed  to  discover,  preserve,  and  impart  truth  in  all  its  forms.  Our  primary  concern  is  with  the 
intellectual,  moral,  cultural,  physical,  social,  and  aesthetic  development  and  maturation  of  its 
students.  To  this  end  we  are  charged  with  providing  a  liberal  education  of  both  general  and  specialized 
studies  which  will  allow  our  students  to  liberate  themselves  from  narrow  interests  and  prejudices,  to 
broaden  their  intellectual  horizons  by  increased  cultural  perspective,  to  develop  the  ability  to  think 
logically,  critically,  and  creatively,  and  to  communicate  their  judgments  clearly  and  forcefully.  The 
curriculum  involves  a  body  of  knowledge  about  the  universe  and  about  people,  their  nature,  behavior, 
and  values.  It  also  provides  an  opportunity  to  gain  specialized  knowledge  as  a  preparation  for  graduate 
study  and  entry  into  professional  life.  Beyond  this  breadth  and  depth  of  knowledge,  the  university 
recognizes  that  such  an  education  is  only  a  beginning  and  hopes  to  stimulate  its  students  to  pursue 
continuous  development  in  the  areas  of  human  knowledge,  to  seek  wisdom,  to  challenge  the  mysteries 
of  life  and  examine  its  ultimate  meaning,  and  to  become  useful  members  of  society  by  embracing 
careers  which  will  touch  the  whole  community. 

Approved  by  the  University  Senate  in  May,  1979. 
History  of  the  University 

lUP  has  witnessed  a  history  rich  in  accomplishment.  Since  1875,  when  it  served  only  225  students  in  a 
single  building,  it  has  experienced  continuous  growth,  becoming  Pennsylvania's  fifth  largest  umver- 
sity.  The  current  enroUment  is  over  13,000,  with  students  from  thirty-six  states  and  over  fifty-five 
countries. 

The  first  buUding,  named  John  Sutton  Hall  in  honor  of  the  first  president  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  was 
opened  for  students  on  May  17,  1875. 

In  April,  1 920,  control  and  ownership  of  the  school  passed  to  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  Ir 
May,  1927,  by  authority  of  the  General  Assembly,  the  State  Normal  School  became  a  college,  with  th< 
right'  to  grant  degrees.  The  name  was  then  changed  to  the  State  Teachers  College  at  Indiana 
Pennsylvania.  In  1959,  the  legislature  approved  a  change  of  name  to  Indiana  State  College;  in  the 
1960s  there  followed  a  rapid  growth  in  the  liberal  arts  program. 


The  University — 5 


In  December,  1965,  Indiana  was  redesignated  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  given  the 
authority  to  expand  its  curriculum  and  to  grant  degrees  at  the  master's  level.  At  this  time  the  first 
doctoral  program  was  initiated. 

lUP  has  been  nationally  acclaimed  as  among  the  academic  best.  Barron's  Guide  to  the  Most 
Prestigious  Colleges,  Fourth  Edition,  1986,  listed  lUP  among  the  283  most  academically  competitive 
colleges  and  universities  in  the  nation.  In  1982,  the  consumer  magazine  Changing  Times  identified 
lUP  as  one  of  only  fifty  U.S.  colleges  and  universities  with  high  academic  standards  but  tuition  and 
fees  below  the  national  average.  In  1985,  the  education  editor  of  the  New  York  Times  included  lUP  as 
one  of  221  "Best  Buy"  colleges  and  universities  in  the  nation  in  The  Best  Buys  in  College  Education. 
Only  twelve  Pennsylvania  schools  were  chosen.  lUP's  internship  program  is  the  largest  in 
Pennsylvania. 

Accreditation 

lUP  is  a  state-owned  and  state-controlled  institution  for  higher  education.  It  is  an  approved  and  fully 
accredited  member  of  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools,  the  National  Council  of 
Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education,  the  American  Home  Economics  Association,  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  the  National  League  for  Nursing,  the  American  Society  of  Safety  Engineers,  the 
Committee  on  Allied  Health  Education  and  Accreditation,  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of 
Music,  the  National  Association  of  School  Psychologists,  and  the  National  Accrediting  Agency  for 
Clinical  Sciences. 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

The  main  campus,  originally  consisting  of  twelve  acres  and  one  building,  is  now  composed  of  a  total  of 
162  acres  on  which  are  located  sbcty  major  buildings  owned  by  the  state  and  seven  athletic  fields.  The 
University  Lodge,  located  a  few  miles  from  Indiana  and  surrounded  by  280  acres  of  wooded  hillside, 
offers  opportunity  for  nature  study  and  such  recreational  activities  as  hiking  and  skiing. 

The  Center  for  Community  Affairs 

The  Center  for  Community  Affairs  was  established  in  1976  to  meet  community  needs  through  the  use 
of  lUP  resources  and  technical  services.  The  center  is  organizationally  located  in  the  Institute  for 
Applied  Research  and  Policy  Studies  of  the  Graduate  School. 

The  purpose  of  the  center  is  to  forge  a  strong  link  between  community  planning  and  problem-solving 
efforts  and  the  analytical  capabilities  of  the  university.  The  center  serves  officials  and  agencies  through 
training,  technical  assistance,  applied  research,  and  computerized  information  systems. 

The  staff  of  the  center  includes  two  full-time  members,  eight  graduate  and  undergraduate  students, 
and  ten  faculty  associates. 

Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center 

The  Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center,  established  in  I%3,  is  located  on  the  ground 
floor  of  Stright  Hall.  The  center  provides  computational  support  for  undergraduate  and  graduate 
courses,  faculty  and  student  research,  and  the  administrative  requirements  of  the  university.  The 
computing  capacity  of  the  center  is  provided  by  a  large-scale  disk-oriented  central  processor  which 
supports  both  time-sharing  and  batch  processing  services  for  the  university  community.  Computer 
terminals,  located  both  in  the  center  and  in  various  departments  on  campus,  permit  the  use  of  the 
computer  on  a  time-sharing  basis.  Aid  in  use  of  the  computer  and  facilities  may  be  obtained  from  user 
assistants  on  duty  at  the  center  and  from  the  center's  professional  staff. 


6 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  center  plays  an  active  part  in  the  daily  functioning  of  the  university.  It  is  the  principal  laboratory 
facility  for  computer-oriented  courses  and  is  used  as  a  teaching  aid  in  many  classes  involving  statistical 
and  numerical  analyses  and  computer  simulations. 

Library  and  Media  Services 

Patrick  J.  Stapleton,  Jr.,  Library,  the  central  library  for  lUP,  was  completed  and  dedicated  in  1981 .  It 
adjoins  Rhodes  R.  Stabley  Library,  which  results  in  a  combined  structure  of  156,000  square  feet.  The 
Cogswell  Music  Library,  the  University  School  Library,  and  the  branch  campus  libraries  at  Armstrong 
Center  in  Kittanning  and  in  Punxsutawney  are  the  other  components  of  the  lUP  library  system. 
Twenty  library  faculty,  27  support  and  technical  staff,  and  over  160  students  are  employed  in  the 
Libraries  and  Media  Resources  Division  of  the  university.  The  book  collection  contains  in  excess  of 
570,000  volumes;  there  are  4,285  periodical  subscriptions,  1.7  million  items  of  microforms,  79,000 
bound  periodicals,  and  in  excess  of  24,000  volumes  of  governmental  publications.  (lUP  is  a  designated 
Select  Depository  for  federal  and  state  publications.)  The  libraries'  media  holdings  in  all  formats  are 
extensive.  Resources  are  supplemented  through  membership  in  OCLC  for  interlibrary  loan,  the  Health 
Sciences  Consortium  (North  Carolina),  and  the  Laurel  Highlands  Consortium  and  associate  mem- 
bership in  the  Center  for  Research  Libraries.  The  central  library  is  open  %  hours  a  week  during  regular 
terms.  The  recently  renovated  Cogswell  Music  Library,  located  on  the  top  floor  of  Cogswell  Hall, 
contains  approximately  6,000  books,  70,000  scores,  and  10,000  recordings.  Holdings  of  monumental 
editions  are  substantial.  Sound  recordings  circulate  only  to  faculty,  but  listening  stations  are  available 
for  use  by  all  patrons.  The  University  School  Library's  6,500  volumes  support  the  curriculum  of  grades 
K-6  at  the  University  School.  The  Armstrong  County  campus  library  has  more  than  22,000  volumes, 
and  the  recently  renovated  Punxsutawney  library  contains  more  than  13,000  books  as  well  as  150 
periodicals  and  recordings  of  music,  poetry,  and  drama. 

University  Senate 

Purpose 

The  purpose  of  the  University  Senate  is  to  provide  a  formal  means  through  which  the  student  body, 
faculty,  and  administration,  working  as  a  unified  group,  shall  share  in  the  governance  of  the  university 
through  the  establishment  of  university  policy. 

Nothing  relating  to  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  University  Senate  shall  be  construed  so 
as  to  limit  the  authority  of  the  Council  of  Trustees  or  the  president  of  the  university  with  respect  to  the 
administration  of  the  university  as  prescribed  by  law. 

Composition  and  Elective  Procedures 

The  University  Senate  shall  consist  of  a  number  of  faculty  double  the  number  of  departments  of  the 
university,  an  administrative  segment  one-third  the  size  of  the  faculty  segment,  and  a  student  segment 
one-half  the  size  of  the  faculty  segment.  Faculty  and  administrative  members  must  hold  full-time 
contracts  at  the  time  of  election  or  appointment,  and  students  must  be  fuU-time  and  in  good  standing. 
"Student"  refers  to  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  student  bodies.  The  student  segment  shall 
consist  often  times  as  many  undergraduate  students  as  graduate  students,  each  delegation  to  be  elected 
by  its  representative  student  body.  Undergraduate  students  shall  be  elected  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Student  Government  Association  and  graduate  students  through  elections  arranged  by  their  compara- 
ble body.  In  both  cases,  the  officiating  body  shall  call  for  and  accept  such  voluntary  nominations  for 
election  to  the  Senate  as  shall  be  made  to  it. 

Student  members  of  the  University  Senate  serve  on  most  of  the  Senate  committees. 


The  University — 7 


The  Foundation  for  lUP 

The  Foundation  for  lUP  is  a  nonprofit  agency  established  in  1%7  to  develop  and  maintain  private 
support  for  lUP.  It  is  governed  by  a  twenty-four-member  Board  of  Directors.  The  offices  of  Executive 
Director  Anthony  F.  Lenzi  '54  and  his  staff  are  located  on  campus  in  John  Sutton  Hall. 

Funds  raised  through  contributions  from  alumni,  friends,  faculty  and  staff,  corporations,  and 
foundations  are  used  to  support  scholarships,  academic  and  athletic  enrichment,  departmental 
programs,  and  other  priority  needs  of  the  university.  In  1986-87  contributions  received  totaled  over 
$1,000,000,  and  the  foundation's  endowments  are  valued  at  over  $1,100,000. 


8 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  Branch  Campuses 


Robert  H.  Doerr,  Director,  Armstrong  Branch 
Norman  T.  Storm,  Director,  Punxsutawney  Branch 

lUP  operates  two  branch  campuses,  one  in  Punxsutawney,  twenty-eight  miles  north  of  the  Indiana 
campus,  and  one  in  Kittanning,  twenty-eight  miles  west  of  the  Indiana  campus.  The  first  branch 
campus  was  established  in  1%2  in  Punxsutawney.  The  following  year  the  Armstrong  campus  in 
Kittanning  was  opened.  Over  200  students  are  enrolled  at  the  Punxsutawney  campus  and  550  students 
at  the  Armstrong  campus. 

Both  campuses  have  university  faculty  members  who  teach  full  time  at  the  branch  campuses.  To  meet 
additional  curriculum  needs,  other  faculty  from  the  Indiana  campus  travel  to  the  branch  campuses. 
The  branches  provide  one  to  two  full  years  of  college  work  which,  if  satisfactory,  is  transferable  to  the 
main  campus  of  lUP  or  to  other  accredited  colleges. 

Control  of  the  branch  campuses  is  directly  vested  with  the  lUP  administration  and  Council  of 
Trustees.  Advisory  boards  from  the  respective  areas  identify  local  needs.  Both  branch  campuses  carry 
full  accreditation  as  integral  parts  of  the  undergraduate  programs  of  lUP.  This  means  that  courses 
offered  at  the  branch  campuses  are  of  the  same  quality  as  those  offered  at  the  Indiana  campus. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  branch  campuses  of  lUP  offer  basic  general  education  courses  in  most  majors  in  the  various 
undergraduate  schools  of  the  university.  Thus,  students  may  schedule  a  full  program  for  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years  by  pursuing  work  that  will  fulfill  these  general  education  requirements.  In 
addition  to  these  required  courses,  a  number  of  electives  are  offered  in  many  fields. 

In  some  majors,  the  student  will  be  able  to  complete  only  one  year's  work  at  a  branch  campus  instead 
of  the  two  years  which  would  qualify  him/her  for  junior  status;  hence,  it  will  be  necessary  to  continue 
studies  at  the  Indiana  campus  after  the  first  year.  This  is  true  of  students  majoring  in  highly  specialized 
fields.  In  any  event,  no  student  accepted  at  either  of  the  branch  campuses  is  eligible  for  transfer  to  the 
Indiana  campus  until  he/she  has  completed  two  semesters  and  has  achieved  the  necessary  grade-point 
average. 


The  Branch  Campuses — 9 


Faculty  advisers  and  administrators  at  the  branch  campuses  are  available  to  advise  students  on  their 
instructional  programs  and  the  proper  time  for  continuing  at  the  Indiana  campus,  whether  it  be  after 
two,  three,  or  four  semesters. 

Business  Associate  Degree  Program 

The  two-year  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  is  based  upon  a  broad  liberal  arts  program  as  well  as 
professional  competencies  needed  in  the  field  of  business.  The  program  is  offered  at  the  Armstrong 
campus  and  the  Punxsutawney  campus.  A  student  accepted  for  this  program  may  concentrate  in 
accounting  or  computer  and  office  information  systems.  Some  of  the  credits  earned  in  the  two-year 
program  may  apply  toward  a  four-year  degree  program  in  business. 

Criminology  Associate  Degree  Program 

This  special  two-year  program  in  criminology  is  offered  only  at  the  Punxsutawney  branch  campus  and 
is  not  offered  at  the  Indiana  campus  of  lUP.  When  a  student  is  accepted  for  admission  into  this,  it  is 
understood  that  he/she  will  remain  in  the  particular  program  at  the  branch  campus  until  it  is 
completed.  It  is  further  understood  that  the  student  in  this  special  two-  year  program  may  not  transfer 
into  any  other  major  offered  by  the  university  until  completion  of  this  program.  At  that  time,  the 
student  may  apply  for  admission  to  a  four-year  baccalaureate  degree  program  according  to  the 
availability  of  openings  on  the  main  campus  of  lUP.  Admission  is  not  guaranteed.  If  accepted, 
however,  the  credits  earned  in  the  two-year  program  will  apply  toward  the  four-year  degree  program  in 
criminology. 

Admission 

Any  prospective  student  who  wishes  to  attend  either  of  the  branch  campuses  instead  of  the  Indiana 
campus  may  apply  for  admission  by  requesting  an  application  from  the  Admissions  Office  or  from  the 
director  of  either  branch  campus.  The  same  standards  and  requirements  used  for  admission  at  the 
Indiana  campus  are  applied  at  both  university  branch  campuses.  The  mailing  addresses  for  the 
respective  branch  campuses  follow: 

Armstrong  County  Branch  Campus  Punxsutawney  Branch  Campus 

lUP  lUP 

Kittanning,  PA  16201  Punxsutawney,  PA  15767 


Housing 

Both  the  branch  campuses  have  privately  owned  residence  halls  for  students  living  beyond  commuting 
distance.  Students  are  free  to  choose  their  housing  from  all  available  sources,  which  include  the 
privately  owned  residence  halls  and  private  homes  or  apartments  in  the  community.  A  list  of  rooms 
and  apartments  is  available  in  each  campus  director's  office. 

Food  Service 

Each  branch  campus  has  its  own  dining  hall  within  the  residence  hall.  Meals  are  served  seven  days  a 
week  during  the  time  the  university  is  in  session.  Residence  hall  students  as  well  as  students  living  in 
private  homes  and  apartments  may  make  arrangements  to  take  meals  in  the  dining  halls.  The  dining 
service  is  operated  by  the  same  food  service  contractor  as  on  the  main  campus. 


10 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Rules  and  Regulations  Concerning  Student  Behavior 

Students  at  the  branch  campuses  are  subject  to  the  same  rules  and  regulations  as  students  on  the 
Indiana  campus. 

Fees 

Branch  campus  students  pay  the  same  basic  fees  as  Indiana  campus  students  except  for  the  health  fee. 
The  health  fee  at  the  Armstrong  campus  is  $30  per  semester,  while  Punxsutawney  campus  students  do 
not  pay  a  health  fee. 

Continuing  Education 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  plays  a  significant  role  in  programming  community-university 
studies  classes  (noncredit),  academic  workshops,  and  institutes  in  the  Punxsutawney  and  Kittarming 
areas.  The  school  is  also  responsive  to  the  needs  of  the  local  community  through  credit  and  noncredit 
activities. 


Admission  and  Registration — 1 1 


Admission  and  Registration 

Admissions  Policy 

Any  graduate  of  an  accredited  four-year  high  school  or  holder  of  a  GED  equivalency  diploma  is 
qualified  to  apply  for  admission  to  lUP.  Prospective  students  who  have  completed  the  third  year  of 
high  school  may  file  an  application  beginning  the  following  July  1.  Applications  filed  before 
completion  of  the  junior  year  will  be  returned  to  the  sender. 

Requests  for  application  papers  and  catalogs  should  be  addressed  to 
The  Admissions  Office 
lUP 
Indiana,  PA  15705 

Admission  will  be  based  on  college  quotas  at  lUP,  taking  into  consideration  restrictions  in  some 
curriculums.  The  Admissions  Committee,  in  reviewing  the  applications,  will  take  the  following  into 
consideration:  academic  excellence,  giving  equal  opportunity  to  all  students,  needs  and  welfare  of  the 
students,  high  school  grades,  SAT/ ACT  scores,  achievement  tests,  guidance  counselors'  recommenda- 
tions, faculty  recommendations,  extracurricular  activities,  and  other  pertinent  information  that  would 
help  the  Admissions  Committee. 

Although  the  university  does  not  require  a  specific  number  of  high  school  credits  in  certain  subject 
matter  fields,  it  does  strongly  urge  all  applicants  to  take  the  usual  college  preparatory  program  in  high 
school.  Applicants  should  also  take  all  available  work  offered  in  the  field  in  which  they  plan  to  major. 

Applicants  are  expected  to  name  their  major  field  upon  application,  but  a  change  in  major  can  be 
made  during  the  freshman  year  without  loss  of  credit.  A  change  of  major  after  the  freshman  year 
(restricted  areas  are  excluded)  usually  entails  a  loss  of  credit  and  results  in  a  program  of  more  than  four 
years  to  satisfy  graduation  requirements. 

Applicants  to  the  departments  of  Art  and  Music  will  be  admitted  to  the  university  by  the  Admissions 
Office,  subject  to  the  acceptance  by  the  Department  of  Art  after  the  portfolio  review  and  by  the 
Department  of  Music  after  the  audition .  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  contact  the  department 
chairperson  and  make  the  necessary  arrangements. 


12 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Application  Fee 

A  check  or  money  order  (cash  will  not  be  accepted)  for  $15,  payable  to  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  must  accompany  each  application.  This  fee  is  nonrefundable  and  will  be  used  to  meet 
the  cost  of  filing  and  processing  applications. 

The  application  form,  the  $15  application  fee,  and  the  official  high  school  transcript  must  be  mailed  to 
the  Accounts  Receivable  Office,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

Freshman  Applicants 

The  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 

All  persons  expecting  to  apply  for  admission  as  freshmen  should  plan  to  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude 
Test  ("College  Boards")  on  or  before  the  December  test  date  of  the  senior  year  of  high  school.  The 
Admissions  Committee  recommends  that  the  applicant  first  take  the  test  in  the  spring  of  the  junior 
year,  because  the  application,  if  complete,  may  receive  early  consideration  in  the  fall  of  the  senior  year. 
If  the  applicant  has  an  excellent  high  school  record  and  high  College  Board  scores,  the  application  for 
admission  may  be  approved  by  November  30  of  the  senior  year. 

Whether  or  not  the  applicant  takes  the  College  Boards  in  the  junior  year,  it  is  recommended  that  the 
College  Boards  also  be  taken  no  later  than  the  December  testing  date  of  the  senior  year.  The 
Admissions  Committee  gives  the  applicant  the  benefit  of  the  highest  total  board  scores  from  all  test 
dates.  It  is,  therefore,  in  many  instances,  to  the  applicant's  advantage  to  take  the  boards  in  the  senior 
year.  However,  the  committee  will  use  the  boards  completed  in  the  junior  year  if  the  senior  boards  are 
not  available  at  the  time  admissions  decisions  are  being  made. 

The  applicant  should  arrange  to  take  the  College  Boards  through  the  high  school  principal  or  guidance 
counselor  or  by  writing  to  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  Box  592,  Princeton,  NJ  08540, 
for  an  information  pamphlet  and  test  application.  lUP  will  accept  the  test  battery  of  the  American 
College  Testing  Program  (ACT)  in  lieu  of  College  Boards  (SAT). 

When  the  applicant  receives  the  information  and  test  application,  he/she  should  fill  out  the  test 
application  and  designate  lUP  as  one  of  the  schools  he/she  desires  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  test  scores. 
The  test  application  is  to  be  returned  to  the  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  address. 

The  Admission  Application 

Applications  for  admission  will  be  available  after  June  1  following  the  student's  junior  year  of  high 
school. 

The  applicant  may  fill  out  and  submit  the  application  and  accompanying  forms  to  the  guidance 
counselor  after  July  1  of  the  summer  following  completion  of  the  junior  year.  The  deadline  for 
applications  for  early  consideration  is  October  15. 

The  application  deadline  depends  on  the  number  of  available  vacancies  in  the  freshman  class  and  the 
number  of  applications  received.  Students  are  encouraged  to  submit  an  application  and  the  required 
supportive  informadon  by  December  31.  Students  who  have  an  outstanding  high  school  record  and 
apply  to  the  main  campus  after  December  31,  therefore,  may  run  the  risk  of  not  being  awarded 
admission  to  the  Indiana  campus  fall  program.  Deadlines  for  the  branch  campuses  vary  from  year  to 
year,  depending  on  the  number  of  applications  received  and  the  academic  quality  of  the  students  who 
apply.  The  university  reserves  the  right  to  close  admissions  when  it  feels  that  it  has  offered  a  sufficient 
number  of  acceptances  to  academically  qualified  students. 


Admission  and  Registration — 13 


The  applicant  should  give  the  completed  application  form  and  the  $15  application  fee  to  his/her  high 
school  principal  or  guidance  counselor  for  completion  of  the  high  school  record  portion  of  the 
application.  The  principal  or  counselor  must  then  mail  the  complete  packet  of  admissions  materials  to 
the  Accounts  Receivable  Office,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

The  student's  application  is  complete  when  the  Admissions  Committee  receives  the  junior  College 
Board  and/or  senior  College  Board  or  ACT  test  results,  the  high  school  record,  the  completed 
application  form,  and  the  application  fee.  In  some  cases  the  committee  may  request  additional 
information,  such  as  a  list  of  senior  year  subjects  or  a  senior  grade  report. 

This  university  uses  the  Social  Security  Number  (SSN)  as  the  basis  for  all  student  recordkeeping. 
Although  disclosure  of  the  SSN  is  not  mandatory,  its  use  will  facilitate  the  coordination  of  national  test 
results,  financial  aid  awards,  and  the  maintenance  of  accurate  records.  The  SSN  will  be  used  solely  for 
identification  and/or  record  keeping  purposes. 

Processing  tbe  Application 

(1)  The  Admissions  Committee  reviews,  with  care  and  understanding,  each  of  the  several  thousand 
applications  that  are  submitted  each  year. 

(2)  Those  persons  who,  in  the  committee's  judgment,  satisfy  the  standards  for  early  decision  will 
receive  notification  by  November  30  of  their  senior  year.  Decisions  on  most  applications  are 
deferred  until  later  in  the  year.  Final  action  on  a  completed  application  takes  from  eight  to 
sixteen  weeks,  depending  on  the  number  of  applications  that  must  be  processed.  This  delay  is 
necessary  if  each  application  is  to  be  examined  carefully.  Applicants  who  are  not  given  early 
decision  can  expect  a  decision  by  January  3 1  of  their  senior  year. 

(3)  The  applicant  who  is  admitted  to  an  entering  class  is  required  to  visit  the  campus  on  an 
appointed  date  to  discuss  his/her  academic  and  career  plans  with  the  college  dean  and  other 
advisers.  The  date  of  this  appointment  for  the  orientation  interview  accompanies  the  notice  of 
acceptance. 

(4)  A  medical  examination  is  required  of  every  applicant  after  the  student  is  admitted. 

(5)  Attendance  at  the  orientation  interview  and  payment  of  the  $25  orientation  fee  signifies  the 
applicant's  interest  but  not  commitment  to  attend  lUP. 

(6)  Around  April  15,  a  $100  advance  payment  is  required  of  all  incoming  freshmen.  This  advance 
payment  will  be  credited  to  the  applicant's  housing  charges  and  basic  fees.  Fifty  percent  of  the 
$100  is  refundable  if  the  applicant  cancels  admission  before  July  1.  Exceptions  to  the  refund 
policy  may  be  made  by  application  to  the  Admissions  Committee  in  cases  of  unusual 
circumstances. 

Eariy  Admissions  Program 

The  Early  Admissions  Program  permits  students  to  enroll  as  college  freshmen  after  completing  the 
junior  year  in  high  school.  Student  applications  for  acceptance  must  originate  with  the  student's  high 
school  guidance  counselor  and  principal.  Admission  consideration  will  be  given  to  those  applications 
which  contain  a  statement  indicating  explicit  approval  by  the  high  school  principal.  The  applicant  must 
rank  in  approximately  the  top  fifth  of  his/her  class  and  have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  approximately 
1000.  The  university  Admissions  Committee  will  exercise  the  final  judgment  as  to  university  accep- 
tance after  a  personal  interview  with  the  applicant.  The  university  strongly  recommends  prior  summer 
school  attendance  by  all  students  admitted  through  the  Early  Admissions  Program. 


14 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Transfer  Students 

A  student  who  has  been  attending  another  institution  of  higher  education  and  wishes  to  transfer  to 
lUP  must  submit  an  application  and  official  transcripts  of  all  postsecondary  educational  work. 
Transfer  students  are  not  required  to  submit  their  high  school  transcript  or  SAT/ ACT  scores. 

Applications  will  be  accepted  for  consideration  for  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  after  July  1  of  the 
preceding  year.  The  application  deadline  depends  on  the  number  of  available  vacancies  in  the  transfer 
program  and  the  number  of  applications  received.  Students  are  encouraged  to  submit  an  application, 
$15  application  fee,  and  the  required  supportive  information  by  February  1  for  the  fall  semester  and 
November  1  for  the  spring  semester.  Students  who  have  an  outstanding  college  academic  record  but 
who  apply  after  the  above  designated  dates  risk  not  being  awarded  admission  to  the  university  because 
of  space  limitations. 

A  nonrefundable  orientation  fee  of  $25  is  required  of  all  accepted  students.  Attendance  at  a  Transfer 
Orientation  Day  in  July  is  highly  recommended.  If  a  waiver  of  attendance  at  summer  orientation  is 
approved  by  the  Admissions  Office,  the  student  will  schedule  courses  as  available  in  late  registration 
the  day  before  the  start  of  classes. 

The  evaluation  of  credits  from  other  institutions  of  higher  education  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
Admissions  Office  and  the  academic  college  dean  who  has  jurisdiction  over  the  student's  desired 
major.  Normally,  courses  considered  for  transfer  are  only  those  taken  from  institutions  which  are 
accredited  by  the  sbc  regional  accrediting  agencies.  Each  course  is  usually  evaluated  separately.  The 
evaluation  normally  includes  a  review  of  the  description,  semester  hours,  and  grade  of  each  course 
along  with  the  applicability  of  the  course  to  the  student's  major  at  lUP.  However,  only  credits  transfer, 
not  grade-point  average.  It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  university  that  only  courses  with  a  "C"  or  higher 
grade  will  be  accepted,  except  for  two-year  associate  degree  graduates  of  state-supported  community 
colleges  in  Pennsylvania.  No  matter  how  many  credits  are  transferable,  the  student  must  satisfy  all  of 
the  degree  requirements  falling  into  the  categories  of  (1)  university  requirements,  (2)  college  require- 
ments, and  (3)  department  requirements. 

University  requirements:  Since  all  students  are  obliged  to  fulfill  a  basic  program  in  General  Education 
consisting  of  fifty-two  semester  credit  hours  and  there  is  a  reasonable  degree  of  flexibility  in  the 
General  Education  requirements,  the  Admissions  Office  and  the  college  deans  will  look  to  this  area 
first  for  applicable  credits  for  transfer.  Most  introductory  courses  are  generally  equivalent. 

Residency  requirements:  The  university  requires  that  at  least  forty-five  credits,  generally  including  the 
last  thirty  credits  in  a  student's  curriculum,  must  be  earned  by  enrollment  in  courses  at  lUP.  It  should 
also  be  noted  that  for  community  college  graduates  a  maximum  of  sixty  credit  hours  is  transferable  to 
this  institution  for  the  purpose  of  fulfilling  a  specific  program  of  study.  Excess  credits,  if  any,  may  be 
transferred  but  cannot  be  used  for  fulfilling  the  minimum  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Transfer  students,  to  remain  in  good  academic  standing,  must  meet  the  same  quality-point  average 
requirements  as  those  specified  for  all  other  undergraduate  students.  See  section  entitled  "Criteria 
Governing  Continuance  at  lUP." 

The  university  accepts  "D"  grades  only  when  they  are  part  of  a  completed  Associate  Degree  earned  at 
a  publicly  owned  community  college  in  Pennsylvania.  These  "D"  grades  will  be  treated  in  the  same 
manner  as  those  earned  at  lUP.  This  articulation  policy  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  State  College  and 
University  Directors  in  1973. 


Admission  and  Registration — 15 


Part-Time  Study  (Non-degree) 

Part-Time  Studies  Program  —  Undergraduate 

Part-time  undergraduate  study  is  available  through  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  to  any  high 
school  graduate,  holder  of  a  GED  Equivalency  Diploma,  or  adult  over  twenty-five  years  of  age.  No 
SAT  scores  are  required.  Note:  A  TOEFL  Score  is  required  as  part  of  the  application  for  an  individual 
whose  native  language  is  other  than  English.  Those  who  are  not  U.S.  citizens  must  submit  a  notarized 
copy  of  their  current  visa  and  1-94  card  or  alien  resident  card. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  and  must  be  submitted  with  documen- 
tation directly  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  by  August  1 5  for  the  fall  semester  and  December 
15  for  the  spring  semester.  A  $15  application  fee  is  required.  Applications  submitted  after  established 
dates  are  not  guaranteed  consideration. 

Transfer  students  may  also  apply  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for  part-time  study  and  must 
submit  official  transcripts  for  all  previous  college  work  attempted.  An  overall  2.0  GPA  is  required. 

A  student  in  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  limited  to  a  semester  enrollment  of  no  more  than  1 1 

credits  and  must  apply  for  formal  admission  to  a  degree  program  before  30  lUP  credits  have  been 

earned.  Applications  for  degree  candidacy  must  be  filed  by  the  midterm  point  of  the  fall  or  spring 

semester  preceding  candidacy.  Specific  requirements  for  grade-  point  average  and  lUP  credit  vary  by 

degree  program.  The  minimum  credit  criteria  to  apply  for  consideration  for  degree  candidacy  are  as 

follows: 

High  School  Diploma  or  GED  1 5  lUP  Credits    2.0  GPA 

Veteran  (DD-2 14  required)  9  lUP  Credits     2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  1 2  or  more  credits)  9  lUP  Credits     2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  1 1  or  less  credits)  1 2  lUP  Credits     2.0  GPA 

Note:  A  student  who  has  applied  and  has  been  admitted  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  to  a  branch 

campus  is  not  eligible  to  apply  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education. 

Program  for  Visiting  High  School  Students 

lUP  permits  the  exceptional  high  school  student  to  preview  university  life  and  earn  regular  college 
credit  on  a  limited  nondegree  basis.  The  student  must  have  completed  the  sophomore  year  with  a 
minimum  of  a  "B"  average  and  have  the  written  support  of  the  high  school  principal  or  guidance 
counselor.  The  parameters  of  the  student's  enrollment  are  defined  in  consultation  with  appropriate 
high  school  official  and  are  limited  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  per  semester.  For  further  informa- 
tion, contact  the  School  of  Continuing  Education. 

Post-Baccalaureate  Study  (Undergraduate) 

The  Post-baccalaureate  Program  provides  access  to  undergraduate  credit  courses  to  individuals  who 
have  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  may  be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  teacher 
certification,  or  personal  enrichment.  Applications  are  available  from  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education.  Application  and  official  transcripts  of  all  previous  undergraduate  coursework  must  be 
submitted  by  August  1 5  for  fall  semester  and  December  1 5  for  spring  semester.  Applications  submitted 
after  established  dates  are  not  guaranteed  consideration.  A  post-baccalaureate  student  may  enroll  on  a 
full  or  part-time  basis.  A  $15  application  fee  is  required.  The  fee  is  waived  for  graduates  of  lUP. 

Teacher  Certification 

A  student  with  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree  and  a  2.5  GPA  who  wishes  to  complete  the  require- 
ments for  Instructional  Level  1  Certification  must  submit  an  application  and  official  undergraduate 
transcripts  indicating  degree(s)  awarded  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education.  As  a  prerequisite  to 
student  teaching,  a  student  must  be  enrolled  for  one  semester.  To  earn  Instructional  Level  1  Certifica- 
tion, the  student  must  satisfactorily  complete  the  prescribed  courses  in  an  approved  lUP  certification 
program  and  successfully  pass  the  Peruisylvania  Teacher  Certification  Test. 


16 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

A  student  with  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a  second 
or  subsequent  bachelor's  degree  must  submit  an  application  and  official  transcripts  indicating 
degree(s)  awarded.  The  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  30  additional  lUP  credits  and  meet  the 
requirements  for  graduation  established  by  the  department  and  college  in  which  the  new  degree  is  to  be 
earned. 

Readmission  Policy  for  Students  Who  Withdraw  From  the  University 
Voluntarily 

A  student  who  withdrew  from  the  university  on  a  voluntary  basis  for  reasons  of  health,  financial 
difficulty,  etc.,  and  who  wishes  to  reenter  must  notify,  in  writing,  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
student  was  eru-olled  at  the  time  of  his/her  withdrawal  before  April  1 ,  if  requesting  readmission  for  that 
year's  summer  sessions,  or  before  July  1  for  the  fall  semester  (starting  in  September).  Written  requests 
must  be  made  to  the  above-mentioned  offices  before  November  1  if  requesting  readmission  for  the 
spring  semester  starting  in  January. 

The  Summer  Sessions 

The  summer  school  program  at  lUP  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  many  students.  Courses, 
workshops,  and  seminars  are  offered  in  the  liberal  arts,  in  teacher  education,  and  in  other  fields  of 
study. 

Continuing  university  students,  including  newly  admitted  freshmen,  who  wish  to  accelerate  their 
program  of  studies  will  find  both  general  education  and  special  courses  in  all  fields  of  study.  Students 
from  other  colleges  and  universities  may  take  courses  at  lUP;  however,  they  are  advised  to  first  ensure 
that  their  home  institution  will  transfer  such  credits  earned  at  lUP. 

Teachers-in-service  will  find  courses  in  the  summer  program  to  serve  a  variety  of  needs.  They  may 
enroll  to  qualify  for  permanent  certification,  take  refresher  courses  in  their  field  of  specialization,  or 
take  courses  for  the  purpose  of  extending  their  certification  to  a  new  field. 

The  Summer  Sessions  Schedule,  which  contains  information  regarding  courses  and  activities  offered 
during  the  summer  sessions,  is  usually  available  after  March  1  and  can  be  obtained  by  contacting  the 
Registrar's  Office,  Room  G5,  Sutton  Hall  (412-357-2217),  or  the  Graduate  School,  Room  128,  Stright 
HaU  (412-357-2222). 

Attendance  at  summer  sessions  is  open  to  all  students  but  does  not  constitute  admission  or  readmission 
for  continuing  registration  in  the  fall  and/or  spring  semesters.  Students  who  desire  admission  must 
obtain  an  application  through  the  Office  of  Admissions  or  the  School  of  Continuing  Education,  as 
appropriate.  Students  who  desire  readmission  for  a  fall  semester  must  apply  to  the  office  of  their 
college  dean  by  the  preceding  July  1 . 

American  Language  Institute  (ALI) 

The  American  Language  Institute  offers  intensive  programs  in  English  for  international  students  and 
visitors  from  beginning  through  advanced  levels  each  semester. 

The  English  for  Academic  Purposes  Program  (EAP)  is  for  applicants  seeking  to  prepare  themselves 
for  study  at  any  U.S.  college  or  university.  Depending  on  proficiency,  enrollment  is  for  fourteen  weeks 
of  intensive  study,  beginning  main  session,  including  twenty-five  hours  per  week  of  classroom 
instruction.  Students  completing  this  program  may  earn  three  semester  hours  of  university  credit. 
Students  may  apply  to  lUP  for  conditional  admission,  pending  completion  of  this  program.  The  ALI 
also  offers  two  shorter  programs:  English  for  Specific  Purposes  (ESP)  for  graduate  students  entering 
specialized  fields  and  English  for  International  Visitors  (EIV)  for  visiting  professionals  who  seek 
improvement  in  English  proficiency  while  exp)eriencing  life  in  the  U.S. 

For  further  information  about  the  ALI  programs,  contact  Dr.  Dan  Tarmacito,  Director,  American 
Language  Institute,  212  Eicher  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705  USA;  (412)  357-2402. 


Finances —  1 7 


Finances 


*Basic  Fees  (as  of  March,  1988) 

The  fees  set  forth  in  this  section  were  those  in  effect  in  March,  1988.  The  fee  schedule  is  subject  to 
change;  these  figures  are  to  be  considered  simply  as  an  estimate.  You  may  request  a  current  fee 
schedule  by  writing  to  the  Admissions  Office,  lUP,  or  by  phoning  (412)  357-2230. 

The  basic  fee  for  all  full-time  in-state  students  is  $91 5  per  semester.  This  fee  covers  registration  and  the 
keeping  of  student  records,  use  of  the  library,  student  welfare,  and  laboratory  facilities.  An  additional 
$76  per  credit  will  be  charged  for  credits  scheduled  in  excess  of  eighteen. 

Out-of-state  full-time  students  pay  a  basic  fee  of  $  1 ,633  per  semester.  An  additional  $  1 36  per  credit  will 
be  charged  for  credits  in  excess  of  eighteen. 

The  basic  fee  for  part-time  in-state  undergraduate  students  is  $76  per  semester  hour.  A  pan-time 
undergraduate  student  is  one  taking  eleven  or  fewer  semester  hours.  See  the  sections  on  Admission  and 
Registration  and  on  University  Policies  for  further  information  concerning  part-time  students. 

The  basic  fee  for  part-time  out-of-state  students  is  $136  per  semester  hour. 

An  in-state  student  is  defined  as  one  who  is  a  bona  fide  resident  of  and  domiciled  within  the  state  of 
Pennsylvania  for  a  reasonable  period,  not  less  than  one  year,  immediately  preceding  his  or  her 
registration  for  a  term  or  semester  in  any  state-supported  college  or  university  in  the  state  of 
Pennsylvaiua.  A  minor  will  generally  be  presumed  to  be  a  resident  of  the  place  of  his/her  parents'  or 
guardian's  domicile. 

The  establishment  of  domicile  is  primarily  a  matter  of  continued  residence  and  intention.  Generally, 
Pennsylvania  domicile  is  considered  to  be  established  upon  the  completion  of  at  least  twelve  months  of 
continuous  residence  within  the  state  at  the  time  of  registration  for  courses.  For  special  cases,  the 
university  has  a  committee  to  review  individual  circumstances. 

♦The  university  reserves  the  right  to  change  its  fees  without  notice. 

*Other  Fees 

Audit  Fee-  Full  standard  fees  will  be  assessed  for  each  course  audited,  exception  being  persons  on 
Social  Security  or  equivalent  retirement  benefit,  who  will  be  given  remission  of  basic  fees  for  such 
classes  where  space  is  available. 


18 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Orientation  Fee-  A  nonrefundable  fee  of  $25  must  be  paid  by  each  student  accepted  for  enrollment. 
This  fee  will  be  used  to  cover  the  cost  incurred  by  the  university  on  the  students'  behalf  during 
Freshman  Orientation  Day  on  campus  and  Fall  Freshman  Orientation.  Payment  of  this  fee  signifies 
the  student's  interest  but  NOT  commitment  to  attend  lUP. 

Health  Fee  -  The  student  health  fee  of  $38  per  semester  is  assessed  for  each  full-time  undergraduate  or 
graduate  student  at  the  main  campus.  All  students  enrolled  in  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed  a 
student  health  fee  according  to  the  following  schedule:  pre-session  -  $8;  main  session  -  $16;  post-session 
-  $8.  This  fee  covers  most  services  provided  by  the  lUP  Health  Center.  Students  will  be  assessed  an 
additional  amount,  upon  use,  for  certain  medications  and  laboratory  tests.  In-patient  cost  for  meals  in 
the  Health  Center  will  be  charged  at  the  usual  meal  rate  per  night  if  the  student  does  not  have  a  valid 
meal  card.  No  charge  for  in-patient  care  at  the  I  UP  Health  Center  will  be  assessed  for  students  with 
valid  meal  cards  covering  the  meals  provided.  Part-time  undergraduate  students  taking  six  to  eleven 
credit  hours  will  be  assessed  $19  per  semester  health  service  fee  which  will  provide  limited  service.  Part- 
time  students  have  the  option  of  paying  the  $38  per  semester  fee,  or  they  may  choose  the  Fee-for- 
Service  schedule  available  at  the  lUP  Health  Center.  Students  attending  the  Armstrong  campus  of  lUP 
will  be  assessed  a  health  fee  of  $38  per  semester.  There  is  no  health  fee  for  students  attending  the 
Punxsutawney  campus  of  lUP. 

Housing  Fee  -  The  room  fee  for  students  living  in  university  residence  halls  for  the  1988-89  academic 
year  is  $622  per  semester  for  a  double-occupancy  room  and  $936  per  semester  for  a  single-occupancy 
room.  Resident  students  are  required  to  take  meals  in  imiversity  dining  halls  and  can  select  from  either 
Plan  A  or  Plan  B. 

Meal  Fee  -  Meal  fees  that  went  into  effect  May,  1987,  are  as  follows: 
Plan  A  -  20  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner,  Monday  through  Saturday, 

brunch  and  dinner  on  Sunday)  $533/sem 

Plan  B  - 15  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  diruier,  Monday  through  Friday)  $480/sem 

Plan  C  - 10  meals  per  week 

Ounch  and  dinner,  Monday  through  Friday)  $384/sem 

Plan  D  -  5  meals  per  week 

Ounch  only,  Monday  through  Friday)  $189/sem 

Student  Activity  Fee  -  An  activity  fee  is  collected  from  all  students  and  administered  through  the 
Student  Cooperative  Association  under  regulations  approved  by  the  Council  of  Trustees.  This  fee  of 
$76  per  semester  covers  the  cost  of  student  activities  in  athletics,  lectures,  entertainment,  student 
publications,  etc.,  and  is  payable  in  one  sum  for  the  semester.  The  Student  Activity  Fee  is  $28  for  part- 
time  students.  (These  fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice  during  the  academic  year.) 

Late  Registration  Fee  -  Each  student  registering  after  the  last  date  officially  set  for  registration  is 
required  to  pay  $25  for  each  day  thereafter  to  a  maximum  of  $50  (except  when  permission  for  late 
registration  has  been  secured  in  advance  because  of  illness  or  other  unavoidable  causes). 

Bad  Check  Charge  -  Students  making  checks  payable  to  "Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania"  which 
are  not  acceptable  to  the  bank  for  any  reason  will  be  charged  $10  for  each  bad  check  in  the  amount  of 
$.01  to  $49.99  and  $20  for  bad  checks  written  for  $50  or  more. 

Military  Science  Fee  -  An  activity  fee  of  $5  is  required  for  ROTC  cadets  to  cover  the  cost  of  Cadet  Corps 
functions.  This  fee  is  payable  directly  to  the  military  science  department. 

Students  Studying  Abroad  -  Students  enrolled  in  the  studies  abroad  program  will  pay  a  program  fee 
per  semester  to  the  university.  All  other  fees  assessed  by  the  foreign  institution  will  be  paid  directly  to 
the  foreign  institution  by  the  student. 

Med-Tech  Students  -  During  the  clinical  year  a  fee  may  be  levied  and  collected  by  the  participating 
hospital.  The  only  other  cost  to  these  students  shall  be  an  administrative  fee  of  $150  to  be  collected  by 
the  university.  Room  and  board  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 


Finances — 19 


Financial  Delinquency  Policy  -  Registration  is  not  in  fact  complete  until  a  student  pays  the  fee  for  such 
registration,  and  the  university  reserves  for  itself  the  right  to  bar  such  a  student  from  classes.  When  it 
has  been  determined  during  the  course  of  a  semester  that  a  student's  account  has  become  delinquent 
from  accrued  charges,  the  Registrar's  Office  will  be  notified  of  this  delinquency  and  advised  to  refrain 
from  reporting  the  student's  grades  and  from  issuing  any  transcripts  for  that  student's  work  until  the 
delinquent  account  has  been  satisfied.  Faculty  members  will  continue  to  submit  a  grade  for  the 
financially  delinquent  student;  however,  requests  from  students  will  be  honored  and  official  reports 
will  be  released  by  the  Registrar's  Office  only  after  the  student  has  cleared  his  account  or  established  a 
payment  plan  satisfactory  to  the  Accounts  Receivable  Office. 

Miscellaneous  Costs  -  In  some  courses  students  are  required  to  obtain  supplies  and  materials  to 
complete  course  projects.  In  many  courses,  a  student  may  make  a  voluntary  contribution  to  a 
cooperative  fund  established  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  these  supplies  and/or  services  at  a  lower 
cost.  Examples  are  art  courses,  field  trips,  etc. 

Music  -  For  each  Applied  Music  course,  the  fee  is  $50  per  semester  for  a  half-hour  lesson  once  a  week. 
This  charge  is  in  addition  to  credit  hours  costs. 


Estimated  Expenses  Per  Semester 

Instructional  Fee 

Housing 

Meals 

Student  Activity  Fee 

Health  Fee 

Books  and  Supplies 


In-State 

Out-of-State 

$    915.00 

$ 

1633.00 

622.00 

622.00 

533.00 

533.00 

76.00 

76.00 

38.00 

38.00 

300.00 

300.00 

$2,484.00 


$3,202.00 


Miscellaneous  and  travel  expenses  would  be  in  addition  to  the  above. 

*Cost  of  books  and  supplies  may  vary  depending  on  major  and  class  enrollment. 


Summer  Sessions  Fees 

Basic  Fee  -  The  basic  fee  for  students  enrolled  for  any  of  the  regular  summer  sessions  is  $76  per 
semester  hour  for  undergraduate  students. 

Housing  Fee  -  Room  rates  for  the  1988  summer  sessions  are 
Double  occupancy  -  $40  per  week  (without  phone) 
Single  occupancy  -  $60  per  week  (without  phone) 

Students  are  charged  for  each  session  according  to  the  number  of  weeks  they  will  require  housing. 

Resident  students  are  required  to  take  meals  in  university  dining  halls  and  can  select  from  Plan  A  or 

Plan  B.  Meal  Fee  -  Estimated  meal  rates  for  1988  summer  sessions  are 
Plan  A  -  20  meals  per  week  $34  per  week 

Plan  B  - 1 5  meals  per  week  $30  per  week 

Plan  C  - 10  meals  per  week  $24  per  week 

Plan  D  -  5  meals  per  week  $  1 2  per  week 

Student  Activity  Fee  -  For  the  main  summer  session,  this  fee  is  $28  and  for  the  pre-  and  post-sessions, 
$12  per  session,  payable  at  time  of  registration. 

Student  Health  Fee  -  Each  undergraduate  and  graduate  student  enrolled  in  lUP  summer  sessions  will 
be  assessed  the  following  fees  for  Student  Health  Ser\'ices:  $8  for  pre-session,  $16  for  main  session,  and 
$8  for  post-session. 


20 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Special  Fees 

Degree  Fee  -  A  fee  of  $20  will  be  charged  each  candidate  for  a  degree  at  the  time  of  approval  of 
application  for  graduation.  This  fee  is  to  cover  costs  of  preparing  diplomas  and  the  graduation 
ceremony. 

Transcript  Fees  -  Applications  for  transcripts  must  be  made  only  in  writing  to  the  registrar,  either  by 
U.S.  mail  or  on  forms  available  at  the  transcript  window  in  Sutton  Hall-Ground  Floor.  Such  requests 
must  include 

(1)  Your  full  name  and  Social  Security  number  as  of  your  graduation  or  termination  of  enrollment 
at  lUP.  (Please  note  any  name  changes  since  graduation); 

(2)  Your  present  address; 

(3)  Whether  you  are  requesting  a  transcript  of  your  undergraduate  and/or  graduate  work; 

(4)  Whether  you  graduated  or,  if  not,  when  you  were  enrolled; 

(5)  The  full  and  clearly  stated  name(s)  and  address(es)  of  person(s)  to  whom  you  wish  the 
transcript(s)  sent; 

(6)  The  transcript  fee  is  $3  for  each  copy  requested.  (Checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  out  to 
Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.)  A  charge  of  $6.00  will  be  assessed  for  express  transcript 


Any  requests  which  are  not  accompanied  by  the  proper  fees  or  information  will  be  returned  to  the 
senders  for  inclusion  of  them.  No  transcript  requests  will  be  processed  without  the  payment  of 
transcript  fees. 

Official  transcripts  (containing  signature  and  university  seal)  will  not  be  issued  to  students  directly.  The 
university  will  attempt  to  mail  official  transcripts  within  a  reasonable  time.  However,  in  the  event  of  its 
failure  to  do  so,  damages  will  be  limited  to  the  fee,  if  any,  paid  by  the  student  for  the  copy  or  copies  of 
the  transcript.  In  no  case  is  the  university  responsible  for  consequential  damages. 

Damage  Fee  -  Students  are  responsible  for  damages,  breakage,  loss,  or  delayed  return  of  university 
property. 

Billing  and  Payments 

All  bills,  including  basic  fee  and  housing  fee,  are  payable  as  specified  on  the  billing  notice  for  at  least 
the  first  seven  weeks.  Checks  or  money  orders,  in  the  exact  amount  of  the  billing  notice,  should  be 
made  payable  to  lUP  unless  otherwise  specified.  Book  Store  purchases  are  on  a  cash  basis. 

It  is  desired  that  payments  for  the  entire  semester  be  made  in  August  for  the  first  semester  and  in 
December  for  the  second  semester;  however,  for  a  nominal  charge  an  installment  plan  is  available. 

Delinquent  Accounts 

Students  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  for  any  semester  nor  to  graduate  until  all  bills  previously 
incurred  have  been  paid;  nor  will  credit  be  certified  to  any  other  institution  or  the  Department  of 
Education  until  all  overdue  accounts  have  been  paid.  A  late  payment  fee  of  $10  for  each  day  past  the 
due  date  will  be  assessed  for  delinquent  accounts  up  to  a  maximum  of  $50. 

Undergraduate  students  desiring  to  leave  school  before  the  close  of  a  semester  must  report  to  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center  and  to  the  Accounts  Receivable  Office  to  settle  all  unpaid  accounts. 
Graduate  students  report  to  the  Graduate  School  dean. 


Finances — 21 


lUP  Refund  Policy 

The  university  must  engage  its  faculty,  assign  residence  hall  space,  and  arrange  for  meal  contracts  in 
advance  of  each  term  in  accordance  with  the  number  of  students  who  expressed  their  intent  to  be 
enrolled.  When  students  withdraw  from  the  university,  they  create  vacancies  which  cannot  be  Tilled, 
and  financial  commitments  for  salaries  and  services  by  the  university  must  be  honored.  The  refund 
policy  at  lUP  applies  to  all  students  enrolled  in  credit-producing  programs  at  the  university  either  full- 
time  or  part-time. 

Cancellation 


Students  who  have  made  prepayments  to  the  university,  are  unable  to  attend  classes,  and  notify  lUP 
five  days  prior  to  the  start  of  classes  or  earlier  are  entitled  to  full  refund  of  all  fees  paid,  less  applicable 
advance  payment  deposits.  To  be  eligible  for  such  a  refund,  the  student  must  notify  the  university 
treasurer  in  writing  five  days  prior  to  the  start  of  classes.  The  university  treasurer  will  forward  to  the 
registrar  copies  of  cancellation  notices  and  the  registrar  will  cancel  the  student's  registration  and  notify 
the  appropriate  university  offices.  Students  who  use  university  residence  halls  and/or  food  service  the 
week  prior  to  the  start  of  classes  and  cancel  will  forfeit  an  amount  equal  to  one  week's  fee  for  such 
services  plus  the  full  amount  of  any  advance  deposit  payment. 

Total  Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  who  register  for  classes  and  then  withdraw  from  the  university  on  or  after  the  fourth  day 

preceding  the  start  of  classes  are  subject  to  the  following: 

A.  Undergraduate  students  withdrawing  from  the  university  must  process  such  withdrawal 
through  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center,  107  Pratt  Hall.  Graduate  students  must  withdraw 
through  the  Graduate  School  Office,  Stright  Hall.  The  official  withdrawal  date  will  be  estab- 
lished by  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center  (undergraduate)  or  the  Graduate  School  Office 
(graduate). 

B.  Students  totally  withdrawing  from  courses,  upon  receiving  approval  from  the  applicable  office 
(Advising  and  Testing  Center  or  Graduate  School),  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  semester  charges 
in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Withdrawal  on  Calendar 
Day  Basis 
4  days  prior  to  the  start 
of  classes  through  14 
15  through  21 
22  through  28 
29  through  35 
36  or  beyond 


Percentage  of  Student's  Total  Semester 
Charges  to  be  Forfeited 

20<Vo 
30% 
40% 
50% 
100%  (no  refund) 


The  start  of  calendar  days  is  defined  as  the  first  day  of  classes  as  scheduled  on  the  university  calendar. 

Refunds  for  students  receiving  financial  assistance  from  scholarships,  loans,  and/or  grants  will  be 
returned  to  the  source  of  aid  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  prescribed  by  the  funding  source. 

During  summer  sessions,  students  totally  withdrawing  from  the  university,  upon  receiving  approval 
from  the  applicable  office  (Advising  and  Testing  Center  or  Graduate  School),  will  forfeit  a  portion  of 
the  total  session  charges  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Calendar  Day 

of 
Withdrawal 
First  class  day  through 
fourth  calendar  day 

Fifth  calendar  day  and  beyond 


Percentage  of  Student's 

Total  Session  Charges 

to  be  Forfeited 

50% 


100% 


22 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  associate  provost  will  determine  the  official  start  of  classes  for  each  semester  or  session. 
Students  enrolled  in  credit-bearing  summer  conferences,  institutes,  workshops,  or  tours  of  less 
than  three  weeks'  duration  will  be  granted  a  fifty  percent  refund  through  the  first  day  of  the  class 
(unless  a  no-refund  policy  is  required  by  the  sponsor). 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal 

A  student  may  cancel  an  individual  course(s)  up  to  four  days  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes  by 
notifying  the  registrar  in  writing.  If  a  student  cancels  a  course(s)  prior  to  the  fourth  day  preceding  the 
start  of  classes,  no  penalty  will  be  charged  and  the  student  will  receive  100  percent  refund  for  the 
course(s)  cancelled.  No  refunds  will  be  made  to  full-time  students  who  withdraw  from  individual 
courses  after  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  first  day  of  classes. 

Individual  course  withdrawal  is  defined  as  a  reduction  in  class  load  but  not  total  withdrawal  from  the 
university.  Example:  a  student  who  registers  for  three  courses  and  then  withdraws  from  one  or  two 
classes  but  continues  with  the  other  class  or  classes. 

Part-time  students  (undergraduate  students  who  register  for  less  than  twelve  credits  and  graduate 
students  who  register  for  less  than  nine  credit  hours)  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  credit-hour  fee  in 
accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Calendar  Day  of 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal 

Fourth  day  prior  to  the 

first  class  day  through  35 

36  and  beyond 


Percentage  of  Student's 

Instructional  Fee  to  be  Forfeited 

50% 

100% 


Refunds  will  be  granted  only  for  instructional  fee.  No  refund  will  be  granted  to  students  who  drop 
and  add  like  number  of  credit  hours.  Refunds  will  be  granted  to  students  for  individual  course 
withdrawals  during  summer  sessions  under  the  same  basis  as  outlined  under  the  heading  Total 
Withdrawal. 


Termination  of  Residence  Hall  or  Dining  Service  Contract 

A.  Academic  Year  (Fall  and  Spring  Semesters) 

1 .  Residence  Hall  Termination 

Release  from  a  residence  hall  contract  is  on  a  replacement  basis  except  under  those  conditions 
outlined  in  the  contract.  Students  who  request  in  writing  and  are  released  from  their  residence 
hall  contract  by  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  prior  to  the  fourth  day  preceding  the 
start  of  classes  will  be  assessed  no  forfeiture,  and  the  student  will  receive  a  100  percent  refund  of 
the  residence  hall  fee,  less  applicable  advance  deposits.  Students  who  request  in  writing  to 
terminate  their  university  residence  hall  contract  on  or  after  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  first 
day  of  classes  and  are  granted  a  contract  release  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life 
will  forfeit  one  week's  residence  hall  rental  for  each  week  or  portion  thereof  the  student  is 
assigned  to  a  university  residence  hall.  A  week's  rental  charge  is  determined  by  dividing  the 
semester's  fee  by  the  number  of  weeks  in  the  semester.  The  specific  date  of  release  wUl  be 
determined  by  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life. 

2.  Dining  Service  Termination 

Students  who  are  released  from  their  dining  service  contract  by  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  prior  to  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  start  of  classes  will  be  assessed  no 
forfeiture,  and  the  student  will  receive  a  100  percent  refund  of  the  dining  service  fee,  less 
applicable  advance  deposit.  Students  who  request  in  writing  to  terminate  their  university  dining 
service  contract  on  or  after  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  first  day  of  classes  and  are  granted  a 
contract  release  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the 
semester  charges  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Finances — 23 


Date  of  Termination  Percentage 

From  Dining  Service  of  Semester  Fee 

Contract  to  be  Forfeited 
Fourth  day  prior  to  the  first  class 

day  through  35th  calendar  day  50% 

36th  calendar  day  and  beyond  100% 

B.     Summer  Sessions 

Once  a  student  signs  a  contract  for  housing  and/or  dining  services,  he  or  she  must  request  in 
writing  and  obtain  a  release  from  that  contract  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  in 
order  to  be  eligible  for  a  refund  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Date  of  Termination  from  Percentage  of 

Residence  Halls  and/or  Session  Charges 

Dining  Service  to  be  Forfeited 
Check-in  date*  through  fourth 

calendar  day  of  classes  50% 

Fifth  calendar  day  and  beyond  100% 

*The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  will  publish  the  date  students  are  to  check  into  the 
residence  halls  for  each  summer  session.  The  check-in  date  is  the  effective  date  of  the  student's 
contract. 

Other  Provisions 

No  refunds  will  be  granted  unless  formal  withdrawal  procedure  has  been  initiated  through  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center  by  the  student  at  the  point  of  withdrawal.  Written  and  dated  notice  is 
required  by  the  student  or  the  student's  family  in  special  circumstances,  such  as  sickness,  within  thirty 
days  of  the  student's  withdrawal. 

No  refunds  will  be  granted  by  the  university  to  students  who  are  suspended  or  expelled  from  classes, 
residence  halls,  and/or  dining  service. 

Financial  Aid 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  located  at  308  Pratt  Hall,  offers  financial  information  and  counseling  to  all 
students  attending  lUP.  The  types  of  financial  assistance  offered  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office  include 
student  employment,  loans,  grants,  and  scholarships.  In  most  cases,  a  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and 
Federal  Student  Aid  Application  is  used  to  determine  eligibility  for  these  programs. 

The  Financial  Aid  Office  of  lUP  is  providing  the  following  information  in  compliance  with  federal 
guidelines  for  the  dissemination  of  financial  aid  information. 

In  order  to  be  considered  for  financial  aid  administered  through  the  university,  a  Pennsylvania  State 
Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid  Application  must  be  submitted  to  PHEAA  in  Harrisburg.  Students 
will  be  awarded  assistance  based  on  demonstrated  financial  need.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  continued 
funding,  the  applicant  must  remain  in  satisfactory  academic  standing  at  the  university,  as  defined  in 
the  Academic  Standards  Policy,  and  meet  the  standards  of  the  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress 
Policy. 

Title  IV  Financial  Assistance  Programs  include  the  following:  Pell  Grant,  Federal  College  Work  Study 
Program,  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  Perkins  Loan,  Guaranteed  Student  Loan, 
Parent  Loan  for  Undergraduate  Students,  Supplemental  Loan  for  Students.  Maintaining  Satisfactory 
Academic  Progress  at  lUP  for  Title  IV  assistance  purposes  is  defined  as  being  in  compliance  with  both 
the  university's  Academic  Standards  Policy  and  the  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy.  Inability 
to  meet  the  guidelines  of  these  two  policies  will  result  in  a  loss  of  funding  from  all  Title  IV  programs. 


24 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy 

The  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy  applies  to  all  undergraduate  students  enrolled  in  the 
university. 

A.  Sufficient  Progress 

To  be  in  good  standing  on  a  sufficient  progress  basis,  a  student  must  have  earned  at  least  75  percent 

of  the  cumulative  number  of  registered  credits  at  lUP. 

1 .  "Registered  credits"  is  the  number  of  credits  for  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the 
Drop/ Add  period  (for  a  student  who  was  originally  registered  and  charged  at  full-time  status, 
and  who  reduces  during  Drop/Add  to  part-time  status,  the  registered  credits  will  be  calculated 
as  twelve). 

Each  student  will  be  measured  for  sufficient  progress  annually  in  January  after  fall  grade 
processing.  This  evaluation  will  determine  if  the  student  has  a  sufficient  percentage  of  credits 
earned  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  Title  IV  funding  for  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1 
through  June  30). 

B.  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Warning 

For  a  student  who  has  not  earned  at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulative  number  of  registered  credits 
at  lUP,  a  one  time  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Warning  Period  will  be  extended  in  order  for 
deficiencies  to  be  corrected.  This  extension  period  will  permit  the  student  to  receive  Title  IV 
funding  for  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1  through  June  30). 

C.  Financial  Aid  Suspension 

If  a  student  does  not  meet  the  sufficient  percent  of  progress  evaluation  after  the  Financial  Aid 
Eligiblity  Warning  Period,  then  all  Title  IV  aid  for  that  student  will  be  suspended  in  the  next 
fmancial  aid  award  year  (July  1  through  June  30). 

A  student  who  is  in  this  financial  aid  suspension  status,  however,  will  also  be  reviewed  at  the  end  of 
the  spring  semester  and  simimer  terms  in  order  to  evaluate  whether  or  not  the  percentage  of 
progress  has  been  met  through  additional  coursework.  If  this  improvement  to  75  percent  in  the 
percentage  of  progress  is  acheived,  then  the  student's  Title  IV  fmancial  aid  suspension  will  be 
rescinded  beginning  with  the  next  term  of  enrollment. 

D.  Appeal  Process 

For  students  who  have  experienced  unusual  circumstances  which  have  led  to  a  lack  of  sufficient 
percentage  of  progress,  such  as  medical  emergencies  or  death  of  a  family  member,  a  written  appeal 
may  be  submitted  to  the  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Review  Board  for  consideration  of  reinstatement 
of  Title  IV  aid  eligibility. 

A  student  who  is  notified  during  the  annual  January  Review  period  that  their  Title  IV  aid  will  be 
suspended  in  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  must  submit  a  written  appeal  to  the  Financial  Aid 
Eligibility  Review  Board  before  June  30.  Tliis  written  appeal  must  specifically  outline  the  reason(s) 
for  the  percentage  of  progress  deficiency  and  how  the  student  will  make  up  this  deficiency.  For 
students  who  miss  the  June  30  deadline,  an  appeal  for  reinstatement  of  Title  IV  aid  for  the  spring 
term  of  the  next  award  year  will  be  accepted  for  review  if  received  before  November  30. 

After  reviewing  the  written  appeal  of  a  student  in  Financial  Aid  Suspension,  the  Financial  Aid 
Eligibility  Review  board  may  decide  to  reinstate  Title  IV  financial  aid  eligibility  for  specific  periods 
of  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  if  the  student  had  justifiable  reasons  for  the  lack  of  sufficient 
progress.  All  appeal  letters  will  be  answered  in  writing  by  the  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Review 
Board  as  to  the  approval  or  denial  of  the  requested  financial  aid  reinstatement  and  the  semesters 
which  are  involved  with  the  decision. 


Finances — 25 


E.  Reinstatement  of  Title  IV  Aid  Eligibility 

For  a  student  who  has  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  deficiencies,  one  of  the  following  must 
occur  in  order  for  that  student  to  receive  Title  IV  assistance: 

1 .  The  student  can  reestablish  eligibility  for  Title  IV  assistance  by  meeting  the  minimum  require- 
ments for  Satisfaaory  Academic  Progress. 

2.  A  student  who  is  on  academic  probation  and/or  financial  aid  eligibility  warning  will  be  eligible 
to  receive  Title  IV  funding  while  classified  in  one  or  both  of  these  categories. 

3.  A  student  who  has  not  met  the  minimum  criteria  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  due  to 
unusual  or  mitigating  circumstances  and  has  filed  an  appeal(s)  which  has  granted  the  student 
continuance  of  financial  aid  eligibility,  Title  IV  aid  funds  may  be  reinstated. 

F.  Summer  Sessions 

Summer  session  attendance  may  permit  the  student  to  enhance  satisfactory  academic  progress 
through  additional  coursework.  For  this  reason,  all  students  will  be  permitted  to  receive  Title  IV 
financial  aid  funds  during  this  period  of  enrollment . 

G.  Time  Frame  for  Degree  Completion 

All  students  must  complete  their  degree  requirements  within  an  established  time  frame.  Since 
enrollment  status  may  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  the  maximum  time  frame  for  degree 
completion  is  measured  in  terms  of  credits  attempted  at  lUP. 

Under  normal  circumstances,  an  undergraduate  student  should  complete  the  requirements  for  a 
bachelor's  degree  at  the  point  of  havivg  165  registered  credits  at  lUP.  Since  75  percent  of  the 
registered  credits  must  be  earned  in  order  to  be  maintaining  Satisfaaory  Academic  Progress,  124 
credits  (the  number  generally  required  for  graduation)  would  be  earned  at  the  point  of  having  165 
registered  credits. 

For  majors  with  graduation  requirements  in  excess  of  124  credits,  the  maximum  number  of 
registered  credits  would  increase  proportionally.  For  example,  for  degrees  that  require  130  credits, 
the  maximum  number  of  registered  credits  at  lUP  is  173  credits. 

Students  who  exceed  these  credit  guidelines  due  to  loss  of  transfer  credits,  change  of  major,  or 
double  majors  will  be  screened  by  the  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Review  board  for  continuance. 

H.  Treatment  of  audits,  incompletes,  and  other  grades 

In  order  that  a  student  fully  understands  how  various  grades  and  enrollments  impact  upon  the 
calculation  of  Satisfaaory  Academic  Progress,  information  is  provided  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office 
on  the  specific  impacts  of  audits,  "S"  and  "U"  grades,  incompletes,  "F"  repeat  with  replacement, 
"D"  repeat  with  replacement,  repeats  with  averaging  withdrawals,  Pass/Fail  grades,  noncredit 
courses,  institutional  credits,  and  cancelled  semester. 

The  appeal  process  regarding  fmancial  aid  decisions  is  through  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs. 

Payment  of  financial  aid  awards  is  done  on  a  semester  basis.  All  financial  aid,  with  the  exception 
of  private  scholarships,  work-study,  and  the  guaranteed  student  loans,  is  credited  to  the  student's 
bill  in  advance. 

The  cost  of  attending  lUP  and  the  university's  refund  policy  are  listed  in  this  catalog.  Please  refer 
to  the  index  for  further  information. 

A  financial  aid  faa  sheet  containing  specific  information  about  financial  aid  may  be  obtained  at 
the  Financial  Aid  Office.  In  addition,  the  direaor  and  assistant  direaors  of  Financial  Aid  are 
available  for  student  consultation  from  8:00  to  1 1 :45  a.m.  and  1 :00  to  4: 15  p.m.,  Monday  through 
Friday.  The  Financial  Aid  Office  recommends  that  students  with  questions  contaa  the  office  at 
(412)357-2218. 


26 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Forms  of  Financial  Assistance 

Employment  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  earn  money  to  help  finance  their  educational 
expenses.  Students  may  be  employed  on  campus  for  up  to  twenty  (20)  hours  per  week.  The  university 
encourages  students  to  participate  in  the  on-campus  student  employment  program,  since  studies  have 
demonstrated  that  part-time  employment  provides  a  positive  stimulus  to  students  in  their  adjustment 
to  campus  life  and  the  maintenance  of  their  academic  averages.  All  campus  employment  is  admin- 
istered by  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Loans  are  a  form  of  aid  for  which  repayment  must  begin  upon  termination  of  the  student's  university 
education. 

Grants  are  funds  which  carry  no  obligation  for  repayment.  These  fimds  are  awarded  to  the  student  on 
the  basis  of  financial  need. 

Scholarships  are  funds  which  carry  no  obligation  for  repayment.  They  are  gifts  awarded  to  the  student 
on  the  basis  of  ability. 

Federal  aid  administered  through  the  university  is  available  for  both  the  regular  academic  year  and  the 
summer  sessions.  The  application  deadline  for  upperclassmen  for  these  federal  aid  programs  is 
normally  May  1  for  the  following  academic  year.  Freshmen  may  apply  for  aid  upon  acceptance  to  the 
university.  For  the  summer  sessions,  the  application  deadline  is  also  May  1 . 

Employment 

Employment  programs  provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  earn  money  to  help  finance  their 
educational  expenses.  Students  may  be  employed  at  minimum  wage  on  campus  for  up  to  twenty  hours 
per  week  when  classes  are  in  session  and  forty  hours  per  week  during  vacation  periods. 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  308  Pratt  Hall,  posts  known  available  jobs  on  the  glass-enclosed  bulletin 
board  outside  the  office.  Students  are  responsible  for  finding  their  own  jobs,  whether  under  the 
Federal  College  Work-Study  (CWSP)  Program  or  University  Employment  (UE). 

College  Work-Study  (CWSP)  -  The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  a  form  of  federal  aid  awarded  on 
the  basis  of  need  as  measured  by  the  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid  application.  A 
CWSP  award  is  not  a  guarantee  of  employment.  CWSP  is  a  nonrepayable  source  of  aid  that  allows 
students  to  work  and  earn  money  performing  on-campus  jobs.  Money  earned  from  CWSP  jobs  is  to 
be  used  to  help  meet  educational  costs.  Students  are  eligible  to  work  until  they  have  earned  the  amount 
listed  on  their  award  letter. 

REAL  (Relating  Experience  to  Academic  Learning)  -  Students  who  have  internships  with  off-campus, 
nonprofit,  public  service  agencies  may  be  eligible  to  be  paid  under  CWSP  during  the  internship. 
Students  must  have  applied  for  aid  through  a  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid 
Application  and  be  eligible  for  CWSP.  The  REAL  application  and  University  Internship  Approval 
form  must  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Professional  Laboratory  Experiences  no  later  than  July  15  for 
fall,  October  15  for  spring,  tmd  April  1  for  summer.  For  further  information,  contact  the  Office  of 
Professional  Laboratory  Experiences,  104A  Stouffer  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

University  Employment  (UE)  -  Many  students  who  are  not  eligible  for  CWSP  find  on-campus 
employment  through  lUP's  University  Employment  Program.  UE  does  not  require  an  application  and 
is  not  based  on  fmancial  need. 

ARA  Food  Service  Employment  -  Students  interested  in  working  in  the  dining  halls  (Folger  and 
Foster),  the  Foster  Hall  Coffee  Shop,  or  ARA  Catering  should  inquire  about  jobs  from  the  managers 
of  these  dining  facilities. 


Finances — 27 


Loans 

Government-Sponsored  Loan  Programs 

Perkins  Loan  Program  -  The  application  for  the  Perkins  Loan  Program  is  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid  Application.  The  loan  is  awarded  to  students  on  the  basis  of  financial 
need.  It  is  interest-free  and  nonrepayable  until  six  months  after  termination  of  education,  at  which  time 
it  becomes  repayable  at  five  percent  interest  with  a  minimum  $30  payment  per  month  and  up  to  ten 
years  to  repay. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program  -  Applications  for  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  are  obtainable 
from  lending  institutions.  These  include  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations,  credit  unions,  etc. 
Through  this  program,  freshmen  and  sophomores  may  borrow  up  to  $2,625  per  year.  Juniors  and 
seniors  may  borrow  up  to  $4,000  per  year.  The  loan  is  interest-free  until  six  months  after  termination  of 
education  and  is  then  repayable  directly  to  the  lending  institution  at  eight  percent  simple  interest. 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  (PLUS)  are  obtained  from  lending  institutions  such  as 
banks  and  credit  unions  and  administered  in  conjunction  with  the  federal  government.  Up  to  $4,000 
per  academic  level  may  be  borrowed  by  parents  with  a  total  limit  of  $20,000  for  the  undergraduate 
years.  Up  to  $4,000  per  academic  level  may  be  borrowed  by  independent  students  with  a  total  of 
$20,000  for  the  undergraduate  years.  For  all  borrowers,  repayment  at  9  to  14  percent  interest  per  year 
starts  sixty  days  after  the  check  is  issued.  Applications  are  available  at  participating  lending 
institutions. 

PHEAA-HELP  Loans  -  To  assist  students  who  are  ineligible  for  GSL  or  who  need  additional 
financing  to  pay  educational  costs,  PHEAA  has  established  the  PHEAA-  HELP  Loan  program.  A 
maximum  of  $10,000  (up  to  the  cost  of  education)  per  academic  year  may  be  borrowed  by  qualified 
students  and  their  parents.  The  PHEAA-HELP  Loan  is  available  to  Pennsylvania  residents  and 
families  of  students  attending  Pennsylvania  institutions  of  higher  education.  For  further  information, 
write  or  call  toll-free  -  PHEAA,  PO.  Box  2165,  Harrisburg,  PA  17105-2165;  1-800-692-7392. 

University-Sponsored  Loan  Programs 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  in  conjunction  with  the  Student  Cooperative  Association,  administers  the 
University  Loan  Fund  in  behalf  of  lUP  students.  Loans  are  available  to  assist  students  who  are  in 
financial  need  and  have  a  financial  aid  refund  coming  to  them.  The  maximum  loan  available  will  be 
$2(X)  with  repayment  to  be  made  in  sixty  days.  No  interest  will  be  charged  for  these  loans.  Loans  will  be 
made  to  meet  educational  expenses  only.  Applications  for  the  University  Loan  and  additional 
information  may  be  obtained  at  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

The  University  Loan  Fund  encompasses  the  following  individual  loan  accounts: 

Jennie  E.  Ackerman  Loan  Fund  -  The  Jennie  E.  Ackerman  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1962  in 
memory  of  Jennie  E.  Ackerman,  who  served  as  superv  isor  of  student  teachers  at  lUP  for  many  years. 

Robert  Bellis  Loan  Fund  -  This  loan  fund  has  been  established  at  lUP  by  friends  and  relatives  of 
Robert  G.  Bellis,  a  graduate  of  Indiana  State  College. 

Mary  Edna  Flegal  Loan  Fund  -A  loan  fund  has  been  established  by  Alpha  Chapter  of  Delta  Kappa 
Gamma  Society  International  in  memory  of  Mary  Edna  Flegal,  who  graduated  from  Indiana  Normal 
School  in  1 899  and  served  as  director  of  Art.  Upperclass  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education 
are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 

Colette  Cromer  Gershman  Loan  Fund  -  Family  and  friends  of  Colette  Cromer  Gershman  established 
this  fund  in  memory  of  Colette  Cromer  Gershman,  a  home  economics  education  graduate.  Upperclass 
students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  are  eligible  for  the  loan. 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Loan  Fund  -  The  primary  purpose  of  this  fund  is  to  aid  students  who  are  in 
temporary  need  of  assistance. 


28 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Suzanne  Marshall  Hartman  Loan  Fund  -  A  loan  fund  has  been  established  by  family  and  friends  of 
Suzanne  M.  Hartman,  a  home  economics  graduate  of  lUP.  This  loan  is  granted  to  deserving  students 
in  their  sophomore,  junior,  and  senior  years. 

John  Hays  Memorial  Fund  -  This  loan  fund  is  in  memory  of  Dr.  John  Hays  of  lUP's  educational 
psychology  department.  Dr.  Hays  was  a  faculty  member  at  lUP  for  twenty-one  years. 

Oliver  W.  Helmrich  Memorial  Loan  Fund  -  The  Helmrich  Memorial  Loan  Fund  was  established  by 
family  and  friends  in  memory  of  Oliver  W.  Helmrich,  an  lUP  faculty  member.  Eligibility  is  limited  to 
seniors  and  graduate  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education. 

William  Henzelmann  Memorial  Fund  -  This  loan  provides  assistance  to  junior  and  senior  students 
enrolled  in  German  or  Russian  in  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  It  was  established  in  memory 
of  William  J.  Henzelmann,  a  faculty  member  in  German. 

Mary  Anne  Kolessar  Loan  Fund  -  Established  in  memory  of  Mary  Anne  Kolessar,  a  consumer  services 
student  at  lUP,  the  fund  aids  students  majoring  in  consumer  services  who  are  in  temporary  need  of 
funds. 

Jane  E.  Leonard  Memorial  Loan  Fund  -  The  loan  honors  Jane  E.  Leonard,  a  faculty  member  at 
Indiana  Normal  School  from  1875  to  1921. 

Mack  Loan  Fund  -  Established  by  the  Mack  Family,  the  fund  provides  assistance  to  worthy  students 
with  financial  need. 

Rusty  Preisendefer  Memorial  Loan  Fund  -  This  fund  was  established  by  Suzanne  Preisendefer 
Brickner  in  memory  of  her  husband,  Lt.  Harold  A.  Preisendefer,  who  was  killed  in  action  in  Vietnam. 

Flossie  Wagner  Sanford  Student  Loan  Fund  -  The  Pennsylvania  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs 
established  this  loan  fund  in  honor  of  Flossie  Wagner  Sanford,  past  president  of  the  club  and  former 
member  of  the  faculty. 

Varsity  I  Loan  Fund  -  Established  by  the  Men's  Varsity  I  Club,  this  loan  is  available  for  use  by  all  lUP 
students.  Preference  is  given  to  freshmen. 

Norah  Zink  Loan  Fund  -  The  Zink  Loan  honors  Dr.  Norah  E.  Zink,  a  former  geography  professor  at 
lUP.  Foreign  students  in  their  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  year  are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 


Grants 

PELL  Grants  are  available  for  eligible  students.  Applications  for  and  information  on  deadlines  for  this 
program  are  available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office  or  high  school  counselors.  All  students  are  urged 
to  apply  for  this  grant. 

Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance  Agency  Grants  (PHEAA)  are  available  for  both  the 
regular  academic  year  and  the  summer  sessions.  Contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office  to  determine  the 
application  deadlines  for  the  PHEAA  Grant  Program. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  (SEOG)  are  available  to  eligible  students  who  demon- 
strate exceptional  financial  need  as  determined  by  the  analysis  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and 
Federal  Student  Aid  Application. 


Finances — 29 


Scholarships 

The  Financial  Aid  Office  administers  various  scholarship  programs  in  behalf  of  the  university.  These 
scholarships  have  been  established  by  alumni  and  friends  of  the  university  to  recognize  outstanding 
students  and  assist  them  in  financing  their  educational  expenses.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  no  applica- 
tion is  required  for  consideration. 

Aetna  Life  and  Casualty  Scholarship  -  A  $100  award  is  presented  each  semester  to  a  safety  manage- 
ment major  under  this  scholarship  established  by  the  Aetna  Life  and  Casualty  Insurance  Company. 
The  award  is  to  be  given  for  academic  excellence  with  strong  consideration  for  women  and  minority 
students.  Applications  should  be  made  to  the  chairperson,  safety  sciences  department. 

AFS  Scholarship  -  One  full-tuition  scholarship  will  be  offered  to  an  AFS  student  for  one  year.  Letters 
of  application  should  include  a  brief  description  of  the  student's  AFS  experience. 

ALCOA  Scholarship  -  A  $1 ,000  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  senior  majoring  in  management 
information  systems.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  MIS  faculty.  Students  in  their  sophomore,  junior, 
or  senior  year  are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 

Grace  Johnson  Allman  Safety  Science  Scholarship  -  The  Allman  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student 
chosen  by  the  chairperson  of  the  safety  sciences  department  who  is  worthy,  deserving,  and  a  tribute  to 
the  scholarship. 

APSCUF  Scholarships  -  The  lUP  APSCUF  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  who  have  earned 
between  29  and  46  credits  and  who  have  shown  involvement  in  lUP  and  community  activities. 

ARA  Scholarship  -  Ten  $1,000  scholarships  and  seventeen  meal  waivers  are  awarded  each  year  to 
sophomores  who  have  attained  at  least  a  3.5  grade-point  average  and  who  demonstrate  need  as 
determined  by  the  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  Application.  Meal  waivers  are  awarded  to  students  living 
on  campus;  cash  scholarships  are  presented  to  students  living  off  campus. 

J.  Donald  Bartolomucci  Scholarship  -  This  fund  awards  scholarships  to  upperclass  students  in  the 
College  of  Business  who  are  deemed  worthy  by  the  Scholarship  Committee. 

Board  of  Governors  Scholarship  -  Up  to  thirty-five  full-tuition  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to 
academically  talented  minority  students  who  have  scored  approximately  1 ,000  on  SATs  and  who  are  in^ 
the  top  twenty-five  percent  of  their  high  school  class.  The  BOG  scholarships  are  renewable  for  a 
maximum  of  eight  fall/spring  semesters  for  recipients  who  maintain  a  satisfactory  grade-point 
average. 

Jemima  S.  Boyd  Scholarship  -  This  scholarship  was  established  from  the  estate  of  Grace  Noble 
Lacock.  Each  year,  the  interest  from  the  account  is  awarded  to  female  students  who  intend  to  teach  in 
schools  in  Pennsylvania.  The  scholarships,  ranging  from  $200  to  full  tuition,  are  granted  to  students 
who  will  be  entering  their  freshman  year  at  lUP.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Braman  Music  Scholarship  Fund  -  Interest,  up  to  an  amount  of  SlOO,  will  be  granted  as  a  single 
scholarship  to  an  eligible  prospective  freshman  music  major  whose  performing  area  is  one  of  the 
following:  violin,  viola,  cello,  or  double  bass.  Selection  of  grantee  is  made  by  the  string  area  music 
department  faculty  and  awarded  for  the  second  semester.  Application  and  information  are  available 
from  the  music  department. 

Israel  and  Birdye  Brody  Scholarship  -  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  juniors  who  are 
permanent  residents  of  Indiana  County. 

George  M.  Burke  Memorial  Scholarship  -  A  four-year  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  freshman  enrolled 
in  the  College  of  Business  on  a  full-time  basis  who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  who  is  a  permanent 
resident  of  Pennsylvania. 


30 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


M.  Vashti  Burr  Memorial  Award  -  A  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an  entering  student  who  is 
deemed  by  the  faculty  to  be  most  deserving,  having  in  mind  his  or  her  economic  need  and  the 
excellence  of  his  or  her  industry  and  scholarship.  This  award  is  given  through  the  generosity  of  William 
V.  Whittington.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Howard  B.  Buterbaugh  Scholarship  Fund  -  A  gift  to  the  university  from  Dr.  Howard  Buterbaugh's 
estate,  the  scholarship  is  to  be  given  to  upperclass  students  based  on  their  academic  performance. 

Clark  Scholarship  -  The  Lt.  Alpheus  Bell  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Steele  Clark  in  memory  of  their  son.  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  young  men  or  women 
who  are  seniors  in  the  university,  who,  in  the  opinion  of  a  committee  chosen  by  the  president,  best 
qualify  for  the  honor  in  terms  of  academic  ability,  leadership,  and  service  to  the  university,  with 
preference  going  to  veterans  or  sons  or  daughters  of  veterans. 

Continuing  Education  Part-time  Scholarship  -  The  scholarships  are  awarded  to  part-time  nontradi- 
tional  students  admitted  to  or  enrolled  in  degree-seeking  programs  in  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education.  Applications  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office  and  the  Part-time  Studies  Program 
Office  two  months  before  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

Dr.  Charles  L.  Cooper  Accounting  Scholarship  -  In  honor  of  a  retired  professor,  accounting  firms  and 
friends  of  Dr.  Cooper  have  established  a  scholeirship  to  be  awarded  to  a  senior  accounting  major.  To  be 
eligible,  a  student  must  complete  ninety  credits  (at  least  seventy-five  credits  completed  at  lUP)  by  the 
end  of  the  preceding  spring  semester  including  fifteen  credits  in  accounting  and,  specifically,  inter- 
mediate accounting  II  and  cost  accounting.  Students  must  have  an  overall  3.5  average  and  complete  an 
application  that  includes  a  narrative  description  of  their  plans  for  the  future.  The  scholarship  will  not 
exceed  the  amount  of  tuition,  fees,  room,  and  board. 

Jack  Crossan  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  -  Established  by  fellow  athletes,  classmates,  and  friends, 
this  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  at  the  discretion  and  good  judgment  of  the  head  basketball  coach  to  a 
basketball  player  of  good  character  and  sound  academic  standing. 

Roy  A.  Daugherty  Scholarship  -  Scholarships  will  be  given  to  worthy  first-year  students  with 
preference  given  to  sons  and  daughters  of  members  of  Sigma  Phi  Epsilon  fraternity  who  attended  lUP 
with  Mr.  Daugherty.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Charles  Davis  Scholarship  -  This  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  music  major  who  has  shown 
outstanding  ability.  The  amount  of  the  award  will  be  determined  by  the  funds  available  from  Phi  Mu 
Alpha,  the  professional  music  fraternity  at  lUP. 

Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarships  -  The  lUP  Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarships  were  established 
to  honor  outstanding  students  who  rank  in  the  top  tenth  of  their  high  school  classes  and/or  who  score 
at  least  1100  on  the  junior  SATs.  Consideration  is  given  to  school  and  community  leadership, 
entrepreneurship,  music,  art,  theater,  forensics,  and  other  special  accomplishments.  The  scholarships 
are  valued  at  $1,000  per  year  for  four  years.  Applications  and  further  information  are  available 
through  the  lUP  Admissions  Office. 

Thomas  V.  Frazier  Memorial  Scholarship  -  A  senior  student  interested  in  the  theater  arts  is  the  recipient 
of  this  award.  The  student  may  be  a  drama  student  or  just  active  in  off-stage  roles.  Financial  need  will 
be  a  consideration,  with  the  chairperson  of  the  theater  department  and  members  of  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  selecting  the  recipient. 

Dr.  F.  Philip  Gorman  Scholarship  -  The  Gorman  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  junior  in  a  major  relating 
to  the  health  profession.  The  recipient  must  have  a  minimum  QPA  of  3.0  and  be  involved  in  university 
activities.  Eligible  candidates  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Gorell  Education  Fund  -  Established  by  the  Gorell  family,  these  scholarships  are  awarded  to  music 
students  with  exceptional  need. 


Finances — 3 1 


Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Scholarship  -  Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Scholarships  ranging  from  $200  to  full 
tuition  are  awarded  to  top  students  of  each  freshman  class  for  the  first  year.  Eligibility  is  based  on 
academic  achievement  and  financial  need.  Scholastic  achievement  is  measured  by  the  computation  of 
high  school  rank  and  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  scores.  Financial  need  is  determined 
through  the  Pennsylvania  State  (PHEAA)  Grant  Application.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to 
apply. 

Arin  Moon  Hayward  Scholarship  -  Scholarships  will  be  awarded  to  incoming  music  majors  with 
superior  vocal  potential  for  their  first  year. 

William  Heard  Scholarship  -  Established  as  a  memorial  by  friends  and  colleagues  of  William  Heard, 
formerly  a  professor  at  lUP,  the  William  Heard  Scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  junior  chemistry 
major  for  his/her  senior  year.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  chemistry  department  steering  committee 
on  the  basis  of  contributions  to  the  department  and  the  university,  financial  need,  academic  record, 
and  interview.  Applications  are  available  each  spring  in  the  chemistry  department  office. 

Isolde  A.  Henninger  Endowment  for  Achievement  -  Friends  and  family  members  have  established  the 
endowment  to  provide  support  for  foreign  language  students  and  the  Critical  Language  Program. 
Foreign  Language  majors  who  have  demonstrated  significant  improvement  in  their  studies  are 
welcome  to  apply  in  the  German  Department,  to  Dr.  Harold  Sommer. 

Robert  L.  Hite  Scholarship  -  The  Hite  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  full-time  freshman  majoring  in 
accounting,  finance,  or  management  from  specified  counties  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  York. 

H.  Eugene  Hulbert  Scholarship  -  The  H.  Eugene  Hulbert  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  junior  music 
majors  each  year  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  a 
scholarship  committee.  Applications  are  available  in  the  music  department  office  during  the  second 
week  of  classes  in  the  fall. 

Patti  Hurley  Scholarship  -  A  four-year  scholarship  of  $  1 50  per  year  is  awarded  to  a  female  graduate  of 
Indiana  Area  High  School  attending  the  university,  based  upon  academic  achievement,  participation 
in  school  activities,  and  economic  need.  This  memorial  scholarship  was  established  by  the  family  and 
friends  of  Patti  Hurley,  a  197 1  graduate  of  Indiana  Area  High  School  who  was  killed  in  an  automobile 
accident  two  weeks  after  high  school  graduation. 

Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial  Endowment  -  In  memory  of  wife  and  mother,  Gloria  Bryan  Johnson, 
Dr.  Hugh  Johnson  and  his  family  have  established  a  memorial  scholarship  endowment  for  music 
students.  The  Scholarship  Committee  of  the  Department  of  Music  will  make  the  yearly  selection  of  the 
student. 

Sally  Johnson  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  -  This  scholarship  will  go  to  a  female  junior  student,  based 
upon  her  outstanding  athletic  abilities.  Information  and  applications  are  available  through  the 
physical  education  department. 

Junior  Miss  Scholarship  -  A  $500  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  winner  of  the  Indiana  County  Junior 
Miss  Pageant  if  the  winner  applies  and  is  accepted  to  lUP  on  a  full-time  basis. 

Dr.  Yu-Chen  Liu  Memorial  Endowment  -  As  endowment  has  been  established  in  Dr.  Liu's  memory  by 
friends  and  family.  The  interest  earned  on  the  endowment  will  be  used  to  sponsor  scholarships  for 
Chinese-American  students.  The  Asian  Studies  Committee  will  make  the  selection  of  the  scholarship 
awardees. 

Joel  L.  Logan  Memorial  Scholarship  -  This  $500  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  senior  male 
nursing  student  who  demonstrates  financial  need.  Preference  is  given  to  a  student  who  exhibits  an 
interest  in  psychiatric  nursing.  "Need"  is  measured  by  the  Pennsylvaiiia  State  Grant  Application.  The 
scholarship  is  donated  by  Joan  and  Homer  Logan  in  memory  of  their  son,  a  1977  lUP  graduate. 


32 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Mary  Helen  Krouse  MacDonald  Memorial  Scholarship  -  The  MacDonald  Scholarship  fund  was 
established  to  encourage  and  reward  exceptionally  gifted  students  enrolled  at  lUP  who  are  majoring  in 
art.  The  scholarships  are  awarded  to  winners  of  the  student  entries  in  the  juried  art  exhibitions  held  in 
the  Community  Arts  Center  of  Cambria  County  in  Johnstown,  Pennsylvania. 

Mathematics  Contest  Scholarship  -  Each  year  the  lUP  mathematics  department  sponsors  a  contest 
involving  students  from  area  high  schools.  A  $200  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  winning  school  to  be 
used  by  a  student  from  that  school  attending  lUP  as  a  math  major. 

McFarland  Scholarships  -  McFarland  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  honor  upperclassmen 
who  have  earned  more  than  forty-five  but  less  than  seventy-  five  credits  at  lUP,  who  have  grade-point 
averages  of  at  least  3.80,  and  who  have  made  special  contributions  to  the  university  and  community. 
The  $500  scholarships  are  awarded  in  the  spring  for  use  in  the  fall  and  spring  of  the  junior  year.  No 
application  is  required. 

Victor  D.  McGuire  Memorial  Scholarship  -  Established  by  Paula  McGuire,  students,  faculty,  and 
friends  to  continue  Victor  D.  McGuire's  dedication  to  the  criminology  profession  and  students. 
Awards  are  made  at  May  graduation  to  graduating  criminology  seniors. 

Regis  McKnight  Scholarship  Fund  -  The  Regis  McKnight  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  male  high  school 
graduates  excelling  in  athletics  as  a  tribute  to  Regis  "Peck"  McKnight,  who  for  many  years  was  head 
basketbedl  coach.  Selection  of  recipients  will  be  made  by  the  athletic  director  and  the  head  basketball 
coach. 

Arveta  DeGaetano  McNaughton  Scholarship  -  A  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  graduate  of  the 
Business  Department  of  Indiana  Area  Senior  High  School  who  enrolls  in  the  lUP  College  of  Business 
as  a  full-time  freshman. 

John  W.  McNaul  Scholarship  -  The  McNaul  Memorial  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  graduating  senior 
from  Somerset  High  School  who  will  attend  lUP  as  a  full-time  student  and  who  demonstrates 
financial  need. 

Alan  P.  Mewha  Memorial  Fund  -  This  scholarship  is  for  students  in  the  geography  and  regional 
plarming  department;  grant  selection  will  be  made  by  a  three-member  geography  and  regional 
plaiming  scholarship  conrniittee.  The  scholarships  are  unrestricted  as  to  use  or  purpose  and  flexible  in 
the  amount  awarded  and  time  presented.  For  further  information,  contact  the  geography  and  regional 
planning  department. 

Benjamin  T.  Miller  Drawing  Award  -  To  memorialize  Benjamin  T.  Miller,  colleagues,  students,  and 
friends  have  established  the  Drawing  Award. 

Arthur  G.  Morrell  Memorial  Scholarship  -  The  Arthur  G.  Morrell  Memorial  Scholarship  is  a  cash 
award  given  to  a  mathematics  major  completing  his/her  junior  year  at  lUP  who  best  reflects  the 
character  and  interests  of  Capt.  Arthur  G.  Morrell,  a  graduate  in  mathematics.  United  States  Marine 
pilot,  and  lUP  football  captain.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  Morrell  Scholarship  Committee. 
Students  may  apply  for  the  award  (applications  are  available  at  the  mathematics  department  office)  or 
be  nominated  by  a  mathematics  faculty  member. 

Morris  Scholarship  -  The  Helen  Wood  Morris  Scholarship  was  established  by  Lt.  Col.  L.M.  Morris  in 
memory  of  his  wife,  a  graduate  of  the  university.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student 
selected  by  a  committee  named  by  the  university.  The  student  chosen  must  be  in  the  highest  quarter  of 
his/her  class,  must  be  in  need  of  financial  assistance,  and  must  have  demonstrated  worthiness  in  terms 
of  character,  personality,  leadership,  and  American  citizenship. 

Mary  Muldowney  Scholarship  -  A  scholarship  in  the  amount  of  $100  for  any  junior  or  senior  student 
majoring  in  music  with  an  emphasis  on  voice,  this  award  is  governed  in  amount  and  number  of 
scholarships  given  by  the  music  department. 


Finances — 33 


G.  William  Musser  Scholarship  -  The  Musser  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  incoming  freshman 
majoring  in  pre-law.  It  is  renewable  for  four  years  if  the  recipient  maintains  a  3.0  average. 

Russet  C.  Nelson  Scholarship  -  This  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  an  upperclass  music  education 
major  deemed  worthy  by  the  Music  Scholarship  Committee.  Further  information  is  available  in  the 
music  department  office. 

Tom  Norman  Scholarship  -  This  award  is  available  to  a  soccer  player  in  financial  need.  All  disburse- 
ments will  be  controlled  by  the  soccer  coach  in  the  amount  he  or  she  feels  necessary. 

Ethyl  V.  Oxley,  Opal  T.  Rhodes,  and  Helen  C.  Merriman  Scholarships-  Each  year  the  Home 
Economics  Alumni  Association  honors  three  former  faculty  by  awarding  $200  scholarships.  The  Opal 
T.  Rhodes  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  home  economics  education  major,  the  Ethyl  V.  Oxley 
scholarship  to  a  food  and  nutrition  major,  and  the  Helen  C.  Merriman  scholarship  to  a  consumer 
services  major.  Announcements  concerning  applying  for  these  scholarships  are  made  in  the  College  of 
Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  during  the  fall  semester. 

Margaret  M.  Patton  Foundation  Scholarship  -  This  scholarship  has  been  established  at  lUP  to  assist 
students  attending  the  university  who  are  worthy  and  in  need  of  such  assistance.  Preference  will  be 
given  to  students  attending  the  Armstrong  campus. 

Albert  Pechan  Scholarship  -  This  is  a  scholarship  for  a  science  major.  The  amount  of  the  award 
depends  on  the  money  available  in  the  scholarship  fund.  Selection  of  a  recipient  is  made  by  the  science 
department  faculty. 

Lenora  Pechan  Scholarship  -  The  Lenora  Pechan  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  late  Dr.  Albert  R. 
Pechan,  a  former  member  of  the  Senate  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  lUP,  to  provide  funds  for  students  who  are  members  of  the  Reserve  Officer  Training 
Corps,  who  have  been  outstanding  students  in  the  ROTC,  and  whose  other  academic  work  is 
satisfactory.  First  priority  will  be  given  to  students  from  Armstrong  County,  selected  by  the  officers  of 
the  ROTC  and  the  Faculty  Scholarship  and  Loan  Committee. 

Everett  and  Lavina  Peterman  Scholarship  -  A  four-year  scholarship  is  awarded  every  four  years  to  a 
business  education  or  management  information  systems  major  who  has  graduated  from  an  Indiana 
County  high  school. 

Edna  B.  Pierce  Memorial  Fund  -  An  Indiana  High  School  student,  accepted  at  lUP  and  enrolled  in  a 
teacher  education  curriculum,  will  be  awarded  a  one-year  scholarship. 

William  E.  Pierce  Scholarship  -  This  scholarship  has  been  established  to  award  a  one-year  grant  to  the 
junior  ROTC  cadet  having  the  highest  standing  in  his/her  sophomore  ROTC  class. 

Pittsburgh  Home  Economics  Teachers  Scholarship  Fund  -  An  award  of  approximately  $500  annually 
may  be  given  to  an  undergraduate  student  majoring  in  a  program  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology 
and  Health  Sciences  who  graduated  from  one  of  the  Pittsburgh  public  schools.  Preference  is  given  to 
students  majoring  in  home  economics  education  and  seniors,  but  the  award  may  be  given  to  a  junior  or 
a  sophomore  student  enrolled  in  any  human  ecology  major  who  is  deserving  both  scholastically  and 
financially.  Eligible  students  should  apply  for  this  scholarship  through  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Shelly  G.  Portman  Memorial  Scholarship  -  The  Shelly  G.  Portman  Memorial  Scholarship,  established 
by  her  family,  will  be  awju-ded  each  year  to  juniors  excelling  in  concert  dance.  Selection  will  be  made  by 
the  director  of  concert  dance. 

Willis  E.  Pratt  Award  -  The  Savings  and  Trust  Company  of  Pennsylvania  has  established  an  athletic 
scholarship  in  the  name  of  Dr.  Willis  E.  Pratt,  chancellor  emeritus  and  president  of  lUP  from  1948  to 
1%8.  It  will  be  awarded  to  athletes  chosen  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  and  athletic  ability  and  financial 
need. 


34 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Frank  Ross  Memorial  Scholarship  -  Frank  Ross  Memorial  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to 
upperclass  students  of  ceramics  who  are  deemed  worthy  by  the  Scholarship  Committee.  The  awards 
are  presented  in  memory  of  a  former  ceramics  faculty  member. 

David  Schwartz  Memorial  Journalism  Scholarship  -  The  David  Schwartz  Memorial  Scholarship  is 
established  in  memory  of  David  Schwartz,  a  graduate  of  lUP,  by  his  parents,  the  Indiana  Gazette,  the 
journalism  department,  and  friends  at  lUP.  The  scholarship  is  available  to  outstanding  students 
majoring  in  journalism.  Contact  the  journalism  department  for  further  information. 

Senior  Class  Scholarship  -  the  Senior  Class  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student  who  has  earned  75  to  90 
credits  at  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year,  has  a  QPA  of  at  least  3.5,  and  is  involved  with 
campus  affairs,  organizations,  and  activities.  Eligible  students  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Ethel  Seavey  Simpson  Scholarship  -  The  Ethel  Seavey  Simpson  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  academ- 
ically talented  freshmen  at  lUP  who  demonstrate  fmancial  need.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to 
apply. 

Sam  Smith  Football  Scholarship  Fund  -  The  solicited  funds  are  to  be  used  for  football  scholarships.  All 
the  funds  are  to  be  distributed  as  scholarships  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
university. 

Soiree,  Inc.,  Scholarships  -  Scholarships  for  $400  are  awarded  to  graduates  of  Indiana  High  School 
who  enroll  as  full-time  students  at  lUP  in  the  Department  of  Nursing  or  College  of  Business,  as 
participants  in  intercollegiate  athletics,  or  in  the  College  of  Education. 

Spadafora  Family  Endowment  -  Cecil  and  Ann  Spadafora  of  Indiana  and  their  entire  family  have 
established  a  scholarship  to  be  awarded  to  one  football  player  each  year  who  has  graduated  from  an 
Indiana  County  high  school,  a  Mt.  Pleasant  high  school,  or  a  Bentworth  high  school.  The  student  will 
be  selected  by  a  committee  consisting  of  the  lUP  athletic  director,  head  football  coach,  and  a 
representative  of  the  family.  The  recipient  will  be  a  high  school  graduate  excelling  in  athletics  and  a 
credit  to  the  fund. 

Gregory  Spinelli  Memorial  Fund  -  This  fund  provides  a  meaningful  award  and  recognition  for 
students  with  exceptional  promise  and  commitment  to  a  career  in  the  criminal  justice  system.  An 
award  of  $100  will  be  made  armually  to  a  second-semester  senior  enrolled  in  the  lUP  criminology 
department.  Greg  Spinelli  was  an  F.B.I,  agent  killed  in  the  line  of  duty. 

Gerald  E.  Stossel  Football  Scholarship  -  Stossel  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  deserving  and  needy 
student  athletes. 

Student  Art  Scholarship  -  Students  of  the  Department  of  Art  and  Art  Education  contribute  art  works 
to  be  sold.  Funds  thus  received  permit  awards  of  $50  to  be  made  periodically.  Applications  for  these 
awards  are  received  and  screened  and  awards  made  by  a  committee  of  art  students.  This  award  is 
confined  to  students  of  the  art  department. 

Michael  J.  Supinka,  Jr.  Memorial  Scholarship  -  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  to  graduates  of  Homer- 
Center  High  School  who  have  demonstrated  academic  excellence  and  leadership  qualities  and  enroll  at 
lUP  as  full-time  freshmen. 

Howard  E.  Tompkins  Computer  Science  Scholarship  -  The  Tompkins  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
computer  science  major  entering  the  junior  year  who  has  completed  at  least  9  credits  of  computer 
science. 

Murray  M.  Vamer  Scholarship  -  Murray  M.  Vamer  was  an  alumnus  and  professor  at  lUP.  This 
scholarship  has  been  established  by  his  friends  and  family  as  a  fitting  memorial  to  a  dynamic  educator. 
The  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  an  upperclass  (at  least  twenty-seven  credits  at  lUP)  student  in 
the  College  of  Business  who  is  a  permanent  resident  of  Indiana  County.  The  recipient  must  be 
academically  stable,  personable,  enthusiastic,  and  motivated.  Applications  are  to  be  submitted  to  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  by  October  30.  Winners  will  be  armounced  during  the  fall. 


Finances — 35 


Vaughn  Foundation  Scholarships  -  Two  $500  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year.  One  recipient  is 
selected  by  Athletics;  the  other  is  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  business  major  with  above-average 
grades  who  demonstrates  personal  need.  A  letter  of  application  to  Charles  B.  Stevenson  in  the  College 
of  Business  initiates  consideration  for  the  second  scholarship. 

Conine  Menk  Wahr  Scholarship  -  Awarded  to  the  top  students  of  each  incoming  freshman  class,  this 
scholarship  ranges  from  $200  to  full  tuition  for  the  first  year  without  regard  to  financial  need. 
Scholarship  achievement  is  established  by  the  computation  of  high  school  rank  and  SAT  scores. 
Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Zucchelli  Scholarship  Fund  -  This  $100  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  female  lUP  student  majoring 
in  physical  education.  Information  and  applications  are  available  through  the  health  and  physical 
education  department.  Private  Scholarships  -  Various  service  clubs,  organizations,  churches,  schools, 
and  industries  offer  scholarships  to  students.  High  school  guidance  offices  and  hometown  newspapers 
are  often  excellent  sources  for  information  concerning  private  scholarships. 

ROTC  Scholarships  -  One-,  two-,  and  three-year  scholarships  are  available  to  both  male  and  female 
students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  program.  The  scholarships  pay  for 
tuition,  fees,  and  books,  plus  $100  per  month  for  ten  months  per  school  year.  Interested  students  may 
obtain  applications  and  criteria  information  by  contacting  the  ROTC  department  in  Pierce  Hall  at 
lUP 

Other  Resources 

Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  -  lUP  participants  in  intercollegiate  athletics  as  a  Division  II  institution  and 
awards  Athletic  Grants-In-Aid  in  accordance  with  NCAA  rules  and  regulations.  Interested  students 
should  contact  the  Athletic  Director,  Memorial  Field  House,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

Hall  Counselors  -  Upperclass  students  and  freshmen  at  the  end  of  their  first  year  may  apply  to  become 
hall  counselors  at  lUP.  Students  earn  a  room  and  board  waiver,  as  well  as  a  small  stipend,  by  working 
as  hall  counselors  in  lUP  residence  halls.  Application  timetables  and  deadlines  are  advertised  in  the 
Penn  and  posted  in  the  residence  halls  and  other  spots  around  campus.  The  application  process 
requires  references  and  individual  and  group  interviews.  Hall  counselors  are  selected  on  the  basis  of 
leadership  and  interpersonal  skills  and  the  willingness  and  ability  to  perform  as  role  models.  Hall 
counselors  must  have  and  maintain  a  2.2  quality-point  average.  For  further  information,  please 
contact  present  hall  counselors  or  residence  directors  or  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life,  G 1 4 
Sutton  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  -  Scholarships  of  up  to  $5,000  per  year  are  awarded  to  superior 
students  who  will  pursue  teaching  careers.  Recipients  must  teach  for  two  years  for  each  year  they 
receive  the  scholarship.  Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Professional  and  Laboratory 
Experiences  and  must  be  submitted  by  May  1  for  the  following  year. 

Scholars  in  Education  Award  (SEA)  -  SEA  scholarships  are  available  to  Pennsylvania  residents  who 
intend  to  teach  mathematics  or  a  science  in  Pennsylvania  high  schools.  Awards  are  $1,500  per  year  at 
lUP  and  are  renewable  for  those  students  who  meet  established  renewal  criteria.  For  each  year  that  a 
student  receives  an  SEA  scholarship,  he  or  she  agrees  to  teach  in  the  Pennsylvania  public  school 
system.  Failure  to  meet  the  teaching  commitment  results  in  the  award  becoming  a  loan  that  must  be 
repaid  at  twelve  percent  interest.  High  school  seniors  must  have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  1000  or 
better  (the  math  score  must  be  at  least  550)  and  a  B  (3.0)  average  in  science  and  math  and  must  rank  in 
the  top  fifth  of  their  high  school  classes.  Applications  are  available  from  Pennsylvania  high  school 
guidance  counselors  and  must  be  filed  before  May  1  of  the  senior  year. 


36 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


lUP  students  majoring  in  mathematics  or  science  education  may  apply  for  an  SEA  scholarship  if  they 
have  at  least  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  their  major  and  at  least  a  2.5  overall  grade-point  average. 
Applications  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Professional  Laboratory  Experiences,  104A  Stouffer 
Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705,  and  must  be  filed  before  May  1  for  the  next  academic  year. 

Veterans  Benefits  -  In  addition  to  regular  sources  of  financial  aid,  veterans  and  dependents  of  veterans 
may  be  eligible  for  V.A.  benefits.  For  further  information,  veterans  are  urged  to  contact  the  veterans 
counselor,  304  Pratt  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance  (OVR)  -  Students  who  have  physical  or  learning 
handicaps  may  receive  educational  benefits  through  the  Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation.  In  order 
to  be  eligible,  students  must  satisfy  the  physical  and  financial  requirements  of  the  agency.  For  further 
information  regarding  OVR,  students  should  contact  their  County  Office  of  Vocational 
Rehabilitation. 


Student  Programs  and  Services — 37 


Student  Programs  and  Services 


The  Student  Affairs  Division  primarily  promotes  and  supports  the  emotional,  social,  career,  and 
physical  growth  of  individual  students. 

Orientation 

lUP  offers  a  three-phase  orientation  program  for  all  new  students.  Freshmen  are  expected  to 
participate  in  each  of  the  three  programs,  as  they  are  intended  to  provide  information  and  programs 
which  are  designed  to  insure  a  successful  first-year  experience. 

Interview/Orientation  day,  the  Phase  One  aspect,  occurs  during  the  late  fall  or  spring  prior  to  students' 
matriculation  on  campus.  During  this  day-long  experience,  accepted  students  and  their  parents  visit 
our  main  or  branch  campuses,  participate  in  major  presentations  describing  academic  and  student  life, 
and  discuss  academic  program  offerings  with  college  deans  and  departmental  representatives.  This  is 
an  opportunity  to  assist  students  as  they  make  informed  choices  regarding  the  appropriateness  of  lUP 
as  their  undergraduate  college  of  choice. 

Summer  Orientation,  Testing  and  Advising,  the  Phase  Two  aspect,  occurs  during  the  summer 
immediately  preceding  students'  matriculation  on  campus.  This  experience  is  designed  to  diag- 
nostically  assess  academic  readiness  for  several  courses  offered  in  lUP's  curriculum,  including  English, 
mathematics,  and  foreign  languages.  During  this  program,  students  not  only  identify  their  fall  classes, 
but  also  have  emphasis  on  lUP's  academic  policies  and  on  the  university's  expectations  of  students  as 
they  engage  in  our  academic  experience.  This  is  an  overnight,  two-day  experience  for  students  admitted 
to  the  main  campus  and  is  accompanied  by  a  parent  orientation  program.  Branch  campus  and 
Summer/January  students  participate  in  a  summer  one-day  diagnostic  testing  experience  only. 

Fall  Orientation,  the  Phase  Three  aspect,  occurs  as  students  move  onto  campus  immediately  prior  to 
the  beginning  of  fall  classes.  Phase  Three  is  designed  to  assure  a  smooth  transition  from  the  home 
environment  to  lUP's  campus  community. 

I  UP  views  this  three-phase  orientation  as  unique  and  extremely  important  to  freshman  retention  and 
satisfaction  with  our  university.  The  freshman  year  is  critical  in  regard  to  academic  success.  During  this 
time,  students  must  simultaneously  develop  academic  competence  in  the  college  curriculum  and  adjust 
to  the  personal  decision  making  process  college  life  affords.  Each  of  the  three  programs  is  designed  to 
assist  in  this  important  college  adjustment  process.  Freshmen  are  expected  to  participate  fully  in  these 
three  programs. 


38 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Residence  Life 

lUP  is  a  residential  campus.  Its  thirteen  residence  halls  are  structured  on  a  geographical  basis  into  four 
"quads."  Each  quad  is  supervised  by  a  full-time  student  affairs  professional  with  a  background  in 
student  development  and  counseling.  In  addition,  each  residence  hall  has  a  residence  director  to  handle 
the  management  functions  of  the  building  with  responsibilities  for  programming  and  staff  develop- 
ment. Each  building  also  has  undergraduate  hall  counselors  who  are  responsible  for  counseling 
students,  planning  programs,  carrying  out  administrative  tasks,  and  maintaining  a  community 
atmosphere  among  the  approximately  thirty  students  living  in  their  individual  section  of  the  residence 
hall. 

Housing  available  to  students  includes 
University-owned  residence  halls 
Fraternity  houses 
Private  apartments  and  houses 
Privately  owned  residence  halls 

It  is  the  policy  of  lUP  to  offer  full,  equal  and  nondiscriminatory  assistance  to  all  students  without 
regard  to  their  race,  color,  religion,  national  origin,  sex,  ancestry,  affectional  or  sexual  orientation,  or 
handicap  in  both  the  placement  in  university  housing  and  in  the  furnishing  of  facilities  and  services  in 
connection  with  that  housing. 

Rooms  will  be  available  to  undergraduate  students  enrolled  at  lUP.  Each  year  the  university  reviews  its 
housing  policies  and  revises  them  according  to  its  needs  for  the  coming  year.  The  Office  of  Housing 
and  Residence  Life  is  responsible  for  all  room  assignments,  dining  service,  providing  information  and 
services  related  to  off-campus  housing,  and  collecting  local  address  and  telephone  data  for  the  Student 
Directory.  The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  is  located  in  G14  Sutton  Hall,  ext.  2696. 

University  Residence  Halls 

The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  at  lUP  believes  valuable  learning  experiences  exist  in  the 
residence  halls.  The  specific  programs  and  services  provided  within  the  residence  halls  are  aimed  at 
fostering  the  total  development  of  individuals  and  student  groups.  Respect  for  the  learning  process  as 
well  as  respect  for  self,  others,  and  property  are  strongly  emphasized.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
question  and  explore  increasingly  complex  intellectual  and  personal  challenges  in  their  efforts  to  give 
meaning  and  direction  to  their  lives.  Staff  members  actively  provide  support  and  challenge  students  as 
they  assume  ownership  and  accept  responsibility  for  their  actions  and  important  life  decisions.  The 
residence  halls  represent  and  reflect  the  daily  challenges  of  what  it  is  like  to  live  in  any  community.  It  is 
the  intention  of  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  to  teach  students  skills  which  prepare  them 
to  be  responsible  community  members  so  that  when  they  leave  the  university,  they  will  be  contributing 
and  productive  citizens  in  the  larger  community  in  which  they  live. 

Because  residence  hall  living  is  seen  as  a  positive  educational  experience,  freshmen  are  encouraged  to 
live  in  residence  halls  unless  they  are  commuting  from  home.  In  an  effort  to  make  residence  hall  living 
more  responsive  to  individual  needs,  the  university  offers  two  separate  living  arrangements:  single  sex 
and  coed.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  these  options  carefully  and  to  select  the  one  in  which 
they  would  feel  most  comfortable. 

Student  acconunodations  are  based  on  double  occupancy.  Furnishings  include  beds,  mattresses, 
mattress  covers,  desks,  chairs,  mirrors,  and  dressers.  Students  should  bring  their  own  blankets, 
bedspreads,  towels,  study  lamps,  and  pillows. 

All  lUP  residence  halls  are  equipped  with  study  lounges,  recreational  equipment,  laundry  facilities, 
and  locked  mailboxes.  In  addition,  computer  terminals,  self-correcting  electric  typewriters,  and  other 
specialized  equipment  are  located  in  each  quad  for  student  use.  Each  student  has  a  card  key  for  his/her 
building  which  provides  entry  after  the  closing  hours. 


Student  Programs  and  Services — 39 


Application  for  Housing 

Incoming  freshmen  who  have  been  accepted  by  the  Admissions  Office  as  residence  students  will  be 
billed  for  a  $100  advance  deposit  in  April,  one-  half  of  which  serves  as  a  housing  prepayment.  A 
"Residence  Hall  Contract  for  Housing  and  Dining  Service"  will  accompany  that  mailing  and  must  be 
returned  to  lUP  with  the  deposit  payment. 

Continuing  students  may  apply  for  university  housing  for  each  year  in  accordance  with  the  procedure 
published  and  posted  in  January  by  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life. 

Readmitted  students  and  those  transferring  from  other  universities  should  contact  the  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residence  Life  directly  for  housing  applications  and/or  information. 

Dining  Services 

Dining  service  is  available  to  all  students.  Students  residing  in  university  residence  halls  are  required  to 
take  dining  services  and  may  choose  from  two  meal  plans-Plan  A  or  Plan  B.  Students  residing  off 
campus,  in  addition  to  Plans  A  and  B,  may  also  choose  Plans  C  or  D.  Dining  service  is  contracted  each 
year  with  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life. 
Plan  A  -  20  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner  Monday  through  Saturday,  brunch  and  dinner  on 
Sunday) 
Plan  B  - 1 5  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  C  - 10  meals  per  week 

(lunch  and  dinner  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  D  -   5  meals  per  week 

flunch  only  Monday  through  Friday) 

Students  and  guests  may  purchase  individual  meals  in  either  of  the  dining  halls  at  the  current  transient 
rate.  Meals  can  also  be  purchased  at  the  Oak  Room,  an  on-campus  restaurant,  or  in  the  Junction 
located  in  Foster  Hall. 


Insurance  for  Personal  Belongings 

Students  are  encouraged  to  carry  insurance  covering  the  loss  or  theft  of  money  or  property  while 
residing  in  a  residence  hall.  Students  are  encouraged  to  determine  coverage  available  through  their 
parents'  homeowners  policies  and  consider  a  rider  if  necessary  to  provide  the  appropriate  coverage 
while  at  college. 

Student  Room  Refrigerators 

Student  room  refrigerators  are  rented  on  a  one-  or  two-semester  basis  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life.  These  refrigerators  are  UL  listed,  2. 1  cubic  foot  refrigerators  requiring  a  maximum  of 
.5  amps.  Privately  owned  refrigerators  which  meet  these  specifications  may  be  used  in  university 
residence  halls. 

Student  Room  Telephone  Service 

Touch-tone  line  service  is  provided  for  each  permanent  student  room.  Students,  however,  are 
responsible  for  providing  their  own  telephone  instruments.  A  touch-tone  telephone  is  strongly 
recommended  in  order  that  students  will  be  able  to  use  expanded  services  such  as  the  telephone  class 
registration.  Rotary  or  simulated  touch-tone  telephones  will  permit  standard  services  only. 


40 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Telephone  bills  are  mailed  directly  to  residence  hall  rooms  each  month.  Toll  calls  and  telegram  charges 
only  appear  on  the  bill.  Both/all  occupants  of  a  room  are  responsible  for  all  charges  made  to  their 
Centrex  extension.  Payment  is  made  directly  to  Bell  Telephone  of  Pennsylvania. 

Automobiles 

Each  student,  faculty,  or  staff  member  who  parks  an  automobile  in  campus  parking  areas  must 
register  his  or  her  auto  each  year  with  the  Campus  Police.  Resident  students  are  not  permitted  to  park 
on  campus  without  a  decal.  Parking  rules  and  regulations  may  be  obtained  at  the  Campus  Police 
Office,  John  Sutton  Hall. 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 

Counselors,  psychologists,  and  student  development  specialists  offer  services  and  programs  which 
facilitate  the  personal  and  emotional  growth  of  students.  Confidential  counseling  is  available  on  an 
individual  and  small-group  basis.  The  opportunity  to  develop  skills  for  lifelong  learning  is  provided 
through  individual  programs,  workshops,  ongoing  groups,  and  computer-based  instructional  pack- 
ages. Career  exploration  and  planning  services,  new  student  orientation,  women's  programs,  student 
satisfaction  research,  and  individualized  programs  for  special  populations  are  provided. 

The  center  is  open  from  8:00  a.m.  through  4:30  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday.  Students  may  call 
357-2621  to  arrange  for  an  appointment.  After  hours,  staff  may  be  contacted  for  emergencies  by 
calling  the  Health  Center  at  357-2550. 

Learning  Center/ Act  101 

The  Learning  Center  provides  educational  support  services  for  all  lUP  students  in  the  areas  of  reading, 
writing,  mathematics,  biological  and  physical  sciences,  foreign  languages,  social  sciences,  study  skills, 
and  related  areas.  These  services  are  provided  by  both  professional  and  undergraduate  paraprofes- 
sional  staff.  Students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  a  broad  array  of  program  services  including  one- 
to-one  and  group  tutorials,  workshops,  and  formal  classes.  The  main  LC  office  is  located  in  203  Pratt 
Hall.  Further  information  can  be  obtained  by  calling  357-2729. 

The  Act  101  program,  created  as  a  result  of  the  Permsylvania  Higher  Education  Equal  Opportunity 
Act  101  in  1971  by  the  legislature  of  the  commonwealth,  focuses  on  servicing  lUP  students  in  order  to 
make  the  ideal  of  "equal  educational  opportunity"  a  reality  for  all  qualified  students.  Students 
matriculating  through  the  LC/Act  101  program  are  provided  assistance  in  the  areas  of  academic 
tutoring,  career  counseling,  financial  aid  information,  personal  counseling,  academic  advising  related 
to  curriculum  concerns,  the  selection  of  an  appropriate  major,  and  course  scheduling.  The  main  Act 
101  office  is  located  in  203  Pratt  Hall.  Further  information  can  be  obtained  by  calling  357-2729. 

Health  Services 

The  Pechan  Health  Center  is  a  well-equipped  primary,  outpatient  health  care  facility  on  campus, 
located  at  Maple  Street  and  Pratt  Drive.  The  staff  includes  physicians,  certified  nurse  practitioners, 
and  registered  nurses.  Physician  hours  are  8  a.m.  to  4:30  p.m.  weekdays,  but  students  may  see  a  nurse 
between  7:30  a.m.  and  6:00  p.m.  weekdays.  Saturday  hours  for  routine  visits  are  9:00  a.m.  to  1 1 :30 
a.m. 

Emergency  care  is  provided  from  4:30  p.m.  to  1 1 :00  p.m.  weekdays  and  from  8:00  a.m.  to  1 1 :00  p.m. 
on  Saturday  and  Sunday.  For  students  requiring  inpatient  care,  referral  is  made  to  the  Indiana 
Hospital.  The  Health  Center  phone  number  is  357-2550. 

Completion  of  the  Student  Health  Form,  record  of  immunizations,  and  a  recent  physical  examination 
by  the  student's  family  doctor  are  all  required  before  the  student  arrives  on  campus. 


Student  Programs  and  Services — 41 


Disabled  Student  Services 

Disabled  Student  Services  (a  unit  of  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center)  is  the  primary  agent  for  the 
provision  of  access  for  physically  and  learning  disabled  students  at  lUP.  Students  with  disabilities  are 
urged  to  register  with  the  office.  Services  provided  include  early  registration;  assistance  in  locating 
accessible  housing;  equipment  loan;  test  proctoring  and  reading;  NCR  paper;  liaison  with  faculty, 
OVR,  and  BVS;  and  general  advising  and  counseling.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  in  107 
Pratt  Hall  or  by  calling  (412)  357-4067. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located  in  Davis  Hall,  offers  diagnosis  of  speech  problems,  hearing 
tests  and  evaluations,  and  a  regular  program  of  therapy.  The  clinic  also  administers  the  speech 
clearance  for  teacher  education  programs. 

These  services  are  made  available  without  charge  to  students  regularly  enrolled  at  the  university  to  give 
the  necessary  assistance  to  alleviate  deficiencies  which  would  interfere  with  successful  performance 
and  progress  in  the  university  and  in  future  work.  Students  are  encouraged  to  use  the  facilities  provided 
for  them  and  may  of  their  own  initiative  come  to  the  clinic  for  help,  or  they  may  be  referred  by  any 
faculty  member  or  university  official. 

Insurance 

lUP  makes  available  a  student  health  insurance  plan  to  all  students  at  a  very  reasonable  premium.  The 
plan  is  optional  for  students  who  wish  to  participate  in  the  program.  Full  information  concerning  this 
insurance  coverage  is  mailed  to  enrolled  students  with  their  billing  instructions. 

Career  Services 

Career  services  are  available  to  students  who  are  graduating,  students  who  are  enrolled  to  obtain 
teacher  certification,  students  who  have  been  accepted  as  candidates  for  degrees  in  the  Graduate 
School,  and  alumni.  Occupational  counseling  is  provided  to  students  of  all  class  levels  as  well  as 
alumni. 

In  addition  to  career  counseling,  the  primary  functions  of  the  office  are  to  transmit  credentials  to 
prospective  employers,  arrange  for  campus  interviews,  prepare  a  current  file  of  job  opportunities, 
maintain  an  extensive  library  of  occupational  information,  make  follow-up  studies  of  the  graduates, 
conduct  group  counseling  and  orientation  meetings,  and  provide  general  assistance  in  the  career 
planning  and  job-seeking  process. 

A  credit  course  (EP304)  is  available  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  career  planning  and  development. 

The  Office  of  Career  Services  also  receives  and  makes  available  to  graduates  and  undergraduates 
information  concerning  summer  employment. 

Positions  are  not  guaranteed  by  the  university,  but  lUP's  record  of  placement  is  one  of  the  very  best  in 
Pennsylvania. 


42 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Veterans 

A  prospective  veteran  student  should  contact  the  veterans  counselor  and  submit  to  the  counselor  the 
veteran's  certificate  for  Program  of  Education. 

Veterans  eligible  for  the  G.I.  Bill  should  report  to  the  office  of  the  veterans  counselor  in  Pratt  Hall 
prior  to  registration  for  a  semester  or  for  summer  sessions  to  be  entered  or  continued  in  training  for 
Veterans  Administration  benefits  purposes. 

No  veteran  receiving  G.I.  benefits  may  change  curriculum  without  clearance  from  the  veterans 
counselor.  All  veterans  must  maintain  normal  class  progression  and  report  any  change  in  course  load 
to  the  veterans  counselor. 

Any  undergraduate  receiving  benefits  from  the  Veterans  Administration  must  carry  at  least  twelve 
credit  hours  during  a  regular  semester  in  order  to  be  considered  a  full-time  student  by  the  Veterans 
Administration.  The  minimum  full-time  requirement  for  a  graduate  student  is  nine  credit  hours. 

Veterans'  Children-  Children  of  a  deceased  or  disabled  veteran  whose  death  or  injury  was  due  to 
service-related  causes  may  be  eligible  for  educational  assistance  from  the  federal  government  under 
Public  Law  634  (Dependents  Educational  Assistance  Act).  Immediately  upon  acceptance  to  lUP,  men 
and  women  who  qualify  for  such  assistance  should  contact  the  veterans  counselor  to  process  their 
application  for  payment. 

Guidelines  for  Student  Conduct 

lUP  is  an  academic  community  within  the  society  at  large.  As  a  community,  it  has  formulated  a  code 
of  standards  and  expectations  which  the  university  considers  to  be  consistent  with  its  purpose  as  an 
educational  institution.  lUP  reaffirms  the  principle  of  students'  freedom  coupled  with  an  acceptance 
of  full  responsibility  for  one's  behavior  and  the  consequences  of  such  behavior.  As  a  member  of  the 
academic  community  and  of  the  larger  society,  a  student  retains  the  rights,  protections,  guarantees, 
and  responsibilities  which  are  held  by  all  citizens. 

The  judicial  system  of  lUP  exists  to  review  all  alleged  academic  violations  as  well  as  violations  of 
university  regulations  and/or  federal,  state,  and  local  ordinances.  The  primary  intent  of  this  educa- 
tional system  is  to  create  a  positive  behavioral  change  in  the  students  while  also  protecting  the  rights  of 
the  members  of  the  university  community.  The  system  will  hold  the  student  accountable  for  his/her 
actions  when  regulations  or  statutes  have  been  violated.  A  complete  statement  of  regulations  is 
available  in  The  Eye,  the  student  handbook. 

Post  Office 

The  University  Post  Office  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  Folger  Hall,  at  the  comer  of  Pratt  Drive 
and  Maple  Street.  All  United  States  and  campus  mail  is  picked  up  and  delivered  daily  to  administrative 
offices  and  residence  halls  from  this  location.  As  it  is  a  contract  station  of  the  Indiana,  Pennsylvania, 
post  office,  the  University  Post  Office  also  provides  a  window  service  for  university  personnel  for  all 
postal  services  including  box  rentals. 

Student  Cooperative  Association 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  has  played  an  extremely  broad  role  in  the  cocurricular  life  of  the 
university  for  more  than  fifty  years.  All  students,  faculty,  and  staff,  by  virtue  of  paying  the  Activity 
Fee,  are  members  of  the  association.  Virtually  all  campus- wide  activities  outside  the  instructional 
program  are  sponsored  wholly  or  in  part  by  the  association. 

The  Activity  Fee  is  the  chief  source  of  income  for  the  association's  programs.  The  student's  "I-Card" 
will  admit  him/her  free  of  charge  or  at  a  reduced  fee  to  university  social,  cultural,  and  athletic  events. 
Other  income  for  the  association  comes  from  the  profits  of  the  Co-op  Store  and  income  from  events 
sponsored  by  the  association. 


Student  Programs  and  Services — 43 


The  Student  Cooperative  Association  operates  the  Hadley  Union  Building,  which  houses  the  Co-op 
Store,  and  the  Co-op  Recreational  Park.  The  Hadley  Union  Building,  built  by  association  members 
through  the  Activity  Fee,  offers  many  facilities  for  use  by  the  university  community. 

The  Co-op  Recreational  Park  comprises  270  acres  of  wooded  hillsides  and  fields.  Included  are  a  lodge 
building  which  will  accommodate  groups  of  up  to  200  people,  a  ski  facility  with  two  rope  tows, 
toboggan  run,  cross-country  skiing  and  nature  trails,  picnic  shelter,  and  garden  plots. 

Cocunicular  Activities/Student  Organizations 

As  participating  members  of  the  lUP  community,  students  occupy  a  responsible  role  in  governance  of 
the  campus.  Since  a  valuable  part  of  education  lies  in  participation  in  groups  where  experience  in 
leadership,  social  and  community  responsibility,  intellectual  curiosity,  and  religious  interests  can  be 
met,  voluntary  participation  in  a  number  of  varied  organizations  is  available  and  encouraged. 

There  are  currently  more  than  180  active  student  organizations  at  lUP  advised  by  faculty  or  staff 
selected  by  the  students.  Students  are  also  encouraged  to  initiate  and  support  new  groups  which  reflect 
interests  not  represented  by  existing  organizations. 

Governance 

Student  Goverament  Association 

The  Student  Government  Association  (SGA)  at  I  UP  exists  to  provide  the  student  body  with  a  means  to 
deal  with  the  affairs  of  students  and  as  a  forum  for  the  expression  of  student  views  and  interests 
concerning  student  development  within  the  university. 

All  SGA  Congress  members  are  elected  at  large.  The  elections  are  held  twice  a  year,  each  involving 
approximately  half  the  Congress.  The  terms  of  office  are  for  one  year.  The  president  and  the  vice- 
president  are  elected  in  the  spring,  and  the  other  officers  are  chosen  from  among  the  representatives  at 
the  first  meeting  of  each  new  session. 

The  Student  Government  Association  is  active  in  making  recommendations  to  the  administration  for 
the  improvement  of  student  welfare,  and  it  is  also  instrumental  in  promoting  the  general  welfare  of  the 
university  and  good  community  relationships.  SGA  assists  in  developing  and  implementing,  in 
conjunction  with  the  university  president,  policies  and  procedures  by  which  student  organizations  may 
be  created  and  operated.  SGA  provides  an  opportunity  for  discussion  of  student  problems,  brings  the 
student  body,  faculty,  and  administration  closer  together  through  a  frank  understanding  of  mutual 
problems,  and  promotes  the  observance  of  policies  that  will  lead  to  the  improvement  of  university 
campus  life. 

Commonwealth  Association  of  Students 

lUP  is  a  member  of  the  Commonwealth  Association  of  Students  (CAS),  the  statewide  student  voice  of 
the  state-owned  institutions.  CAS  promotes  and  maintains  conditions  conducive  to  academic  free- 
dom. In  addition,  CAS  insures  the  individual  rights  of  students  as  full  and  equal  citizens  by  actively 
promoting  public,  low-cost,  quality  higher  education  within  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  for 
citizens  of  all  income  brackets.  Through  a  central  office  in  Harrisburg,  the  association  is  set  up  to  serve 
the  special  interests  of  the  state  colleges  and  universities  through  the  collection  of  student  opinions  and 
their  dissemination  to  the  proper  state  or  federal  agencies.  It  also  promotes  the  passage  or  defeat  of 
legislation  deemed  relevant  to  the  students  in  public  higher  education  in  Pennsylvania.  CAS  also  acts 
as  a  liaison  between  students  and  the  state  government,  the  faculty  union,  or  any  organization  or 
individual  that  affects  the  state  universities.  At  lUP,  the  CAS  local  chapter  operates  independently  of 
the  Student  Government  Association.  The  local  chapter  coordinator,  student  government  president, 
and  other  qualifying  student  representatives  are  each  accorded  voting  privileges  at  the  statewide 
meetings.  Any  full-time  or  part-time  undergraduate  or  graduate  at  lUP  is  welcome  to  join  as  well  as 
actively  participate  in  the  association's  activities  on  the  state  or  local  level. 


44 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


University  Senate 

Students  also  are  elected  to  the  University  Senate  and  have  full  voting  rights,  together  with  faculty  and 
administrative  members.  Most  of  the  Senate  Committees  include  students  as  voting  members.  Any 
full-time  student  may  be  elected  to  the  Senate.  This  is  the  body  which  shares  in  the  governance  of  the 
university  through  the  establishment  of  university  policy. 

Residence  Hall  Association 

The  Residence  Hall  Association  (RHA)  is  made  up  of  all  students  living  in  university  residence  halls. 
The  executive  body  of  RHA  is  composed  of  elected  representatives  from  each  residence  hall.  The 
purpose  of  RHA  is  to  provide  educational,  social,  and  community  service  programs  for  residents;  to 
collect  information  on  various  aspects  of  residence  hall  life;  and  to  assist  in  formulating  housing 
policies  and  procedures. 

Activities 

Under  the  supervision  of  the  Office  of  Student  Activities  and  Organizations  and  funded  for  the  most 
part  by  the  Student  Cooperative  Association,  lUP  has  many  activities  which  are  orchestrated  by 
students  and  which  offer  entertainment  and  cultural  programs  for  the  entire  university  community. 
These  activities  provide  a  significant  opportunity  for  students  to  become  more  involved  with  their 
campus  as  well  as  to  experience  the  growth  and  personal  development  which  involvement  provides. 

Organizations  and  activities  sponsoring  the  majority  of  lUP  events  include  Activities  Board,  Artists 
Series,  Black  Cultural  Center,  Black  Emphasis  Committee,  Ideas  and  Issues  Series,  Summer 
Activities,  and  the  University  Concert  Committee.  Participation  in  these  and  other  groups  is  strongly 
encouraged. 

Student  Publications 

The  Penn,  lUP's  campus  newspaper,  is  published  three  times  a  week  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  by  students  wishing  to  gain  practical  newspaper  experience.  Interested  students  are  advised 
to  attend  organizational  meetings  held  in  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

The  Oak  is  the  university  yearbook,  a  pictorial  and  written  review  of  the  year's  activities.  Subscriptions 
may  be  purchased  in  the  fall  or  early  in  the  Spring  Semester.  The  PENN  will  carry  notices  of 
subscription  drives. 

Applications  for  staff  positions  may  be  obtained  from  the  Oak  office  or  from  the  adviser. 

lUP  review  is  a  newsletter  which  is  sent  to  all  incoming  students  prior  to  their  arrival  on  campus. 
Contents  are  geared  to  areas  of  concern  to  new  entrants.  For  more  information  contact  the  Admissions 
Office  in  Room  216,  Pratt  Hall. 

The  University  Directory  is  distributed  early  in  the  fall  term  to  students  and  faculty.  It  contains  a 
listing  of  all  properly  registered  students  and  of  staff,  faculty,  and  university  offices. 

The  Eye,  an  lUP  student  handbook,  is  distributed  annually  to  all  students,  free  of  charge.  It  includes 
rules  and  regulations,  the  extracurricular  program,  and  general  information  of  interest  to  students. 


Student  Programs  and  Services — 45 


Athletics 

Frank  Cignetti,  Director;  Herm  Sledzik,  Associate  Director;  Vivian  Fuller,  Associate 
Director 

Head  Coaches:  Jerry  Hand,  Baseball;  Kurt  Kanaskie,  Men's  Basketball;  Jan  Kiger, 
Women's  Basketball;  Ed  Fry,  Men's  and  Women's  Cross  Country;  Nancy  Barthelemy, 
Fencing;  Kofie  Montgomery,  Field  Hockey;  Frank  Cignetti,  Jack  Henry  (Associate), 
Football;  Don  White,  Golf;  Dan  Kendig,  Gymnastics;  Tom  Campisano,  Rifle;  Vince 
Celtnieks,  Soccer;  Kim  Johnson,  Softball;  Frances  Nee,  Men's  and  Women's  Swim- 
ming and  Diving;  Vince  Celtnieks,  Men's  Tennis;  Jackie  Albenze,  Women's  Tennis;  Eld 
Fry,  Men's  and  Women's  Track  and  Field;  Kim  Johnson,  Women's  Volleyball. 

The  university's  men's  and  women's  athletic  teams  compete  at  the  Division  II  level  of  the  National 
Collegiate  Athletic  Association  and  in  the  Pennsylvania  State  Athletic  Conference. 

Men's  sports  offered  in  the  fail  include  cross  country,  football,  and  soccer.  The  winter  sports  include 
basketball,  swimming  and  diving,  and  rifle.  The  spring  sports  are  track  and  field,  golf,  baseball,  and 

tennis. 

Women's  fall  sports  are  tennis,  cross  country,  field  hockey,  and  volleyball.  In  the  winter,  the  sports  of 
basketball,  gymnastics,  swimming  and  diving,  and  coed  fencing  are  offered.  Spring  sports  include 
Softball  and  track  and  field. 

Intramurals:  Royden  P.  Grove,  Director 

A  well-organized  and  varied  program  of  intramural  sports  and  athletic  activities  is  conducted  for  both 
men  and  women  and  on  a  coeducational  basis. 

Intramural  handbooks  are  available  from  the  intramural  director,  Room  101 ,  Memorial  Field  House. 

Religious  Life 

The  religious  life  of  students  is  cared  for  through  the  activities  of  some  twelve  organizations.  Three  of 
these,  the  Newman  Center,  the  Uruted  Campus  Ministry,  and  the  Lutheran  Center,  maintain  private 
facilities  near  the  campus.  Others  affiliate  with  and  meet  in  local  churches  for  worship  and  meetings. 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  is  available  to  provide  assistance  to  both  students  and  faculty. 
Among  its  functions  are  runrung  the  summer  pre-  registration  testing  program;  offering  a  career 
planning  class  or  computer-  assisted  career  search  to  undecided  majors;  co-conducting  registration  for 
Summer- January,  transfer,  January  freshman,  and  branch  campus  students;  processing  total  univer- 
sity withdrawals;  serving  the  needs  of  students  with  disabilities;  and  assisting  in  providing  advising 
information  to  students  and  advisers. 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  may  be  contacted  at  357-4067  (107  Pratt  Hall)  for  further 
information. 


46 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Academic  Policies 


Qassification  of  Students 

In  order  to  be  classified  as  full-time,  undergraduate  students  attending  any  regular  academic  year 
semester  must  be  currently  enrolled  in  at  least  twelve  semester  hours  of  credit. 

In  the  lUP  summer  sessions,  a  student  must  be  currently  enrolled  in  at  least  three  semester  hours 
during  the  pre-  or  post-session  and/or  six  semester  hours  during  the  main  session  in  order  to  be 
certified  as  a  full-time  enrollee  for  any  one  of  those  scheduled  instructional  periods. 

Full-time  certification  for  students  enrolled  in  instructional  periods  which  do  not  conform  to  the 
regularly  scheduled  academic  sessions  will  be  based  upon  the  number  of  enrolled  semester  hours 
during  that  period  of  enrollment  (e.g.,  one  semester  hour  in  one  week  of  instruction  would  equal  the 
minimum  full-time  certification  standard). 

For  purposes  of  designating  students  by  class,  the  following  credit-hour  classification  ranges  are  used: 

Freshmen 28  semester  hours  or  less 

Sophomores 29-56  semester  hours 

Juniors 57-90  semester  hours 

Seniors 91  semester  hours  or  more 

Class  designations  are  based  on  credits  earned  rather  than  credits  attempted.  Persons  holding  a  degree 
and  working  for  a  second  baccalaureate  degree  may  be  classified  as  seniors. 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads 

A  normal  semester  hour  load  is  15-17  semester  hours.  A  student  who  wishes  to  schedule  more  than 
17.5  semester  hours  must  obtain  approval  from  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  he/she  is  registered; 
approval  will  be  predicated  upon  various  criteria  such  as  the  student's  demonstrated  competencies, 
total  courses,  and  specific  conditions.  The  signed  approval  form  must  be  submitted  at  registration  or 
drop/add  to  schedule  the  credit(s)  beyond  17.5.  When  taking  nineteen  or  more  credits,  a  student  is 
responsible  for  paying  a  per-credit  fee  at  the  current  rate  for  each  credit  beyond  eighteen. 


Academic  Policies — 47 


Grades  and  Quality  Points 

Grading  System  -  The  following  grades  are  used  in  reporting  the  standing  of  students  at  the  end  of  each 
semester  or  summer  term:  A,  excellent;  B,  good;  C,  average;  D,  passed;  F,  failed;  I,  incomplete;  R, 
deferred;  P,  pass/fail  (option).  Regarding  the  option  of  pass/fail  courses,  if  a  student  fails  the  course, 
he/she  will  be  awarded  an  F  and  the  terms  of  "failing"  a  course  will  prevail.  The  grade  of  R  is  used  to 
indicate  deferred  status  for  certain  types  of  continuing  study  courses.  It  must  be  converted  within  one 
calendar  year  after  issuance. 

The  grade  of  I  is  used  to  record  work  which,  so  far  as  covered,  is  of  passing  grade  but  is  incomplete 
because  of  personal  illness  or  other  unavoidable  reason.  It  must  be  made  up  within  180  calendar  days 
after  issuance  of  the  grade.  The  grades  of  W,  WP,  and  WF  are  used  to  designate  that  the  student  has 
voluntarily  withdrawn  from  a  course  within  a  specified  period  after  the  beginning  of  any  regular 
semester.  The  W,  WP,  and  WF  grades  carry  no  credits  or  quality  points  for  the  courses  in  which  they  are 
reported  but  do  appear  on  the  student's  record. 

Quality  Points  -  Quality  points  are  assigned  as  follows:  Grade  A,  four  quality  points  per  semester  hour; 
B,  three  quality  points  per  semester  hour;  C,  two  quality  points  per  semester  hour;  D,  one  quality 
points  per  semester  hour;  and  F,  no  quality  points. 

Quality  points  are  not  counted  on  grades  from  other  schools,  and  a  student  transferring  from  another 
school  is  held  responsible  for  quality  points  only  on  work  taken  in  this  university. 

Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average  is  determined  by  multiplying  the  credit  hours  per  course  by  the 
grade  in  quality  points  received  for  that  course,  repeating  this  procedure  for  each  course  attempted, 
totaling  the  credit  hour  quality  points  thus  obtained,  and  dividing  by  the  total  number  of  credit  hours 
attempted. 

Course  Repeats  -  The  semester  hours  for  a  course  repeated  after  January  1 ,  1974,  shall  be  counted  only 
ONCE  for  all  attempts;  it  is  this  number  of  hours  that  will  be  used  in  quality-point  average  (QPA) 
computation.  (In  the  case  where  a  course  is  repeated  for  a  different  number  of  hours  of  credit  than 
when  taken  initially,  the  number  of  hours  corresponding  to  the  highest  grade  will  be  used  in  the  QPA 
computations.)  It  should  be  noted  that  the  transcript  continues  to  carry  the  full,  unabridged  record, 
with  no  deletion  of  repeated  courses  from  the  visual  record. 

The  total  quality  points  for  all  attempts  of  the  repeated  course  will  be  the  number  assigned  for  the 
highest  grade  earned. 

The  QPA  for  the  repealed  course  will  be  determined  by  dividing  the  number  of  quality  points  by  the 
number  of  semester  hours  earned.  Only  courses  with  a  D  or  F  grade  may  be  repeated  and  then  only 
with  the  approval  of  the  student's  adviser.  Only  six  repeat  attempts  may  be  made  subsequent  to  the 
adoption  of  this  policy  during  a  baccalaureate  degree  program. 

A  course  taken  at  another  university  will  not  be  applicable  to  lUP's  D/F  Repeat  Policy,  and  if  credits 
are  transferred  they  will  block  repeat  of  the  course  at  lUP. 

To  repeat  a  course  in  which  a  grade  of  'D'  or  'F'  was  received,  a  student  must  file  a  D/F  repeat  form 
prior  to  repeating  a  course.  The  D/F  Repeat  forms,  available  in  departmental  offices,  must  be  filed  by 
the  specified  deadline  by  validation  in  the  Scheduling  Center,  G-8C  Sutton. 

Grade  Reports  -  Shortly  after  each  semester  or  summer  session,  a  full  grade  report  is  mailed  to  each 
student  at  his  or  her  home  address. 


48 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Pass-Fail  Policy 

A  student  may  take  courses  on  a  pass-fail  basis  to  a  total  of  fifteen  semester  hours  throughout  his/her 
university  career.  The  student  is  limited  to  one  pass-  fail  course  in  any  given  semester  during  the 
sophomore,  junior,  and  senior  years.  All  courses  in  the  student's  General  Education  program  and  in 
his/her  major  and  minor  fields  are  excluded  from  this  prerogative. 

The  student  must  declcue  his/her  intent  to  choose  pass-fail  in  a  specific  course  no  later  than  six  weeks 
after  the  beginning  of  the  semester  or  the  equivalent  timespan  in  a  summer  session.  Instructors  will 
NOT  be  notified  of  the  identity  of  pass-fail  students  in  their  courses;  identification  will  be  handled  by 
the  Computer  Center  through  an  appropriate  coded  control. 

A  student  shall  be  given  academic  credit  without  quality  points  for  a  course  taken  pass-fail  upon 
receiving  a  passing  mark  in  the  course.  The  semester  hours  successfully  completed  under  pass-fail 
("passed"),  within  the  overall  fifteen  semester  hour  limitation,  shall  be  recorded  as  counting  towards 
the  total  semester  hours  earned  for  graduation  but  not  towards  the  semester-  hours-attempted  data 
used  in  calculation  of  the  cumulative  quality-point  average.  However,  if  a  student  fails  a  pass/fail 
course,  he/she  will  receive  the  "F"  grade  and  the  corresponding  quality-point  average.  An  F  earned 
under  the  pass/fail  option  may  be  repeated  only  under  the  graded  option  to  provide  the  quality  points 
to  correspond  to  the  "hours  attempted"  incurred  with  the  F. 

The  summer  sessions,  collectively  or  in  any  combination,  shall  be  considered  a  unit  similar  to  a  spring 
or  fall  semester  for  pass-fail  purposes.  Hence,  a  student  is  permitted  to  take  only  one  course  during  the 
summer  on  a  pass-fail  basis. 

The  purpose  of  pass-fail  is  to  permit  a  student  to  take  an  elective  course  in  a  field  of  personal  interest 
where  he/she  may  be  competing  with  major  students  in  the  department  in  which  the  course  is  offered. 
When  scheduled,  such  a  course  shall  be  included  in  the  student's  normal  course  load  for  the  semester. 

Cancelled  Semester  Policy 

This  policy  shall  apply  only  to  students  who  have  attended  lUP  and  have  not  been  enrolled  for  at  least 
two  consecutive  calendar  years.  Upon  application  for  readmission  (or  within  one  year  after  readmis- 
sion)  the  student  may  request  that  one  particular  semester  completed  before  readmission  be  cancelled 
from  his/her  Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average  (C.Q.P.  A.).  Any  semester  (full  or  part  time,  with  the 
summer  sessions  altogether  counting  as  one  semester)  may  be  cancelled  from  the  C.Q.P.A.;  however, 
all  grades  received  in  that  semester  (good  or  bad)  must  be  cancelled  from  the  C.Q.P.A.  All  grades 
remain  on  the  record,  and  credit  toward  graduation  for  courses  passed  remains  on  the  record.  A 
student  may  never  cancel  more  than  one  semester  from  his/her  C.Q.P.A.  under  this  policy. 

Audit  Policy 

To  audit  an  undergraduate  course,  a  person  must  be  admitted  to  the  university  and  have  met  course 
prerequisites.  Students  wishing  to  audit  a  course  for  which  they  registered  at  registration  should  obtain 
a  Course  Audit  Form  from  the  department  chairperson  of  the  course.  To  audit  a  course  not  previously 
registered  for  at  registration,  students  must  first  process  an  "add"  for  the  course  before  filing  a  course 
audit  form.  All  audit  processing,  including  revocation  of  previously  requested  audit  classification, 
must  be  completed  during  the  regular  drop/add  period.  Copies  of  the  completed  form  are  returned  to 
the  Scheduling  Center,  to  the  department  chairperson,  and  to  the  student.  Audit  students  have  the 
same  privileges  as  other  students  in  all  coursework.  There  is  no  limit  on  the  number  of  courses  which 
may  be  audited. 

All  audited  courses  will  be  identified  as  such  on  the  student's  grade  report  and  transcript.  Work  taken 
on  an  audit  basis  will  not  be  graded  and  will  not  count  toward  the  fulfillment  of  requirements  for  a 
degree  to  be  awarded  by  lUP.  Since  credit  hours  attempted  and  quality  points  will  not  be  awjuded  for 
audited  courses,  they  will  not  affect  the  student's  quality-point  average  in  any  way  whatsoever. 

Auditors  will  pay  normal  tuition  and  such  other  fees  as  may  be  required  for  the  course. 


Academic  Policies — 49 


Advanced  Placement  and  Exemption  Examinations 

Courses  taken  by  students  prior  to  admission  to  college  under  the  Advanced  Placement  Program  of 
the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  may  be  recognized  by  the  award  of  college  credit  or  by 
exemption  from  required  subjects.  Those  who  earn  a  grade  of  3,  4,  or  5  in  the  Advanced  Placement 
Examination  will  be  granted  credit  toward  the  number  of  credit  hours  required  for  graduation. 

For  students  who  have  had  other  unusual  opportunities  for  instruction  or  have  advanced  in  a  given 
field,  an  opportunity  to  gain  exemption  from  a  course  is  afforded  through  exemption  examinations, 
given  at  the  discretion  of  each  department.  Departments  offering  such  options  will  publicize  through 
the  University  Testing  Services  their  availability  campus-wide  every  year.  A  student  who  passes  an 
exemption  examination  will  be  exempt  from  taking  that  course  in  his/her  academic  program.  When  a 
student  receives  credit  for  a  course  by  examination,  the  credit  will  be  applied  to  graduation  require- 
ments just  as  though  the  course  had  been  taken.  If  a  student  is  granted  exemption  only  from  a  course, 
he/she  will  be  permitted  to  take  a  free  elective  in  place  of  that  course. 

This  enables  the  student  to  further  specialize,  to  correct  weaknesses  outside  his/her  major  field,  to 
build  his/her  knowledge  in  an  ancillary  area,  or  to  introduce  himself/herself  to  an  entirely  different 
area. 

Courses  for  which  credit  or  exemption  are  awarded  by  examination  will  not  be  used  in  the  determina- 
tion of  quality-point  averages. 


Drop/Add 

All  changes  to  a  student's  schedule  after  registration  utilize  the  drop/add  procedure.  Drop/add  takes 
place  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester  and  is  the  procedure  which  allows  students  to  drop  a  course 
without  its  appearing  on  their  permanent  record.  A  change  from  one  section  to  another  of  the  same 
course  involves  both  the  drop  and  add  phases.  Dates  of  drop/add  are  specified  for  each  session.  After 
receiving  approval  to  either  drop  or  add  a  course  section  from  the  department  chairperson,  the  student 
reports  to  G-2  Sutton  Hall  with  a  copy  of  his/her  original  schedule  to  validate  the  drop/add  form.  The 
student  will  then  present  the  validated  drop/add  slips  to  the  course  instructor(s).  Instructors  can  make 
no  additions  or  deletions  to  class  lists  without  validated  drop/add  slips.  Therefore,  a  student  who 
attends  a  class  and  completes  course  requirements  without  processing  an  "add"  slip  will  receive  no 
credit.  Likewise,  a  student  who  does  not  process  a  "drop"  slip  and  does  not  fulfill  course  requirements 
will  be  issued  a  failing  grade  for  the  course. 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy 

During  the  fall,  spring,  and  summer  sessions,  students  are  permitted  to  withdraw  from  a  course  with  a 
grade  of  "W"  up  to  the  midpoint  of  the  course.  Faculty  are  required  to  inform  students  of  their 
standing  in  class  prior  to  the  midpoint  of  the  course. 

For  all  individual  course  withdrawals,  the  student  must  complete  a  course  withdrawal  form,  available 
in  department  offices.  This  form  must  be  signed  by  both  the  student  and  the  instructor. 

After  the  close  of  the  prescribed  withdrawal  period,  a  student  may  withdraw  from  a  course  only  with 
the  approval  of  his/her  adviser,  department  chairf>erson,  and  college  dean  (in  that  order),  for  such 
reasons  as  illness,  accident,  or  extreme  personal  problems.  Such  withdrawal  may  occur  no  later  than 
one  week  before  the  beginning  of  final  examinations. 

If  a  student  fails  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a  course  but  has  not  formally  processed  a  withdrawal 
as  described  above,  and  if  the  instructor  does  not  receive  notice  of  withdrawal  from  the  university,  the 
instructor  shall  note  in  his/her  course  records  the  student's  last  attendance  date  and/or  other  student 
activity  and  assign  an  "F"  for  the  course. 


50 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Withdrawals  from  the  University 

An  undergraduate  student  who  does  not  register  for  the  succeeding  semester  or,  having  registered,  does 
not  appear  for  classes  at  the  beginning  of  the  succeeding  semester,  is  considered  to  have  withdrawn 
from  the  university.  Thereafter,  he/she  must  apply  for  readmission  as  prescribed  under  "Admission 
and  Registration." 

Any  undergraduate  student  withdrawing  from  the  university  during  a  semester  or  a  summer  session 
must  secure  a  Withdrawal  Form  from  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center,  107  Pratt  Hall  (357-4067).  The 
student  will  cleeu  the  form  with  the  appropriate  offices  listed  in  the  form,  securing  their  signatures  as 
evidence  of  clearance.  (Students  seeking  medical  withdrawal  must  also  provide  the  Advising  and 
Testing  Center  with  a  physician's  corroboration  of  a  medical  need  to  withdraw.)  The  Withdrawal 
Form  will  then  be  returned  to  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center,  which  will  notify  the  appropriate 
college  dean,  campus  agencies,  and  instructors  that  an  official  withdrawal  has  been  processed.  No 
person  shall  be  considered  withdrawn  from  the  university  within  a  semester  or  summer  session  unless 
such  notice  is  received.  Based  upon  the  date  of  withdrawal,  W,  WP,  WF,  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned  to 
those  courses  from  which  the  student  is  withdrawing. 

Class  Attendance 

Class  attendance  and  class  peirticipation  beyond  mere  physical  presence  are  essential  for  maximum 
educational  advantage  and  are  strongly  encouraged.  Responsibility  for  all  course  material  rests  entirely 
with  the  student,  whether  or  not  he/she  attends  each  class.  Class  attendance,  per  se,  shall  not  be  used  as 
a  basis  for  awarding  or  altering  a  grade  in  a  course.  This  applies  to  freshman  through  senior  class 
levels.  The  exceptions  to  this  policy  apply  to  students  enrolled  in  LC  courses,  EN  100,  MA  1(X),  and 
elementary  foreign  languages  (levels  I  and  II).  These  students  are  permitted  a  maximum  of  three 
unexcused  absences  during  the  semester.  At  the  discretion  of  the  individual  instructor,  more  than  three 
unexcused  absences  could  result  in  a  grade  penalty,  up  to  and  including  failure  in  the  course.  Also 
excluded  from  optional  class  attendance  are  students  in  the  advanced  courses  of  the  ROTC  program. 

Course  grade  will  be  based  on  such  factors  as  class  preparation,  class  participation,  skill  development, 
effectiveness  of  oral  presentations  and/or  written  reports,  quiz  grades,  and  test  and  final  examination 
scores.  It  is  the  prerogative  of  the  instructor  to  administer  unannounced  quizzes  as  part  of  the  student 
evaluation  process  and  to  pass  judgment  on  the  merits  of  all  cases  involving  late  class  submissions  and 
class  requirements  missed  by  the  students. 

All  students  are  required  to  attend  class  during  the  first  week  of  the  semester  in  order  to  stabilize 
enrollments  and  class  rosters. 

Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  lUP 

Continuance  at  lUP  is  determined  according  to  the  university's  Academic  Standards  Policy  as 
approved  by  University  Senate  December,  1987,  and  Council  of  Trustees  in  February,  1988.  This 
policy  becomes  effective  July  1,  1988,  with  transition  during  the  summer  period  surrounding  July  1, 
1988. 

Academic  Standards  Policy 

The  Academic  Standards  Policy  applies  to  all  undergraduate  degree  candidates  of  the  university. 
Academic  standards  for  students  enrolled  in  graduate  courses  and  programs  will  be  defined  and 
administered  through  the  Graduate  School.  Academic  standards  for  participants  in  nondegree 
programs  will  be  defined  separately. 

Authority  to  administer  the  Academic  Standards  Policy  is  vested  in  the  dean  of  the  college  which  has 
jurisdiction  for  the  student's  primary  major.  That  responsibility  may  be  assigned  to  an  appropriate 
designee.  Students  officially  advised  by  the  Learning  Center  are  reviewed  by  the  assistant  vice  president 
for  Student  Affairs. 


Academic  Policies — 5 1 


Academic  Good  Standing: 

Every  undergraduate  student  must  maintain  a  cumulative  2.00  GPA  to  be  in  academic  good  standing. 
There  are  two  review  periods:  January  and  May.  Continuation  of  enrollment  is  permitted  under 
defined  circumstances. 

1 .  January  Review  Period: 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  reviewed.  A  student  whose  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00 
is  considered  to  be  in  a  Probation  status. 

2.  May  Review  Period: 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  reviewed.  A  student  must  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.00 
to  be  in  good  academic  standing. 

a.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  during  the  preceding  summer  or  September,  the  following 
criteria  apply: 

— if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  between  1 .80  and  1 .99,  the  student  is  continued  on  probation, 
—if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1 .80,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

b.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  through  the  Learning  Center/Act  101  during  the  preceding 
summer  or  September,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

—if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  between  1 .80  and  1 .99,  the  student  is  continued  on  probation, 
—if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1 .80,  and  the  student  is  in  compliance  with  the  participation 

requirements  of  the  Learning  Center  program,  the  student  is  continued  on  probation, 
—if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1.80,  and  the  student  is  not  in  compliance  with  the 

participation  requirements  of  the  Learning  Center  program,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

c.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  in  the  immediately  preceding  semester,  the  following  criteria 
apply: 

— if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00,  the  student  is  continued  on  probation. 

d.  For  all  other  continuing  students,  the  following  criteria  apply: 
— if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

Probation: 

1 .  Definition:  Probation  status  is  that  status  of  any  student  who  has  a  cumulative  GPA  less  than  2.00 
and  who  has  permission  to  enroll  in  the  university. 

2.  Student  responsibilities: 

A  student  who  is  in  Probation  status  is  expected  to  meet  with  his/her  adviser  prior  to  or  within  the 
first  week  of  each  semester  to  review  current  course  load  and  to  establish  a  plan  of  contact  for  the 
semester.  It  is  generally  anticipated  that  a  probation  student  will  develop  personal  change  strategies 
utilizing  appropriate  professional  resources  such  as  adviser,  faculty,  Counseling  Center,  Learning 
Center,  Career  Services,  workshops,  tutoring  programs,  and  other  support  systems. 

3.  Additional  conditions: 

As  a  condition  of  deferral  of  dismissal,  a  dean  (or  designee)  may  include  specific  conditions 
designed  to  promote  improved  academic  performance. 

Dismissal: 

1 .  A  student  who  does  not  meet  minimum  academic  standards  is  subject  to  automatic  dismissal  in 
May.  Dismissal  is  the  normal  consequence  of  cumulative  performance  below  the  academic 
standards  as  published;  the  office  of  the  dean  provides  confirmation  of  dismissal  status  and 
additional  information. 

2.  Dismissal  in  May  includes  the  cancellation  of  previously  scheduled  fall  classes  and  the  elimination 
of  guarantees  associated  with  fall  housing  and  dining  contracts. 

3.  Appeal  for  deferral  of  dismissal:  In  certain  cases  extenuating  circumstances  may  exist  which  in  the 
professional  judgment  of  the  college  dean  or  designee  will  warrant  a  brief  extension  of  enrollment 


52 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


privUege  at  lUP.  A  student  should  understand  that  it  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  anticipate, 
to  initiate,  and  to  fully  document  and  cooperate  in  all  aspects  of  the  process  of  appeal  in  a  timely 
manner.  The  student  must  file  in  the  office  of  the  dean  (or  designee)  the  completed  application 
for  appeal  with  all  supporting  documentation  pertinent  to  review  of  the  appeal.  All  material 
must  be  filed  by  4:00  p.m.,  June  15,  to  be  considered  for  the  fall  semester. 

Readmission: 

1 .  All  dismissed  students  seeking  readmission  must  make  application  for  readmission  through  the 
appropriate  college  office.  A  student  who  has  been  dismissed  may  use  summer  sessions  at  lUP  in 
support  of  the  application  for  readmission.  The  application  will  detail  procedures  including 
deadlines  and  information  needed  for  consideration  of  readmission  plan. 

Sufficient  progress: 

The  lUP  Financial  Aid  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy  requires  sufficient  academic  progress 
toward  a  degree  on  both  academic  good  standing  (GPA)  and  sufficient  progress  (percent  of  progress) 
bases.  The  standard  of  academic  good  standing  is  defined  within  the  university's  Academic  Standards 
Policy.  The  standard  of  sufficient  progress  for  financial  aid  eligibility  is  the  successful  completion  of 
seventy-five  percent  (75  percent)  of  the  cumulative  number  of  registered  credits  at  lUP.  "Registered 
credits"  are  the  number  of  credits  for  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  Drop/ Add  period. 
(For  a  student  who  was  originally  registered  and  charged  at  full-time  status  and  who  reduced  during 
Drop/ Add  to  part-time  status,  the  registered  credits  will  be  calculated  as  twelve.) 

A  student  who  meets  the  standard  of  academic  good  standing  of  the  Academic  Standards  Policy  but 
who  does  not  meet  the  standard  of  sufficient  quantitative  progress  may  continue  in  university 
registration  but  without  financial  aid  eligibility  for  the  federal  Title  IV  aid  programs. 

A  full  statement  of  requirements  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for  Title  IV  Federal  Student 
Assistance  is  available  through  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

All  courses  taken  at  lUP  become  a  part  of  the  student's  permanent  academic  record.  The  record  shall 
show  hours  attempted,  hours  earned,  and  quality  points  earned. 

The  academic  standing  of  all  students  is  computed  on  the  basis  of  courses  attempted  at  this  university 
only.  Credit  is  granted  for  work  completed  in  other  institutions  in  accordance  with  the  stipulations  set 
forth  under  "Admission  and  Registration." 

Academic  Honors 

Bachelor  degree  candidates  with  appropriate  academic  records  may  be  graduated  with  one  of  the 
following  distinctions: 

Summa  cum  laude 

3 .75-4.00  cumulative  quality-point  average 

Magna  cum  laude 

3.50-3.74  cumulative  quality-point  average 

Cum  laude 

3.25-3.49  cumulative  quality-point  average 

These  honors  are  calculated  using  all  undergraduate  credits  and  quality  points  earned  at  lUP.  Honors 
are  not  granted  for  subsequent  degrees. 

Dean's  List  -  To  be  eligible  for  the  Dean's  List,  which  is  compiled  after  each  semester,  an  undergradu- 
ate student  must  be  carrying  a  minimum  of  twelve  semester  hours  and  have  a  minimum  quality-point 
average  of  3.25  (exclusive  of  P/F  courses). 


Academic  Policies — 53 


Advisory  Program 

A  group  of  selected  faculty  members  act  as  freshman  advisers  for  entering  freshmen  in  their 
departments.  In  some  curriculums  the  advisers  continue  with  the  same  group  of  advisees  from  year  to 
year.  In  other  curriculums  the  freshman  advisers  remain  with  their  advisee  groups  only  for  the 
students'  first  year;  under  this  program,  the  student  is  then  assigned  an  academic  adviser  for  the 
remaining  years  through  to  his/her  degree  in  his/her  chosen  field. 

Faculty  advisers  counsel  the  students  on  academic  achievement,  dropping  courses,  changing  curricu- 
lum, student  activities,  study  schedules,  and  personal  problems.  The  adviser  receives  a  copy  of  the 
student's  permanent  record  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year. 

Changes  of  Curriculum 

A  student  must  indicate  his/her  desire  to  change  to  a  new  curriculum  in  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  student  is  registered  if  the  curriculum  change  desired  is  from  one  department  to 
another  within  the  same  college  (for  example,  change  from  a  mathematics  major  to  a  biology  major) 
or  in  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  to  which  the  student  wishes  to  transfer  if  the  curriculum 
change  is  from  one  college  to  another  (for  example,  secondary  education  major  to  biology  major).  In 
either  case,  the  student  will  complete  an  application  form  that  is  available  in  the  dean's  office.  Before 
seeking  a  curriculum  change,  it  is  advisable  that  the  student  consult  with  the  chairpersons  of  both  the 
"old"  and  "new"  departments. 

When  a  student  changes  colleges,  the  dean  of  the  college  (or  dean's  agent)  into  which  the  transfer  is 
sought  will  evaluate  the  student's  credits  before  approving  the  transfer.  A  copy  of  the  evaluation  will  be 
made  available  to  the  student  and  his/her  new  adviser  if  a  change  in  curriculum  is  effected. 

In  cases  involving  students  who  are  veterans,  the  dean  of  the  college  into  which  transfer  is  sought  (or 
dean's  agent)  shall  give  the  veteran  a  statement  of  prospective  approval  and  the  effective  date  of  the 
proposed  changes.  This  statement  shall  also  indicate  the  amount  of  extended  training  time  the  change 
of  curriculum  will  entail  and  the  amount  of  credit  loss,  if  any.  The  veteran  shall  take  this  statement  to 
the  veteran's  counselor  at  least  one  month  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the  change.  No  transfer  of 
curriculum  shall  be  made  by  veterans  until  V.A.  approval  has  been  assured. 

Sophmore  Screening  for  Junior  Status  Approval 

General  policy  at  lUP  permits  each  college  to  determine  its  own  scheme  for  evaluating  the  develop- 
ment and  progress  of  its  major  students.  However,  each  college  is  expected  to  employ  some  effective 
procedure  for  such  evaluation. 

Several  of  the  colleges  use  a  procedure  called  "Sophomore  Screening  for  Junior  Status  Approval"  with 
the  following  required:  All  students  (in  such  a  college)  enrolled  in  their  fourth  semester  or  who  will 
complete  fifty-seven  semester  hours  attempted  by  the  end  of  the  current  semester  must  apply  for 
Junior  Status  approval  by  filling  out  an  application  form  by  the  deadline  date  designated  and 
announced. 

All  students  should  check  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  determine  which  colleges  use  "Junior  Status" 
screening  procedure  and  the  criteria  for  Junior  Status  Approval. 

Prior  Learning  Assessment  Program 

lUP  offers  several  methods  for  earning  university  credit  for  college-level  learning  gained  through  work 
and  life  experience.  Through  the  office  of  career  services,  the  college  level  examination  program 
(CLEP)  offers  standardized  examinations  in  general  and  specific  subjects.  In  addition,  departmental 
examinations  are  also  available  in  specific  areas  on  a  limited  basis. 


54 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Where  examinations  are  not  available,  portfolio  assessment  may  provide  the  student  with  the 
opportunity  to  present  evidence  of  learning  for  evaluation  by  a  university  faculty  member.  Through 
portfolio  assessment,  work  and  life  experiences  are  evaluated  to  determine  their  appropriateness  and 
applicabilty  for  university  credit.  Credits  earned  through  prior  learning  assessment  may  not  be  applied 
towards  university  residency  requirements.  In  addition,  no  more  than  one-half  of  a  major  may  be 
earned  by  CLEP,  departmental  examination,  and  portfolio  assessment.  Contact  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  for  specific  details. 

Internship/Cooperative  Education 

Many  departments  of  the  university  have  developed  internship/cooperative  education  programs 
which  allow  a  student  to  participate  in  university-supervised  work  experiences  for  variable  academic 
credit.  Internships/co-ops  are  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  a  student's  academic  preparation.  An 
internship/co-op  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  apply  theoretical  and  philosophical  tenets  of  a 
discipline  in  a  practical  job  experience  related  to  the  student's  academic  program. 

Students  may  apply  for  an  internship  if  they  have  completed  fifty-seven  semester  hours  and  have  at 
least  a  2.0  QPA.  Internship  sites  are  normally  located  within  a  5(X)-mile  radius  of  the  campus.  Overseas 
placements  are  located  near  an  lUP  center.  Internships  are  available  in  state  and  federal  offices; 
businesses  at  the  local,  state,  and  national  level;  state-related  agencies;  corporations;  and  foundations. 

Students  may  apply  for  a  co-op  if  they  have  completed  30  semester  hours  and  have  at  least  a  2.0  QPA. 
Two  experiences  are  required.  Sites  are  national  and  international.  Placements  parallel  those  of  the 
internship  program. 

Students  who  are  eligible  for  financial  aid  may  receive  federal  and  state  funding  while  participating  in 
an  internship.  Students  must  apply  to  the  Relating  Experience  to  Academic  Learning  Program 
(REAL). 

Because  internships  are  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's  academic  program,  students  who  are 
interested  in  specific  internship  programs  should  consult  with  the  internship  adviser  in  the  department 
of  their  major. 

For  general  information  about  university  internships,  placement  options,  and  REAL  and  WCLA 
experiences,  the  student  should  consult  the  director  of  Professional  Laboratory  Experiences  and  the 
Employment  section  of  the  Financial  Aid  information  in  this  catalog. 

Health  and  Physical  Education 
Special  Regulations 

Credits  in  health  and  physical  education  are  either  required  of  undergraduate  students  in  the  General 
Education  segment  of  the  university  curriculum  or  are  part  of  an  option  for  students  in  that  segment. 
The  university  requirement  in  physical  education  may  be  altered  after  consultation  with  the  depart- 
ment chairperson  in  health  and  physical  education,  who  will  act  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
university  physician  and  the  dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences. 

Physically  incapacitated  students  must  obtain  a  medical  waiver  from  or  through  the  university 
physician.  This  procedure  should  be  repeated  each  semester  except  in  cases  of  permanent  disability. 
The  waiver  form  should  be  filed  with  the  chairperson  of  the  health  and  physical  education  department. 
Such  students  may  elect  to  participate  in  specially  arranged  adaptive  physical  education  courses  or 
defer  the  university  requirement  until  such  time  as  the  disability  dissolves.  These  regulations  do  not 
refer  to  temporary  illness  of  short  duration;  such  cases  are  managed  by  the  individual  instructor. 


Academic  Policies — 55 


Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 

The  United  States  Army  established  a  unit  of  the  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  at  the  university  in 
1950.  In  fulfilling  the  university's  four-credit  General  Education  requirement  for  graduation,  students 
may  take  four  credits  of  Military  Science  and  receive  full  credit  for  the  Health  and  Physical  Education 
requirement.  Enrollment  in  the  four-credit  ROTC  option  incurs  no  military  obligation  whatsoever  and 
allows  the  student  the  option  of  competing  for  a  three-year  ROTC  Scholarship. 

Upon  graduation  from  the  university  and  successful  completion  of  the  Advanced  Course  ROTC 
program,  the  student  will  receive  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  and  serve  from  three  months  to 
three  years  on  active  duty,  depending  on  active  Army  requirements.  As  an  alternative  to  active  duty, 
the  individual  may  either  be  chosen  or  volunteer  to  complete  his/her  service  obligation  with  the  Army 
Reserve  or  National  Guard. 

Students  seeking  advanced  degrees  can  be  granted  an  educational  delay  by  the  Army  following 
completion  of  their  baccalaureate  degrees.  Upon  completion  of  the  advanced  degree,  students  then 
enter  active  duty  or  Army  Reserve/National  Guard  duty. 

Policy  on  Prior  Learning  Assessment 

lUP  has  authorized  a  policy  for  assessment  of  prior  learning  that  took  place  outside  traditional 
classrooms  in  a  procedure  known  as  Portfolio  Assessment.  It  is  particularly  designed  for  adults  with 
extensive  documentable  knowledge  from  work  experience,  travel,  independent  study  or  other  out-of- 
class  experiences. 

Portfolio  Evaluation:  Principles 

1 .  Credit  awarded  through  portfolio  evaluation  must  conform  to  specific  course  titles  listed  in  the  lUP 
catalog.  Credit  awards  for  general  broad  areas  (block  credit)  will  not  be  permitted. 

2.  In  order  to  request  a  portfolio  evaluation,  the  student  must  be  currently  enrolled  at  lUP.  Credit 
awarded  must  be  intended  for  use  as  part  of  a  degree  or  certification  program. 

3.  Each  department  will  determine  the  maximum  number  of  credits  to  be  awarded  for  prior  learning 
for  its  major.  In  no  case  will  more  than  one-half  of  the  major  be  earned  through  CLEP,  challenge 
examinations,  and  other  forms  of  prior  learning  assessment. 

4.  Credits  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  may  not  apply  as  residency  credit. 

5.  Credit  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  may  either  be  awarded  as  regular  course  credit  or  as 
internship  credit. 

6.  If  a  related  examination  is  available  through  CLEP  or  if  a  challenge  examination  has  previously 
been  established  for  the  course,  a  portfolio  assessment  of  those  credits  will  not  be  accepted. 

7.  Acceptance  of  portfolio  assessment  credits  by  the  department  will  be  indicated  by  the  signature  of 
the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the  course.  The  dean  of  the  appropriate  lUP  college  and 
the  dean  of  continuing  education  must  also  indicate  approval. 

8.  Students  may  qualify  solely  for  undergraduate  credit — not  graduate  credit. 

9.  The  title  of  the  course,  the  semester  hours,  as  well  as  the  indication  that  credit  was  earned  through 
Assessment  of  Prior  Learning,  will  be  recorded  on  the  academic  record.  An  appropriate  code  to 
reflect  a  satisfactory(S)  grade  will  be  assigned  if  the  portfolio  is  acceptable. 


56 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Portfolio  Evaluation:  Procedures 

1.  Student  meets  with  director  of  Division  of  Credit  Programs  in  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  earning  credit  through  portfolio  evaluation.  Standard 
outlines  of  related  courses  are  provided  to  student. 

2.  Preliminary  Application  Form  Student  must  provide  a  resume  and  answer  the  following 
questions: 

a.  What  have  you  learned  that  relates  to  this  course? 

b.  Where  and  when  have  you  learned  it? 

c.  What  documentation  do  you  have  that  supports  the  claim? 

3.  A  handbook  to  assist  students  in  compiling  a  portfolio  will  be  printed.  It  will  show  how  to  relate  to 
the  written  portfolio  learning  gained  through  work  experience,  independent  study,  and  other 
experiences.  Evidence  of  learning  through  documentation  of  experience,  completion  of  a  project, 
and  written  examination  will  be  explained.  If  there  is  sufficient  demand,  a  workshop  will  be 
conducted  to  assist  students. 

4.  Fees 

Application  Fee  per  Assessment :     $  1 5 .00 

Assessment  Fee:      $38.00  for  each  credit  requested;  to  be  paid  when  porfolio  is  submitted  for 

evaluation. 

5.  The  application  will  be  submitted  to  the  director  of  the  Division  of  Credit  Programs.  Upon 
approval,  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the  course  will  be  requested  to  suggest  the 
name  of  a  faculty  member  to  the  dean  of  the  college  for  approval. 

6.  The  faculty  member  will  meet  with  the  student  to  determine  the  technique  of  assessment  or  a 
combination  of  techniques  to  be  used,  including  interviews,  documentations,  observation  of 
performance,  examination,  etc. 

7.  After  the  portfolio  has  been  prepared  by  the  student,  it  will  be  submitted  to  the  dean  of  the  School 
of  Continuing  Education  for  review,  then  forwarded  to  the  appointed  faculty  member  for 
assessment. 

8.  The  faculty  member  will  evaluate  the  portfolio,  then  make  a  recommendation  for  or  against  the 
award  of  credit  and  the  amount  of  credit  in  the  form  of  a  letter,  which  must  be  approved  and 
countersigned  by  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the  course.  The  portfolio  will  be 
forwarded  to  the  dean  of  the  college  which  oversees  the  student's  curriculum  to  approve  and  verify 
that  the  course  will  be  accepted  as  part  of  the  student's  program.  Finally,  the  portfolio  is  sent  to  the 
dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education,  who  will  notify  the  student  and  the  registrar. 

9.  The  registrar  will  list  the  course  title,  credit,  and  an  indication  that  credit  was  earned  through 
Assessment  of  Prior  Learning.  An  appropriate  code  to  reflect  a  satisfactory(S)  grade  will  be 
assigned  if  the  portfolio  is  acceptable. 

10.  A  workshop  pertaining  to  prior  learning  assessment  will  be  conducted  by  a  representative  of  the 
Council  for  Adult  and  Experiential  Learning  for  the  benefit  of  lUP  faculty  members  and  School 
of  Continuing  Education  staff. 

11 .  A  guide  will  be  produced  to  assist  faculty  members  with  a  portfolio  evaluation.  It  will  focus  on 
such  topics  as  documentation  of  evidence  of  learning,  breadth  of  learning,  and  quality  of 
learning. 

12.  A  faculty  member  will  be  paid  65  percent  of  tuition  requested  for  a  portfolio  evaluation.  This 
formula  conforms  to  Article  27  of  Collective  Bargaining  Agreement. 


Academic  Policies — 57 


Academic  Violations  Policy 

lUP  is  an  academic  community  within  the  society  at  large.  The  following  policies  and  procedures  are 
established  to  preserve  the  academic  integrity  of  the  university  community  and  to  provide  a  process 
which  assures  the  necessary  rights  and  protections  for  the  student  who  allegedly  violates  these  policies. 

Violations: 

a.  Cheating  by  those  who  give  as  well  as  receive  aid  in  course  or  lab  work. 

b.  Intentional  evading  of  academic  policies  or  procedures. 

c.  Plagiarizing. 

d.  Possessing  or  obtaining  an  examination  without  the  instructor's  authority  or  prior  knowledge. 

Procedure: 

If  an  instructor  believes  that  a  student  has  violated  an  academic  policy,  he/she  may  recommend  a 
sanction  ranging  from  failure  in  the  course  up  to  and  including  suspension  or  expulsion  from  the 
university.  Recommended  sanctions  may  include  but  are  not  limited  to  the  following:  reduction  of 
grade  in  the  course,  failure  in  the  course,  disciplinary  probation,  campus  community  service/ 
educational  experience,  suspension,  and  expulsion.  A  combination  of  sanctions  may  be  recom- 
mended. The  instructor  must  file  a  written  report  of  the  violation  with  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs  within  five  (5)  class  or  work  days  of  the  violation.  The  instructor  should  also  send  a  copy  to  the 
student.  The  rejaort  should  be  submitted  on  a  form  available  in  each  departmental  office  and  must 
include  the  following:  name  of  student  involved;  course;  instructor;  date  and  time;  circumstances;  and 
supportive  data  and  sanction  recommended. 

In  instances  involving  a  violation  of  academic  policy,  or  where  final  action  on  civil  or  criminal  charges 
is  pending,  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  or  the  president  may  summarily  suspend  a  student 
consistent  with  the  procedures  outlined  in  The  Eye,  the  student  handbook. 

The  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  or  designee  will  formally  notify  the  student  of  the  allegation  and 
the  recommended  sanction. 

If  the  student  disagrees  with  the  sanction  recommended,  the  following  procedure  will  be  followed: 

1 .  Within  six  (6)  class  or  work  days  of  receipt  of  the  vice  president's  notification,  the  student  must 
request  a  conference  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department.  The  student  and  instructor 
involved  will  meet  with  the  chairperson  and  conduct  a  hearing  on  the  allegation.  The  chairperson 
may  uphold  the  sanction  imposed  by  the  instructor  or  reduce  it.  Within  five  (5)  class  or  work 
days  of  the  hearing,  the  chairperson  must  forward  a  written  report  of  his/her  decision  concern- 
ing the  case  to  the  student,  the  instructor  involved,  and  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 
Failure  to  forward  a  written  report  within  the  time  period  indicates  the  chairperson's  affirmation 
of  the  sanction  recommended  by  the  instructor. 

2.  Within  six  (6)  class  or  work  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  chairperson's  report,  the  student  may 
appeal  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  in  writing. 

3.  If  the  chairperson  decreases  the  sanction  originally  recommended  by  the  instructor,  the  instruc- 
tor may  appeal  the  chairperson's  ruling  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  within  six  (6) 
class  or  work  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  chairperson's  report. 

4.  If  an  appeal  is  filed,  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  or  his/her  designee  shall  convene  the 
university  Judicial  Board  to  hear  the  appeal.  The  UJB  may  accept  the  instructor's  sanction; 
accept  the  chairperson's  ruling;  reduce  or  nullify  the  sanction  so  far  recommended;  or  send  the 
case  back  to  the  chairperson  for  reconsideration  along  with  recommendations. 


58 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  U  JB  may  not  increase  the  sanction  originally  recommended  by  the  instructor.  Within  five  (5)  class 
or  woric  days  of  the  hearing,  the  UJB  must  send  a  written  report  of  its  decision  to  the  student  and  the 
instructor  involved.  The  decision  is  deemed  final  and  will  be  implemented  by  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs. 

If  the  student  does  not  appeal  the  instructor's  recommended  sanction  within  six(6)  class  or  work  days, 
it  shall  be  automatically  invoked.  Failure  to  appeal  the  decision  constitutes  a  waiver  of  the  right  to  a 
hearing. 

Appeal  of  the  deadlines  established  above  may  be  made  by  either  party  to  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs. 

If  a  faculty  member  chooses  not  to  file  a  formal  academic  violation  report,  it  is  recommended  that  he/ 
she  complete  a  statement  that  summarizes  the  conference  which  led  to  resolution  and  agreement  of 
sanction  with  signatures  by  both  parties  and  copies  for  both  the  student  and  faculty  records.  No 
academic  violation  report  is  then  made,  but  if  a  student  appeals  at  a  later  time,  the  faculty  member  may 
then  file  the  formal  academic  violation  report. 

lUP  Student  Grade  Appeal  Policy 
Grade  Review  Policy 

If  a  student  disagrees  with  the  evaluation  of  his/her  work  by  the  instructor  but  has  no  basis  for  a  charge 
of  "discrimination"  or  "capricious  evaluation,"  the  student  should  discuss  the  matter  directly  with  the 
instructor,  and  if  unsatisfied,  with  the  department  chairperson,  and  if  still  unsatisfied,  with  the  dean  of 
the  college  in  which  the  course  was  offered.  In  such  cases,  the  decision  of  the  instructor  shall  be  final. 

If  a  student  believes  that  an  improper  grade  has  been  assigned,  an  appeal  may  be  filed  on  the  following 
grounds: 

1.  Discrimination:  On  the  basis  of  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sex,  age,  ancestry,  handicapped 
status,  affectional  or  lifestyle  preference,  or  political  affiliation. 

2.  Capricious  Evaluation:  Significant  and  xmwarranted  deviation  from  grading  procedures  and 
course  outlines  set  at  the  beginning  of  the  course  (ordinarily  during  the  first  week  of  the  course) 
or  grade  assigned  arbitrarily  on  the  basis  of  whim  or  impulse.  The  student  may  not  claim 
capriciousness  if  he  or  she  disagrees  with  the  subjective  professional  evaluation  of  the  instructor. 

Procedures  of  Appeal 
Level  I:  Informal  Resolution 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  disagreement  at  Level  I.  The  student  must  first  seek  a 
resolution  to  the  disagreement  with  the  instructor.  It  the  student  is  not  satisfied  with  the  results,  the 
student  must  then  speak  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department  that  offers  the  course.  If  still 
unsatisfied,  the  student  must  discuss  the  matter  with  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  course  was 
offered.  A  Student  Government  Association  (SGA)  member  may  accompany  and  advise  the  student 
during  the  Level  I  procedures.  Only  after  all  attempts  for  the  resolution  at  Level  I  have  been  exhausted 
may  the  student  initiate  Level  II. 

Level  II:  Appeal  Screening 

A.  Composition:  Each  year  there  shall  be  appointed  a  Grade  Appeals  Committee  to  determine  the 
existence  of  the  substantive  basis  for  appeal.  The  committee  will  be  composed  of  seven  voting 
members:  three  faculty  members  appointed  by  APSCUF,  three  faculty/administrators  elected  by 
the  Senate  Academic  Committee,  and  one  student  elected  by  the  Senate  Academic  Committee.  A 
voting  majority  of  the  Grade  Appeal  Committee  must  be  faculty  members. 


Academic  Policies — 59 


B.  Procedure  to  Initiate  Appeal:  To  initiate  Level  1 1  of  the  appeal,  the  student  must  file  an  appeal  form 
with  the  Provost's  Office.  This  form  must  be  filed  within  sixty  (60)  calendar  days  of  the  beginning 
of  the  semester  immediately  following  the  semester  in  which  the  grade  was  received.  Note:  Grade 
appeals  will  not  generally  be  processed  during  the  summer.  Therefore,  the  appeal  of  any  grade 
received  in  the  spring  or  summer  sessions  normally  will  be  processed  in  the  fall.  A  review  will  be 
scheduled  in  the  summer  only  when  the  student's  academic  eligibility  is  jeopardized  by  the  grade  in 
question  or  when  the  student  is  a  graduating  senior.  The  Provost's  Office  will  notify  the  appropri- 
ate dean,  department  chairperson,  faculty  member,  and  the  SGA  president  of  the  student's 
initiation  of  the  Level  II  process. 

C.  Procedure  to  Process  Appeal:  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit  written  documentation  of 
his/her  complaint  and  the  faculty  member  will  be  expected  to  submit  in  writing  the  course  grading 
procedure  and  any  other  pertinent  information.  Appeals  based  on  discrimination  will  be  reviewed 
according  to  current  standards  of  nondiscriminatory  action.  Appeals  based  on  capriciousness  will 
be  reviewed  in  light  of  the  faculty  member's  announced  evaluation  and  grading  system.  The 
committee  will  review  the  materials  to  deny  or  confirm  appeal  continuance.  Denial  of  appeal 
continuance  must  be  by  a  negative  vote  of  four  members  of  the  committee.  This  committee  will 
inform  the  Provost's  Office  of  its  findings.  Within  five  (5)  working  or  class  days  of  the  committee's 
report,  the  provost  or  designee  will  notify  the  student  and  the  faculty  member  of  the  findings.  If  the 
basis  for  appeal  is  determined  to  be  substantive,  the  provost  or  designee  will  convene  a  Grade 
Review  Panel  within  fifteen  (15)  working  or  class  days. 

Level  III:  Appeal  Review 

A.  Composition:  The  Grade  Review  Panel  will  consist  of  five  voting  members:  one  academic  dean  or 
associate  dean  and  four  faculty  members.  Four-fifths  of  the  voting  members  will  be  a  quorum.  The 
SGA  Academic  Affairs  Committee  chairperson  may  advise  as  requested  by  the  student.  The 
affirmative  action  officer  will  advise  in  appeals  based  on  discrimination.  The  panel  will  be 
constituted  from  the  Grade  Review  Pool  by  random  selection.  The  panel  chairperson  will  be 
elected  by  and  from  the  panel  before  each  review. 

B.  Membership:  The  Grade  Review  Pool  will  be  established  in  the  spring  term  to  serve  for  the 
following  academic  year.  The  pool  and  rotational  order  within  the  pool  will  be  established  by  the 
Office  of  the  Provost.  A  pool  of  three  deans  or  associate  deans  and  twelve  full-time  faculty 
members  will  be  maintained.  In  establishing  the  membership  for  each  review  panel,  prior  to  each 
review  the  names  of  those  designated  as  primary  members  of  the  specific  panel  and  available  as 
alternates  will  be  supplied  to  all  parties  involved.  A  panel  member  may  request  (to  the  provost  or 
designee)  disqualification  due  to  a  conflict  of  interest.  The  student  and  the  faculty  member  may 
eliminate  names  in  proportion  to  the  composition  of  the  panel .  Each  may  eliminate  only  one  dean/ 
associate  dean  and  four  faculty.  Resulting  vacancies  will  be  filled  from  the  appropriate  dean  and 
faculty.  If  through  self-disqualification  and  challenges  a  panel  cannot  be  constituted  from  the  pool, 
then  the  Office  of  the  Provost  will  supplement  the  pool  using  appropriate  random  selection 
methods. 

C.  Procedure: 

1.  Both  the  student  and  the  instructor  will  have  the  right  to  appear  before  the  panel  and  offer 
evidence.  In  addition  to  those  specified  in  Level  III,  Section  A,  each  may  also  bring  one  observer 
with  whom  they  may  consult  but  who  may  not  participate  in  the  review. 

2.  The  panel  shall  determine  its  rules  of  order  for  internal  operation.  After  hearing  the  evidence 
brought  forth,  the  panel  will  privately  deliberate  and  render  a  decision.  If  the  grade  appeal  is 
upheld,  the  panel  will  constitute  a  committee  of  three  appropriate  faculty  (ordinarily  faculty 
from  the  department  in  which  the  course  is  offered)  who  will  review  the  student's  work  and 
determine  the  appropriate  grade  or  suitable  remedy.  [The  panel  will  incorporate  this  information 
in  the  determination  which  they  then  forward  to  the  Provost's  Office  for  implementation.  The 
panel  may  recommend  or  the  department  may  deem  it  appropriate  that  the  grades  of  other 
students  in  the  class  also  be  reviewed.] 


60 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


3 .  The  written  report  sent  to  the  Provost's  Office  will  state  whether  the  student's  appeal  is  upheld  or 
denied;  if  upheld,  the  committee's  evaluation  and  remedy  will  be  included.  All  documents 
supporting  the  report  will  be  sealed  and  kept  only  as  long  as  necessary  to  insure  the  appropriate 
action  is  taken  (normally  one  year)  before  being  destroyed  or  returned  to  the  individual 
presenting  the  evidence. 

Implementation 

A.  Faculty  Compensation:  If  a  Review  Panel  (hearing)  is  scheduled  at  a  time  in  the  summer  when 
any  faculty  member  involved  is  not  under  contract,  the  faculty  member  will  be  compensated 
under  terms  mutually  agreed  upon  at  Meet-and-Discuss. 

B.  Continuing  Rights:  This  appeal  does  not  supplant  any  legal  rights  afforded  by  the  Common- 
wealth of  Pennsylvania  and/or  the  government  of  the  United  States.  Nothing  in  this  policy 
abrogates  or  modifies  any  provisions  of  or  rights  under  the  Collective  Bargaining  Agreement. 

C.  Intended  F»urpose:  The  grade  appeal  procedures  are  designed  simply  as  a  means  to  resolve 
differences  between  students  and  faculty  related  to  grading.  Under  no  circumstances  should  the 
results  of  a  grade  appeal  be  used  for  disciplinary  action  or  personnel  decision. 

D.  *Amendment:  Amendments  may  be  implemented  upon  concurrence  by  University  Senate, 

APSCUF  Representative  Council,  and  Meet-and-Discuss. 

*  Note  of  Record:  In  the  amendment  process  outlined  in  "Implementation"  -  Section  D,  specification 
of  University  Senate  implies  the  Council  of  Trustees'  role  in  approving  Senate  actions  and 
recognizes  the  Council  of  Trustees'  final  action  to  change  policy. 

E .  Renewal :  This  policy  will  expire  in  three  (3)  years  after  its  date  of  implementation  unless  this  policy 
is  reviewed  under  Senate  Academic  Committee  and  Senate  procedures  and  renewed  (with  possible 
amendments)  at  Meet-and-Discuss. 

This  policy  was  approved  by  the  University  Senate  on  October  8, 1985,  and  by  the  Council  of  Trustees 
on  December  6,  1985,  to  be  effective  in  the  spring  semester,  1986. 

Course  Numbers  and  Abbreviations 

Course  Numbers  -  Courses  for  freshmen  are  numbered  in  the  100s,  for  sophomores  in  the  200s,  for 
juniors  in  the  300s,  and  for  seniors  in  the  400s. 

Required  courses  usually  are  numbered  from  1  to  50  and  elective  courses  are  numbered  from  5 1  to  100, 
within  each  100. 


Academic  Policies — 61 


Departmental  Course  Abbreviations.  The  departmental  abbreviations  used  in  the  undergraduate 
catalog  and  the  corresponding  transcript  number  codes  (OO)  used  to  identify  courses  are  as  follows: 


AC 

85 

Adult/Community  Education 

GM 

34 

German 

AD 

26 

Administrative  Services 

GR 

90 

Graduate  School 

AG 

28 

Accounting 

GS 

14 

Geoscience 

AH 

88 

An  History 

HE 

43 

Home  Economics  Education 

AL 

05 

Allied  Health  Professions 

HI 

40 

History 

AM 

56 

Applied  Music 

HP 

37 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

AN 

02 

Anthropology 

HU 

92 

Humanities 

AR 

01 

Art 

IM 

Information  Management 

AT 

89 

Art  Education 

IS 

83 

International  Studies 

AY 

03 

Astronomy 

JN 

36 

Journalism 

BA 

08 

Business  Administration 

LA 

48 

Latin 

BE 

09 

Business  Education 

LB 

59 

Library 

BI 

04 

Biology 

LI 

47 

Linguistics 

BU 

07 

Business 

LR 

84 

Labor  Relations 

CE 

13 

Counselor  Education 

MA 

49 

Mathematics 

CH 

10 

Chemistry 

MG 

38 

Management 

CI 

12 

Chinese 

MI 

54 

Marine  Science 

CL 

33 

Critical  Language 

MK 

39 

Marketing 

CM 

45 

Communications  Media 

MS 

52 

Military  Science 

CN 

86 

Continuing  Education 

MT 

62 

Medical  Technology 

CO 

18 

Computer  Science 

MU 

55 

Music 

CR 

46 

Criminology 

NS 

93 

Natural  Sciences 

CS 

11 

Consumer  Services 

NU 

58 

Nursing 

DE 

06 

Distributive  Education 

PC 

70 

Psychology 

EA 

41 

Educational  Administration 

PH 

60 

Philosophy 

EC 

15 

Economics 

PN 

73 

Public  School  Nursing 

ED 

16 

Education 

PS 

67 

Political  Science 

EE 

21 

Early  Elementary 

PY 

64 

Physics 

EH 

27 

Education  of  Hearing  Impaired 

QB 

Quantitative  Business 

EL 

19 

Elementary  Education 

RH 

53 

Rehabilitation 

EM 

24 

Elementary  Mathematics 

RS 

72 

Religious  Studies 

EN 

22 

English 

RT 

63 

Respiratory  Therapy 

EP 

71 

Educational  Psychology 

RU 

74 

Russian 

ES 

20 

Elementary  Science 

SA 

76 

Safety  Sciences 

EX 

50 

Education  of  Exceptional  Children 

SC 

75 

Science 

FA 

91 

Fine  Arts 

SH 

51 

Speech  and  Hearing 

FE 

17 

Foundations  of  Education 

SO 

78 

Sociology 

FI 

Finance 

SP 

82 

Spanish 

FL 

23 

Foreign  Languages 

SS 

79 

Social  Sciences 

FN 

44 

Food  and  Nutrition 

ST 

80 

Student  Personnel 

FR 

25 

French 

SW 

77 

Social  Work 

GE 

31 

Geography 

TH 

81 

Theater 

GK 

35 

Greek 

VO 

29 

Vocational  Education 

GL 

32 

Geology 

XX 

94 

General  Electives 

62 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Requirements  For  Graduation 


Undergraduate  students  at  lUP  may  pursue  programs  of  study  in  any  one  of  the  six  undergraduate 
colleges:  the  College  of  Business;  the  College  of  Education;  the  College  of  Fine  Arts;  the  College  of 
Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences;  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences;  or  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics.  A  student  may  earn  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of 
Science,  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  or  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  To  do  so,  the  student  must 
satisfy  all  of  the  degree  requirements,  which  fall  into  three  categories:  1)  university  requirements;  2) 
college  requirements;  3)  department  requirements.  Requirements  of  the  latter  two  categories  may  be 
found  under  the  college  and  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  pursuing  a  program  of  study. 

University  requirements  for  graduation  in  all  curriculums  consist  of  General  Education  requirements, 
residency  requirements,  and  the  semester  hour  and  cumulative  quality-point  average  requirements. 

General  Education 

All  students  are  obligated  to  fulfill  a  basic  program  in  General  Education  consisting  of  fifty-two 
semester  hours.  Different  colleges  and  sometimes  departments  within  colleges  may  have  specific 
variations  as  to  how  these  General  Education  requirements  are  to  be  met. 

The  primary  objective  of  General  Education  is  to  develop  those  understandings,  attitudes,  values,  and 
social  skills  that  will  enable  the  student  to  enjoy  a  life  that  is  satisfying  to  himself/herself  as  an 
individual  and  that  will  enable  him/her  to  play  a  constructive  role  in  his/her  community  and  in  society, 
without  respect  to  his/her  professional  vocational  interest  or  activity. 

The  courses  in  the  program  will  be  distributed  throughout  the  four  years  of  university  study,  but  the 
basic  or  introductory  courses  should  be  concentrated  in  the  first  two  years  of  the  student's  program. 

The  university  has  adopted  a  new  program  of  Liberal  Studies  which  is  being  developed  for  implemen- 
tation with  the  freshman  class  entering  in  1989.  Students  who  enter  in  1988  will  complete  degree 
requirements  including  the  General  Education  components  as  outlined  in  this  catalog.  Supplementary 
publications  will  be  available  as  the  Liberal  Studies  program  is  developed. 


Requirements  For  Graduation — 63 


General  Education  Requirements 

English Three  Courses 10  sh 

EN        101  -  English  1  4 

EN       102- English  H  3 

EN       201 -English  111  3 
(OR:  EN  210  required  substitute  for  EN  201  for  majors  in  English  and  Communication) 

Fine  Arts One  Course 3sh 

AH       101  -  Introduction  to  Art  3 

MU      101  -  Introduction  to  Music  3 

TH       101  -  Introduction  to  Theater  3 

Humanities  Two  or  Three  Courses*  6-9  sh 

*If  only  two  courses  are  selected  from  humanities,  one  additional  course  must  be  selected  from  courses 
listed  as  natural  science  or  science/math  electives. 

Foreign  Languages  (two  courses  in  language  sequence;  only  six  semester  hours  of  foreign  languages 
courses  apply  to  General  Education  requirements) 

AH       1 1 5  -  Ancient  and  Medieval  Art  3 

AH       1 16  -  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Art  3 

EN       346  -  Contemporary  American  and  British  Poetry  3 

EN       347  -  Modem  American  Fiction  3 

EN       348  -  Black  American  Literature  3 

EN       349  -  The  English  Bible  as  Literature  3 

HI        101 -History  of  Civilization  1  3 

MU      301  -  Music  History  1  3 

PH       101  -  General  Logic:  Methods  of  Critical  Thinking  3 

PH       120 -Introdurtion  to  Philosophy  3 

PH       221  -  Symbolic  Logic  I  3 

PH       222  -  Ethics  3 

PH       223  -  Philosophy  of  Art  3 

RS        100- Introduction  to  Religion  3 

RS  110 -World  Religions  3 
*Note:  Students  in  the  colleges  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  take  one  year  of  intermediate-level  foreign  language.  Students  in  the  colleges  of  Business, 
Education,  Fine  Arts,  and  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  may  elect  one  year  of  a  foreign 

language,  any  appropriate  level,  or  two  courses  from  the  above  list.  Exception:  English  education 
majors  must  take  the  intermediate-level  sequence  of  a  foreign  language. 

Mathematics  One  Course  3-4  sh 

Course  designated  by  department  to  meet  requirement: 

MA  101 -Foundations  of  Mathematics  3 

MA  110 -Elementary  Functions  3 

MA  1 2 1  -  Calculus  I  for  the  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and  Business  4 

MA  123  -  Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4 

MA  127 -Calculus  I  4 

MA  1 5 1  -  Math  for  Elementary  Teachers  1  (specific  departments  only)  3 

MA  2 1 7  -  Probability  and  Statistics  3 


64 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Natural  Sciences A  Two-Semester  Sequence  in  Laboratory  Science 8sh 

Sequence  may  be  designated  by  department. 

BI        103-104 -General Biology  I  and II  8 sh  total 

CH      1 0 1  - 1 02  -  College  Chemistry  I  and  1 1  (specific  departments  only)  8  sh  total 

CH       1 1 1  - 1 1 2  -  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  8  sh  total 

CH       1 1 3-1 14  -  Concepts  in  Chemistry  8  sh  total 

GS       101/102-103/104 -Earth  Science  I  and  II  with  labs  8  sh  total 

GS       121/131-122/132 -General  Geology  I  and  II  with  labs  8  sh  total 

PY       1 1 1  / 1 2 1  and  PY  1 1 2/ 1 22  -  Physics  I  and  II  with  labs  8  sh  total 

PY       131/141  and  PY  132/142 -Physics  I  and  II  with  labs  8  sh  total 

SC        105-106  -  Physical  Science  I  and  II  (either  order)  8  sh  total 

Social  Sciences                      Five  Courses  from  Twelve  Alternatives  15  sh 

1 .  AN  1 10  -  Introduction  to  Anthropology  3 

2.  CR  101 -General  Administration  of  Justice  3 

3.  EC  101  -  Basic  Economics  3 

OR 

EC  121  -  Principles  of  Economics  I  3 

4.  GE  101  -  World  Geography  3 

5.  GE  102  -  Geography  of  United  States  and  Canada  3 

6.  HI  102  -  History  of  Civilization  II  3 

7.  HI  103  -  History  of  US  and  PA  I  3 

OR 

HI  104  -  History  of  US  and  PA  II*  3 

8.  PS  101  -  World  PoUtics  3 

9.  PS  1 1 1  -  American  Politics  3 

10.  PC  101  -  General  Psychology*  3 

11.  SO  1 5 1  -  Principles  of  Sociology  3 

12.  SS  101  -  Contemporary  Social  Science  3 
*  Required  for  all  students  in  College  of  Education  and  teacher  certification  programs. 

Health  and  Physical  Education                               One  Option  4  sh 

Option  1 :  Health  and  Physical  Education 

HP  101  -  Personal  and  Community  Health  2 

and 

HP  —  Physical  Activity  courses  -  2  courses,  1  credit  each  2 
(HP  110-138,  144-172,  260-262,  266) 

OPTION  2:  Military  Science 

MS  101  -  World  Military  History  and  Lab  2 

MS  102  -  American  Military  History  and  Lab  2 

OPTION  3 :  Military  Service  4 
Veterans  are  given  four  credits  toward  these  requirements. 
Verification  of  service  must  be  established  by  form  DD  214. 

Students  continuing  in  Military  Science  (ROTC)  beyond  their  freshman  year  should  use  the  elective 
hours  available  to  them  by  their  department  towards  Military  Science  classes.  Upon  entering  the 
sophomore  year  of  Military  Science,  students  are  encouraged  to  discuss  this  with  their  Military  Science 
class  adviser,  who  will  assist  them  in  this  matter. 


Requirements  For  Graduation — 65 


Science/Math  Electives  Zero  to  One  Course  0-3  sh 

If  only  six  credits  are  earned  in  the  humanities  group,  an  additional  course  must  be  selected  from  the 
natural  science  electives  or  the  following: 

Bl  110 -Plant  Biology  5 

Bl  120- Animal  Biology  5 

Bl  261 -Ornithology  3 

Bl  262  -  Etomology  3 

Bl  271 -Evolution  3 

Bl  272  -  Conservation  of  Plant  and  Animal  Resources  3 

CO  110- Intro  to  Computer  Science  3 

CO  200  -  Intro  to  Computers  3 

GS  110 -General  Astronomy  3 

GS  1 20  -  Geology  of  Pennsylvania  3 

GS  330  -  Paleontology  3 

GS  321  -  Mineralogy  3 

GS  361 -Oceanography  3 

GS  37 1  -  Meteorology  1  3 

MA  1 10  -  Elementary  Functions  3 

MA  121  -  Calculus  I  for  the  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and  Business  4 

MA  122  -  Calculus  II  for  the  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and  Business  4 

MA  217- Probability  and  Statistics  3 

PY  222  -  Mechanics  I  2 

PY  231 -Electronics  4 

PY  242  -  Optics  3 

PY  342  -  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3 

PY  472  -  Nuclear  Physics  3 

SC  1 1 1  -  Science  in  Modern  Civilization  3 

SC  401  -  Growth  of  Science  and  Its  Concepts  I  3 

SC  402  -  Growth  of  Science  and  Its  Concepts  II  3 


66 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


General  Education  Substitutions 

The  following  courses  constitute  the  approved  substitution  list  as  approved  by  the  University  Senate. 
All  courses  on  the  approved  substitution  list  require  the  approval  of  the  student's  major  adviser.  These 
General  Education  substitutions  may  not  be  taken  pass-fail  if  they  are  taken  as  General  Education 
courses. 


General  Education  Course 

AN       1 1 0  Intro  to  Anthropology 


CR       101  General  Administration  of 
Justice 

GE       101  World  Geography:  Man  and 

Environment 
GE       102  Geography  of  the  U.S.  and 

Canada 


Approved  Substitutions 

AN      211  Cultural  Anthropology 


HI  104  History  of  U.S.  and  Pa.  II 

RS  110  World  Religions 

PH  221  Symbolic  Logic  I 

MU  301  Music  History  I 


MA      101  Foundations  of  Math 


SC  105  Physical  Science  I 

PY  111  Physics  I  Oec) 

PY  121  Physics  I  Gab) 

PY  112  Physics  II  (lee) 

PY  122  Physics  II  Qab) 

PY  131  Physics  I  Gec-Calc) 

PY  141  Physics  I  Oab-Calc) 

PY  1 32  Physics  II  Gec-Calc) 

PY  142  Physics  II  Gab-Calc) 


AN 

312  World  Ethnography 

AN 

313  World  Archaeology 

CR 

102  Criminology 

GE 

230  Cultural  Geography 

GE 

23 1  Economic  Geography 

GE 

251  Geography  of  Pennsylvania 

GE 

252  Geography  of  Latin  America 

GE 

253  Geography  of  Europe 

GE 

254  Geography  of  USSR 

GE 

255  Geography  of  Africa 

GE 

256  Geography  of  East  Asia 

GE 

257  Geography  of  South  and 

Southeast  Asia 

HI 

103  History  of  U.S.  and  Pa.  I 

RS 

210  World  Scriptures 

PH 

330  Philosophy  of  Science 

MU 

103  Perspectives  in  Jazz 

MU 

201  Jazz  History  I 

MU 

302  Music  History  II 

MU 

303  Music  History  III 

MA 

102  Finite  Mathematics 

MA 

1 10  Elementary  Functions 

MA 

121  Calculus  I  for  the  Natural 

and  Soc  Sci  &  Bus 

MA 

123  Calculus  I  for  Physics 

and  Chemistry 

MA 

127  Calculus  I 

MA 

214  Probability  and  Statistics 

for  Business  Majors 

MA 

217  Probability  and  Statistics 

PY 

111  Physics  I  Gec& lab) 

PY 

131  Physics  I  Gee  &  lab-Calc) 

PY 

131  Physics  1  Gec-Calc) 

PY 

141  Physics  I  Gab-Calc) 

PY 

132  Physics  II  Gec-Calc) 

PY 

142  Physics  II  Gab-Calc) 

PY 

1 1 1  Physics  I  Gee) 

PY 

121  Physics  1  Gab) 

PY 

112  Physics  II  Gee) 

PY 

122  Physics  II  Gab) 

Requirements  For  Graduation — 67 


Residency  Requirement 

All  students  receiving  an  initial  lUP  baccalaureate  degree  are  required  to  complete  forty-five  semester 
hours  in  lUP  courses.  At  least  fifteen  semester  hours  in  lUP  courses  are  required  to  fulfill  an  lUP 
major  and  a  minimum  of  six  semester  hours  for  a  minor.  Normally,  the  student  will  complete  the  final 
thirty  semester  hours  in  residence  in  lUP  courses,  unless  specific  approval  has  been  secured  from  the 
dean  of  the  student's  college.  Exception  to  the  above  requirements  for  courses  to  be  earned  in  residence 
at  lUP  may  be  granted  by  the  college  deans  based  upon  the  appropriateness  and  academic  integrity  of 
the  courses  in  question.  This  approval  is  generally  sought  as  part  of  the  process  for  prior  approval  of 
off-campus  coursework. 

Pre-Approval  for  Transfer  Coursework 

Students  enrolled  at  lUP  who  wish  to  take  coursework  at  another  institution  (either  during  the  summer 
or  regular  semesters)  must  complete  an  Application  for  Coursework  Outside  lUP  prior  to  taking  the 
course(s).  Only  the  credits  from  the  course(s)  transfer,  not  the  grade;  therefore,  students  cannot  use 
outside  coursework  for  lUP's  repeat  policy.  Only  the  credits  for  which  students  receive  the  grade  of  A, 
B,  or  C  will  transfer.  If  P/F  is  the  only  grading  option  available,  there  must  be  a  narrative  evaluation 
from  the  faculty  member  certifying  that  the  work  was  of  C  level  or  better.  No  more  than  sixty  credits 
total  may  be  earned  at  a  junior  or  community  college  for  application  toward  an  lUP  degree.  If  the 
courses  are  being  taken  within  the  student's  last  thirty  credits,  the  courses  must  be  taken  at  lUP  unless 
the  student's  residency  requirement  is  waived  by  the  college  dean.  Courses  without  prior  approval  are 
taken  at  the  risk  of  the  student;  there  is  no  obligation  on  the  part  of  any  officer  of  this  university  to 
accept  or  transfer  such  credit. 

Forms  for  approval  of  off-campus  coursework  are  available  in  the  Registrar's  Office,  G-5  Sutton  Hall . 
Full  directions  on  the  form  outline  the  steps  involving  the  registrar,  student's  adviser,  and  college  dean. 
After  completing  off-campus  coursework,  students  should  have  the  institution  at  which  the  work  was 
taken  send  a  final  official  transcript  directly  to  Transfer  Evaluation  Services,  G-5  Sutton  Hall,  lUP, 
Indiana,  PA  15705.  Copies  of  transcripts  issued  to  or  hand  carried  by  students  will  not  be  accepted. 

Semester  Hour  and  Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average  Requirement 

Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  to  graduate,  including  52  hours  in 
General  Education  (all  on  a  passing  basis),  and  must  have  a  2.0  ("C"  grade)  cumulative  quality-point 
average  and  a  2.0  ("C")  average  in  his/her  major  and/or  minor  field. 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 

Commencement  ceremonies  are  held  annually  at  lUP  at  the  conclusion  of  the  spring  semester  during 
the  month  of  May.  Only  students  who  have  completed  all  requirements  for  graduation  by  the  end  of 
the  spring  semester  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  commencement  exercises.  Students  who  have 
withdrawn  from  courses  or  have  elected  to  take  incompletes  or  have  failed  courses  during  the  spring 
semester  and  thus  have  not  met  the  requirements  for  graduation  may  not  participate  in  commencement 
exercises  until  those  requirements  have  been  fulfilled.  Students  completing  requirements  in  August  or 
December  are  included  on  the  graduation  list  the  following  May  and  may  participate  in  commence- 
ment at  that  time. 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  complete  an  application-for-graduation  form  in  the  office  of  the 
dean  of  his/her  college  early  in  the  term  prior  to  graduation.  Students  are  responsible  for  knowing  and 
fulfilling  the  requirements  for  graduation  in  their  degree  program. 

Certification  for  graduation  is  not  final  until  approved  by  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  student  is 
enrolled. 


68 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Students  who  expect  to  graduate  at  the  end  of  the  summer  session  must  complete  all  requirements  for 
graduation  by  the  conclusion  of  the  main  session  unless  prior  exception  is  made  by  the  student's  college 
dean.  Diplomas  will  not  be  issued  until  all  bills  and  obligations  have  been  satisfied,  including  the  degree 
fee,  and  final  certification  for  graduation  has  been  issued  by  the  student's  college  dean. 

Non-Native  Students:  English  Language  Requirements 

Non-native  students  of  English,  either  international  students  or  those  from  the  U.S.  for  whom  English 
is  not  their  first  learned  language,  are  required  to  take  an  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test  prior  to 
registration  in  the  first  semester  attending  lUP.  The  test  is  administered  prior  to  registration  in  both  the 
fall  and  spring  semesters.  Results  of  this  test  are  used  to  determine  which  English  course  (EN  100/ESL, 
EN  101/ESL,  EN  102/ESL,  EN  201/ESL)  a  newly  admitted  non-native  student  must  register  for.  In 
addition,  any  currently  enrolled  non-native  student  can  take  the  regularly  scheduled  test  to  determine 
registration  for  non-ESL  English  courses.  For  further  information,  contact  Dr.  Dan  Tannacito,  212 
Eicher  Hall;  telephone  (412)357-7081. 

Undergraduate  Catalog  ApplicabUity  Timeframe 

The  university  reserves  the  right  to  modify  degree  requirements  through  established  governance 
channels.  However,  the  general  policy  has  been  established  that  the  following  timeframe  regulations 
form  the  basis  for  application  of  the  university's  undergraduate  degree  requirements: 

1.  A  student  who  has  been  in  continuous  registration  (fall  and  spring  semesters)  or  who  has 
interruption(s)  of  less  than  two  calendar  years  is  governed  by  the  requirements  outlined  in  the 
catalog  in  effect  at  the  time  of  entrance  into  a  degree  program  (major). 

a.  A  student  who  changes  major  will  be  governed  by  the  requirements  of  the  major  and/or 
college  at  the  time  of  acceptance  into  the  new  major,  without  change  of  general  education 
requirements  except  as  specified  by  the  new  major. 

b.  A  student  entering  through  the  nondegree  program  is  governed  by  the  requirements  in  effect 
at  the  time  degree  candidacy  is  awarded. 

c.  A  part-time  student  may  be  covered  by  these  provisions  of  continuous  registration  to  a 
maximum  of  ten  years. 

2.  A  student  whose  education  is  interrupted  by  two  or  more  calendar  years  will  be  governed  by  the 
requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  readmission  to  the  university.  The  readmission  may  carry 
specific  requirements/ substitutions  necessary  to  provide  for  program  integrity. 

3 .  The  applicability  of  coursework  completed  more  than  ten  years  prior  to  the  degree  date  is  subject 
to  review  by  the  dean  or  designee  for  evaluation  on  a  course-by-course  basis. 


The  College  of  Business — 69 


The  College  of  Business 


Robert  C.  Camp,  Dean 

Bernard  A.  Moreau,  Interim  Associate  Dean 

The  establishment  of  a  College  of  Business  was  authorized  by  the  lUP  Board  of  Trustees  in  May,  1 966. 

Departments  within  the  College  of  Business  include  Accounting,  Administrative  Services  and  Business 
Education,  Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems,  and  Management  and  Marketing. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  Accounting,  Finance,  Management  Information  Systems, 
Management,  Marketing,  Office  Administration,  and  Human  Resource  Management.  The  Admin- 
istrative Services  and  Business  Education  Department  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
degree  with  a  Business  Education  major  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree  with  a  Marketing 
and  Distributive  Education  major.  There  is  also  a  two-year  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  with  a 
concentration  in  Computers  and  Office  Information  Systems  offered  at  the  Armstrong  and  Punx- 
sutawney  campuses. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

For  those  pursuing  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  lUP's  training  will  provide  a  broad  liberal 
background  in  the  behavioral  sciences;  a  keen  perception  of  the  socioeconomic  world  in  which  we  live 
and  work;  a  foundation  of  general  professional  education  for  personally  fruitful  and  socially  useful 
careers  in  the  varied  fields  of  business;  and  opportunity  to  obtain  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills 
essential  to  future  occupational  growth  and  advancement.  There  are  seven  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees 
offered  in  business —  Accounting,  Finance,  Management,  Marketing,  Management  Information 
Systems,  Office  Administration,  and  Human  Resource  Management.  Each  area  provides  for  a  variety 
of  business  and  business-related  courses  which  are  designed  to  enrich  the  student's  understanding  of 
the  modem  business  system. 

Entering  lUP  students  not  initially  admitted  to  the  College  of  Business  must  apply  individually  for 
change  of  major,  which  will  be  granted  only  to  those  who  have  completed  at  least  twenty-four  credits  at 
lUP  and  have  achieved  no  less  than  a  2.4  grade-point  average  at  lUP. 

Enrollment  in  courses  is  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 


70 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


A  student  may  not  pursue  coursework  in  the  College  of  Business  with  the  expectation  of  graduating 
from  the  College  of  Business  unless  he/she  has  been  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate  in  the  College  of 
Business. 

College  of  Business  students  may,  in  consultation  with  their  advisers,  plan  their  program  of  study  to 
obtain  a  minor  in  an  area  of  business  specialization  other  than  their  major  or  a  related  area  outside  of 
the  College  of  Business. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree 

lUP's  College  of  Business  seeks  to  serve  the  needs  of  its  students  and  the  needs  of  business,  industry, 
and  education  through  its  diverse  programs.  Known  for  fifty  years  for  excellence  in  Business 
Education,  lUP's  program  in  Distributive  Education  prepares  teacher-coordinators  for  secondary 
schools  offering  programs  in  marketing,  distribution,  and  cooperative  work  experience.  These  two 
degree  areas  (Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Business  Education  major  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  with  a  Marketing  Education  major)  are  designed  to  prepare  teachers  for 
comprehensive  high  schools,  area  vocational-technical  schools,  and  community  colleges. 

Associate  of  Arts  Degree 

Students  who  desire  a  two-year  program  that  prepares  them  to  enter  the  business  world  may  elect  to 
pursue  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  program  specializing  in  Computer  and  Office  Information 
Systems.  Admission  to  the  Associate  Dregree  program  in  accounting  has  been  suspended. 

ACCOUNTING  DEPARTMENT 

DENNIS  D.  TIGER,  CHAIRPERSON;  BURNER,  F.  CHEN,  W.  DAVIS,  ELMAD- 
FAI,  GHOBASHY,  HYDER,  LINDH,  PLIVELIC,  PONKO,  ROBBINS, 
SHEIKHOLESLAMI,  YEREP 

The  Accounting  Department  provides  the  training  necessary  for  one  to  enter  the  fields  of  public 
accounting,  accounting  in  business  or  industry,  and  governmental  accounting. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  ACCOUNTING 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  •  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Elective:  MA214 

MAJOR:  Business  Administration  Core  36 

Required  courses: 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principlesof  Accounting  11  3sh 

EC  122  Principlesof  Economics  11  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

1M241  Intro  to  Management  Info  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

QB/MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Marketing  3sh 


The  College  of  Business — 71 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Accounting  27 

Required  Courses: 

AG301  Intermediate  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG302  Intermediate  Accounting  II  3sh 

AG3n  Cost  Accounting  3sh 

AG401  Advanced  Principles  of  Accounting  3sh 

AG412  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  3sh 

AG42I  Federal  Taxes  3sh 

AG431  Auditing  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Two  courses,  one  of  which  must  be  an  AG  course,  from  list:  6sh 
AD336,  AG422,  AG435,  AG441,  AG451,  EC325,  EC334 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  8 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES  AND  BUSINESS 
EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT 

RUTH  MORRIS,  CHAIRPERSON;  AMES,  BIANCO,  BRANDENBURG, 
DEMAND,  MAHAN,  MOREAU,  OVERTON-PARKER,  POLESKY,  RAY, 
ROBERTS,  ROBERTSON,  ROWELL,  STEIGMANN,  STROCK,  TROXELL 

This  department  offers  three  four-year  programs  and  a  two-year  associate  degree  program.  The 
associate  degree  is  offered  at  the  Armstrong  and  Punxsutawney  campuses  only.  The  department  offers 
the  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Business  Education  major,  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  with  a  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  major.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a 
major  in  Office  Administration,  and  a  two-year  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Computer  and  Office 
Information  Systems. 

The  Business  Education  major  and  Marketing/Distributive  Education  major  interested  in  teaching  in 
high  schools  and  vocational-technical  schools  have  a  choice  in  the  following  certification  areas: 
Accounting,  Data  Processing,  Secretarial,  Office  Technologies,  and  Marketing/Distributive  Educa- 
tion. Students  must  select  two  or  more  areas  of  certification;  when  enrolled  in  the  business  education 
program,  one  of  these  two  must  be  Office  Technologies. 

The  Office  Administration  major  prepares  students  for  careers  in  business,  industry,  and  government 
as  administrative  assistants,  office  managers,  records  administrators,  and  information  processing 
managers. 

Students  who  want  a  two-year  program  that  prepares  them  for  entering  careers  in  business  and 
government  may  select  an  Associate  Degree  program.  A  track  in  computer  office  information  systems 
is  available  at  the  Armstrong  and  Punxsutawney  campuses  only.  Courses  taken  toward  this  degree  will 
not  all  be  applied  to  a  four-year  program  if  the  student  decides  to  pursue  one. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  MAJOR  (B.S.  IN  EDUCATION) 

The  lUP  Business  Education  program  is  accredited  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of 
Teacher  Education  (NCATE).The  program  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
and  to  certification  in  Pennsylvania  as  a  business  education  teacher. 

A  student  must  apply  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  to  receive  an  initial  certificate  to  teach  in 
Pennsylvania's  public  schools.  Certification  to  be  a  business  education  teacher  is  approved  by  the  dean 
of  the  College  of  Education  when  a  student  has  met  all  the  requirements  in  professional  education, 
general  education,  and  business  education  major  courses. The  candidate  for  certification  must  also 
complete  successfully  the  four  sections  of  the  Pennsylvania  Teacher  Certification  Test. 


72 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  curriculum  in  Business  Education  prepares  students  for  a  professional  career  in  teaching  office 
occupations.  The  Business  Education  curriculum  is  designed  with  five  areas  of  certification  or  fields  of 
specialization.  The  five  fields  of  certification  are  Accounting,  Data  Processing,  Office  Technologies, 
Marketing/Distributive  Education,  and  Secretarial.  Students  may  pursue  the  work  of  the  entire 
curriculum  or  they  may  elect  to  pursue  work  according  to  their  aptitudes  as  follows: 

1 .  The  complete  program  leads  to  certification  in  all  of  the  high  school  business  subjects.  Those  who 
possess  aptitudes  that  indicate  success  in  Accounting,  Data  Processing,  Marketing/Distributive 
Education,  Office  Technologies,  and  Secretarial  work  may  pursue  the  complete  program  if  they 
wish.  School  administrators  believe  that  the  complete  program  is  desirable  for  breadth  of  certifica- 
tion when  teaching  in  the  public  schools  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

2.  The  accounting  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under  that  heading  and  meets  the 
requirements  for  certification  in  Accounting  and  Office  Technologies. 

3.  The  secretarial  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under  that  heading  and  meets  the 
requirements  for  certification  in  Secretarial  subjects  and  Office  Technologies. 

4.  The  data  processing  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under  that  heading  and  meets 
the  requirements  for  certification  in  Data  Processing  and  Office  Technologies. 

All  Business  Education  majors  are  required  to  complete  the  requirements  for  certification  in  at  least 
two  of  the  following  areas  of  certification:  Accounting,  Data  Processing,  Secretarial,  one  of  which 
must  be  Office  Technologies. 

Practical  Business  Experience 

Before  graduation,  each  student  must  document  completion  of  500  hours  of  secretarial  practice, 
accounting  practice,  data  processing,  clerical  practice,  or  related  work  experience.  This  experience 
should  be  in  the  field  or  fields  in  which  the  student  is  contemplating  certification  and  can  be  acquired 
during  summer  vacations  and  in  offices  on  the  campus  during  the  regular  school  term. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BElll 

Social  Science:  EC121,  HI  104,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Elective:  BE335 

MAJOR:  45 

Required  courses:  Business  Education  Core 

ADIOI               Introduction  to  Business  3sh 

AD235               Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321               Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AD337              Consumer  Law  3sh 

BE  1 32               Intermediate  Typewriting  3sh 

AG201               Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202               Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

DE333               Principles  of  Selling  3sh 

IM24I                Introduction  to  MIS  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Areas  of  Certification  18sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

BE3 1 1  Methods  and  Eval  in  Business  Education  I  3sh 

BE312  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  Education  II  3sh 

CM30I  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  I  Ish 


The  College  of  Business — 73 


ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  II  1  sh 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  127 


MARKETING/DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION  MAJOR  (B.S.  IN 
EDUCATION) 

The  lUP  Marketing/Distributive  Education  program  is  accredited  by  the  National  Council  for 
Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE).  The  program  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  and  to  the  certification  in  Pennsylvania  as  a  marketing/distributive  education  teacher/ 
coordinator. 

A  student  must  apply  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  to  receive  an  initial  certificate  to  teach  in 
Pennsylvania's  public  schools.  Certification  to  be  a  distributive  education  teacher  is  approved  by  the 
dean  of  the  College  of  Education  when  a  student  has  met  all  the  requirements  in  professional 
education,  general  education,  and  marketing/distributive  education  major  courses.  The  candidate  for 
certification  must  also  complete  successfully  the  four  sections  of  the  Pennsylvania  Teacher  Certifica- 
tion Test. 

The  curriculum  in  marketing/distributive  education  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a  professional 
career  teaching  the  distributive  occupations.  Students  following  this  program  will  be  graduated  as 
teacher-coordinators  of  distributive  education.  Additional  certification  in  business  education  is 
recommended. 

Teaching  in  the  field  of  marketing/distributive  education  combines  the  satisfaction  of  teaching  with 
the  enjoyment  of  public  relations  work  in  the  distributive  area  of  business-retailing,  wholesaling,  and 
service  enterprises.  The  student  who  likes  the  prestige  of  teaching,  along  with  the  plus  values  of 
working  with  business  leaders  and  young  people,  will  find  this  a  challenging  and  rewarding  career. 
Marketing/Distributive  education  presents  a  promising  future  for  persons  in  the  teaching  profession. 
With  the  recognition  of  the  importance  of  distribution  to  our  national  economy,  this  vocational  field 
of  teaching  is  expanding  rapidly. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  MARKETING/ 
DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BElll 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl,  H1104 

Science/Math  electives:  BE335 

MAJOR:  42 

AD  101  Introduction  to  Business  3sh 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AD337  Consumer  Law  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BE  132  Intermediate  Typewriting  3sh 

DE331  Modem  Merchandising  3sh 


74 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


DE332  Retail  Management  3sh 

DE333  Principles  of  Selling  3sh 

DE434  Supervised  Work  Experience  3sh 

IM241  Introduction  to  MIS  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 
Controlled  elective: 

MK —  Marketing  elective  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM30I               Instructional  Media  3sh 

BE3 1 1                Methods  and  Eval  in  Business  Education  I  3sh 

DE413               Methods  and  Eval  in  Distributive  Education  II  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  American  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES  3 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  127 

OFFICE  ADMINISTRATION  MAJOR  (Bachelor  of  Science  Degree) 

Office  Administration  is  one  of  the  most  challenging  careers  in  business,  industry,  and  government. 
The  Office  Administration  program  is  built  on  a  broad  general  education  which  provides  students  with 
a  fundamental  understanding  of  the  society  in  which  they  live  and  work.  The  program  strives  to 
develop  the  student's  knowledge  of  the  functional  areas  of  business  (accounting,  finance,  and 
marketing),  the  behavioral  sciences,  the  management  sciences,  and  the  systems  approach  to  problem 
solving.  An  integral  part  of  each  student's  program  is  an  intensive  study  of  office  administration 
emphasizing  the  decision-making  aspect  of  office  activities  and  giving  in-depth  experiences  required 
for  an  understanding  of  the  total  office  system  and  its  relationship  to  the  total  business  and  economic 
system. 

Upon  completion  of  the  office  administration  program,  graduates  will  be  able  to  pursue  careers  as 
administrative  assistants  in  business,  industry,  and  government;  as  office  managers  and  supervisors;  as 
records  managers  and  administrators,  and  as  information  processing  consultants. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  OFFICE  ADMINISTRATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BE  11 1 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/Math  electives:  MA214 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses:  Business  Administration  Core 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  1  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 


The  College  of  Business — 75 


EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  1 1 

QB2 1 5  Business  Statistics 

IM241  Introduction  to  MIS 

FI3I0  Finance 

QB/MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Office  Administration 

AD4I2  Administrative  Office  Services 

AD4I3  Information  Processing  Technology 

AD4 1 5  Records  Administration 

AD430  Office  Systems 

BE132  Intermediate  Typing 

BE274  Information  Processing  Applications 

BE264  Office  Procedures 
Business  Electives 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 


27 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


ASSOCIATE  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

Offering  specialization  in  computer  and  office  information  systems(COIS),  the  Associate  of  Arts 
Degree  in  Business  is  designed  to  be  a  two-year  curriculumwith  these  objectives: 

1.  To  provide  business  occupational  education  with  the  opportunity  for  specialization  in  COIS. 

2.  To  enable  the  student  to  enter  COIS  positions  in  business  and  government. 

3.  To  enable  the  student  to  upgrade  his/her  skills  and  knowledge  to  qualify  for  higher  positions  in 
business  and  government. 


ASSOCIATE  OF  ARTS  in  BUSINESS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  According  to  the  following  specifications: 
English:  ENI0I,EN102 
Social  Science:  ECIOl  or  EC121,  PClOl 
Social  Science  or  Humanities  elective:  3sh  additional 

MAJOR:  Business  (Associate)  Core 

Required  courses: 
BElll 


Foundations  of  Business  Math 

BEI31  Principles  of  Typewriting 

ADIOI  Introduction  to  Business 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

AD221  Business  Technical  Writing 

BE250  Electronic  Office  Procedures 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II 

FI220  Essentials  of  Finance 

IM241  Introduction  to  MIS 

IM245  Introduction  to  Microcomputers 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Computer  and  Office  Specialization:  (Puaxsutawney  and  Armstrong  campus) 
IM25 1  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

IM255  Business  Applications  in  COBOL 


3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


16 


32 


12 


76 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


IM260  Business  Computer  Application  Project  3sh 

BE273  Word  Processing  Applications  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVE:  3 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  63 

FINANCE  AND  MANAGEMENT 
INFORMATION  SYSTEMS 
DEPARTMENT 


KENNETH  SHILDT,  CHAIRPERSON;  ALBOHALI,  BOLDIN,  C.  CHEN, 
HALAPIN,  JOSHI,  McCAFFREY,  NAHOURAII,  SALANDRO,  SOLAK,  WALIA, 
WELKER 

The  finance  major,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  is  designed  to  educate  those  students 
who  are  interested  in  the  financial  management  of  the  firm. 

The  objective  of  the  finance  area  is  to  prepare  students  to  deal  with  financial  problem  solving  in  the 
areas  of  financial  management  and  investment  analysis.  Graduates  should  be  knowledgeable  of  the 
basic  theory  of  Finance  so  as  to  apply  it  to  the  rapidly  changing  field. 

The  management  information  systems  area  provides  education  in  business  mainframe  and  microcom- 
puter technology  and  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  management  information  systems. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  FINANCE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Elective:  MA214 

MAJOR:  Business  Administration  Core  36 

Required  courses: 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Intro  to  Management  Info  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

QB360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 


The  College  of  Business — 77 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Finance  27 

Required  Courses: 
EC325  Monetary  Economics  I  3sh 

FI320  Finance  11  3sh 

F1322  Life  Insurance  3sh 

F1324  Principles  of  Investments  3sh 

FI420  Investment  Analysis  3sh 

F1422  Seminar  in  Finance  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  three  courses  from  the  following:  9sh 

AG421,  F1312,  QB380,  F1385,  F1410,  IM251 
EC326,  EC334,  EC345,  EC356 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  8 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA  121 
Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 
Science/Math  Elective:  MA214 

MAJOR:  Business  Administration  Core  36 

Required  courses: 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  1  3sh 

AG202  Principlesof  Accounting  II  3sh 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB2I5  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Intro  to  Management  Info  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

QB360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG311  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Marketing  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Management  Information  Systems  27 

Required  Courses: 
CO220  Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

IM350  Business  Systems  Technology  3sh 

IM370  Advanced  COBOL  Application  Programming  3sh 

IM450  Data  Base  Theory  and  Application  3sh 

1M451  Systems  Analysis  3sh 

IM470  Systems  Design  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  one  course  from  list:  3sh 

COl  10,  250,  300,  310,  320,  345,  370 
Two  courses  from  list:  QB380, 1M382,  IM480,  or  1M481,  6sh(l) 

or  above  CO  courses 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  8 

(1)  One  course  from  AG300,  AG301  or  AG311  may  be  substituted. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


78 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MANAGEMENT  AND  MARKETING 
DEPARTMENT 

THOMAS  W.  FALCONE,  CHAIRPERSON;  ANDERSON,  BASSIRY, 
BATRA,  BRAKE,  CHAUBEY,  KRISHNAN,  McAFOOSE,  MEOLI, 
MOTAMENI,  PILLION,  G.  RYAN,  J.  RYAN,  SHEEHE,  STEVENSON, 
TAIANI,  WEIERS 

Graduates  holding  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Management,  Human  Resource  Management,  or 
Marketing  find  employment  opportunities  in  both  the  public  and  private  sectors.  In  the  1980s 
opportunities  seem  to  be  especially  plentiful  in  the  services  sector  (e.g.,  retailing,  government,  food 
services,  financial,  and  transportation). 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Management  program  offers  two  concentrations:  one  in  Industrial 
Management,  and  the  other  in  General  Management.  Students  in  the  Industrial  Management  con- 
centration are  well  grounded  in  both  management  applications  and  theory,  but  their  focus  is  more 
upon  production/operations/industrial  management.  The  concentration  in  General  Management  is 
distinguished  from  Industrial  Management  by  its  lower  degree  of  structure  or  specificity.  The  greater 
fiexibility  of  this  major  can  be  useful  to  the  student  who  wishes  to  build  a  customized  management 
specialization  (e.g.,  fine  arts  management).  The  lack  of  specialization  might  also  be  desirable  for 
graduates  who  will  be  working  in  small  businesses  where  the  manager  often  must  wear  several  hats. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Human  Resource  Management  prepares  individuals  who  are  well  grounded  in 
both  the  general/theoretical  and  specific/applied  aspects  of  managing  human  resources  and  labor 
relations  in  organization. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Marketing  program  is  designed  to  offer  its  majors  solid  grounding  for  entry 
into  either  line  or  staff  marketing  positions.  Line  positions  are  the  most  common  and  typically  involve 
personal  selling  positions  with  either  goods  producers,  services  producers,  or  goods  distributors 
(wholesalers  and  retailers).  The  graduate  who  is  additionally  qualified  by  exceptional  experience  or 
training  may  succeed  in  entering  directly  into  upper  line  marketing  management  in  a  brand-  or 
product-manager  position. Staff  positions  might  include  marketing  research,  advertising  and  public 
relations,  or  customer  services. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  MANAGEMENT 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/ Math  Elective:  MA214 

MAJOR:  Business  Administration  Core  36 

Required  courses: 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Intro  to  Management  Info  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

QB/MG360       Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 


The  College  of  Business — 79 


MG311  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Marketing  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  ONE  CONCENTRATION  27 

Industrial  Management  Concentration 
Required  Courses: 
AG 300  Managerial  Accounting  3sh(l) 

MG300  Human  Resources  Management  3sh 

MG390  Principles  and  Practices  of  Management  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 
One  course  from  list:  COI 10  or  FS35 1  3sh 

Two  courses  from  two  areas  on  list:  MG402  or  LR480, 

MG401orMG400,AG311(l)  6sh 

Three  courses  from  list  or  additional  electives  from  above: 

AD336,  EC371,  EC372,  EN3I0or  JN326,  FI320,  QB380,  MA317, 

MG4I0,  MG481 ,  MG490,  MG493(3sh  max),  MK420,  SAlOl .  9sh 

General  Management  Concentration 

Required  Courses: 

AG300  Managerial  Accounting  3sh(l) 

MG300  Human  Resource  Management  3sh 

MG390  Principles  and  Practices  of  Management  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Two  Advanced  Business  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh(2) 

Two  Advanced  Economics  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Two  other  advanced  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  8 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  AG30I:  Intermediate  Accounting  1  may  be  substituted  to  use  as  prerequisite  for  AG311:  Cost 
Accounting. 

(2)  Only  one  MG  and/or  one  AG  course  may  be  included  in  this  category. 

(3)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  HUMAN  RESOURCES  MANAGEMENT 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Elective:  MA2I4 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses:  Business  Core 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principlesof  Accounting  II  3sh 

EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  1 1  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Intro  to  Management  Info  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

QB/MG360       Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Marketing  3sh 


80 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Required  Courses:  Concentration  30 

AG300  Managerial  Accounting  3sh(l) 

MG300  Human  Resources  Management  3sh 

MG390  Principles  and  Practices  of  Management  3sh 

MG400  Wage  and  Salary  Administration  3sh 

MG401  Management  Development  and  Training  3sh 

MG402  Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Management  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 
One  course  from  list:  EC330  or  PC420  3sh 

Three  courses  from  list:  9sh(3) 

EC371,  EC372,  EC373,  EN310,  EN312,  JN326,  LR426,  LR480,  MG410, 
MG493(3sh  max),  EC330  or  PC371,  PC420(if  not  above),  SO340 
FREE  ELECTIVES:  5 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 
(1)  AG301:  Intermediate  Accounting  I  may  be  substituted  to  use  as  prerequisite  for  AG311:  Cost 

Accounting. 
(3)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  MARKETING 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Elective:  MA214 

MAJOR:  Business  Administration  Core  36 

Required  courses: 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principlesof  Accounting  II  3sh 

EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM24I  Intro  to  Management  Info  Systems  3sh 

FI3I0  Finance  I  3sh 

QB/MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Marketing  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Marketing  27 

Required  Courses: 
AG300  Managerial  Accounting  3sh 

MK321  Consumer  Behavior  3sh 

MK420  Marketing  Management  3sh 

MK421  Marketing  Research  3sh 

MK422  Seminar  in  Marketing  3sh 

EC  Advanced  Economics  Elective:  300/400  level  courses  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 
Three  courses  from  list:  9sh 

DE332,  DE333,  EC331,  EC345,  MK430,  MK431,  MK432,  MK433, 
MK493(3sh  max) 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  8 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


The  College  of  Business — 81 


PRE-LAW  MINOR  IN  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS 

The  pre-law  minor  is  intended  for  the  student  who  is  a  business  major  concentrating  in  one  of  the 
business  areas  and  interested  in  law  as  a  career.  The  minor  consists  of  twenty-one  semester  hours 
selected  by  the  students  from  a  predetermined  list  of  courses  spread  over  five  areas  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences.  The  goals  of  the  pre-law  minor  are  academic  accomplishment,  guidance,  and 
advisement.  Interested  business  students  should  contact  the  pre-law  adviser  in  the  Administrative 
Services  and  Business  Education  Department. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  /Pre-Law 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl 

Science/Math  electives:  MA214 

MAJOR: 

Required  Courses:  Business  Administration  Core  36 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

EC  122  Principlesof  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Introduction  to  MIS  3sh 

FI310  Finance  3sh 

QB/MG360       Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG31 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Marketing  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  One  Major  in  Business  Administration  Areas  27 

Accounting  Major 
Finance  Major 

Human  Resources  Management  Major 
Management  Major/Industrial  Management  Track 
Management  Major/General  Management  Track 
Management  Information  Systems  Major 
Marketing  Major 
Office  Administration  Major 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  Pre-Law  Interdisciplinary  Minor  (21)  9 

At  least  one  course  from  sLx  areas 
Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR210,  CR260 
Economics:  EC121,  EC122,  EC332 
English:  EN2I3,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  HI320,  HI321,  H1346 
Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222,  PH327 
Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  125 


82 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BUSINESS  MINORS  IN  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS 

Minors  in  Accounting,  Finance,  Human  Resources  Management,  Management,  Management  Infor- 
mation Systems,  Mari<eting,  and  Office  Administration  are  offered  only  for  students  who  are 
majoring  in  one  of  the  other  majors  in  the  College  of  Business  and  assume  the  common  thirty-six- 
credit  Business  core.  Minors  in  the  College  of  Business  are  not  open  to  majors  in  other  colleges. 


The  College  of  Education — 83 


The  College  of  Education 

John  W.  Butzow,  Interim  Dean 
Edward  R.  Mott,  Interim  Associate  Dean 
Larry  A.  Void,  Assistant  Dean 

The  departments  of  the  College  of  Education  offer  programs  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education,  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Education,  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science,  and  doctoral  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Doctor  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Education  in  School  Psychology. 
Appropriately,  all  teacher  education  and  public  education  professional  programs  completed  in  the 
College  of  Education  lead  to  certification  for  public  school  teaching  or  supervision  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  Pennsylvania. 

The  programs  in  teacher  preparation  at  lUP  enable  the  educator  to  become  responsible  for  the 
planning,  organization,  and  evaluation  of  an  instructional  program  within  the  framework  of  a  school 
setting.  The  teacher  brings  to  this  setting  a  broad  background  of  general  studies,  an  acceptable  degree 
of  mastery  in  a  specialized  field,  and  an  understanding  of  the  processes  of  human  growth  and  learning. 
In  this  role  the  teacher  creates,  manages,  and  maintains  an  educational  environment  appropriate  to  the 
needs  of  the  students  to  be  served.  The  teacher  uses  social,  physical,  cognitive,  and  psychological  data 
available  on  the  individual  student  to  plan,  execute,  and  evaluate  the  instructional  program.  The 
teacher  assumes  a  high  degree  of  personal  and  professional  responsibility  in  developing  a  philosophy 
of  education  in  the  development  and  management  of  a  plan  for  professional  growth.  In  support  of  this 
effort  the  college  prepares  school  counselors,  school  psychologists,  elementary  and  secondary  prin- 
cipals, and  specialists  in  Communications  Media,  Early  Childhood,  and  Special  Education. 

The  program  of  teacher  preparation  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  gain  expertise  in  the  following 
generic  competencies: 

1 .  An  understanding  of  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  human  growth  and  development. 

2.  Knowledge  of  and  experience  with  effective  teaching-learning  techniques. 

3.  Utilization  of  learning  resources  and  evaluation  of  teaching  and  learning  effectively. 

4.  Effective  classroom  management  techniques  and  recognition  and  response  to  differing  behav- 
ioral patterns. 

5.  An  understanding  of  the  historical  and  philosophical  bases  of  American  education  and  a  belief 
that  professional  development  is  a  lifelong  process. 


84 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SUMMARY  OF  CERTIFICATION  PROGRAMS  OFFERED 


Early  Childhood  Education 
Elementary  Education 


Secondary  Education 
English 

Communication 
Biology 
Chemistry 

Earth  and  Space  Science 
General  Science 
Mathematics 
Physics 

Comprehensive  Social  Studies 
French 
German 
Spanish 
Art  Education 
Business  Education 
Home  Economics  Education 

Music  Education 

Health  and  Physical  Education 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Master  of  Education 
Doctor  of  Education 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Master  of  Education 


For  details  see  College  of  Fine  Arts 

For  details  see  College  of  Business 

For  details  see  College  of  Human  Ecology  and 

Health  Sciences 

For  details  see  College  of  Fine  Arts 

For  details  see  College  of  Human  Ecology  and 

Health  Sciences 


Special  Education 
Education  of  Mentally /Physically 
Handicapped 

Hearing  Impaired 
Rehabilitation  Education 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 

Master  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 

Master  of  Science 


Vocational  Education 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 


Graduate  Programs  (see  Graduate  Bulletin) 

Adult/Community  Education  Master  of  Arts 

Counselor  Education  Master  of  Education 

Educational  Psychology  Master  of  Education 

Communications  Media  Master  of  Education 

Reading  Specialist  Master  of  Education 

Student  Personnel  Services  Master  of  Arts 


Certification  (see  Graduate  Bulletin) 
Guidance  Supervisor 
Reading  Specialist 
Reading  Supervisor 
School  Psychologist 


Instructional  Media  Specialist 
Elementary  Secondary  Principals 
Special  Education  Supervisor 


The  College  of  Education — 85 


DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

All  degree  candidates  in  the  College  of  Education  (except  for  three  special  programs)  must  complete 
satisfactorily  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  in  three  categories:  General  Education,  a  specialized 
major  field,  and  professional  education.  Students  entering  in  the  fall  of  1987  may  be  required  to 
complete  additional  and/or  modified  requirements  in  professional  education.  Major  requirements  in 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons,  Elementary  Education,  Early  Childhood  Education,  and  Second- 
ary Education  are  also  under  study  and  are  expected  to  change  as  part  of  a  college-wide  revision  of 
teacher  education  programs.  Check  with  assigned  adviser  about  changes. 

General  Education  -  52-55  semester  hours,  described  under  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

Specialized  major  field  -  requirements  listed  under  department  offerings. 

Professional  Education  -  30  semester  hours,  as  follows: 

EP302                   Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                   Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE302                   History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

CM301                  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242                   Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  I  Ish 

ED342                   Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  II  Ish 

ED442                   School  Law  Ish 

Methods  Course  -  (Teaching  of )  3sh 

One  semester  student  teaching  I2sh 

SOPHOMORE  SCREENING  FOR  JUNIOR  STANDING 

College  of  Education  majors  are  screened  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year  for  Junior  Standing 
approval.  The  student  must  have  earned  a  minimum  of  57  semester  hours,  achieved  a  2.0  cumulative 
quality-point  average,  successfully  completed  English  I  and  English  II  with  a  minimum  quality-point 
average  of  2.0  and  received  speech  clearance  and  department  approval. 

STUDENT  TEACHING 

Student  teaching  is  designed  to  be  a  learning  experience  for  our  teacher  interns.  The  student  teacher 
intern  is  learning  to  teach  under  the  supervision  of  a  full-time  master  teacher  in  an  off-campus  center. 
A  university  supervisor  is  assigned  to  work  with  individual  student  teachers  and  cooperating  master 
teachers.  To  gain  admission  to  student  teaching,  applicants  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  quality- 
point  average  of  2.5  in  both  their  subject  area  or  major  and  in  all  professional  education  courses. 

CERTIFICATION 

Applicants  who  have  received  a  quality-point  average  of  at  least  2.0  in  all  subject  area  or  major 
professional  education  courses,  have  a  cumulative  quality-point  average  of  at  least  2.5  in  their  subject 
area  or  major  and  professional  education  courses,  and  have  met  all  other  program  requirements  will  be 
recommended  for  certification  in  their  respective  areas. 


86 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


THE  UNIVERSITY  SCHOOL 

WARNER  E.  TOBIN,  CHAIRPERSON /DIRECTOR;  BEISEL, 
GERLACH,  JOHNSON,  MARLIN,  WALTHOUR 

The  University  School  provides  a  program  of  instruction  from  kindergarten  through  sixth  grade.  The 
University  School  provides  professional  laboratory  experiences  and  research  activities  for  faculty  and 
students.  Research  and  experimental  activities  are  scheduled  with  the  director  of  the  University  School. 
In  sum,  University  School  provides  lUP  students  a  unique  opportunity  to  observe  the  most  advanced 
learning  styles  and  demonstrations  for  teaching  in  the  year  2000. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  CLINICS 

Three  clinics/centers  under  the  supervision  of  the  College  of  Education  offer  diagnostic  testing  and 
remedial  service  and  instruction  in  the  following  areas: 

SPEECH  AND  HEARING  CLINIC  -  diagnosis  of  speech  problems,  hearing  tests  and  evaluations, 
and  a  regular  program  of  therapy.  Regularly  enrolled  students  at  the  university  may  avail  themselves  of 
these  services  without  charge. 

THE  CHILD  STUDY  CENTER  provides  psychological  assessment  and  parent  consultation  for 
children  and  adolescents  with  learning  and/or  behavior  problems. 

CENTER  FOR  EDUCATIONAL  STUDIES 

The  center  provides  opportunity  for  innovative  research  and  development  activity  in  the  college. 
Educational  experimentations  and  faculty  research  opportunities  provide  opportunity  for  the  latest 
educational  theories  and  processes  to  be  tested. 

COMMONWEALTH  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  TEACHER 
CERTIFICATION 

(except  Vocational  Instructional  Certification.  See  section  on  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation.) 

Certification  standards  for  commonwealth  public  school  teachers  are  established  by  the  Department 
of  Education  and  the  State  Board  of  Education.  The  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  majoring  must  verify  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  that  all  qualifications  are  met. 
The  dean  of  the  college  is  authorized  to  determine  final  approval  for  certification. 

Applicants  for  certification  are  required  by  state  law  to  be  of  good  mental  and  physical  health  and  not 
addicted  to  narcotic  drugs  in  any  form. 

The  Instructional  I  certificate  is  issued  to  the  beginning  teacher  upon  graduation  from  the  College  of 
Education.  Commencing  June  1,  1987,  all  candidates  for  the  Instructional  I  certificate  must  success- 
fully pass  the  Pennsylvania  Teacher  Certification  test.  lUP  is  a  designated  test  site.  Contact  the 
Professional  Laboratory  Experiences  office  for  information.  With  the  completion  of  an  additional 
twenty-four  semester  hours  of  collegiate  and/or  inservice  courses  and  successful  teaching  experience, 
students  may  acquire  the  Instructional  II  certificate  leading  to  permanent  certification  to  teach  in  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 

Information  descriptive  of  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  and  Teaching  Internship  programs  may  be  found  in  the 
current  issue  of  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 


The  College  of  Education — 87 


CENTER  FOR  VOCATIONAL  PERSONNEL 
PREPARATION 

Thomas  W.  O'Brien,  Director 

VOCATIONAL-TECHNICAL  PROFESSIONAL 
STUDIES 

MICHAEL  A.  SPEWOCK,  CHAIRPERSON;  BICANICH,  DOWNS, 
DOLECKI,  DUNN,  DURBIN,  JOHNSON,  KEITH,  LAMPING, 
PASOWSKI,  PELLATIRO,  PENROSE,  SILKMAN,  SYLVES,  WHISNER 

The  Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies  program  offers  curriculums  to  prepare  both  preservice 
and  inservice  teachers,  supervisors,  and  administrators  in  vocational-technical  areas  for  secondary 
schools,  area  vocational-  technical  schools,  postsecondary  schools  including  community  colleges,  and 
persons  within  industry  serving  as  instructors  and  coordinators  of  training  programs.  The  program 
serves  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  students.  For  further  information  on  graduate  offerings, 
consult  the  graduate  catalog. 

The  curriculum  in  the  B.  S.  in  Education  degree  program  in  vocational-technical  education  is  designed 
to  prepare  teachers  for  secondary  schools,  area  vocational-technical  schools,  postsecondary  schools 
including  community  colleges,  and  within  industry'  as  instructors  and  coordinators  of  training 
programs.  A  student  enrolling  in  the  vocational  education  curriculum  may  specialize  in  areas  related  to 
interest  and/or  previous  work  experience.  Graduates  have  a  wide  selection  of  employment  oppor- 
tunities because  of  a  rapid  growth  in  vocationcil/technical  offerings  in  both  the  public  and  private 
sectors. 

A  program  leading  to  certification  as  a  secondary  school  vocational-technical  teacher  is  also  offered. 
Certification  to  teach  vocational-technical  education  in  the  commonwealth's  secondary  schools  is 
issued  to  individuals  who  meet  statutory  requirements,  demonstrate  occupational/technical  profi- 
ciency on  a  nationally  standardized  occupational  competency  examination,  and  complete  sixty 
semester  credit  hours  of  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education-approved  university  program.  In 
the  lUP  program  a  plan  of  studies  will  be  tailored  to  each  student's  unique  background  (i.e.,  electrical, 
electronics,  data  processing,  drafting,  welding,  dental,  etc.)  and  professional  needs. 

Certification  to  serve  as  a  cooperative  education  teacher-coordinator  in  the  commonwealth's  second- 
ary schools  can  be  earned  by  completing  a  program  of  studies.  Tailored  to  each  student's  individual 
background  and  professional  needs,  the  program  prepares  individuals  for  managing  industrial 
coop)erative  training  and  school-to-work  transitional  experiences.  For  persons  holding  a  valid  Pennsyl- 
vania Instructional  Certificate,  the  program  of  studies  will  be  individualized  based  upon  educational 
credits  earned. 

The  degree  program  is  124  semester  hours,  the  vocational  technical  education  certificate  program  is 
60-62  semester  hours,  and  the  cooperative  education  teacher /coordinator  certificate  program  is  66-68 
semester  hours. 


88 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  VOCATIONAL- 
TECHNICAL  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 

MAJOR:  30 

Required  courses: 
VOIOO  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  15sh 

V04(X)  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  15sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  33 

Vocational  Technical  Preparation 

VO450  Technical  Preparation  of  the  Vocational 

Professional  24sh 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 
EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

Other: 

EN310  Public  Speaking  3sh 

VO401  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical 

Preparation  3-12sh 

VO402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical 

Preparation  3-15sh 

Other  as  approved 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  9 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


CERTmCATE  in  VOCATIONAL-TECHNICAL  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  24-26 

with  the  following  specifications: 

EngUsh :  EN  1 0 1 ,  EN3 1 0  6-7sh 

FineArts:AH101,MU101orTH101  3sh 

Humanities:  Humanities  elective  3sh 

Mathematics:  MA  101  3sh 

Natural  Science:  Laboratory  science  3-4sh 

Social  Science:  PClOl,  HI104  (recommended)  6sh 

MAJOR:  30 

Required  courses: 
VOIOO  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  15sh 

VO400  Preparationof  the  Vocational  Professional  II  15sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  6 

Professional  Education 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  CERTIFICATION  REQUIREMENTS:  60-62 


The  College  of  Education— 89 


CERTIFICATE  as  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  COOPERATIVE 
EDUCATION  TEACHER/COORDINATOR 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  24-26 

with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  EN101,EN310  6-7sh 

FineArts:AH101,MU101,orTH101  3sh 

Humanities:  Humanities  elective  3sh 

Mathematics:  MA  101  3sh 

Natural  Science:  Laboratory  Science  3-4sh 

Social  Science:  PClOl,  HI  104  (recommended)  6sh 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

vol 00  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  9sh 

VO400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  9sh 

VO402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical  Prep  1 5sh 

VO450  Technical  Prep  of  the  Vocational  Professional  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Professional  Education  6 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  CERTIFICATION  REQUIREMENTS:  66-68 

COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA  DEPARTMENT 

KURT  P.  DUDT,  CHAIRPERSON;  AUSEL,  HANDLER,  JULIETTE, 
KANYARUSOKE,  KORNFELD,  LAMBERSKI,  LEIDMAN,  START, 
YOUNG,  WILLIS 

The  department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Communications  Media,  a  minor  in  Communications 
Media,  and  a  minor  in  Educational  Technology.  The  department  also  serves  preservice  teachers  and 
other  students  who  are  required  to  complete  the  basic  course  in  Instructional  Media,  CM301 . 

The  philosophy  of  the  Communications  Media  Department  is  to  prepare  generalists  in  the  area  of 
Communications.  Our  students  can  choose  from  one  of  three  tracks  within  the  department,  depending 
on  their  career  interests:  Product  Development,  Electronic  Media,  or  Training  and  Development. 
Regardless  of  the  sequence  chosen,  students  may  select  courses  outside  of  their  sequence  in  order  to 
broaden  their  skills. 

The  faculty  within  the  department  offer  a  wide  variety  of  experience  in  all  areas  of  Communications 
Media.  With  the  combination  of  classroom  work  and  the  optional  internship  program,  departmental 
graduates  are  competitive  for  positions  in  various  areas.  Students  graduating  from  this  major  have 
obtained  positions  in  such  areas  as  radio,  television,  cable  television,  public  relations,  advertising 
agencies,  medical  media  centers,  and  corporate  media  centers. 

The  department  offers  two  minors,  one  in  Communications  Media  and  one  in  Educational  Tech- 
nology. The  minor  in  Communications  Media  is  an  eighteen-credit  program  designed  to  complement 
any  major.  Survey  of  Communications  plus  fifteen  credits  of  Communications  Media  electives  are 
required. 


90 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  minor  in  Educational  Technology  is  designed  for  students  in  the  College  of  Education  who  are 
completing  a  teaching  degree.  This  minor  includes  as  required  courses  Survey  of  Communications, 
Alternative  Systems  of  Communication,  and  Introduction  to  Computers  plus  fifteen  additional  credits 
of  Communications  Media  electives. 

Students  changing  majors  from  other  academic  departments  within  the  university  are  required  to  have 
a  2.5  grade-point  average  before  transfer  will  be  approved. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Natural  Science:  SC105-106  or  BI 103-104 

Social  Science:  PClOl 

Science/Math  elective:  CO200 

MAJOR:  42-45 

Required  courses: 

CM  1 0 1  Survey  of  Communications  Media  3sh 

CM  102  Basic  Technology  Ish 

CM  103  Basic  Communications  Research  Ish 

CM200  Images  3sh 

CM395  Career  Planning  in  Communication  Ish 

Controlled  electives:  According  to  Track 

Product  Development:  CM303  (required),  CM271, 440,  444, 

449,  451  (strongly  recommended),  CM390,  441,  445, 450, 472, 

473, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478, 480,  490  (also  recommended).  33sh 

Electronic  Media:  CM403  (required),  404, 405,  451, 

460  (strongly  recommended),  CM452,  453,  454,  456,  480, 

455,  390, 490  (also  recommended)  36sh 

Training  and  Development:  CM330,  335(required),  CM271,  303, 

403,  404,  430,  435,  440,  449,  451  (strongly  recommended), 

CM390, 480, 490, 495  (also  recommended)  36sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  21-18 

College  of  Education  Requirement :  EP302  or  EP388  3sh 

Out-of-College  Requirement(adviser  approval)  by  Track 

Product  Development  Track  18sh 

Electronic  Media  Track  15sh 

Training  and  Development  Track  ISsh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  9 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

COUNSELOR  EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT 

ROBERT  I.  WITCHEL,  CHAIRPERSON;  CULP,  DEAN,  MAHLER, 
THOMAS,  WORZBYT 

The  undergraduate  courses  offered  by  the  Counselor  Education  Department  are  available  as  electives 
for  undergraduates  who  wish  to  increase  their  interpersonal  relationship  skills  and  for  school  person- 
nel seeking  a  broad  understanding  of  helping  roles  in  the  school  setting. 


The  College  of  Education— 91 


The  Adult/Community  Education  and  Student  Personnel  Seirices  Graduate  Programs  are  also 
offered  as  graduate  degrees  in  this  department. 

EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY  DEPARTMENT 

ROBERT  H.  HOELLEIN,  CHAIRPERSON;  BARKER,  DeFABO, 
LEVINSON,  QUIRK,  RATTAN,  YANUZZI 

The  department  services  undergraduate  and  graduate  students.  Undergraduate  students  may  declare  a 
minor  in  Educational  Psychology  or  the  teaching  of  sex  education  by  making  application  to  the 
department  chairperson.  Fifteen  semester  hours  from  the  courses  are  required  for  the  minor  in 
educational  psychology. 

The  department  also  offers  the  M.Ed,  with  emphasis  in  Educational  Psychology,  School  Psychology, 
or  Research.  There  is  also  a  post-master's  certification  and  a  Doctor  of  Education  in  School 
Psychology.  Refer  to  the  current  Graduate  School  catalog  for  details. 

FOUNDATIONS  OF  EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT 

DAVID  E.  ROTIGEL,  CHAIRPERSON;  MERRYMAN,  PENTA, 
THIBADEAU 

Graduate  courses  offered  by  this  department  include  Comparative,  Historical,  Philosophical,  and 
Social  Foundations  of  Education;  Curriculum  Development;  Professional  Negotiations  in  Education; 
and  International  Education  Studies  Program.  For  specific  information  concerning  these  courses,  see 
the  current  edition  of  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 

PROFESSIONAL  STUDIES  IN  EDUCATION 
DEPARTMENT 

EDWIN  A  B.  VOLD,  CHAIRPERSON;  BEIGER,  CORBETT,  DeCICCO, 
DORSEY,  ELLIOTT,  JALONGO,  KING,  McFEELY,  MIKKELSEN, 
MILLWARD,  MOTT,  REILLY,  RIZZO,  WILLIAMS,  WILLIS 

The  Elementary  Education  program  is  designed  to  provide  learning  experiences  which  will  assist 
students  in  developing  into  highly  competent  and  effective  teachers.  All  Elementary  Education  majors 
are  provided  with  opportunities  to  work  with  children  beginning  with  their  freshman  year. 

Effective  Fall,  1983:  A  2.5  QPA  is  required  in  major  courses  in  order  to  student  teach. 

Early  Childhood  Education  Program 

The  Early  Childhood  Education  Program  prepares  students  to  select  from  among  a  variety  of 
techniques  and  strategies  those  which  appropriately  expand  children's  cognitive,  social,  emotional, 
and  physical  development.  Through  lectures,  research,  and  on-site  experiences  with  young  children, 
students  are  able  to  expand  their  own  knowledge  of  and  attitudes  toward  education  of  young  children 
N-3rd  grade. 

Graduate  Programs 

Programs  leading  to  the  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D  degrees  are  described  in  the  current  issue  of  the  Graduate 
School  catalog.  Internships  and  assistantships  are  available. 


92 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 51 

Natural  Science:  SCI 05- 106 

Social  Science:  GElOl,  HI104,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Electives:  MAI 52 


52 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
EL211 
EL213 
EL215 
EL221 
EL222 
EL312 
EL313 
EL314 
EL322 
EL411 
EL413 
EL461 


Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

Child  Development 

Children's  Literature 

Teaching  of  Reading  I 

Teaching  of  Elementary  Science 

Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 

Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Teaching  of  Reading  II 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

Teaching  Language  Arts 

Organization  of  the  Elementary  School  and  Curriculum 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Science:  BI311  Environmental  Biology 

Professional  Education  Sequence  (1) 
CM301  Instructional  Media 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED423  Practicum  and  School  Law 

EP302  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Test  and  Measurement 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 

3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
I2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


33 


33 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 

(1)  Requirement  revisions  pending. 


12 
TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  DO 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  EARLY  CHILDHOOD 
EDUCATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA151 

Natural  Sciences:  SC105-106 

Social  Science:  GElOl,  HII04,  PCIOl 


52 


The  College  of  Education— 93 


MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses:(l) 

EE220  Language  and  Literature  3sh 

EE310  Integrated  Curriculum  I  3sh 

EE311  Integrated  Curriculum  II  3sh 

EE312  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children  3sh 

EE315  Play  as  Cognitive  and  Affective  Development  3sh 

EL215  Child  Development  3sh 

EL353  Preschool  Education  3sh 

EL45 1  Teaching  Primary  Reading  3sh 

EX300  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child  3sh 

EX464  Preschool  Education  of  the  Handicapped  3sh 

HE426  Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3sh 

MA450  Preschool  and  Primary  Math  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  29 

Professional  Education  Sequence  (1) 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441                Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               Practicum  and  School  Law  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                Educational  Test  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  9 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  126 

(1)  Requirement  revisions  pending. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  AND  CLINICAL  SERVICES 

LAWRENCE  J.  TURTON,  CHAIRPERSON;  M.  BAHN,  W.  BAHN, 
BENCH,  BORMANN,  CHAPMAN,  CRONK,  FIDDLER,  MARSHAK, 
MEASE,  MUNRO,  NEWELL,  NOWELL,  REBER,  SHANE,  VICKERS, 
WILKERSON,  YAGEL 

This  department  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in  any  one  of  four  majors.  Each 
of  the  four  majors  follows  a  prescribed  sequence  of  courses.  Students  may  elect  to  major  in  any  one  of 
the  following  fields: 

A.  Education  of  Mentally/Physically  Handicapped 

B.  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

C.  Rehabilitation 

D.  Education  of  Hearing  Impaired 

The  following  grade  policy  applies  to  all  four  undergraduate  programs  of  study  in  the  Department  of 
Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services.  Individual  students  may  appeal  any  aspect  of  the  policy  by 
making  a  formal  written  request  to  the  Departmental  Appeals  Committee. 

1 .  No  more  than  one  "D"  in  major  courses  will  be  accepted  toward 
graduation  and  certification. 

2.  No  "D"  is  permitted  as  the  final  recorded  grade  in  any  of  the  following  courses. 


94 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


ED421 

Student  Teaching 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

EH308 

Language  for  the  Hearing  Impaired 

EX450 

Methods  and  Curricular  Planning  for  Mildly 

and  Moderately  Handicapped 

RH322 

Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation 

RH421 

Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

RH441 

Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

SHI  22: 

Phonetics 

SH320: 

Speech  Clinic 

A.  EDUCATION  OF  MENTALLY/PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  study  in  this  major  leads  to  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
comprehensive  certification  as  a  teacher  of  the  mentally  and/or  physically  handicapped.  Students  will 
be  prepared  to  teach  mentally  retarded,  physically  handicapped,  emotionally  disturbed,  socially 
maladjusted,  learning  disabled,  and  neurologically  impaired.  This  program  also  provides  an  oppor- 
tunity for  students  to  seek  career  opportunities  in  the  areas  of  welfare  and  mental  health  and  with 
private  agencies.  Student  teaching  experiences  are  provided  with  the  mentally  retarded  and  one  of  the 
other  handicaps.  The  program  also  provides  a  foundation  for  pursuing  additional  work  at  the 
graduate  level. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  EDUCATION  OF 
MENTALLY  AND/OR  PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MAI 51 
Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 


52 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
EX120  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

EX220  Typical  and  Atypical  Growth  and  Development 

EX240  Teaching  Math  for  the  Mentally  and 

Physically  Handicapped 
EX25 1  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading 

EX341  Educating  Socially  and  Emotionally  Maladjusted 

EX343  Content  Subject  Areas  for  Mentally  and/or 

Physically  Handicapped 
EX353  Reading  and  Other  Language  Arts  for  Mentally 

and/or  Physically  Handicapped 
EX370  Assessment  of  the  Mentally  and/or 

Physically  Handicapped 
EX430  Physical  Disabilities  and  Psychological  Handicaps 

EX450  Methods  and  Curriculum  Planning  for  the  Mildly 

and  Moderately  Handicapped 
EX454  The  Brain  Injured  and  the  Learning  Disabled 

EX457  Severe/Profound  Retardation  and 

Multiple  Disabilities 
EX409  Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior 

SH254  Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disorders 

HP372  Health  and  Physical  Education  for 

Special  Populations 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  AT330  or  MU335 


45 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

Ish 
3sh 
2sh 


3sh 


The  College  of  Education — 95 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  27 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED42 1  Student  Teaching  of  the  Mentally  Handicapped  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  of  the  Physically  Handicapped  6sh 

ED442  School  Law  Ish 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

B.  SPEECH  PATHOLOGY  AND  AUDIOLOGY 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology  prepares  a  person  for 
certification  in  Speech- Language  Impaired  from  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education.  The 
undergraduate  program  also  serves  as  a  preprofessional  program  for  those  students  who  wish  to 
pursue  a  graduate  degree  and  the  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  from  the  American  Speech- 
Language-Hearing  Association.  The  undergraduate  degree  and  the  Level  1  Certificate  permit  the 
student  to  work  in  school  environments,  including  local  districts,  nonpublic  programs,  and  intermedi- 
ate units. 

Other  work  environments  such  as  hospitals,  community  clinics,  public  health  programs,  and 
rehabilitation  settings  tend  to  require  the  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  from  the  American 
Speech-Language-Hearing  Association.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  pursuing  a  master's 
degree  upon  graduation. 

The  University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  serves  as  the  laboratory  for  the  undergraduate  clinical 
practicum  required  as  a  prerequisite  for  student  teaching.  Prior  to  the  registration  for  the  clinical 
practicum  course  (SH320),  the  student  must  complete  the  following  hours  of  observation  through 
enrollment  in  ED242: 

A.  30  hours  of  observation  in  Speech-Language  Pathology 

1 .  25  hours  must  be  with  a  speech  clinician  who  holds  the  Certificate  of  Clinical 
Competence  in  Speech. 

2.  The  majority  of  the  hours  must  be  in  school  settings;  however,  some  of  the 
hours  may  be  in  nonschool  environments. 

B.  25  hours  of  classroom  observation 

1 .  Ten  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms,  K- 1 2 

2.  Ten  hours  in  special  education  classrooms 

3.  Five  hours  in  community  facilities  such  as  preschools,  sheltered  workshops, 
etc.  Services  in  this  category  should  be  of  a  noneducational,  nonspeech 
pathology  type. 

Upon  completion  of  the  observation  (ED242)  and  practicum  (SH320)  requirements,  the  student  is 
placed  in  a  school  environment  for  the  one-semester  student  teaching  experience. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SPEECH  PATHOLOGY 
AND  AUDIOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PC  101 


96 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
EX362 
SHI  11 
SHI  22 
SH222 
SH234 
SH242 
SH251 


42 


Psychology  of  Reading  in  Language  Processing 

Fundamentals  of  Speech  and  Hearing 

Phonetics 

Introduction  to  Audiology 

Language  Development 

Introduction  to  Speech  Science 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the 

Speech  and  Hearing  Mechanism 

SH306  Articulation  and  Language  Disorders 

SH308  Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders 

SH31 1  Aural  Rehabilitation 

SH3 14  Assessment  of  Speech  and  Language  Disorders 

SH320  Speech  Clinic 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  EL215,  EN331,  EX220,  PC310,  PC31 1 

One  course  from  list:  EX  120  or  EX300 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 
CM301  Instructional  Media 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP302  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 

SH3 1 2  Organization  and  Administration  of  Speech  and 

Hearing  Programs 


3sh 
Ish 

Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  An  option  allows  enrollment  in  MA2I7  for  the  required  mathematics  course  or,  if  the  student  elects 
another  mathematics  course,  to  substitute  MA217  for  EP377.  The  student  who  enrolls  in  MA217  to 
fulfill  the  General  Education  requirement  must  register  for  MA4I7  or  EP377. 

C.  REHABILITATION 

Completion  of  this  program  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  specialization  in 
rehabilitation.  The  program  is  designed  for  students  seeking  career  opportunities  with  health  and 
welfare  agencies  and  institutions  and  also  provides  a  foundation  for  pursuing  additional  work  at  the 
graduate  level. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  REHABILITATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BI 103- 104 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PCIOI  andS0151  orSSIOl 

Science/Math  elective:  BII51 


53 


The  College  of  Education — 97 


MAJOR:  45 

Required  courses: 

RH200  Intro  to  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH220  Neurological  Basis  of  Disability  3sh 

RH3 1 1  Rehabilitation  of  the  Blind  and  of  the  Deaf  3sh 

RH312  Psychological  Basis  of  Disability  3sh 

RH32 1  Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation  3sh 

RH360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3sh 

RH4I 1  Rehabilitation  of  the  Post-Surgical  Patient  3sh 

RH412  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH421  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  6sh 

RH441  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  6sh 

RH422  Rehabilitation  Practicum  2sh 

RH460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling  3sh 

RH484  Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities  Ish 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  13 

EX  1 20  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3sh 

EX370  Assessment  of  the  Mentally  and  3sh 

Physically  Handicapped 

PC322  Intro  to  Psychological  Measurement  3sh 

PC32I  Abnormal  Psychology  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  14 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

D.  EDUCATION  OF  HEARING  IMPAIRED 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Education  of  Hearing  Impaired  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  Degree  in  Education  and  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  certification  as  a  teacher  of 
the  hearing  impaired.  Students  are  provided  with  the  basic  skills  to  teach  in  special  classes  for  hard-of- 
hearing  or  deaf  individuals. 

Students  enrolled  in  this  sequence  of  study  are  prepared  to  assume  positions  as  itinerant  hearing 
therapists  and  classroom  teachers  for  individuals  ranging  from  preschoolers  to  adults.  Work  settings 
may  include  public  schools,  continuing  education  programs,  and  home  training  situations. 

Observation,  clinical  experience,  and  practicum  are  required  prior  to  placement  in  a  school  environ- 
ment for  the  student  teaching  experience.  The  student  will  complete  the  following  50  hours  of 
observation  through  enrollment  in  ED242. 

A.  20  hours  of  observation  of  itinerant  and  self-contained  classrooms  for  the  hearing  impaired. 

B.  10  hours  of  observation  in  regular  education  classrooms. 

C.  15  hours  of  observation  in  special  education  classrooms. 

D.  5  hours  of  observation  in  a  noneducational  setting.The  student  will  complete  25  hours  of 
individual  clinical  experience  through  enrollment  in  EH330  and  50  hours  of  school-based  practicum 
through  enrollment  in  ED342. 


98 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  EDUCATION  OF 
HEAJUNG  IMPAIRED 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 51 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PClOl 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
EH114 
EH115 
EH244 
EH307 
EH308 
EH330 
EH331 
EH365 
EX251 
SH222 
SH234 
SH242 
SH311 


Introduction  to  Hearing  Impaired  3sh 

Introduction  to  Sign  Language  Ish 

Intermediate  Sign  Language  ish 

Speech  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  3sh 

Language  for  Hearing  Impaired  3sh 

Hearing  Practicum  2sh 

Advanced  Sign  Language  Ish 

Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Hearing  Impaired  3sh 

Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  3sh 

Introduction  to  Audiology  3sh 

Language  Development  3sh 

Introduction  to  Speech  Science  3sh 

Aural  Rehabilitation  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from:  EX120  or  EX300  3sh 

One  course  from:  EX220  or  EL215  or  HE218  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  ish 

ED421  Student  Teaching-Hearing  Impaired  (Pri-Elem)  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching-Hearing  Impaired  (Jr-Sr  H.S.)  6sh 

ED442  School  Law  Ish 

EH360  General  Methodology  for  Education  of  Hearing  Impaired  3sh 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh(l) 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  4 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  An  option  allows  enrollment  in  MA217  for  the  required  mathematics  course  or,  if  the  student  elects 
another  mathematics  course,  substitution  of  MA217  for  EP377.  The  student  who  enrolls  in  MA217 
to  fulfill  the  General  Education  requirement  must  register  for  MA4I7  or  EP377. 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts — 99 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts 

John  Hajdu  Heyer,  Dean 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts  has  professional  programs  in  art,  music,  and  theater  and  awards  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degrees.  Programs  leading  to  certification  to  teach  are  offered  in 
cooperation  with  the  College  of  Education  and  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree. 

There  are  four  objectives  for  the  College  of  Fine  Arts:  1)  to  provide  special  academic  programs  for 
majors  in  the  arts,  2)  to  provide  service  courses  for  other  departmental  majors,  3)  to  offer  all  university 
students  general  courses  in  the  arts,  and  4)  to  make  cultural  programs  in  the  arts  available  to  the 
university,  the  surrounding  community,  and  the  local  region. 

There  are  no  additional  college  requirements  for  graduation  beyond  the  university  and  departmental 
requirements  listed  in  other  sections  of  this  catalog. 

GENERAL  nNE  ARTS  MAJOR 

A  general  fine  arts  major  program  is  available  for  those  students  desiring  to  take  coursework  in  art, 
dance,  interior  design,  media,  music,  and  theater.  This  program  is  offered  in  conjunction  with  the 
College  of  Education  and  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences.  This  interdisciplinary 
program,  including  an  opportunity  for  an  internship  (FA493),  is  coordinated  through  the  Office  of  the 
Dean,  College  of  Fine  Arts,  where  additional  information  is  available. 


100 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  GENERAL  HNE  ARTS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outUned  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AH  101  orMUlOl  orTHlOl  depending  on  which  arts  areas  are  part  of  the  major 
Health  and  Physical  Education:  Dance  courses  if  dance  is  one  of  the  selected  areas 
Humanities:  AH  115,  AH116or  MU301  if  art  or  music  are  arts  areas  in  major 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

Courses  must  come  from  three  departments,  one  of  which 

must  be  Art,  Music,  or  Theater. 
Controlled  electives: 

Art:  Art  Education  (AT),  Art  History  (AH),  Art  Studio  (AR) 

Music:  Music  (MU)  or  Applied  Music  (AM) 

Theater:  Any  Theater  (TH)  courses 

Consumer  Services:  Interior  Design  courses  (CS) 

Communications  Media:  Any  courses  (CM) 

Health  and  Physical  Education:  Dance  (HP)  courses 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

At  least  one-third  (12)  of  the  major  credits  must  be  in 
courses  numbered  in  the  300  and  400s. 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  36 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ART 

ANTHONY  DeFURIO,  CHAIRPERSON;  ALI,  BALSIGER, 
BATTAGLINI,  BEN-ZVI,  BURWELL,  CLAY,  DROPCHO,  HAMILTON, 
HEDMAN,  INNES,  JOHNSON,  NESTOR,  RUSSELL,  J.  SLENKER,  R. 
SLENKER,  WEILAND,  WERT 

Acceptance  by  the  Department  of  Art  as  a  major  requires  the  submission  of  a  portfolio  and  approval 
of  the  portfolio  committee.  Detailed  information  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

The  Department  of  Art  provides  both  general  and  special  courses  in  art,  directed  toward  the 
development  of  the  student's  creative  and  expressive  abilities.  Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
with  tracks  in  either  Art  History  or  Art  Studio,  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Art  Studio,  and  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in  Art  Education.  The  degree  in  art  education  provides  certification 
for  teaching  art  in  grades  K-12  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Department  of  Art  offers  a  cooperative  program  with  the  Art  Institute  of  Pittsburgh.  Students 
interested  in  commercial  art,  with  departmental  approval,  may  earn  credit  toward  their  major  at  the 
Art  Institute.  A  cooperative  program  in  metals  is  available  at  the  Bowman  Technical  School, 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. 

All  art  majors  are  obligated  to  fulfill  the  university  requirements  for  General  Education.  The 
Department  of  Art  expects  that  art  majors  will  maintain  a  2.5  average  in  major  courses,  and  this  will  be 
a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching. 

A  minor  in  art  is  available,  consisting  of  at  least  15  semester  hours  in  art  courses  approved  by  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Art. 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts — 101 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  ART/History  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

FineArtsrMUlOl.orTHlOl 

Humanities:  May  not  use  AHl  15,  1 16,  21 1,  222 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PC  101  recommended 

MAJOR:  51 

Required  courses: 

AH  1 1 5  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH  1 16  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3sh 

AH211  Modern  Art  3sh 

AH222  Art  in  America  3sh 

AH407  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH409  Baroque  and  Rococo  Art  3sh 

AH416  Northern  Renaissance  Art  3sh 

AH419  Muscology  3sh 

ARIOO  Arts  of  the  20th  Century  3sh 

ARlll  Drawing  1  3sh 

AR 1 1 2  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design  3sh 

AR113  Design  I  3sh 

AR211  Painting  1  3sh 

AR215  Sculpture  1  3sh 

AR413  Senior  Seminar  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  courses  from  list:  AH219,  406,  412.  418,  424,  426,  482  6sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  21 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  ART/Studio  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 
FineArts:MU101orTH101 
Humanities:AH115,AH116,  AH211,orAH222 

MAJOR:  45 

Required  courses: 

AR  1 00  Arts  of  the  20th  Century  3sh 

ARlll  Drawing  3sh 

AR  1 1 2  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design  3sh 

AR113  Design  3sh 

AR211  Painting  3sh 

AR215  Sculpture  3sh 

AR413  Senior  Seminar  3sh 

Controlled  eleaives: 

Courses  from  list:  AR213,  214,  216,  217,  218,  219,  321, 

451,  452,  453,  454,  455,  457,  459,  460,  481,  482  24sh(l) 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  See  note  (2)  27 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

ARIOO 

Arts  of  the  20th  Century 

ARlll 

Drawing 

AR112 

Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design 

AR113 

Design 

AR211 

Painting 

AR215 

Sculpture 

AR413 

Senior  Seminar 

102 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


(1)  Any  combination  of  courses  with  no  more  than  3  credits  per  semester  in  any  single  studio  area. 
Successful  completion  of  introductory  studio  area  is  prerequisite  to  each  advanced  studio  area. 

(2)  Department  suggests  some  additional  credit  from  AR321,  451,  452,  453,  454,  455,  457,  459,  and 
460  among  student's  electives. 


BACHELOR  OF  FINE  ARTS  in  ART  STUDIO 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  AH115,  AHl  16,  AH21 1,  or  AH222 

30 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

Controlled  electives: 
Three  courses  from  list:  9sh 

AR213,  214,  216,  217,  218,  219 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  42 

Art  Studio  30sh(l) 

Additional  credits  to  complete  a  studio  primary  area  major  (18) 

and  studio  secondary  area  (12)  and  fulfill 

a  total  of  30  credits  beyond  those  used  in  above  major  core: 

AR321,  451,  452,  453,  454,  455,  457,  459,  460,  481,  482 

Art  Electives  (Advanced)  12sh 

Four  courses  from:  AR321,  451,  452,  453,  454,  455,  457,  459,  460 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(I)  A  student  may  take  no  more  than  6  credits  in  one  semester  in  a  given  advanced  studio  course,  and 
only  by  instructor  approval.  A  minimum  of  12  credits  in  an  advanced  studio  area  constitutes  a 
secondary  area;  a  minimum  of  18  credits  in  an  advanced  studio  area  constitutes  a  primary  area. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  ART  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

FineArts:MU101orTH101 

Humanities:  AH115,  AHl  16,  AH211 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 

MAJOR:  39 

Required  courses: 
ARIOO  Artsofthe  20th  Century  3sh 

ARlll  Drawing!  3sh 


AR112 

Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design 

AR113 

Design  I 

AR211 

Painting  1 

AR215 

Sculpture  1 

AR413 

Senior  Seminar 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts— 103 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Controlled  electives:  9sh 

Three  courses  from  the  following  list: 

AR213,214,  216,217,  218,  219 

Three  courses  from  the  following  list :  9sh(  1 ) 

AR213,  214,  216,  217,  218,  219,  321,  451,  452,  453, 

454.  455,  457,  459,  460,  481,  482. 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  42 

Art  Education  Sequence 

AT3 1 5  Seminar  in  Art  Education  3sh 

Ar316  Art  Education  Materials  and  Practicum  3sh 

AT3 1 7  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  Elementary  Level  3sh 

AT3 1 8  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  Secondary  Level  3sh 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED42 1  Student  Teaching  Elementary  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  Secondary  6sh 

ED442  School  Law  Ish 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

Art  Electives:  Two  courses  from  the  list  6sh 
AH219,  222,  407,  408,  412,  419,  AR321,  451,  452,  453,  454, 

455,  457,459,  460,  AT330 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  133 

(1)  A  student  may  take  no  more  than  6  credits  in  one  semester  in  a  given  advanced  studio  course  and 
only  by  instructor  approval.  A  minimum  of  12  credits  in  a  studio  area  constitutes  a  secondary  area;  a 
minimum  of  18  credits  in  a  studio  area  constitutes  a  primary  area. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MUSIC 

CALVIN  E,  WEBER,  CHAIRPERSON;  ADAMS,  BECKER,  BIRD, 
BORST,  CASAVANT,  DEARING,  DiCICCO,  DIETZ,  FRY,  GODT,  INTILI, 
JOHNSON,  KAUFFMAN,  KUEHN,  LLOYD,  LUCHSINGER, 
MALITSKY,  MANTEL,  MORRIS,  OLMSTEAD,  PERKINS,  PERLONGO, 
SARTORI,  SCANDRETT,  STAPLES,  TETI,  THORELL,  VANSTEENKIST, 
VOUKLIZAS 

The  Department  of  Music  has  a  three-fold  mission:  (1)  professional  preparation  of  music  educators 
and  performers,  (2)  general  education  for  the  university,  and  (3)  programs  of  music  for  the  commu- 
nity. Degrees  offered  include  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education. 

Admission  to  the  Music  Department  requires  satisfactory  completion  of  an  audition  in  addition  to  the 
university  general  requirements.  Detailed  information  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

A  student  wishing  to  minor  in  music  must  elect  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester  hours  in  music  courses 
as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson. 


104 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  music  has  been  designed  to  give  the  student  a  general 
experience  in  music.  The  student  seeking  this  degree  has  the  choice  of  four  tracks:  Music  History/ 
Literature,  Music  Theory/Composition,  Performance,  and  Jazz  Studies. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Music  (equivalent  to  the  Bachelor  of  Music 
Degree)  is  a  special  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  twenty-one  areas  of  performance.  The  student  in 
this  program  prepares  to  pursue  a  career  as  a  professional  performing  musician. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  music  major  leads  to  certification 
to  teach  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

Special  Requirements 

1.  Each  student  must  declare  a  primary  performing  medium.  Those  who  elect  voice  as  their  primary 
instrument  normally  elect  piano  as  a  secondary  instrument;  those  who  elect  piano  as  their  primary 
instrument  normally  elect  voice  as  their  secondary  instrument.  Performance  juries  are  held  at  the 
end  of  each  semester.  Students  are  expected  to  complete  the  requirements  for  their  performing  area 
and  level.  Piano  proficiency  is  required  in  all  degree  programs. 

2.  Ensemble  participation  of  five  hours  a  week  is  required  each  semester. 

3.  Students  must  register  for  MU475  (Music  Lab)  and  attend  (1)  all  department  and  area  recitals  and 
(2)  eight  campus  recitals  and  concerts  each  semester. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  MUSIC/History  and  Literature  Track 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  MUlOl  (for  majors) 

Humanities:  MU301,  302,  303 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 


52 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

MUlll 

Theory  Skills  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  II 

MU115 

Theory  I 

MU116 

Theory  II 

MU211 

Theory  Skills  III 

MU212 

Theory  Skills  IV 

MU215 

Theory  III 

MU216 

Theory  IV 

Controlled  electives: 

Five  courses 

from  this  list:  MU320,  321 ,  322,  323,  324, 

325,326,420,421 

35 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
15sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU120-136) 
Music  Electives 
Jury  Clearance  in  piano  C 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 
8  semesters) 


15 


8sh 
7sh 
Osh 

Osh 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


22 
TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts — 105 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  MUSIC/Jazz  Studies  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  MU201,  202,  303 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

MAJOR:  50 

Required  courses: 

MUlll              Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MU112              Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

MUn5              Theory!  3sh 

MU116              Theory  11  3sh 

MU213              Jazz  Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MU214              Jazz  Theory  SkiUs  II  2sh 

MU222              Jazz  Theory  1  3sh 

MU223              Jazz  Theory  II  3sh 

MU224              Jazz  Improvisation  I  3sh 

MU225              Jazz  Improvisation  II  3sh 

MU3II               Fundamentals  of  Conducting  2sh 

MU3 1 8              Jazz  Orchestration  I  3sh 

MU319              Jazz  Orchestration  II  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII:  16sh 
Private  lessons  in  performance  area-2sh  each  of  eight  semesters 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS  8 

MU 1 35  Jazz  Ensemble  -  8  semesters  8sh 

Jury  Clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any), 

and  piano  C.  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

8  semesters)  Osh 

FREE  ELECTIVES  14 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  MUSIC/Music  Performance  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  MUlOl  (for  majors) 

Humanities:  MU301,  MU302,  MU303 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 


AJOR: 

Required  courses: 

MUlll 

Theory  SkiUs  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  II 

MU115 

Theory  I 

MU116 

Theory  II 

MU211 

Theory  Skills  III 

MU212 

Theory  Skills  IV 

MU215 

Theory  III 

N4I  I->1<- 

TheorvIV 

36 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 


106 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 
Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII:  private  lessons  in  performance 
area-  2sh  each  of  eight  semesters 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Music  ensembles  (MU 120- 136) 

Music  electives,  with  adviser  approval 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any), 

and  piano  (if  not  major  or  minor  instrument) 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

8  semesters) 


16sh 

8sh 
6sh 

Osh 

Osh 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  MUSIC/Theory  and  Composition  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  MUlOl  (for  majors) 

Humanities:  MU301,  302,  303 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Health  and  Physical  Education:  HP205  recommended 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 

MUlll 

Theory  Skills  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  II 

MU115 

Theory  I 

MU116 

Theory  II 

MU211 

Theory  SkDls  III 

MU212 

Theory  Skills  IV 

MU215 

Theory  III 

MU216 

Theory  IV 

MU217 

Keyboard  Harmony  I 

MU218 

Keyboard  Harmony  II 

MU306 

Counterpoint  I 

MU315 

Theory  V 

MU411 

Composition  I 

MU412 

Composition  II 

MU413 

Composition  III 

MU414 

Composition  IV 

Controlled  electives: 

One  from  list: 

MU304,  MU307,  MU309 

Applied  Music  I-VII:  Private  lessons  in  performance  area- 

2sh  each  of  seven  semesters 

2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
2sh 
2sh 

2sh 

14sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Music  ensembles  (MU  1 20- 1 36) 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any), 

and  piano  B 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 
8  semesters) 


8sh 
Osh 
Osh 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts — 107 


BACHELOR  OF  FINE  ARTS  in  MUSIC  PERFORMANCE 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  MUlOl  (for  majors) 

Humanities:  MU301,  302,  303 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 


52 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
MUIU 
MU112 
MU115 
MU116 
MU211 
MU212 
MU215 
MU216 


52 


Theory  Skills  1 
Theory  Skills  II 
Theory  1 
Theory  II 
Theory  Skills  III 
Theory  Skills  IV 
Theory  III 
Theory  IV 
Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII:  private  lessons  in  performance 
area — 4  sh  each  of  8  semesters 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 


32sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Music  ensembles  (MU 120- 136) 

Music  electives 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any), 

and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor) 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

8  semesters) 
Junior  and  Senior  Recitals 


20 


Ssh 
12sh(l) 

Osh 

Osh 
Osh 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Majors  with  piano  or  organ  performance  specialization  must  elect  MU217  and  MU218:  Keyboard 
Harmony  I  and  II,  Ish  each. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  MUSIC  EDUCATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  MUlOl  (for  majors) 

Humanities:  MU301,  302,  303 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Social  Science:  HP104,  PClOl 

Health  and  Physical  Education:  HP205  recommended 


52 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

MUlll 

Theory  Skills  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  11 

MUI15 

Theory  1 

MU116 

Theory  11 

MU211 

Theory  Skills  III 

46 


2sh 
2sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
2sh 


108 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU212  Theory  Skills  IV  2sh 

MU215  Theory  III  3sh 

MU216  Theory  IV  3sh 

MU151-152       Class  Voice  I  and  II  2sh(l) 

MU 1 53- 1 54       Class  Piano  I  and  1 1  2sh(2) 

MU155  Class  Strings  I  Ish 

MUI57  Class  Percussion  I  Ish 

MU159  Class  Brass  I  Ish 

MU161  Class  Woodwinds  I  Ish 

MU3 1 1  Fundamentals  of  Conducting  2sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  from  list:  MU312,  or  MU313  2sh 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VII:  private  lesson  in  performance 

area — 2sh  each  of  seven  semesters  14sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  37 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301           Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242           Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342           Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED42I            Student  Teaching  Elementary  Level  6sh 

ED44I            Student  Teaching  Secondary  Level  6sh 

ED442           School  Law  Ish 

EP302            Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302            History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

MU331           Elementary  Methods  3sh 

MU333          Secondary  Methods  3sh 

Music  Ensembles  (MU  1 20- 1 36)  7sh 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any) 

and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor)  Osh 

Attendance  of  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

7  semesters)  Osh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  135 

(1)  For  majors  with  voice  as  performance  specialization,  any  three  of  the  following  may  be  substituted: 
MU351,  353,  354,  406. 

(2)  Private  piano  I  and  II  (AMI01,151)  may  be  substituted. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THEATER 

MALCOLM  E.  BOWES,  CHAIRPERSON;  BLACKLEDGE, 
DUTKIEWICZ-ZETTERBERG,  EISEN,  McCREARY,  SIMPSON 

The  Department  of  Theater  has  as  its  mission  to  provide  for  students  of  the  university  the  opportunity 
for  the  study  of  theater  arts  as  a  part  of  a  liberal  and  humanistic  education.  To  fulfill  this  mission  the 
department  offers  courses  in  the  history  and  theory  of  drama,  performance,  and  technical  theater/ 
design  at  both  introductory  and  advanced  levels. 

The  department  offers  production  opportunities  as  a  practical  extension  of  the  academic  program 
during  the  regular  academic  year  and  summers  and  through  off-campus  internships  with  professional 
theater  companies. 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts — 109 


The  Theater  Department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  a  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree,  and  a  minor 
in  theater.  Students  may  include  theater  courses  as  an  option  in  the  Genersil  Fine  Arts  degree  offered 
through  the  College  of  Fine  Arts.  Those  wishing  to  teach  theater  in  the  secondary  schools  may  enroll  in 
communications  education  with  a  concentration  in  theater  which  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  and  certification.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Theater  provides  for  the  study  of  theater  within  a 
broad  liberal  education.  The  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Theater  provides  intensive  study  in  theater  arts 
leading  to  advanced  professional  training  or  entry-level  professional  employment.  Students  may  apply 
for  admission  to  the  B.F.A.  program  in  their  fourth  semester  and  will  be  expected  to  provide  portfolio 
or  audition.  A  minor  in  theater  consists  of  fifteen  semester  hours  and  courses  approved  by  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Theater. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  THEATER 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AH  101  or  MU 101 

36 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

THllO 

Script  Analysis 

3sh 

TH115 

Principles  of  Theatre  Design  and  Architecture 

3sh 

TH201 

Theatre  History  I 

3sh 

TH202 

Theatre  History  II 

3sh 

TH301/302 

Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask 

3sh 

TH310 

Theatre  Criticism 

3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH120 

Stagecraft  I 

3sh 

TH122 

Costume  Workshop 

3sh 

TH221 

Basic  Lighting 

3sh 

TH223 

Makeup 

3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH130 

Stage  Voice  I 

3sh 

TH131 

Stage  Movement  I 

3sh 

TH240 

Acting  I 

3sh 

TH350 

Directing 

3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  4 

TH486  Practicum  for  Production  (minimum  of  1  sh  for  4  semesters) 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  32 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


1 10 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  FINE  ARTS  in  THEATER  ARTS 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
FineArts:  AHlOl  orMUlOl 


52 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

THllO 

Script  Analysis 

TH115 

Principles  of  Theatre  Design  and  Architecture 

TH201 

Theatre  History  I 

TH202 

Theatre  History  II 

TH301/302 

Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask 

TH310 

Theatre  Criticism 

36 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Choose  any  three  of  the  following: 
TH120  Stagecraft  I 

TH122  Costume  Workshop 

TH221  Basic  Lighting 

TH223  Makeup 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Choose  and  three  of  the  following: 
TH130  Stage  Voice  I 

TH 1 3 1  Stage  Movement  I 

TH240  Acting  I 

TH350  Directing 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

BFA  Required  Courses:  Choose  one  from  each  group 
A.TH220,  320,  321,322, 
B.TH330,331,340 
C.TH301,302 
Additional  requirements: 
TH486  (Maximum  of  6  semesters  at  1  sh  each) 
TH399  Internship 


27 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh 
0-6sh 


Controlled  Electives: 

From  list:  TH120,  122,  130,  131,  220,  221,  223, 
240,  320,  321,  322,  330,  331,  350,  481,  482,  483, 
484,  489 


6-12sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 11 1 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health 
Sciences 


Hal  E.  Wingard,  Dean 
Carleen  Zoni,  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  comprises  seven  academic  departments:  Allied 
Health  Professions,  Consumer  Services,  Food  and  Nutrition,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  Home 
Economics  Education,  Nursing,  and  Safety  Sciences.  Each  department  provides  theoretical,  labora- 
tory, and  practical  experiences  for  students  and  prepares  them  for  selected  careers. 

All  faculty  members  of  the  college  hold  advanced  academic  degrees  in  their  area  of  expertise.  They 
have  extensive  experience  as  teachers  and  advisers  and  have  had  experience  working  in  a  variety  of 
career  fields. 

Students  can  study  in  the  following  areas:  Child  Development/Family  Relations,  Community  Ser- 
vices, Consumer  Affairs,  Dietetics,  Fashion  Merchandising,  Food  and  Nutrition  Science,  Food 
Service  Management,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  Home  Economics  Education,  Interior  Design/ 
Housing,  Medical  Technology,  Nursing,  Nutrition  Education,  Physical  Education  and  Sport  Science, 
Respiratory  Care,  and  Safety  Sciences. 

Among  the  goals  of  the  college  are  to  emphasize  human  development  and  family  relations;  positive 
health  in  growth  and  development  through  nutrition,  physical,  and  emotional  fitness;  prevention  of 
illness;  restoration  of  optimal  health  after  illness;  occupational  safety  and  health;  teacher  education; 
consumerism;  commercial  and  residential  design;  merchandising  and  buying  of  apparel  and  home 
furnishings;  and  management  within  the  hospitality  industry. 

Courses  in  natural  sciences  are  required  of  all  majors,  and  students  are  encouraged  to  become  involved 
in  research  activities  and  computer  utilization. 

The  college  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  to  extend  the  students'  educational  experience  through 
honorary  and  service  organizations;  field  and  clinical  experiences;  internships;  workshops;  preprofes- 
sional  organizations;  and  sports  and  recreational  activities. 


1 12 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  DEPARTMENT 
ANSA  OJANLATVA,  CHAIRPERSON 

RESPIRATORY  CARE 

Respiratory  therapists  assist  physicians  in  the  care  of  patients  who  have  respiratory  system  problems  or 
illness  that  relates  to  breathing.  Their  assistance  includes  administering  gaseous  drugs  and  executing 
therapeutic  procedures.  Included  are  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  specialized  equipment. 

The  program  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Respiratory  Care.  Presented  jointly  by  lUP 
and  the  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital  in  Pittsburgh,  the  program  offers  intensive  theoretical  and 
applied  knowledge  to  produce  highly  skilled  graduates  who  are  prepared  to  enter  the  profession  as 
therapists  or  instructors. 

Two  academic  years  of  university  studies,  followed  by  two  academic  years  of  hospital  studies  and 
clinical  practice,  constitute  the  program.  Incoming  students  must  maintain  a  QPA  of  2.25  in  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics  to  be  considered  for  admission  into  the  clinical  years  in  Respiratory  Care. 
However,  since  admission  to  the  hospital  is  competitive,  lUP  cannot  guarantee  admission  into  the 
hospital  program. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  RESPIRATORY  CARE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  41 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  One  elective 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:  CHI 01 -102 

Social  Science:  PClOl,  S0151,  two  others  from  list 

Health  and  Physical  Education:  Two  activity  courses  or  MS  101 

Science/Math  Elective:  Science  listed  below 

MAJOR:  62 

Required  courses: 

Completed  in  junior  and  senior  years  at  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 

in  Pittsburgh 

RT326  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  I  3sh 

RT327  Pharmacology  3sh 

RT328  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care  4sh 

RT329  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  4sh 

RT330  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  2sh 

RT33 1  Introduction  to  Ventilator  Management  Ish 

RT333  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II  4sh 

RT334  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and  Application  4sh 

RT335  Nursing  Arts  3sh 

RT336  Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  and  Clinical  Correlation  4sh 

RT337  Introduction  to  Pulmonary  Functions  Ish 

RT426  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III  5sh 

RT427  Applied  Pulmonary  Physiology  4sh 

RT428  Essentials  of  ECG  Interpretation  2sh 

RT429  Design  and  Function  of  Respiratory  Care  Dept  2sh 

RT430  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  2sh 

RT43I  Pediatric  Respiratory  Care  Ish 

RT433  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV  5sh 

RT434  Pediatrics  and  Selected  Topics  3sh 

RT436  Respiratory  Care  Teaching  2sh 

RT437  Methods  in  Critical  Care  2sh 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 113 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  21 

Science  courses: 

BI105  Cell  Biology  4sh 

811 50  Human  Anatomy  3sh 

81 151  Human  Physiology  4sh 
81241  Cieneral  Microbiology  3sh 
PY151  Medical  Physics  Lee  3sh 
PY161                 Medical  Physics  Lab  Ish 

Department  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  BI265,  CO200,  EP302,  MG300,  PC378  3sh 

FREEELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Medical  Technology  encompasses  the  study  of  analytical  and  diagnostic  procedures  used  in  clinical 
laboratories  and  in  medical  research.  Medical  technologists  perform  a  variety  of  laboratory  tests  upon 
which  the  physician  depends  for  accurate  diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  proper  treatment  of  the  patient. 
The  program  of  studies,  presented  jointly  by  lUP  and  accredited  medical  technology  programs  in 
hospitals,  prepares  the  student  to  enter  the  profession.  Upon  completion  of  the  four-year  program,  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  is  granted.  The  program  also  prepares  the 
student  for  graduate  and  professional  schools. 

lUP  maintains  short  and  long-term  affiliations  with  selected  hospital  schools.  The  Allied  Health 
Professions  Department  provides  student  counseling  and  maintains  a  liaison  with  hospital  schools. 
However,  since  admission  to  any  hospital  program  is  on  a  competitive  basis,  lUP  cannot  guarantee 
admission  into  any  hospital  program. 

Completion  of  academic  studies  at  lUP  and  of  one  year  of  clinical  experience  qualifies  the  student  to 
take  a  national  certification  examination.  Successful  results  on  this  examination  lead  to  certification  as 
a  professionally  qualified  medical  technologist. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  43 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  One  course  from  the  list  (3sh) 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:  PY 1 1 1  / 1 2 1  - 11 2/ 1 22 

Social  Science:  Four  courses  from  list  (12sh) 

Science/Math  Electives:  From  science  sequence 

MAJOR:  32 

Required  courses: 
Medical  technology  courses  as  arranged  at  the  affiliated  hospitals 
when  admitted  to  hospital  school  studies  for  a  12-month  clinical  year. 

MT  400  Medical  Technology  Clinical  Program 

Registration  mechanism  and  limited  credit  arrangement  as  provided 

in  pre-approval  process  for  Medical  Technology  Clinical  Programs 

coordinated  through  the  Allied  Health  Department. 

MT494  Clinical  Microbiology  6-lOsh 

MT495  Clinical  Chemistry  7-lOsh 

MT  496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation  4-7sh 


1 14 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MT  497  Clinical  Immunohematology  3-6sh 

MT  498  Clinical  Immunology/Serology  2-4sh 

MT  499  CUnical  Seminar  O^h 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Science  sequence  45 

Required  courses: 

BI105                 Cell  Biology  4sh 

BI120                 Animal  Biology  5sh 

BI361                 Microbiology  3sh 

BI364                Immunology  3sh 

CH 1 1 1  - 1 1 2        General  Chemistry  I  and  1 1  8sh 

CH23 1  -232        Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  8sh 

CH323               Analytical  Methods  4sh 

CH351               Biochemistry  4sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Two  courses  from  Ust:  BI263,  352,  360,  472, 476  6sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  4 

BI151  Human  Physiology  strongly  recommended 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

CONSUMER  SERVICES  DEPARTMENT 

DONNA  L.  STREIFTHAU,  CHAIRPERSON;  CRAMER,  KESNER, 
LYNN,  SCHMTTT,  SHARMA,  SWINKER,  VIGGIANO,  WOOD 

The  Consumer  Services  Department  offers  students  an  academic  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Consumer  Affairs;  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Fashion  Merchandising;  and  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Interior  Design  and  Housing.  These  majors  prepare  men  and  women  for 
positions  emphasizing  consumer  concerns  in  business  and  the  community.  The  majors  also  provide 
preparation  for  students  who  wish  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  the  areas  of  clothing,  textiles,  consumer 
economics,  housing,  equipment,  interior  design,  and  community  service. 

The  department  offers  courses  in  the  subject  matter  areas  of  clothing,  textiles,  fashion  merchandising, 
housing,  interior  design,  residential  equipment,  consumer  electronics,  consumer  and  family  econom- 
ics, and  personal  and  family  management.  The  faculty  are  interested  in  the  growth  of  students  and 
work  closely  with  them  to  individualize  programs  to  meet  the  students'  career  goals. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  their  individual  potential  through  the  application  of  knowledge 
gained  in  the  classroom  to  job  situations  and  departmental,  campus,  and  community  activities. 
Students  may  elect  an  internship  which  provides  the  opportunity  to  apply  academic  knowledge  to  an 
on-the-job  situation.  Cooperative  courses  may  be  elected  whereby  students  have  an  on-going  practical 
professional  experience.  Students  may  elect  a  study  tour  to  gain  an  understanding  of  business 
procedures  and/or  consumer  problems  in  various  areas  of  the  world.  Faculty  advisers  work  closely 
with  students  in  plarming  and  integrating  the  academic  program  with  enriching  experiences  outside  the 
classroom. 

A  Visiting  Student  Program  with  the  Fashion  Institute  of  Technology  (F.I.T.)  in  New  York  City  is 
available  to  qualified  Consumer  Services  students.  Students  who  are  approved  by  lUP  and  accepted  by 
F.I.T.  are  able  to  receive  both  a  bachelor's  degree  (lUP)  and  an  associate  degree  (F.I.T. ).  The  student's 
senior  year  is  spent  at  F.I.T.  pursuing  concentrated  coursework  in  one  of  the  following  areas: 
advertising  and  communications,  fashion  design,  management  engineering  technology,  textile  design, 
textile  technology,  or  jewelry  design. 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences —  1 1 5 


CONSUMER  AFFAIRS 

The  Consumer  Affairs  major  prepares  individuals  for  professional  positions  in  government,  business, 
and  the  community.  This  option  concentrates  on  consumer  economic  behavior  and  consumer 
protection  and  their  relationship  to  the  fair  exchange  and  consumption  of  products  and  services.  The 
increased  interest  in  consumer  concerns  has  resulted  in  creating  and  expanding  positions  for  persons 
with  an  understanding  of  consumer  needs,  business  operations,  and  regulatory  agencies.  The  inter- 
disciplinary approach  provides  the  necessary  knowledge  and  skills  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  such 
positions. 

COMMUNITY  SERVICES  TRACK 

Students  can  elect  a  community  services  track  which  offers  a  broader  selection  of  Human  Ecology 
courses.  Electives  may  be  concentrated  in  particular  Human  Ecology  areas.  A  concentration  of 
courses  is  elected  in  a  field  of  study  outside  home  economics,  such  as  sociology  or  psychology. 
Graduates  may  be  employed  by  the  Extension  Service  or  by  various  governmental  and  social  agencies. 

FASHION  MERCHANDISING 

The  Fashion  Merchandising  major  prepares  men  and  women  for  promotion  and  management 
positions  in  the  field  of  retail  merchandising  related  to  apparel  and  home  furnishings.  Graduates  are 
prepared  for  employment  by  business  organizations  producing  or  selling  clothing,  textiles,  home 
furnishings,  equipment,  or  other  consumer  products. 

INTERIOR  DESIGN/HOUSING 

The  Interior  Design/Housing  major  prepares  individuals  to  identify,  research,  and  seek  creative 
solutions  relative  to  the  needs  of  the  proximate  environment  which  can  be  fulfilled  by  the  design  of 
one's  surroundings.  Graduates  are  prepared  for  positions  with  retailers  of  furnishings  and  decorative 
arts  as  well  as  with  companies  producing  items  for  the  home;  with  residential,  contract,  and  business 
design  firms;  with  architectural  and  planning  firms;  as  in-house  designers  for  business  firms  and  public 
institutions;  and  with  HUD,  manufactured  housing  companies,  and  private  housing  complexes. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  CONSUMER  AFFAIRS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BElll  recommended 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl,  S0151 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

CSlOl  Personal  and  Family  Management  3sh 

CS121  Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  Ish 

CS213  Home  Equipment/Consumer  Electronics  3sh 

CS2I6  Clothing  and  Man  3sh 

CS3I2  Housing  and  Man  3sh 

CS3I4  Textiles  3sh 

CS315  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3sh 

CS413  Problems  in  Consumer  Economics  3sh 

CS421  Senior  Seminar  2sh 

CS416  Problems  in  Family  Finance  3sh 

JN120  Journalistic  Writing  3sh 


1 16 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 
Three  courses  from  list:  CSl  12,  CS212,  CS217,  CS303, 
CS318,  CS354,  CS433,  CS461,  FN21 1,  FN212, 
FN259,  FN313,FN358,FN362  9sh(l) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  24 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 
One  course  from  HE2 1 8  or  HE224  3sh 

One  course  from  FN2 1 2  or  FN45 1  3sh 

Outside  Concentration: 
Required: 
AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD336  Law  of  Business  Organizations  3sh 

AD337  Consumer  Law  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  Three  courses  from  list: 

AD32 1 ,  MG300,  MK320,  MK32 1 ,  MK433  9sh(  1 ) 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  12 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  CONSUMER  SERVICES/Community 
Services  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  EClOl,  PClOl,  S0151 

MAJOR:  32 

Required  courses: 

AR 1 20  Principles  of  Design  2sh 

CSl 01  Personal  and  Family  Management  3sh 

CS121  Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  Ish 

CS213  Home  Equipment/Consumer  Electronics  3sh 

CS216  Clothing  and  Man  3sh 

CS312  Housing  and  Man  3sh 

CS314  Textiles  3sh 

CS315  Consumer  Economics/Family  Finance  3sh 

CS421  Senior  Seminar  2sh 

FN212  Nutrition  3sh 

HE224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list :  CS 1 1 2  or  CS2 1 2  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  24 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 
FN  ill  Foods!  3sh 

HE218  Child  Development  3sh 

Outside  Concentration:  ISsh 

Six  courses  from  list:  AN21 1 ,  AN319,  PC374,  PC290, 
PC322,  PC310,  PC311,  PC320,  PC321,  PC330,  PC361,  PC373, 
PC312,  S0231,  S0332,  S0333,  S0336,  S0339,  S0357,  S0435, 
SW238. 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  16 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 117 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  FASHION  MERCHANDISING 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BElll  recommended 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  PCIOI.  EClOl,  or  EC121 

35-36 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

CS121 

Introduction  to  Consumer  Services 

Ish 

CS216 

Clothing  and  Man 

3sh 

CS314 

Textiles 

3sh 

CS315 

Consumer  Economics/Family  Finance 

3sh 

CS318 

Fashion  Merchandising 

3sh 

CS421 

Senior  Seminar 

2sh 

CS456 

Historic  Costume 

3sh 

JN120 

Journalistic  Writing 

3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  CSl  12  or  CS212 

3sh 

Courses  from  CS212,  CS213,  ARl  13  or  120,  CS217,  CS303, 

ll-12sh 

CS354,  CS433, 

CS453,  CS454,  CS455,  EP303 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  24 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 
One  course  from  HE2 1 8  or  HE224  3sh 

One  course  from  FN2 1 2  or  FN45 1  3sh 

Outside  Concentration: 
Required  course: 

AG201     Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  15sh(l) 

Five  courses  from  list:  AD  101  or  MG360,  AD235,  AD321, 
AD336,  AD337,  AG202,  AG301,  AG302,  DE332,  DE333,  EC122, 
QB215,  1M241,  FS310,  FS351,  MG300,  MG410,  MK320, 
MK321,  MK420,  MK421,  MK422,  MK430,  MK433 
FREE  ELECTIVES:  12-13 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 
(1)  Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  INTERIOR  DESIGN/HOUSING 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AH  101 

Humanities:  AHl  15  or  AHl  16,  HIlOl 

Mathematics:  BElll  recommended 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl,  S0151 


118 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR:  35 

Required  courses: 

CS121                Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  Ish 

CS213                Home  Equipment/Consumer  Electronics  3sh 

CS217                Interior  Design  3sh 

CS312                Housing  and  Man  3sh 

CS314                TextUes  3sh 

CS315                Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3sh 

CS421                Senior  Seminar  2sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  ARl  13  or  AR 120  3-2sh 
Courses  from  list:  CSlOl,  CS303,  CS311,  CS318,  CS354,  CS465 
CS357,  CS433,  CS462,  CS463,  CS464,  CS481                                                  14-15sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  24 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 

One  course  from  list:  HE218  or  HE224  3sh 

One  course  from  list:  FN212  or  FN451  3sh 

Outside  Concentration:  Six  courses  from  lists  18sh 

Business:  ADIOI  or  MG360,  AD321,  AD382,  AG201,  DE331, 

DE332,  DE333,  IM241,  FS242,  MG300,  MK320,  MK433 

Art:  ARIOO,  ARlll,  AR112,  AR211,  AR213,  AR214,  AR215, 

AR216,  AR217,  AR218,  AR219,  AR321,  AR451 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  V3 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

FOOD  AND  NUTRITION  DEPARTMENT 

JOANNE  STEINER,  CHAIRPERSON;  BAKER,  CAUFFIEL,  CESSNA, 
DAHLHEIMER,  GRESSLEY,  JOHNSON,  MILLER,  MINNICK,  MOORE- 
ARMITAGE,  SIMKINS 

The  Food  and  Nutrition  Department  prepares  men  and  women  for  careers  in  the  fields  of  dietetics, 
food  and  nutrition  science,  food  service  management,  lodging  management,  and  nutrition  education. 

Courses  offered  by  the  Food  and  Nutrition  Department  prepare  students  as  professionals  to  meet  the 
challenge  of  expanding  career  opportunities,  which  include  not  only  the  commercial  food  service  and 
hospitality  facets  of  the  industry  but  health  care,  educational,  and  research  segments  as  well. 

The  prime  requisites  for  success  in  the  field  of  food  and  nutrition  are  an  interest  in  people,  an  artistic 
appreciation  of  quality  food,  a  realization  of  the  need  for  good  nutrition,  and  a  knowledge  of  sound 
business  principles. 

A  new  program  in  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  has  recently  been  approved.  It  is 
designed  to  provide  the  graduate  with  entry-level  skills  in  the  hospitality  curriculum.  An  internship  is 
required.  This  program  replaces  the  former  Food  Service  Management  curriculum. 

This  department  offers  the  following  four  majors: 
Dietetic  Major 

Students  are  prepared  for  positions  in  the  dietary  departments  of  hospitals  or  other  institutional 
establishments  or  in  health  care  programs.  The  major  can  lead  to  careers  in  clinical  dietetics, 
administrative  dietetics,  community  nutrition,  and  other  health  care  fields.  Course  requirements  meet 
the  Plan  IV  academic  requirements  of  the  American  Dietetics  Association. 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 119 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  DIETETICS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  sjjecifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Natural  Science:  CH 101-102 

Social  Science:  EClOl.  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  elective:  CO200  (if  math  other  than  MA217) 

MAJOR:  38 

Required  courses: 

FN  150  Foods  4sh 

FN212  Nutrition  3sh 

FN259  Food  Purchasing  3sh 

FN313  Quantity  Food  Production  4sh 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  1  3sh 

FN356  Food  Service  Personnel  and  Administration  3sh 

FN358  Food  Service  Equipment  and  Layout  3sh 

FN362  Experimental  Foods  3sh 

FN364  Methods  of  Teaching  3sh 

FN402  Community  Nutrition  3sh 

FN455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3sh 

FN458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  16 

Additional  Sciences: 

BI155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

BI232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  3sh 

CH255  Biochemistry  and  Nutrition  3sh 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 
One  course  f rom  list :  HE2 1 8  or  HE224  3sh 

One  course  from  list:  CS213,  CS315,  or  CSlOl  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  18 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science  Major 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science  provides  a  student  with  a  background  in  the  basic  sciences  that  gives  a  solid 
foundation  for  theoretical  and  applied  food  science  and  nutrition.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  laboratory 
work  in  nutrition  and  food  composition.  The  program  meets  the  needs  of  students  motivated  in  the 
biological-physical  sciences  and  who  wish,  with  graduate  education,  to  enter  careers  in  food/nutrition 
research,  nutrition  service  professions,  medical  science,  and  education. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  FOOD  AND  NUTRITION  SCIENCE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Science:  EClOl,  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  elective:  MA217 


120 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR:  29 

Required  courses: 

FN  150  Foods  4sh 

FN212  Nutrition  3sh 

FN362  Experimental  Foods  3sh 

FN451  Man  and  Food  3sh 

FN458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3sh 

FN464  Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods  3sh 

FN484  Senior  Seminar  Ish 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  courses  from  list:  9sh 
FN312,  FN355(1),  FN444,  FN447,  FN455(1),  FN462,  FN482 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  28 

Science  Sequence: 

BI150  Human  Anatomy  3sh(2) 

BI151  Human  Physiology  4sh(2) 

BI232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  3sh(2) 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH35 1  Biochemistry  4sh 

PYlll  Physics  I  Lee  3sh 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab  ish 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 

One  course  from  list :  HE2 1 8  or  HE224  3sh 

One  course  from  list:  CS213,  CS315,  or  CSlOl  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (3)  14 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  FN355  and  FN455  must  be  completed  as  a  sequence,  if  elected. 

(2)  Alternate  Biology  sequence  recommended  for  graduate  study  preparation: 

BI105,  BI151,  BI361. 

(3)  To  meet  American  Dietetic  Association  requirements: 

FN259,  FN313,  FN355,  FN356,  FN364,  FN402,  FN455  (22sh  total). 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  Major 

This  program  is  planned  to  prepare  graduates  for  management  positions  with  institutions,  commercial 
restaurants,  and  other  food  service  establishments.  Graduates  have  competencies  in  food  service/ 
hospitality  management  and  in  business. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  HOTEL,  RESTAURANT,  AND 
INSTITUTIONAL  MANAGEMENT  52 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  -  6  credits 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  Elective:  CO200 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 121 


MAJOR 

Required  courses: 
FNlOl 
FN  150 
FN299 
FN306 
FN313 
FN356 
FN408 
FN413 
FN399 


24-30 


Introduction  to  Hospitality  Management 
Foods 

Cooperative  Education  or  FN493  Internship 
Food  and  Beverage,  Service,  Sales  and  Menu  Design 
Quantity  Food  Production  and  Service 
Food  Service  Personnel  and  Administration 
Institutions  Management 
Advanced  Food  Management 
Cooperative  Education  or  FN493  Internship 
Controlled  electives:  One  Track 
Food  Service  Management  Track : 

FN212  Nutrition 

FN259  Quantity  Food  Purchasing 

FN358  Food  Service  Equipment  and  Layout 

FN401  Food  Management  Cost  Controls 

FN406  Catering  Management 

Lodging  Management  Track : 

FN  11 5  Introduction  to  Tourism 

FN360  Lodging  Systems 

FN365  Lodging  Operations 

FN420  Convention  Sales  and  Service 

FS310  Finance  I 


3sh 

4sh 
0-3sh(l) 

3sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh 
0-3sh(l) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS 

Required  courses:  21 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

BI232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  Two  courses  in  area  6sh 

Communications  Media  OR 

Foreign  Languages  (III  and  IV)  OR 

Geography  OR 

Health  Sciences/Gerontology  OR 

Human  Ecology*  OR 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  OR 

International  Studies  OR 

Safety  Sciences  OR 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  13 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  125-130 

*One  course  from  list  HE218  or  HE224  and  one  course  from  list  CSlOl  or  CS213  or  CS315  would 
qualify  student  to  register  with  the  American  Home  Economics  Association  as  a  certified  home 
economist. 

(I)  Each  student  must  complete  850  hours  of  work  experience,  of  which  450  hours  must  be  through 
supervised  experiences  in  FN299,  399,  or  493.  See  department  internship  coordinator  for  detailed 
information. 


Nutrition  Education  Major 

Graduates  are  prepared  to  manage  school  food  service  programs;  to  provide  meals  with  optimum 
nourishment  to  school  children,  to  the  elderly,  to  child  care  centers,  or  to  any  of  the  many  nutrition 
feeding  programs;  and  to  render  professional  service  to  teachers  concerning  the  teaching  of  nutrition. 
This  program  meets  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  certification  requirements  for  a  Nutrition 
Program  Specialist  (Education  Specialist  I). 


122 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  NUTRITION 
EDUCATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BElll  recommended 

Natural  Science:  CHI 01 -102 

Social  Science:  EClOl,  HI104,  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  electives:  CO200  suggested 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
FN150 
FN212 
FN259 
FN312 
FN313 
FN356 
FN358 
FN362 
FN364 
FN402 
FN408 


Foods 

Nutrition 

Quantity  Food  Purchasing 

Maternal,  Child,  and  Adolescent  Nutrition 

Quantity  Food  Production  and  Service 

Food  Service:  Personnel  and  Administration 

Food  Service  Equipment  and  Layout 

Experimental  Foods 

Methods  of  Teaching 

Community  Nutrition 

Institutional  Food  Service  Management 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Outside  courses: 
AG201  Accounting  Principles  I 

BI 1 55  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

BI232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 

CM301  Instructional  Media 

ED442  School  Law 

EP302  Educational  Psychology 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 

College  of  Human  Ecology  requirements: 
One  course  from  HE218  or  HE224 
One  course  from  CS213,  CS315,  or  CSlOl 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  n 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

Course  requirements  for  American  Dietetic  Association  registration  can  be  met  by  taking  elective 
courses:  FN355,  FN455,  FN458,  CH255. 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences— 123 


HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
DEPARTMENT 

JAMES  G.  MILL,  CHAIRPERSON;  AIERSTOCK,  BARTHELEMY, 
BECK,  BLACKSMITH,  CELTNIEKS,  CLARK,  CORTAZZO,  DAKAK, 
DAVIS,  DICKIE,  ELTZ,  GODLASKY,  GROVE,  HORNFECK,  JOHNSON, 
KORAB,  LEPLEY,  LISCINSKY,  LOMMOCK,  MILEFF,  MONTGOMERY, 
MOORE,  NEAL,  OJANLATVA,  SLEDZIK,  SLONIGER,  SUTTON, 
THOMPSON,  TUCKER 

The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  provides  the  following  services:  (1)  instruction  in 
health  and  physical  education  as  part  of  the  university's  General  Education  requirement;  (2)  an 
undergraduate  major  in  health  and  physical  education  that  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Education  with  potential  certification  to  teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania;  (3)  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport;  and  (4)  Endorsement  program  in  Driver  Education  — 
Safe  Living. 

Required  Program  -  General  Education 

Coeducational  General  Activity  Courses:  The  objective  of  the  General  Education  activity  program  in 
Physical  Education  is  health  and  wellness  for  the  student  both  at  present  and  for  the  future.  The 
objective  is  accomplished  by  an  activity  program  which  includes  two  major  thrusts:  the  development 
of  physical  fitness  and  the  development  of  skills  for  recreational,  lifetime  sports.  Physical  fitness  is 
essential  for  optimal  health  and  well-being  and  enables  individuals  to  enjoy  the  therapy  of  recreational 
sports. 

University  students  are  required  to  complete  two  semesters  of  physical  education  and  one  semester  of 
health  (HPlOl)  to  fulfill  the  General  Education  requirement  (4sh).  Veterans  with  proper  verification 
(DD214)  are  awarded  four  credits  in  this  area.  Students  may  substitute  four  semester  hours  of  the 
ROTC  program  (MSlOl-102)  for  the  health  and  physical  education  requirement.  To  implement  this 
philosophy  it  is  recommended  that  all  students  elect  at  least  one  of  the  following  fitness  courses  to 
fulfill  the  physical  education  requirement:  HP115,  117,  118,  122,  123,  126,  133,  139,  146,  and  265. 
Courses  which  emphasize  the  recreational,  lifetime  sports  include:  HPllO,  113,  119,  120,  121,  125, 
127,  128,  129,  134,  137,  138,  145,  147,  161,  162,  163,  166,  167,  and  261. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (Physical  Education  and  Sport)  A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Physical 
Education  and  Sport  is  also  offered  at  lUP.  This  major  focuses  more  on  subject  matter  content  with 
less  concern  for  application  in  the  field  of  education.  This  degree  program  is  in  response  to  individuals 
who  desire  to  study  theory  in  physical  education  and  sport  and  who  may  want  to  utilize  the  subject 
matter  in  nonteaching  opportunities.  In  the  next  twenty  years  as  we  evolve  toward  a  more  health  and 
leisure-centered  society,  it  appears  a  necessity  that  people  are  prepared  in  physical  education  to  assume 
leadership  roles  as  fitness  specialists  in  public  and  private  recreation  as  well  as  corporate  fitness 
programs. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (Health  and  Physical  Education) 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Health  and  Physical 
Education  include  the  university's  General  Education  requirements.  Professional  Education  require- 
ments, and  the  Health  and  Physical  Education  core  requirement  (39sh).  Upon  completion  of  the 
degree  program,  the  student  is  qualified  for  an  Instructional  I  Certificate  in  Health  and  Physical 
Education,  issued  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  in  Harrisburg.  This  certificate  is 
valid  for  teaching  health  and  physical  education  in  grades  K  through  12  for  three  years  in  the  public 
schools  of  Pennsylvania.  Major  students  may  utilize  free  electives  to  specialize  in  the  areas  of  aquatics 
or  dance. 


124 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


In  addition,  the  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  has  developed  two  programs  approved 
by  the  National  YMCA  Physical  Education  Office  to  provide  for  the  professional  preparation  of 
YMCA  Aquatic  Directors  and  Physical  Directors.  Both  programs  emphasize  high  standards  and  are 
vitally  concerned  with  the  major  objectives  of  YMCA  physical  education.  Specialized  "  Y"  courses  are 
offered  through  the  lUP  Aquatic  School,  the  annual  Middle  Atlantic  Region  Aquatic  Institute  held  at 
lUP  each  spring,  and  through  other  special  YMCA  programs  conducted  on  the  lUP  campus  and 
sponsored  in  cooperation  with  the  Middle  Atlantic  Region  Physical  Education  Program. 

Candidates  for  the  degree  program  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  must  demonstrate  acceptable 
cognitive  and  psychomotor  qualifications  as  well  as  desirable  character  and  personality  traits.  The 
professional  program  seeks  to  foster  those  qualities  of  individual  character  and  competence  that  are 
inherent  in  personal  and  professional  maturity.  These  competencies  are  evaluated  at  the  end  of  the 
sophomore  year.  The  student  is  either  granted  Advanced  Standing  in  the  department  or  restricted  in 
scheduling  advanced  courses  for  not  less  than  one  probationary  semester.  Continuation  in  the  major 
program  is  based  upon  attainment  of  department  Advanced  Standing. 

Driver  Education-Safe  Living  7-12 

Candidates  for  the  driver  education  certification  must  possess,  or  be  a  candidate  for,  a  valid 
Pennsylvania  certificate  in  any  area  of  certification.  A  student  must  currently  complete  the  four 
courses  HP25 1 ,  HP252,  HP353,  and  HP354.  Students  must  request  the  certificate  in  driver  education- 
safe  living  7-12  when  they  apply  for  graduation.  For  students  who  have  already  graduated,  contact  the 
office  of  the  dean.  College  of  Education,  for  correct  procedure. 

Aquatics  School  Course  Offerings 

Each  summer  the  department  offers  the  annual  Aquatics  School  for  eight  consecutive  days.  Students 
must  be  17  years  of  age  or  older  and  possess  the  necessary  aquatic  prerequisites.  A  fee  will  be  charged 
which  will  include  room,  three  meals  a  day,  use  of  equipment,  accident  insurance,  transportation  to 
and  from  the  lake,  and  special  one-night  programs.  Certification  will  be  granted  by  the  American  Red 
Cross,  National  YMCA,  Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors,  and  the  American  Heart 
Association  upon  completion  of  courses.  All  courses  may  be  taken  for  college  credit,  if  the  student  is 
eligible  and  pays  the  additional  tuition  fee.  For  more  information,  contact  the  aquatic  director. 
Courses  offered  exclusively  as  a  part  of  the  Aquatics  School  are  HP267,  268,  269,  270,  271 ,  272,  273, 
274,  276,  277,  279,  and  280.  Courses  offered  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  in  summer  school 
include  HP242,  261,  265,  and  266. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  SPORT 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  PvlAlOl  or  MAI  10  or  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  EClOl,  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  elective:  CO200  (Strongly  recommended) 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 125 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

HP142  Foundations  of  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation 

HP221  Human  Structure  and  Function 

HP242  Emergency  Health  Care 

HP246  Biomechanics 

HP344  Adapted  Physical  Education 

HP345  Athletic  Training  I 

HP346  Athletic  Training  I  Lab 

HP441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health,  Physical 

Education,  and  Recreation 

HP442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation 
Controlled  electives:  Additional  HP  major  courses,  or  approved 
substitutes,  totaling  15sh 


38 


HP2(X) 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

HP230 

Aerobic  Fitness 

HP319 

Preprofessional  Experience  II 

HP343 

Physiology  of  Exercise 

HP410 

Exercise  Prescription 

HP412 

Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management 

HP413 

Physical  Activity  and  Aging 

xommende 

d:  Sequence  in  Nutrition 

Required  courses: 

CH255 

Biochemistry  and  Nutrition 

FN212 

Nutrition 

FN355 

Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

FN455 

Nutrition  in  Disease  II 

FN458 

Advanced  Human  Nutrition 

FN463 

Nutrition  Counseling 

3sh 

3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 


Ish 
2sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


18 


Recommended  Electives 

Recommended  electives:  FN410,  FN451,  HP493 


15 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  HEALTH  AND 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA217  (recommended) 
Natural  Science:  BI 103- 104 
Social  Science:  HI  104,  PClOl 
Science/Math  elective:  CO200  (Strongly  recommended) 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
HP  142 
HP221 
HP343 
HP246 
HP325 


Foundations  of  Health,  Physical  Ed,  and  Recreation 

Human  Structure  and  Function 

Physiology  of  Exercise 

Biomechanics 

School  Health  Program 


53 


41 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


126 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP344               Adapted  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP345               Athletic  Training  I  3sh 

HP346               Athletic  Training  I  Lab  Ish 

HP426               Health  Science  Instruction  3sh 

HP441               Psychosocial  Implications  3sh 

HP442               Seminar  in  Health  Physical  Education  ^h 

Controlled  electives: 

Courses  from  list:  HP200-208,  HP263,  HP300-307  lOsh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  29 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

ED242               Pre-Student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-Student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED421               Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED441               Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

EP302               Education  Psychology  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

HP242               Emergency  Health  Care  Ish 

HP318               Preprofessional  Experience  I  Ish 

HP321               Methods  in  Elementary  HPE  3sh 

HP341               Evaluation  in  HPE  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  1 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


CERXmCATION  in  DRIVER  EDUCATION-SAFE  LIVING 

Certification  in  Driver  Education-Safe  Living  may  be  added  to  a  valid  Pennsylvania  Instructional 

Certificate  with  the  completion  of  the  following  courses: 

HP251  Accident  Causation  and  Prevention  3sh 

HP252  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  3sh 

HP353  Driving  Education  Program  Management  3sh 

HP354  Application  of  Driver  Ed  Instructional  Modes  3sh 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT 

RUTH  BROWNING,  CHAIRPERSON;  BELL,  GALLATI,  GORDON, 
NELSON 

A  number  of  career  opportunities  await  the  person  who  completes  either  the  Home  Economics 
Education  program  or  Child  Development  and  Family  Relations  program. 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  MAJOR 

A  major  in  Home  Economics  Education  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  and  meets 
certification  requirements  for  teaching  home  economics  at  ail  levels  (K-12)  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylva- 
nia. Upon  completion  of  this  program,  students  have  the  semester  hours  necessary  for  teaching  in  child 
care  programs  and  are  eligible  to  receive  the  Nursery-  Kindergarten  Certificate  issued  by  the  Bureau  of 
Private  Academic  Schools. 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 127 


Graduates  also  are  prepared  for  a  variety  of  employment  related  to  improving  family  life,  such  as  home 
economists  for  extension  services,  utility  companies,  retail  business  concerns,  social  service  organiza- 
tions, and  government  agencies.  The  program  provides  preparation  for  students  who  wish  to  pursue 
advanced  degrees. 

Child  Development  Track 

Students  receive  in-depth  preparation  for  teaching  Parenting  and  Child  Development  in  high  school 
home  economics  programs,  adult  programs,  and  community  organizations.  Those  selecting  this 
option  take  all  required  courses  for  the  home  economics  education  degree  and,  in  consultation  with  an 
adviser,  select  eight  semester  hours  of  electives  in  the  Child  Development  and  Family  Relations  area. 
Student  teaching  experience  will  take  place  in  a  center  that  has  a  Child  Development  and/or  Parenting 
program. 

Occupational  Home  Economics  Track 

This  option  is  planned  to  prepare  graduates  for  teaching  in  home  economics  occupational  programs  in 
comprehensive  high  schools,  vocational-technical  schools,  adult  education  programs,  and  community 
colleges.  Students  selecting  this  option  take  all  the  courses  required  for  the  home  economics  education 
degree  and,  in  consultation  with  an  adviser,  select  additional  courses  and  work  experience  in  the  area  of 
specialization.  Student  teaching  experience  will  take  place  in  a  center  with  an  Occupational  Home 
Economics  Program.  The  Occupational  Competency  Exam  in  the  area  of  specialization  is  taken  upon 
graduation.  Passing  the  exam  permits  the  addition  of  the  specialization  to  the  teaching  certification. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  HOME  ECONOMICS 
EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52-53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl,  S0151  (for  N-K  certification) 

Science/Math:  BI155  or  B1232 

MAJOR:  35 

Required  courses: 

CS213  Home  Equipment/Consumer  Electronics  3sh 

CS314  Textiles  3sh 

CS3 1 5  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3sh 

FN  150  Foods  4sh 

FN212  Nutrition  3sh 

HE218  Child  Development  3sh 

HE220  Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  4sh 

HE224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 
Two  from  list:  CSl  12,  CS212,  CS453,  CS454  6sh 

One  from  list:  CS2 1 7  or  CS3 1 2  3sh 


128 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  31 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  Ish 

ED431  Student  Teaching  in  Home  Economics  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED442  School  Law  Ish 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

HE250  Introduction  to  Teaching  Vocational  Home 

Economics  Education  3sh 
HE350               Evaluation  and  Methods  of  Teaching 

Vocational  Home  Economics  3sh 

HE430  Student  Teaching  Practicum  Ish 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  6 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

CHILD  DEVELOPMENT/FAMILY  RELATIONS  MAJOR 

The  Child  Development/Family  Relations  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  Primary 
objectives  of  the  program  are  to  prepare  professionals  to  administer  and  teach  in  programs  that  entail 
aspects  of  child  development  and  family  relationships;  to  teach  at  the  adult  level;  or  to  supervise  and 
direct  professional,  paraprofessional,  and  volunteer  staffs  in  federal,  state,  or  local  family  supportive 
agencies.  The  program  also  provides  preparation  for  students  who  want  to  pursue  graduate  study  in 
child  development  or  family  studies.  Majors  select  one  of  three  tracks:  1)  Child  Development,  2) 
Family  Relations,  or  3)  Child  Development/Family  Relations.  Students  in  the  Child  Development/ 
Family  Relations  track  may  secure,  with  a  dual  major,  certification  in  Early  Childhood  Education. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT/FAMILY 
RELATIONS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAIOI  or  110  or  121  or  217(1) 

Natural  Science:  CHIOl-102 

Social  Science:  ANIIO,  PClOl,  S015I 

Science/Math:  BI155 

MAJOR:  31-34 

Required  courses: 

HE218  Child  Development  3sh 

HE220  Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  4sh 

HE224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 

HE317  Infant  Development  3sh 

HE426  Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3sh 

HE463  Family  and  the  Community  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  (one  track) 

Track  A:  Child  Development 

HE321               Preschool  Education  (Developmental  Programming)  3sh 

HE418               Advanced  Childhood  Development  3sh 

HE420               Practicum  6sh 

HE422               Early  Childhood  Education  3sh 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences — 129 


Track  B:  Family  Relations 

HE324  Family  Dynamics  3sh 

HE424  Family  Issues  3sh 

HE493  Internship  6sh 

Track  C:  Child  Development/Family  Relations 

HE321  Preschool  Education  (Developmental  Programming)  3sh 

HE324  Family  Dynamics  3sh 

HE418  Advanced  Child  Development  3sh 

HE422  Early  Childhood  Education  3sh 

HE424  Family  Issues  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  12 

Human  Ecology  Requirements: 

FN212  Nutrition  3sh 

CS3 1 5  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3sh 

Outside  Courses: 

CM30I  Instructional  Media  3sh 

EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  28-25 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Math  for  Elementary  Teachers  I  or  II  (MA151  or  152)  is  not  acceptable. 

NURSING  DEPARTMENT 

CARLEEN  ZONI,  CHAIRPERSON;  ALLEN,  BELLAK,  BLACK,  BLAIR, 
CATELL,  CUNNINGHAM,  EDWARDS,  HART,  HOLT,  KRESAK, 
KUZNESKI,  POLANSKY,  RIEHL-SISCA,  ROSSITER,  SADLER, 
SETTLEMYER,  SMATLAK,  SNYDER,  SZWARC,  THISTLETHWAITE, 
TWAL,  WALZ 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  offers  a  curriculum  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Nursing.  Students  are  admitted  to  the  nursing  major  as  freshmen.  Upon  completion 
of  the  program,  the  graduate  is  prepared  to  write  the  examination  for  Pennsylvania  licensure  as  a 
registered  nurse.  The  program  is  fully  accredited  by  the  National  League  for  Nursing. 

The  nursing  curriculum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  development  of  competent  professional  nurses  who 
are  liberally  educated,  clinically  competent,  and  aware  of  their  social  responsibilities  as  members  of  the 
health  professions.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  broad  background  in  general  education, 
coupled  with  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  required  for  professional  nursing.  Additionally,  the 
curriculum  prepares  the  nurse  to  practice  within  the  professional  code  of  nursing  ethics,  to  function 
effectively  as  a  member  of  the  health  care  professions,  and  to  utilize  scientific  principles  in  planning 
and  implementing  health  care.  The  objectives  of  the  nursing  program  emphasize  learning  of  concepts 
of  health  and  illness,  disease  prevention,  health  maintenance  and  rehabilitation,  and  provision  of 
health  care  in  acute  care  settings  and  various  community  settings. 

The  first  three  semesters  are  devoted  mainly  to  general  education  and  science  courses  considered 
essential  to  the  nursing  major.  The  first  clinical  nursing  courses  begin  in  the  fourth  semester.  Clinical 
experiences  in  patient  care  are  provided  in  acute  and  long-term  care  facilities  as  well  as  community 
health  agencies  throughout  the  last  five  semesters.  Men  and  women  are  eligible  to  enroll  in  the  nursing 
program.  Detailed  information  is  available  in  the  department  office  regarding  health  screening 
requirements,  professional  uniform  requirements,  liability,  insurance  needs,  and  transportation 
requirements. 


130 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Registered  Nurse  students  are  enrolled  in  the  basic  baccalaureate  program  in  nursing.  They  will  have  a 
genuine  upper  division  major  in  Nursing  and  will  fulfiU  all  degree  requirements  set  by  the  university 
and  the  Nursing  Department.  The  Registered  Nurse  student  may  be  awarded  advanced  standing, 
based  on  prior  work  completed  at  an  accredited  college  or  university,  and  on  exemption  tests  in  nursing 
at  a  given  point  in  the  curriculum. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  NURSING 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  PClOl,  S015!,  two  others  from  list,  PC310 

Science/Math  elective:  not  included — other  sciences  substituted 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 

NU280 

Nursing  Core  I 

NU285 

Nursing  I 

NU302 

Nursing  II 

NU303 

Nursing  IIA 

NU304 

Nursing  III 

NU305 

Nursing  IIIA 

NU322 

Nursing  Core  II 

NU323 

Nursing  Core  III 

NU402 

Nursing  IV 

NU403 

Nursing  IV-A 

NU404 

Nursing  V 

NU405 

Nursing  V-A 

NU422 

Nursing  Core  IV 

NU423 

Nursing  Core  V 

NU430 

Nursing  Research 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Science  Sequence 

BI105 

Cell  Biology 

BI150 

Human  Anatomy 

BI151 

Human  Physiology 

BI241 

General  Microbiology 

FN212 

Nutrition 

PC321 

Abnormal  Psychology 

PY151 

Medical  Physics  Lee 

PY161 

Medical  Physics  Lab 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
5sh 
3sh 
5sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
5sh 
3sh 
5sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  126 


SAFETY  SCIENCES  DEPARTMENT 


NICK  PACALO,  CHAIRPERSON;  CHEKANSKI,  CHRISTENSEN, 
CVEJANOVICH,  FERGUSON,  McCLAY,  McCLOSKY,  REED,  SOULE 

The  depzutment  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences  with  specialization  in 
occupational  safety  and  health.  General  industrial  safety  and  mine  safety  tracks  are  offered  within  this 
curriculum. 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences —  1 3 1 


The  degree  in  Safety  Sciences  prepares  the  student  for  professional  administrative,  managerial,  and 
supervisory  positions  in  industry,  manufacturing,  insurance,  transportation,  utility,  government, 
construction,  trade  service  industries,  and  others.  There  remains  an  acute  need  in  Pennsylvania  and  the 
nation  for  university-educated  occupational  safety  and  health  professionals.  The  curriculum  includes  a 
major  of  36  semester  hours  in  Safety  Sciences  and  an  additional  eighteen  semester  hours  in  related 
professional  courses.  A  variety  of  elective  courses  are  available  in  both  the  major  and  professional 
course  fields  that  enable  students  to  strengthen  their  primary  interest  areas. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  SAFETY  SCIENCES/Industrial  Safety  Track 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  CH 101 -102 

Social  Science:  EC122,  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  elective:  MA217 


S3 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses:  Industrial  Safety  Track 

SA 101  Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

SAI 1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I 

SA2 1 1  Principles  of  I  ndustrial  Safety  1 1 

SA301  Health  Hazard  Identification 

SA303  Control  of  Health  Hazards 

SA3 1 1  Industrial  Fire  Protection 

SA402  Health  Hazard  Evaluation 

SA4 1 2  Evaluation  of  Safety  Programs 

SA493  Internship 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  SA345  or  SA347 

One  additional  SA  elective 


36 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 

3sh 
3sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Additional  Science  and  Math 

MA  1 22  Calculus  for  N  S/S  S/Bus 

PYIII  Physics  I  Lee 

PY112  Physics  II  Lee 

PYI21  Physics  I  Lab 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab 

B 1 1 5  5  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

Behavioral  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  MG3 1 1 ,  PC420  or  SO340 
Computer  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  CO200  or  IM241 
Professional  Courses: 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts 

HP242  Emergency  Health  Care 

Technical  Writing  Elective: 

One  course  from  list:  EN322  or  EN220 


38 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
Ish 

3sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  130 


1 32 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  SAFETY  SCIENCES/Mine  Safety  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  CH 101-102 

Social  Science:  EC122,  PClOl,  S0151 

Science/Math  elective:  MA217 


MAJOR: 

Required  Courses:  Mine  Safety  Track 
SA102  Introduction  to  Mine  Safety 

SAl  1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I 

SA21 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II 

SA23 1  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  1 

SA232  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  II 

SA301  Health  Hazard  Identification 

SA401  Mine  Ventilation 

SA402  Health  Hazard  Evaluation 

SA41 2  Evaluation  of  Safety  Programs 

SA493  Internship 

Controlled  electives: 
One  course  from  list:  SA345  or  SA347 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Additional  Science  and  Math 

MA  1 22  Calculus  for  N  S/S  S/Bus 

PYUl  Physics  I  Lee 

PY112  Physics  II  Lee 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab 

BI 1 55  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

Behavioral  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  MG31 1,  PC420,  or  SO340 
Computer  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  CO200  or  IM241 
Professional  Courses: 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts 

HP242  Emergency  Health  Care 

Technical  Writing  Elective: 

One  course  from  list:  EN322  or  EN220 
Controlled  Electives: 

Three  professional  courses  approved  by  student's  advisor 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 

3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
Ish 

3sh 

9sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  DO 


MINOR  in  SAFETY  SCIENCES 

Required  Courses: 
SAlOl  Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety 

and  Health  Management 
SAl  1 1  Industrial  Safety  Engineering  I 

SA301  Health  Hazard  Identification 


3sh(I) 

3sh(2) 

3sh 


Controlled  Electives: 
Three  SA  courses  approved  by  Department  Chairperson  9sh 

(1)SA102  Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  Management  (may  be  alternative  for 

SAlOl) 
(2)  SA21 1  Industrial  Safety  Engineering  II  (may  be  alternative  for  SAl  1 1) 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 133 


The  CoUege  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 

Mark  Staszkiewicz,  Interim  Dean 
Ruth  Shirey,  Interim  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  has  as  its  objective  the  providing  of  a  liberal  education 
as  the  basis  of  the  student's  preparation  for  a  satisfying  career.  In  a  dynamic  society  such  as  America's, 
a  broad  liberal  education  accompanying  career  preparation  is  virtually  a  necessity.  The  college 
maintains  an  emphasis  upon  fundamental  understanding  and  application  of  the  basic  principles  of  our 
cultural  heritage,  combined  with  development  of  a  thorough  background  of  knowledge  in  the 
student's  specific  area  of  interest.  It  seeks  to  promote  in  students  critical  and  objective  thinking, 
analytical  skill,  and  a  keen  awareness  of  their  responsibilities  to  society  as  it  prepares  them  for  their 
chosen  field. 

The  college's  programs  of  study  are 

Anthropology  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Criminology  International  Studies 

Economics  Journalism 

English  Law  School  Preparation 

Foreign  Languages  and  Philosophy 

International  Trade  Political  Science 

French  Regional  Planning 

Geography  Religious  Studies 

German  Sociology 

Government  and  Public  Service  Spanish 

History 

DEGREES 


The  departments  of  Criminology,  Economics,  English,  French,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning, 
German,  History,  Journalism,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies,  Political  Science,  Spanish  and 
Classical  Languages,  and  Sociology-Anthropology  offer  work  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  is  offered  in  Regional  Planning.  In  addition,  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  is 
offered  by  the  Criminology  Department  at  the  Punxsutawney  campus. 


1 34 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Several  departments  offer  Master  of  Arts  or  Master  of  Science  degrees  in  the  university's  Graduate 
School,  and  the  English  department  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree.  Information  about  these  programs  should  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  university's  General  Education  requirements,  all  students  seeking  a  baccalaureate 
degree  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as 
established  by  the  department  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these  require- 
ments, and  for  those  minoring  in  a  specific  field,  appear  in  the  department  sections  that  follow.  A 
double  major  or  minor  may  encompass  a  discipline  outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be 
selected  only  with  adviser  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in  course 
choice  for  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  majors;  for  specifically  required  courses,  substitutions  in 
any  program  must  have  the  written  approval  of  the  student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college 
dean.  The  intermediate  level  foreign  language  requirement  (a  description  follows)  applies  without 
exception  to  all  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  four-year  degree  programs. 

GENERAL  EDUCATION  LANGUAGE  REQUIREMENTS 

Students  in  the  colleges  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences, 
who  must  pass  the  intermediate  level  language  sequence  (FL25 1  and  252)  as  a  college  requirement  for 
graduation,  may  choose  any  one  of  the  five  languages  offered.  The  six  semester  hours  for  these  courses 
are  part  of  the  General  Education  requirement.  Self-instruction  in  Critical  Languages  fulfills  the 
General  Education  requirement  only  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  The  student 
with  no  previous  foreign  language  study  will  take  FL 15 1-1 52  (three  semester  hours  each)  as  prerequi- 
sites; the  credits  will  not  be  applicable  to  any  college  or  departmental  requirements  but  may  be  counted 
as  general  electives  in  the  total  required  for  graduation.  Generally,  the  student  should  schedule  courses 
in  accordance  with  previous  school  or  practical  background  according  to  the  prior  experience: 

1  year  of  high  school,  or  equivalent,  equals  FL151 

2  years  of  high  school,  or  equivalent,  equals  FL152 

3  years  of  high  school,  or  equivalent,  equals  FL251 

4  years  of  high  school,  or  equivalent,  equals  FL252 

Individual  placement  will  be  determined  during  placement  testing  and  registration  prior  to  the  first 
semester  or  summer  session  at  lUP. 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  lUP,  whose  acquired  native  language  is  other  than  English 
and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable  proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language 
requirement  for  a  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is  majoring  in  does 
not  require  a  specific  language. 

Critical  Language  Program 

This  is  a  self-instructional  course  for  the  study  of  languages  not  taught  in  the  classroom.  The  students 
are  provided  with  texts,  cassettes,  and  the  services  of  a  native  speaker.  A  $40  per  semester  special  fee  for 
audio  services  and  examinations  is  charged  in  addition  to  tuition.  Professional  teachers  of  language 
from  other  universities  will  test  performance.  Students  interested  must  contact  the  coordinator  at  least 
one  semester  before  taking  the  course.  Each  course  is  worth  3sh. 

The  following  languages  are  available  for  study:  Arabic,  Chinese,  Dutch,  Modern  Greek,  Modern 
Hebrew,  Classical  Hebrew,  Hindi,  Hungarian,  Italian,  Japanese,  Korean,  Persian,  Polish,  Por- 
tuguese, Russian,  Serbo-Croatian,  Swahili,  Swedish,  Tagalog,  Thai,  Turkish,  and  Vietnamese. 
Sequence  numbers  CL491  through  CL494  will  be  used  to  designate  blocks  I  through  IV,  respectively, 
of  the  critical  languages.  For  information,  contact  Dr.  Victor  S.  Drescher,  director  of  Critical 
Languages. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 135 


SPECIAL  CREDIT  PROGRAMS 


College  majors  may  be  interested  in  the  various  Foreign  Study  Programs  and  Tours.  Credits  obtained 
through  such  arrangements  normally  are  applicable  toward  a  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree. 
Also  of  interest  are  the  college's  credit-awarding  programs  at  Vjdladolid  (Spain),  Duisburg  (Germany), 
and  Nancy  (France),  as  well  as  the  Summer  Study  in  Jalapa  (Mexico)  Program.  For  information, 
contact  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Humanities  and  Socicil  Sciences. 

lUP  at  Valladolid:  Through  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department,  the  university  has 
offered  a  spring  semester  of  study  at  the  University  of  Valladolid,  Spain,  for  the  past  seventeen  years. 
The  participants  live  in  private  homes.  For  details  and  brochures,  contact  Dr.  Cruz  Mendizabal, 
Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages,  or  the  dean's  office. 

lUP  at  Duisburg:  lUP  has  a  study  abroad  program  at  the  University  of  Duisburg,  West  Germany.  The 
program  is  open  to  German  majors  and  other  students  having  specific  interest  in  a  foreign  study 
expjerience.  Students  must  register  for  FLIOO  and  pay  an  administrative  fee  of  $75  plus  tuition  per 
semester.  For  further  information,  contact  the  dean's  office. 

lUP  at  Nancy:  lUP  has  established  a  study  program  with  the  University  of  Nancy,  France.  Two 
separate  study  programs  are  available.  Program  A  is  intended  for  those  participants  who  have  studied 
advanced  French  courses  and  for  French  majors.  Program  B  is  designed  primarily  for  the  non-  major 
or  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  for  just  one  semester.  Participants  in  the  Nancy  program  must 
register  for  FL  100  and  pay  an  administrative  fee  of  $75  plus  tuition  per  semester.  For  details,  contact 
the  dean's  office. 

lUP  -  MEXICO  SUMMER  PROGRAM  -  The  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department 
sponsors  a  program  of  study  in  Spanish  language  in  Mexico.  The  program  is  located  at  Jalapa  in  the 
state  of  Veracruz,  and  the  cost  of  the  program  includes  transportation,  complete  room  and  board, 
insurance,  tuition,  etc.  The  student  may  earn  up  to  six  hours  of  undergraduate  or  graduate  credit. 
Internship  opportunities  are  available  for  students  with  fluency  in  Spanish.  For  a  detailed  brochure, 
please  contact  the  director,  Foreign  Languages  Study  Abroad  Programs. 

PREPROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  offers  a  preprofessional  program  in  pre-Iaw  that 
prepares  the  student  for  application  to  a  professional  school.  This  is  grounded  in  Social  Sciences  and 
Humanities  and  Business  department(s)  -  Pre-law  in  Business,  Criminology,  Economics,  English, 
History,  Philosophy,  or  Political  Science.  All  programs  are  designed  to  lead  to  a  baccalaureate  degree 
and  prepare  students  for  professional  school. 

Course  work  in  the  pre-law  program  centers  upon  a  carefully  developed  interdisciplinary'  minor.  For 
detailed  guidance  in  pre-law,  students  should  consult  with  the  associate  dean  of  Himianities  and  Social 
Sciences  and/or  the  pre-law  adviser  in  their  major  department. 

INTERNSHIP  PROGRAMS 

Humanities  and  Social  Science  departments  have  established  programs  under  which  students  engage 
in  off-campus  supervised  work  experience  for  credit.  lUP  students  have  worked  in  Harrisburg  as  aides 
to  state  legislators,  with  the  Governor's  Justice  Commission  and  the  Local  Government  Commission, 
and  with  the  Investigations  Division,  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Justice.  Others  have  worked  at 
correctional  institutions  in  Pittsburgh,  Greensburg,  and  Warrendale,  as  peer  group  counselors  on  the 
local  campus,  as  an  assistant  to  the  Pennsylvania  state  Republican  chairperson,  as  on-site  guides  at  the 
United  Nations,  as  workers  on  an  Israeli  kibbutz,  and  as  student  aides  for  the  Department  of 
Education,  Puerto  Rico.  Other  students  have  worked  in  the  Pittsburgh  federal  probation  office.  Many 
students  have  worked  with  major  political  parties  and  candidates  at  the  local  and  state  levels.  At  the 
county  level,  they  have  been  attached  to  the  offices  of  the  county  planner,  the  Common  Pleas  Court, 
coroner,  treasurer,  commissioners,  and  borough  manager.  Students  have  also  worked  in  the  Wash- 
ington offices  of  Pennsylvania  Congressmen  and  in  many  federal  and  international  organizations  in 
Washington  as  well. 


136 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Opportunities  for  internships  in  other  countries  exist.  For  more  information  about  sptcific  internship 
programs,  students  should  consult  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is 
majoring  or  the  dean's  office. 

MINOR  in  ASIAN  STUDIES 

The  Asian  Studies  Minor  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  drawing  on  courses  in  the  departments  of 
Art,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning,  History,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies,  Political  Science, 
and  Sociology /Anthropology. 

This  program  seeks  to  prepare  people  for  membership  in  the  world  community,  to  increase  an 
awareness  and  understanding  of  Asian  peoples  and  cultures,  to  aid  in  understanding  ourselves  through 
understanding  others,  and  to  add  skills  and  knowledge  to  those  seeking  jobs. 

By  specialized  advising,  the  student  may  tailor  selections  to  meet  individual  interests.  For  further 
information,  contact  Dr.  Thomas  Goodrich  in  the  history  department  or  Dr.  Tian-Min  Lin  in  the 
philosophy  and  religious  studies  department. 

Required  courses:  15  credits  from  the  following: 

AN371A  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Japan  3sh 

AN371B  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3sh 

AH424  Art  of  the  East  3sh 

GE256  Geography  of  East  Asia  3sh 

GE257  Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia  3sh 

HI33 1  History  of  the  Modem  Middle  East  3sh 

HI330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3sh 

HI335  History  of  the  Far  East  3sh 

PH3n  Eastern  Philosophy  3sh 

RS312  Biblical  History  and  Palestinian  Archaeology  3sh 

PS383  Political  Systems:  Asia  3sh 

PS384  Political  Systems:  Middle  East  3sh 

MINOR  in  COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE 

Students  electing  a  minor  in  Comparative  Literature  must  complete  fifteen  credit  hours  of  work  in 
Comparative  Literature  courses,  listed  below,  although  EN345,  Classical  Literature,  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  three  of  those  credits.  The  minor  hours  may  not  exceed  a  total  of  nine  in  either  department 
(EN-FL).  In  addition,  the  student  will  be  expected  to  have  completed  the  second-year  sequence  of  a 
foreign  language,  or  its  equivalent,  in  order  to  qualify  for  the  minor.  Since  only  one  course  will  be 
offered  in  any  single  semester,  students  who  enroll  in  the  minor  should  be  aware  that  they  will  need  five 
regular  semesters  to  complete  the  sequence. 

Required  courses:  15  credits  from  the  following: 

EN/FL39 1  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  3sh 

EN/FL392  Renaissance/Baroque/Classical  3sh 

EN/FL393  Romanticism  3sh 

EN/FL394  Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel  in  Translation  3sh 

EN/FL395  Selected  Writers  from  Twentieth-Century  Europe  3sh 

EN/FL396  The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations  3sh 

For  more  information,  contact  Professor  Jessie  Bright  in  the  English  department  or  Dr.  Foster  Jones  in 
the  French  department. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 137 


CRIMINOLOGY  DEPARTMENT 

ROBERT  MUTCHNICK,  CHAIRPERSON;  AUSTIN,  BOGAN,  COHEN, 
MARTIN,  McCAULEY,  McNABB,  MELODINI,  MOVER,  THOMAS, 
WEGENER,  ZIMMERMAN 

The  Department  of  Criminology  offers  men  and  women  who  seek  a  career  in  the  criminology  field  a 
broad  liberal  arts  education  supported  by  a  professional  education  program.  The  degree  offered  is  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  Criminology,  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences;  also  available  are  a  Two-year  Academic  Diploma,  an  Associate  of  Arts  degree,  and  a  minor 
in  Criminology. 

The  program  in  Criminology  has  a  five-fold  objective: 

1 .  The  education  of  students  for  employment  and  leadership  in  the  expanding  field  of  criminology. 

2.  The  education  of  presently  employed  criminal  justice  personnel  who  recognize  the  need  for 
raising  their  educational  level. 

3.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  acquire  an  understanding  of  the  processes  of  criminal 
justice  as  a  cultural  part  of  their  higher  education. 

4.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  graduate  study  and  research  in  criminology. 

5.  A  curriculum  that  provides  an  excellent  foundation  for  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  law. 

Nearly  every  level  of  government  offers  oppwrtunities  for  professional  careers  in  criminology.  Employ- 
ment opportunities  normally  exist  in  more  than  fifty  federal  agencies,  including  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation,  U.S.  Secret  Service,  Bureau  of  Narcotics,  Intelligence  Division  (IRS),  Inspection  Service 
(IRS),  Alcohol  Tobacco  Tax  Division  (IRS),  State  Department  Security,  Atomic  Energy  Commission, 
and  military  investigative  branches. 

Both  men  and  women  will  find  employment  opportunities  in  parole  and  probation  work  for  federal, 
state,  and  local  governments  and  institutional  careers  concerned  with  the  custody  and  treatment  of 
juveniles  and  adults  at  all  levels  of  government.  In  addition,  many  police  departments  have  specialized 
units  dealing  with  juveniles,  community  relations,  training,  and  research.  There  are  a  wide  variety  of 
opportunities  in  traffic  administration  and  investigative  and  security  activities  in  the  commercial  and 
industrial  fields. 

Career  opportunities  are  available  also  in  research  and  teaching  at  the  college  and  university  level  and 
in  research  divisions  of  agencies  in  the  field  of  administration  of  justice. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  CRIMINOLOGY 

(;KNERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

CR102  Survey  of  Criminology  3sh 

CR210  Criminology  Law  3sh 

CR3(X)  Complex  Organization  3sh 

CR306  Research  Methods  3sh 

CR400  Theoretical  Criminology  3sh 

'"''"^'  Contemporary  Issues  3sh 


138 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 
One  course  from  list:  CR416,  451,  470, 491 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (2) 


3sh 
15sh(l) 


36 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493:  Internship  may  be  applied  to  36sh  minimum  in  major. 

(2)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  without  special  approval. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  CRIMINOLOGY/Pre-Law 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  language  III  and  IV 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
CR102 
CR210 
CR300 
CR306 
CR400 
CR401 


Survey  of  Criminology 

Criminology  Law 

Complex  Organization 

Research  Methods 

Theoretical  Criminology 

Contemporary  Issues 
Controlled  electives: 
One  course  from  list:  CR416, 451,  470,  491 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  minor 
At  least  one  course  from  six  areas: 
Business:  AD235,  AG201,  AG202 
Economics:  EC121,  EC122,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  H1320,  H1321,  HI346 
Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222,  PH327 
PoUtical  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 

FREE  ELECTIVES: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
I5sh(l) 


52 


36 


21 


15 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493:  Internship  may  be  applied  to  36sh  minimum  in  major. 

(2)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  without  special  approval. 


ASSOCIATE  OF  ARTS  in  CRIMINOLOGY  (offered  only  at  Punxsutawney) 


GENERAL  EDUCATION: 

English:  EN101,EN102 
Mathematics:  MAlOl  or  substitute 
Natural  Science:  laboratory  sequence 
Social  Science:  PClOl,  PSlll,  S0151 


27 


7sh 
3sh 
8sh 
9sh 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 139 


18 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

OTHER  REQUIRKMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  60 


\JOR: 

Required  courses 

CRIOI 

General  Administration  of  Justice 

CR102 

Survey  of  Criminology 

CR210 

Criminology  Law 

CR270 

Juvenile  Justice  System 

CR283 

Police  Patrol  Management 

CR291 

Theory  and  Techniques  of  Interviewing 

MINOR  in  CRIMINOLOGY  (1) 


INOR: 

Required  courses 

CR102 

Survey  of  Criminology 

CR210 

Criminal  Law 

CR300 

Complex  Organization 

CR306 

Research  Methods 

CR400 

Theoretical  Criminology 

CR401 

Contemporary  Issues 

18 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

(I)  Note:  must  have  formal  criminology  department  approval  to  be  admitted  to  minor  in  Criminology. 

ECONOMICS  DEPARTMENT 

DONALD  A.  WALKER,  CHAIRPERSON;  ASAMOAH,  CROSS,  DYAL, 
GARVIN,  HOLT,  HUFF,  KARATJAS,  MARTEL,  RADAKOVIC, 
RADELL,  STONEBRAKER,  WARE 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  programs  to  meet  the  needs  of  lUP  students  in  three  general 
areas:  a  program  that  prepares  students  majoring  in  economics  for  graduate  school  or  immediate 
employment;  a  program  that  prepares  students  to  teach  Economics  on  the  high  school  le\el;  and  a  pre- 
law program  for  Economics  majors  who  wish  to  go  to  law  school. 

The  program  for  Economics  majors  is  designed  for  those  who  intend  to  pursue  careers  as  economists 
in  education,  government,  industry,  Tmance,  or  commerce.  The  economist  in  today's  world  occupies 
an  increasingly  important  position,  and  great  opportunity  exists  for  qualified  people. 

Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Economics  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
major  in  Social  Sciences,  concentrating  in  Economics. 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  several  concentrations  in  particular  aspects  of  Economics.  The 
concentrations  are  designed  to  equip  students  with  the  education  and  skills  that  will  enable  them  to 
obtain  a  position  in  government  or  private  business  upon  completion  of  the  undergraduate  degree.  The 
department  provides  verification  that  students  have  completed  a  concentration,  and  they  may  also 
have  the  information  recorded  on  their  transcripts.  These  concentrations  are  not  restricted  to  Econom- 
ics majors.  The  concentrations  available  at  present  are 


140 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Competition  and  Public  Policy 
Economics  of  Government  Affairs 
International  Economics 
Labor  Economics 
Managerial  Economics 
Monetary  Economics 
Quantitative  Economics 

Detailed  information  regarding  these  concentrations  may  be  obtained  from  the  department 
chairperson. 

Economics  101 :  Basic  Economics  may  be  taken  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  Social  Sciences  segment  of 
the  university's  General  Education  requirement.  Economics  101  cannot  be  programmed  by  Econom- 
ics majors  or  minors,  by  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business,  or  by  students  in  the  College  of 
Education  who  are  contemplating  teaching  social  science  on  the  high  school  level.  Instead,  Economics 
121:  Principles  of  Economics  I  should  be  taken  by  these  students,  since  it  serves  as  a  foundation  for 
many  advanced  Economics  courses.  Students  can  receive  credit  toward  graduation  for  either  EC  101  or 
EC  121  but  not  both.  The  department  will  accept  either  EC  121  or  EC  122  for  General  Education  credit 
as  a  substitute  for  EC  101. 

Students  majoring  in  other  fields  are  welcome  to  choose  Economics  courses  among  the  upper-division 
electives.  These  courses  are  designed  to  aid  the  student  in  developing  sophisticated  insights  into 
economic  issues  and  are  valuable  in  many  ways,  regardless  of  the  student's  ultimate  vocation. 

It  is  recommended  that  Economics  majors  take  a  minor  in  one  of  the  other  Social  Sciences,  in 
Business,  or  in  Mathematics.  A  minor  in  Mathematics  is  strongly  recommended  for  those  whose  future 
may  include  graduate  work  in  Economics. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  ECONOMICS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Social  Science:  EC  121 

MAJOR:  27 

Required  courses: 

EC121  Principles  of  Economics  I  *sh 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

EC305  Math  for  Economists  I  3sh(l) 

EC355  Statistics  for  Economists  3sh(2) 

EC421  Macro  Analysis  3sh 

EC422  Micro  Analysis  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  EC  courses  12sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  45 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  MA  121,  MA  123  or  MA  127  may  be  substituted  for  EC305 

(2)  MA214,  MA217  or  MA363  may  be  substituted  for  EC355 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 141 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  ECONOMlCS/Pre-law 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 
Social  Science:  EC  121 

MAJOR:  27 

Required  courses: 

EC  121  Principles  of  Economics  I  *sh 

EC122  Principlesof  Economics  II  3sh 

EC305  Math  for  Economists  I  3sh(l) 

EC355  Statistics  for  Economists  3sh(2) 

EC421  Macro  Analysis  3sh 

EC422  Micro  Analysis  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  EC  courses  12sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  minor  21 

At  least  one  course  from  six  areas: 
Business:  AD235,  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR210,  CR260 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  HI320,  HI321,  HI346 
Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222,  PH327 
Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS36I 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  24 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

( 1 )  MA  1 2 1 ,  MA  1 23 ,  or  MA  1 27  may  be  substituted  for  EC305 

(2)  MA214,  MA217,  or  MA363  may  be  substituted  for  EC355 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
EDUCATION/Economics  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC121,  HI  104,  PClOl 

MAJOR:  30-39 

Required  courses  —  Economics  Track 

EC121  Principles  of  Economics  I  *sh(l) 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

EC  electives  (not  EC  101)  9sh(2) 
Controlled  electives  —  Social  Sciences  major 

Two  courses  in  Geography  6sh(3) 

Two  courses  in  History  6sh(3) 

Two  courses  in  Political  Science  6sh(3) 

Two  courses  in  Sociology/ Anthropology  6sh(3) 

One  additional  social  science  course  3sh(3) 


142 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

ED455               Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                Educational  Test  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  American  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  3-12 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Credit  for  EC12I  is  counted  in  the  General  Education  requirements. 

(2)  MA121, 123, 127,  214,  217,  or  363  may  be  substituted  for  one  EC  elective. 

(3)  Courses  included  among  the  General  Education  social  science  electives  may  reduce  the  number 
of  courses  required  in  this  area. 


MINOR  in  ECONOMICS 

MINOR  15 

Required  courses: 
EC  1 2 1  Principles  of  Economics  I  3sh 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

Three  courses  from  EC200  or  higher  9sh 

ENGLISH  DEPARTMENT 

JAMES  GRAY,  CHAIRPERSON;  AGHBAR,  BERLIN,  BETTS,  J. 
BRIGHT,  L.  BRIGHT,  CAHALAN,  COLLINS-STOCKTON,  COOK, 
CUREY,  DANDURAND,  J.  DAVIS,  DAY,  EMERICK,  FREUND,  FRITZ, 
GEBHARD,  F.  GRAY,  GRUBB,  HALDEMAN,  HARTWELL,  HAYWARD, 
HAZLEY,  B.  HUDSON,  S.  HUDSON,  HURLBERT,  R.G.  JOHNSON, 
KRASZEWSKI,  KRUPNIK,  McANDREW,  D.  McCLURE,  McMANMON, 
MURPHY,  NANIA,  RAFOTH,  RAY,  B.  ROFFMAN,  R.  ROFFMAN, 
RUFFNER,  R.  SHAFER,  SMITS,  SWIGART,  TANNACITO,  R.L. 
THOMAS,  WADDELL,  WILLIAMSON,  T.K.  WILSON,  WOODWORTH, 
YARUP 

For  individuals  who  want  both  a  sound  education  and  a  program  that  prepares  them  for  today's 
changing  and  highly  competitive  job  market,  the  English  department  at  lUP  offers  a  variety  of 
practical  programs. 

Training  in  reading  and  writing  is  central  to  all  courses  of  study  in  the  field  of  English.  All  English 
majors  are  expected  to  develop  their  language  skills  to  a  professional  level  of  competence,  because 
these  skills  are  in  such  short  supply  and  great  demand  today. 

Course  choices  depend  upon  the  student's  career  goals.  For  those  who  plan  to  teach,  there  are  two 
options:  English  Education  or  Communication  Education.  Both  programs  were  recently  revised,  and 
both  are  highly  successful  in  placing  graduates  in  the  teaching  field. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 143 


For  those  who  are  planning  a  career  in  law  or  ancillary  fields,  the  English  Pre-Law  program  is 
challenging  and  effective. 

And  for  those  who  want  a  flexible,  interdisciplinary  orientation,  English  Humanities  offers  a  variety  of 
traditional  and  nontraditional  areas  of  specialization,  permitting  each  student  to  tailor  a  program  to 
suit  his  or  her  needs. 

The  department  offers  the  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  English,  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
English  Education,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Communication  Education. 

ENGLISH  HUMANITIES 

The  English  Department  has  instituted  a  new  curriculum  for  the  Humanities  English  major,  one  which 
emphasizes  several  of  the  traditional  concerns  of  English  literary  study  in  nontraditional  ways. 
Specifically,  the  student  satisfies  the  literature  requirements  by  taking  preliminary  courses  which 
survey  English  and  American  literature  and  then  choosing  particular  courses  from  each  of  five 
categories,  each  category  reflecting  a  specific  focus. 

One  category  focuses  upon  literature  as  a  "mode  of  awareness,"  a  philosophic  emphasis,  and  offers 
such  courses  as  "The  Metaphoric  Perspective,"  "Symbol  and  Allegory,"  "The  Oral  Tradition,"  etc. 

A  second  category  views  literature  from  an  historical  perspective  and  offers  such  courses  as  "The 
Puritan  Mind  in  England  and  America,"  "The  Renaissance,"  and  "Romanticism." 

A  third  category  examines  literature  from  a  psychological  point  of  view  through  such  courses  as  "Myth 
in  Literature,"  "Hero  and  Anti-Hero,"  and  "The  Literature  of  Alienation." 

The  fourth  category  deals  with  social  considerations  of  perennial  importance  and  offers  such  courses 
as  "War  in  Literature,"  "Poverty  and  Class,"  and  "Man  in  the  Natural  World." 

The  fifth  category  examines  the  literary  output  of  a  single  major  author:  Chaucer,  Shakespeare, 
Milton,  or  a  major  American  author  or  authors. 

A  comprehensive  exam  measures  each  student's  level  of  achievement  with  "Pass,"  "Distinction,"  or 
"Honors"  noted  on  the  student's  departmental  records. 

Courses  from  other  areas  (Critical,  Creative  and  Technical  Writing,  Speech,  Film,  Language,  and 
Communication  Studies)  complement  the  literature  program  selected  by  the  student  with  his  or  her 
adviser's  assistance. 

EDUCATION  PROGRAMS 

The  English  department  offers  two  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree:  one  in  English 
Education  and  one  in  Communication  Education.  Graduates  of  these  programs  are  prepared  to  teach 
in  middle,  junior  high,  and  senior  high  schools.  Job  opportunities  in  these  areas  have  risen  significantly 
in  the  past  few  years. 

The  English  Education  majors  receive  all  of  the  usual  professional  training,  including  practical 
experience  in  methods  courses  and  student  teaching,  but  they  are  also  graduated  with  a  thorough 
preparation  in  the  subject  matter  areas  of  literature,  language,  and  composition.  Although  most 
students  choosing  an  English  Education  major  will  be  fitted  both  by  training  and  desire  for  the 
secondary  school  classroom,  those  who  opt  not  to  teach  will  find  that  their  speaking  and  writing  skills 
can  be  useful  to  the  media,  governmental  services,  and  industries. 


144 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Because  today's  public  schools  must  prepare  young  people  to  communicate  effectively  in  a  variety  of 
ways,  the  English  Department  offers  Communication  Education,  a  degree  program  which  trains 
students  to  teach  in  at  least  one  area  in  addition  to  traditional  literature  and  composition.  Each  student 
in  this  major  takes  basic  courses  in  literature,  composition,  language,  speech,  media,  and  reading  and 
then  concentrates  in  one  of  six  specialties:  literature,  linguistic  science,  writing,  speech,  theater,  and 
non-print  media. 

Program  requirements  are  available  at  the  English  department  office.  Requirements  include  a  port- 
folio of  written  work,  faculty  evaluations,  and  an  annual  review  of  progress. 

PRE-LAW  ENGLISH 

One  can  hardly  imagine  a  successful  lawyer  who  does  not  possess  excellent  skills  in  writing  and 
speaking  and  who  is  not  able  to  analyze  a  problem  and  explain  its  solution  in  clear,  logical  terms.  Pre- 
Law  English  prepares  the  student  especially  well  in  these  areas  and  provides  the  skills  and  knowledge 
needed  to  do  well  in  the  law  school  admissions  examination. 

In  addition,  the  English  department  offers  at  regular  intervals  a  section  of  Advanced  Composition 
designed  to  fit  the  needs  of  pre-law  students.  Many  graduates  have  had  successful  internship 
experiences  in  the  offices  of  practicing  attorneys  and  government  agencies. 

MINORS  IN  ENGLISH  DEPARTMENT 

To  minor  in  English,  15  semester  hours  in  English  are  required  beyond  the  General  Education 
requirement  of  ENlOl,  EN102,  andEN201. 

To  minor  in  speech,  18  semester  hours  in  Speech  courses  are  required. 

To  minor  in  Comparative  Literature,  15  semester  hours  of  Comparative  Literature  hours  are  required. 

ENGLISH  AS  A  SECOND  LANGUAGE  (ESL)  PROGRAM 

The  English  department  English  as  a  Second  Language  curriculum  consists  of  a  sequence  of  courses: 
EN150,  lOO(ESL),  101(ESL),  102(ESL),  and  201(ESL),  in  which  a  special  curriculum,  materials,  and 
methods  of  instruction  are  used  to  allow  non-native  students  of  English  the  opportunity  to  gain 
complete  language  proficiency  for  academic  success  and  personal  understanding  of  the  second  culture. 

These  ESL  courses  and  sections  satisfy  the  same  university  and  college  requirements  as  the  non-ESL 
course  equivalents.  Only  non-native  students  are  permitted  to  enroll  in  English  course  sections 
designated  "ESL."  Placement  of  all  non-native  students  in  the  ESL  courses  and  sections  is  determined 
by  the  results  of  the  English  department  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test. 

THE  WRITING  CENTER 

In  conjunction  with  the  Learning  Center,  the  English  department  maintains  a  writing  center,  which  all 
students  are  encouraged  to  use.  Instructors  may  recommend  students  to  the  center,  or  students  may 
seek  help  on  their  own.  Call  the  English  department  for  information  on  hours  of  operation. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 145 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  ENGLISH 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  ENlOl,  EN102,  EN210 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 
EN211  English  Literature  to  the  Restoration  3sh 

EN212  English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900  3sh 

EN2I3  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  Present  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list  A:  EN350,  351,  352,  353  3sh 

One  course  from  list  B:  EN360,  361 ,  362,  363  3sh 

One  course  from  list  C:  EN370,  37 1 .  372,  373  3sh 

One  course  from  list  D:  EN380,  38 1 ,  382,  383  3sh 

One  course  from  list  E:  EN208,  209,  310,  31 1  3sh 

312,  313,  329,  330,  331,  332,  333,  334 
One  course  from  list  F:  EN220,  221,  320,  321,  322  3sh 

One  course  from  list  G:  EN  340,  341 ,  342,  343  3sh 

Two  courses  from  list  H :  Any  two  Special  Topics  courses 

(EN  481)  or  any  two  courses  from  Lists  A  through  G 

above,  or  a  combination  of  one  Special  Topics  (EN 

481)  and  one  course  from  Lists  A  through  G  above, 

or  the  Senior  Seminar  (EN  480)  in  combination  with 

either  any  Special  Topics  (EN  48 1 )  or  any  course 

from  Lists  A  through  G  above.  6sh(l) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

Comprehensive  Examination  at  conclusion  of  senior  year 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  36 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Any  EN481  course  must  have  prior  approval  from  department  chair  if  it  is  to  apply  to  the  student's 
major. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  ENGLISH/Pre-law 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  ENlOl,  EN102,  EN210 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 
EN211  English  Literature  to  the  Restoration  3sh 

EN212  English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900  3sh 

EN213  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  Present  3sh 


146 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 
One  course  from  list  A:  EN350,  351,  352,  353  3sh 

One  course  from  list  B:  EN360,  361 ,  362,  363  3sh 

One  course  from  list  C:  EN370,  371 ,  372,  373  3sh 

One  course  from  list  D:  EN380,  381,  382,  383  3sh 

One  course  from  list  E:  EN208, 235,  3 10,  3 1 1  3sh 

312,  313,  329,  330,  331,  323,  333,  334 
One  course  from  list  F:  EN220, 221,  222,  223,  321,  324  3sh 

One  course  from  list  G:  EN340,  341 ,  342,  343  3sh 

Two  courses  from  list  H:  Any  two  Special  Topics  courses 

(EN481)  or  any  two  courses  from  Lists  A  through  G 

above,  or  a  combination  of  one  Special  Topics  (EN 

481)  and  one  course  from  Lists  A  through  G  above, 

or  the  Senior  Seminar  (EN480)  in  combination  with 

either  any  Special  Topics  (EN481),  or  any  course 

from  Lists  A  through  G  above .  6sh  ( 1 ) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Pre-law  interdiscipUnary  minor  21 

At  least  one  course  from  six  areas: 

Business:  AD235,  AG201,  AG202 

Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR210,  CR260 

Economics:  EC121,  EC122,  EC332 

History:  HI320,  HI321,  HI346 

Philosophy:  PH 101,  PH222,  PH327 

Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 
Comprehensive  Examination  at  conclusion  of  senior  year 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Any  EN481  course  must  have  prior  approval  from  department  chair  if  it  is  to  apply  to  the  student's 
major. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  COMMUNICATIONS 
EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  ENlOl,  EN102,  EN210 

Fine  Arts:  TH 101 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PC  101 

MAJOR:  37 

Required  courses: 

EN209  Language  of  Media  3sh 

EN214  The  Novel  3sh 

EN215  Poetry  3sh 

EN216  Short  Fiction  3sh 

EN217  Drama  3sh 

EN220  Advanced  Composition  I  3sh 

EN310  Oral  Communications  3sh 

EN329  The  History  of  the  English  Language  Ish 

EN330  The  Structure  of  the  English  Language  3sh 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 147 


Controlled  electives:  One  teaching  specialty  12sh 

Literature:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  340,  341,  350's,  360's 

370*s,  380's,  480 
Linguistics:  EN33 1,332,  333 
Speech:  EN31 1,312,  313 
Theater:  Any  four  TH  courses 
Writing:  EN221,  320,  321,  322,  324  (required) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 


CM301 

Instructional  Media 

3sh 

ED242 

Pre-student  Teaching  1 

Ish 

ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

Ish 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

ish 

ED452 

Teaching  of  English  and  Communication  in  the 
Secondary  School 

3sh 

EP302 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

3sh 

FE302 

History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 

3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  5 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  ENGLISH  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  EN  101,  EN  102,  EN210 

Fine  Arts:  TH  101 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PClOl 

MAJOR:  37 

Required  courses: 
EN214  The  Novel  3sh 

EN215  Poetry  3sh 

EN216  Short  Fiction  3sh 

EN217  Drama  3sh 

EN220  Advanced  Composition  I  3sh 

EN310  Oral  Communications  3sh 

EN324  Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  3sh 

EN329  The  History  of  the  English  Language  Ish 

EN330  The  Structure  of  the  English  Language  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  Any  four  additional  courses  from  lists  12sh 

Literature:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  340,  341.  350's,  360's 

370's,  380's,  480 
Linguistics:  EN331,  332,  333 
Speech:  EN31 1,312,  313 
Theater:  Any  four  TH  courses 
Writing:  EN221,  320,  321,  322,  324  (required) 


148 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 


CM301 

Instructional  Media 

3sh 

ED242 

Pre-student  Teaching  I 

Ish 

ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

Ish 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

Ish 

ED452 

Teaching  of  English  and  Communication  in  the 

3sh 

Secondary  School 

EP302 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

3sh 

FE302 

History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 

3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  5 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

FRENCH  DEPARTMENT 

ROBERT  L.  WHITMER,  CHAIRPERSON;  FISEL,  HENRY,  JONES, 
LISCINSKY,  McCREARY,  OP  DE  BEECK 

The  Department  of  French  offers  a  varied  curriculum  designed  to  provide  not  only  basic  language 
instruction  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies  needed  by  language  specialists  and  students 
hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an  international  study  experience.  For  the  French  major,  the  department 
has  three  degree  programs:  B.S.  in  Secondary  Education,  B.A.  in  Liberal  Arts,  and  the  B.  A.  in  French 
for  International  Trade.  The  latter  degree  program  provides  solid  undergraduate  training  preparatory 
to  an  M.B.A.  in  International  Marketing  and  Finance. 

Students  majoring  in  French  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the  language  and  enter  more 
deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of  Francophone  countries.  They  will  also  gain  some 
knowledge  of  the  linguistic  development  of  the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  French  majors 
generally  find  employment  in  government  work,  librarianship,  journalism,  foreign  trade,  airlines, 
tourism,  business,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing  careers  as  secondary  school  teachers  will  find  the 
close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology  offered  by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  the  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences  must  pass  the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (FL25 1  and  FL252)  or 
demonstrate  that  they  have  somehow  acquired  the  equivalent  proficiency  level.  Students  from  the 
other  colleges  may  choose  to  take  French  (any  appropriate  level)  to  fulfill  a  Humanities  elective.  Any 
student  who  chooses  French  has  an  option  to  enroll  in  the  traditional,  three-credit-per-semester 
courses  or  the  intensive,  six-credit  track  (DILM)  which  provides  maximum  opportunity  for  conversa- 
tional practice  in  small  groups  under  the  direction  of  trained  assistants. 

Placement/Exemption 

The  student  with  no  previous  French  study  will  take  FR151  and  152  or  FRIOl  as  a  prerequisite. 
Students  with  previous  French  study  will  be  placed  into  the  appropriate  course  level  by  means  of  a 
written  departmental  exam  administered  in  the  summer  for  entering  freshmen  and  during  the  first 
week  of  each  term  for  other  students. 

No  student  judged  to  be  a  native  speaker  of  French  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  course  below  the  300 
level,  with  the  exception  of  FR254. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 149 


Second  Foreign  Language  Certification 

A  foreign  language  education  major  may  be  certified  in  French  as  the  second  language  after 

completing  24  semester  hours  in  P"rench  as  follows: 

FR25 1-252  or  FR201  6sh 

FR22I-222  4sh 

FR35 1-352  6sh 

FR32 1-322  2sh 

FR36 1-362  6sh 

French  for  Elementary  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  may  elect  a  concentration  of  18  semester  hours  of  French, 

consisting  of  the  following: 

FR25 1-252  or  FR201  6sh 

FR22 1-222  4sh 

FR35 1-352  6sh 

FR32 1-322  2sh 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  interested  in  bilingual  elementary  teaching  may,  through  special 
scheduling  arrangements,  increase  the  concentration  in  French  to  include  foreign  study  and  foreign 
child-  centered  internship  experience. 

Study  Abroad  -  Nancy,  France 

lUP  has  established  a  study  abroad  center  in  Nancy,  France.  All  majors  are  encouraged  to  participate 
in  the  Study  Abroad  Program,  especically  those  seeking  the  International  Trade  Degree.  Students  have 
an  option  to  participate  in  a  full  year  or  one  semester  program  (fall  or  spring).  A  six-week  summer 
session  has  been  added  to  the  options  available.  Nonmajors  may  be  accepted  into  any  of  the  programs 
but  must  enter  the  language  courses  offered  in  the  Cours  pour  eirangers  (Courses  for  Foreign 
Students).  All  credits  are  evaluated  by  the  department  as  transfer  credits.  For  further  information 
regarding  the  cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Internships 

The  Department  of  French,  through  contacts  with  certain  French  companies  and  through  its  affiliation 
with  the  ICN  (Institut  Commercial  de  Nancy),  is  able  to  place  summer  interns  in  Paris  and  other  sites  in 
France.  The  internship  (generally  6  to  12  credits)  is  viewed  as  a  highly  desirable  culminating  experience 
following  study  in  Nancy.  For  further  information,  contact  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  at  least 
six  months  in  advance. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  FRENCH 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  46 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  HI  102  (recommended) 

Humanities:  French  III  and  IV  (included  in  major)  recommend  HIIOI 

i  MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

FR221  French  Conversation  III  2sh 

FR222  French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321  Advanced  Conversation  1  Ish 

FR322  Advanced  Conversation  11  Ish 

FR251  French  III  3sh 


150 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FR252  French  IV  3sh 

FR351  Advanced  French  Language  I  3sh 

FR352  Advanced  French  Language  II  3sh 

FR361  Development  of  French  Cuhure  and  Literature  I  3sh 

FR362  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  French  electives:  12sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  FRENCH  FOR  INTERNATIONAL  TRADE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  (recommend  EN201  in  Europe) 

Humanities:  French  III  and  IV  included  in  major 

Fine  Arts:  (recommend  in  Europe) 

MINOR: 

Required  Courses: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PSIOI,  HII02,  PClOl 

Science/Math  elective:  MA214 

MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

FR221  French  Conversation  III  2sh 

FR222  French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321  Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

FR322  Advanced  Conversation  II  Ish 

FR25I  French  III  3sh 

FR252  French  IV  3sh 

FR253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3sh 

FR254  Commercial  French  3sh 

FR35 1  Advanced  French  Language  I  3sh 

FR352  Advanced  French  Language  II  3sh 

FR36I  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

FR362  Developmentof  French  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  additional  FR  electives  (advanced  levels)  6sh( I ) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Business  Sequence: 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG20I  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

ECI22  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Introduction  to  Management  Information  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences —  1 5 1 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  8 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (up  to  1 8)  in  semester  or  year  abroad. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SECONDARY  FRENCH 
EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  46 

with  the  following  specincations: 

Social  Science:  H1104,  PC  101 

Junior  Standing,  Speech/Hearing  Test 

MAJOR:  33 

Required  courses: 

FR221  French  Conversation  III  2sh 

FR222  French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321  Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

FR322  Advanced  Conversation  11  Ish 

FR251  French  111  3sh 

FR252  French  IV  3sh(l) 

FR35 1  Advanced  French  Language  I  3sh 

FR352  Advanced  French  Language  11  3sh 

FR361  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

FR362  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  11  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  FR  electives  9sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Professional  Education  sequence  30 


CM301 

Instructional  Media 

3sh 

ED242 

Pre-student  Teaching  I 

Ish 

ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

Ish 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

Ish 

ED453 

Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the  Secondary 
School 

3sh(2) 

EP302 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

3sh 

FE302 

History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 

3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  FR253  may  be  substituted  for  FR252. 

(2)  ED453  offered  only  in  fall  semester 


MINOR  IN  FRENCH  21 

Required  courses: 

FR251-252         French  111  and  IV  6sh 

FR22 1  -222         French  Conversation  1 1 1  and  I V  4sh 

FR351-352         Advanced  French  Language  1  and  11  6sh 

FR32 1-322         Advanced  Conversation  1  and  II  2sh 

FR361  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Lit  1  3sh 


1 52 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  REGIONAL  PLANNING 
DEPARTMENT 

BALLAS,  BEGG,  BUCKWALTER,  FORBES,  KULKARNI,  MILLER, 
SANDERS,  G.  SECHRIST,  R.  SECHRIST,  SHIREY,  STRACHAN, 
TEPPER,  ZACUR 

GEOGRAPHY  has  several  traditions  of  study.  Two  of  the  more  important  traditions  are  the  study  of 
relationships  between  man  and  environment  or  the  ecological  tradition  and  the  study  of  spatial 
organization,  which  involves  the  way  man  uses  space  on  the  earth's  surface.  In  both  traditions  the 
focus  is  on  understanding  regions  of  the  world  and  the  interactions  within  and  between  them. 
Geographers  make  important  contributions  to  the  understanding  of  all  aspects  of  man's  use  of  and 
impact  on  the  earth's  surface. 

REGIONAL  PLA^4NING  involves  preparing  for  the  future.  The  demands  and  effects  of  a  large  and 
growing  population  require  that  land  use,  resource  use,  settlement  patterns,  transportation  systems, 
and  economic  activity  be  planned.  Regional  planning  is  concerned  with  the  social,  locational,  and 
environmental  aspects  of  these  planning  decisions.  In  the  1980s,  economic  development  has  become 
an  important  focus. 

GEOGRAPHY  and  REGIONAL  PLANNING  are  in  the  same  department  because  "Planning  is  the 
art  of  which  geography  is  the  science." 

Employment  opportunities  for  geographers  and  regional  planners  are  good.  Students  will  find  a  wide 
variety  of  positions  in  government,  business,  industry,  planning,  and  education  available.  Environ- 
mental and  locational  knowledge  gained  in  the  department's  programs  provide  skills  needed  in  the  job 
market.  Students  interested  in  obtaining  additional  career  information  should  visit  the  departmental 
office  in  Room  2,  Leonard  Hall. 

Three  degree  programs  are  offered  by  the  department:  ( 1 )  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Geography;  (2)  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Regional  Planning;  and  (3)  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science  Education  with  a 
concentration  in  Geography. 

A  minor  in  geography  is  appropriate  for  majors  in  all  other  fields  of  the  natural  and  social  sciences. 
Students  of  business  also  find  this  minor  relevant.  A  minor  consists  of  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester 
hours  in  geography.  A  student  may  elect  any  combination  of  courses  for  the  minor.  The  department 
suggests  that  students  take  the  core  program  if  they  anticipate  doing  graduate  work  in  geography. 
Students  might  also  consider  concentrating  in  one  of  the  areas  of  the  field,  such  as  physical/ 
environmental,  human/cultural,  research  and  techniques,  or  regional  geography. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  GEOGRAPHY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Natural  Science:  GSlOl/102,  103/104  or  GS121/122,  131/132 

Science/Math  electives:  COl  10  or  CO200  recommended 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 1 53 


MAJOR: 

36 

Required  courses: 

GE230               Cultural  Geography 

GE241               Physical  Geography 

GE3 1 2               Research  in  Geography  and  Planning 

GE41 1               Geography:  Thought  and  Philosophy 
Controlled  electives: 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

One  course  from  GE25 1-257 

3sh 

One  course  from  GE3 1 3-3 1 4 

3sh 

Six  courses  (18cr)  from  any  other  GE  courses 

18sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

0 

FREE  ELECTIVES: 

36 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS: 

124 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  REGIONAL  PLANNING 

GEN  ERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Natural  Science:  GSlOl/102,  103/104,  or  GS121/I22,  131/132  recommended 

Social  Science:  EC  121,  PS  1 1 1,  SOI 51  recommended 

Science/Math  electives:  CO  1 10  or  C0200 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

GE3 12               Research  in  Geography  and  Planning  3sh 

GE360               Introduction  to  Planning  3sh 

GE361                Planning:  Basic  Study  and  Analysis  3sh 

GE462               Planning:  Development,  Principles,  and  Theory                          3sh 

GE463               Planning:  Design  3sh 

GE464               Land  Use  Policy  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  GE3 13-314  3sh 

Three  courses  from  GE230,  23 1 ,  241 ,  33 1 ,  335,  336,  341 ,  9sh 

342 

Two  courses  from  GE313  or  314,  332, 415, 440  6sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  36-42 

Interdisciplinary  minor  (21sh)  or 
Minor  in  approved  field  (15-21sh) 
Internship  (GE498)  strongly  recommended. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


1 54 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
EDUCATION/Geography  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  GElOl,  GE102,  HI104,  PClOl 

MAJOR: 

Controlled  electives:  Geography  concentration 

One  course  from  GE23 1  or  GE323  3sh 

One  course  from  GE341  or  GE342  3sh 

Two  courses  from  GE25 1 ,  252,  253,  254,  255,  256,  257  6sh 

One  additional  GE  course  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  Social  Science  major 

Two  courses  in  Economics  6sh  ( 1 ) 

Two  courses  in  History  6sh  ( 1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Political  Science  6sh(l) 

Two  courses  in  Sociology /Anthropology  6sh(  1 ) 

One  additional  social  science  course  3sh(l) 


CM301 

Instructional  Media 

ED242 

Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  11 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

ED442 

School  Law 

ED455 

Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary 

School 

EP302 

Educational  Psychology 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

FE302 

History  and  Philosophy  of  American  Education 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (1)  0 

(1)  Courses  included  among  the  General  Education  social  science  electives  may  reduce  the  number  of 
courses  required  in  this  area  and  permit  free  electives. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

GERMAN  DEPARTMENT 

HAROLD  M.  SOMMER,  CHAIRPERSON;  BRODE,  READY, 
SULLIVAN,  VOELKER 

The  Department  of  German  offers  three  degree  programs:  the  B.A.  in  German,  the  B.A.  in  German 
for  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.  in  Ed.  in  Secondary  German  Education. 

While  majoring  in  the  German  department,  students  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the 
language  and  develop  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of  the 
German-speaking  countries.  They  will  also  gain  knowledge  of  the  linguistic  development  of  the 
language  throughout  the  centuries.  German  majors  may  look  forward  to  rewarding  careers  in 
teaching,  government,  journalism,  foreign  trade,  tourism,  business,  and  librarianship. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 155 


The  degree  program  in  German  for  International  Trade  provides  an  excellent  way  to  combine  language 
proficiency  and  cultural  awareness  in  German  with  professional  training  in  business.  With  this 
undergraduate  background,  students  may  enter  M.B.A.  degree  programs  and  pursue  careers  in 
international  business  and  trade.  Study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters  is  strongly  urged  and  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  program.  Qualified  students  may  also  choose  to  participate  in  internship  programs 
with  German-based  corporations  and  financial  institutions. 

General  Education  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences  must  pass  the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (GM251  and  GM252)  or 
demonstrate  by  the  CLEP  exam  in  German  that  they  have  acquired  the  equivalent  proficiency  level. 
Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  elect  to  lake  German  (any  appropriate  level)  to  fulfill  the 
humanities  requirement.  Any  student  who  chooses  German  can  meet  the  requirement  through 
enrollment  in  the  traditional,  the  accelerated,  or  the  intensive  six-credit  track  (DILM),  which  provides 
maximum  opportunity  for  conversational  practice  in  small  groups  under  the  direction  of  trained 
assistants. 

Study  Abroad 

The  Department  of  German  encourages  all  students  who  study  German  at  lUP  to  consider  study 
abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters.  German  majors  are  strongly  urged  to  study  two  semesters  or  one 
academic  year  at  a  German  university.  To  provide  this  opportunity  at  a  relatively  modest  cost,  the 
university  has  arranged  an  exchange  of  students  between  Duisburg  University  and  lUP.  By  participat- 
ing in  this  or  other  approved  programs,  students  can  earn  from  twelve  to  fourteen  hours  per  semester. 
For  further  information  regarding  the  cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  the  office  of  the  dean 
of  the  college. 

Minor  in  German 

Students  completing  eighteen  credits  beyond  GM  152  will  be  recognized  as  having  minored  in  German. 
Nine  of  the  twelve  credits  must  be  taken  at  the  300  level  with  only  three  credits  from  the  conversation 
sequence,  GM221,  222,  321,  322.  This  achievement  will  be  noted  on  the  student's  transcript  and  thus 
provide  more  career  flexibility. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  GERMAN 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  46 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Humanities:  included  in  major 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses; 

GM221  Conversation  III  2sh 

GM222  Conversation  IV  2sh 

GM32I  Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

GM322  Advanced  Conversation  II  Ish 

GM25I  German  III  3sh 

GM252  German  IV  3sh(I) 

GM351  Advanced  German  I  3sh 

GM352  Advanced  German  1 1  3sh 

GM361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

GM362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 


1 56 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 
Other  GM  electives  (advanced  levels)  9  or  12sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  GM253  or  GM254  may  be  substituted  for  GM252. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  GERMAN  FOR  INTERNATIONAL  TRADE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  47 

with  the  following  specifications: 

English:  recommend  EN201  in  Europe 

Fine  Arts:  recommend  in  Europe 

Humanities:  Foreign  language  included  in  major 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121 

Science/Math  elective:  MA214 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

GM221  Conversation  III  2sh 

GM222  Conversation  IV  2sh 

GM321  Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

GM322  Advanced  Conversation  II  Ish 

GM25I  German  III  3sh 

GM252  German  IV  3sh 

GM253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3sh 

GM254  Business  German  3sh 

GM351  Advanced  German  I  3sh 

GM352  Advanced  German  II  3sh 

GM361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

GM362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  additional  GM  electives  (advanced  levels)  6sh(l) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Business  Sequence:  36 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Introduaion  to  Management  Information  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  5 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(I)  Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (usually  12-14)  in  semester  study  abroad. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 157 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SECONDARY  GERMAN 
EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  46 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  included  in  major 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 

33 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses; 

GM221 

Conversation  III 

2sh 

GM222 

Conversation  IV 

2sh 

GM321 

Advanced  Conversation  I 

Ish 

GM322 

Advanced  Conversation  II 

Ish 

GM251 

German  III 

3sh 

GM252 

German  IV 

3sh( 

GM351 

Advanced  German  I 

3sh 

GM352 

Advanced  German  II 

3sh 

GM361 

Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I 

3sh 

GM362 

Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II 

3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  GM  electives 

9sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301 

Instructional  Media 

3sh 

ED242 

Pre-student  Teaching  I 

Ish 

ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

Ish 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

Ish 

ED453 

Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the  Secondary 
School 

3sh 

EP302 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

3sh 

FE302 

Histor>'  and  Philosophy  of  Education 

3sh 

30 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(I)  GM253  may  be  substituted  for  or  taken  in  addition  to  GM252. 


HISTORY  DEPARTMENT 

JOHN  F.  KADLUBOWSKI,  CHAIRPERSON;  CASHDOLLAR, 
FERGUSON,  FRICKE,  GALLANAR,  GOODRICH,  HATFIELD,  KING, 
LANDON,  LEHMAN,  MARCUS,  M ASTRO,  MILLER,  MOORE, 
OLIVER,  RIFE,  SMITH,  VOGEL,  WILEY 

Programs  in  history  are  designed  to  give  both  those  who  major  in  history  in  the  College  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences  and  those  who  concentrate  in  histon.'  in  the  College  of  Education  an  opportunity  to 
study  in  some  depth  the  past  stor>'  of  peoples  and  their  world.  Degrees  offered  by  the  history 
department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Histop,'  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major 
in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  in  history.  The  first  program  is  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences,  and  the  second  is  under  the  College  of  Education. 


158 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  history  student  will  find  that  the  program  is  excellent  preparation  for  government  service,  for  pre- 
law training,  for  broad  business  opportunities,  for  work  in  varied  fields  of  journalism,  for  archival 
positions,  and  for  teaching.  Not  only  the  story  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  but  also  that  of  other 
peoples  is  covered,  in  the  belief  that  historical  understanding  is  essential  for  the  future  of  mankind. 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  are  thirty  semester  hours  in  history. 
Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Social  Studies, 
concentrating  on  history,  are  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester  hours  in  history  within  the  forty-two 
semester  hours  required  for  social  science  certification.  The  requirement  for  a  minor  in  history  is 
fifteen  semester  hours.  For  all  history  programs,  courses  in  history  in  General  Education  are 
applicable.  Although  there  are  no  prerequisites  to  history  courses,  all  programs  should  be  planned  with 
an  adviser.  Every  major  and  concentrate  in  history  will  be  advised  by  history  department  staff 
members. 

Admission  to  History  482  and  483,  initiation  in  the  local  chapters  of  Phi  Alpha  Theta  and  Pi  Gamma 
Mu,  participation  in  study  tours  and  study  abroad  programs,  and  other  activities  should  be  investi- 
gated by  every  history  student.  The  department  is  committed  to  the  idea  of  a  broad  education. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  HISTORY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV,  (required),  HI  101  (recommended) 

Social  Science:  HI  102  and  HI  104  recommended 

MAJOR:  30 

Controlled  electives: 

HI  courses  to  total  30  credits  with  recommendation  of 

HIlOl  History  of  Civilization  I  *sh 

HI102  History  of  Civilization  II  *sh 

HI  103  History  of  the  United  States  and  PA  I  3sh 

H 1 1 04  History  of  the  U  nited  States  and  PA  1 1  *sh 

HI200  Introduction  to  History  3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  HISTORY/Pre-law 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV  (required),  HI  101  (recommended) 

Social  Science:  HI  102  and  HI  104  recommended 

MAJOR:  30 

Controlled  electives: 

HI  courses  to  total  30  credits  with  recommendation  of 
HI  101  History  of  Civilization  I  *sh 

HI  102  History  of  Civilization  II  *sh 

HI  103  History  of  the  United  States  and  PA  I  3sh 

HI104  History  of  the  United  States  and  PA  II  *sh 

HI200  Introduction  to  History  3sh 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 159 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Pre-law  Interdisciplinary  Minor  21 

At  least  one  course  from  each  area 
Business:  AD235,  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR210,  CR260 
Economics:  EC121,  EC122,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220.  EN310 
Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222,  PH327 
Political  Science:  PS358.  PS359,  PS36i 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  21 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
EDUCATION/History  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  HIlOl  recommended 

Social  Science:  H1104  and  PC  101  (required),  HI102  (recommended) 

MAJOR:  42 

Controlled  electives:  History  Concentration 

Five  courses  in  History  1 5sh 

Controlled  electives:  Social  Science  majors 

Two  courses  in  Economics  6sh  ( 1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Geography  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Political  Science  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Sociology /Anthropology  6sh(  1 ) 

One  additional  course  in  social  science  3sh(  1 ) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  11  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

ED455               Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (1)  0 

(1)  Courses  included  among  the  General  Education  social  science  electives  may  reduce  the  number  of 
courses  required  in  this  area  and  permit  free  electives. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


160 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


INDUSTRIAL  AND  LABOR  RELATIONS 
DEPARTMENT 

JAMES  F.  BYERS,  CHAIRPERSON;  GATES,  GAYLOR,  McPHERSON, 
MORAND,  SEDWICK 

The  Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  offers  a  graduate  program  within  the  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Industrial  and  Labor 
Relations.  The  forty-two-semester-hour  program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  twenty-seven  semester 
hours,  including  an  elective  thesis  and  elective  course  offerings  totaling  fifteen  semester  hours. 
Internships  are  available  and  strongly  encouraged. 

The  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  program  is  multidisciplinary,  combining  analytical  and  human 
relations  skills  with  knowledge  drawn  from  social  sciences  and  business  disciplines.  The  degree  is 
designed  to  prepare  professional  industrial  and  labor  relations  practitioners  in  public  and  private 
management,  unions,  neutral  agencies,  goverimient  agencies,  and  arbitration  panels.  It  has  as  a  special 
emphasis  labor  relations  in  the  public  sector. 

While  the  department  does  not  offer  course  work  leading  to  an  undergraduate  major  or  degree,  it  does 
offer  several  undergraduate  courses  which  are  open  to  students  of  any  major  or  college. 

INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES 

Center  for  International  Studies 
Robert  L.  Morris,  Director 

Degree  programs  in  International  Studies  are  offered  in  both  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  (Bachelor  of  Arts)  and  the  College  of  Education  (Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education).  Both 
degrees  are  interdisciplinary  and,  consequently,  draw  upon  the  faculty  and  course  offerings  of  many 
other  departments.  The  course  selection  is  broad  enough  to  prepare  the  student  for  any  one  of  a  great 
variety  of  career  opportunities.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  program  is  designed  for  the  specialist  who  is 
interested  in  a  professional  career;  the  Bachelor  of  Science  is  designed  to  certify  the  graduate  to  teach 
worid  cultures  or  any  of  the  social  sciences  in  the  public  schools. 

B.A.  Program 

Beyond  the  General  Education  courses  required  of  all  students  in  the  university,  the  requirements  for 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  International  Studies  are  as  follows: 

1 .  The  student  must  build  an  interdisciplinary  sequence  of  fifteen  semester  hours  by  taking  an 
introductory  or  comparative  international  course  from  each  of  five  social  science  disciplines.  This 
selection  depends  upon  the  goal  of  the  major  and  should  be  determined  in  consultation  with 
adviser  and/or  the  director  of  the  Center  for  International  Studies. 

2.  The  student  should  complete  a  specialization  sequence  in  the  economic  and  political  systems  of 
another  culture  which  must  include  a  study  of  language,  literature,  history,  and  geography  of  that 
region.  This  specialization  sequence  must  include  at  least  fifteen  semester  hours.  Currently,  three 
specializations  are  offered:  Soviet  Studies,  the  Far  East,  and  Latin  America.  However,  students 
interested  in  Africa  or  the  Middle  or  Near  East  may  elect  interdisciplinary  courses  focusing  on  the 
developing  nations.  It  is  also  possible  to  build  a  program  centering  on  the  Atlantic  community  of 
nations'  international  trade. 

Specialization  must  include  work  in  at  least  three  disciplines.  The  student  is  expected  to  have  completed 
the  intermediate  language  sequence  of  the  appropriate  language  in  the  General  Education  require- 
ments, so  that  no  credit  towards  specialization  is  given  for  language  courses  numbered  below  the  300 
level. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 161 


Minor  in  International  Studies 

A  minor  in  International  Studies  consists  of  meeting  the  requirements  listed  under  (1)  above.  The 
curriculum  of  the  Center  for  International  Studies  is  fiexible  enough  that  the  student  can  plan  a 
program  to  match  his  interests. 

Study  Abroad,  International  Student  Exchange,  and  Study  Tours 

The  Center  for  International  Studies  offers  many  important  opportunities  beyond  the  required 
curriculum.  For  example,  there  are  programs  enabling  the  student  to  travel  and  study  abroad.  The 
major  is  strongly  encouraged  to  do  so.  The  center  offers  financial  advice  and  is  prepared  to  adjust  the 
curriculum  to  facilitate  study  abroad.  The  university  sponsors  an  annual  summer  study  tour  of 
Europe.  A  variety  of  programs  enable  the  student  to  spend  a  year  abroad.  The  Center  for  International 
Studies  in  cooperation  with  Georgetown  University  in  Washington,  D.C.,  administers  lUP's  par- 
ticipation in  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program  (ISEP).  This  program  enables  lUP  students 
to  choose  from  more  than  300  universities  around  the  world  so  that  the  specialized  interests  of  any 
student  can  be  accommodated  quite  readily.  Students  may  also  exchange  with  one  of  the  seventy  U.S. 
universities  participating  in  the  National  Student  Exchange  coordinated  by  the  Center  for  Interna- 
tional Studies. 


JOURNALISM  DEPARTMENT 

CRAIG  G.  SWAUGER,  CHAIRPERSON;  DeGEORGE,  HEILMAN, 
JESICK,  RUSSELL,  TRUBY 

Students  interested  in  a  career  in  news-editorial  or  public  relations  fields,  with  opportunities  in  such 
related  areas  as  advertising,  sales,  and  marketing,  should  enjoy  this  innovative,  fiexible  program.  The 
journalism  major  combines  journalism  elective  courses,  the  student's  choice  of  a  variety  of  courses 
from  other  university  departments,  plus  internships  which  provide  on-the-job  experience. 

The  lUP  journalism  major  is  flexible  for  the  individual  student,  who  decides,  with  an  adviser,  what 
directions  his  or  her  education  will  take  for  a  mass  communication  career.  The  two  sequences  offered 
are  News-Editorial  and  Public  Relations. 

A  student  wishing  to  enter  the  program  becomes  a  Journalism  major  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences.  Then,  the  student  chooses  an  individual  program  within  a  large  group  of  elective 
journalism  courses,  plus  a  much  larger  group  of  courses  from  various  other  areas  of  the  university. 

A  student  who  completes  the  major  graduates  with  a  B.A.  in  journalism.  Because  journalism  itself 
covers  all  areas  of  life,  the  journalism  major  covers  many  areas  of  study  preparation.  There  are  only 
four  required  courses,  so  the  student  is  free  to  mold  the  program  to  his/her  own  special  interests 
through  both  major  and  free  electives. 

The  journalism  major  will  use  journalism  courses  to  fulfill  the  minimum  of  thirty  hours  required  for 
the  major.  All  journalism  majors  must  complete  the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language.  This 
may  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  by  examination,  by  earning  credit  in  third  and  fourth  semesters  of  a 
foreign  language,  or  by  completing  four  semesters  of  a  new  language.  If  the  last  procedure  is  used,  the 
two  beginning  foreign  language  courses  may  be  applied  as  free  electives  to  the  total  number  of  credits 
needed  for  graduation. 


162— Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


COURSE  SEQUENCE 


The  journalism  faculty  offers  the  following  operational  policy  for  its  course  sequence  and  prerequi- 
sites. The  basic  idea  is  for  students  to  take  Level  I  courses  prior  to  Level  II  courses,  etc.  We  ask  that 
special  attention  be  given  to  course  prerequisites  to  avoid  scheduling  students  without  proper  experi- 
ence into  courses.  We  do  retain  flexibility  of  waiving  sequence  and  prerequisites  in  individual  cases. 


LEVEL I 

JNI05 


JN106 
JN120 


Journalism  &  Mass  Media  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 

If  they  have  the  prerequisites  and  if  enrollment  permits,  nonmajors  are  welcome  in  JN105 

and  advanced  journalism  courses. 

Basic  Journalistic  Skills  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 

Joumzdistic  Writing  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 


LEVEL 

JN337 

JN321 

JN343 

JN344 

JN327 

JN338 

JN223 

LEVEL 

JN346 

JN348 

JN323 

JN390 

JN394 


II 


Editing 

Feature  Writing 

History  of  the  American  Press 

Issues  and  Problems 

Design,  Layout,  and  Production 

News  Analysis 

Photojournalism 


III 


Advanced  Reporting 
Editorial  Page 
Management 
Public  Relations  II 
Document  Design  II 


JN326  Public  Relations  I 

JN328  News  Reporting  (all  majors) 

JN345  Sports  Journalism 

JN349  Public  Affairs  Reporting 

JN393  Document  Design  I 

JN391  Presentation  Making 


JN347  Journalism  Law 

JN482  Independent  Study 

JN493  Internship 

JN350  Advertising  Writing 

JN392  Problem  Solving  in  PR 


MINOR  COURSES  OR  FREE  ELECTIVES 

A  number  of  departments  cooperate  to  make  journalism  study  at  lUP  a  very  broad  experience.  These 
courses  may  be  considered  for  dual  major,  a  minor  program(s),  or  as  electives. 

With  the  assistance  of  an  adviser,  a  student  may  develop  a  program  by  choosing  from  the  following 
electives.  Electives  shown  here  have  pre-  authorization.  Any  other  elective  requires  adviser  approval  in 
writing. 

Art:AR218,AR455 

Business:  ADIOI,  AD321,  DE333,  MG300,  MG40I 

Marketing:  MK320,  MK321,  MK420,  MK421,  MK433 

Communications  Media:  CM271,  CM404,  CM444,  CM445,  CM451 

English:  EN208,  EN209,  EN220,  EN221,  EN310,  EN311,  EN322 

History:  HI368,  HI346,  HI362,  HI363,  HI364 

Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222,  PH323 

Political  Science:  PSl  1 1,  PS280,  PS285,  PS298,  PS351,  PS352, 
PS354,  PS359,  PS370,  PS37I,  PS25I,  PS356,  PS361,  PS362 

Computer  Science:  CO200 

Educational  Psychology:  EP304 

Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR102,  CR295 

Economics:  EC241,  EC283,  EC332,  EC333 

Psychology:  PC310,  PC320,  PC330,  PC420,  PC37I 

Sociology:  S0231,  S0334,  S0332,  S0339,  SO340,  S0455 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 163 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  JOURNALISM 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  30 

Required  courses: 

JN105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  3sh 

JN106  Basic  Journalistic  Skills  3sh 

JN120  Journalistic  Writing  3sh 

JN328  News  Reporting  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  JN  courses  18sh(I) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  42-0 

Department  recommends  a  planned  program  of  dual  major,  minor(s),  or  electives  with  special 
consideration  of  the  pre-approved  courses  listed.  (2)  (3) 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0-42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Maximum  of  6  credits  Internship  applied  to  major. 

(2)  Students  may  take  no  more  than  15sh  outside  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
without  prior  approval  of  adviser. 

(3)  Majors  in  the  public  relations  sequence  should  make  every  effort  to  schedule  MK320,  MK433,  and 
AD321. 


PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 
DEPARTMENT 

SHARON  B.  MONTGOMERY,  CHAIRPERSON;  BOONE,  BOUFFARD, 
CARAWAY,  CHAN,  FERRARA,  LIN,  MLECKO,  PURVIANCE, 
SCHAUB,  YIRENKYI 

PHILOSOPHY 

The  program  in  philosophy  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  capacity  for  thinking  clearly,  a 
critical  attitude,  and  the  ability  to  reason  theoretically. 

The  major  offers  the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  philosophy.  Those  whose  primary 
interests  are  in  other  disciplines  will  find  philosophy  courses  which  relate  directly  to  their  fields  on  a 
theoretical  level.  Both  the  minor  and  double  major  are  especially  desirable  for  their  reflective  benefits 
and  because  of  the  essentially  interdisciplinary  nature  of  philosophy. 


164 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Individually  Designed  Philosophy  Minor 

As  a  minor,  philosophy  has  much  to  offer  in  helping  individuals  of  various  backgrounds  better 
understand  the  fundamental  assumptions  of  their  disciplines.  For  that  reason,  the  minor  in  Philosophy 
will  be  individually  designed  to  meet  special  career  needs  and  personal  interests.  Selection  of  courses 
will  be  accomplished  through  discussions  with  and  approval  of  the  department  adviser.  The  minimum 
requirement  for  a  minor  is  15  semester  hours  with  the  restrictions  on  the  major  applying  to  the  minor 
also.  Students  must  expect  careful  planning  in  any  program  approved.  For  further  explanation  and 
suggestions,  see  departmental  adviser. 

General  Education  Offerings 

The  Philosophy  program's  general  education  courses  are  all  introductory  in  nature;  none  of  them 
presupposes  any  philosophical  background.  The  student  may  choose  from  the  following:  PHlOl, 
General  Logic,  PH120,  Introduction  to  Philosophy;  PH221,  Symbolic  Logic  (approved  substitute: 
PH330,  Philosophy  of  Science);  PH222,  Ethics;  PH223,  Philosophy  of  Art. 

Pre-Law  Program 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  participates  in  the  University  Pre-Law  Minor 
Program  whereby  a  student  majors  in  one  of  several  academic  disciplines  including  philosophy  and 
also  meets  the  pre-law  minor  requirements.  Students  interested  in  the  philosophy  major/pre-law 
minor  should  consult  the  departmental  pre-law  adviser.  Philosophy  courses  included  in  the  pre-law 
minor  program  are  as  follows:  PHlOl,  General  Logic;  PH222,  Ethics,  and  PH450,  Philosophy  of 
Law. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  PHILOSOPHY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  30 

Required  courses: 

PH324  Historyof  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval  3sh 

PH325  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  and  Modem  3sh 

PH405  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3sh 

PH420  Metaphysics  3sh 

PH421  Theory  of  Knowledge  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from:  PHlOl  or  PH221  3sh 

Four  other  PH  courses  (with  restrictions)  12sh(I) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  the  major.  Only  PH  courses 
may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  Unless  otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all 
300-400  level  courses  require  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  This 
prerequisite  applies  both  to  Philosophy  majors  and  to  majors  in  any  other  discipline. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 165 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  PHILOSOPHV/Pre-Iaw 

GENKRAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  30 

Required  courses: 

PH324  History  of  Philosophy  I :  Ancient  and  Medieval  3sh 

PH325  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  and  Modern  3sh 

PH405  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3sh 

PH420  Metaphysics  3sh 

PH421  Theory  of  Knowledge  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from:  PH 101  or  PH221  3sh 

Four  other  PH  courses  (with  restrictions)  12sh(I) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Pre-law  Interdisciplinary  Sequence  21 

At  least  one  course  from  the  six  areas 
Business:  AD235,  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR201,  CR260 
Economics:  EC  121,  EC  122,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  HI320,  H1321,  HI346 
Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  21 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(I)  No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  Only  PH  courses  may 
be  counted  toward  the  major.  Unless  otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400 
level  courses  require  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  This  prerequisite 
applies  both  to  Philosophy  majors  and  to  majors  in  any  other  discipline. 

RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 

The  Program  in  Religious  Studies  is  designed  to  provide  a  balanced,  non-  sectarian,  cross-cultural 
approach  leading  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  phenomenon  of  religion  in  human  experience.  It 
emphasizes  an  inter-  disciplinary  approach  by  a)  requiring  religion-related  courses  outside  Religious 
Studies  and  by  b)  encouraging  the  minor  or  a  double  major,  rather  than  a  single  major  in  Religious 
Studies. 

The  program  is  valuable  for  those  planning  careers  in  religious  education,  religious  journalism,  or 
religious  broadcasting.  The  program  also  provides  an  excellent  background  for  graduates  planning  to 
enter  Catholic,  Jewish,  or  Protestant  seminaries.  Additionally,  Religious  Studies  is  a  good  comple- 
ment to  majors  in  such  fields  as  Anthropology,  English,  Fine  Arts,  History,  International  Studies, 
Music,  Philosophy,  Political  Science,  Psychology,  and  Sociology.  Religious  Studies  is  one  significant 
way  to  integrate  course  studies  within  the  university  curriculum. 

In  addition  to  the  twenty-four  semester  hours  of  Religious  Studies  courses  in  the  major,  six  semester 
hours  must  be  taken  from  a  number  of  courses  offered  by  other  departments  which  complement  those 
offered  in  Religious  Studies.  Opportunity  for  interdisciplinary  and  cross<ultural  study  is  implicit  in 
the  study  of  religious  themes— and  is  required  in  the  Religious  Studies  Program  at  lUP. 

The  requirements  for  a  Minor  in  Religious  Studies  are  15sh: 

a)  1 2sh  must  be  taken  from  the  Religious  Studies  offerings,  which  include  certain  required  courses  (see 

below);  b)  3sh  must  be  taken  outside  the  Religious  Studies  offering  but  in  "religion-related"  courses. 


166 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MINOR 

RSlOOorllO  3sh 

RS370  or  375  3sh 

RS380or410or440  3sh 

Religion-related  courses  3sh 

Electives  in  Religious  Studies  3sh 

15sh 
General  Education  Offerings 

The  Religious  Studies  program's  general  education  courses  are  all  introductory  in  nature;  none 
presupposes  any  Religious  Studies  background.  The  student  may  choose  from  the  following:  RSlOO, 
Introduction  to  Religion;  RSI  10,  World  Religions  (approved  substitute:  RS210,  World  Scriptures). 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outhned  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

MAJOR:  30 

Controlled  electives: 
One  course  from  list  A:  RSlOO  or  RSI  10  3sh 

One  course  from  list  B:  RS210  or  RS250  3sh 

One  course  from  list  C:  RS370  or  RS375  3sh 

One  course  from  list  D:  RS380,  RS4I0  or  RS440  3sh 

Four  additional  RS  courses  12sh 

Two  courses  from  related  list:  6sh 

AHII6,  AH124,  AH316,  EN349,  HI303,  HI304,  HI305,  HI380 
PH120,  PH222,  PH3I  I,  PH324,  PH325,  PH329,  PH420,  S0352 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  DEPARTMENT 

RICHARD  F.  HEIGES,  CHAIRPERSON;  BROWN,  CARONE, 
CHASZAR,  KEENE,  KRITES,  MORRIS,  PALMER,  PLATT,  SITTON, 
WASHINGTON 

Political  scientists  focus  upon  political  systems,  including  the  effect  of  environment  on  the  system, 
inputs,  the  decision-making  agencies  which  render  binding  public  policies,  and  system  outputs. 
Approaches  to  the  study  of  government  and  politics  include  the  normative  approach,  in  which 
philosophical  attention  centers  on  values  by  asking  the  question,  "What  ought  to  be?";  and  the 
behavioral  approach,  in  which  an  attempt  is  made  to  develop  verifiable  theories  through  scientific 
methods  by  asking  the  questions  "How"  and  "Why?" 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  have  employment  opportunities  in  federal,  state,  and  local 
governments  and  with  private  civic  groups,  interest  groups,  and  political  groups.  Students  who  go  on 
to  graduate  work  find  appointments  at  higher  levels  and  in  college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in 
political  science,  as  in  any  of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by  employers  in  business  and  industry. 
Students  completing  the  Political  Science  Internship  Program  have  experienced  considerable  success  in 
finding  employment  upon  graduation.  The  political  science  major  is  also  especially  suitable  for  the 
pre-law  student. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 167 


Degrees  offered  by  the  political  science  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Political  Science,  in 
Government  and  Public  Service,  and  in  Pre-  Law-Political  Science;  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  with  a  Social  Science  Major,  concentrating  in  Political  Science.  The  department  also  offers 
a  minor  in  political  science. 

An  interdisciplinary  major  sponsored  by  the  Political  Science  Department  is  international  Studies.  For 
information  on  this  major,  see  section  on  International  Studies. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

GKNERAL  KDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Social  Science:  PSIOI,  PSl  1 1 

MAJOR:  30 

Controlled  electives; 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies:  PS25 1 ,  298,  346,  350,  35 1 ,  353, 

354,  355,  356,  357,  358,  359 
Political  Theory:  PS360,  361,  362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS250,  370,  371, 444 
International  Studies:  PS280,  281,  283,  285,  320,  321 

380,  382,  383,  384,  385,  386,  387,  388,  389  (1) 
General  Political  Science:  PS299  (strongly  recommended) 

PS377,  480,  481,  482,  485,  493 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  15-27 

Second  major,  minor,  or  concentration  as  approved  by  adviser  with  maximum  of  15  credits  outside 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  unless  specifically  approved. 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  27-15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

( 1 )  PS280  and/or  PS285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380  through  PS389 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  POLITICAL  SCIENCE/Pre-Law 

GEN  ERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  111  and  IV 

Social  Science:  PSlOl,  PSl  1 1 

MAJOR:  30 

Controlled  electives: 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies:  PS251,  298,  346,  350,  351,  353, 

354,  355,  356,  357,  358,  359 
Political  Theory:  PS360,  361 ,  362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS250,  370,  371,  444 
International  Studies:  PS280,  281,  283,  285.  320,  321 

380.  382.  383.  384.  385.  386,  387.  388,  389  (1) 
General  Political  Science:  PS299  (strongly  recommended) 

PS377,  480,  481,  482,  485,  493 


168 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  minor  21 

At  least  one  course  from  six  areas: 
Business:  AD235,  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CRIOI,  CR210,  CR260 
Economics:  EC121,  EC122,  EC332 
EngUsh:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  HI320,  HI321,  HI346 
Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222,  PH327 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  21 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  PS280  and/or  PS285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380  through  PS389 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  GOVERNMENT  AND  PUBLIC  SERVICE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PClOl,  PSlll,  S0151 

Science/Math  elective:  C02(X) 

Math  requirement:  MA  217 
MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 
PS250  Public  Policy  3sh 

PS25 1  State  and  Local  Political  Systems  3sh 

PS299  Research  and  Methods  in  Political  Science  3sh 

PS370  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  3sh 

PS371  Issues  in  Public  Administration  3sh 

PC330  Social  Psychology  3sh 

EC335  Public  Finance  3sh(l) 

EC336  State  and  Local  Finance  3sh(l) 

S0458  Political  Sociology  3sh(2) 

Controlled  electives:  9sh 

Three  courses  from  list:  PS350,  351,  352,  353,  354,  355 
358,  377,  444,  481,  482,  485,  493 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  21 

One  course  from  communications  areas  3sh 

(English,  Journalism,  Communications  Media)  as 

approved  by  adviser 
Interdisciplinary  minor  18sh 

Government  Management 

Personnel  Administration 

Financial  Administration 

Planning 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Approved  substitutes  for  EC335  and  EC336:  EC283,  332,  333,  373 

(2)  Approved  substitutes  for  S0458:  S0335,  345,  303 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 169 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  111  and  IV 

Social  Science:  PSlOl.PSl  11 

MAJOR:  30 

Controlled  electives:  International  Perspective  sequence  15sh 

One  introductory  or  comparative  international  course  from 
five  social  science  disciplines 
Economics:  EC122,  340,  345,  350 
Geography:  GE23 1,331 
History:  HI308,  HI361,  H1362 
Political  Science:  PS280,  281,  283,  320,  321,  370 
Sociology/ Anthropology:  AN21 1,  S0334 
Specialization  sequence  15sh 

Soviet  Studies 

The  Far  East 

Latin  America 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  42 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
EDUCATION/PoUtical  Science  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl,  PSIOI,  PSlll 

MAJOR:  42 

Controlled  electives:  Political  Science  concentration 

Five  courses  in  Political  Science  (including  PSlOl  9sh 

and  PSl  1 1  in  general  education) 

Controlled  electives:  Social  Science  major 
Two  courses  in  Economics  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Geography  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  History  6sh(l) 

Two  courses  in  Sociology/ Anthropology  6sh(  1 ) 

One  additional  course  in  social  science  3sh(l) 

Additional  PS  courses  as  approved  by  adviser  6sh 

1  OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Professional  Education  sequence  30 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  1  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442                School  Law  Ish 

ED455               Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary  3sh 
School 


170 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (1)  0 

(1)  Courses  included  among  the  General  Education  social  science  electives  may  reduce  the  number  of 
courses  required  in  this  area  and  permit  free  electives. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


MINOR  in  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

MINOR  15 

Required  Courses 
PSIOI  World  Politics  3sh 

PSUl  American  Politics  3sh 

Controlled  Electives 
Three  additional  PS  courses  9sh 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY  DEPARTMENT 

KAY  SNYDER,  CHAIRPERSON;  ACKERMAN,  CHAIKEN,  GONDOLF, 
GRANT,  HOLTZ,  HUNTER,  KRUCKMAN,  LANHAM ,  McCHESNEY, 
NEUSIUS,  NOWAK,  OLIN-FAHLE,  RAWLEIGH,  REYNOLDS, 
SANDERSON,  VEXLER 

The  Depcirtment  of  Sociology-Anthropology  provides  opportunity  for  studies  in  sociology  and 
anthropology.  Students  can  pursue  academic  and  applied  careers  in  sociology  and  anthropology  (e.g., 
Clinical  Sociology,  Applied  Social  Research,  Cultural  Resource  Management,  Archaeology).  Each 
discipline  concentrates  upon  human  social  life  but  emphasizes  different  aspects  of  that  life.  The 
discipline  of  sociology  focuses  primarily  upon  the  analysis  of  modem  industrial  societies  by  examining 
their  basic  patterns  of  social  organization,  the  changes  produced  within  these  patterns,  and  the  impact 
of  these  patterns  on  the  thought  and  action  of  human  beings.  Anthropology  emphasizes  the  study  of 
human  biological  and  cultural  evolution  within  its  four  subfields:  sociocultural  anthropology,  physical 
anthropology,  linguistics,  and  archaeology.  Majors  can  combine  basic  and  applied  coursework  that 
weds  the  "sociological  imagination"  with  the  pursuit  of  practical  careers.  Students  are  provided  with  a 
breadth  of  knowledge  and  a  variety  of  perspectives  that  allow  them  to  remain  uniquely  broad  thinkers 
in  an  age  where  there  is  a  shortage  of  those  who  can  integrate  knowledge. 

The  degree  programs  offered  by  the  department  are  relevant  to  a  variety  of  careers  and  lifetime 
undertakings.  Majors  have  employment  opportunities  in  professional  service,  government,  or 
national  or  international  research  organizations.  Those  who  go  on  to  do  graduate  work  find  appoint- 
ments at  higher  levels  and  in  college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in  sociology  and  anthropology,  as 
in  any  of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by  employers  in  business  and  industry.  Majors  who  choose 
an  applied  sociological  or  anthropological  track  are  successful  in  finding  employment  in  research  or 
counseling  within  a  diverse  set  of  organizations  in  various  capacities  (e.g.,  social  service  worker, 
juvenile  counselor,  medical  sociologist,  gerontologist,  etc.).  Students  in  archaeology  also  may  apply 
their  knowledge  of  historic  preservation  in  private  sector  employment.  Those  students  obtaining 
applied  anthropology  skills  have  many  employment  opportunities  in  cross-cultural  settings. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences —  1 7 1 


BACHFXOR  OF  ARTS  in  ANTHROPOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Social  Science:  AN  110 

MAJOR:  24 

Required  courses: 

AN  110  Introduction  to  Anthropology  *sh 

AN222  Introduction  to  Physical  Anthropology  3sh 

AN233  Cultural  Symbolism:  Language  in  Culture  and  Society  3sh 

AN244  Basic  Archaeology  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  in  Archaeology:  AN213,  315,  317,  320  3sh 

One  course  in  Areal  Ethnography:  AN3I2,  314,  371  3sh 

One  course  in  Topical  Anthropology:  AN2II,  316,  318,  3sh 

319,321,322,401 

Two  additional  AN  electives  6sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  48 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  SOCIOLOGY/General  Sociology  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  &  IV 

Mathematics:  MA2I7  recommended 

Social  Science:  SOI5I 

MAJOR:  27 

Required  courses: 

SO  151  Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

S023 1  Contemporary  Social  Problems  3sh 

S0447  Modern  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

S0455  Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  1 8sh(  1 ) 

Social  Institutions:  S0336,  340,  341,  348,  352,  421,  458,  459 

Social  Structures  and  Processes:  AN319,  SO302,  303,  334,  338, 

339,  345.405,435,SW346 

Social  Problems:  S0231,  251,  332,  333,  335,  354,  357,  427,  428,  SW238 

Cross-cultural  Studies:  AN21 1,  312,  316,  444,  S0233,  237,  314, 

322,337,342,371 

Theory  and  Research:  AN317,  321,  SO301,  443,  449,  456.  457 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  45 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  It  is  suggested  that  students  w  ho  wish  a  broad  education  in  sociology  take  at  least  one  course  in  each 
of  the  substantive  areas. 


172 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  SOCIOLOGY/Clinical  Sociology  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Sciences:  S0151  required,  ANl  10  and  PClOl  recommended 

MAJOR:  42 

Required  courses: 

SOI 51  Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

50301  Clinical  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

50302  Clinical  Sociological  Practice  3sh 

50303  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3sh 
S0447  Modern  Sociological  Theory  3sh 
S0455  Social  Research  Methods  3sh 
S0471  Internship  in  Sociology  12sh 

Controlled  electives :  One  substantive  area  (2)  1 5sh(  I ) 

Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  S0342,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

AN222,  444,  BI151  or  155,  EC335,  360,  FN2I2,  GE360,  PC321, 

378,  S0231,  336,  342,  357,  459 

Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357,  and  4  courses  from  list:  AN444, 

EC335,  360,  GE360,  PC312,  378,  S0231,  251,  336,  342,  352,  357,  378 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  or  S0333,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

CRI02,  270,  361,  370,  451,  GE432,  HI374,  S0231,  332,  333, 

336,  339,  345,  435 

Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0322  or  336  or  345,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN319,  HE218,  224,  PC311,  357,  358,  S0251,  322, 

334,  335,  336,  337,  339,  345,  354,  427,  428,  435 

Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

EC330,  350,  371,  372,  373,  HI373,  LR426,  480,  PC420,  PS352, 

S0231,  303,  334,  340,  348,  435,  443,  458 

Community  Development:  S0339  or  405,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

AN314,  319,  371,  EC336,  382,  FN402,  GE331,  332,  360,  PS251, 

354,  S0231,  333,  334,  336,  338,  339,  341,  354,  405 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  30 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO(Sociology)  courses. 

(2)  Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval  of  the  department  chairperson. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  SOCIOLOGY/AppUed  Social  Research  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  &  IV 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Sciences:  SOI 51  required,  ANl  10  recommended 

Science/Math:  CO200 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 173 


MAJOR:  42 

Required  courses: 
SOI 51  Principles  of  Sociology  'sh 

S0447  Modern  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

50455  Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

50456  Field  Research  Methods  3sh 

50457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3sh 

50458  Political  Sociology  3sh 
S0471                Internship  in  Sociology                                                             12sh 

Controlled  electives:  One  substantive  area(2)  15sh(l) 

Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  S0342,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

AN222,  444,  BI151  or  155,  EC335,  360,  FN212,  GE360,  PC321, 

378,  S0231,  335,  336,  342,  357,  459 

Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357,  and  4  courses  from  list:  AN444, 

EC335,  360,  GE360,  PC312,  378,  S0231,  251,  336,  342,  352,  357,  378 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  or  S0333,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

CR102,  270,  361,  370,  451,  GE432,  H1374,  S0231,  332,  333, 

336,  339,  345,  435 

Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0322  or  335  or  346,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN319,  HE218,  224,  PC311,  357,  358,  S0251,  322, 

334,  335,  336,  337,  339,  345,  354,  427,  428,  435 

Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

EC330,  350.  371,  372,  373,  HI373,  LR426,  480,  PC420,  PS352, 

S0231,  303,  334,  340,  348,  435,  443,  458 

Community  Development:  S0339  or  405,  and  4  courses  from  list: 

AN314,  319,  371,  EC336,  382,  FN402,  GE331,  332,  360,  PS251, 

354,  S0231,  333,  334,  336,  338,  339,  341,  354,  405 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  30 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO  (Sociology)  courses. 

(2)  Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval  of  the  department  chairperson. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
EDUCATION/Anthropology  Concentration 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  with  the  following  specifica- 
tions: 52 

Humanities:  HI  101  recommended 

Social  Science:  ANllO,  S0151,  PClOl 

MAJOR:  42 

Controlled  Electives:  Anthropology  Concentration 

Five  courses  in  Anthropology  15sh 

Controlled  electives:  Social  Science  majors 

Two  courses  in  Economics  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Geography  6sh  ( 1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Political  Science  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Histor>'  6sh(  1 ) 

One  additional  course  in  Sociology  3sh(  1 ) 


174 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

ED455              Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377               Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302               History  and  Philsophy  of  American  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (1)  0 

(1)  Courses  included  among  the  General  Education  Social  Science  electives  may  reduce  the  number 
of  courses  required  in  this  area  and  permit  free  electives. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
EDUCATION/Sociology  Concentration 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  with  the  following  specifica- 
tions: 52 

Humanities:  HI  101  recommended 

Social  Science:  ANllO,  S0151,  PClOl 

MAJOR:  42 

Controlled  Electives:  Sociology  Concentration 

Five  courses  in  Sociology  15sh 

Controlled  electives:  Social  Science  majors 

Two  courses  in  Economics  6sh  ( 1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Geography  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  Political  Science  6sh(  1 ) 

Two  courses  in  History  6sh(  1 ) 

One  additional  course  in  Anthropology  3sh(  1 ) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED  442               School  Law  Ish 

ED455               Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377               Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philsophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (1)  0 

(1)  Courses  included  among  the  General  Education  Social  Science  electives  may  reduce  the  number 
of  courses  required  in  this  area  and  permit  free  electives. 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 175 


MINOR  in  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Required  course: 

AN  1 1 0  Introduction  to  Anthropology 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  additional  courses  in  Anthropology 

MINOR  in  SOCIOLOGY 

Required  course: 

SO  1 5 1  Principles  of  Sociology 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  S0231,  S0449,  S0455 

Three  additional  courses  in  Sociology 

MINOR  in  APPLIED  SOCIAL  RESEARCH 

Required  Courses: 

50455  Social  Research  Methods 

50456  Field  Research  Methods 

50457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology 

50458  Pohtical  Sociology 

Controlled  elective: 
Any  research  course  in  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences,  as  approved  by  department  chairperson 

Optional  internship: 
AN493  or  S0493 


15 


3sh 
12sh 

3sh 

3sh 
9sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


6sh 


15 


SPANISH  AND  CLASSICAL  LANGUAGES 
DEPARTMENT 


JOSE  M.  CARRANZA,  CHAIRPERSON;  BROAD,  DRESCHER, 
GLISAN,  HERNANDEZ,  MENDIZABAL,  MILTZ,  SMITH,  SPIEKER, 
THORNTON 

The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  offers  a  varied  curriculum  designed  to  provide 
not  only  basic  language  instruction  in  Spanish,  Greek,  and  Latin  but  also  the  more  advanced 
competencies  needed  by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an  international 
study  experience.  For  the  undergraduate  Spanish  major,  the  department  has  three  degree  programs: 
B.S.  in  Secondary  Education,  B.A.  in  Liberal  Arts,  and  the  B.A.  in  Spanish  for  International  Trade. 
The  latter  degree  program  provides  solid  undergraduate  degree  training  preparatory  to  an  M.B.A.  in 
International  Marketing  and  Finance.  At  the  graduate  level,  the  department  offers  the  Master  of  Arts 
in  Spanish. 

Students  majoring  in  Spanish  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the  language  and  enter  more 
deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of  Spanish-speaking  countries.  They  will  also  gain  some 
knowledge  of  the  linguistic  development  of  the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  Spanish  majors 
generally  find  employment  in  government  work,  librarianship,  journalism,  foreign  trade,  airlines, 
tourism,  business,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing  careers  as  secondary  school  teachers  will  find  the 
close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology  offered  by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 


176 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences,  who  must  pass  a  second-year  language  course  (FL25 1-252  or  FL201)  as  a  college  require- 
ments for  graduation,  may  choose  any  one  of  the  five  languages  offered:  French,  German,  Greek, 
Latin,  and  Spanish.  Self-instruction  in  Critical  Languages  fulfills  the  requirement  only  in  the  College 
of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  The  student  with  no  previous  foreign  language  study  will  take 
FLl 5 1-152  or  PL  101  as  a  prerequisite;  the  credits  will  not  be  applicable  to  any  college  or  department 
requirements  but  may  be  counted  as  general  electives  in  the  total  required  for  graduation.  Students  in 
the  other  colleges  may  choose  to  take  one  of  the  languages  offered  (any  appropriate  level)  to  fulfill  the 
Humanities  requirement. 

Students  with  previous  Spanish  study  in  high  school  will  be  placed  into  the  appropriate  course  levels  by 
means  of  a  written  departmental  exam,  administered  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  In 
addition,  as  deemed  necessary  in  individual  cases,  students  may  be  required  to  take  an  oral  proficiency 
test  with  one  or  more  faculty  members  in  the  Spanish  department.  Each  student's  individual 
requirements  and  the  judgment  of  the  classroom  instructors  will  also  be  considered  in  placement.  No 
student  judged  to  be  a  native  speaker  of  Spanish  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  course  below  the  300- 
level,  with  the  exception  of  SP254  Commercial  Spanish. 

Second  Foreign  Language  Certification 

A  foreign  language  education  major  may  be  certified  in  Spanish  as  the  second  language  after 

completing  24  semester  hours  in  Spanish  as  follows: 

SP25 1-252  or  SP201  6sh 

SP22 1-222  4sh 

SP35 1-352  6sh 

SP32 1-322  2sh 

SP36 1-362  or  SP363-364  6sh 

Spanish  for  Elementary  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  may  elect  a  concentration  of  18  semester  hours  of  Spanish, 

consisting  of  the  following: 

SP25 1-252  or  SP201  6sh 

SP22 1-222  4sh 

SP35 1-352  6sh 

SP32 1-322  2sh 

Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

STUDY  ABROAD:  The  university  has  established  study  abroad  centers  in  both  Spain  and  Mexico. 
The  program  in  Valladolid,  Spain,  is  a  second-  semester-only  program,  whereas  the  one  in  Jalapa, 
Mexico,  is  a  summer  program.  All  majors  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  study  abroad;  nonmajors 
are  also  accepted  into  these  programs.  Students  interested  in  more  information  should  contact  the 
Spanish  department  or  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

INTERNSHIPS:  Internships  in  Spain,  Mexico,  and  Miami  are  available  through  the  department.  All 
internships  take  place  during  the  summer  and  vary  from  six  weeks  to  two  months  in  duration. 
Internship  is  a  credit-bearing  course,  SP493,  and  all  interns  are  enrolled  in  pre-session  of  summer 
school.  Noncredit  internships  cannot  be  considered.  Students  enrolled  in  the  Spanish  for  International 
Trade  program  are  strongly  urged  to  do  an  internship  in  order  to  gain  credibility  in  the  field  of 
international  business.  Internships  are  available  in  banking,  government,  social  work,  communica- 
tions, education,  marketing,  and  many  other  fields.  Arranging  an  internship  abroad  takes  consider- 
able long-range  planning,  and  anyone  interested  should  contact  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  at 
least  six  months  in  advance. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 177 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  SPANISH 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Science:  H1102 


46 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

SP221 

SP222 

SP321 

SP322 

SP201 
— OR— 

SP25I-252 

SP351 

SP352 

SP36 1-362 
— OR— 

SP363-364 


36 


Conversation  III 
Conversation  IV 
Advanced  Conversation  1 
Advanced  Conversation  II 
Intensive  Intermediate  Spanish 

Accelerated  Spanish  III  and  IV 
Advanced  Spanish  Language  1 
Advanced  Spanish  Language  II 
Development  of  Spanish  Culture  and  Lit  1,11 

Development  of  Spanish- American  Culture  &  Lit  1, 1 1 


Controlled  electives: 
Other  Spanish  electives 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

FREE  ELECTIVES: 


2sh 
2sh 
Ish 
Ish 
6sh 

6sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 

6sh 


I2sh(l) 


42 
TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  SPANISH  FOR  INTERNATIONAL  TRADE 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121(required);  HI102,  GE252,  PSIOI  (recommended) 

Science/Math  elective:  MA214 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

SP221 

SP222 

SP321 

SP322 

SP201 
— OR— 

SP25 1-252 

SP254 

SP351 

SP352 

SP36 1-362 
— OR— 

SP363-364 


Conversation  III  2sh 

Conversation  IV  2sh 

Advanced  Conversation  1  Ish 

Advanced  Conversation  11  Ish 

Intensive  Intermediate  Spanish  6sh 

Accelerated  Spanish  III  and  IV  6sh 

Commercial  Spanish  3sh 

Advanced  Spanish  Language  1  3sh 

Advanced  Spanish  Language  11  3sh 

Development  of  Spanish  Culture  and  Lit  1,11  6sh 

Development  of  Spanish-American  Culture  &  Lit  1,11  6sh 


47 


36 


178 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 

Other  Spanish  electives  9sh  ( 1 ) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Business  sequence  36 

AD235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3di 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  1  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

EC  122  Principlesof  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM241  Introduction  to  Management  Information  Systems  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

MG3 1 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  5 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  SECONDARY  SPANISH 
EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  46 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Science:  HI  104,  PClOl 
Junior  Standing,  Speech/Hearing  Test 

MAJOR:  33 

Required  courses: 

SP221  Conversation  III  2sh 

SP222  Conversation  IV  2sh 

SP321  Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

SP322  Advanced  Conversation  II  Ish 

SP201  Intensive  Intermediate  Spanish  6sh 

— OR— 

SP25 1  -252  Accelerated  Spanish  1 1 1  and  IV  6sh 

SP35 1  Advanced  Spanish  Language  I  3di 

SP352  Advanced  Spanish  Language  II  3sh 

SP353  Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics  3sh 

SP36 1  -362  Development  of  Spanish  Culture  and  Lit  1 ,  1 1  6sh 

— OR— 

SP363-364  Development  of  Spanish-American  Culture  &  Lit  1, 1 1  6sh 

Controlled  electives: 
Other  Spanish  electives  6sh  ( 1 ) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Professional  Education  sequence  30 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Isb 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED44I               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

ED453               Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the  Secondary  3sh 
School 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences — 179 


EP302  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educationjil  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  (recommended)  15 

ED481  History  and  Philosophy  of  Multicultural  Education  3sh 

EX3(X)  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child  in  the 

Regular  Classroom  3sh 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (up  to  21)  in  semester  abroad  in  Valladolid,  Spain. 

MINOR  IN  SPANISH  21 

Required  courses: 

SP  251-252  (or  SP201)  Spanish  III  and  IV  6sh 

SP22 1  -222  Spanish  Conversation  1 1 1  and  1 V  4sh 

SP35 1-352  Advanced  Language  I  and  11  6sh 

SP32 1  -322  Advanced  Conversation  1  and  1 1  2sh 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course:  SP36 1 ,  SP362,  SP363,  or  SP364  3sh 


180 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

Anne  Harris  Katz,  Interim  Dean 
Douglas  A.  Ross,  Interim  Associate  Dean 

One  of  the  characteristics  of  the  twentieth  century  is  the  marked  change  in  the  relation  of  citizens  to 
their  environment.  Space  probes,  orbiting  satellites,  and  productive  research  on  the  structure  and 
synthesis  of  living  matter  have  brought  to  the  forefront  for  re-examination  such  time  honored  queries 
as,  "What  is  the  nature  of  the  universe?"  or  "Can  man  control  his  natural  environment?"  or  "How 
did  life  begin?"  Correct  answers  to  these  and  other  questions,  coupled  with  proper  application  of  this 
knowledge  for  humankind's  betterment,  must  be  a  significant  part  of  the  goal  of  educated  people 
everywhere. 

The  objectives  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  are  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
kinds  of  problems  which  lend  themselves  to  possible  solutions  through  the  use  of  science;  to  introduce 
different  scientific  techniques  through  significant  illustrative  experiences;  to  give  a  sense  of  perspective 
in  the  development  of  science;  and  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  basic  community  of  all  scientific 
disciplines. 

DEGREES 

The  departments  of  Biology,  Chemistry,  Computer  Science,  and  Physics  offer  work  leading  to  either  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  or  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  depending  upon  the  specific  course  program 
pursued.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  awarded  for  successful  work  in  the  departments  of 
Geoscience  and  Mathematics.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  by  the  Department  of 
Psychology. 

Several  departments  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  sponsor  Master  of  Arts  or 
Master  of  Science  degrees  in  the  university's  Graduate  School.  The  Department  of  Psychology  offers 
the  Doctor  of  Clinical  Psychology  degree.  Information  on  these  programs  should  be  obtained  from  the 
the  Graduate  School. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 181 


Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  university's  General  Education  requirements,  all  students  seeking  a  baccalaureate 
degree  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a 
major  as  established  by  the  department  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these 
requirements  and  for  minoring  in  a  specific  field  appear  in  the  department  sections  that  follow.  A 
double  major  or  minor  may  encompass  a  discipline  outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be 
opted  only  with  adviser  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in  course  choice 
for  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  majors;  for  specifically  required  courses,  substitution  in  any 
program  must  have  the  written  approval  of  the  student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college  dean. 
The  intermediate  series  foreign  language  requirement  (a  description  follows)  applies  without  exception 
to  all  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  degrees. 

The  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

A  candidate  for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  demonstrate  a  proficiency  in  a 
foreign  language  equivalent  to  that  attained  upon  completion  of  two  years  of  college  instruction  in  that 
language.  This  requirement  may  be  met  by 

a.  successful  completion  of  two  semesters  at  the  second-year  level  in  a  specific  language;  or 

b.  successful  completion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examination  in  lieu  of  the  above. 

The  foreign  language  requirement  currently  may  be  met  through  work  in  French,  German,  Greek, 
Latin,  or  Spanish. 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  lUP,  whose  acquired  native  language  is  other  than  English 
and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable  proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language 
requirement  for  a  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is  majoring  in 
does  not  require  a  specific  language  not  thus  covered. 

PREPROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  offers  preprofessional  programs  for  the  preparation 
of  students  for  acceptance  by  a  professional  school:  pre-dental,  pre-medical,  and  pre- veterinary 
medicine.  In  addition,  the  college  offers  a  major  in  the  Natural  Sciences  for  those  students  whose  goal 
is  pharmacy  or  pharmacology,  optometry,  osteopathy,  podiatry,  or  similar  professional  field.  All 
programs  are  so  designed  that,  should  work  at  a  professional  school  not  ensue,  the  student  may  earn  an 
lUP  baccalaureate  degree,  provided  he/she  has  been  faithful  to  faculty  advisement. 

The  preprofessional  health  programs  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  presuppose  that  the  student 
has  an  excellent  background  in  the  high  school  sciences  and  mathematics  or  will  prove  to  be  an 
excellent  college  student.  Because  admission  standards  at  most  professional  schools  are  ver\'  high, 
students  desiring  preprofessional  preparation  for  any  of  these  fields  will  find  it  advantageous  to  major 
in  the  basic  department  discipline,  making  known  to  the  department  chairperson  their  eventual  goal 
but  delaying  explicit  affiliation  with  the  preprofessional  program  until  they  have  established  them- 
selves academically  at  the  college  level.  Commitment  to  any  preprofessional  program  must  be  made  no 
later  than  the  end  of  the  student's  fourth  semester. 

Students  interested  in  the  related  health  fields  (dentistry,  pharmacy,  optometry,  osteopathy,  physical 
therapy,  podiatry,  etc.)  should  consult  with  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathemat- 
ics during  their  first  semester  of  lUP  attendance  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  possible. 


182 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

lUP  has  been  fortunate  to  enter  into  cooperative  agreements  with  a  number  of  outstanding  institutions 
to  provide  significant  career  opportunities  to  our  students.  These  formal  agreements  provide  for 
accelerated  graduate  or  professional  degree  programs  or  carefully  planned  and  coordinated  under- 
graduate programming  with  the  cooperating  institution.  Programs  are  intended  to  assure  acceptance 
of  properly  qualified  students  by  the  cooperating  professional  schools.  Additional  information 
concerning  the  specific  programs  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  academic  department  in  this 
catalog. 

ENGINEERING  (See  Department  of  Physics) 

Drexel  University  -  the  program  combines  the  opportunity  for  two  years  of  study  at  lUP  with  the 
remaining  three  years  of  study  as  part  of  the  Drexel  plan  of  cooperative  education. 

University  of  Pittsburgh  -  the  program  will  allow  the  student  to  enroll  at  lUP  for  the  first  three  years  of 
college  and  conclude  degree  work  by  enrolling  in  an  engineering  program  at  the  University  of 
Pittsburgh  for  the  last  two  years,  while  earning  an  lUP  degree  as  well. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE  (See  Department  of  Biology) 

Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas  Jefferson  University  -  the  program  is  designed  to  increase  the 
opportunities  for  lUP  students  to  be  admitted  to  Jefferson  Medical  College  in  the  Family  Medicine 
Program  designed  to  provide  physicians  to  rural  communities  in  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  a 
shortage. 

FORESTRY  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  STUDIES  (See  Department  of 
Biology) 

Duke  University  -  the  program  is  designed  to  coordinate  the  education  of  students  from  lUP  with  the 
graduate  programs  in  forestry  and  environmental  management  offered  at  Duke  University. 

PODIATRY  (See  Natural  Science) 

Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  -  the  program  is  designed  to  accelerate  the  professional 
training  of  lUP  students  in  the  field  of  podiatry. 

OPTOMETRY  (See  Natural  Sciences) 

Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  -  the  program  is  designed  to  accelerate  the  professional  training  of 
lUP  students  in  the  field  of  optometry. 

MARINE  SCIENCE  CONSORTIUM 

College  majors  may  be  interested  in  the  programs  available  through  the  Marine  Science  Consortium. 
The  Marine  Science  Consortium  was  established  in  1968  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  teaching  and 
research  in  the  marine  sciences.  The  participating  institutions  include  lUP  and  thirteen  other  colleges 
and  universities.  Although  no  separate  major  in  the  Marine  Sciences  exists,  elective  courses  may  be 
taken  and  credited  toward  undergraduate  curriculums  in  Biology,  Geology,  Geography,  and  Earth 
Science.  The  Marine  Science  Consortium  offers  five  three-week  sessions  during  the  summer  at  the 
NASA- Wallops  Island  Station,  Virginia.  Normally,  several  research  cruises  are  offered  each  summer. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 183 


Students  must  register  for  credit  and  pay  credit  fees  to  a  participating  institution.  Room  and  board  fees 
are  paid  to  the  consortium.  Applications  for  ail  summer  sessions  must  be  submitted  to  the  institutional 
director  by  April  1 .  Students  must  be  accepted  by  the  consortium  before  registering  at  a  participating 
institution.  See  section  on  Marine  Science  Consortium  for  a  listing  of  courses.  For  brochure,  summer 
bulletin,  and  application  forms,  contact  Dr.  Ray  L.  Winstead,  Biology,  and  Dr.  Darlene  S.  Richard- 
son, Geoscience,  who  are  the  lUP  directors  and  assist  students  in  program  planning. 

INTERNSHIP  PROGRAMS 

Several  departments  have  established  programs  under  which  students  engage  in  an  off-campus 
supervised  work  experience  for  credit. 

For  more  information  about  specific  Internship  programs,  students  should  consult  with  the  chairper- 
son of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  majoring.  Low-income  students  eligible  for  internships 
may  receive  federal-state  funding. 

BIOLOGY  DEPARTMENT 

WALTER  W.  GALLATI,  CHAIRPERSON;  ALICO,  ANDREW,  ASH- 
JOHNSON,  BAKER,  BROWE,  CHARNEGO,  CISKOWSKI,  DIETRICH, 
FERRENCE,  FORBES,  GENDRON,  GRAU,  HULING,  HULSE, 
HUMPHREYS,  KESNER,  LINZEY,  LUCIANO,  NASTASE,  NEWELL, 
PICKERING,  PISTOLE,  PREZANT,  SCHARMANN,  SCHROCK, 
WINSTEAD 

Degrees  offered  by  the  biology  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Biology,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
in  Biology,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Environmental  Health,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
with  a  Biology  major.  The  first  three  degree  programs  are  under  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics,  and  the  fourth  is  under  the  College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  Biology 
minor. 

The  program  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biology  is  designed  to  provide  maximum  depth  in  the  sciences  and 
mathematics  with  minimum  elective  opportunity.  Students  who  plan  to  attend  graduate  school  or 
professional  schools  such  as  those  in  human  or  veterinary  medicine  most  often  choose  this  program  of 
studies. 

The  program  leading  to  a  B.A.  in  Biology  is  designed  to  reduce  the  requirement  in  sciences  and 
mathematics  and  allow  for  greater  elective  choice  from  diverse  fields.  Unspecialized  career  plans  can  be 
best  accommodated  with  this  program. 

The  Environmental  Health  program  is  a  preparation  for  employment  in  local,  state,  and  federal 
agencies  and  industry.  Between  the  junior  and  senior  year,  each  student  should  serve  an  internship  with 
a  governmental  agency  or  an  industrial  concern. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Biology  major  is  designed  to  prepare  for 
certification  in  public  school  teaching. 

NOTE:  The  Biology  Department  cooperates  in  programs  with  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Duke 
University  School  of  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies,  and  Marine  Science  Consortium.  Inc. 


184 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


DUKE  COOPERATIVE  COLLEGE  PROGRAM  IN  FORESTRY  AND 
ENVIRONMENTAL  STUDIES 

The  Cooperative  College  program  with  the  Duke  University  School  of  Forestry  and  Environmental 
Studies  is  designed  to  coordinate  the  undergraduate  education  of  students  at  lUP  with  graduate 
programs  in  the  areas  of  resources  and  environment  offered  at  Duke.  Undergraduate  majors  in  one  of 
the  natural  sciences,  mathematics,  economics,  business,  or  political  science  are  suited  to  the  program. 
Preparation  for  the  Duke  program  should  include  at  least  one  year  each  of  biology  with  work  in 
botany,  economics  with  a  significant  component  of  microeconomics,  and  mathematics  which  should 
include  calculus,  computer  science,  and  statistics.  Applicants  to  the  Duke  program  who  have 
completed  courses  in  ecology,  chemistry,  geology,  physics,  and  a  foreign  language;  or  additional 
courses  in  biology,  economics,  and  mathematics  will  be  given  preferential  consideration.  Students  are 
accepted  in  either  of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke,  the  Master  of  Forestry  (MF)  or  Master  of 
Environmental  Management  (MEM). 

Students  may  be  accepted  into  the  Duke  graduate  program  after  three  years  of  high-quality  under- 
graduate study  at  lUP  or  upon  completion  of  the  baccalaureate.  Students  who  qualify  after  three  years 
will  have  completed  most  of  the  undergraduate  degree  requirements  at  lUP  except  for  total  hours. 
Courses  at  Duke  will  be  applied  to  the  bachelor's  degree  at  lUP.  Dr.  Gould  F.  Schrock,  Department  of 
Biology,  is  the  faculty  adviser  at  lUP  and  assists  students  in  program  planning. 

JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE-IUP 
PHYSICIAN  SHORTAGE  AREA  PROGRAM 

A  cooperative  Family  Medicine  Physician  Education  Program  has  been  established  by  lUP  and 
Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas  Jefferson  University  in  Philadelphia  for  the  purpose  of 
improving  the  distribution  of  physicians  in  Pennsylvania.  The  program  is  designed  to  increase  the 
opportunities  for  young  women  and  men  to  practice  family  medicine  in  the  rural  communities  of 
Pennsylvania  where  there  is  a  shortage  of  physicians. 

The  program  at  Jefferson  Medical  College  will  admit  approximately  twelve  graduates  of  lUP  and 
twelve  graduates  of  other  colleges  each  year.  Students  from  lUP  will  be  admitted  only  if  properly 
qualified  according  to  the  admission  standards  and  policies  of  Jefferson  Medical  College.  Applica- 
tions are  reviewed  by  the  Joint  lUP-Jefferson  Subcommittee  and  recommendations  made  to  the 
Jefferson  Committee  on  Admissions. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to  Jefferson  Medical  College 

Students  may  choose  from  a  variety  of  major  fields  of  study  during  their  four  years  at  lUP.  Regardless 
of  the  major  field  of  study,  one  year  (8sh)  of  coursework  must  be  included  in  each  of  the  following  four 
areas:  General  Biology  or  Zoology,  Physics,  Inorganic  Chemistry,  and  Organic  Chemistry  (32  sh). 

In  addition  to  the  minimum  course  requirements,  the  prospective  medical  student  is  advised  to 
complete  such  courses  as  physical  chemistry,  quantitative  analysis,  comparative  vertebrate  anatomy, 
genetics,  animal  developmental  biology,  calculus,  psychology,  sociology,  and  philosophy.  Although 
these  courses  are  not  required  for  admission  to  Jefferson  Medical  College,  they  are  recommended  in 
order  that  students  have  an  adequate  professional,  social,  and  ethical  background  for  the  study  of 
medicine.  After  four  years  of  study  at  lUP,  students  will  qualify  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with 
a  major  in  biology,  chemistry,  or  other  curriculums  if  preferred. 

Students  who  qualify  for  the  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program  (PSAP)  must  certify  their  intentions  to 
adhere  to  the  following  plan  of  education  and  practice:  (a)  complete  the  family  medicine  curriculum 
during  their  four  years  of  medical  education  at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  including  a  six-week 
clerkship  in  a  rural  area;  (b)  complete  a  three-year  family  medicine  residency;  and  (c)  agree  to  practice 
family  medicine  in  an  underserved  area.  Preference  will  be  given  to  Pennsylvania  residents  who  are 
interested  in  this  program,  with  highest  priority  given  to  those  who  actually  live,  at  the  time  of 
application,  in  the  underserved  area  in  which  they  hope  to  practice.  The  Associate  Dean,  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  will  assist  students  in  program  planning. 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

B1105 

Cell  Biology 

BlllO 

Plant  Biology 

BI120 

Animal  Biology 

BI263 

Genetics 

BI480 

Biology  Seminar 

Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 185 


In  the  programs  of  study  that  follow,  no  more  than  six  semester  hours  in  aggregate  from  internships, 
independent  study,  and  special  topics  may  be  counted  toward  biology  course  requirements.  Credits 
beyond  six  earned  from  these  sources  are  counted  as  general  electives. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  BIOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  oudined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  ill  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

27 

4sh 
Ssh 
5sh 
Ssh 
Ish 

9sh(l) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  8 

Chemistry  sequence 

CH23 1  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH35I  Biochemistry  4sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  36 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  Internship,  applies  to  major; 
excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  BIOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outUned  in  General  Education  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  111  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  PY 1 1 1  / 1 2 1  - 1 1 2/ 1 22 

Science/Math  elective:  MA  122  or  MA216 

MAJOR:  33 

Required  courses: 

BI105  Cell  Biology  4sh 

BIllO  Plant  Biology  Ssh 

BI120  Animal  Biology  Ssh 

BI263  Genetics  3sh 

B1480  Biology  Seminar  Ish 

Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only)  1 5sh(  1 ) 


186 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Chemistry  sequence 

CH 1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I 

CH 1 1 2  General  Chemistry  II 

CH23 1  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH351  Biochemistry 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  17 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  Internship,  applies  to  major; 
excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  BIOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  PY 1 1 1  / 1 2 1  - 1 1 2/ 1 22 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 

Science/Math  elective:  (covered  by  BIl  10,  120) 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
HI  103 
BI104 
BIl  10 
BI120 
BI361 
B1480 


General  Biology  I 
General  Biology  II 
Plant  Biology 
Animal  Biology 
Microbiology 
Biology  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives:  (major  courses  only)  BI105, 
BI263,  and  BI362  (recommended) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Chemistry  sequence: 

CH  1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I 

CH  1 1 2  General  Chemistry  II 

CH23 1  Organic  Chemistry  1 

CH351  Biochemistry 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Instructional  Media 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  11 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

ED45 1  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools 

EP302  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measures 

FE302  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 


4sh 
45h 
5sh 
5sh 
3sh 
Ish 

8sh(l) 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 

3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  125 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  Internship,  applies  to  major; 
excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 187 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  ENVIRONMENTAL  HEALTH 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  PYl  1 1/121-1 12/122 

Social  Science:  PSl  1 1 

Science/Math  elective:  MA122  or  MA216 


54 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
B1105 
BIllO 
B1120 
B1241 
B1362 
B1310 
B1321 
BI322 
BI480 
BI498 


36 


Cell  Biology 

Plant  Biology 

Animal  Biology 

General  Microbiology 

Ecology 

Applied  Entomology  and  Zoonoses 

Environmental  Protection  I 

Environmental  Protection  II 

Biology  Seminar 

Internship  or  Alternate  Experience 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

CH 1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I 

CH 1 1 2  General  Chemistry  1 1 

CH23 1  Organic  Chemistry  1 

SAlOl  Intro  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Management 

SA301  Nature  and  Effects  of  Occupational  Health  Hazards 

SA302  Measurements  and  Evaluation  of  Occupational 

Health  Hazards 


4sh 
Ssh 
5sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
6sh(l) 


4sh 
4sh 

4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


21 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  13 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  Internship,  applies  to  major; 
excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


MINOR  in  BIOLOGY 


MINOR: 

Option  A:  Required  courses 

BI 1 03- 1 04  General  Biology  I  and  1 1 

Additional  Bl  major  courses 
Option  B:  Required  courses 

BI105  Cell  Biology 

Additional  BI  major  courses  (BI  1 10  and  120  recommended) 


17 


Ssh 
9sh 

4sh 
13sh(l) 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Must  have  permission  of  biology  department  chairperson. 


(1)  See  department  for  modifications  to  biology  minor  for  psychology  majors. 


188 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CHEMISTRY  DEPARTMENT 

NEIL  J.  ASTING,  CHAIRPERSON;  BALLAS,  BORDAS, 
CHRISTODOULEAS,  COLEMAN,  COSTA,  CRUMM,  FAZIO,  FORD, 
HARDING,  HARTLINE,  KOLACZKOWSKI,  McKELVEY,  PATSIGA, 
SCROXTON,  SYTY,  TACKETT,  VARUGHESE,  WOOD,  WOOLCOCK, 
ZAMBOTTI 

Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Chemistry,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major.  The 
first  two  degree  programs  are  under  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  third  is 
under  the  College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  Chemistry  minor. 

The  B.S.  in  Chemistry  is  a  professional  degree  and  is  accredited  by  the  American  Chemical  Society. 
The  student  completing  this  major  should  be  qualified  to  assume  a  position  in  industry  or  government 
as  a  chemist  or  to  apply  for  admission  to  graduate  school  to  pursue  advanced  studies  leading  to  the 
M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  The  student  considering  going  to  a  professional  school  who  also  wishes  to 
complete  this  degree  should  elect  appropriate  courses  as  required  by  the  professional  school  in  addition 
to  the  courses  required  here.  Those  students  who  are  particularly  interested  in  biochemistry  should 
elect  a  few  selected  biology  courses. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.A.  in  Chemistry  is  designed  to  allow  for  the  workable  union  of 
nonscience  areas  with  chemistry  in  such  a  way  as  to  retain  the  fundamental  science  and  mathematics 
requirements  needed  for  a  career  in  chemistry.  A  careful  selection  of  electives  will  qualify  the  student 
for  entrance  into  many  fields  in  which  there  is  an  acute  need  for  educated  people  and,  at  the  same  time, 
satisfy  the  entrance  requirements  of  various  professional  and  graduate  schools. 

Some  possible  and  useful  combinations  between  chemistry  and  other  disciplines  would  include 
chemistry-biology,  chemistry-business  administration,  chemistry-computer  science,  chemistry-crimi- 
nology, chemistry-government,  chemistry-pre-dental,  chemistry-pre-law,  chemistry-pre-medicine, 
and  chemistry-  English  (technical  writing).  The  student  must  arrange  a  practical  sequence  of  non- 
chemistry  courses  in  consort  with  his/her  adviser  and  the  department  chairperson  concerned.  A 
student  seeking  a  career  in  forensic  science  should  major  in  chemistry.  The  department  also  offers  pre- 
medical  programs  in  both  the  B.S.  and  B.A.  curriculums.  These  programs  prepare  the  student  to 
satisfy  the  entrance  requirements  of  medical  schools. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major  is  designed  to  prepare  the 
student  to  teach  chemistry  at  the  secondary  school  level.  Upon  completion  of  the  specified  course- 
work,  the  graduate  is  eligible  for  certification  as  a  chemistry  teacher  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department 
of  Education. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  CHEMISTRY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  languages  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA121  or  MAI23 

Natural  Science:  PYl  1 1/121-1 12/122  or  PYI31/14I-I32/142 

Science/Math  elective:  MA  122  or  MA124 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics —  1 89 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
CHI  13 
CH114 
CH231 
CH232 
CH321 
CH322 
CH341 
CH343 


Concepts  in  Chemistry  I 
Concepts  in  Chemistry  II 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  Chemistry  II 
Quantitative  Analysis 
Instrumental  Analysis 
Physical  Chemistry  I 
Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Planned  program  in  complementary  field 
(adviser  approval)  with  6sh  in  300/400  level  courses 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 


15sh(l) 
(2) 


29 


15 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  26 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Recommended  fields:  Biology,  Business,  Computer  Science,  Criminology,  Dietetics,  Economics, 
English,  Foreign  Language,  Geoscience,  Mathematics,  Physics,  Political  Science,  Psychology 

(2)  Chemistry  Pre-Med  program  requires:  BI105,  BI120,  BI263,  BI331,  BI352,  and  CH351 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
CH113 
CH114 
CH231 
CH232 
CH301 
CH321 
CH322 
CH341 
CH342 
CH343 
CH344 
CH411 


53 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  CHEMISTRY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Languages  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Sciences:  PY131/141-132/142 

Science/Math  electives:  COl  10 


42 


Concepts  in  Chemistry  I  4sh 

Concepts  in  Chemistry  II  4sh 

Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

Chemistry  Seminar  Ish 

Quantitative  Analysis  4sh 

Instrumental  Analysis  4sh 

Physical  Chemistry  I  4sh 

Physical  Chemistry  II  3sh 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  Ish 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  Ish 

Inorganic  Chemistry  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

Additional  Chemistry  electives  from  list:  6sh(I) 

CH302,  CH303,  CH331,  CH335,  CH351,  CH376,  CH412.  CH421, 

CH441,CH498 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  7-8 

Additional  math:  MA  124  and  one  additional  course  from  7-8sh 

MA171,  MA227,  MA241,  MA342 

Pre-Med  program  (2) 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  22-21 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  CH498  (2sh)  required  for  American  Chemical  Society  certification 

(2)  Chemistry/Pre-Med  program  requires  BI105,  BI120,  BI263,  BI331,  BI352,  and  CH351 


190 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  CHEMISTRY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  PYl  11/121-1 12/122 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 

Science/Math  electives:  MA122 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
CH113 
CH114 
CH231 
CH232 
CH321 
CH322 
CH341 
CH343 
CH498 


Concepts  in  Chemistry  I 
Concepts  in  Chemistry  II 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  Chemistry  II 
Quantitative  Analysis 
Instrumental  Analysis 
Physical  Chemistry  I 
Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 
Problems  in  Chemistry 
Controlled  electives: 

One  additional  chemistry  course  from  list: 

CH342,CH351,CH411 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 
I-2sh 

3-4sh 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

B1105  CeU  Biology 

Professional  education  sequence: 


CM301 
ED242 
ED342 
ED421 
ED442 
ED451 
EP302 
EP377 
FE302 

FREE  ELECTIVES: 


Instructional  Media 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School 

Educational  Psychology 

Educational  Tests  and  Measures 

History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 


4sh 

3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


MINOR  in  CHEMISTRY 


MINOR: 

Required  courses: 
CHI  11 
CHI  12 
CH231 
CH232 


General  Chemistry  I 
General  Chemistry  II 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  Chemistry  II 


One  chemistry  elective  from  CH321 ,  CH323,  CH35 1 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 191 


COMPUTER  SCIENCE  DEPARTMENT 

THOMAS  P.  CUNNINGHAM,  CHAIRPERSON;  BUTERBAUGH, 
CROSS,  MAPLE,  McKELVEY,  MICCO,  OBLITEY,  SHUBRA, 
SWEENEY,  WATTS,  WOLFE 

The  program  in  Computer  Science  at  lUP  leads  to  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  and  is  designed  primarily  to 
prepare  graduates  for  productive  work  in  highly  computer-dependent  areas  of  business,  government, 
and  industry.  In  recent  years,  majors  graduating  from  the  program  have  attained  their  first  jobs  in 
business  applications,  programming  and  systems  analysis,  computer  software  development,  scientific 
and  applied  mathematical  programming,  other  computer-related  areas,  and  graduate  school. 

In  a  rapidly  developing  field  such  as  Computer  Science,  it  is  important  that  the  graduate's  education  be 
broad  and  fundamental  so  that  new  trends  can  more  readily  be  followed.  Our  goal  is  to  balance 
fundamentality  and  breadth  with  sufficient  supervised  practice  so  that  our  graduates  are  productive  at 
the  time  they  graduate  but  ready  and  willing  to  change  with  the  field. 

Most  applied  computer  scientists  work  in  cooperation  with  professionals  trained  in  other  areas  and 
with  managers.  Hence,  the  ability  to  work  and  communicate  with  others  of  different  educational 
backgrounds  is  an  important  characteristic.  To  that  end,  we  encourage  computer  .science  majors  to 
take  a  strong  minor  (or  area  concentration)  in  a  second  area  of  interest.  Some  students  may  wish  to 
double  major.  Majors  in  other  disciplines  at  lUP  are  also  welcome  to  take  Computer  Science  courses 
for  which  they  are  qualified  or  a  Computer  Science  minor. 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Science  should  set  their  goals  beyond  simple  programming  and  should 
be  preparing 

1.  to  program  well,  both  in  design  and  implementation  phases,  and  document  what  they  have 
programmed,  and 

2.  to  analyze  real-world  problems  in  preparation  for  program  design  and  implementation,  and 

3.  to  manage  activities  that  are  strongly  computer  dependent,  or 

4.  to  improve  the  tools  that  programmers  and  systems  analysts  use,  i.e.,  to  develop 

a.  better  machine  systems 

b.  better  software  systems 

c.  better  languages  for  communicating  with  machines  or 

d.  better  methods  for  solving  intractable  problems  or 

5 .  to  teach  about  computers  at  college  or  high  school  level  or 

6.  to  advance  the  fundamental  theory  of  digital  information  processors. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  MI  and  IV 

Mathematics:  1)  a  finite  mathematics  course  (MA  102  Finite  Mathematics) 

2)  Calculus  consisting  of  MA  123,  Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  or  one  of  the 
following  approved  substitutions: 

a.  MA  127,  Calculus  1 

b.  MA121  and  122,  Calc  I  and  II  for  Bus,  Nat/Soc  Sci 

3)  Statistics  consisting  of  MA216,  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  or  one 
of  the  following  approved  substitutions: 

a.  MA363  and  364,  Mathematics  Statistics  I  and  II 

b.  MA214,  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Business,  and  MA417,  Statistical 
Applications 

I  c.       MA217,  Probability  and  Statistics,  and  MA417,  Statistical  Applications 


192 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 
COllO 
CO220 
CO250 
CO300 
CO310 
C0315 
CO380 
CO480 


30 


Introduction  to  Computer  Science  3sh 

Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

Assembly  Language  Programming  3sh 

Data  Structures  3sh 

Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3sh 

Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  Ish 

Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  Ish 
Controlled  electives: 

CO  electives  from  lOsh(l) 
CO320,  C0345,  C0355,  CO360,  CO370,  CO410,  CO420,  CO430 
C0432,  C044 1 ,  CO450,  CO460,  CO470,  C048 1 ,  C0485 ,  or  C0493  (2) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENT: 
Completion  of  one  of  the  following:  5-20sh(3) 

a)  Minor  from  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Math 

b)  Minor  (concentration)  from  designated  business  courses  (18  minimum) 

c)  Nine  additional  hours  of  CO  controlled  electives,  including 
four  hours  of  C0493  or  C0485. 


9-18 


FREE  ELECTIVES:  20-31 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  At  least  3sh  must  be  from  CO4I0,  CO420,  CO430,  C0432,  C0441,  CO450,  or  CO460. 

(2)  No  more  than  4sh  from  C0493  applied  to  30sh  minimum. 

(3)  The  student  who  selects  free  electives  in  place  of  this  requirement  will  be  awarded  a  B.A.  degree  in 
Computer  Science. 


MINOR  in  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

MINOR: 

Required  courses: 
CO220  Applied  Computer  Programming 

Other  CO  electives 


15 


3sh(l) 
12sh(2) 


(1)  Appropriate  background  may  be  COllO,  IM241,  or  other  competence  determined  by  department. 

(2)  CO200  Introduction  to  Computers  is  an  appropriate  entry  course  for  minors  or  for  students  who 
wish  to  take  only  one  course. 


GEOSCIENCE  DEPARTMENT 


FRANK  W.  HALL  II,  CHAIRPERSON;  CERCONE,  CLARK,  PARK, 
PRINCE,  RICHARDSON,  SUTTON,  TAYLOR 

The  geoscience  department  provides  curriculums  in  areas  of  natural  science  dealing  with  and  related  to 
the  earth  and  its  environment  by  offering  courses  in  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  and 
oceanography. 

In  addition  to  on-campus  instruction,  opportunities  exist  for  summer  coursework  and  research  in 
geology  and  oceanography  at  the  Marine  Science  Consortium  located  at  Wallops  Island,  Virginia. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics— 193 


Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Geoscience  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Geology,  the  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Geoscience,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Earth  and  Space 
Science  or  with  a  major  in  General  Science.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are  under  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  last  two  are  under  the  College  of  Education. 

The  department  also  will  act  in  an  advisory  capacity  for  students  enrolled  in  the  B.S.  in  Natural  Science 
with  concentrations  in  Astronomy,  Meteorology,  or  Oceanography.  These  degree  programs  are 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  work  in  the  aforementioned  disciplines. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Geology  is,  in  a  sense,  a  dual-purpose  degree  program.  Not  only  is  it  designed  to 
graduate  well-trained,  competent  geologists,  able  to  compete  for  positions  as  professional  geologists  in 
the  job  mcirket;  it  is  also  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  allied  science  and 
mathematics  background  to  enable  the  good  student  to  qualify  for  admission  to  the  graduate  school  of 
his/her  choice  in  Geology. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Geoscience  offers  the  student  a  broad-based  science  background.  In  addition  to  the 
38  semester  hours  of  Geoscience  (Astronomy,  Geology,  Meteorology,  Oceanography)  the  student  will 
also  acquire  a  strong  background  in  Mathematics  and  the  Allied  Sciences  of  Chemistry,  Biology,  and 
Physics.  The  student  who  earns  the  B.S.  degree  in  Geoscience  may  anticipate  career  openings  in 
government  or  private  industry  in  those  expanding  fields  directly  associated  with  environmental 
studies.  The  B.S.  in  Geoscience  will  also  prepare  students  for  admission  to  graduate  study,  should  they 
choose  to  pursue  academic  preparation  beyond  the  undergraduate  level. 

The  department  recognizes  as  one  of  its  functions  the  role  of  serving  the  field  of  public  education  by  the 
preparation  of  qualified  and  certified  teachers  of  earth  and  space  science.  Also,  because  of  the 
interdisciplinary  nature  of  both  the  department  and  the  requirements  for  preparing  general  science 
teachers,  the  department  administers  the  program  designed  to  lead  to  general  science  certification  and 
includes  majors  of  that  category  as  department  members. 

Minor  in  Geology 

The  minor  in  Geology  consists  of  seventeen  semester  hours.  General  Geology  I  and  II  lecture  and 
laboratory  are  required.  Three  upper-  level  courses  in  geology  (total  9  credits)  will  make  up  the 
remaining  requirements  for  the  minor  in  Geology  totalling  17  credits. 

Minor  in  Geoscience 

The  requirement  for  the  minor  in  Geoscience  will  be  sixteen  semester  hours  of  geoscience,  taken  within 
the  following  framework .  Students  must  complete  one  course  in  each  discipline  within  the  department: 
Astronomy,  three  semester  hours;  Geology,  four  semester  hours;  Meteorology,  three  semester  hours; 
Oceanography,  three  semester  hours,  for  a  total  of  thirteen  semester  hours.  The  additional  3  semester 
hours  can  be  taken  in  any  one  of  the  aforementioned  disciplines.  The  nonmajor  General  Astronomy 
course  will  not  be  acceptable  toward  the  minor  in  Geoscience. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  GEOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  111  and  IV 
Mathematics:  MA  121 
Natural  Science:  CH 11 1-1 12 
Science/Math  electives:  MA122 


194 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR: 

(1)  Required  courses: 

GS121 

General  Geology  I 

GS122 

General  Geology  I  Laboratory 

GS131 

General  Geology  II 

GS132 

General  Geology  II  Laboratory 

GS321 

Mineralogy 

GS322 

Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology 

GS325 

Structural  Field  Geology  I 

GS330 

Paleontology 

GS362 

Marine  Geology  and  Plate  Tectonics 

GS411 

Sedimentary  Petrology 

GS480 

Geoscience  Seminar 

Controlled  electives: 

Courses  from  list:  GS324,  326,  327,  335,  412, 420, 

432,  440, 

,441,481,482,493 

36 

3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 

9sh(l) 
(2) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  11 

Additional  Science: 
PYlll  Physics  I  Lee  3sh 

PY112  Physics  II  Lee  3sh 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab  Ish 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab  Ish 

One  geoscience  course  from  list:  3sh 

GS341,  GS342,  GS361,  or  GS371 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  23 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Summer  Field  Camp  in  geology  (5-9sh)  is  strongly  recommended. 

(2)  A  maximum  of  six  credits  from  approved  summer  field  camp  may  apply  to  controlled  electives. 


MINOR  in  GEOLOGY 

MINOR:  17 

Required  courses: 

GS 1 2 1  General  Geology  I  3sh 

GS122  General  Geology  I  Laboratory  Ish 

GS131  General  Geology  II  3sh 

GS132  General  Geology  II  Laboratory  Ish 

Three  upper  level  courses  in  Geology  9sh 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  GEOSCIENCE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  PYl  1 1-1 12  with  labs 

Science/Math  elective:  MA  122 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 195 


MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

GS121  General  Geology  I  3sh 

GS122  Genera]  Geology  I  Laboratory  Ish 

GS 1 3 1  General  Geology  1 1  3sh 

GS132  General  Geology  n  Laboratory  Ish 

GS321  Mineralogy  3sh 

GS322  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  3sh 

GS325  Structural  Field  Geology  I  3sh 

GS326  Structural  Field  Geology  11  3sh 

GS341  Solar  System  3sh 

GS361  Physical  Oceanography  3sh 

GS37 1  Meteorology  3sh 

GS480  Geoscience  Seminar  Ish 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  Geoscience  or  Geology  courses  6sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  17 

Biology  sequence 

BI105  Cell  Biology  4sh 

Bl  1 1 0  or  1 20      Plant  or  Animal  Biology  5sh 

Chemistry  sequence 

CH 1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH II 2  General  Chemistry  II  4sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  17 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


MINOR  in  GEOSCIENCE 

MINOR:  16 

Required  courses: 
One  course  from  each  of  the  following: 

Astronomy  (not  GS  1 1 0)  3sh 

Geology  4sh 

Meteorology  3sh 

Oceanography  3sh 

Additional  3sh  from  one  of  the  above  fields  3sh 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  EARTH  AND  SPACE 
SCIENCE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PC  101 

Science/Math  elective:  COl  10 


196 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
BI311 
GS121 
GS122 
GS131 
OS  132 
GS341 
GS342 
GS350 
GS361 
GS371 
PYlll 
PY112 
PY121 
PY122 


Environmental  Biology 
General  Geology  I 
General  Geology  I  Lab 
General  Geology  II 
General  Geology  Lab  II 
Solar  System 
Stellar  Astronomy 
Operation  of  the  Planetarium 
Oceanography 
Meteorology  I 
Physics  I  Lee 
Physics  II  Lee 
Physics  I  Lab 
Physics  II  Lab 


Controlled  electives: 
Geology  electives 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Professional  Education  sequence 


CM301 
ED242 
ED342 
ED451 
ED441 
ED442 
EP302 
EP377 
FE302 

FREE  ELECTIVES: 


Instructional  Media 

Pre-student  Teaching  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Educational  Psychology 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

History  and  Philosophy  of  Education 


4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 

6sh 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


39 


30 


TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  GENERAL  SCIENCE 
EDUCATION 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12 

Social  Science:  HI104,  PClOl 

Science/Math  Elective:  CGI  10 


53 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
BI103 
BI104 
GSIOI 
GS102 
GSI03 
GSI04 
PYlll 
PY112 
PY121 
PY122 


General  Biology  I 

General  Biology  II 

Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography 

Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  Lab 

Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy 

Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  Lab 

Physics  I  Lee 

Physics  II  Lee 

Physics  I  Lab 

Physics  II  Lab 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 


36 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 197 


Controlled  electives:  One  track  1 2sh 

Biology  track:  BI 1 10  or  120,  272,  480,  BI  elective 
Chemistry  track  :CH23 1,32 1,322  or  34  lor  351 
Geosciencetrack:GS110or341or342,  121,361,371 
Physics  track :  P  Y222,  23 1 ,  242,  33 1  ( 1 ) 
One  additional  science  course 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  30 

Professional  Education  sequence 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  1  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED45 1               Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  5 

(1)  Note:  If  Physics  track  is  elected,  MA123  and  MA124  are  required 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


MATHEMATICS  DEPARTMENT 

JOHN  BROUGHTON,  CHAIRPERSON;  ANDERSON,  ANGELO, 
BALENOVICH,  BERTNESS,  BURIOK,  BUSOVICKI,  A.  DAVIS, 
DONLEY,  DUBOVSKY,  DUNCAN,  EARLY,  FELDMAN,  D.  FRANK, 
GIAMBRONE,  HARTMAN,  HENNEMANN,  MADERER,  D.  McBRIDE, 
R.  McBRIDE,  MITCHELL,  MUELLER,  PETERS,  REBER,  RETTIG,  D. 
SHAFER,  SHAWER,  SHEPLER,  W.  SMITH,  SPEAKMAN,  STEELMAN, 
STEMPIEN,  STILWELL,  R.  WOLFE,  M.  WOODARD 

The  mathematics  department  prepares  students  for  work  in  industry,  graduate  school  mathematics, 
and  teaching.  Degrees  offered  by  the  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mathematics,  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Applied  Mathematics,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
Mathematics  major.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are  offered  within  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences 
and  Mathematics,  and  the  third  is  with  the  College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor 
in  Mathematics  and  a  minor  in  Applied  Statistics.  The  program  for  a  mathematics  major  in  the  College 
of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  is  two-phased.  A  student  may  pursue  a  degree  in  Applied 
Mathematics  or  Mathematics.  Those  completing  a  degree  in  Mathematics  will  be  prepared  to  continue 
their  studies  in  mathematics  in  graduate  school,  though  some  may  enter  business,  industry,  or 
government  service.  Those  students  receiving  a  degree  in  Applied  Mathematics  will  be  primarily 
prepared  to  enter  business,  industry,  or  government  service  in  an  area  where  mathematics  or  computer 
science  is  used  or  to  continue  their  studies  in  applied  mathematics  or  computer  science  in  graduate 
school.  This  student  would  not  be  expected  to  continue  graduate  studies  in  pure  mathematics. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Mathematics  major  prepares  the  student  for 
teaching  mathematics  in  junior  or  senior  high  school.  Many  graduates,  however,  continue  their  formal 
education  in  mathematics  at  the  graduate  level  or  work  in  government  or  industry. 

Elementary  education  majors  may  elect  to  take  a  concentration  of  at  least  fifteen  hours  in  mathemat- 
ics. The  program  of  courses  for  this  concentration  is  as  follows:  In  addition  to  MA151  and  MA152, 
select  nine  hours  from  the  following  courses:  MA317,  MA420,  MA450,  MA456,  MA457,  MA458, 
MA459,  MA471,  or  MA483. 


198 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Minor  in  Mathematics 

The  minor  in  Mathematics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  seventeen  semester  hours  in  mathematics  made 
up  of  any  two-semester  sequence  in  calculus  and  additional  semester  hours  selected  from  courses  for 
mathematics  majors.  This  excludes  N4A010,  101,  1 10,  214,  217,  417,  482,  483.  Additionally,  MA102 
will  be  credited  toward  minor  only  with  special  permission  of  adviser  or  chairperson.  A  maximum  of 
twelve  credits  from  the  following  courses  can  count  toward  the  minor:  N4A102,  121,  122,  and  216. 

Minor  in  Applied  Statistics 

The  minor  in  Applied  Statistics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  17  semester  hours  in  Mathematics  selected  as 
follows:  Required  are  (a)  MA121,  123,  or  127;  (b)  Choice  of  at  least  one  of  the  following:  MA102, 
MA122,  MA171;  (c)  Choice  of  MA214,  216,  or  217;  (d)  MA417.  The  remaining  semester  hours  may 
be  chosen  from  appropriate  courses  in  Statistics ,  MA4 1 8 ,  MA48 1  -3 ,  or  mathematics  courses  approved 
by  designated  adviser  in  the  Mathematics  Department. 

A  cumulative  QPA  of  at  least  2.0  in  MA  courses  is  required  for  a  minor  in  Mathematics  or  Applied 
Statistics.  The  mathematics  department  will  not  certify  that  a  transfer  student  has  completed  a  minor 
unless  the  student  has  completed  at  least  one  course  in  the  lUP  mathematics  department. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  APPLIED  MATHEMATICS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  49 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Science/Math electives:  COllO 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 
MA  127  Calculus  I  4sh 

MA  128  Calculus  II  4sh 

MA  1 7 1  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA227  Calculus  III  4sh 

MA27 1  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Sti:6ctures  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 
Two  courses  from  list:  6sh 

MA371,  421,  422,  423,  424,  427,  476,  477 
Additional  MA  credit  from  major  courses  12sh(l) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  6 

Computer  Science: 
CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

CO450  Applied  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  33 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  A  student  may  select  courses  to  fulfiU  requirements  for  specialized  track. 

a.  Actuarial/Statistics:  MA363,  364,  421,  422, 446, 465 

b.  Scientific/Engineering:  MA241,  342,  363,  364,  371, 423,  445, 446 

c.  Math  Analyst:  MA241,  342,  363,  364,  371, 445,  or  446, 476  CO  minor. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 199 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  MATHEMATICS 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  49 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Science/Math  electives:  CO  110 

MAJOR:  36 

Required  courses: 

MA  127  Calculus  I  4sh 

MA  128  Calculus  II  4sh 

MA171  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA227  Calculus  III  4sh 

MA27I  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  courses  from  list:  I2sh 

MA37I,  421,  422,  423,  424,  427,  476,  477 
Additional  MA  credits  from  majors  courses  6sh(l) 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  39 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  A  student  may  select  courses  to  fulfill  requirements  for  specialized  track. 

a.  Actuarial/Statistics:  MA363,  364,  421,  422,  446,  465 

b.  Scientific/engineering:  MA241,  342,  363,  364,  371,  423, 445, 446 

c.  Math  Analyst:  MA241,  342,  363,  364,  371, 445,  or  446,  476  CO  minor. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  MATHEMATICS 
EDUCATION 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  46 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Social  Science:  HI  104,  PCIOI 

Science/Math  Elective:  (included  in  major) 

MAJOR:  35-39 

Required  courses: 

MA  1 1 7  Principles  of  Math  3sh 

MA171  Intro  of  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA271  Intro  to  Alg  Struct  3sh 

MA353  Theory  of  Numbers  3sh 

MA355  Foundations  of  Geom  I  3sh 

MA350  History  of  Mathematics  2sh 

MA460  Comp/Calc  in  Sec  Sch  3sh 

MA452/453/454  Math  Ed  Seminar  Ish 

One  Calculus  sequence:  (A  or  B) 

A.  MA  127      Calculus  I  4sh(l) 

MA  128  Calculus  II  4sh 


200 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA227  Calculus  III  4sh 

B.  1VIA123      Calc  I  for  Phys/Chem  4sh 

MA  124  Calc  II  for  Phys/Chem  4sh 

One  Statistics  sequence:  (A  or  B) 

A.  MA363      Math  Statistics  I  3sh(l) 
MA364         Math  Statistics  II  3sh 

B.  MA216      Prob/Stats  for  Nat  Sci  4sh 

(1)  If  neither  Option  A  has  been  chosen,  then  one  of  MA371,  MA421,  MA476,  MA445  required. 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  33 

Professional  Education  sequence 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442               School  Law  Ish 

ED456               Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

CO205               Comp  Lang  Math  Ed  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  6-10 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

NATURAL  SCIENCES 

BALLAS,  GAGGINI,  GENDRON,  MUELLER,  SCROXTON,  WOODARD 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Natural  Science  is  designed  to  prepare 
students  for  various  professional  schools  -  optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  and  dentistry  (the  natural 
science  major  is  not  recommended  for  medical  school  preparation).  The  degree  is  offered  by  the 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  NATURAL  SCIENCE 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  38 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  listed  in  major  (MA  121  recommended) 

Natural  Science:  listed  in  major 

Science/Math  electives:  listed  in  major  (CO  recommended) 

MAJOR:  45-46 

Controlled  electives: 

BI  courses  14sh 

CH  courses  16sh 

PY  courses  8sh 

MA/CO  courses  7-8sh 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 201 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  0 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  41-40 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  NATURAL  SCIENCE/Pre- Astronomy  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  language  111  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science  CHI  11-1 12 

Science/Math  eiectives:  COl  10 

33 

3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  10 

CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA124  Calculus  11  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4sh 

MA241  Differential  Equations  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  28 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  NATURAL  SCIENCE/Pre-Meteorology  or 
Oceanography  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA  123 
Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 
Science/Math  elective:  COl  10 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses 

PY131 

Physics  I-C  Lee 

PY132 

Physics  II-C  Lee 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

PY223 

Mechanics  11 

PY242 

Optics 

PY322 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

PY323 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

GS121 

General  Geology  1 

OS  122 

General  Geology  Lab  I 

GS131 

General  Geology  II 

GS132 

General  Geology  Lab  II 

GS341 

Solar  System 

GS342 

Stellar  Astronomy 

202 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR:  43-46 

Required  courses: 

CH321               Quantitative  Analysis  4sh 

CH341               Physical  Chemistry  4sh 

PY131                Physics  I-C  Lee  3sh 

PY132               Physics  II-C  Lee  3sh 

PY141                Physics  I-C  Lab  Ish 

PY142               Physics  II-C  Lab  Ish 

PY222               Mechanics  I  2sh 

PY233               Mechanics  II  2sh 

PY342               Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  sequence  from  list:  BI103-104  or  BI105-120  8-9sh 

One  sequence  from  list:  GS361-362  or  GS371-372  6sh 

One  sequence  from  list:  GS121  &  122-131  &  132  or  6-8sh 
GS34 1-342 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  10 

Additional  math/computer  sequence: 
CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA  124  Calculus  II  for  Physics  4sh 

MA241  Differential  Equations  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  18-15 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

PHYSICS  DEPARTMENT 

JOHN  N.  FOX,  CHAIRPERSON;  BERRY,  FREEMAN,  GAGGINI, 
HERSHMAN,  MATOLYAK,  MATOUS,  NUMAN,  RAMSEY,  RIBAN, 
ROBERTS,  SCHWARTZMAN,  TALWAR,  WHITSON,  WIJEKUMAR 

The  Department  of  Physics  aims  to  prepare  fully  qualified  young  men  and  women  for  careers  in 
physics.  Two  degrees  are  offered  within  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics:  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physics  and  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Physics.  Each  of  these  is  adequate 
preparation  for  those  wishing  to  enter  a  graduate  program  in  physics  or  wishing  to  pursue  research  in 
industrial  technology  or  for  those  wishing  a  strong  physics  background  before  aiming  at  their  direct 
goal  of  medical  research,  air  pollution  control,  etc.  One  degree  is  provided  within  the  College  of 
Education,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Physics  major.  The  department  also  provides  a 
minor  in  Physics,  as  well  as  general  science  courses  for  those  who  wish  to  be  truly  liberally  educated 
with  a  working  knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of  physical  science. 

In  addition,  a  pre-engineering  program  is  offered  whereby  a  student  may  acquire  the  first  two  years' 
requirements  at  lUP  and  complete  the  remainder  at  the  cooperating  institution. 

Minor  in  Physics 

To  minor  in  Physics,  a  student  must  successfully  complete  fifteen  semester  hours  in  Physics  which 
must  consist  of  at  least  three  courses  at  the  200  level  or  higher.  PY150  may  be  substituted  with  the 
permission  of  the  chairperson. 

Pre-Engineering  (Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Materials,  Mechanical) 

Common  to  all  engineering  programs  are  the  following  science  and  mathematics  requirements: 
*PY131/141,  PY132/142,  PY322,  PY342,  *MA123,  *MA124,  MA171,  MA241,  *CH111,  *CH112 
(*or  appropriate  substitute) 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 203 


Further  requirements  depend  on  the  particular  engineering  program  chosen.  Complete  information 
regarding  a  specific  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  physics  department. 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  PHYSICS 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  PY131/141-132/142 

Science/Math  elective:  COl  10  or  C02(X) 


53 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 
PY131 
PY132 
PY141 
PY142 
PY222 
PY223 
PY231 
PY322 
PY323 
PY331 
PY350 
PY351 
PY473 


28 


Physics  I-C  Lee 

Physics  II-C  Lee 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

Mechanics  I 

Mechanics  II 

Electronics 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

Modern  Physics 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  II 

Quantum  Mechanics  I 


Controlled  electives: 

One  additional  PY  majors  course 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Additional  mathematics: 

MA  1 24  Calculus  1 1  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

MA241  Differential  Equations 

MA342  Advanced  Calculus  for  Applications 

Additional  natural  science  sequence 

Additional  social  or  natural  science  sequence  (advanced) 


*sh 
*sh 
*sh 
♦sh 
2sh 
2sh 
4sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 


3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
6sh 
6sb 


23 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


20 
TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  in  PHYSICS 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA123 

Natural  Science:  PY131/141-132/142 

Science/Math  electives:  COl  10 


53 


204 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

PY131  Physics  I-C  Lee 

FY  132  Physics  I  I-C  Lee 

PY141  Physics  I-C  Lab 

PY142  Physics  II-C  Lab 

PY222  Mechanics  I 

PY223  Mechanics  II 

PY231  Electronics 

PY242  Optics 

PY322  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

PY323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

PY33I  Modern  Physics 

PY342  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics 

PY350  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

PY351  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  II 

PY473  Quantum  Mechanics  I 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  PY472  or  PY490 

One  additional  PY  majors  course 

OTHER  REQUIREMENTS: 

Additional  Mathematics: 

MA  124  Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

MA241  Differential  Equations 

MA342  Advanced  Calculus  for  Applications 

One  from  list:  CO250,  MA171,  MA363,  MA421,  MA423 


37 


*sh 
*sh 
*sh 
*sh 
2sh 
2sh 
4sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 

3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 


14 


FREE  ELECTIVES: 


20 
TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  in  PHYSICS 


GENERAL  EDUCATION:  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  HI  104,  PC  101 

Science/Math  electives:  COl  10  or  CO200 


53 


MAJOR: 

Required  courses: 

PY131 

Physics  I-C  Lee 

PYI32 

Physics  II-C  Lee 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

PY231 

Electronics 

PY242 

Optics 

PY322 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

PY33I 

Modern  Physics 

PY350 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

Controlled  electives: 

Physics  electives 

28 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
4sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — 205 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  45 

Additional  Math 

MA  124              Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4sh 

MA241              Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342              Advanced  Calculus  for  Applications  4sh 

One  biology  course  approved  by  adviser  4sh 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301               Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242               Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441               Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442                School  Law  Ish 

ED45 1               Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP302               Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377                Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE302                History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  3sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  0 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  126 

PSYCHOLOGY  DEPARTMENT 

DOUGLAS  A.  ROSS,  CHAIRPERSON;  CARL  SCHNEIDER,  ACTING 
CHAIRPERSON;  ANDERSON,  BERMAN,  CARTWRIGHT,  EDGAR, 
GOODWIN,  GROVER,  D.  R.  JACOBS,  MAGEE,  MARQUETTE, 
McHUGH,  PATTON,  PAVLOSKI,  RICH,  RITTLE,  ROBERTSON, 
STIRES,  SUSSMANN,  THORNTON,  VANDECREEK,  WALZ,  WORK, 
ZANICH,  ZIMNEY 

The  program  in  psychology  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an 
understanding  of  the  methods  and  major  findings  in  the  science  of  behavior  and  mental  processes.  The 
major  offers  the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  psychology  and  also  preparation  for  such 
related  fields  as  social  work,  personnel  work,  advertising,  medicine,  law,  and  theology.  The  depart- 
ment also  offers  a  minor  in  psychology. 

An  honors  program  has  been  developed  to  enrich  the  education  of  qualified  psychology  majors  and 
assist  such  students  in  gaining  entrance  to  graduate  school  by  providing  classroom  and  research 
experiences  which  will  prepare  them  for  work  at  the  graduate  level. 

A  track  in  applied  psychology  was  developed  which  offers  students  a  firm  background  in  the  science  of 
psychology,  preparation  for  nonclinical  applications  of  psychology  to  the  solution  of  human  and 
social  problems  in  private  and  public  organizations,  and  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  the  applied 
area  of  psychology.  The  core  for  the  track  is  the  same  as  for  the  psychology  major;  coursework  in 
applied  psychology  is  provided  by  enrolling  in  appropriate  psychology  electives  and  a  carefully 
designed  concentration  of  courses  outside  the  department.  In  addition,  all  psychology  majors  are 
required  to  take  a  minor  or  a  concentration  in  another  discipline. 


206 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  PSYCHOLOGY 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outlined  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  N4A217 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104  recommended 

Social  Science:  PClOl 

Science/Math:  CO200 

MAJOR:  33 

Required  courses: 

PC290  Experimental  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh 

PC291  Experimental  Design  and  Analysis  11  4sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  each  of  these  six  core  areas: 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC3 10,  311,312  3sh 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320,  321 ,  322  3sh 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330,  331  3sh 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PC340,  341 ,  342  4sh 

E.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior:  PC350,  35 1 ,  352  4sh 

F.  Metatheoretical  Perspectives  in  Psychology:  PC410,41 1  3sh 
Other  PC  electives  beyond  PClOl  5sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  39 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  in  PSYCHOLOGY/AppUed  Psychology  Track 

GENERAL  EDUCATION :  As  outUned  in  General  Education  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities:  Foreign  Language  III  and  IV 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BI 103-104  recommended 

Social  Science:  PClOl,  EC121 

Science/Math  elective:  CO200 

MAJOR:  37 

Required  courses: 

PC290  Experimental  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh 

PC291  Experimental  Design  and  Analysis  II  4sh 

PC342  Human  Cognition,  Memory,  and  Thinking  4sh 

PC420  Industrial-Organizational  Psychology  3sh 

PC421  Psychology  of  Work  3sh 

PC493  Practicum  3sh(l) 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  each  of  these  five  core  areas: 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC3 10,  311,312  3sh 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320,  321 ,  322  3sh 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330,  331  3sh 

D.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior:  PC350,  35 1 ,  352  4sh 

E.  Metatheoretical  Perspectives  in  Psychology:  PC4 10,41 1  3sh 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics— 207 


OTHER  REQUIREMENTS:  Outside  concentration  15 

EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  1 1  3sh 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

3  courses,  as  approved  by  adviser  (2)  9sh 

FREE  ELECTIVES:  20 

TOTAL  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS:  124 

(1)  Department  recommends  at  least  6  credits  of  PC493:  Practicum. 

(2)  Department  highly  recommends  PC424  Planned  Organizational  Change  and  requires  that  one  of 
the  courses  be  either  LR480:  Collective  Bargaining  or  EC330:  Labor  Economics. 

MINOR  in  PSYCHOLOGY  17 

Required  courses: 

PCI 01  General  Psychology  3sh 

MA217  Probability  and  Statistics  3sh 

PC290  Experimental  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh(l) 

One  course  from  PC310,  311,312,  320,  321,  322,  330,  331  3sh 

One  course  from  PC340,  341 ,  342,  350,  35 1 ,  352  4sh 

Other  PC  electi ves  beyond  PC  1 0 1  3sh 
(1)  Prerequisite  for  PC290  is  MA217  Probability  and  Statistics  (3sh). 


208 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Military  Science 


LTC  JOHN  D.  AUGER,  CHAIRPERSON;  MAJ  JERRY  G.  WILSON,  MAJ 
MICHAEL  BURK,  CPT  JOHN  MAGUIRE,  CPT  JOSEPH  ROUGEAUX, 
MAJ  ALLAN  G.  ROSS,  MAJ  LINFORD  T.  SAYLOR,  SGM  JOHN 
ZELLONIS,  MSG  ZADE  Q.  EBERLIN,  SFC  TIMOTHY  DOORMAN,  SFC 
RALPH  JULIAN,  SFC  GILBERTO  WOLMERS,  DAC  WILLIAM  L. 
GOSS,  DAC  DONNA  S.  RANKIN 

lUP  is  an  authorized  Senior  Reserve  Officer's  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  unit.  The  ROTC  program  offers 
to  both  men  and  women  the  opportunity  to  learn  and  practice  leadership  and  managerial  techniques 
that  will  prove  beneficial  to  all  life's  future  endeavors;  to  obtain  credits  which  count  toward  gradua- 
tion; and,  to  those  who  choose  to  complete  the  total  program,  to  obtain  a  commission  as  a  second 
lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Army. 

Regular  ROTC  classes  for  two  semesters  satisfy  the  mandatory  university  requirement  for  taking 
Health  and  Physical  Education  classes. 

ENROLLMENT 

The  program  is  broken  into  two  phases:  the  Basic  Course  (freshman  and  sophomore  years)  and  the 
Advanced  Course  (junior  and  senior  years). 

REGULAR  BASIC  COURSE  -  The  first  two  years  of  military  science  provide  a  background  of  the 
historical  role  of  military  forces  as  well  as  current  national  military  objectives.  In  addition,  basic 
leadership  is  developed  and  certain  skills  are  taught,  such  as  adventure  training,  survival  training,  map 
reading,  scuba  diving,  rappelling,  and  marksmanship.  Enrollment  in  any  of  the  freshman-  or 
sophomore-level  ROTC  courses  (MSlOl ,  102,  203,  or  204)  in  no  way  obligates  or  commits  the  student 
to  any  military  service  or  any  further  ROTC  courses.  These  courses  are  offered  on  the  same  basis  as 
other  academic  courses  at  lUP  with  the  privilege  of  withdrawing  at  any  time. 


Military  Science — 209 


ADVANCED  COURSE  -  The  last  two  years  constitute  the  Advanced  Course  of  instruction  for  both 
men  and  women  who  desire  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  Army  of  the  United  States 
(either  the  Army  Reserve,  National  Guard,  or,  for  selected  students,  the  Regular  Army).  This  phase  is 
composed  of  studies  in  advanced  leadership  and  management,  tactics,  military  law,  and  psychological, 
physiological,  and  social  factors  which  affect  human  behavior.  Modern  instructional  and  training 
techniques  are  also  covered.  Practical  application  is  the  rule,  and  students  have  the  opportunity  to 
practice  and  polish  their  skills.  Participation  in  the  Advanced  Course  will  earn  the  student  approx- 
imately $2,500,  between  $100-a-month  subsistence  and  pay  for  summer  camp  ($1,800  is  not  taxable). 
For  continuation  in  the  ROTC  during  the  junior  and  senior  years,  the  student  must  have  a  2.0  grade- 
point  average  in  the  student's  academic  area,  have  successfully  completed  requirements  for  the  ROTC 
Basic  Course,  pass  a  physical  examination,  and  be  accepted  by  the  Professor  of  Military  Science 
(PMS).  The  U.S.  Army  requirements  for  commissioning  include  a  course  in  written  communications 
and  in  human  behavior.  lUP  students  normally  fulfill  these  requirements  with  EN  101  and  EN  102  and 
with  a  course  in  psychology,  anthropology,  sociology,  or  certain  major  courses  in  human  behavior. 
Advanced  course  students  must  agree  in  writing  to  complete  the  junior  and  senior  years,  since  they  will 
receive  $100-a-month  subsistence  during  these  school  years. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ENROLLMENT 

The  general  requirements  for  enrollment  in  ROTC  are  that  the  student  be  accepted  by  the  university  as 
a  regular  enrolled  student,  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  be  physically  qualified,  and  be  not  less  than 
fourteen  years  of  age  but  less  than  twenty-seven  at  anticipated  graduation  date.  Veterans  and  Junior 
ROTC  graduates  may  receive  exemption  from  the  ROTC  Basic  Course  as  approved  by  the  PMS. 

WHAT  ROTC  OFFERS 

Equipment,  ROTC  textbooks,  and  uniforms  are  issued  without  cost  to  enrolled  students. 

Credit  is  given  for  successful  completion  of  the  four-semester-hour  Health  and  Physical  Education 
General  Education  requirement  for  graduation. 

Students  formally  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Course  (MS305,  306, 407,  and  408)  are  paid  a  subsistence 
allowance  (currently  $100  a  month)  during  the  school  year. 

Training  is  given  in  other  practical  skills  such  as  scuba  diving,  adventure  training,  rappelling, 
marksmanship,  orienteering,  first  aid  techniques,  and  water  safety. 

Opportunities  are  available  to  examine  the  military  profession  in  detail.  This  includes  the  Regular 
Army,  National  Guard,  and  Army  Reserve. 

If  students  so  desire  and  are  accepted  into  the  Advanced  Course,  they  will  receive  commissions  as 
second  lieutenants  upon  graduation  from  the  university  and  serve  either  three  years'  continuous  active 
duty  or  three  months'  active  duty  for  training,  with  the  remaining  obligation  served  in  the  Army 
Reserve  or  National  Guard. 


210 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  School  of  Continuuig  Education 

Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Dean 

The  mission  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  is  to  serve  the  lifelong  educational  needs  of 
nontraditional  students,  working  adults,  professional  organizations,  local  and  state  agencies,  and  the 
citizens  of  the  commonwealth  by  providing  access  to  the  academic  and  human  resources  of  lUP. 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  was  created  by  the  lUP  Board  of  Trustees  in  May,  1966.  Today, 
the  school  comprises  the  Division  of  Credit  Programs,  the  Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit 
Programs,  the  Highway  Safety  Center,  and  the  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center.  The  school  is 
characterized  by  its  commitment  to  academic  excellence  and  high-quality  programs.  The  school 
maintains  a  dynamic  environment  which  fosters  innovation  and  experimentation  in  order  to  con- 
tinually improve  programs  and  respond  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society. 

Division  of  Credit  Programs 

Edward  W.  Nardi,  Director 

The  Division  of  Credit  Programs  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  for  the  adult  and  nontraditional 
learner  to  access  the  academic  resources  of  lUP  on  a  part-  time  basis.  Courses  may  by  selected  from 
day  or  evening  offerings. 

Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  General  Studies 

The  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the  nontraditional  or  adult  learner  who 
seeks  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of  knowledge  in  the  liberal  arts.  This  degree  program  provides  an 
opportunity  to  select  courses  across  a  wide  range  of  disciplines.  The  degree  program  consists  of  62 
credits  which  are  selected  under  the  advisement  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education. 

Part-time  Studies  Program  (Nondegree) 

The  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  offer  the  adult  and  nontraditional  learner  the  oppor- 
tunity to  begin  or  renew  college  education  at  lUP.  Through  this  program  an  individual  may  enroll  in 
undergraduate  credit  courses  to  pursue  personal  interests,  acquire  new  skills,  or  to  work  toward  formal 
admission  to  degree  candidacy.  Credit  earned  in  this  program  may  be  applied  to  a  degree  upon  formal 
admission  to  an  lUP  degree  program. 


The  School  of  Continuing  Education — 2 1 1 


Postbaccalaureate  Program 

The  Postbaccalaureate  Program  is  designed  to  provide  access  to  undergraduate  courses  to  individuals 
who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  may  be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  teacher 
certification,  or  personal  enrichment. 

Off-campus  Studies  Program 

The  Off-campus  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  support  the  efforts  of  lUP  and  its  faculty  to  offer 
academic  programs  and  credit  courses  to  specific  groups  of  individuals  through  the  on-site  delivery  of 
university  courses.  The  Master  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences  is  offered  in  Harrisburg  and  in  Oakmont, 
Pennsylvania.  The  Master  of  Business  Administration  is  also  available  at  the  Oakmont  location.  In 
addition,  undergraduate  courses  are  available  periodically  at  various  off-campus  locations  throughout 
the  commonwealth. 

Adult  Advisement  Services 

Adult  Advisement  Services  provides  the  part-time,  nontraditional,  and  adult  learner  access  to  aca- 
demic exploration  and  planning  through  individual  conferences  and  workshops.  Seminars  are  offered 
throughout  the  year  to  provide  the  opportunity  for  adult  learners  to  become  acquainted  with  the  many 
resources  of  the  university. 

Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 

Barbara  A.  Ender,  Director 

The  division  offers  a  wide  variety  of  noncredit  programs  in  an  effort  to  meet  community  needs  in  the 
areas  of  public  service,  professional  development,  and  personal  enrichment. 

Business,  Industry,  and  Labor 

Courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  Computer  Literacy,  Management  Develop- 
ment, Small  Business  Development,  Certified  Public  Accountant  Series,  and  Customized  Training. 
Certificate  programs  include  Real  Estate,  Paralegal,  and  Labor  Studies.  Courses  may  be  offered  at 
lUP  or  at  the  business/industry  site,  as  preferred. 

Community-University  Studies 

Noncredit  courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  Indiana,  Kittanning,  and  Puaxsutawney.  Personal 
growth  and  enrichment  topics  include  creative  leisure,  self-improvement,  fitness,  culinary  arts, 
languages,  money  and  finances,  art/music/literature,  special  focus  series,  and  more.  There  are  no 
exams,  no  grades,  and  no  pressure.  The  program  is  provided  as  a  service  to  the  community. 

Health  and  Human  Services 

The  education  and  training  needs  of  health  and  human  service  professionals  are  met  through  course 
offerings,  one-day  workshops,  seminars,  and  conferences.  Programs  are  frequently  offered  on-site 
and  are  designed  to  meet  the  specific  needs  of  various  professionals  within  the  health  field. 

Conferences 

The  division  facilitates  conferences  offered  by  academic  departments  and  hosts  off-campus  groups 
and  organizations  during  the  summer  conference  season. 


212 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Special  Programs 

Youth  Experiences  in  Summer  (YES)  and  Elderhostel  provide  educational  enrichment  opportunities 
for  a  broad  segment  of  the  community  -  spanning  icindergarten  through  retirement.  Mornings  with  the 
Professors  is  a  regular  fall  and  spring  series  designed  to  present  a  variety  of  topics  and  faculty  to  the 
public  in  Kittanning  and  Indiana. 

Highway  Safety  Center 

Richard  J.  Homfeck,  Ph.D. 

lUP's  Highway  Safety  Center  attempts  to  address  the  highway  safety  needs  of  the  commonwealth 
through  a  variety  of  programs  and  activities.  The  Highway  Safety  Center  programs  encompass  activity 
in  five  major  areas:  1)  research,  surveys,  and  studies,  2)  education  (teaching),  3)  training  and 
conferences,  4)  field  and  extension  services,  and  5)  traffic  safety  communications  and  information 
exchange. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Driver  Education 

Through  cooperative  effort  with  lUP's  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education,  the  Highway 
Safety  Center  coordinates  and  directs  lUP's  Teacher  Certification  Program  in  Driver  Education. 

Pennsylvania's  Volunteers  for  Highway  Safety  Center 

Under  contract  with  Pennsylvania's  Department  of  Transportation,  lUP's  Highway  Safety  Center 
provides  coordination  and  support  to  the  various  volunteer  groups  in  the  commmonwealth  involved  in 
highway  safety  activities. 

Driver  Training  Programs 

From  basic  driver  education  programs  for  beginning  drivers  to  advanced  driver  training  programs  in 
emergency  driving  techniques,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  provides  a  cadre  of  courses  all  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  the  student. 

Emergency  Services  Training 

This  is  a  large  diversified  program  area  designed  to  meet  the  training  needs  of  ambulance,  fire,  and 
police  personnel  in  the  areas  of  emergency  medical  services  and  rescue. 

Motorcycle  Safety  Program 

MSP  is  a  statewide  motorcycle  riding  program  funded  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Transporta- 
tion to  help  reduce  the  rising  number  of  serious  motorcycle  accidents.  MSP  was  designed  to  offer  all 
riders  -  both  novice  and  the  experienced  -  the  opportunity  to  learn  how  to  handle  a  motorcycle 
correctly,  safely,  and  with  confidence  in  all  riding  situations. 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation  programs  are  available  for  safety  directors,  insurance  adjusters,  and 
police  personnel.  Courses  from  basic  investigation  up  to  and  including  accident  reconstruction. 


The  School  of  Continuing  Education — 213 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Gary  M.  Welsh,  Director 


The  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center's  role  in  both  the  university  and  the  community  is  to  provide 
quality  education  and  training  programs  for  the  continuing  professionalism  of  the  criminal  justice 
system. 

These  programs  include  seminars  for  in-service  personnel  in  fulfillment  of  mandatory  continuing 
education  requirements.  They  are  conducted  on  an  "as  needed"  basis  covering  an  unlimited  range  of 
topics,  such  as  vehicle  and  criminal  law  updates,  search  and  seizure,  accident  investigation,  alcohol 
enforcement,  and  driver  proficiency.  Grant-funded  programs  may  be  written  and  conducted  in  the 
above  programs.  Special  programs  are  provided  to  offer  the  basic  480-hour  academy  training  required 
for  law  enforcement  service  under  Mandatory  Act  120.  Training  under  the  Lethal  Weapons  Act  235 
provides  the  basic  requirements  and  mandatory  recertification  for  armed  security  personnel. 


214 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Course  Descriptions 

Credit  designation  at  right  of  title  is  expressed  in  (c)  class  hours  per  week,  0)  lab  or  (d)  discussion 
section  hours  per  week,  and  (sh)  semester  hours  of  credit  per  semester. 

AD:  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES 

Department  of  Administrative  Services  and  Business  Education 

College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

AD  101  INTRODUCTION  TO  BUSINESS  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  the  principles,  practices,  and  methods  common  to  most  business  firms  in  a  private 
enterprise  system.  (Not  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  Business  Administration.) 

AD  22 1  BUSINESS  TECHNICAL  WRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101,  102 

Application  of  business  and  technical  writing  styles,  letters,  memos,  reports,  procedures,  and  manuals 
are  some  areas  of  concern.  Emphasis  on  clear,  concise  writing  style.  (Branch  campus  course  only.  May 
not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  AD321 .) 

AD  235  INTRODUCTION  TO  BUSINESS  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  legal  systems,  torts,  contracts,  and  sales  law. 

AD  32 1  BUSINESS  AND  INTERPERSONAL  COMMUNICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  communication  theory  and  principles  as  applied  to  business  situations  and  practices; 
development  of  communication  skills  in  areas  of  communication  such  as  speaking,  writing,  listening, 
and  nonverbally  communicating.  Emphasis  on  building  effective  interpersonal  relations  in  a  business 
environment. 

AD  336  LAW  OF  BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AD235 

A  study  of  the  law  dealing  with  commercial  paper,  agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  and 

bankruptcy. 

AD  337  CONSUMER  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  of  law  as  it  pertains  to  the  consumer.  Attention  to  consumer  protection  relationships;  real  and 
personal  property;  credit;  environmental  law;  law  pertaining  to  employment;  landlord-tenant  rela- 
tionships; product  liability;  insurance  and  family  law. 

AD  382  REAL  ESTATE  FUNDAMENTALS  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  language,  principles,  and  laws  that  govern  the  business  of 
real  estate.  Emphasis  on  the  underlying  concepts  of  land,  property,  rights  in  realty,  and  the  means, 
methods,  and  laws  that  govern  the  conveyance  of  these  rights.  Required  course  for  taking  the 
Pennsylvania  Real  Estate  Salesman's  Exam. 

AD  412  ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICE  SERVICES  3c-01-3sh 

Presentation  of  fundamental  principles  and  practices  used  in  the  development  of  an  office.  Specialized 
areas  such  as  systems  analysis,  work  simplification,  forms  design,  word  processing,  office  machines 
and  equipment,  records  management,  office  design  and  layout,  office  location  and  physical  environ- 
ment, office  supervision,  office  manuals,  and  development  of  office  personnel  will  be  discussed. 

AD  413  INFORMATION  PROCESSING  TECHNOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

A  comprehensive  study  of  information  processing  including  equipment  selection/functions,  person- 
nel, and  procedures. 


Course  Descriptions — 2 1 5 


AD  415  RECORDS  ADMINISTRATION  3c-OI-3sh 

Development  of  the  principles  of  records  administration  including  creation,  use,  maintenance,  and 
destruction.  Storage  facilities,  records  classification,  forms  analysis,  control  of  records,  as  well  as 
micro-image  systems  will  be  discussed. 

AD  430  OFFICE  SYSTEMS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM241,  AD412,  AD413,  and  AD415 

Primarily  for  the  Office  Administration  major,  integrates  the  concepts  of  the  various  courses  in  the 
administrative  services  area. 

AD  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES,  BUSINESS  3c-OI-3sh 

EDUCATION.  OR  DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 

AD  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES,  BUSINESS  var-3sh 

EDUCATION,  OR  DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean,  College  of  Business 

AD  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  OFFICE  ADMINISTRATION  var-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  internship  coordinator,  chairperson,  and  dean,  and  2.75  overall  GPA  and 
3.0GPAin  Business 

A  supervised  office  experience  program  with  an  approved  agency  (business,  industry,  and  govern- 
ment); includes  three  two-hour,  on-campus  seminars. 

AG:  ACCOUNTING 

Department  of  Accounting 
College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

AG  201  ACCOUNTING  PRINCIPLES  I  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  accounting  cycle  in  service  and  merchandising  concerns  using  the  single 
proprietorship  form  of  business  organization;  covers  use  of  special  journals  and  subsidiary  ledgers  in 
the  accounting  system  as  well  as  accounting  and  internal  control  procedures  for  cash,  receivables, 
inventory,  and  plant  and  equipment. 

AG  202  ACCOUNTING  PRINCIPLES  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  2.0  GPA  in  AG201 

Covers  accounting  principles  and  procedures  for  payroll,  partnerships,  corporations,  long-term 
liabilities  and  investments,  and  manufacturing  firms  with  a  general  accounting  system.  Introduces  the 
student  to  cost  accounting  systems,  financial  statements  analysis,  budgeting,  and  use  of  accounting 
information  in  making  managerial  decisions. 

AG  300  MANAGERIAL  ACCOUNTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG202 

Emphasizes  the  use  of  accounting  information  in  performing  the  managerial  functions  of  planning, 
control,  decision  making,  and  performance  evaluation. 

AG  301  INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG202 

An  overview  of  the  foundation  of  accounting  theory  dealing  with  application  of  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  as  promulgated  in  professional  pronouncements  to  the  reporting  process  and  to 
accounting  for  various  asset  items  in  the  financial  statements. 


216 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AG  302  INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG301 

Application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  various  areas  such  £is  accounting  for 
corporations,  long-term  investments  in  securities,  bonds,  pension  costs,  leases,  etc. 

AG  3 1 1  COST  ACCOUNTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG301 

Cost  accounting  methods  and  procedures  including  cost  accumulation  under  job  order  cost  system 
and  process  cost  system,  cost  allocation,  budgeting,  and  accounting  for  spoilage,  joint  and  by- 
products. The  plarming  and  control  aspect  of  cost  accounting  is  emphasized. 

AG  401  ADVANCED  PRINCIPLES  OF  ACCOUNTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  accounting  issues  of  specialized  nature  including  partnerships,  organization  and  liquidation, 
agency  and  branch  accounting,  accounting  for  business  combinations,  preparation  of  consolidated 
financial  statements,  accounting  for  government  and  not-for-profit  entities,  accounting  for  estates  and 
trusts,  and  receivership  accounting. 

AG  4 1 2  ADVANCED  COST  ACCOUNTING  3c-Gl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG3 1 1 

Study  of  budgets,  standard  costs,  direct  and  absorption  costings,  analysis  of  cost  variances,  and 
extensive  analysis  of  various  cost  control  and  profit  plaiming  programs. 

AG  421  FEDERAL  TAXES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG202 

Acquaints  the  student  with  Federal  Income  Tax  Laws  as  they  apply  to  individual  taxpayers  and 

partnerships. 

AG  422  FEDERAL  TAXATION  OF  CORPORATIONS,  PARTNERSHIPS,  ESTATES,  3c-01-3sh 

AND  TRUSTS 

Prerequisites:  AG421  and  AG302 

Advanced  course  in  federal  income  taxation  as  it  applies  to  taxpayers  other  than  individuals.  Covers 

the  tax  treatment  of  those  property  transfers  subject  to  federal  and  state  gift  and  death  taxes.  The  tax 

planning  aspect  of  the  various  course  topics  as  well  as  tax  research  methodology  are  also  discussed. 

AG  43 1  AUDITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG301 

Study  of  auditing  theory  and  practical  application  of  auditing  standards  and  procedures  to  the  review, 
testing,  and  evaluation  of  accounting  controls  and  to  the  verification  of  transactions  and  balances  to 
express  an  opinion  in  an  audit  report  on  the  fairness  of  financial  statements'  presentation. 

AG  435  INTERNAL  AUDITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG431 

This  course  covers  four  issues:  foundations  for  internal  auditing,  administering  internal  auditing 
activities,  operational  areas,  and  special  relationships  and  evaluation  for  internal  auditing. 

AG  441  ACCOUNTING  FOR  GOVERNMENT  AND  NONPROFIT  ORGANIZATIONS  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  AG302 

Presents  the  views  of  authoritative  professional  organizations  as  to  desirable  standards  of  accounting 
and  reporting  for  governmental  and  nonprofit  entities.  Topics  include  budgeting  and  budgetary 
accounts,  accounting  for  various  funds,  the  general  fixed  assets  group  of  accounts,  the  financial 
reporting  process,  and  application  of  the  principles  of  fund  accounting  in  specific  areas. 

AG  45 1  SEMINAR  IN  ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  professional  standards  having  authoritative  support  in  the  field  of  accounting.  APB 
opinions,  FASB  interpretations,  and  SEC  Accounting  Series  Releases  are  discussed. 


Course  Descriptions — 2 1 7 


AG  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 
Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a  concentrated  area  of  study 
under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

AG  488  INTERNSHIP  IN  ACCOUNTING  (INDUSTRIAL  &  GOVERNMENT)  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business.  Overall  GPA  of 
2.75  and  GPA  in  accounting  courses  of  3.0. 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totalling  400  hours,  in  an  industrial  or  government  accounting  setting. 

AG  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  ACCOUNTING  (PUBLIC)  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business.  Overall  GPA  of 
3.00  and  GPA  in  accounting  courses  of  3.0. 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totalling  400  hours,  with  a  public  accounting  firm. 

AH:  ART  HISTORY 

Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AH  101  INTRODUCTION  TO  ART  3c-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  significance  of  art  as  related  to  contemporary  living  and  our 
historical  heritage. 

AH  1 15  ANCIENT  TO  MEDIEVAL  ART  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  art  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  Middle  Ages.  Man's  artistic  development  is  seen  in  relation  to 
political,  social,  economic,  and  religious  events. 

AH  1 16  RENAISSANCE  TO  BAROQUE  ART  3c-OI-3sh 

Study  of  art  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Baroque  in  light  of  the  historical  events  which  affect  man's 
artistic  impulses  and  development. 

AH  21 1  MODERN  ART  3c-0l-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  revolutionary  movements  which  began  about  1850;  concludes  with  trends  in  contem- 
porary arts. 

AH  219  HISTORICAL  PAINTING  TECHNIQUES  lc-31-3sh 

The  art  major  is  encouraged  to  experience  a  series  of  historical  painting  techniques  that  have  been  used 
by  artists  of  the  past.  Experiences  will  include  exploration  in  such  painting  media  as  fresco,  egg 
tempera,  and  oil. 

AH  222  ART  IN  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

Surveys  American  art  and  its  relation  to  the  development  of  American  ideas  and  ideals. 

AH  406  ANCIENT  MIGRATORY  ART  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  art  from  various  ancient  cultures  which  reflect  contacts  known  and  theoretic.  Such  cultures 
as  the  Celtic,  Chinese,  Indus  Valley,  Mesopotamian,  African,  Oceanic,  American  Indian,  Pre- 
Columbian,  and  Egyptian  are  covered.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH506. 

AH  407  MEDIEVAL  ART  3c-01-3sh 

Art  and  architecture  of  Europe  during  the  Middle  Ages,  beginning  with  early  Christian  and  Byzantine 
and  concluding  with  the  Gothic  period.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH507. 

AH  408  ITALIAN  RENAISSANCE  ART  3c-01-3sh 

Italian  art  from  1400s  through  1650  and  Mannerist  movement.  Special  attention  paid  to  great  masters 
of  the  period.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH508. 


218 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AH  409  BAROQUE  AND  ROCOCO  ART  3c-01-3sh 

A  general  survey  of  art  from  1575-1775,  will  include  architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and  other  arts. 
Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH  509. 

AH  412  CLASSICAL  ART  3c-01-3sh 

Historical  survey  of  the  architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts  of  the  classical  period  of 
Greece  and  Rome,  including  the  Minoan,  Mycenaean,  and  Etruscan  cultures. 

AH  413  SENIOR  SEMINAR  3c-01-3sh 

Intended  to  help  students  develop  adequate  vocabularies  and  methods  to  be  used  in  discussion  and 
criticism  of  works  of  art. 

AH  416  NORTHERN  RENAISSANCE  ART  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  phenomena  of  art  north  of  the  Alps  from  1400  to  1600,  especially  as  it  appears  in  the 
Lowlands,  as  well  as  side  explorations  into  art  of  France,  Germany,  Austria,  and  the  court  at  Prague. 

AH  418  PRACTICUM  IN  SLIDE  ROOM  PROCEDURES  Oc-21-lsh 

A  practicum  course  devoted  to  the  study  of  slide  room  practices  and  techniques:  includes  organization, 
cataloguing,  filing,  mounting,  and  labeling  of  slides. 

AH  4 1 9  MUSEOLOG  Y  var- 1  to  6sh 

The  student  will  work  in  the  University  Museum  under  the  supervision  of  the  director.  Museum 
techniques  and  practices  in  an  "on-  the-job"  training  situation  will  be  stressed.  Dual  listed  for  graduate 
credit  as  AH5 19. 

AH  424  ART  OF  THE  EAST  3c-01-3sh 

The  development  of  art  in  China,  India,  and  Japan  from  its  Neolithic  origins  to  the  traditions  of  later 
historical  times.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH524. 

AH  426  PRE-COLUMBIAN  ART  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  artistic  traditions  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Pre-Columbian  of  Meso-America  and  South 
America,  and  North  American  cultures.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH526. 

AM:  APPLIED  MUSIC 

Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

Music  majors  and  others  who  may  qualify  take  private  instruction  in  their  respective  major  areas  of 
performance  in  instrument  or  voice  for  up  to  eight  semesters.  Half-hour  lessons  are  given  each  week  (2 
sh)  for  students  enrolled  in  the  B.S.  and  B.A.  degree  programs.  A  one-hour  lesson  (4  sh)  is  scheduled 
by  students  enrolled  in  the  B.F.A.  degree  program  only. 

AMIOI,  151,  201,  251,  301,  351, 401, 451  Piano  1  -VIII 

AM  102,  1 52,  202,  252,  302,  352, 402, 452  Organ  1  -VIII 

AM103,  153,  203,  253,  303,  353, 403, 453  Harpsichord  I  -VIII 

AM  104,  154,  204,  254,  304,  354,  404,  454  Harp  1  -VIll 

AM105,  155,  205,  255,  305,  355, 405, 455  Voice  I  -VIII 

AMI06,  156, 206,  256,  306,  356, 406, 456  Violin  I  -VIII 

AM107,  157,  207,  257,  307,  357,  407,  457  Viola  1  -VIII 

AM108,  158,  208, 258,  308,  358, 408, 458  Cello  I  -VIII 

AM109,  159,  209,  259,  309,  359,  409,  459  String  Bass  I  -VIII 


Course  Descriptions— 219 

AMI  10,  160,  210,  260,  310,  360.  410,  460  Flute  I  -VIII 

AMlll,  161,211,261,311,361,411,461  Clarinet  I -VIII 

AMI  12,  162,212,262,312.362,412,462  Oboe  1 -VIII 

AMI  13,  163,  213,  263,  313,  363,  413, 463  Bassoon  I  -VIII 

AMI  14,  164,  214.  264,  314,  364,  414,  464  Saxophone  1  -VIII 

AMI  15,  165,  215,  265,  315,  365,  415,  465  Trumpet  I  -VIII 

AMI  16,  166, 216,  266,  316,  366. 416, 466  French  Horn  I  -VIII 

AMI  17,  167.  217.  267,  317,  367.  417.  467  Trombone  I  -VIII 

AMI  18.  168.218.268.318.368.418,468  Baritone  Horn  1 -VIII 

AMI  19,  169,  219,  269,  319,  369, 419, 469  Tuba  I  -VIII 

AM120,  170,  220,  270,  320,  370, 420,  470  Percussion  I  -VIII 

AM121,  171,221,271,321,371,421,471  Guitar  I -VIII 


AN:  ANTHROPOLOGY 


Department  of  Sociology /Anthropology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


AN  1 10  INTRODUCTION  TO  ANTHROPOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

General  consideration  of  cultural  anthropology,  physical  anthropology,  linguistics,  and  archaeology 
with  particular  attention  to  biological  evolution,  cultural  evolution,  and  the  nature  and  diversity  of 
cultural  systems. 

AN  21 1  CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  nature  of  culture  as  a  human  survival  technique.  Provides  a  framework  for  appreciation 
and  understanding  of  cultural  differences  and  similarities  in  human  societies,  past  and  present. 

AN  213  WORLD  ARCHAEOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  prehistory  of  Western  and  non-Western  cultures  with  emphasis  on  technology  and 
cultural  ecology.  Focuses  on  representative  sites  in  order  to  foster  an  appreciation  of  the  past  diversity 
of  cultural  systems. 

AN  222  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  goals  and  techniques  of  biological  anthropology  with  emphasis  on  primatoiogy, 
paleoanthropology,  genetics,  and  osteology.  Provides  a  basis  for  evaluating  the  role  of  biology  in 
human  behavior. 

AN  233  CULTURAL  SYMBOLISM:  LANGUAGE  IN  CULTURE  AND  3c-0i-3sh 

SOCIETY 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  given  to  problems  in 

anthropology  with  respect  to  non-  Western  languages. 

AN  244  BASIC  ARCHAEOLOGY  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  goals  and  methods  of  anthropological  archaeology  with  particular  attention  to  the 
analysis  of  cultural  chronology,  past  lifeways,  and  cultural  process.  Provides  laborator>'  experience 
with  artifacts  and  other  archaeological  data. 


220 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AN  3 1 2  WORLD  ETHNOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  specific  pre-literate  cultures.  Emphasis  given  to  questions  of  cultural  integration. 

AN  3 1 4  ETHNOLOGY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  culture  history  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  the  Indians  of  North  America.  Detailed 
study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical,  functional,  and  ecological  concepts. 

AN  3 1 5  NORTH  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10  or  AN244  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Survey  of  North  American  prehistory  with  emphasis  on  cultural  ecology  and  technology.  Attention  is 
given  to  all  geographic  areas  north  of  Mexico,  but  the  focus  is  on  the  Eastern  Woodlands. 

AN  3 16  ANTHROPOLOGY  OF  RELIGION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  110  or  AN21 1 

Explores  nature,  function,  and  universal  characteristics  of  religion  in  human  society  by  utilizing  cross- 
cultural  approach.  Theories  concerning  religious  phenomena  serve  as  topics  for  discussion. 

AN  3 1 7  QUANTITATIVE  AND  INSTRUMENTAL  ARCHAEOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN244  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Introduction  to  theory  and  method  in  archaeological  research  through  lecture,  laboratory  exercises, 
and  individual  projects.  Provides  students  with  actual  experience  analyzing  and  interpreting  archae- 
ological data  sets. 

AN  3 1 8  MUSEUM  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10  or  21 1  or  244 

Lecture  and  laboratory  course  surveying  role  of  museums  as  social  and  educational  institutions,  types 
of  museums,  museum  administration,  and  museum  architecture.  Procedures  for  collection,  curation, 
preservation,  and  storage  of  anthropological  and  natural  history  specimens  examined. 

AN  3 19  KINSHIP  AND  SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10  or  AN21 1 

Survey  of  mechanisms  of  integration  in  social  organization  and  their  role  in  the  development  of 
societies.  Family,  kinship,  and  ideological  systems  stressed. 

AN  320  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  FIELD  SCHOOL  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10  or  permission  of  instructor 

Introduction  to  archaeological  survey,  field  excavation  and  laboratory  processing.  Field  school 

students  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the  on-going  research  projects  of  the  lUP  Archaeology 

Program. 

AN  321  METHODS  OF  CROSS-CULTURAL  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10  or  AN21 1 

Comparative  methods  and  techniques  reviewed  and  evaluated  in  relation  to  the  problems  they  were 
designed  to  solve.  Statistics  and  computational  equipment  used  in  the  analysis  of  data  derived  from  the 
Ethnographic  Atlas  or  the  Human  Relations  Area  Files. 

AN  322  CULTURE  AND  PERSONALITY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  and  ANl  10  or  S0151 

Examination  of  personality  characteristics  produced  in  a  given  cultural  milieu  or  subgroup.  Cross- 
cultural  comparisons  and  analyses  made  with  respect  to  child  rearing,  male-female  role  differentiation, 
bodily  movements,  suppression,  mental  disturbance,  and  religious  expression. 


Course  Descriptions — 221 


AN  371  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  1 10  or  AN2 1 1 

Analysis  of  prehistoric,  historic,  and  contemporary  aspects  of  ethnological  studies  in  a  culture  area. 
Social  organization,  linguistic  ties,  cultural  ecology,  folklore,  mythology,  and  artistic  expressions  of 
the  peoples  and  their  world  view  examined.  Course  may  be  repeated  under  different  letter  designations 
according  to  selection  of  culture  areas  by  instructors  responsible  for  the  course. 

THE  FOLLOWING  CULTURE  AREAS  ARE  AVAILABLE: 

AN  371 A  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  JAPAN 

AN  371 B  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  CHINA 

AN  371C  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  CARIBBEAN 

AN  37 ID  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  NORTHERN  EUROPE 

AN  401  SOCIAL  AND  CULTURAL  CHANGE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  1 10  or  SOI 51 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change.  Special  attention  given  to 
"planned  change"  at  the  local  or  regional  level. 

AN  444  MEDICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9  credits  in  anthropology  or  permission 

Focuses  on  the  study  of  human  confrontation  with  disease  and  illness  and  on  the  adaptive  arrange- 
ments made  by  various  human  groups  for  dealing  with  these  dangers.  Health  and  disease  are  viewed 
from  a  broad  array  of  micro  and  macro  perspectives,  e.g.,  evolutionary,  ecological,  and  psychosocial. 
Designed  for  nursing  and  social  work  students  as  well  as  social  and  biological  sciences  students. 

AN  456  FIELD  RESEARCH  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropology 

Examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the  areas  of  qualitative  and 
quantitative  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the  development  of  field  notes,  interviewing  techniques, 
participant  observation,  etc.  Qualitative  methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical 
sampling  and  analytic  induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational,  and 
group  structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

AN  480  ANTHROPOLOGY  SEMINAR  var-l-3sh 

A  seminar  for  advanced  students  devoted  to  an  intensive  analysis  of  specialized  theoretical  career 
issues. 

AN  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  ANTHROPOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  specialized  topics  in  anthropology  which  are  not  included  among  regular  course  offeiings. 

AN  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-l-3sh 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  through  consultation  with 
a  faculty  member.  Some  kind  of  semester  project  is  ordinarily  expected. 

AN  483  READINGS  IN  ANTHROPOLOGY  var-I-3sh 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  anthropology.  Instructor  guides  selection  of  readings. 

AN  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  ANTHROPOLOGY  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

The  course  is  designed  to  offer  students  practical  experience  in  any  of  the  specialized  fields  of 
anthropology  (physical,  social-cultural,  archaeology,  or  linguistics).  Each  student  develops  objectives 
in  consultation  with  a  particular  departmental  faculty  member  who  is  supervising  the  internship. 
Detailed  field  notes  and  a  major  paper  based  on  the  experience  are  required. 


222 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AR:  ART  (STUDIO) 

Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AR  100  ARTS  OF  THE  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  lc-31-3sh 

Designed  to  expand  student  response  to  visual,  aural,  and  kinetic  art  forms  of  this  century  with  special 
emphasis  on  recent  decades.  The  course  includes  lecture,  studio,  and  field  experiences. 

AR  1 1 1  DRAWING  0c-61-3sh 

A  foundation  course  in  drawing,  including  a  study  of  the  structure  of  drawing  and  composition  with  a 
variety  of  media  and  subject  matter. 

AR  1 12  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  DRAWING  AND  DESIGN  0c-61-3sh 

A  course  which  seeks  to  integrate  basic  principles  and  fundamentals  of  drawing  and  design. 

AR  1 13  DESIGN  0c-61-3sh 

Basic  elements  and  principles  of  design  are  studied.  A  course  in  design  in  three  dimensions. 

AR  1 20  PRINCIPLES  OF  DESIGN  0c-41-2sh 

Principles  of  design  and  color  are  studied  and  applied  to  a  crafted  object.  Major  emphasis  on  aesthetic 
quality  iiiherent  in  designing  with  materials. 

AR  21 1  PAINTING  0c-61-3sh 

An  introductory  course  in  painting  in  which  a  variety  of  materials,  techniques,  and  approaches  are 
explored. 

AR  213  WOODWORKING:  FUNCTION  AND  FORM  0c-61-3sh 

Involves  the  study  of  woodworking  and  furniture  design  as  it  relates  to  the  individual  designer-artist. 
Students  will  experience  a  formal  background  in  both  woodworking  technique  and  the  application  of 
design. 

AR  214  CERAMICS  0c-61-3sh 

A  general  introduction  to  the  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  clay.  The  student  will  work  both  at  the  wheel 
and  with  hand  building  methods. 

AR  215  SCULPTURE  0c-61-3sh 

Introductory  course  in  sculpture  with  emphasis  on  study  of  form  as  well  as  visualizing  in  the  third 
dimension. 

AR  216  BASIC  METALS  0c-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  metal  work  with  emphasis  upon  creation  of  functional  and  nonfunctional  art  objects. 
Approached  from  the  viewpoint  of  beginner  learning  basic  processes  of  metal  fabrication. 

AR  2 1 7  PRINTMAKING  0c-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  production  of  fine  prints  including  work  in  relief,  intaglio, 
lithograph,  and  serigraph  processes. 

AR  218  GRAPHIC  DESIGN  0c-61-3sh 

Students  explore  various  techniques  and  their  application  to  such  commercial  art  projects  as  package 
design,  trademark,  and  other  design  problems.  Lettering  is  stressed,  both  instant  type  and  hand 
lettering. 

AR  219  FIBERS  0c-61-3sh 

Provides  students  with  introductory  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution  of  projects  in  non  4/ 
harness  loom  weaving  and  related  fabric  areas.  Other  fiber  techniques,  including  handmade  paper, 
available  for  students  to  explore  as  desired. 


Course  Descriptions — 223 


AR  321  ADVANCED  DRAWING  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ARl  1 1  and  1 12 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student  who  has  some  background  in  the  field.  Problems  of 
composition,  two-  and  three-dimensional  relationships,  and  surface  are  on  an  individual  basis. 

AR  45 1  ADVANCED  WOODWORKING:  FUNCTION  AND  FORM  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR213 

Offers  advanced  training  and  skills  involving  the  study  of  contemporary  furniture  design  and 
woodworking.  Emphasis  on  a  technical  and  aesthetic  point  of  view. 

AR  452  ADVANCED  CERAMICS  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR214 

Continued  exploration  of  the  field  of  ceramic  production,  along  with  kiln  firing  and  glaze 

formulation. 

AR  453  ADVANCED  SCULPTURE  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR215 

Gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  in  sculpture.  Materials  and  processes 
will  be  individually  chosen  and  the  work  related  to  broadening  concepts. 

AR  454  ADVANCED  PAINTING  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR21 1 

Individual  experimentation  and  exploration  by  the  painter  and  investigation  of  the  various  technical 

approaches. 

AR  455  ADVANCED  GRAPHIC  DESIGN  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR218 

Stresses  advanced  techniques  in  layout  and  illustration.  The  student  explores  ideas,  such  as  creation  of 

trademarks  and  how  products  are  designed.  Layouts  are  analyzed  as  to  their  quality.  Package  design  is 

studied. 

AR  457  ADVANCED  PRINTMAKING  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR217 

Student  elects  to  study  one  of  the  printmaking  processes  in  greater  depth  and  works  toward  develop- 
ment of  own  techniques,  working  processes,  and  ideas. 

AR  459  ADVANCED  FIBERS  0c-61-3sh 

F»rerequisite:  AR219 

Provides  student  with  a  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution  of  projects  in  weaving  and  related 
areas.  Other  fiber  techniques,  including  handmade  paper,  will  be  available  for  the  students  to  explore 
as  desired. 

AR  460  ADVANCED  METALS  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR216 

Design  and  processes  associated  with  art  of  metal  are  given  greater  concentration.  The  developing 

artist  is  encouraged  to  investigate,  in  depth,  one  or  more  of  the  metal  arts  as  an  extension  of  the  basic 

course. 

AR  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var- 1  -3sh 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline.  Subject  matter  may  change 
with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be  repeated  for  credit . 

AR  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-l-12sh 

An  opportunity  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  class  offerings.  Permission  of 
the  instructor  and  approval  of  the  department  chairperson  are  required. 


224 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AR  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3-12sh 

Designed  for  art  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working  within  professional 
situations  which  relate  to  the  student's  artistic  and  occupational  goals. 

AT:  ART  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AT  3 1 5  SEMINAR  IN  ART  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

A  seminar  to  introduce  the  art  education  major  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  teaching  visual  arts  K 
through  12.  Field  experiences,  pre-student  teaching  activities,  introduction  to  literature,  and  history 
and  philosophies  of  art  education  emphasized.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching.)  Fall  only. 

AT  316  ART  EDUCATION  MATERIALS  AND  PRACTICUM  lc-31-3sh 

An  art  education  studio  which  will  be  an  investigation  and  exploration  of  typical  art  materials, 
including  sources  and  resources  of  supplies,  equipment,  resource  personnel,  and  visual  media  for  a  full 
range  of  multimedia  and  visual  experiences.  The  studio  endeavors  will  be  followed  by  a  practicum 
utilizing  the  above  sources  in  teaching  situations  with  children,  youth,  and  adults.  (Prerequisite  to 
student  teaching.)  Fall  only. 

AT  317  ART  EDUCATION  METHODOLOGY  AT  THE  ELEMENTARY  LEVEL  lc-31-3sh 

Examines  children's  artistic  development,  art  programs,  planning,  motivation,  and  evaluation. 
Weekly  teaching  experience  is  an  integral  part  of  the  course.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching.)  Fall 
only. 

AT  3 1 8  ART  EDUCATION  METHODOLOGY  AT  THE  SECONDARY  LEVEL  lc-31-3sh 

Relationship  of  art  education  to  the  total  secondary  curriculum  is  studied  to  determine  goals  of  junior- 
senior  high  school  art.  The  adolescent  creative  products  are  analyzed  to  help  the  prospective  art  teacher 
to  identify  with  problems  of  students.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching.)  Spring  only. 

AT  330  ART  FOR  THE  MENTALLY  AND  PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED  lc-31-3sh 

The  materials  and  processes  of  arts  and  crafts  are  studied  for  opportunities  they  offer  in  the  training, 
therapy,  and  education  of  the  mentally  deficient,  physically  impaired,  emotionally  disturbed,  and 
multiple  impaired  child  or  adult. 

BE:  BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Administrative  Services  and  Business  Education 

College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  3(X)-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

BE  1 1 1  FOUNDATIONS  OF  BUSINESS  MATHEMATICS  3c-01-3sh 

Develops  an  understanding  of  numbers  and  knowledge  of  fundamental  concepts  in  arithmetic  and 
algebra  in  the  solution  of  common  and  advanced  problems  encountered  in  business  by  the  busi- 
nessman and  consumer.  Topics  illustrating  and  emphasizing  the  application  of  business  mathematics 
include  methods  used  to  compute  interest  discount,  partial  payments,  discounting  of  notes  and  drafts, 
depreciation,  amortization,  sinking  fund  redemptions,  effective  rate  of  interest,  and  preparation  of 
statistical  data. 

BE  1 3 1  PRINCIPLES  OF  TYPEWRITING  3c-01-2sh 

Emphasis  on  development  of  correct  techniques  in  typewriting,  introduction  to  basic  styles  of  business 
letters,  simple  tabulations,  and  simple  manuscripts;  specific  standards  of  speed  and  accuracy  are 
required.  Credit  may  be  given  by  exam. 


Course  Descriptions — 225 


BE  132  INTERMEDIATE  TYPEWRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  2.0  GPA  in  BE  1 3 1  or  credit  by  examination 

Emphasis  on  further  development  of  speed,  accuracy,  and  production  ability;  includes  business  letters 
with  special  features,  business  reports,  business  forms,  rough  drafts,  manuscripts.  Credit  may  be  given 
by  exam. 

BE  1 34  KE YBOARDING  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Exception:  This  course  is  open  to  students  in  all  colleges  without  restriction. 

A  class  designed  to  provide  students  with  the  fundamental  skills  to  keyboard  information  quickly  and 
accurately,  in  fourteen  one-hour  sessions.  It  is  intended  for  the  student  who  does  not  require  the 
additional  skills  included  in  Principles  of  Typewriting,  such  as  letter  formats,  manuscript  typing,  and 
tabulation.  Recommended  for  students  in  computer  science,  journalism,  management  information 
systems,  etc. 

BE  250  ELECTRONIC  OFFICE  PROCEDURES  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BEI3I 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  systems  in  an  electronic  office:  records  management,  office 
environment,  communication  transmittal  systems,  reprographics,  and  office  procedures.  (Branch 
campus  course  only.  May  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  BE264.) 

BE  26 1  SHORTHAND  THEORY  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  in  the  basic  principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand,  Series  90.  Credit  may  be  given  by 
examination. 

BE  262  SHORTHAND  DICTATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BEI3I,  BE26I 

Major  objectives  are  to  review  and  strengthen  the  student's  knowledge  of  principles  of  Gregg 
Shorthand,  Series  90,  to  build  shorthand-writing  speed  and  to  build  transcription  skills.  Credit  may  be 
given  by  examination. 

BE  264  OFFICE  PROCEDURES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BEI3I 

Advanced  study  of  theory  and  practice  in  activities  common  to  office  records  management;  handling 
of  mail;  bank,  telephone,  and  telegraph  services;  receiving  callers;  writing  reports;  dictating  and 
transcription  equipment;  bank,  financial,  and  legal  transactions;  shipping  and  receiving  services; 
reference  books;  etc. 

BE  273  WORD  PROCESSING  APPLICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BEI3I 

In  this  course  students  will  develop  a  high  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  use  of  word  processors. 
Emphasis  is  on  machine  operations  and  production  skills  in  formatting,  text  editing,  and  understand- 
ing word  processing  concepts.  (Branch  campus  course  only.  May  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for 
BE274.) 

BE  274  INFORMATION  PROCESSING  APPLICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE  1 3 1 

A  software  microcomputer  applications  course  using  programs  designed  for  the  electronic  office- 
word  processing,  spreadsheets,  database  management,  and  graphics. 

BE  3 1 1  METHODS  AND  EVALUATION  IN  BUSINESS  EDUCATION  1  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  General  Psychology,  Educational  Psychology,  and  completion  of  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  courses  in  the  student's  major  areas. 

Includes  general  methods  of  teaching  and  evaluation  plus  methods  and  evaluation  in  basic  business 
courses.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  and  unit  tests  are  emphasized.  Techniques  and  procedures  of 
teaching  and  classroom  management  are  studied. 


226 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BE  312  METHODS  AND  EVALUATION  IN  BUSINESS  EDUCATION  II  var-I  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE3I 1  or  DE4I0 

Covers  three  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  typewriting,  stenography,  and  accounting 
data  processing.  Objectives,  planning,  evaluating, and  skill  building  are  studied.  Media  and  facilities 
for  instruction  are  examined.  Students  elect  sections  needed  for  certification. 

BE  335  MACHINE  MATHEMATICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BEl  1 1  or  permission  of  instructor 

Fimdamental  mathematical  processes  utilized  in  business  are  applied  in  realistic  business  situations 
through  the  use  of  office  machines,  including  electronic  calculators  and  transcribing  machines. 

BE  363  TRANSCRIPTION  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE262 

Develops  additional  speed  in  taking  dictation,  with  emphasis  on  development  of  transcription  skills. 
Credit  may  be  given  by  examination. 

BE  433  SUPERVISED  WORK  EXPERIENCE  AND  SEMINAR  IN  OFFICE  OCCUPATIONS 

var-6sh 
Students  gain  experience  in  selected  office  occupations.  This  cooperative  business  experience  is 
conducted  by  competent  business  and  university  personnel.  There  is  a  weekly  evening  seminar. 

BE  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 
Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a  concentrated  area  of  study 
under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

BI:  BIOLOGY 

Department  of  Biology 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BI  103  GENERAL  BIOLOGY  I  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Introduces  biological  components  of  some  of  man's  major  problems,  including  energy  storage  and 
release,  molecular  transport,  chemical  control,  genetics,  and  ecology. 

BI  104  GENERAL  BIOLOGY  II  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BI103,  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Completion  of  background  information  with  study  of  selected  areas  of  biology,  such  as  evolution, 
behavior,  and  developmental  biology. 

BI  105  CELL  BIOLOGY  3c-21-4sh 

Introductory  course  to  increase  depth  of  beginning  student's  understanding  of  structural  and  func- 
tional development  plus  evolutionary  aspects  of  cell  concept. 

BI  1 10  PLANT  BIOLOGY  3c^l-5sh 

Prerequisite:  B1105  or  special  permission 

Plant  structure,  function  development,  recognition  and  grouping,  environmental  relationships,  and 
economic  importance  of  plants  considered. 

BI  120  ANIMAL  BIOLOGY  3c-41-5sh 

Prerequisite:  BI105  or  special  pjermission 

Morphology,  physiology,  embryology,  ecology,  taxonomy,  social  and  economic  importance  of 
animals;  consideration  of  principles  applicable  to  a  correlation  of  classical  with  present-day  zoology. 

BI  150  HUMAN  ANATOMY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Study  of  the  functional  systematic  anatomy  of  the  human.  Lab  studies  center  on  nonhuman  mammals 
whose  anatomy  is  then  related  to  the  human  condition. 


Course  Descriptions — 227 


BI  151  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY  3c-2Msh 

Prerequisites:  BI105,  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Course  deals  with  acquiring,  through  lecture  presentations  and  laboratory  experiments,  an  under- 
standing of  the  basic  functions  and  control  of  the  major  organ  systems  of  the  human  body.  Organ 
systems  examined  include  the  following:  muscular  system,  cardiovascular  system,  respiratory  system, 
endocrine  system,  renal  system,  digestive  system,  reproductive  system,  and  nervous  system. 

BI  153  HUMAN  REPRODUCTIVE  BIOLOGY  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Topics  include  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  reproductive  tracts,  development,  birth  defeas, 
contraception,  venereal  disease,  and  abortion.  Not  for  credit  toward  degrees  in  Biology. 

BI  1 55  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY  AND  ANATOMY  3c-3Msh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (food  and  nutrition,  home  economics  education,  physical 
education,  and  safety  sciences  majors) 

Study  of  structure  and  funaion  of  the  human  body.  Emphasis  is  on  normal  function,  with  panicular 
attention  to  functional  anatomy,  control  mechanisms,  and  interrelationships  among  systems.  Labora- 
tory studies  will  include  experimentation  and  dissection.  For  students  with  little  or  no  science 
background. 

BI  232  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  MICROBIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHlOl  or  equivalent,  Non-Biology  majors  only  (food  and  nutrition,  and  home 

economics  education  majors) 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  food  disease,  and  infection.  Food  spoilage, 

poisoning,  and  disease  are  emphasized.  General  methods  and  techniques  are  emphasized  in  the 

laboratory. 

BI  241  GENERAL  MICROBIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (nursing  and  respiratory  therapy  majors),  BII05,  CHIOI,  or 

equivalent 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  soil,  food,  and  infection.  Microbes  and 

disease  will  be  emphasized.  Standard  methods  and  techniques  are  emphasized  in  laboratory. 

BI  252  FIELD  ZOOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BII20 

Field  natural  history  of  vertebrates;  identification,  collection,  and  preservation  techniques. 

BI  261  ORNITHOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105  or  BII03  and  104 

A  study  of  birds  of  the  region.  Indoor  laboratory  as  well  as  early  morning  and  possibly  weekend  field 
trips  required. 

BI  262  GENERAL  ENTOMOLOGY  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Morphology,  anatomy,  ecology,  taxonomy,  economic,  and  public  health  importance  of  insect  orders, 
particularly  those  of  Western  Pennsylvania;  student  collection  and  field  trips  required. 

BI  263  GENETICS  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI  1 1 0  or  1 20  and  CH23 1 . 

Deals  with  the  distribution  and  function  of  the  hereditary  material;  special  emphasis  on  microbial, 
viral,  and  molecular  genetics. 

BI  265  HUMAN  GENETICS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Behavior  of  genes  in  man,  as  individuals  and  as  populations,  will  be  considered  through  pedigree 
studies,  linkage  analysis,  chemical  structure  of  proteins,  and  cyiogenetic  correlations.  Emphasis  on 
facts  and  principles  which  relate  to  man's  growing  social,  ethical,  and  political  problems. 


228 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BI  269  BIOETHICS  AND  COEVOLUTION  3c-01-3sh 

Discussion  and  exploration  of  the  coevolution  of  man  and  nature.  Areas  covered  include  the  concepts 
of  coevolution,  bioethics,  resource  utilization,  and  possible  future  lifestyles.  Designed  for  majors  and 
nonmajors. 

BI  271  EVOLUTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  biology. 

Historical  development  of  evolutionary  thought  evidence  and  operational  mechanisms  involved; 
origin  and  phylogenetic  relationships  of  biological  groups. 

BI  272  CONSERVATION  OF  PLANT  AND  ANIMAL  RESOURCES  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105  or  BI103  and  104. 

A  study  of  accepted  practices  in  soil,  water,  forest,  and  wildlife  conservation.  Saturday  field  trips. 

BI  273  INTRODUCTION  TO  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  ECOLOGY  var-4sh 

An  introductory  course  intended  primarily  for  those  not  familiar  with  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Flora 
and  fauna  of  each  of  the  life  zones  will  be  described,  collected,  and  identified.  Interactions  among  the 
various  elements  of  these  ecosystems  will  be  considered.  This  course  will  be  given  in  a  wilderness  area. 
Primitive  accommodations  allow  the  student  the  opponunity  to  enjoy  the  wilderness  area  as  much  as 
possible.  Study  takes  place  in  Wyoming.  Tents,  food,  horses,  etc.  are  provided  by  a  professional 
outfitter.  Offered  only  in  the  summer.  No  prerequisites. 

BI  3 10  APPLIED  ENTOMOLOGY  AND  ZOONOSES  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120  or  Permission 

Study  of  the  measures  for  abatement  or  control  of  arthropods,  rodents,  birds,  and  other  disease 

vectors  of  public  importance;  selection,  chemistry,  formulation,  and  safe  application  of  insecticides, 

rodenticides,  and  fumigants;  pesticiding  equipment;  application  of  biological  and  other  measures  of 

control. 

BI  3 1 1  ENVIRONMENTAL  BIOLOGY  3c-3Msh 

Prerequisites:  Restricted  to  Elementary  Education  and  Earth  Science  Education  majors  only. 
Laboratory  and  field  course  providing  basic  knowledge  in  biology  and  its  practical  implications. 
Physical  and  biological  aspects  of  the  environment  are  studied. 

BI  321  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105,  CHI12,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Environmental  health  majors  only 
Considers  the  impact  of  important  components  of  the  physical  environment  on  health  and  deals  with 
principles  and  methods  for  identification,  evaluation,  and  control  of  such  health  hazards.  Major 
attention  to  principles  and  methods  of  epidemiological  investigation.  Major  credit  only  for  environ- 
mental health  majors. 

BI  322  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  II  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI321 ,  Environmental  health  majors  only 

Subjects  receiving  attention  include  water  and  food  supplies,  domestic  and  industrial  sewage  and 
wastes,  housing,  accidents,  community  air  pollution,  domestic  and  industrial  poisons,  ionizing 
radiations,  occupational  health  hazards.  Major  credit  only  for  environmental  health  majors. 

BI  33 1  ANIMAL  DEVELOPMENTAL  BIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Comparative  and  molecular  development  of  vertebrate  animals  are  the  major  considerations.  General 
principles  of  development  are  illustrated  using  vertebrate,  invertebrate,  and  plant  materials. 

BI  350  CELLULAR  PHYSIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH231 

Topics  include  cell  membrane  systems,  bioenergetics,  information  processing  systems  as  well  as  growth 

and  differentiation  of  cells  and  their  organelles.  Complements  plant  and  animal  physiology  and 

biochemistry. 


Course  Descriptions — 229 


BI  352  COMPARATIVE  ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI120.  CH231 

Comparative  study  of  homeosiatic  mechanisms  and  systems  in  animals  and  their  relation  to  funda- 
mental chemical  and  physical  events  in  cells. 

BI  360  MEDICAL  MYCOLOGY  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI105 

A  study  of  the  mycology  of  pathogenic  fungi.  Consideration  will  include  sources  of  infection, 
distribution,  symptomatology,  diagnosis,  prognosis,  immunology,  and  treatment.  Pathogens  are  used 
in  the  course,  and  emphasis  is  placed  upon  actual  laboratory  technique  and  procedures. 

BI  361  MICROBIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105,  CH231 

Introduction  to  morphology,  physiology,  and  ecology  of  procaryotic  organisms.  Importance  of 
microorganisms  in  basic  and  applied  research,  economics,  infection,  and  immunology  are  discussed. 

BI  362  ECOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI  1 10,  120. 

Study  of  interrelations  and  adaptations  of  organisms;  includes  consideration  of  physical  and  biotic 
environmental  factors.  Field  trips. 

BI  364  IMMUNOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI361,  CH351 

Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  antigens  and  antibodies;  nature  of  antigen-antibody  interactions; 

mechanism  of  antibody  formation;  and  immune  reaction  and  disease.  Lab  employs  serological 

techniques. 

BI  401  LABORATORY  METHODS  IN  BIOLOGY  AND  BIOTECHNOLOGY  2c-41-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH351 

Theory  and  practice  in  a  number  of  major  analytical  and  preparative  techiuques  currently  in  use  in 
physiology,  molecular  biology,  and  biotechnology. 

BI  425  HERPETOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BII20 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  classes  Amphibia  and  Reptilia,  including  their  classification,  structure, 
origin,  evolution,  phylogenetic  relationships,  distribution,  and  natural  history.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  herpetofauna  of  Pennsylvania. 

BI  432  COMPARATIVE  VERTEBRATE  ANATOMY  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Discussion  of  anatomy  of  representative  vertebrates  from  a  comparative  point  of  view.  Stresses  major 
organizational  changes  observed  in  vertebrate  history. 

BI  446  DENDROLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI  1 10  or  by  permission 

Study  of  woody  plants  as  to  their  identification,  distribution,  ecology,  culture,  anatomy,  physiology, 
mensuration,  and  utilization. 

BI  45 1  TAXONOMY  OF  PLANTS  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIIIO 

Considers  the  collection,  preservation,  and  identification  and  taxonomy  of  plants  of  this  region. 

BI  453  PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIl  10,  CH231 

Studies  physiological  processes  occurring  in  plants  considered  in  relation  to  growth,  development,  and 
ecology  of  plants. 


230 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BI 463  LIMNOLOGY  2c-3I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI362 

An  investigation  into  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of  inland  waters  and  their 
interrelationships.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  will  gain  experience  in  the  techniques  involved  in 
aquatic  sampling  and  the  analysis  of  data.  (Saturday  or  Sunday  labs  may  be  required.) 

BI  472  RADIATION  BIOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Two  years  Biology,  one  year  Physics,  and  General,  Organic,  and  Biochemistry. 
Aspects  of  nuclear  physics  and  radioactive  isotopes;  uses,  effects,  detection,  and  measurement  of 
radioactive  nuclides  used  in  Biology. 

BI  475  MAMMALOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

A  general  discussion  of  mammals  emphasizing  systematics,  distribution,  <md  structural  and  functional 
modifications  related  to  evolution  of  this  group.  Lab  work  samples  numerous  techniques  that  can  be 
applied  to  mammalian  biology. 

BI  476  PARASITOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Structure,  physiology,  ecology,  life  cycles,  pathology,  and  treatment  of  parasitic  protozoa  and 
flatworm  and  roundworm  species  of  man.  Dissection  of  hosts  for  parasites. 

BI  478  MYCOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIllO 

Involves  a  study  of  the  systemics,  morphology,  and  physiology  of  the  kingdom  Myceteae  with 
emphasis  on  economically  important  and  experimentally  useful  organisms. 

BI  480  BIOLOGY  SEMINAR  lc-01-lsh 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biological  thought  and  research.  Students  report  on  assigned  readings 
and/or  personal  research. 

BI  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var-l-3sh 

This  course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas  of  biology. 

BI  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  -3sh 

Student  investigates  independently  any  field  of  biology  in  which  interested.  Work  is  supervised  by  a 
faculty  member  but  does  not  involve  regular  class  or  laboratory  hours.  Enrollment  by  permission  only; 
2.5  GPA  overall  and  in  major  courses  required. 

BI  493  BIOLOGY  INTERNSHIP  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Biology  major  with  at  least  57  semester  hours,  2.5  overall  QPA,  and  permission  of  the 
director  of  internships  and  the  chairperson 

Selected  students  have  opportunity,  under  department  supervision,  to  gain  off-campus  practical 
experience  in  area  of  interest.  Only  six  credits  may  be  applied  toward  major;  total  number  of  credits 
will  be  decided  in  consultation  between  student,  his/her  adviser,  and  director  of  internships. 

CE:  COUNSELOR  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Counselor  Education 
College  of  Education 

CE  250  DEVELOPING  INTERPERSONAL  RELATIONSHIP  SKILLS  lc-01-lsh 

Teaches  interpersonal  relationship  skills:  listening,  communicating,  group  dynamics,  decision  making, 
leadership,  assertiveness,  time  use  management,  problem  solving,  and  conflict  resolution.  Open  to  all 
undergraduates. 


Course  Descriptions — 23 1 


CE  253  COUNSELING  IN  SCHOOL  SETTINGS  3c-OI-3sh 

An  elective  course  designed  to  provide  in-service  teachers  and  school  personnel,  other  than  counselors, 
with  a  basic  understanding  of  the  knowledge,  information,  and  skills  appropriate  to  counseling  with 
individuals  and  groups. 

CE  255  INDIVIDUAL  AND  SMALL  GROUP  PLANNING  AND  DECISION  MAKING  3c-01-3sh 
A  cognitive  and  experiential  exposure  to  decision  making  through  the  utilization  of  games,  simulation, 
role  playing,  and  related  activities.  A  variety  of  decision-making  models  will  be  developed. 

CE  400 GUIDANCE  IN  SCHOOL  SETTINGS  3c-OI-3sh 

A  survey  course  in  guidance  designed  as  an  elective  for  upper-  level  undergraduate  students  in 
education  and  as  an  introductory  course  for  in-service  personnel. 


CH:  CHEMISTRY 


Department  of  Chemistry 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


CH  101  COLLEGE  CHEMISTRY  I  each  3c-21-4sh 

The  basic  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  inorganic  chemistry  are  developed  from  the 
standpoint  of  atomic  and  molecular  structure  with  illustrative  examples  from  descriptive  chemistry. 
The  laboratory  portion  of  the  course  illustrates  physical  and  chemical  properties  in  a  qualitative  and 
quantitative  manner.  The  course  is  designed  for  selected  majors  within  the  College  of  Human  Ecology 
and  Health  Sciences. 

CH  1 02  COLLEGE  CHEM ISTRY  1 1  3c-2i^sh 

Prerequisite:  CHIOI 

The  basic  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  organic  and  biochemistry  are  developed.  Deals 
primarily  with  structural  features  of  organic  compounds,  the  chemistry  of  functional  groups,  and 
practical  examples  and  uses  of  organic  compounds.  The  laboratory  portion  illustrates  properties  and 
reactions  of  representative  organic  compounds.  The  course  is  designed  for  selected  majors  within  the 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences. 

CH  103  PRINCIPLES  OF  CHEMISTRY  3c-2l-4sh 

One-semester  course  to  survey  areas  of  inorganic,  organic,  and  biochemistry.  Open  only  to  Physical 
Education  majors. 

CH  1 1 1  GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  1  3c-3l-4sh 

Lecture-discussion  of  principles  of  chemistry,  including  theory  and  applications.  The  lab  illustrates 
principles  discussed.  Topics  discussed  include  scientific  measurements,  simple  definitions  and  con- 
cepts, the  mole,  stoichiometry,  gas  laws,  electronic  structure  of  the  atom,  bonding,  thermochemistry, 
and  descriptive  chemistry  of  the  elements. 

CH  1 12  GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  II  3c-3Msh 

Prerequisite:  CH  1 1 1 

Continuation  of  General  Chemistry  I.  Topics  discussed  include  the  solid  and  liquid  state,  solutions, 
kinetics,  equilibria,  acids  and  bases,  solubility  equilibria,  thermodynamics,  electrochemistry,  and 
descriptive  chemistry  of  the  elements. 

CH  113  CONCEPTS  IN  CHEMISTRY  I  3c-31-4sh 

Introductory  course  for  chemistry  majors.  Topics  covered  include  atomic  theon.'.  chemical  bonding, 
molecular  geometry,  kinetic-molecular  theory  of  gases,  gas  laws,  thermochemistry,  and  descriptive 
chemistry  of  selected  elements. 

CH  1 14  CONCEPTS  IN  CHEMISTRY  II  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI  13 

Continuation  of  Concepts  in  Chemistry  I.  Topics  covered  include  the  liquid  and  solid  states,  solution 
theory,  chemical  equilibrium,  kinetics,  electrochemistry,  nuclear  chemistry ,  and  descriptive  chemistry 
of  selected  elements. 


232 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CH  23 1  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  I  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH  112  or  1 14 

A  study  of  compounds  of  carbon,  with  special  emphasis  on  structure  -  reactivity  relationships. 
Laboratory  work  emphasizes  methods  of  separation  and  purification  of  organic  compounds. 

CH  232  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  II  3c-4l-4sh 

A  continuation  of  Organic  Chemistry  I  with  an  introduction  to  spectroscopic  techniques.  Laboratory 
work  emphasizes  the  synthesis  of  representative  compounds. 

CH  255  BIOCHEMISTRY  AND  NUTRITION  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI 02 

Course  for  Home  Economics  majors;  studies  chemistry  and  biological  function  of  biologically  active 
compounds  with  respect  to  nutritional  requirements. 

CH  301  CHEMISTRY  SEMINAR  lc-01-lsh 

Discussion  of  current  technical  literature  and  current  research  problems  of  staff.  Lectures  by  outside 
chemists  and  student  presentations.  Open  to  junior  or  senior  chemistry  majors  and  to  others  by 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

CH  303  GLASSBLOWING  TECHNIQUES  Oc-21-lsh 

Introduces  science  student  to  techniques  necessary  for  construction  and  modification  of  scientific  glass 
apparatus.  Limited  to  junior  and  senior  science  majors  and  others  by  permission  of  instructor. 

CH  32 1  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI  12  or  CHI  14 

Theory  and  practice  of  quantitative  analysis,  including  gravimetric  and  volumetric  analysis;  special 
emphasis  on  perfecting  student's  laboratory  techniques  and  application  of  general  chemical  knowl- 
edge through  problem  solving. 

CH  322  INSTRUMENTAL  ANALYSIS  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH321 

Modern  instrumental  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Student  learns  theory  behind  the  instrument, 
principles  of  operation,  interpretation  of  data  obtained,  and  limitations  of  methods. 

CH  323  ANALYTICAL  METHODS  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  12  and  non-Chemistry  major 

Principles  of  precipitation,  acid-base,  oxidation-reduction,  and  equilibria  are  applied  to  problem 
solving  and  to  laboratory  determinations;  instrumental  methods  of  analysis,  such  as  colorimetry, 
atomic  absorption  and  flame  emission,  gas  chromatography,  etc. 

CH  324  FORENSIC  ANALYSIS  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  1 1,  1 12, 231,  232 

Theory  and  practice  of  modern  quantitative  and  instrumental  analysis,  especially  as  applied  to  forensic 
samples  in  the  crime  lab.  Principles  of  instrument  operation  and  data  interpretation  will  be  stressed. 

CH  33 1  ORGANIC  MOLECULAR  STRUCTURE  DETERMINATION  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH23 1-232 

(CH232  may  be  taken  concurrently)  Gives  the  student  experience  in  systematic  identification  of 
various  classes  of  organic  compounds  by  both  chemical  and  physical  methods. 

CH  335  ADVANCED  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH232  and  CH341 

Selected  topics  of  current  interest  covered.  Possible  topics  include  reaction  mechanisms,  molecular 

spectroscopy,  stereochemistry,  natural  products,  heterocyclics,  polymer  chemistry,  and  organic 

synthesis. 

CH  340  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  FOR  THE  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122,  124,  128  and  PYl  12  or  132;  CH232 

One  semester  course  for  Biochemistry  and  Biology  majors.  Chemical  Thermodynamics,  Equilibria, 
Kinetics;  Quantum  Mechanics;  and  Spectroscopy  especially  as  applied  to  biomechanical  systems. 


Course  Descriptions — 233 


CH  341  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  I  4c-OI-4sh 

Prerequisites:  MA122,  !24or  128 and  PYl  12 or  132;CHn2or  114 

Chemical  thermodynamics  with  applications  to  solutions,  phase  and  chemical  equilibria-kinetic 

theory. 

CH  342  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH341 

Study  of  solids,  liquids,  surfaces,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry,  atomic  and  molecular  structure. 

CH  343  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  LABORATORY  I  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  CH321,  341 

Experiments  illustrating  application  of  fundamental  laws  to  actual  systems. 

CH  344  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  LABORATORY  II  Oc-31- Ish 

Prerequisites:  CH342,  343 

Extension  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I;  experiments  related  to  chemical  kinetics,  molecular 
spectroscopy,  and  other  topics  of  physical  chemistry. 

CH  351  BIOCHEMISTRY  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH231 

Study  of  chemistry  and  biological  functions  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  proteins,  minerals,  vitamins,  and 

hormones. 

CH  376  RADIOCHEMISTRY  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH322 

Study  of  basic  aspects  of  nuclear  structure,  phenomena  of  radioactive  isotopes,  and  chemical  effects  of 
such  isotopes.  Concurrent  lab  work  utilizing  instruments  for  detection  and  measurement  of  radioac- 
tive nuclides  used  in  chemical  experimentation. 

CH  41 1  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH341 

Gives  understanding  of  advanced  theories  of  atomic  structure,  chemical  bonding,  acids  and  bases, 
coordination  compounds,  and  selected  topics. 

CH  412  INORGANIC  PREPARATIONS  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH321  and  CH41 1 

Lectures  include  discussion  of  descriptive  chemistry  of  elements  according  to  their  periodicity; 

laboratory  includes  investigation  of  synthesis;  purification  and  characterization  of  inorganic 

substances. 

CH  421  ADVANCED  INSTRUMENTAL  ANALYSIS  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH322 

Study  of  modern  chemical  analysis,  using  advanced  instrumental  techniques;  emphasis  on  theor>', 
principles  of  operation,  capabilities,  and  limitations  of  advanced  analytical  instruments  used. 

CH  441  ADVANCED  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite  or  Co-requisite:  CH342 

Study  of  fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  and  statistical  mechanics,  molecular  structure,  and  other 
topics  of  current  interest. 

CH  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  CHEMISTRY  var-4  to  9sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  13,  114,  231,  232,  321,  341  and  departmental  approval 

Full-time  involvement  in  an  actual  "on-the-job"  situation  in  an  industrial  laboratorv  under  the 
tutelage  of  a  selected  preceptor.  A  department  faculty  member  will  work  closely  with  the  student  and 
preceptor  and  will  assume  responsibility  of  making  the  final  evaluation  and  assigning  a  grade. 

CH  498  PROBLEMS  IN  CHEMISTRY  var-1  to  2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  chairperson 

Course  of  independent  study  on  selected  problems,  including  lab  work,  libran.'  reading,  and  con- 
ferences with  staff  member.  A  minimum  of  4  hours  per  week  required  per  credit. 


234 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CI:  CHINESE 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

CI  1 5 1  CONTEMPORARY  CHINESE  I  3C-01-3sh 

The  first  part  of  comprehensive  courses  for  beginning  learners  with  emphasis  on  the  training  of  both 
the  understanding  of  the  language  and  oral  ability,  while  not  neglecting  the  general  knowledge  of  the 
Chinese  language  and  culture.  The  student  will  practice  hearing  and  understanding  the  Chinese  sound 
system  with  four  tones  and  grammar  and  will  perfect  pronunciation  and  sentence  structure  through 
class  room  practice  and  tapings,  discussions,  and  homework.  The  course  is  taught  in  Chinese. 

CI  152  CONTEMPORARY  CHINESE  II  3C-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CI  1 5 1 

A  continuing  course  for  beginning  learners  with  emphasis  on  the  training  of  both  the  understanding  of 
the  language  and  oral  ability,  while  not  neglecting  the  general  knowledge  of  the  Chinese  laiiguage  and 
culture.  The  student  will  practice  hearing  and  understanding  the  Chinese  sound  system  with  four  tones 
and  grammar  and  will  perfect  pronunciation  and  sentence  structure  through  classroom  practice  and 
tapings,  discussions,  and  homework.  The  course  is  taught  in  Chinese. 

CI  25 1  CONTEMPORARY  CHINESE  III  3C-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CI  152 

A  comprehensive  course  for  intermediate  level  learners  with  emphasis  on  the  training  of  both  the 
understanding  of  the  language  and  oral  ability,  while  not  neglecting  the  general  knowledge  of  the 
Chinese  language  and  culture.  The  student  will  advance  in  understanding  the  Chinese  language  and 
will  continue  to  work  with  pronunciation  and  sentence  structure  through  classroom  practice  and 
tapings,  discussions,  and  homework.  The  course  is  taught  in  Chinese. 

CI  252  CONTEMPORARY  CHINESE  IV  3C-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CI251 

A  comprehensive  course  for  continuing  learners  with  emphasis  on  the  training  of  both  the  understand- 
ing of  the  language  and  oral  ability,  while  not  neglecting  the  general  knowledge  of  the  Chinese 
language  and  culture.  The  student  will  advance  in  understanding  the  Chinese  language  and  will 
continue  to  work  with  pronunciation  and  sentence  structure  through  classroom  practice  and  tapings, 
discussions,  and  homework.  The  course  is  taught  in  Chinese. 

CM:  COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA 

Department  of  Communications  Media 
College  of  Education 

CM  101  SURVEY  OF  COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA  3c-01-3sh 

Required  of  Communications  Media  majors  Introduction  to  the  evolution,  status,  and  future  of 
communications  media.  Students  explore  intrapersonal  communication  through  self-assessment, 
values  clarification,  and  feedback;  interpersonal  communication  through  interviews,  observations, 
case  studies,  and  gaming;  and  mass  communications  through  the  examination  of  the  processes  and  the 
technology  utilized  to  disseminate  and  manage  information.  Career  paths,  field  applications,  profes- 
sional associations,  and  the  primary  literature  are  investigated. 

CM  102  BASIC  TECHNOLOGY  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

Provides  Communication  majors  with  the  ability  to  identify,  operate,  and  maintain  a  variety  of 
audiovisual  hardware  commonly  found  in  education,  business,  industry,  and  allied  health  professions. 

CM  103  BASIC  COMMUNICATIONS  RESEARCH  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

An  introduction  to  research  as  it  specifically  applies  to  the  field  of  communications.  Major  emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  a  review  of  the  resource  materials  pertaining  to  the  area  of  communications.  Also  to 
be  included  will  be  a  basic  understanding  of  research  methodology,  as  it  relates  to  the  design  and 
validation  of  communication  devices. 


Course  Descriptions — 235 


CM  200  IMAGES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

The  course  examines  the  basic  visual  and  aural  elements,  the  strategies  and  options  of  techniques,  the 

psychological  and  physiological  implications  of  creative  composition,  and  the  range  of  media  and 

formats. 

CM  271  BEGINNING  PHOTOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101  or  permission 

Working  with  black-and-white  materials,  the  student  learns  to  operate  a  camera,  develop  film,  make 
contact  prints  and  enlargements,  and  mount  prints  for  display.  Ancillary  topics  are  introduced  such  as 
filtration,  print  spotting,  flash,  and  the  use  of  accessory  lenses.  Student  is  required  to  have  a  35mm 
camera,  preferably  a  single-lens  refiex,  with  fully  manual  focusing  and  exposure  capability. 

CM  301  INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  EP302,  and  Junior  Standing 

Professional  course  required  of  all  students  in  Education.  Preservice  teachers  gain  competencies  in 
selecting,  using,  and  evaluating  audiovisual  machines  and  materials.  Performance-based  aaivities  in 
instructional  design,  materials  production,  machines  operation,  and  related  learning  resource  activities 
relevant  to  prospective  teaching  experiences  stressed. 

CM  303  SCRIPTWRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101  Required  of  Communications  Media  majors 

Introduction  to  the  design  of  media  materials  and  script  writing.  Style  and  techniques  of  writing  wiU  be 
analyzed.  Classroom  emphasis  is  on  writing,  critiques,  and  revision  of  designs  and  scripts.  Scripts  for 
audio  still  projection  and  motion  picture  and  television  productions  will  be  written. 

CM  330  COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA  IN  TRAINING  AND  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  303 

The  course  reviews  the  historical  growth  and  philosophies  of  the  design  and  development  of  training 
and  education  products  and  processes.  The  student  examines  the  principal  roles  and  functions  of 
human  and  material  resource  professionals  for  training  (performance  improvement),  education 
(competency  improvement),  and  development  (personal  and  organizational  growth). 

CM  335  CONSULTING  PRACTICES  IN  COMMUNICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

The  course  presents  the  theoretical  views  and  clinical  applications  of  consulting  skills  and  practices 
associated  and  needed  by  communication  professionals.  Presented  will  be  the  functions  and  role  of  the 
consultant,  the  client's  perspective  of  consulting,  hiring  a  consultant,  ethics  in  consulting,  p)ersonal 
assessment  tests,  and  related  literature  and  models. 

CM  390  PRACTICUM  IN  COMMUNICATIONS  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101,  Written  Permission 

An  opportunity  with  credit  for  students  to  make  contributions  to  department  and  campus  media- 
related  facilities  and  offices  including  WIUP-TV,  WIUP-FM,  Penn,  Oak,  Marketing  and  Informa- 
tion, Media  Resources.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

CM  395  CAREER  PLANNING  IN  COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  CM  credits 

The  course  serves  as  a  primary  skill-building  and  strategy-  seeking  experience  for  the  internship 
program  and  later  career  entry  and  growth.  Extensive  writing,  research,  and  individual  counseling  are 
involved.  Travel  may  be  necessary. 

CM  403  WRITING  FOR  BROADCASTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission  of  instructor 

To  acquaint  students  with  the  various  techniques  used  in  writing  scripts  for  radio  and  television.  To 
make  them  aware  of  the  visual  impact  of  television  and  the  audio  impact  of  radio.  Students  are  made 
aware  of  the  limitations  of  television  and  radio  as  well  as  their  unique  features. 


236 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CM  404  FOUNDATIONS  OF  BROADCASTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Examination  of  the  historical,  legal,  and  economic  aspects  of  broadcasting.  Impact  of  broadcasting  on 

society  will  be  explained  as  well  as  the  impact  of  the  new  technology  on  our  existing  broadcasting 

systems. 

CM  405  RADIO  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMlOl,  200,  403,  404,  permission 

An  introduction  to  production  techniques  as  they  pertain  to  radio.  The  student  will  be  exposed  to 
programming,  scripting,  producing  programs,  intros,  outros,  commercials,  public  service  announce- 
ments, station  identifications,  and  promotional  announcements.  The  course  will  also  deal  with  the 
interaction  of  a  radio  station  with  national  networks  and  with  the  real-life  concerns  of  deadlines. 

CM  430  ANALYSIS  OF  COMMUNICATION  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM330,  permission 

The  course  will  provide  both  a  framework  for  action  and  tools  to  measure  the  effectiveness  of  training 
and  education  in  human  and  material  resource  development  programs.  The  course  contains  practical 
theory  and  problem-focused  discussion  with  students  regarding  application.  Topics  include  instrument 
choice  or  construction,  data  collection  and  analysis,  interpretation,  and  alternative  presentation 
strategies  of  the  findings. 

CM  435  ORGANIZATIONAL  DEVELOPMENT  IN  COMMUNICATIONS  MEDIA  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  CM330,  permission 

The  course  presents  the  basic  methods  and  approaches  for  organization,  management,  and  develop- 
ment of  human  and  material  resource  departments.  The  topics  include  the  primary  activities  and  roles 
of  a  HMRD  director,  problem-solving  functions  in  reporting  to  management,  characteristics  associ- 
ated with  career  systems,  and  special  topics. 

CM  440  COMMUNICATIONS  GRAPHICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Provides  basic  experiences  in  planning  and  producing  a  commonly  used  television  studio,  industrial 
display,  and  classroom  graphics  which  are  applicable  in  educational,  industrial,  and  medical  training 
programs.  Experiences  include  technical  layout  and  lettering;  color;  mounting  and  laminating; 
copying  and  reproduction  techniques  utilizing  photography  and  xerography;  photo  silk  screening  and 
photo  sketching. 

CM  44 1  ADVANCED  COMMUNICATION  GRAPHICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM440,  permission 

Provides  in-depth  experience  in  plarming  and  preparing  graphic  materials  commonly  used  in  the 
communications  profession;  graphic  materials  include  design,  photosketching,  lettering,  slide  titling 
and  duplication,  preparation  of  camera-ready  art,  lithographic  film  and  master  layout  sheets,  profes- 
sional slide  flat  production  ad  photocopy,  large  format  transparency  production,  color  key,  and  color 
systems. 

CM  445  APPLICATIONS  AND  TECHNIQUES  OF  MOTION  PICTURES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM444,  permission 

A  survey  of  the  role  that  motion  picture  film  production  plays  in  society.  Major  emphasis  will  be  placed 

on  the  variety  of  applications  with  special  consideration  given  to  motion  pictures  as  a  tool  to  support 

research. 

CM  449  BASIC  AUDIO  RECORDING  TECHNIQUES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMlOl,  403,  permission 

Theory  and  practice  of  recording  sound,  developing  an  understanding  of  the  language  of  sound 
recording  as  well  as  the  ability  to  make  sound  recordings.  Exposure  to  recording  for  various  media 
including  radio,  music,  motion  pictures,  television,  multi-image,  and  slide  and  tape  production. 
Material  also  appropriate  for  teachers  who  wish  to  make  use  of  tape  recorder  in  the  classroom. 
Students  will  gain  hands-on  experience  through  labs  and  projects  to  be  completed  outside  of  class. 
Students  will  be  expected  to  provide  an  audio  tape  recorder. 


Course  Descriptions — 237 


CM  450  ADVANCED  AUDIO  RECORDING  TECHNIQUES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM449,  permission 

Sound  recording  utilizing  advanced  techniques  and  concentrating  on  specific  applications.  Student 
participates  in  an  intensive  lab  experience  utilizing  the  most  advanced  equipment  available.  Emphasis 
on  application,  editing,  signal  processing,  and  multi-  track  recording.  Student  is  expected  to  produce  a 
sound  recording  for  a  specific  use  of  professional  quality. 

CM  45 1  TELEVISION  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Develops  basic  skills  in  television  production  and  direction.  Consideration  of  operating  problems  of  a 

television  studio,  as  well  as  functions,  limitations,  and  capabilities  of  television  equipment  and 

facilities. 

CM  452  ELECTRONIC  FIELD  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM451,  permission 

Provides  in-depth  field  experience  with  portable  video  equipment  and  lighting.  Students  edit  programs 
to  broadcast  quality. 

CM  453  BROADCAST  NEWS  PROCESS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM405,  451,  permission 

Reporting  and  presenting  radio  and  TV  news  programs.  Analysis  of  news  and  public  affairs 

broadcasting. 

CM  454  BROADCAST  REGULATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404,  permission 

This  course  delves  into  the  areas  of  law  affecting  broadcasters.  Topics  covered  are  laws  pertaining  to 
cable  television,  station  licensing  and  renewal,  political  broadcasting,  libel,  copyright,  the  right  of 
reply,  and  privacy.  The  historical  development  of  the  FCC  and  its  jurisdictions  will  also  be  examined. 
Case  studies  will  be  discussed  along  with  the  relevancy  of  some  laws  as  they  pertain  to  today's  society. 

CM  455  TELEVISION  PERFORMANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM451,  permission 

Provides  theory  and  practice  for  performing  on  television.  Detailed  analysis  of  a  performer's  role  in  a 
variety  of  settings. 

CM  456  BROADCAST  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404,  permission 

Detailed  examination  of  the  management  decision-making  process  in  radio  and  television;  particular 
reference  to  program  policies,  persormel  administration,  and  community  relations. 

CM  460  ALTERNATIVE  SYSTEMS  OF  COMMUNICATION  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404,  permission 

The  implications  and  capabilities  of  cable  systems,  the  private  and  industrial  utilization  of  nonbroad- 
cast  services,  the  emergence  of  satellite  CATV  networking,  and  the  application  of  two-way  cable 
response  systems. 

CM  472  PHOTOGRAPHY  II:  THE  PRINT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  permission 

Students  will  develop  camera  and  print-making  skills  to  the  degree  that  they  can  produce  salon-quality 
photographic  prints.  Students  will  understand  the  photographic  processes  utilized  in  producing  a  high- 
quality  negative  and  print  to  the  extent  that  they  can  manipulate  those  processes  to  communicate  an 
intended  message  with  their  photographs.  Emphasis  on  camera  and  print  control  as  well  as  composi- 
tion and  negative  and  print  manipulation. 

CM  473  CREATIVE  DARKROOM  TECHNIQUES  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM472,  permission 

Students  pursue  photographic  competencies  to  a  high  level  of  proficiency.  Specific  topics  may  vary  as 
photographic  technology  changes,  but  typical  assignments  include  high-  contrast  photography 
through  the  use  of  graphic  arts  materials,  multiple  exposures  in  the  camera  and  in  projection  printing, 
making  and  using  paper  negatives,  and  hand  coloring  of  photos. 


238 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CM  474  DOCUMENTARY  PHOTOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  472,  permission 

Prepares  the  student  to  deal  with  the  actions  of  subjects  in  both  descriptive  and  interpretive  styles.  The 
student  is  assigned  to  photograph  a  variety  of  local  events  in  a  manner  that  makes  the  nature  of  the 
event  evident  to  the  viewer  of  the  photograph.  The  student  also  learns  differences  between  printing  for 
reproduction  and  for  exhibit.  The  student  is  required  to  have  a  35mm  camera  (preferably  a  manual 
exposure  single-lens  reflex)  and  a  flash  unit. 

CM  475  COLOR  PHOTOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  472,  permission 

An  introduction  to  major  techniques  and  problems  of  color  photography  including  color  temperature 
of  light  and  color  response  of  films,  filtration,  negative  and  reversal  film  processing,  and  making  color 
prints  from  negatives  and  slides.  Includes  an  introduction  to  color  theory  p"^  it  applies  to  photography. 

CM  476  COMMERCIAL  PHOTOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  471,  Major  status,  permission 

An  introduction  to  professional  studio  and  location  work,  including  making  pictures  for  advertising, 
catalogs,  publicity,  and  other  commercial  purposes.  Deals  with  lighting,  backgrounds,  and  camera  use 
for  photographing  portraits,  products,  and  architecture.  In  addition  to  use  of  the  student's  own  35mm 
camera  equipment,  the  course  provides  experience  with  the  4x5  inch  view  camera.  Ability  to  solve  basic 
algebra  problems  is  required. 

CM  477  SLIDE/SOUND  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  303,  440, 449,  and  permission 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  advanced  students  with  the  theoretical  and  practical  experiences 
necessary  to  be  able  to  plan,  design,  produce,  and  present  effective  slide/tape  presentations  for  use  in 
education,  industry,  and  the  allied  health  professions. 

CM  478  MULTI-IMAGE  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271 ,  303, 440, 449,  permission 

An  advanced  production  course  employing  instructional  development  techniques  to  emphasize  the 
unique  features  of  multiple  image  messages  primEuily  through  2x2  slides.  Scripting,  storyboarding, 
computer  programming,  and  audiovisual  production  techniques  are  used  in  the  course  project. 

CM  480  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  Communications  Media  major  only,  permission 

Students  may,  with  the  sponsorship  of  a  department  faculty  member  and  consensus  of  the  depart- 
ment, elect  an  advanced  course  of  study  which  reflects  the  academic  goals  of  the  department. 
Exemplary  project  is  intended  to  extend  or  combine  field  knowledge  not  readily  available  through 
other  course  offerings.  Students  may  take  one  or  more  semester  hours  (40  hours  or  more  of 
commitment  =  1  s.h.)  and  multiple  projects  are  possible;  a  maximum  of  3  s.h.  are  permitted 
towards  a  degree  program. 

CM  493  INTERNSHIP  var-6  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  Communications  Media  majors  only,  Junior  or  Senior  status,  permission 
Supervised  professional  work  experience  in  communications  media.  Sites  reflect  the  academic  goals  of 
the  department  and  are  approved  and  administered  by  a  department  coordinator.  Location,  duties, 
length  of  internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  student  career  goals.  Sites  represent  wide 
application  of  process  and  technology  of  communications  in  business,  education,  allied  health,  or 
other  agencies.  Students  may  take  three  or  more  s.h.  per  semester  (40  hours  or  more  of  commitmentl 
s.h.)  and  multiple  experiences  are  possible;  a  maximum  of  3  s.h.  of  internship  and/or  field  experiences 
are  permitted  towards  a  degree  program. 

CM  495  SEMINAR  IN  TRAINING  AND  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  Foundation  electives,  permission 

Student  research  in  advanced  or  specialized  topics  in  Human  and  Materials  Development.  Current 
issues,  problems,  unique  curriculums,  or  new  processes  and  technology  are  examined  as  they  impact 
upon  programs,  products,  and  individual  career  directions. 


Course  Descriptions — 239 


CO:  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Department  of  Computer  Science 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

CO  1 10  INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  2c-Id-3sh 

(For  science,  mathematics,  and  computer  science  majors,  and  for  others  who  have  a  sufficiently 
quantitative  orientation) 

Basic  structure  of  modern  digital  computers;  batch  processing  vs.  interactive  time-shared  online 
computing;  problem  analysis  and  computer  solution  using  flowcharting  and  the  FORTRAN  lan- 
guage. Exemption  or  credit  by  examination  possible. 

CO  200  INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPUTERS  3c-01-3sh 

(For  nonscience,  nonmathematics  students  who  have  a  more  verbal  orientation.  Does  not  count 
towards  Computer  Science  major) 

A  computer  appreciation  course  for  students  with  an  interest  in  computers  and  what  they  can  do; 
survey  of  computer  organization,  fiowcharting,  and  programming;  exercises  in  the  interactive  BASIC 
language;  economic,  political,  psychological,  and  technical  effects  of  computers  in  our  society. 

CO  220  APPLIED  COMPUTER  PROGRAMMING  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COl  10  or  equivalent 

Structured  programming  principles  and  techniques,  as  implemented  through  the  ANS  COBOL 
language;  program  design  using  top-down  techniques;  group  programming  projects;  program  and 
project  documentation;  introduction  to  tape  and  disc  files. 

CO  250  INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMERICAL  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COl  10,  MA102,  MA122  or  MA123  or  MA127 

Algorithmic  methods  for  function  evaluation,  roots  of  equations,  solutions  to  systems  of  equations 
operations,  matrix  operations,  curve  fitting,  interpolation,  nimierical  integration  and  differentiation; 
errors  in  computation. 

CO  300  ASSEMBLY  LANGUAGE  PROGRAMMING  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COl  10  or  equivalent 

Examination  of  structure  and  lemguages  of  machines;  representation  of  data,  addressing  techniques, 
symbolic  coding,  assemblers,  macros,  etc;  problem  solution  using  assembly  language. 

CO  3 10  DATA  STRUCTURES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COl  10  or  CO220 

Basic  concepts  of  data;  storage  systems  and  structures;  lists,  arrays,  strings,  hashing  techniques; 
searching  and  sorting  techniques;  data  structures  in  programming  languages;  string  processing. 
Programming  in  a  block  structured  language. 

CO  315  LARGE  FILE  ORGANIZATION  AND  ACCESS  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 

The  organization  of  large  computer  files  for  business  systems,  information  systems,  and  other 
applications.  Use  of  COBOL  for  efficient  file  access.  Evaluation  of  file  access  methods.  Advanced 
topics  in  COBOL. 

CO  320  SOFTWARE  ENGINEERING  lc-2d-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0315  or  p)ermission  of  the  instructor 

Planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  large  software  systems  using  struaured  top-down  tech- 
niques; maintenance  and  documentation  principles  and  practices;  large  group  projects. 

CO  345  DATA  COMMUNICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COl  10,  CO220  and  MA214,  216,  217,  or  equivalents 

Communication  of  digital  data  between  computers  and  to  and  from  terminals  and  other  peripherals; 
computer  networks;  design  project  or  term  paper. 


240 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CO  355  COMPUTER  GRAPHICS  2c-ll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO310  and  junior  status 

The  use  of  computer  graphics  hardware  and  software.  An  overview  of  current  applications  and 
experience  with  representative  software  will  introduce  current  practice.  Foundations  in  primitives, 
geometry,  and  algorithms  of  passive  computer  graphics  are  the  principal  focus  of  the  course.  A  brief 
introduction  to  interactive  computer  graphics  will  be  included. 

CO  360  IBM  JOB  CONTROL  LANGUAGE  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Detailed  study  of  the  job  control  language  ( JCL)  of  the  IBM  OS  operating  system;  comparison  of  OS 

with  the  locally  available  CP-6  operating  system  of  Honeywell. 

CO  370  COMPUTER  RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 

Concepts  and  techniques  of  computing  facility  management,  including  selection  of  computer 
resources;  survey  of  applications  in  which  computer  resource  management  is  needed;  faculty  super- 
vised management  project  at  a  selected  local  computer  facility. 

CO  380  SEMINAR  ON  THE  COMPUTER  PROFESSION  Oc- 1  d- 1  sh 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science  and  industry  trade 
journals;  effective  oral  presentations;  employment  prospects.  Should  be  taken  the  semester  before  an 
internship  or  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time  as  CO480. 

CO  410  PROCESSOR  ARCHITECTURE  AND  MICROPROGRAMMING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  CO310 

The  logical  description  of  computer  processor  structure  (architecture),  with  emphasis  on  the  micro- 
programming approach.  Project  assignments  using  minicomputer. 

CO  420  MODERN  PROGRAMMING  LANGUAGES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO220  and  CO310 

Comparative  study  of  the  properties  and  applications  of  a  range  of  modem  higher  level  programming 
languages,  including  Ada,  APL,  C,  LISP,  LOGO,  Pascal,  PROLOG,  and  SNOBOL.  Comparison 
with  older  languages  such  as  ALGOL,  BASIC,  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  PL/I. 

CO  430  INTRODUCTION  TO  SYSTEMS  PROGRAMMING  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  CO310 

Concepts  and  techniques  of  systems  programming  with  an  emphasis  on  assembly  and  compilation  of 
user  programs.  Representation  of  source  language  so  as  to  facilitate  the  needed  translation  process. 
Exercises  using  various  computer  systems. 

CO  432  INTRODUCTION  TO  OPERATING  SYSTEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300,  CO310  or  equivalents 

Introduction  to  the  principles  of  operating  system  design  and  implementation.  Topics  include  interrupt 
service,  process  states  and  transitions,  spooling,  management  of  memory  and  disk  space,  virtual 
storage,  scheduling  processes  and  devices,  and  file  systems. 

CO  441  DATABASE  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0315 

Review  of  database  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  database  management  approaches.  Comparative 
study  of  commercially  available  database  management  systems.  Project  on  the  locally  available 
database  systems. 

CO  450  APPLIED  NUMERICAL  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO250,  MA171  and  MA241,  or  equivalents 

Polynomial  approximations  using  finite  differences,  with  applications  in  numerical  integration  and 
differentiation.  Numerical  solution  of  initial  value  ordinary  differential  equations.  The  APL  language 
will  be  introduced  and  used,  along  with  FORTRAN,  in  programming  selected  algorithms. 


Course  Descriptions — 241 


CO  460  THEORY  OF  COMPUTATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO3I0  or  consent  of  instructor 

Forma!  methods  for  describing  and  analyzing  programming  languages  and  algorithms.  Backus-Naur 
forms;  productions;  regular  expressions;  introduction  to  automata  theory;  luring  machines;  recent 
concepts  in  algorithm  theory  computability. 

CO  470  COMPUTER  SECURITY  FRAUD  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  and  at  least  one  programming  course 

Physical,  personnel,  and  administrative  aspects  of  computer  security  and  fraud;  relevant  criminal  law. 
Administrative,  internal  system,  and  programming  controls.  Survey  of  industry  computer  security 
practice.  Encryption  methods  and  access  control  techniques. 

CO  480  SEMINAR  ON  TECHNICAL  TOPICS  Oc-I  l-lsh 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science  and  industry  professional 
and  technical  journals;  oral  presentations.  Should  be  taken  the  last  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Should 
not  be  taken  at  the  same  time  as  CO380. 

CO  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  12  semester  hours  in  Computer  Science  or  consent  of  instructor 
Seminar  in  advanced  topics  of  Computer  Science;  content  will  vary  depending  on  interests  of 
instructor  and  students.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 

CO  485  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  a  Computer  Science  faculty  member  who  agrees  to  supervise  your  project 
Arrangements  for  selection  of  a  specific  topic  must  be  made. 

CO  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  var- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  CO250,  CO300,  CO310,  C0315,  CO380,  Other  courses  depending  on  type  of  intern- 
ship pKJsition  desired,  completion  of  application,  and  selection  by  committee 
Positions  with  participating  companies  provide  students  with  experience  in  Computer  Science  under 
the  supervision  of  the  companies  and  faculty.  Requirements  include  three  on-site  consultations,  two 
university  consultations,  completion  of  progress  reports,  and  presentation  of  final  cumulative  paper. 
Offered  only  to  students  during  the  second  semester  and  summer  of  their  junior  year  of  the  summer 
and  the  first  semester  of  their  senior  year.  No  more  than  4  semester  hours  of  C0493  may  be  applied 
toward  the  30  semester  hours  requirement  for  a  major  in  Computer  Science. 

CR:  CRIMINOLOGY 

Department  of  Criminology 
CoHege  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

CR  101  GENERAL  ADMINISTRATION  OF  JUSTICE  3c-01-3sh 

Administration  of  criminal  justice  in  the  United  States.  Deals  with  the  roles  of  the  police,  courts,  and 
correctional  process. 

CR  102  SURVEY  OF  CRIMINOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  discipline  of  criminology  through  an 
examination  of  its  theories,  basic  assumptions,  and  definitions.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR102: 
Criminology. 

CR  210  CRIMINAL  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  history  and  sources  of  criminal  law  coupled  with  an  analysis  of  the  substantive  elements 
of  specific  crimes.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR301 :  Criminal  Law  I. 

CR  260  CRIMINAL  PROCEDURE  AND  ADMISSIBILITY  OF  EVIDENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Law  of  arrest,  search,  and  seizure,  with  discussion  of  important  case  law.  Analysis  of  safeguards 
established  for  protection  of  individual  liberties.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR302:  Criminal  Law  II. 

CR  270  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  SYSTEM  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  agencies  and  processes  dealing  with  juvenile  justice  in  the  United  States. 


242 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CR  283  POLICE  PATROL  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  role  and  characteristics  of  the  police  patrol  function.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to 
understanding  how  patrol  relates  to  other  police  functions  and  its  effect  on  crime. 

CR  291  THEORY  AND  TECHNIQUES  OF  INTERVIEWING  3c-01-3sh 

Consideration  of  the  theory,  nature,  methods,  and  principles  of  interviewing.  Not  for  credit  after  prior 
CR350:  Techniques  of  Interviewing. 

CR  295  CRIMINAL  INVESTIGATION  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  logical  and  scientific  principles  necessary  for  the  detection  and  investigation  analysis  of 
criminal  activities.  Theories  of  information,  interrogation,  observation  and  interrogation,  and  obser- 
vation and  ethics  are  among  the  topics  to  be  discussed.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  credit  CR310: 
Criminal  Investigation. 

CR  300  THEORY  OF  COMPLEX  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  ORGANIZATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  the  evolution  and  theories  of  organizational  alternatives  and  their  application  to  the 
administration  of  justice. 

CR  306  CRIMINOLOGICAL  RESEARCH  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  criminological  research  methods  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to 
understand  and  participate  in  quantitative  and  qualitative  research. 

CR  355  CRIME  IN  THE  WORK  PLACE  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  theoretical  and  legal  basis  of  crime  in  the  work  place. 

CR  357  LAW,  SOCIAL  CONTROL,  AND  SOCIETY  3c-01-3sh 

The  evolution  and  development  of  the  modem  legal  system.  Topics  include  civil,  criminal,  and 
administration  law,  the  legal  profession,  and  legal  systems  in  American  society,  and  the  law  as  one  of 
many  instruments  of  social  control  and  social  change. 

CR  361  JUVENILE  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  pertinent  juvenile  law  and  procedure  involving  case  study  methods. 

CR  362  CORRECTIONAL  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

Study  and  theory  of  principles  of  law  relating  to  rights  of  the  convicted,  postcorrection  procedures, 
and  correctional  management. 

CR  370  CORRECTIONAL  INSTITUTIONS  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  organization  and  function  of  correctional  institutions.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
various  social  processes  and  problems  associated  with  incarceration.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  credit 
CR440:  Institutional  Treatment  of  Offenders. 

CR  37 1  COMMUNITY  BASED  CORRECTIONS  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  noninstitutional  programs,  focusing  on  alternatives  to  incarceration  in  community 
settings.  Programs  reviewed  include  pre-release,  probation,  parole,  half-way  houses,  and  restitution- 
based  programs.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR445:  Noninstitutional  Treatment  of  the  Offender. 

CR  383  POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  police  management,  structure,  and  operations  and  their  roles  in  the  quality  of  services 
delivered.  The  relationship  between  police  administration  and  its  social  environment  will  be  examined. 
Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR201 :  Police  Administration. 

CR  386  CORRECTIONAL  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  correctional  management,  structures,  and  operations  and  their  roles  in  the  quality  of 
services  delivered.  The  relationship  between  correctional  administration  and  its  social  environment. 
Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR492:  Correctional  Administration. 


Course  Descriptions — 243 


CR  388  COURT  ADMINISTRATION  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  court  responsibility  within  the  criminal  and  civil  justice  systems,  jurisdictions,  policies,  and 
management  procedures  in  court  administration. 

CR  390  WOMEN  AND  CRIME  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  women's  crime,  theories  of  female  criminality,  processing  of 
women  offenders  through  the  criminal  justice  system,  the  response  of  police  and  court  officials  to 
women  as  victims  of  crime,  and  opportunities  for  women  as  employees  in  criminal  justice  agencies. 

CR  391  SUBSTANCE  USE  AND  ABUSE  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  substance  use  and  abuse  confronting  American  society.  Alcohol  and  drug  use  and  abuse 
education,  philosophy,  physiological  effects,  and  social  aspects  will  be  examined  in  terms  of  control 
measures  and  public  safety. 

CR  397  INSTRUMENTAL  DETECTION  OF  DECEPTION  3c-01-3sh 

An  exploration  of  instrumental  detection  of  deception,  devices  for  measuring  emotional  responses  to 
verbal  stimuli,  psychological  aspects  of  deception;  analysis  of  detection  techniques  applicable  to  the 
criminal  justice  system  and  personnel  selection  and  retention.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR325: 
Instrumental  Detection  of  Deception. 

CR  400  THEORETICAL  CRIMINOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR102,  300,  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  review  and  critical  analysis  of  the  major  criminological  theories  beginning  with  the  Classical  School; 

psychological,  sociological,  economic,  biological,  and  political  theories  of  crime  and  its  causes  will  be 

included. 

CR  401  CONTEMPORARY  ISSUES  IN  CRIMINOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Seniors  only  or  permission  of  instructor 

Examination  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  crime  in  modern  western  society.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
issues  selected  from,  but  not  limited  to,  emerging  patterns  of  violence,  organized  crime,  white  collar 
crime,  victimless  crime,  corruption,  and  those  crime  control  strategies  deemed  appropriate  in  a 
democracy.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR490:  Crime  in  Modern  Society. 

CR  416  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  PERSONNEL  AND  SUPERVISION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR102,  300,  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  public  personnel  systems  with  specific  application  to  criminal  justice  agencies.  The  role  and 
function  of  supervision  as  a  concept  of  a  comprehensive  personnel  system  as  well  as  the  relationship 
between  agency  personnel  and  the  impact  on  crime  will  be  examined. 

CR  45 1  ETIOLOGY  OF  DELINQUENT  BEHAVIOR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR102,  300,  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  analysis  of  the  prevalent  theories  of  delinquency  causation  with  a  view  toward  developing 
prevention,  control,  and  treatment  approaches.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR431:  Etiology  of 
Delinquent  Behavior. 

CR  456  SUPERVISED  RESEARCH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CR306 

Directed  intensive  individual  research  focusing  on  a  particular  issue  in  criminology  or  an  applied 
problem  in  the  administration  of  justice.  The  research  project  must  be  approved  by  the  instructor. 

CR  470  COMPARATIVE  STUDY  OF  JUSTICE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR102,  300,  or  permission  of  instructor 

Comparison  of  American  systems  of  administration  of  justice  with  those  of  other  nations.  Not  for 
credit  after  prior  CR430:  Comparative  Study  of  Justice. 

CR  480  SEMINAR  IN  CRIMINOLOGY— THE  ADMINISTRATION  OF  JUSTICE  3c-01-3sh 
A  study  of  selected  topics  in  criminology/the  administration  of  justice.  May  be  taken  more  than  once 
for  a  maximum  of  6  semester  hours.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR480:  Seminar  in  the  Administration 
of  Justice. 


244 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CR  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  CRIMINOLOGY  var-1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  study  of  selected  topics  not  emphasized  in  other  courses.  May  be  taken  more  than 
once  to  a  maximum  6  semester  hours. 

CR  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  CRIMINOLOGY  var-l-3sh 

An  opportunity  for  a  student  with  advanced  standing  to  explore  special  interests.  May  be  taken  more 
than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6  semester  hours  with  the  approval  of  instructor.  Not  for  credit  after  prior 
CR482:  Independent  Study. 

CR  491  INDIVIDUAL  AND  GROUP  TREATMENT  MODALITIES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR102,  300,  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  study  of  the  therapeutic  techniques,  process,  and  application  used  in  various  criminal  justice 

environments. 

CR  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3-12sh 

A  structured  field  placement  designed  to  broaden  the  student's  educational  experience  through 
observation  and  participation  in  work  assignments  in  government  or  private  sectors.  Six  semester 
hours  of  credit  will  be  applied  to  the  major  requirements. 

CS:  CONSUMER  SERVICES 

Department  of  Consumer  Services 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

CS  101  PERSONAL  AND  FAMILY  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Management  as  a  system  and  its  relationship  to  individuals  and  families.  Formulation  of  goals,  values, 
and  standards;  use  of  decision-making  process;  utilization  of  resources. 

CS  1 12  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  CLOTHING  CONSTRUCTION  lc-31-3sh 

Principles  and  techniques  involved  in  fundamental  clothing  construction  and  fitting  are  analyzed. 
Directed  laboratory  experiences  provide  an  opportunity  to  solve  individual  problems  in  garment 
structure  through  the  application  of  principles. 

CS  121  INTRODUCTION  TO  CONSUMER  SERVICES  lc-01-Ish 

Career  possibilities  for  Consumer  Services  majors  are  explored.  Students  will  be  guided  in  clarifying 
their  professional  objectives  and  understanding  the  necessary  preparation  to  pursue  individual  voca- 
tional goals. 

CS  212  ADVANCED  CLOTHING  CONSTRUCTION  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSl  12  or  placement  (by  exam) 

Principles  of  advanced  fitting  and  clothing  construction  are  applied  and  analyzed. 

CS  213  RESIDENTIAL  APPLIANCES  AND  CONSUMER  ELECTRONICS  2c-21-3sh 

Consumer  education  in  the  selection,  use,  and  care  of  home  equipment  appliances  and  consumer 
electronics;  the  relationship  of  energy  sources  and  utilities  to  major  appliances,  portable  and  personal 
care  appliances,  and  consumer  electronics. 

CS  216  CLOTHING  AND  MAN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Survey  of  aesthetic,  cultural,  sociopsychologjcal,  economic,  and  physical  factors  related  to  the 
meaning  and  use  of  clothing  for  the  individual  and  society. 

CS  217  INTERIOR  DESIGN  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR120  or  equivalent 

Emphasis  upon  development  of  knowledgeable  consumers  in  the  selection  and  design  of  a  home,  its 
furnishing,  and  its  total  environment. 


Course  Descriptions — 245 


CS  303  VISUAL  MERCHANDISING  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR120  or  equivalent 

Designing  and  arranging  of  display  and  selling  areas  in  relationship  to  merchandising  trends  and 
consumer  demands.  Emphasis  on  promotion  techniques  and  merchandise  sales  through  effective  use 
of  space,  design,  and  color. 

CS  31 1  SOFT  CONSTRUCTIONS  FOR  INTERIORS  lc-31-3sh 

Application  of  design  principles  to  decor  is  executed  through  measurement  and  construction  of  soft 
furnishings  for  the  home  and  contract  phases  of  the  interior  design  industry.  Offered  intermittently. 

CS  3 1 2  HOUSING  AND  MAN  3c-01-3sh 

Managerial,  sociological,  economic,  and  aesthetic  aspects  of  housing  and  man  are  investigated  as  well 
as  a  consideration  of  the  environment  of  the  home  as  part  of  the  community. 

CS  314  TEXTILES  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH 102 

Analyses  of  textile  components  of  fiber,  yarn,  fabrication,  finishes,  and  color  with  emphasis  upon 
consumer  acquisition,  use,  and  satisfaction. 

CS  315  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS  AND  FAMILY  FINANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Economic,  sociological,  and  psychological  principles  are  applied  to  family  money  management 
problems.  Information  needed  to  manage  finances  effectively  and  to  become  a  rational  consumer  is 
presented. 

CS  318  FASHION  MERCHANDISING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CS216  and  upper  level  standing 

Study  of  the  origins,  movement,  dissemination,  and  prediction  of  fashion;  an  investigation  of  the 
methods  of  operation,  merchandising  activities,  and  current  fashion  industry  trends;  an  analysis  of  the 
planning  and  control  procedures  used  in  retail  merchandising  of  fashion  goods. 

CS  354  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

Particular  consumer  considerations  are  independently  investigated  in  the  area  of  housing,  home 
equipment,  interior  design,  clothing,  and  textiles,  or  in  the  management  of  resources.  Course  may  be 
repeated  for  a  total  of  3  semester  hours.  Students  meet  with  a  faculty  member  at  least  5  hours  per 
semester  hour. 

CS  357  INTERIOR  DESIGN  STUDIO  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217 

Creative  solutions  to  problems  in  interior  environments  emphasized.  Professional  interior  design 
practices;  design  opportunities. 

CS  399  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATION  Osh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  coop  coordinator 

A  program  designed  to  combine  theory  with  practical  application  through  job  related  experiences. 
Consumer  services  majors  are  actively  employed  in  business,  industry,  and  a  variety  of  organizations 
and  agencies  with  a  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  The 
student  is  required  to  serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  work  experiences. 

CS  4 1 3  PROBLEMS  IN  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS3 1 5  or  Economics 

Problems  of  consumer-seller  relationships  studied  with  emphasis  given  to  effects  of  current  economic 
and  social  forces.  Governmental  and  private  protection  agencies  which  aid  the  consumer  are  rcNiewed. 
Individual  investigations  required.  Fall  semester  only. 


246 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CS  416  PROBLEMS  IN  FAMILY  FINANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSS  15 

In-depth  theories  and  principles  in  personal  and  family  finance  and  the  rights  and  responsibilities  of 
consumers  are  emphasized.  Opportunities  are  provided  for  students  to  explore  specific  areas  of 
interest.  Spring  semester  only. 

CS  42 1  SENIOR  SEMINAR  2c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS121;  completion  of  90  semester  hours 

Knowledge  gained  in  major  and  outside  concentration  courses  is  applied  to  individual  career  goals. 
Students  have  the  opportunity  to  pursue  related  areas  not  directly  covered  in  previous  course  work, 
with  emphasis  upon  independent  research,  analytical  thinking,  and  communications  skills. 

CS  433  STUDY  TOUR  var- 1  to  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper  level  standing 

Opportunity  is  provided  to  visit  business  establishments  and  cultural  centers  concerned  with  house- 
hold equipment,  furnishings,  textiles,  clothing,  and  housing  in  America  as  well  as  abroad.  Museums, 
factories,  designers'  showrooms,  distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are 
included.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  semester  hours. 

CS  434  QUALITY  CONTROL  IN  TEXTILES  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS314 

Physical  properties  explored  through  microscopic  examination  and  use  of  textile  testing  equipment  for 
fabric  analysis.  Offered  intermittently. 

CS  453  FLAT  PATTERN  DESIGN  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSl  12  or  CS212 

Garment  design  achieved  by  use  of  fiat  pattern  techniques.  An  understanding  is  developed  of  the 
interrelationship  of  garment  design,  figure  analysis,  fabric,  fit,  and  construction  processes. 

CS  454  TAILORING  lc-3I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSl  12  or  CS212 

Various  tailoring  methods  are  studied  and  applied  in  the  selection,  fitting,  and  construction  of  a 
tailored  garment.  Consumer  problems  in  the  selection  of  ready-to-wear  apparel  are  investigated. 

CS  455  DRAPING  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSl  12  or  CS212 

Apparel  design  principles  are  applied  by  draping  fabric  to  conform  to  the  human  figure.  Students  will 
pad  a  form  to  individual  measurements  and  create  garments  that  are  both  individual  and  original. 

CS  456  HISTORIC  COSTUME  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  of  historic  costume  from  ancient  times  to  the  present  day  with  emphasis  on  the 
effect  of  aesthetic,  economic,  geographic,  political,  religious,  and  social  factors  upon  the  design  of 
clothing  worn. 

CS  461  MICROWAVE  COOKING  TECHNOLOGY  2c-21-3sh 

Study  of  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave  oven.  Basic  physical  and 
chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking  are  included.  Individual  investigative  research 
problems  are  required. 

CS  462  HISTORIC  INTERIORS  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  ancient  times  to  the  mid- 19th  century  of  the  dominant  influences  and 
characteristics  of  historical  interiors,  furniture,  and  ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  style 
detail  and  its  relationship  to  social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  influence  and  to  the 
contemporary  scene.  Paper  required. 

CS  463  MODERN  INTERIORS  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  mid- 19th  century  to  the  present  of  the  dominant  influences  and  charac- 
teristics of  the  20th-century  interior,  furniture,  and  ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  style 
detail  and  its  relationship  to  social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  influences  and  to 
contemporary  usage.  Paper  required. 


Course  Descriptions — 247 


CS  464  INTERIOR  PLANNING  AND  DRAWING  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217 

Analysis  and  design  contract  interior  spaces.  Presentation,  appropriate  media,  equipment,  and 
techniques  will  be  stressed.  Freehand  and  mechanical  methods  employed  to  depict  floor  plans, 
elevation,  and  construction  details  with  emphasis  on  function.  . 

CS  465  INTERIOR  LIGHTING  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS2I7  or  equivalent 

Lighting  fundamentals  applicable  to  the  environmental  design  of  residential  and  commercial  spaces. 
Includes  calculation  methods,  terminology,  theory  of  color  visibility,  light  source  alternatives,  fixture 
function  and  selection,  lighting  trends,  and  related  professional  organizations. 

CS  493  INTERNSHIP  var-1  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department  chairperson;  upper  level  standing 
Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study  with  objectives,  supervised  experience, 
and  evaluation.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  12  semester  hours. 

DE:  DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Administrative  Services  and  Business  Education 

College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

DE  33 1  MODERN  MERCHANDISING  3c-01-3sh 

Techniques  for  planning  and  controlling  inventory,  analyzing  sales,  working  with  modem  systems  for 
handling  cash,  and  using  color,  line,  and  design.  Practice  in  preparing  merchandise  display  units. 

DE  332  RETAIL  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  DE331  or  DE333 

Study  of  structure  and  changing  environment  of  retailing;  special  emphasis  on  merchandise  manage- 
ment, organization,  sales  promotions,  services,  and  control. 

DE  333  PRINCIPLES  OF  SELLING  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  field  of  selling,  preparing  to  sell,  the  selling  process,  and  an  introduction  to  sales  management. 
Sales  demonstrations  incorporating  audiovisual  aids  are  a  part  of  the  course. 

DE  413  METHODS  AND  EVALUATION  IN  DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  DE410  or  BEl  1 1 ,  MK320,  DE333,  and  EP302 

Includes  two  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  this  field.  Objectives  are  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  basic  principles  of  group  and  individual  instruction  in  various  subject  matter  areas,  as 
well  as  methods  of  presentation.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  demonstrations,  and  evaluations  will  be 
prepared.  Students  select  sections  needed  for  certification. 

DE  434  SEMINAR  AND  WORK  EXPERIENCE  IN  DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  DE333 

Prior  to  the  student  teaching  experience,  the  student  spends  approximately  240  hours  in  sales  and  sales- 
supporting  activities  in  a  distributive  business.  The  course  provides  productive  emploN-ment,  insights 
into  supervisory  and  management  problems,  and  "hands-on"  experience  so  that  more  effective 
coordination  competencies  are  developed. 


248 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EC;  ECONOMICS 

Department  of  Economics 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

EC  101  BASIC  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Scarcity,  role  of  prices  in  determining  production  and  the  allocation  of  resources,  business  cycle 
analysis,  policy  options  for  reducing  unemployment  and  inflation,  economic  role  of  government,  the 
farm  problem,  poverty,  and  international  trade  are  studied.  For  those  who  do  not  plan  to  take  more 
than  3  semester  hours  of  economics. 

EC  1 2 1  PRINCIPLES  OF  ECONOMICS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  and  methodology  of  economics;  mixed  capitalism  and  market  economy;  national  income; 
employment  theory,  including  economics  of  fiscal  policy;  money,  banking,  and  Federal  Reserve 
System;  economic  growth. 

EC  122  PRINCIPLES  OF  ECONOMICS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Economics  of  the  firm;  theory  of  consumer  demand;  determination  of  price  and  output  in  different 
market  structures;  distribution  of  income;  foreign  trade  and  the  balance  of  payments. 

EC  241  CONTEMPORARY  ECONOMIC  ISSUES  3c-01-3sh 

Examination  of  relevant  and  important  problematic  aspects  of  the  U.S.  and  of  world  economy, 
including  a  rigorous  but  nontechnical  analysis  of  problems,  and  a  formulation  and  evaluation  of 
possible  corrective  pohcies. 

EC  283  ENVIRONMENTAL  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Examination  of  economic  costs  and  benefits  of  environmental  control  and  modification.  Techniques 
of  economic  analysis  are  used  to  understand  economic  aspects  of  environmental  problems  and 
contribute  toward  their  solution. 

EC  305  MATHEMATICS  FOR  ECONOMISTS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Elements  of  algebra  and  calculus  necessary  to  enable  students  to  grasp  mathematical  foundations  of 
economic  theory  and  statistical  research,  with  examples  taken  from  economic  theory  and  data.  This 
course  should  not  be  taken  by  students  with  a  prior  background  in  calculus  and/or  linear  algebra. 

EC  320  HISTORY  OF  ECONOMIC  THOUGHT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  or  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Examination  of  social,  political,  intellectual,  and  economic  origins  of  work  of  the  more  prominent 
past  economists  and  of  the  content  and  impact  of  their  work. 

EC  325  MONETARY  ECONOMICS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Organization,  operation,  and  economic  significance  of  U.S.  monetary  institutions;  commercial  banks 

and  Federal  Reserve  System;  survey  of  monetary  theory  and  policy;  mechanism  of  international 

payments. 

EC  326  MONETARY  ECONOMICS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC325  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Detailed  study  of  monetary  theory;  tasks  of  central  banking;  principal  objectives  of  monetary  policy; 
intensive  study  of  recent  monetary  experience;  complementary  and  competing  aims  of  monetary  and 
fiscal  policy. 

EC  330  LABOR  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

History,  structure,  and  operation  of  trade  unions  and  employer  organizations;  major  federal  labor 
legislation;  collective  bargaining  theory;  wage  determination;  current  labor  problems. 


Course  Descriptions — 249 


EC  331  ECONOMIC  ORGANIZATION  OF  INDUSTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Social  effectiveness  of  industries  analyzed  through  measures  of  market  structure,  market  conduct,  and 
market  performance. 

EC  332  GOVERNMENT  AND  BUSINESS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

An  analysis  of  the  antitrust  laws  focusing  on  the  maintenance  of  competition,  the  prohibition  of  unfair 
business  conduct,  and  the  achievement  of  desirable  economic  performance. 

EC  333  REGULATION  OF  INDUSTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  12 1  and  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Examines  the  theory  and  practice  of  regulation,  emphasizing  effects  of  regulation  on  economic 
performance  and  efficiency  in  the  U.S. 

EC  334  ECONOMICS  OF  CORPORATE  DECISIONS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121  and  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Combines  economic  theory  with  algebra,  elementary  statistics,  and  calculus  to  solve  business 
optimization  problems.  Also  covers  problems  of  forecasting  and  risk. 

EC  335  PUBLIC  FINANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121  and  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Taxation  and  expenditure  theory  at  the  federal  level;  federal  budget  and  debt  considerations;  public 
sector  impact  upon  economy. 

EC  336  STATE  AND  LOCAL  FINANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Analysis  of  character  and  impact  of  state  and  local  government  revenue  sources,  expenditures,  and 
fiscal  systems;  and  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 

EC  339  ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Theory  of  growth;  theory  of  economic  development  of  underdeveloped  countries. 

EC  340  ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  or  p»ermission  of  the  instructor 

Application  of  the  theory  of  growth  and  analysis  of  economic  development  of  selected  economies; 
empirical  and  econometric  studies  of  underdeveloped  countries  and  their  economic  institutions. 

EC  343  HISTORY  OF  THE  ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  3c-OI-3sh 

UNITED  STATES 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Examination  of  the  main  patterns  of  United  States  economic  growth  since  the  end  of  the  18th  century; 

emphasizes  economic  development  as  a  laboratory  for  economic  analysis. 

EC  345  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMICS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  and  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Theory  of  international  trade;  analysis  of  balance  of  payments;  international  economic  equilibrium; 
mechanism  of  international  economic  and  monetary  adjustments. 

EC  346  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMICS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC345  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Application  of  theory  of  international  trade  to  empirical  data  and  problems;  historical  survey  and 
examination  of  current  problems  of  international  trade;  the  institutional  setting  of  international  trade. 

EC  350  COMPARATIVE  ECONOMIC  SYSTEMS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Capitalism,  socialism,  and  communism  subjected  to  economic  analysis;  their  principles,  practices, 
institutions,  and  philosophies. 


250 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EC  35 1  SOVIET  ECONOMY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC121  or  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Thorough  study  of  operations  of  Soviet  economy.  Course  will  compare  and  contrast  workings  of 
Soviet  economy  with  other  communist  countries. 

EC  355  STATISTICS  FOR  ECONOMISTS  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  economic  statistics.  Material  covered  regarding  empirical  frequency  distributions, 
probability,  distributions  of  random  variables,  functions  of  random  variables,  and  tests  of  economic 
hypotheses. 

EC  356  INTRODUCTION  TO  ECONOMETRICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC355  or  its  mathematical  equivalent  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Introduction  to  econometrics.  Interest  centers  upon  linear  normal  regression  models  of  two  or  more 
random  variables,  special  econometric  problems,  and  solutions  of  simultaneous  equations. 

EC  37 1  ECONOMICS  OF  LABOR  LEGISLATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC330  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Economic  background  and  effects  of  governmental  regulation  of  labor  relations,  with  emphasis  on  a 
detailed  examination  of  National  Labor  Relations  Act  as  amended. 

EC  372  ECONOMICS  OF  WAGES  AND  EMPLOYMENT  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC330  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Analysis  of  wages  and  employment  under  various  market  structures.  Also,  analysis  of  the  impact  of 
labor  market  forces  on  wages,  prices,  and  distributive  shares. 

EC  373  ECONOMICS  OF  HUMAN  RESOURCES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Inquiry  into  economic  demographics  and  related  factors  affecting  growth,  structure,  and  distribution 
of  an  economy's  labor  force  into  different  occupations. 

EC  382  URBAN  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Three  semester  hours  in  Economics  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Structure  of  urban  economy,  goals,  processes,  problems,  and  policy  in  urban  economic  development. 

EC  383  REGIONAL  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Three  semester  hours  in  Economics  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Process  of  regional  economic  growth,  location  theory,  basic  techniques  of  regional  analysis,  public 
and  private  area  development  programs. 

EC  42 1  MACROECONOMIC  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121  and  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Emphasizes  aggregate  income  levels  and  problems  of  unemployment,  inflation,  and  growth.  Covers 
consumption  and  investment  theories  and  the  role  of  fiscal  and  monetary  policy. 

EC  422  MICROECONOMIC  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121  and  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Consumer  behavior,  theory  of  the  firm,  theory  of  exchange,  market  structures,  distribution,  general 
equilibrium  theory,  welfare  economics. 

EC  480  SEMINAR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  Seminar  in  selected  economic  issues  or  problems. 

EC  48 1  SPECL\L  TOPICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

EC  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  department  and  the  instructor 


Course  Descriptions— 25 '. 


EC  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  ECONOMICS  var-2  lo  12sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  must  be  an  economics  major  who  has  completed  at  least  12  semester  hours  in 
economics  and  who  has  at  least  a  2.5  grade-point  average  in  the  major  and  in  all  coursework. 
The  course  provides  on-the-job  experience  in  economics  positions  with  private  and  governmental 
employers.  The  student  is  also  required  to  complete  related  academic  work  in  the  form  of  papers  and 
selected  readings.  Number  of  credits  earned  will  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  job  and  amount  of  time 
involved  in  internship.  A  maximum  of  6  of  the  credits  earned  in  this  course  may  be  counted  toward  the 
30  semester  hours  in  economics  requirement  for  economics  majors. 

ED:  EDUCATION 

College  of  Education 

ED  242  PRE-STUDENT  TEACHING  CLINICAL  EXPERIENCE  I  var-lsh 

Observation/participation  in  a  basic  education  classroom  beginning  not  later  than  the  sophomore 
year. 

ED  321  STUDENT  TEACHING  var-6sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  level;  coordination  and  visitation  by  a  university  faculty 
member  with  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating  classroom  teacher. 

ED  342  PRE-STUDENT  TEACHING  CLINICAL  EXPERIENCE  II  var-lsh 

Prerequisite:  ED242 

Students  work  toward  the  development  of  specific  competencies  that  relate  to  individual  major  fields 
of  teaching. 

ED  408  READING  IN  THE  CONTENT  AREAS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Problems  related  to  teaching  students  reading  and  study  skills  specifically  needed  in  each  of  the  subject 
areas  at  the  elementary  level.  Content  teachers  learn  how  to  develop  students'  competence  in  these 
skills  as  part  of  their  regular  classroom  instruction. 

ED  415  COMPUTERS  IN  THE  SCHOOL  CURRICULUM  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO200  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Students  will  use  a  variety  of  computer  software  including  word  processing,  record  management 
programs,  and  simulation  programs.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  application  of  computer  programs 
within  the  K-12  school  curriculum. 

ED  421  STUDENT  TEACHING  var-6sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  level;  coordination  and  visitation  by  a  university  faculty 
member  with  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating  classroom  teacher. 

ED  423  PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICUM,  INCLUDING  SCHOOL  LAW  var-3sh 

Series  of  conferences  and  related  activities  to  prepare  students  for  actual  teaching  experiences.  Parallels 
student  teaching  experience  in  junior  and  senior  years.  (Elementary  education  majors  only) 

ED  43 1  TEACHING  IN  HOME  ECONOMICS  var-6sh 

Experience  in  teaching  home  economics  at  the  secondary  level. 

ED  441  STUDENT  TEACHING  var-6  to  I2sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level;  coordination  and  %  isitation  by  a  university 
faculty  member  with  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating  classroom  teacher 

ED  442  SCHOOL  LAW  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Required  of  all  teacher  certification  students.  Includes  overview  of  legal  principles  that  apply  to  special 
areas  of  education.  Must  be  taken  prior  to  student  teaching. 


252 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


ED  45 1  TEACHING  SCIENCE  IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  2c-21-3sh 

Background  to  help  science  majors  meet  the  problems  of  teaching  science.  Various  inquiry  approaches 
useful  in  meeting  objectives  of  a  contemporary  science  class  are  taught  and  exemplified. 

ED  452  TEACHING  OF  ENGLISH  AND  COMMUNICATION  IN  3c-01-3sh 

THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL 

Prerequisite:  EN380 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching  in  English.  Introduces  the  student  to  current 

professional  practices  in  the  teaching  of  English  and  communications  in  high  school. 

ED  453  TEACHING  OF  FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  IN  THE  3c-01-3sh 

SECONDARY  SCHOOL 

Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  321-322  and  351-352  in  the  student's  major  language;  passage 

of  a  language  proficiency  examination  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Methods  and  materials  for  secondary  school  teaching,  current  theories  and  techniques,  and  classroom 

demonstrations  are  given.  (Course  taught  in  fall  semester  only.) 

ED  455  TEACHING  OF  SOCL\L  SCIENCE  IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  modem  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  social  science  and  of  current  curriculums  in 
social  science. 

ED  456  TEACHING  MATH  IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  modem  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  mathematics  and  current  curriculums. 

ED  457  TEACHING  PHYSICS  IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  foundation  for  a  prospective  secondary  school  physics  teacher  in  the  area  of  current 
professional  practices,  curriculimi,  and  methods. 

ED  462  ISSUES  AND  INNOVATIONS  IN  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  issues  and  innovations  which  influenced  education  will  be  included  in  this  course.  Educa- 
tional innovations  and  issues  which  deal  with  curriculum,  school  organization,  and  materials  of 
instruction  will  be  examined. 

ED  48 1  SPECL\L  TOPICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  By  permission  only 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  investigate  in  depth  an  area  of  education  under  professional 

supervision. 

ED  495  INTERNATIONAL  STUDY  TOUR  IN  EDUCATION  var-3sh 

Study  of  various  peoples  through  their  cultural  settings  and  educational  systems;  on-site  visitation  to 
selected  schools  and  other  social  agencies  and  institutions;  seminars  with  school  officials  and  directed 
readings. 

ED  4%  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department 
Advanced  work  in  an  area  of  the  departmental  curriculum. 

EE:  EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 

EE  220  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  background  on  developmental  chronology  of  communication  skills  in  the 
young  child  and  presents  curricular  approaches  to  facilitating  linguistic  competence.  Theories  of 
language  acquisition,  relationship  between  speech  and  cognition,  techniques  for  assessing  samples  of 
children's  speech,  and  literature  appropriate  for  the  preschool/primary  child  will  be  examined. 
Integrated  approach  to  language  arts  that  correlates  listening,  speaking,  writing,  and  reading  will  be 
stressed.  Students  will  apply  these  concepts  during  a  supervised  practicum  experience. 


Course  Descriptions — 253 


EE  310  INTEGRATED  CURRICULUM  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Examines  the  sequence  of  cognitive  development  in  children  and  the  implications  for  instructional 
programs.  Stages  of  cognitive  understanding  will  be  applied  to  the  basic  components  of  numerical 
concepts  and  science  concepts.  Classroom  management  strategies  that  can  be  utilized  in  varied 
environments  will  be  stressed. 

EE  31 1  INTEGRATED  CURRICULUM  II  3c-01-3sh 

Enables  students  to  realize  the  importance  and  relevance  of  content  area  subjects  as  related  to  the  early 
childhood  years.  Planning  for  teaching  with  specific  emphasis  on  methods  and  materials  for  social  and 
environmental  living  is  introduced.  Integration,  of  music  and  art  areas  is  emphasized.  Values  systems 
and  self-esteem  are  integral  to  social  living. 

EE  312  AESTHETIC  EXPERIENCES  FDR  YOUNG  CHILDREN  3c-OI-3sh 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  different  forms  of  creative  expression  in  young  children.  Art,  music, 
and  movement  will  be  analyzed  as  aesthetic  elements  in  a  comprehensive  early  childhood  curriculum. 
Development  of  creative  potential  in  both  teachers  and  children  will  be  promoted  as  a  means  of 
enhancing  the  artists  experiences.  Students  will  expand  their  use  of  the  arts  to  enhance  the  self-esteem 
and  self-worth  of  the  students  as  they  apply  their  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  in  directed  teaching 
activities  with  small  groups  of  children. 

EE  315  PLAY  AS  COGNITIVE  AND  AFFECTIVE  DEVELOPMENT  3c-OI-3sh 

Provides  early  childhood  educators  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  promote  and  guide 
children's  play  behavior  as  the  child's  basic  learning  mechanism.  Emphasis  on  definitions,  theories, 
and  stages  of  play  within  the  context  of  social,  emotional,  physical,  and  intellectual  growth  for  children 
aged  0-8  years.  Students  will  observe  children  at  play,  design  specific  learning  activities  that  utilize  a 
play /games  format,  and  direct  educational  experiences  during  the  supervised  field  component. 

EE  45 1  TEACHING  PRIMARY  READING  3c-01-3sh 

This  is  a  methods  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  developing  the  reading  abilities  of  young 
children.  It  deals  with  instructional  issues  related  to  teaching  reading.  It  introduces  the  students  to 
varying  reading  and  pre-reading  processes  which  are  effective  with  young  children.  It  also  emphasizes 
diagnostic  and  assessment  strategies  for  teaching  reading. 

EH:  EDUCATION  OF  THE  HEARING  IMPAIRED 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 

College  of  Education 

EH  1 14  INTRODUCTION  TO  HEARING  IMPAIRED  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Adviser  permission,  EH  majors  only 

Deals  with  the  different  approaches  used  in  teaching  the  hearing  impaired  -  manual  language,  oral 
language,  and  total  communication.  The  historical  background  of  each  approach  is  presented  with  its 
strengths  and  weaknesses.  Criteria  for  the  use  of  each  approach  established  in  consideration  of  degree 
of  loss  exhibited  by  the  pupil,  the  age  of  onset,  and  the  social  and  psychological  implications. 

EH  1 15  INTRODUCTION  TO  SIGN  LANGUAGE  lc-01-lsh 

Development  of  manual  dexterity  and  fluency  using  fingerspelling.  Acquisition  of  basic  sign  language 
vocabulary.  Practice  in  acquiring  general  information  from  a  signed  message  and  conversing  infor- 
mally on  commonly  used  topics. 

EH  243  TOTAL  COMMUNICATION  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EHl  14 

Teaches  the  student  to  finger  spell  and  to  develop  basic  skill  in  use  of  a  manual  language  (signing)  so 
that  it  can  be  integrated  simultaneously  with  speech  to  provide  a  means  of  total  communication  for  the 
individual  with  significant  communication  problems.  Rationale  for  total  communication  approach  is 
emphasized  with  special  consideration  of  reasons  for  appropriateness  of  approach.  Methods  of 
teaching  the  "sign  language"  to  hearing  impaired  and  other  exceptional  individuals  is  also  included 
with  emphasis  on  signing  according  to  acceptable  syntactical  English  structure. 


254 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EH  244  INTERMEDIATE  SIGN  LANGUAGE  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  EH  1 1 5 

Emphasis  on  comprehension  of  signed  information  and  on  developing  fluency  in  conveying  a  message 
in  both  signed  English  and  American  Sign  Language.  Modification  of  signs  and  individualization  of 
techniques  for  instruction/communication  with  learning  impaired  or  multihandicapped  deaf  learners. 

EH  307  SPEECH  FOR  THE  HEARING  IMPAIRED  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EHl  14,  SH242 

Techniques  for  developing,  diagnosing,  analyzing,  and  correcting  the  speech  and  voice  problems  of 
hearing  impaired  individuals.  Lecture,  demonstration,  and  special  projects. 

EH  308  LANGUAGE  FOR  THE  HEARING  IMPAIRED  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EHl  14,  SH234 

Development  and  remediation  of  language  of  the  hearing  impaired.  Language  sampling  and  diag- 
nostics, sentence  patterning,  and  analytic  vs.  natural  teaching  methods.  Structuring  a  communicative 
environment. 

EH  330  HEARING  PRACTICUM  var-2sh 

Prerequisite:  EH360,  EHl  15,  EH244 

Provides  students  with  actual  contact  with  hearing  impaired  individuals.  Practica  will  be  set  up  in 
appropriate  school  programs  and/or  clinics  for  the  hearing  impaired,  or  hearing  itinerant  programs, 
or  in  clinical  settings  where  hearing  impaired  individuals  are  receiving  therapy  or  are  being  tested. 
Techniques  of  observing  and  evaluating  behavior  are  presented  initially  to  prepare  the  student  to  profit 
maximally  from  the  observation  experiences.  Written  reports  of  the  practica  are  submitted  and 
discussed,  and  each  student  is  encouraged  to  gain  experience  in  as  many  different  settings  as  available. 

EH  33 1  ADVANCED  SIGN  LANGUAGE  Ic-01-Ish 

Prerequisites:  EHl  15,  EH244 

Studies  the  evolution  of  signs;  dialectical  sign  systems.  Analysis  and  comparison  of  the  linguistic 
similarities/differences  of  various  sign  languages.  Direct  translation  of  written  or  spoken  information 
on  specific  topics  using  American  Sign  Language  or  Signed  English.  Practice  using  conversation  on 
both  a  social  and  academic  level. 

EH  360  GENERAL  METHODOLOGY  FOR  EDUCATION  OF  HEARING  3c-01-3sh 

IMPAIRED 

Prerequisites:  EHl  14,  EH307,  EH308  Provides  a  systematic  coverage  of  the  basic  procedures  for 
teaching  curriculum  subjects.  Included  are  adaptive  methods  of  instruction  for  teaching  mathematics; 
science  as  it  relates  to  the  child  and  the  curriculum;  content,  objectives,  and  resource  materials  for 
social  studies;  creative  experiences  in  the  field  of  language  art,  rhythmics,  and  physical  education  and 
health. 

EH  365  PARENT  PRESCHOOL  PROGRAMS  FOR  THE  HEARING  3c-01-3sh 

IMPAIRED 

Prerequisites:  EHl  14,  EX220,  SH234,  EH308,  EH307 

Developing  home/clinic  programs  for  parents  and  hearing  impaired  infants  (0-3  years).  Teaching 

speech,  language,  speechreading,  use  of  residual  hearing,  and  developing  readiness  skills  at  preschool 

level. 

EL:  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 

EL  21 1  MUSIC  FOR  THE  ELEMENTARY  GRADES  2c-01-2sh 

Geared  for  elementary  education  students.  Includes  basic  ideas  for  understanding,  development,  and 
confidence  for  future  classroom  teachers  and  their  pupils  in  areas  of  music  education. 


Course  Descriptions — 255 


EL  213  ART  FOR  THE  ELEMENTARY  GRADES  2c-OI-2sh 

The  creative  use  of  art  materials  and  an  understanding  of  development  of  capacities  of  children 
through  art. 

EL  215  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  human  development,  from  conception  to  adolescence,  in  terms  of  basic  scientific  data. 
Development,  growth,  and  behavior  are  studied  and  their  implications  for  home,  school,  and 
community  are  considered. 

EL  221  CHILDREN'S  LITERATURE  3c-OI-3sh 

Acquisition  of  a  wide  acquaintance  with  children's  literature,  old  and  new.  Poetry  selections,  anno- 
tated stories,  and  bibliographies  will  be  assembled.  Ways  and  means  to  develop,  stimulate,  and  guide 
children's  reading  of  literature  presented.  Principles  and  techniques  of  successful  storytelling  are 
studied  and  practiced. 

EL  222  TEACHING  OF  READING  I  3c-01-3sh 

Systematic  coverage  of  the  teaching  of  reading,  including  methods,  techniques,  and  materials.  First  of 
a  two-course  sequence. 

EL  3 12  TEACHING  OF  ELEMENTARY  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasis  placed  upon  science  as  it  relates  to  child  and  curriculum,  planning  for  teaching  science,  and 
recent  innovations  in  science  teaching.  Course  offered  on  the  block  only. 

EL  313  TEACHING  MATHEMATICS  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  150,  151 

Recent  developments  in  curriculum  and  methods  of  instruction  of  contemporary  elementary  school 
mathematics  programs.  Students  will  become  acquainted  with  books,  materials,  and  other  resources 
helpful  to  prospective  teachers.  Includes  observations  of  master  teachers. 

EL  3 14  TEACHING  OF  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  2c-01-2sh 

Games,  stunts,  rhythms,  relays,  tumbling,  dances,  and  skills  suitable  for  the  elementary  school  child. 
Teaching  of  health  in  elementary  school  is  emphasized,  including  methods,  materials,  and  lesson 
planning. 

EL  322  TEACHING  OF  READING  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Second  course  of  a  two-course  sequence.  Systematic  coverage  of  teaching  of  reading,  including 
methods,  materials,  and  lesson  planning. 

EL  35 1  CREATIVE  ACTIVITIES  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  2c-01-3sh 

Provides  student  with  a  wide  range  of  creative  experiences  in  fields  of  art,  crafts,  music,  rhythmics, 
dramatics,  and  games  in  elementary  school.  Stress  is  placed  upon  need  to  help  children  in  developing 
their  capacities  for  creative  expression  in  these  areas. 

EL  353  PRESCHOOL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Principles  and  practices  of  guiding  the  learning  experiences  of  kindergarten  students.  Special  attention 
is  given  to  observations,  kindergarten  program  and  its  curriculum,  material  and  methods  of 
instruction. 

EL  355  GUIDANCE  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  3c-OI-3sh 

Study  and  discussion  center  about  the  child  himself,  his  characteristics,  needs,  problems,  material,  and 
relationship  with  others,  and  around  techniques  and  procedures  for  identifying,  studying,  and  giving 
help  to  children. 


256 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EL  41 1  TEACHING  OF  SOCIAL  STUDIES  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  social  studies  in  elementary  school.  Includes  study  of  objectives,  trends,  areas  of  content, 
patterns  and  principles  of  organization,  and  techniques  of  teaching.  Variety  of  learning  experiences 
and  materials  used  and  evaluated. 

EL  413  TEACHING  LANGUAGE  ARTS  3c-01-3sh 

Techniques  for  teaching  oral  and  written  communication,  spelling,  handwriting,  vocabulary  develop- 
ment, listening,  and  linguistics  for  Elementary  Education  students.  Evaluates  recent  trends  and 
research. 

EL  422  DIAGNOSTIC  AND  REMEDIAL  READING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Causes  of  reading  disability;  methods  of  diagnosis;  procedures  and  materials  for  remedial  work,  group 
and  individual. 

EL  461  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  3c-01-3sh 

AND  ITS  CURRICULUM 

Study  of  organization  of  elementary  school  from  the  standpoint  of  curriculum  design  and  develop- 
ment. Role  of  teacher  as  it  relates  to  evaluation,  improvement,  and  development  of  elementary  school 
curriculum.  Designed  to  be  taught  as  a  seminar  course  in  conjunction  with  student  teaching  semester. 

EL  481  INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

EN:  ENGLISH 

Department  of  English 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

EN  100  BASIC  ENGLISH  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  develop  the  basic  English  skills  necessary  for  clear  and  effective  commurucation.  Reserved 
for  selected  students.  This  course  does  not  meet  General  Education  English  requirements. 

EN  101  ENGLISH  I  3c-var-4sh 

Normally  to  be  taken  the  first  semester  at  lUP.  Courses  use  readings  in  the  nature  and  history  of 
language,  semantic  and  linguistic  analysis,  and  problems  in  rhetoric  and  other  approaches  to  composi- 
tion. Seven  theme-length  expository  papers  (or  the  equivalent)  are  written,  in  addition  to  shorter 
exercises  and  a  written  final  examination. 

EN  102  ENGLISH  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101 

Analytical  reading  of  various  types  of  nonfictional  prose,  aimed  at  enunciating  both  meaning  and 
techniques  by  which  meaning  is  manifested.  Writing  in  course  consists  of  three  substantial  docu- 
mented papers. 

EN  1 50  ENGLISH  FOR  FOREIGN  STUDENTS  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  foreign  students  with  an  opportunity  to  improve  their  ability  to  speak  and  write  English.  The 
emphasis  is  on  individualized  exercises  and  assignments.  This  course  does  not  meet  General  Education 
English  requirements. 

EN  201  ENGLISH  III  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Focuses  on  the  careful  reading  of  an  imaginative  literature.  Writing  consists  of  two  substantial  critical 
papers  on  themes  generated  by  the  reading. 

EN  208  THE  ART  OF  THE  FILM  3c-01-3sh 

Concentrates  on  the  film  as  an  artistic  medium.  Eight  to  12  motion  pictures  are  shown  during  semester 
and  are  analyzed  in  class  discussions. 


Course  Descriptions — 257 


EN  209  LANGUAGES  OF  MEDIA  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

An  introductory  investigation  of  the  nature  of  communication  media.  The  course  takes  up  several 
fundamental  aspects  of  media  theory,  analyzes  the  "grammar"  and  "logic"  of  specific  media  (in 
particular,  the  press,  radio,  and  TV),  and  examines  the  way  in  which  the  structure  of  any  medium  and 
the  formats  employed  pattern  the  contents  of  what  is  transmitted. 

EN  2 10  INTRODUCTION  TO  LITERARY  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Acquaints  students  with  the  three  literary  genres  (fiction,  poetry,  and  drama)  by  means  of  examples  of 
each  and  provides  them  with  some  of  the  various  critical  approaches  to  the  interpretation  of  literature 
so  that  they  may  gain  the  ability  to  apply  them.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  course,  students  are  expected 
to  be  able  to  read  literature  in  each  of  the  genres  perceptively  and  to  write  critical  papers  about  it. 

EN  21 1  ENGLISH  LITERATURE  TO  THE  RESTORATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102Corequisite:  EN210 

Surveys  English  literature  from  its  beginnings  to  the  Restoration,  acquainting  students  with  the 
experience  of  reading  many  of  the  primary  materials  (whole  works  whenever  possible  or  full,  free- 
standing parts)  and  provides  them  with  background  information  concerning  the  development  and 
flowering  of  the  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and  the  social  and  cultural  context 
of  the  separate  works. 

EN  212  ENGLISH  LITERATURE  FROM  THE  RESTORATION  TO  1900  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102  Corequisite:  EN210 

Surveys  English  literature  from  the  Restoration  to  the  beginning  of  the  20th  century,  acquainting 
students  with  the  experience  of  reading  many  of  the  primary  materials  (whole  works  whenever  possible 
or  full,  free-standing  parts)  and  providing  them  with  background  information  concerning  the  develop- 
ment and  flowering  of  the  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and  the  social  and 
cultural  context  of  the  separate  work. 

EN  213  AMERICAN  LITERATURE:  BEGINNINGS  TO  THE  PRESENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102  Corequisite:  EN210 

Provides  an  understanding  of  American  literature  from  its  beginning  to  roughly  the  middle  of  the 
present  century.  The  course  will  concentrate  attention  primarily  upon  a  relatively  small  number  of 
major  works,  each  of  which  will  help  to  illustrate  the  "spirit  of  the  age"  it  represents.  Eight  such 
periods  will  be  studied,  and  the  course  will  seek  to  explore  both  the  works  and  their  context 
(theological,  philosophical,  literary,  political,  etc.)  for  a  greater  illumination  of  both.  Other  works  and 
authors  will  be  presented  against  this  back-  ground  but  will  receive  less  attention. 

EN  2 1 4  THE  NOVEL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

This  course  surveys  the  development  of  the  novel  from  Cervantes'  "Don  Quixote"  to  the  present  with 
emphasis  on  major  writers  and  forms  in  English. 

EN  21 5  POETRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

A  study  in  appreciation  of  poetry,  with  sfjecial  attention  to  the  technique  of  the  poet  and  structure  of 

poetry. 

EN  216  SHORT  FICTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  short  story  from  the  middle  of  the  19th  century  to  the  present  with 
attention  to  form,  structure,  and  types  of  the  story. 

EN  217  DRAMA  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

A  study  of  selected  plays  from  various  periods  in  an  attempt  to  understand  the  function  of  drama. 


258 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EN  2 1 8  LITERATURE  FOR  ADOLESCENTS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Surveys  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction  with  which  the  adolescent  is  familiar  through  his  school  work  and 
his  personal  reading. 

EN  220  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Primarily  seeks  to  improve  writing  style,  particularly  in  the  more  utilitarian  forms,  such  as  magazine 
article  and  personal  essay. 

EN  22 1  CREATIVE  WRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

This  is  a  seminar  course  in  which  students  are  expected  to  produce  a  substantial  body  of  written  work 
in  one  or  more  of  the  creative  genres,  the  particular  kind  of  writing  chosen  with  regard  to  the  special 
interests  and  abilities  of  each  student. 

EN  3 10  PUBLIC  SPEAKING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Fundamental  principles  of  public  speaking,  audience  analysis,  interest  and  attention,  selection  and 
organization  of  speech  material. 

EN  3 1 1  ORAL  INTERPRETATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  310 

Emphasizes  understanding  and  appreciation  of  literature  through  developing  skill  in  reading  aloud. 

EN  3 1 2  SPEECH— PERSUASION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Advanced  study  of  problems  involved  in  influencing  an  audience. 

EN  3 1 3  SPEECH :  THE  RHETORICAL  TRADITION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102, 210 

Survey  of  rhetorical  theory  from  Greek  and  Roman  through  modem  times. 

EN  320  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210,  220 

Workshop  and  tutorial  atmosphere  for  students  who  intend  to  write  or  teach  writing. 

EN  321  CREATIVE  WRITING  II  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENlOl,  102, 221 

A  workshop  for  students  who  wish  to  write  fiction  or  poetry  under  guidance  of  instructor. 

EN  322  TECHNICAL  WRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

This  course  focuses  on  helping  the  student  to  acquire  and  to  apply  communication  skills  essential  to  the 
technical  and  professional  writer. 

EN  324  TEACHING  AND  EVALUATING  WRITING  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

A  study  of  modem  approaches  to  the  teaching  of  writing,  including  current  theories  on  the  composing 

process,  as  well  as  instmction  in  evaluating,  including  holistic  scoring.  Course  includes  practice  in 

writing. 

EN  329  THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  I  c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Studies  historical  development  of  the  English  language,  as  a  basis  for  a  better  understanding  of 
modem  American  English. 


Course  Descriptions — 259 


EN  330  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  ENGLISH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  language  study  with  equal  emphasis  on  the  sound,  word, 
sentence,  meaning,  and  discourse  patterns  of  English.  Educationally  relevant  topics,  such  as  applica- 
tions of  linguistics  to  the  teaching  of  English  language  and  literature,  varieties  of  grammar,  and 
linguistic  descriptions  of  styles  and  registers  are  an  integral  part  of  the  course.  Course  is  a  prerequisite 
for  ED  452,  Teaching  of  English  and  Speech  in  the  Secondary  School. 

EN  33 1  TRENDS  IN  LINGUISTICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Explores  recent  developments  in  linguistic  theory  and  research. 

EN  332  THE  DIALECTS  OF  AMERICAN  ENGLISH  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

An  introduction  to  varieties  of  social  and  regional  dialects  in  the  United  States  with  special  attention  to 
dialect  diversity  in  urban  settings.  Course  also  focuses  on  the  role  of  language  in  schooling,  including 
language  attitudes  of  teachers  and  students. 

EN  333  PSYCHOLINGUISTICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Psycholinguistics  concerns  the  interrelation  between  language  system  and  behavior  and  various  factors 
of  himian  psychology.  The  course  surveys  developments  since  the  1940s,  including  relationships 
between  language  and  perception,  biology,  memory,  meaning,  and  cognition,  as  well  as  oral  and 
written  behavior.  Students  of  language  and  literature  may  improve  their  assumptions  about  how 
human  beings  use  language. 

EN  340  CHAUCER  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN211,  212, 213 

Studies  Chaucer,  his  life,  his  language,  the  development  of  his  literary  style  and  his  art,  with  and 
through  his  major  poetical  works. 

EN  341  SHAKESPEARE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN211, 212, 213 

Studies  Shakespeare's  development  as  a  poetic  dramatist  against  background  of  Elizabethan  stage; 
examines  audience,  textual  problems,  language  imagery,  and  philosophy. 

EN  342  MILTON  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Consists  of  a  close  reading  of  the  major  English  poems  and  prose  of  John  Milton,  with  particular 
attention  to  Paradise  Lost  and  Samson  Agonistes. 

EN  343  MAJOR  AMERICAN  AUTHOR 

Prerequisite:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213 

Studies  in  the  literary  output  of  a  major  American  author  or  authors  against  the  background  of  the 

social  and  literary  milieu  in  which  the  works  were  created.  Specific  subject  or  subjects  to  be  announced 

by  the  instructor. 

EN  345  CLASSICAL  LITERATURE  IN  TRANSLATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Masterpieces  studied  range  from  those  of  ancient  Greece  to  Middle  Ages.  English  literature  and 
American  literature  excluded. 

EN  346  CONTEMPORARY  AMERICAN  AND  BRITISH  POETRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Study  of  British  and  American  poetry  since  World  War  II. 


260 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EN  347  MODERN  AMERICAN  FICTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Major  American  writers  of  fiction  since  1945  are  considered. 

EN  348  BLACK  AMERICAN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Analyzes  significant  Black  American  literature  of  a  variety  of  types-autobiography,  essay,  fiction, 

poetry. 

EN  349  ENGLISH  BIBLE  AS  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

Considers  literary  aspects  of  the  English  Bible  by  relating  earlier  translations  to  the  Authorized  Version 
of  161 1  and  by  tracing  some  of  the  major  influences  of  the  King  James  Bible  upon  writers  and  speakers 
of  modem  English. 

EN  350  THE  METAPHORIC  PERSPECTIVE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102  Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213 

Acquaints  students  with  the  means  by  which  metaphor  expands  our  awareness,  providing  us  in  its 
more  extreme  examples  with  what  has  been  called  "the  strategy  of  the  dream."  Specifically  the  course 
explores  metaphor  as  a  "perspective  by  incongruity,"  which  may  be  embedded  in  poetic  structures  or 
may  be  itself  the  controlling  structure  for  longer  works  of  fiction  and  nonfiction. 

EN  35 1  THE  LITERATURE  OF  DISCURSIVE  REASON  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210 Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Examines  literature  that  displays  the  mind's  analytic  process.  Readings  include  essays  and  other 
nonfiction  as  well  as  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction. 

EN  352  SYMBOL  AND  ALLEGORY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210 Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Examines  symbol  and  allegory  as  means  of  comprehending  and  expressing  profound  aspects  of 
existence.  Explores  the  distinction  between  symbolic  and  allegorical  modes  of  thought. 

EN  353  THE  ORAL  DIMENSION  3c-01-3sh 

Acquaints  students  with  the  nature  of  oral  composition,  the  habits  of  thought  that  orality  fosters,  and 
the  particular  mode  of  awareness  the  oral  dimension  of  literature  demands  of  an  audience  (and 
awakens  in  a  reader).  At  the  conclusion  of  the  course  students  should  have  an  understanding  of  the 
formulaic  nature  of  such  purely  oral  forms  as  the  ballad  and  the  epic  and  an  awareness  of  the  manner 
in  which  orality  patterns  thought  differently  from  writing,  and  they  should  be  able  to  detect  oral 
features  and  patterns  in  works  of  literature  from  cultures  not  primarily  oral  but  containing  a  high  "oral 
residue." 

EN  360  ROMANTICISM  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102  Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213 

Focuses  on  literature  in  its  milieu  and  emphasizes  an  understanding  of  Romantic  literature  from  its 
development  in  Germany  and  France  to  its  flowering  in  England  and  America. 

EN  361  THE  RENAISSANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210 Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Studies  the  revolutionary  changes  in  artistic,  ethical,  and  political  thinking  brought  about  by  the 
European  and  English  Renaissance  as  these  changes  are  manifested  in  the  literature  of  that  age  and 
succeeding  ones.  In  particular,  the  course  focuses  upon  the  origin  and  later  development  of  such 
notions  as  self-development,  individuality,  and  the  acquisition  and  maintenance  of  power. 

EN  362  CHIVALRY  AND  COURTLY  LOVE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210 Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

A  major  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  students  a  broad  awareness  of  the  cultural  milieu  of  the  High 
Middle  Ages  through  a  study  of  chivalry  and  courtly  love  as  well  as  an  understanding  of  how  this 
literary  genre  was  born,  evolved  over  time  and  across  cultures,  and  continues  to  structure  elements  in 
our  own  culture.  Examines  theories  which  seek  to  explain  the  development  of  the  codes  of  courtly  love 
and  chivalry  and  the  literature  which  gives  evidence  of  their  existence  and  development. 


Course  Descriptions — 261 


EN  363  THE  PURITAN  MIND  IN  ENGLAND  AND  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213 

Examines  what  is  distinctive  in  the  intellectual  outlooks  of  Puritanism  as  it  is  directly  embodied  in  the 
literature  of  England  and  America  in  the  16th,  17th,  and  18th  centuries  and  indirectly  in  the  literature 
of  later  ages  down  to  the  present. 

EN  370  MYTH  AND  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN2I1,  212,  213 

Introduces  students  to  the  nature  and  function  of  the  mythic  experience  and  makes  them  aware  of  the 
integral  relation  myth  has  with  literature  of  all  times  and  cultures,  including  our  own.  Illustrates  how 
myth  creates  meaning,  orders  experience,  and  enters  into  literary  techniques. 

EN  37 1  HERO  AND  ANTI-HERO  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102,  212Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Examines  the  range  of  heroic  and  antiheroic  protagonists  and  actions  in  literature  of  various  times  and 
countries  with  an  additional  focus  upon  the  specific  world  views  that  make  heroic  and  antiheroic 
behavior  effective  or  even  possible. 

EN  372  ALIENATION  IN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Explores  literature  from  various  times  and  places  for  what  it  shows  us  of  the  separation  of  self  from  the 
external  world —  the  estrangement  of  human  beings  from  others  as  well  as  from  themselves — its  origin, 
nature,  and  various  forms. 

EN  373  CONCEPTS  OF  CHARACTER  IN  DRAMA  AND  NOVEL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  214 

Traces  the  techniques  literary  artists  employ  to  portray  aspects  of  personality  and  examines  the 
influence  upon  character  portrayal  of  such  diverse  factors  as  the  chosen  genre,  contemporary  notions 
of  character  depiction,  and  prevailing  psychological  theories  contemporary  with  the  works. 

EN  380  COUNTRY  LIFE-CITY  LIFE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI,  102,  2I0Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

Investigates  the  dynamic  relationship  between  literature  and  two  relatively  distinct  social  environ- 
ments— the  town  and  the  country.  The  course  examines  literary  genres,  modes,  and  preoccupations 
peculiar  to  the  separate  social  climates  as  well  as  the  body  of  literature  reflecting  the  painful  collision 
between  the  two  and  its  effects  upon  such  human  concerns  as  families,  the  celebration  of  love  and 
death,  or  the  perception  of  the  substance  of  nature  itself. 

EN  381  POVERTY  AND  CLASS  IN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213 

Examines  major  literary  works  that  document  the  conditions  created  by  class  and  caste  division  and 
the  poverty  that  is  visited  upon  a  portion  of  the  people  as  well  as  the  social  values  that  seek  to  justify  or 
condemn  class  divisions.  The  course  examines  an  extensive  body  of  images  of  the  poor,  concepts  about 
class  and  caste,  and  the  consequence  of  class  division. 

EN  382  WAR  IN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN2II,  212,  213 

Presents  representations  of  war  in  literature  from  Homer's  Iliad  to  the  Eighth  Air  Force  in  Italy  during 
World  War  II,  illustrating  that  during  wartime  other  aspects  of  human  experience  are  often  inten- 
sified— love,  the  joys  of  peace,  feelings  for  nature. 

EN  383  MAN  IN  THE  NATURAL  WORLD  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102,  210Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

This  course  attempts  to  understand  the  literature  which  concerns  itself  with  the  relationship  between 
nature  and  man  by  viewing  that  interaction,  at  least  initially,  as  either  antagonistic  or  sympathetic:  in 
the  first  case  man  dominates  or  exploits,  while  in  the  second  he  participates.  The  first  attitude  can  be 
most  easily  seen  in  the  traditional  Hebraic-Christian  view ,  while  the  second  appears  as  romanticism,  or 
more  currently,  as  ecological  awareness. 


262 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EN  390  LITERARY  TOUR:  BRITAIN  var-3sh 

Offered  selected  summers,  either  for  three  weeks  during  Pre-  Session  or  for  six  weeks  during  Main 
Session.  Visits  London,  Stratford,  and  Cambridge  or  Oxford,  as  well  as  other  places  important  in 
English  literature. 

EN  480  SEMINAR:  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  AND  AMERICAN  LITERATURE  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102,  210Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213 

A  seminar  experience  designed  for  students  whose  academic  work  qualifies  them  for  entrance  into  it. 
Students  considering  graduate  work  in  English  might  well  wish  to  enroll,  but  students  with  a  variety  of 
career  goals-business,  industry,  law,  government  service-can  take  advantage  of  this  opportunity  to 
plan  a  schedule  of  independent  study  wdth  the  help  of  a  faculty  mentor. 

EN  48 1  SPECL\L  TOPICS  var- 1  to  3sh 

These  courses  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  covering  such  diverse  topics  as  autobiography,  science 
fiction,  folklore,  the  political  novel,  black  theater,  etc. 

EN  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  6sh 

Opportunities  for  independent  study  that  go  beyond  the  usual  classroom  activities.  Approval  of 
department  chairperson  required. 

EN  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

On-the-job  training  opportunities  in  related  areas. 

EP:  EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

Department  of  Educational  Psychology 
College  of  Education 

EP  302  EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101  (Required  of  all  Education  majors  -  it  is  recommended  that  this  course  be  taken 
prior  to  the  student  teaching  experience) 

Designed  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  the  principles  of  psychology  governing  human 
behavior,  with  particular  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  learner,  learning  process,  and  learning  situation 
in  an  educational  environment. 

EP  303  THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  EFFECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  PRESENTATIONS  3c-01-3sh 
Designed  to  give  students  awareness  and  skills  in  the  areas  of  professional  presentations.  Concerned 
with  dress,  diction,  and  decorum.  Emphasis  on  effective  speaking  and  professional  dress,  with 
particular  attention  to  the  interview. 

EP  304  CAREER  PLANNING  AND  DEVELOPMENT  lc-01-lsh 

Designed  to  explore  and  define  personal  professional  goals.  Resume  writing,  letters  of  appUcation, 
networking,  credentials  file,  and  interview  techniques  are  stressed.  Background  experiences,  projected 
lifestyle,  and  academic  preparation  are  integrated  as  foundations  of  job  search. 

EP  371  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  TEACHING  SEX  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  methods  of  teaching  sex  education  to  elementary,  intermediate,  and  secondary  levels;  the 
sexual  development  of  the  child  through  adolescence  and  adulthood. 

EP  372  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Emphasizes  relationship  which  physical,  social,  emotional,  and  intellectual  development  have  on 
theory  and  practice  of  childhood  education. 

EP  373  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  ADOLESCENT  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Study  of  significant  characteristics,  behavior,  and  educational  and  social  problems  of  adolescents. 


Course  Descriptions — 263 


EP  376  BEHAVIOR  PROBLEMS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Examination  of  emotional  and  social  aspects  of  behavior  problems  encountered  in  classroom  situa- 
tions and  potential  remedial  techniques. 

EP  377  EDUCATIONAL  TESTS  AND  MEASUREMENTS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl  (Recommended  that  this  course  be  taken  prior  to  student  teaching  experience) 
Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  major  methods  and  techniques  of  evaluation  used  to  assess  and 
report  growth,  development,  and  academic  achievement  of  individuals  in  an  educational  environment. 
Includes  interpretation  of  standardized  test  information  and  basic  research  techniques. 

EP  378  LEARNING  3c-«l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Explores  learning  theories  and  educational  application  in  the  classroom. 

EP  383  EDUCATION  OF  THE  DISADVANTAGED  STUDENT  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understandings  of  physiological,  psychological,  and  social  implications 
relevant  to  working  with  and  teaching  the  disadvantaged  student. 

EP  384  FIELD  EXPERIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Provides  student  with  tutorial  experience  in  the  public  schools  and  social  service  organizations  with 
professional  supervision. 

EP  385  HUMANIZING  THE  CLASSROOM  3c-01-3sh 

An  experimental  course  concerned  with  human-relations-skills  training  with  particular  emphasis  on 
group  process,  non-  verbal  communication,  listening  and  responding  skills.  The  focus  of  this  course  is 
primarily  on  the  translation  of  these  skills  into  effecting  productive  classroom  environments  in 
educational  settings. 

EP  388  INTERPERSONAL  EFFECTIVENESS  AND  COMMUNICATION  3c-01-3sh 

SKILLS 

This  is  a  course  devoted  to  increasing  professional  effectiveness  and  improving  communication  skills 

within  educational,  business,  and  industrial  settings.  Course  content  includes  analysis  of  nonverbal 

behaviors,  active  listening,  rational  self-analysis,  and  assertion  skills. 

EP  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Department  Chairperson  piermission. 

Provides  opportunity  for  students  to  investigate  in  depth  an  area  of  Educational  Psychology  under 
professional  supervision. 

EP  499  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-l-3sh 

EX:  EDUCATION  OF  EXCEPTIONAL  PERSONS 

Department  of  Speeial  Education  and  Clinical  Services 

College  of  Education 

EX  120  INTRODUCTION  TO  EXCEPTIONAL  PERSONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  For  Department  Majors  and  Official  Incoming  Transfers  Only 

Surveys  characteristics,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  any  person  who  deviates  suffi- 
ciently from  "normal"  to  be  considered  exceptional.  Consideration  to  those  who  fall  intellectually 
both  above  and  below  average,  those  who  are  handicapped  visually,  acoustically,  behaviorally, 
orthopedicaUy,  neurologically,  or  in  respect  to  speech  patterns. 


264 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EX  220  TYPICAL  AND  ATYPICAL  GROWTH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX  120,  PC  101 

Presents  foundations  of  human  growth  from  conception,  including  basic  embryogenesis,  up  to  but  not 

including  adolescence.  Considers  the  biological,  cultural,  educational,  and  parenting  influences  that 

shape  the  child,  as  well  as  selective  examples  of  normal  and  deviant  physical  and  intellectual 

development. 

EX  240  TEACHING  MATH  FOR  THE  MENTALLY  AND/OR  PHYSICALLY  3c-01-3sh 

HANDICAPPED 

Prerequisites:  MA151,  EX  120 

Emphasizes  recent  developments  in  elementary  curriculum  and  instructional  techniques  for  develop- 
ing concepts;  implications  of  recent  resource  developments  and  materials  helpful  to  the  prospective 
special  education  teacher.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  methods  of  helping  children  learn  mathematical 
concepts  through  physical  activity  and  on  ways  to  adapt  regular  classroom  materials  to  meet  needs  and 
abilities  of  slow  and  disabled  learners. 

EX  25 1  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  READING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status  or  above 

Presents  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instruction  and  systematic  coverage  of  the  methods 

of  teaching  reading  from  readiness  stages  through  8th  grade.  Diagnostic-prescriptive  techniques  are 

included. 

EX  280  DIRECTED  ACTIVITIES  I  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EX  120  and  departmental  permission 

Provides  for  opportunities  to  observe  mentally  and/or  physically  handicapped  persons  in  a  variety  of 

settings.  Through  passive  observations  students  have  opportunities  to  confirm  their  interest  in  the  field 

of  special  education.  Offered  only  to  freshmen,  first-  semester  sophomores,  and  qualified  transfer 

students. 

EX  300  EDUCATION  OF  THE  EXCEPTIONAL  IN  THE  REGULAR  CLASSROOM  3c-01-3sh 
For  non-Specicd  Education  majors  only.  Surveys  traits,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  the 
exceptional  person  and  indicates  methods  and  considerations  for  the  regular  classroom  teacher  while 
encountering  the  exceptional  person  in  his/her  classroom.  Legal  rights  of  the  exceptional  are  stressed 
and  contributions  of  the  disabled  to  society  are  presented.  Implications  regarding  parenting  of 
exceptional  children  and  youth  are  included. 

EX  341  THE  SOCL\LLY  AND  EMOTIONALLY  MALADJUSTED  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  for  an  understanding  of  the  characteristics  and  educational  programming  for  the  socially 
and/or  emotionally  maladjusted.  Considers  the  relationship  between  socially  and  emotionally  malad- 
justed and  other  areas  of  exceptionality. 

EX  343  CONTENT  AREA  SUBJECTS  FOR  THE  MENTALLY  AND/OR  3c-01-3sh 

PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED 

Prerequisite:  EX  120 

Presents  methods  for  teaching  science  and  social  studies  to  the  mentally  and/or  physically  handi- 
capped. Scope  and  sequence  of  content,  as  well  as  evaluative  techniques  for  each  content  area,  are 
studied.  Integration  of  other  content  areas  and  skill  areas  is  stressed.  Also  stresses  teaching  in  both 
resource  room  and  less  restrictive  environments. 

EX  353  READING  AND  OTHER  LANGUAGE  ARTS  FOR  THE  MENTALLY  3c-01-3sh 

AND/OR  PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED 

Prerequisites:  EX  120,  EX251,  and  SH254 

Review  of  typical  and  atypical  characteristics  of  the  handicapped  in  relationship  to  the  language  arts. 
Deals  with  preparation  and  execution  of  units  of  instruction  in  language  arts  for  mentally  and/or 
physically  handicapped  persons.  Diagnostic  and  prescriptive  approaches  are  included;  integration  of 
language  arts  with  a  highlight  on  reading  is  stressed. 


Course  Descriptions — 265 


EX  362  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  READING  IN  LANGUAGE  PROCESSING  3c-01-3sh 

For  Speech  Pathology  ajid  Audiology  majors  only 

Examines  the  language  structure  of  reading  by  considering  the  psychology  of  understanding,  speak- 
ing, reading,  and  writing  as  a  sequence  for  communication.  Encourages  enrollees  to  apply  pertinent 
matters  related  to  the  reading  profession  to  the  field  of  speech  pathology  and  audiology. 

EX  370  ASSESSMENT  OF  THE  MENTALLY  AND/OR  PHYSICALLY  3c-OI-3sh 

HANDICAPPED 

Prerequisites:  EX  120,  EP377 

Emphasis  on  appropriate  use  of  assessments.  Procedures  for  employing  standardized  tests  and 
informal  evaluative  procedures  within  the  realm  of  competency  of  the  special  educator.  Applications 
based  on  results  of  all  types  of  assessment  complying  with  currcm  legislation.  Applications  to  the 
Individual  Education  Program  (lEP)  are  taught. 

EX  380  DIRECTED  ACTIVITIES  11  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  permission  and  EX280  Offered  to  qualified  junior  and  senior  majors. 
Enrollees  actively  participate,  under  strict  agency  supervision,  with  exceptional  pjersons  in  classroOiTi, 
clinic,  institution,  and/or  other  special  settings.  Each  semester  hour  of  credit  includes  both  participa- 
tion and  written  assignments.  With  departmental  approval,  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

EX  410  SEMINAR  IN  SPECIAL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Enrollment  by  invitation  only 

Gives  students  who  have  demonstrated  outstanding  potential  for  contributing  to  the  field,  oppor- 
tunities to  explore  specific  areas  in  greater  depth. 

EX  430  PHYSICAL  DISABILITIES  AND  PSYCHOLOGICAL  HANDICAPS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX  120,  EX220 

Provides  for  in-depth  study  of  the  most  prevalent  physical  disabilities,  indicates  coping  mechanisms 
used  by  some  of  the  affiicted,  and  shows  how  the  physically  disabled  who  do  not  develop  coping 
strategies  become  psychologically  handicapped.  Adaptation  of  teaching  materials,  equipment,  and 
facilities  is  discussed.  Rationale  for  placements  in  the  various  educational  environments  is  included. 

EX  450  METHODS  AND  CURRICULAR  PLANNING  FOR  MILDLY  AND  3c-01-3sh 

MODERATELY  HANDICAPPED 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  for  in-depth  examination  of  methods,  strategies,  and  curriculums  with  which  special 
educators  are  faced.  Special  projects  of  a  practical  nature  are  included  to  provide  enrollees  experiences 
with  planning,  application,  analysis,  synthesis,  and  evaluation. 

EX  454  THE  BRAIN  INJURED  AND  THE  LEARNING  DISABLED  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  guidelines  and  methods  of  teaching  the  brain  injured  and  learning  disabled.  Emphasizes 
methods  of  providing  basic  skill  development  in  areas  of  motor,  perceptual,  cognitive,  language,  and 
social  skills. 

EX  457  SEVERE  AND  PROFOUND  RETARDATION  AND  MULTIPLE  3c-01-3sh 

DISABILITIES 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  guidelines  and  methods  for  working  with  the  extremely  disabled  in  educational  settings. 

Emphasizes  methods  of  providing  stimulation  of  basic  skill  development  in  areas  of  motor,  perceptual, 

cognitive,  language,  and  social  skills. 

EX  464  PRESCHOOL  EDUCATION  OF  THE  HANDICAPPED  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  the  student  with  basic  concepts  for  educating  all  preschool  handicapped  youngsters  and 
serves  as  a  course  for  exceptional  education  majors  specifically  interested  in  early  childhood  education 
and  intervention  programs.  Required  for  elementary  majors  in  the  early  childhood  program,  is  an 
elective  for  other  interested  students. 


266 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EX  480  SELECTED  PROBLEMS  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Interested  students  may  use  this  course  for  the  pursuit  of  knowledge  regarding  specific  concerns  of  the 
exceptional  which  are  not  ordinarily  considered  in  such  detail  during  regular  classroom  instruction. 
Students  wishing  to  enroll  are  expected  to  submit  a  written  proposal  regarding  their  desire  for  study  at 
the  time  permission  for  enrollment  is  sought.  With  permission,  the  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

EX  490  ETHICAL  AND  PROFESSIONAL  BEHAVIOR  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Emphasis  on  ethical  and  professional  behavior  for  student  teachers  and  professional  employees. 
Possibilities  for  and  methods  of  initiating  and  profiting  from  post  baccalaureate  study  are  indicated. 
Student  teachers  are  required  to  complete  and  present  a  curriculum  book  regarding  each  student 
teaching  experience. 

FA:  nNE  ARTS 

College  of  Fine  Arts 

FA  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

This  internship  covers  the  areas  of  the  visual  and  performing  arts. 

FE:  FOUNDATIONS  OF  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 
College  of  Education 

Note:  In  a  restructuring  of  the  College  of  Education,  Foundations  of  Education  (FE)  courses  formerly 
associated  with  the  Department  of  Foundations  of  Education  may  be  offered  through  other  depart- 
ments. Transitions  are  in  process  at  catalog  deadline. 

FE  302  HISTORY  AND  PHILOSOPHY  OF  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  an  introduction  to  some  of  the  major  traditional  and  contemporary  philosophic  concepts 
which  have  played  a  role  in  the  formation  of  educational  policies  and  practices.  Emphasis  on  the 
relationship  between  educational  theory  and  practice  in  such  areas  as  the  role  of  the  school  in  society, 
curricular  content,  teaching  and  learning  methodology,  educational  goals,  and  professionalism. 

FE  414  COMPARATIVE  FOUNDATIONS  OF  EDUCATION  (Dual  Level)  3c-01-3sh 

Analysis,  evaluation,  and  especiedly  comparison  of  educational  purposes,  curriculum,  and  methods  in 
some  western  European  nations,  some  developing  nations  in  Africa,  Asia,  and  Latin  America,  and 
some  communist  nations  including  U.S.S.R.  and  P.R.C.  The  educational  theories  and  practices  in  the 
United  States  will  be  compared  with  those  in  other  lands.  Designed  to  develop  insight  into  new  ideas 
and  practices  in  American  schools. 

FE  415  CURRICULUM  DEVELOPMENT  (Dual  Level)  3c-01-3sh 

Analysis  of  philosophical,  sociological,  and  psychological  basis  for  creation  of  curricular  patterns, 
K-I2.  Includes  utilization  of  technological  devices,  critical  examination  of  basic  concepts  underlying 
determination  of  objectives,  and  selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter  and  of  learning 
experiences  in  general.  Current  curriculum  research  will  be  analyzed,  as  will  existing  instructional 
materials  and  programs. 

FE  433  SCHOOL  LAW  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Introduction  to  the  legal  framework  within  which  the  school  operates.  Includes  study  of  both  federal 
and  Pennsylvania  law  which  influences  the  conduct  of  the  school. 

FE  440  ORIENTATION  TO  TEACHING  IN  URBAN  CENTERS  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  learners  and  their  unique  learning  needs  and  conditions. 
Emphasis  on  understanding  the  origin  of  attitudes  and  values  and  how  these  affect  the  relationships 
which  exist  between  students  and  teachers.  Special  attention  to  practical  application  of  theoretical 
information  to  problems  of  urban  education.  Field  trips  and  guest  speakers  will  be  emphasized. 


Course  Descriptions — 267 


FE  441  FIELD  EXPERIENCES  IN  URBAN  CENTERS  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  FE440 

Provides  specialized  experience  for  students  desiring  to  teach  in  inner-city  schools.  Aspects  to  be 
emphasized  include  physical  characteristics  of  community,  background  and  aspirations  of  children 
and  youth,  and  specialized  teacher  competencies,  classroom  management,  planning,  instructional 
materials,  teaching  strategies,  and  evaluations.  Records  of  comprehensive  experiences  in  urban  areas 
will  be  considered  in  making  field  experience  assignments.  Schools  selected  for  student  experience  will 
be  located  in  Pittsburgh. 

FE  442  INTERPRETING  URBAN/FIELD  EXPERIENCES  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FE440,  FE441 

Evaluation  of  learning  and  behavior  problems  encountered  during  field  experience  in  urban  schools. 
Flexible  approach  stressed  to  encourage  wide  range  of  investigation  and  exploration  of  psychological 
and  sociological  problems  as  they  affect  education.  Supervision  and  guidance  for  investigating  specific 
problems  provided  by  specialists  from  psychology,  sociology,  and  education  who  will  function  as 
resource  personnel  providing  direction  enabling  students  to  combine  experiences  gained  by  teaching  in 
urban  schools  with  recent  and  pertinent  theoretical  information. 

FE  454  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  public  school  administration;  current  organizational  patterns  for  public 
education  at  the  local,  county,  state,  and  national  levels;  and  the  impact  of  administration  upon  the 
total  educational  program. 

FE  456  ISSUES  AND  TRENDS  IN  EDUCATION  (Dual  Level)  3c-01-3sh 

Critical  analysis  of  issues  and  trends  in  education  with  emphasis  on  philosophical  and  social  dimen- 
sions of  topics  covered.  Attention  to  work  of  some  major  contemporary  critics  of  education. 

FE  495  INTERNATIONAL  EDUCATION  STUDIES  PROGRAM  var-3sh 

(Dual  Level)  Affords  educators  and  students  opportunity  to  investigate  school  systems  in  cultural 
settings  other  than  their  own.  Particular  attention  to  such  issues  as  curriculum,  teaching,  and  learning 
process,  teacher  education,  and  the  changing  cultural  patterns  and  value  system  impacting  upon 
education.  Travel-seminar  with  educators,  teachers,  students,  and  parents  in  a  foreign  country.  On-site 
visitation  to  selected  schools  and  social  and  cultural  institutions. 

FI:  HNANCE 

Department  of  Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems 

College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

FI  220  ESSENTIALS  OF  FINANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  a  survey  of  three  fundamental  areas  of  finance:  1)  Corporate  finance,  2)  Basic 
Investment,  and  3)  Financial  Intermediation  and  the  Monetary  System.  Students  will  be  introduced  to 
financial  analysis,  planning,  and  control;  to  the  management  (the  acquisition  and  allocation)  of  funds; 
and  to  the  fundamentals  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  capital  budgeting.  Students  will  be 
familiarized  with  the  basic  investment  markets,  fundamental  and  technical  analysis,  and  portfolio 
analysis.  Students  will  also  consider  the  infiuence  of  government  and  financial  institutions  on  interest 
rates,  sources  of  finance,  investment  of  funds,  and  finance  in  general.  (Offered  for  Associate  Degree 
Program  at  Branch  Campuses  only;  May  not  be  used  for  a  substitute  for  F1310.) 

FI  310  FINANCE  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG201,  upper  division  only 

Study  of  the  methods  of  securing  and  managing  funds  on  short,  intermediate,  and  long-term  bases. 

The  financial  analysis,  planning,  and  control  of  a  corporation.  Also  covered  is  working  capital 

management. 


268 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FI  3 1 2  RISK  AND  INSURANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  hazards  of  underwriting,  the  principles  involved  in,  and  the  protection  provided  by 
property  and  liability  insurance,  including  multiple  line  and  "all  risk"  insurance,  and  corporate 
suretyship. 

Fl  320  FINANCE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI310,  upper  division  only 

Continuation  of  FI310  and  covers  topics  on  long-term  external  financing  of  the  firm,  capital 
budgeting,  valuation  of  the  firm,  mergers,  international  business  finance,  and  business  failures. 

FI  322  LIFE  INSURANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive  study  of  that  insurance  which  provides  protection  against  the  economic  loss  caused  by 
termination  of  earning  capacity.  Analysis  benefits,  underwriting,  ratemaking,  and  legal  doctrines. 

FI  324  PRINCIPLES  OF  INVESTMENTS  3c-01-3sh 

Analysis  of  various  types  of  securities  and  other  forms  of  investment  possibilities  and  a  study  of  sound 
investment  policies  from  a  corporate  viewpoint.  Factors  influencing  the  general  movement  of  security 
prices  and  the  return  from  investments  are  considered. 

FI  385  SECURITIES  AND  COMMODITIES  MARKETS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Upper  division  only 

Study  of  the  structure  of  security  and  commodity  markets;  the  nature  of  speculative  transaction  and 

methods  of  trading;  analysis  of  pricing;  and  the  objectives  of  security  and  commodity  market 

regulation. 

FI  4 1 0  FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS  AND  MARKETS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI324 

Review  of  the  entire  structure  of  financial  institutions,  money,  and  capital  markets,  of  which  the 

business  enterprise  is  both  a  supply  and  demand  factor,  and  structure  and  dynamics  of  interest-  rate 

movements. 

FI  420  INVESTMENT  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI310,  upper  division  only 

Integrates  the  work  of  the  various  courses  in  the  finance  areas  and  familiarizes  the  student  with  the 
tools  and  techniques  of  research  in  the  different  areas  of  investments. 

FI  422  SEMINAR  IN  FINANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320,  FI324,  seniors  only 

Primarily  for  the  senior  Finance  major,  covers  topics  in  all  areas  of  finance  by  using  recent  articles, 
cases,  discussions,  speakers,  and  a  financial  simulation  game. 

FI  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  FINANCE  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 

FI  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department  chairperson  and  dean 
Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a  concentrated  area  of  study 
under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

FI  493  FINANCE  INTERNSHIP  var  3  to  12  sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320,  FI324,  consent  of  Chairperson  and  Dean 

Practical  experience  in  the  finance  field.  NOTE:  Internship  FI493  can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies, 
as  a  general  elective.  It  does  not  fulfill  the  major-area  elective  requirement. 


Course  Descriptions — 269 


FL:  STUDY  ABROAD  AND  COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE  (FOREIGN 
LANGUAGE) 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FL  100  STUDY  ABROAD  var  l-12sh 

Registration  mechanism  and  limited  credit  arrangement  as  provided  in  pre-approval  process  for  Study 
Abroad  programs  coordinated  through  the  Center  for  International  Studies. 

FL  391  SELECTED  WORKS  FROM  THE  MEDIEVAL  PERIOD  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  102 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  and  as  representative  of  major 
themes  of  medieval  European  literature.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN391. 

FL  392  RENAISSANCE/BAROQUE/CLASSICAL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Literary  works  representing  various  genres  from  both  periods  are  studied  and  compared  for  their 
themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  features,  applying  principles  set  forth  in  H.  Wolffm's  "Renaissance  and 
Baroque."  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN392. 

FL  393  ROMANTICISM  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Study  of  the  principal  authors  and  works  of  late  18th-  century  and  early  19th-century  Europe  and  the 
unique  national  characteristics  of  the  Romantic  movement  in  lyric,  drama,  and  prose.  This  course  is 
also  listed  as  EN393. 

FL  394  N I NETEENTH-CENTURY  EUROPEAN  NOVEL  IN  TRANSLATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENlOl,  102 

A  survey  of  major  19th-century  European  novels  in  translation  (excluding  English),  emphasizing  the 
rise  of  realism  and  naturalism  and  the  cultural,  historical,  social,  and  artistic  relationships  between  the 
various  national  literatures.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN394. 

FL  395  SELECTED  WRITERS  FROM  20TH-CENTURY  EUROPE  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Comparative  study  of  seleaed  works  of  major  importance  per  se  or  as  representatives  of  major  trends 
in  20th-century  literature.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN395. 

FL  3%  THE  LITERATURE  OF  EMERGING  NATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

A  comparative  study  of  a  selection  of  literature  written  in  major  European  languages  but  originating  in 
the  nations  of  the  developing  world.  Works  will  be  mainly  prose  fiction  (although  essay,  theater,  and 
poetry  may  be  included)  and  reflect  a  diversity  of  geographical,  cultural,  and  prior  colonial  circum- 
stances. This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN3%. 

FL  42 1  LANGUAGE  AND  SOCIETY  3c-01-3sh 

The  student  considers  salient  facts  of  language  and  its  role  in  society  and  culture.  Language  families, 
linguistic  change,  and  reciprocal  influences  of  culture  and  language  are  presented. 

FL  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  an  aspect  of  foreign 
languages  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Permission  required. 


270 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FN:  FOOD  AND  NUTRITION 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

FN  101  INTRODUCTION  TO  HOSPITALITY  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  hospitality  industry;  aspects  of  serving  the  public,  current  management  principles, 
operation  of  hospitality  food  and  lodging  facility. 

FN  1 15  INTRODUCTION  TO  TOURISM  3c-01-3sh 

Analyzes  the  economic  and  social  impact  of  tourism,  its  promotion  and  implementation.  Acquaints 
student  with  services  needed  by  tourists,  the  role  of  the  travel  agent,  and  organizations  pertaining  to 
tourism. 

FN  150  FOODS  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI 02  or  concurrently 

Basic  principles  of  foods,  to  include  composition,  sanitation,  preparation,  and  preservation. 

FN  2 1 2  NUTRITION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH102  or  CHI  12 

Sources  and  functions  of  nutrients  and  interdependence  of  dietary  essentials  and  nutritive  value  of  an 
optimum  diet  are  studied.  Attention  given  to  varied  conditions  in  human  life. 

FN  259  QUANTITY  FOOD  PURCHASING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  1 50 

Includes  sources,  standards  of  quality,  grades,  methods  of  purchase,  and  storage  of  various  foods. 

Emphasis  on  the  development  of  purchasing  policies  and  specifications. 

FN  299  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATION  (First  Experience)  Osh 

Prerequisites:  Sophomore  standing,  FN  majors  only 

A  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related 

experiences.  Students  are  employed  in  dietetics,  food  science,  food  service,  and  lodging  organizations 

with  a  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  The  student  is 

required  to  serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  work  experiences,  only  one  of  which  may  be  a  summer 

experience. 

FN  306  FOOD  AND  BEVERAGE  SERVICE,  SALES,  AND  MENU  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN  150 

Examines  principles,  processes,  and  theories  of  service,  sales,  promotion,  and  menu  design  as 
functions  of  the  food  and  beverage  department. 

FN  312  MATERNAL,  CHILDHOOD,  AND  ADOLESCENT  NUTRITION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HE218,  FN212 

A  detailed  study  of  nutrition  during  pregnancy  and  lactation,  infancy,  childhood,  and  adolescence; 
current  issues  and  research  as  they  impact  on  these  developmental  stages. 

FN  3 1 3  QUANTITY  FOOD  PRODUCTION  AND  SERVICE  2c-varl-4sh 

Prerequisites:  FN  150,  212.  By  permission  only 

A  basic  course  in  quantity  food  production  with  experience  in  planning,  purchasing,  preparing,  and 
serving  nutritionally  adequate  meals.  Requirements  of  National  School  Lunch  program  emphasized  in 
satellite  and  on-premises  feeding. 

FN  355  NUTRITION  IN  DISEASE  1  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI155,  CH102,  FN212 

Basic  tools  for  diet  modification:  food  exchange  systems,  interviewing  techniques,  nutrition  assess- 
ment, professional  practice,  dietary  treatment  of  injury,  surgery,  recovery,  obesity,  and  diabetes. 
Nutrition  support.  Food  sampling  experiences.  Fall  semester. 


Course  Descriptions — 27 1 


FN  356  FOOD  SERVICE  PERSONNEL  AND  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI,  FN313 

Organization  and  administration  of  food  service  business,  including  personnel  policies,  work  sim- 
plification, training,  communication,  and  safety. 

FN  357  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FOODS  Oc^l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  150 

Individual  problems  in  foods  investigated  with  emphasis  on  identified  weaknesses  in  the  student's 
knowledge  of  food. 

FN  358  POOD  SERVICE  EQUIPMENT  AND  LAYOUT  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN313 

Selection  and  layout  of  food  service  equipment  in  relation  to  production,  work  flow,  and  efficient 
management .  Field  trips  permit  investigation  of  a  variety  of  layouts. 

FN  360  LODGING  SYSTEMS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG20I,  CO200,  and  FN356 

Developing  and  applying  management  skills  in  operational  procedures  assigned  to  the  front  office  and 
front  office  personnel.  Emphasis  on  guest-related  functions  using  manual,  machine-assisted,  and 
computer-  based  procedures  and  relationship  to  other  lodging  departments. 

FN  362  EXPERIMENTAL  FOODS  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN  150,  212,  and  CH102,  or  CHI  12 

The  experimental  study  of  foods,  relating  chemical  and  physical  properties  to  reactions  and  processes 
occurring  in  food  systems. 

FN  364  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN313  and  356  or  concurrently 

Current  teaching  techniques  and  resource  materials  in  nutrition  education  emphasized.  Both  class- 
room teaching  and  on-the-job  training  programs  are  included. 

FN  365  LODGING  OPERATIONS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN356,  FN360,  BI232 

Analyzes  management  principles  related  to  the  housekeeping  and  maintenance  departments  within  a 
lodging  establishment  while  also  managing  energy  consumption  in  each  area. 

FN  399  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATION  (Second  Experience)  Osh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing.  Senior  majors  only 

A  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related 

experiences.  Students  are  employed  in  dietetics,  food  science,  food  service,  and  lodging  organizations 

with  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  The  student  is  required 

to  serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  work  experiences,  only  one  of  which  may  be  a  simuner 

experience. 

FN  40 1  FOOD  MANAGEMENT  COST  CONTROLS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN356 

Food,  beverage,  and  labor  cost  controls  for  restaurants,  school  lunch  programs,  and  health  care 
feeding  facilities  are  studied,  including  relationships  between  budgetary  information  and  managerial 
decision  making  in  large  food  service  operations. 

FN  402  COMMUN ITY  NUTRITION  3c-(M-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN212 

Nutritional  implications  of  both  good  and  poor  nutrition  for  all  age  groups  in  home  and  community 
situations  are  studied.  Corrective  and  preventive  measures  emphasized.  Spring  semester. 

FN  406  CATERING  MANAGEMENT  var-3sh 

;  Prerequisites:  FN313,  senior  majors  only. 

f  Profitable  organization,  preparation,  and  service  of  catered  food  both  on  and  off  the  premises  is  main 
i  focus  of  course.  Off-campus  experience  included. 


272 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FN  408  INSTITUTIONAL  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN313,  356,  AG201 

A  compendium  of  the  concepts  of  managing  personnel,  money,  materials,  machinery,  and  markets  as 
related  to  different  types  of  food  service  systems.  The  focus  will  be  on  problem  identification  and 
resolution  at  the  managerial  level. 

FN  410  FOOD,  NUTRITION,  AND  AGING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status 

Relationship  of  food  to  health  maintenance  and  special  dietary  problems  during  the  middle  and  later 

years. 

FN  41 1  SEMINAR  IN  FOOD  SERVICE  AND  LODGING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN360,  FN365 

Analysis  of  current  trends  and  practices  within  the  food  service  and  lodging  industry  and  their  relation 
to  academic  studies,  as  presented  by  faculty  and  industry  leaders. 

FN  413  ADVANCED  FOOD  MANAGEMENT  lc-61-4sh 

Prerequisites:  FN313,  FN356,  FN401,  MK  320,  senior  status  or  instructor  permission 

A  restaurant  food  management  course  with  emphasis  on  fine  dining  table  service.  Experiences  to 

include  selection  of  classic  cuisines,  meal  promotion  methods,  budget  development,  and  personal 

training. 

FN  420  CONVENTION  SALES  AND  SERVICES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320,  AD235,  and  FN306 

A  study  of  the  types  of  organizations  that  hold  conventions,  the  people  who  select  the  sites,  and  types 
of  facilities  needed.  Includes  analyzing  a  property  to  determine  which  market  to  seek  and  staffing 
techniques  to  ensure  repeat  business. 

FN  433  EDUCATIONAL  STUDY  TOUR  IN  FOODS  var-2  to  6sh 

Comprehensive  program  of  directed  activities  permits  firsthand  knowledge  of  growing,  processing, 
marketing,  and  preparation  of  foods.  The  historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  food  are  studied.  Visits  to 
food  markets,  catering  schools,  famous  restaurants,  etc.,  are  included. 

FN  444  FOOD  COMPOSITION  AND  BIOCHEMISTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH355 

Basic  chemistry  and  biochemistry  of  essential  components  of  food  originating  from  plant  and  animal 

sources. 

FN  447  NUTRITIONAL  ASPECTS  OF  FOOD  TECHNOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN212  and  BI232;  junior  status 

Study  of  current  known  effects  of  food  processing  techniques  on  the  nutritional  value  and  safety  of 

foods. 

FN  45 1  MAN  AND  FOOD  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl  orS0151  or  ANllO 

Exploration  of  the  economic,  biological,  psychological,  social,  and  aesthetic  significance  of  food  for 
individuals,  families,  and  society.  Taught  as  a  research  and  seminar  class.  Recommended  as  an  elective 
for  all  students. 

FN  455  NUTRITION  IN  DISEASE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN355 

Dietary  treatment  of  disorders  of  the  gastrointestinal,  renal,  cardiovascular,  and  hepatic  systems; 
inborn  errors  of  metabolism;  allergies;  cancer.  Therapeutic  quackery.  Food  sampling  experiences. 
Spring  semester  only. 

FN  458  ADVANCED  HUMAN  NUTRITION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH351  or  355  or,  concurrently,  FN212,  BI155 

In-depth  study  of  the  nutrients  and  their  functions  within  the  cell.  Incorporation  of  the  principles  of 
physiology  and  biochemistry  in  the  study  of  nutrition.  Emphasis  on  current  research  and  evaluation  of 
research  methodology. 


Course  Descriptions — 273 


FN  461  MICROWAVE  COOKING  TECHNOLOGY  2c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHIOI 

Study  of  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave  oven.  Basic  physical  and 
chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking  are  included.  Individual  investigative  research 
problems  are  required. 

FN  462  ADVANCED  EXPERIMENTAL  FOODS  1  c-41-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN362,  CH231 

An  experimental  approach  to  the  many  factors  influencing  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of 
food.  Use  of  the  scientific  method  in  developing  an  individual  project  combining  an  evaluation  of 
current  literature  and  appropriate  sensory  and  analytical  methodology. 

FN  463  NUTRITION  COUNSELING  2c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN355,  PClOl,  FN455  or  concurrently 

Use  of  intervention  strategies  in  prevention  and  treatment  of  disease  through  diet.  Supervised 
practicum  (3  hours  per  week)  counseling  clientele  in  normal  and  therapeutic  nutrition. 

FN  464  FOOD  AND  NUTRITION  RESEARCH  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN362,  458,  CH351,  and  MA217 

Introduction  to  research  methodology  in  foods  and  nutrition.  Includes  theory  and  techniques  of 
physical,  chemical,  and  instrumental  analysis.  Applications  of  these  methods  to  food  and  animal 
models  with  statistical  analysis  of  data. 

FN  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  60  semester  hours 

Opportunity  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  class  offerings.  Permission  of 
instructor  and  approval  of  department  chairperson  required .  (Undergraduate  maximum  is  1 2  semester 
hours.)  Must  apply  for  Independent  Study  a  semester  in  advance. 

FN  484  SENIOR  SEMINAR  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  status,  FN458,  FN464  or  concurrently 

Emphasis  on  individual  review  of  food  and  nutrition  literature  with  formal  presentation  and  discus- 
sion of  current  research. 

FN  493  INTERNSHIP  var-6- 1 2sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  57  semester  hours 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  away  from  the  university  in  supervised  job  situations  at  health 
care  facilities,  restaurants,  or  other  institutional  food  service  or  lodging  establishments.  Objective  is  to 
provide  students  with  job-related  experiences.  Must  meet  university  internship  requirements. 

NOTE:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses  where  food  is  prepared. 
Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress  requirements  of  the  department. 

FR:  FRENCH 

Department  of  French 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FR  101  INTENSIVE  ELEMENTARY  FRENCH  6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6  sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language 
Model(DILM),  sections  emphasize  mastery  of  spoken  language  as  well  as  basic  language  skills. 

FR  151  FRENCH  I  3c-01-3sh 

For  beginning  students.  Vocabulary  development,  pronunciation,  simple  phrases  written  and  oral, 
most  common  verb  structures  and  grammatical  principles  explained.  Introduction  to  French  daily  life 
and  customs.  Placement  by  exam  during  the  first  week  of  course;  attendance  is  required. 


274 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FR  1 52  FRENCH  II  3c-01-3sh 

Second  part  of  first-year  language  sequence.  Reflexive  verbs,  direct  and  indirect  object  pronouns,  use 
of  the  subjunctive  and  use  of  the  imparfait  are  among  the  grainmar  points  covered.  Placement  by 
exam  during  first  week  of  course;  attendance  required. 

FR  1 5 1  -2  ACCELERATED  FRENCH  I  AND  II  6c-01-6sh 

By  attending  classes  6  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  elementary  sequence  (6  credits)  in 
one  semester.  The  intensive  sections  present  the  same  basic  language  skills  that  are  taught  in  the  regular 
FR151-152  classes  with  a  slightly  greater  emphasis  on  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language. 

FR  201  INTENSIVE  INTERMEDIATE  FRENCH  6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6  sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language 
Model(DILM),  students  develop  language  skills  with  emphasis  on  oral  competency. 

FR  221  CONVERSATION  III  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  gives  the  students  the  opportunity  of  practicing  the  grammatical  knowledge  they  acquire  in 
a  corresponding  class  and  develops  their  oral  skill.  The  course  stresses  phonetics,  pronunciation,  and 
vocabulary. 

FR  222  CONVERSATION  IV  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  continues  the  study  of  phonetics  to  improve  the  students'  pronunciation.  Readings  of 
relatively  short  texts  followed  by  questions  and  answers.  Some  informal  conversation  to  increase  the 
vocabulary,  to  be  able  to  react  spontaneously  to  a  given  situation,  and  carry  the  oral  skill  to  a  higher 
level. 

FR  25 1  FRENCH  III  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  oriented  toward  both  review  and  development  of  the  four  language  skills.  Students  cover 
the  elements  for  basic  communication  and  progress  to  more  difficult  grammar  concepts:  verb  tenses, 
pronouns,  subjunctive.  Each  student  practices  the  use  of  these  grammar  concepts  in  creative 
communication. 

FR  252  FRENCH  IV  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  continues  the  training  in  the  language  skills  by  reviewing  basic  elements  and  adding  more 
complex  factors  such  as  the  usage  of  compound  tenses  and  structures  in  the  correct  relationship,  such 
as  time,  cause,  and  consequence.  A  relatively  short  literary  work  will  be  studied  in  its  entirety  and  in  the 
original  version. 

FR  251-2  ACCELERATED  FRENCH  III  AND  IV  6c-01-6sh 

By  attending  class  6  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  intermediate  sequence  (6  credits)  in 
one  semester.  The  intensive  sections  continue  to  develop  basic  language  skills  with  a  slightly  greater 
emphasis  upon  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language. 

FR  253  INTERMEDIATE  COMPOSITION  AND  CONVERSATION  3c-01-3sh 

Intermediate  course  in  grammar,  reading,  composition,  and  some  oral  work.  Can  substitute  for  or  be 
in  addition  to  FR252  for  majors  or  serious  students. 

FR  254  COMMERCIAL  FRENCH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR252  or  equivalent 

Commercial  letter  writing,  use  of  technical  language,  survey  of  special  business  practices  and  methods 
of  French-speaking  commercial  systems,  and  problems  of  translation  are  studied. 

FR  255  THE  ART  OF  TRANSLATION  (VERSION)  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR252  or  equivalent 

Practice  in  the  skills  needed  to  translate  from  the  foreign  language  into  English.  Students  will  analyze 
problems  of  translation  as  they  occur  in  scientific,  business,  journalistic,  and  literary  texts. 

FR  321-322  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION  I  AND  II  each  lc-01-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits  repetition  of  these  relatively 
informal  courses. 


Course  Descriptions — 275 


FR  35 1  -352  ADVANCED  FRENCH  I  AND  1 1  each  3c-01-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depth;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language;  frequent  themes  required. 

FR  361  DEVELOPMENT  OF  FRENCH  CULTURE  AND  LITERATURE  I  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  provides  a  general  background  in  French  cultural  history  including  art,  architecture,  and 
music  and  in  social  and  political  ideas  and  a  general  survey  of  literature.  The  course  spans  the  period 
from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  French  Revolution. 

FR  362  DEVELOPMENT  OF  FRENCH  CULTURE  AND  LITERATURE  II  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  provides  a  general  background  in  French  cultural  history  including  art,  architecture,  and 
music  and  in  social  and  political  ideas  and  a  general  survey  of  literature.  The  course  spans  the  period 
from  Pre-Romanticism  to  the  present. 

FR  363  MEDIEVAL  AND  RENAISSANCE  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  major  literary  works  of  the  period,  beginning  with  the  Chansons  de  gestes  and 
emphasizing  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  the  various  literary  genres. 

FR  365  SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY  FRENCH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  major  baroque  and  neoclassical  works  in  poetry,  theater,  and  prose  with  special 
attention  to  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  the  French  moralist  tradition. 

FR  366  EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY  FRENCH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  Age  of  Enlightenment  in  its  principal  authors  and  works,  including  the  popularization 
of  ideas  for  and  by  secondary  authors;  a  survey  of  the  century's  intellectual  and  literary  crosscurrents  in 
French  literature  and  the  wider  scope  of  foreign  influences. 

FR  367  NINETEENTH-CENTURY  FRENCH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  19th-century  France  with  particular  attention  to  the  development  of  the 
novel  while  also  treating  the  genres  of  poetry  and  theater.  Attention  is  given  foreign  influences  and 
correlations. 

FR  368  TWENTIETH-CENTURY  FRENCH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  poetic,  theatrical,  and  narrative  genre  of  the  French  20th  century  with  emphasis  on  the 
interaction  between  philosophical  development  and  literary  expression. 

FR  37 1  THE  FRENCH  NOVEL  3c-01-3sh 

Elective  survey  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  French  novel.  A  selected  list  of  works  represen- 
tative of  major  genres  are  read  in  their  entirety. 

FR  372  STUDIES  IN  CONTEMPORARY  FRENCH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Content  of  this  course  will  vary  in  accordance  with  needs  and  interests  of  those  who  elect  it. 

FR  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var- 1  to  3sh 

Designed  to  meet  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 

FR  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the  French  language  and 
culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Permission  required. 

FR  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  France 

A  supervised  field  experience  in  France  with  approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private  firms; 
no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as 
possible  with  the  intern's  personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more  information,  contact  the 
director  of  the  Internship  Abroad  Program. 


276 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GE:  GEOGRAPHY 

Department  of  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GE  101  WORLD  GEOGRAPHY:  MAN  AND  ENVIRONMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  man's  relationship  with  the  earth  accomplished  through  study  of  physical,  cultural,  eco- 
nomic, and  demographic  factors. 

GE  102  GEOGRAPHY  OF  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA  3c-01-3sh 

The  cultural  landscape  of  North  America  is  studied.  The  relationship  between  man  and  environment  is 
examined  and  spatial  patterns  of  environment,  economy,  society,  and  politics  are  considered. 

GE  230  CULTURAL  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

May  be  taken  in  place  of  GEIOI.  Introduction  to  cultural  geography,  including  population,  settle- 
ment, historical,  urban,  and  political  geography,  human  relationships  with  the  natural  environment, 
and  the  literature  and  methods  of  cultural  geography. 

GE  23 1  ECONOMIC  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  geographic  concepts,  methods,  and  skills  related  to  spatial  patterns  of  production, 
consumption,  and  exchange  over  the  earth's  surface. 

GE  24 1  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical  geography  including  the  study  of  weather,  climate,  soils,  vegetation,  land- 
forms,  energy  cycles,  and  the  hydrologic  cycle. 

GE  25 1  GEOGRAPHY  OF  PENNSYLVANL\  3c-01-3sh 

Regions  of  Pennsylvania  are  examined  in  detail  to  identify  man-environment  relationships.  Soils, 
topography,  climate,  vegetation,  population,  and  economic  patterns  are  studied. 

GE  252  GEOGRAPHY  OF  LATIN  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

Impact  of  rapid  population  growth  and  economic  development  on  the  environment  and  spatial 
organization  of  Latin  America  are  considered.  The  resource  base  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  region  are 
studied. 

GE  253  GEOGRAPHY  OF  EUROPE  3c-01-3sh 

Investigates  relationships  underlying  land  use,  dominant  international  problems,  boundary  disputes, 
and  regional  complexes  of  the  European  continent. 

GE  254  GEOGRAPHY  OF  USSR  3c-01-3sh 

Regions  of  the  Soviet  Union,  natural  resources,  cultural  patterns,  population,  strategic  areas,  and 
related  geopolitical  problems  are  studied. 

GE  255  GEOGRAPHY  OF  AFRICA  3c-01-3sh 

Systematic  survey  of  the  physical,  economic,  political-  historical,  and  cultural  geography  of  the 
continent  is  followed  by  regional  studies  of  countries  and  peoples  in  Africa,  south  of  the  Sahara. 

GE  256  GEOGRAPHY  OF  EAST  ASIA  3c-01-3sh 

Studies  China,  Japan,  Korea,  Outer  Mongolia,  Taiwan.  Geographic  background  for  development  and 
wise  use  and  restoration  of  natural  resources  are  dealt  with. 

GE  257  GEOGRAPHY  OF  SOUTH  AND  SOUTHEAST  ASIA  3c-01-3sh 

India,  Pakistan,  Bangladesh,  Sri  Lanka,  Burma,  Thailand,  Laos,  Cambodia,  Vietnam,  Malaysia,  and 
Indonesia  are  studied  with  special  attention  to  regional  similarities  and  differences,  particularly  as  they 
pertain  to  human  adjustment. 

GE  312  RESEARCH  IN  GEOGRAPHY  AND  PLANNING  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  basic  elements  of  research  in  the  context  of  orderly  scientific  investigation. 
Emphasizes  the  application  of  research  methodology  to  specific  geographic  and  planning  problems. 


Course  Descriptions — 277 


GE  3 1 3  CARTOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Gives  an  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  develops  an  ability  to  construct 
various  types  of  maps. 

GE  314  MAP  AND  PHOTOGRAPH  INTERPRETATION  3c-01-3sh 

Maps  and  air  photographs,  along  with  remote  sensing  materials,  permit  inventory  and  analysis  of 
geologic,  land  use,  urban  development,  and  other  landscape  phenomena.  The  understanding  of  these 
materials  and  associated  tools  for  their  use  is  presented. 

GE  331  POPULATION  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Spatial  variations  in  numbers,  characteristics,  and  dynamics  of  human  population,  models,  and 
theoretical  constructs  relevant  to  demographic  structures  and  processes  are  studied,  as  well  as  major 
world  and  regional  problems. 

GE  332  URBAN  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  principles  of  urban  geography  including  site,  situation,  function,  urban  land  use,  urban 
structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  introduced.  Relationships  between  urban  geography  and  urban 
planning  are  explored. 

GE  333  TRADE  AND  TRANSPORTATION  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  the  spatial  aspects  of  transportation  systems  and  their  use.  Circulation,  accessibility,  time 
and  distance  concepts,  and  trade  patterns  are  discussed. 

GE  334  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Geographic  factors  and  conditions  are  analyzed  as  they  relate  to  the  character  and  function  of  states. 
Political  institutions  are  evaluated  in  light  of  geographic  conditions. 

GE  335  GEOGRAPHY  OF  ENERGY  3c-01-3sh 

Energy  production  and  consumption  in  human  societies  through  time  are  considered  to  provide  the 
background  necessary  for  understanding  contemporary  problems.  Emphasis  is  on  locational  and 
environmental  aspects  of  energy  in  the  United  States. 

GE  336  SOCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Spatial  dimensions  of  the  American  society  are  the  focus  of  this  course.  The  distribution  of  various 
social  groups  and  their  impact  on  the  landscape  are  considered. 

GE  337  HISTORICAL  GEOGRAPHY  3c-OI-3sh 

Studies  of  past  geographies,  geographical  change  through  time,  and  historical  perspectives  on  the 
cultural  landscape  are  included.  Historical  geography  of  the  United  States  is  emphasized. 

GE  341  CLIMATOLOGY  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  elements  of  weather  and  climate  and  the  climatic  regions  of  the  earth  are  studied  in  relation  to 
other  aspects  of  the  physical  and  biological  environment. 

GE  342  PHYSIOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh  . 

The  study  of  landforms  and  water  features  is  the  focus  of  this  course.  Types,  distribution,  and 
processes  of  formation  are  considered  in  relationship  to  the  human  landscape. 

GE  360  INTRODUCTION  TO  PLANNING  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  field  of  planning  on  city,  metropolitan,  regional,  and  county  levels.  Included  are 
intergovernmental  context  and  legislative  basis  for  planning;  the  comprehensive  plan;  plan  implemen- 
tation and  the  planning  agency. 

GE  361  PLANNING:  BASIC  STUDIES  AND  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and  regional  planning.  Examines 
basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and  regional  comprehensive  plans. 


278 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GE  37 1  AEROSPACE  WORKSHOP  3c-01-3sh 

Develops  an  appreciation  and  provides  information  related  to  aerospace  activities  and  contributions; 
offers  background  for  teaching  aerospace  courses;  discusses  aviation/  space  careers;  and  presents  the 
basic  principles  of  flying  (usually  including  some  flight  instruction).  Offered  summer  only. 

GE  41 1  GEOGRAPHY:  THOUGHT  AND  PHILOSOPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Seminar  limited  to  junior  and  senior  majors  with  at  least  12  semester  hours  in  geography.  Deals  with 
history  of  the  discipline,  great  ideas,  leading  problems,  and  unresolved  issues. 

GE  415  REMOTE  SENSING  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  air  photographs,  satellite  imagery,  thermal  sensing,  radar  imagery,  and  their  application  to 
deriving  information  about  the  Earth's  physical  and  cultural  landscapes. 

GE  416  COMPUTER-ASSISTED  CARTOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GE313,  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

This  course  introduces  automated  cartographic  production  techniques.  Topics  include  the  use  of 
cartographic  hardware  and  software,  the  distinction  between  vector  and  raster  representations,  data 
bases,  the  cartographer-machine  interface,  and  designing  computer  generated  maps. 

GE  43 1  GEOGRAPHY  OF  AMERICAN  INDIANS  3c-01-3sh 

The  historical/cultural  geography  of  Native  Americans  is  the  focus.  Population,  resources,  land  use, 
development,  settlement  patterns,  and  other  selected  topics  are  covered. 

GE  432  GEOGRAPHY  OF  CRIME  3c-01-3sh 

The  geographical  context  of  crime  is  examined  from  historical  and  contemporary  viewpoints.  Relevant 
concepts  and  analytical  approaches  are  introduced. 

GE  440  CONSERVATION:  ENVIRONMENTAL  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Problems  of  exploitation  and  utilization  of  regional  resources  such  as  soils,  minerals,  forests,  and 
wildlife  are  considered  in  relation  to  population  growth  and  regional  planning  and  development. 

GE  462  PLANNING:  DEVELOPMENT,  PRINCIPLES,  AND  THEORY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Examines  the  process  of  city  planning  during  ancient,  medieval,  Renaissance,  and  modem  periods.  A 
review  of  early  planning  in  America,  as  well  as  present  city  planning  is  included. 

GE  463  PLANNING:  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Presents  concepts  of  city,  subdivision,  and  transportation  design  in  relation  to  topography,  natural 
resources,  and  other  physical  elements. 

GE  464  LAND  USE  POLICY  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  concepts  of  land  use  policy  at  the  national,  regional,  county,  and  local  levels  are  treated.  Analysis 
is  made  of  various  land  use  policies. 

GE  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var-3sh 

Topical  courses  offered  on  an  experimental  basis.  Check  department  schedule  for  these  offerings. 

GE  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12  sh 

Professional  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  application  of  academic  background.  Open  to 
majors  and  minors  in  geography  and  regional  planning  with  75  semester  hours  and  15  semester  hours 
in  the  department,  respectively.  See  internship  supervisor  for  additional  information. 

GE  499  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3  to  6  sh 

Independent  research  and  study  under  faculty  direction.  Interested  students  should  approach  depart- 
ment chairperson  for  information. 


Course  Descriptions — 279 


GK:  GREEK 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GK  151  GREEK  I  3c-OI-3sh 

For  beginning  students;  pronunciation,  reading,  oral,  and  written  communication  are  the  objectives. 
In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Greek  noun  is  begun. 

GK  152  GREEK  11  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Greek  1.  In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Greek  noun  is  completed. 

GK  25 1  GREEK  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of  specific  topics;  consult  the 
department  for  topics  of  interest.  In  grammar  most  tenses  of  the  Greek  verb  are  studied. 

GK  252  GREEK  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Greek  1 1 1 . 1  n  grammar  more  tenses  of  the  verb  are  studied.  The  readings  become  short 
selections  from  Greek  literature. 

GK  35 1  ADVANCED  GREEK  LANGUAGE  I  3c-01-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depth;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language.  While  themes  are  not  required, 
selections  from  Greek  prose  are  read  both  for  knowledge  of  their  content  and  for  developing 
knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the  language. 

GK  352  ADVANCED  GREEK  LANGUAGE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  GK35 1 .  Selections  are  from  poetry  this  semester. 

GK  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topics  dealing  with  the  Greek  language  and 
culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Permission  required. 

GM:  GERMAN 

Department  of  German 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GM  101  INTENSIVE  ELEMENTARY  GERMAN  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language  Model 
(DILM),  sections  emphasize  mastery  of  spoken  language  as  well  as  basic  language  skills.  Classes  are  45 
minutes  each;  drill  sessions  are  40  minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

GM  121  CONVERSATION  1  2c-01-2sh 

Two  hours  weekly  conversational  practice  in  small  groups  to  improve  pronunciation  and  oral 
proficiency.  Must  take  concurrently  or  have  had  previously  GM151  or  its  equivalent  to  enroll  in  the 
course. 

GM  122  CONVERSATION  11  2c-01-2sh 

Two  hours  weekly  conversational  practice  in  small  groups  to  improve  fluency  and  ability  to  speak  in 
small-group  settings.  May  enroll  without  having  had  GM  1 2 1 ,  but  must  be  taking  concurrently  or  have 
had  GM151  or  its  equivalent. 

GM  1 5 1  GERMAN  1  3c-01-3sh 

For  beginners,  the  objectives  include  grammar,  pronunciation,  reading,  speaking,  and  writing. 

GM  152  GERMAN  II  3c-01-3sh 

For  students  who  have  had  German  I  or  its  equivalent,  the  objectives  are  to  enhance  and  develop  the 
four  skills  of  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing. 


280 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GM  151-2  ACCELERATED  GERMAN  I  AND  II  each  3c-01-3sh 

By  attending  class  six  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  elementary  sequence  (6  credits)  in 
one  semester.  The  intensive  sections  present  the  same  basic  language  skills  that  are  taught  in  the  regular 
GM151-152  classes  with  slightly  greater  emphasis  on  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language.  Majors  take 
05 1  and  052  concurrently. 

GM  201  INTENSIVE  INTERMEDIATE  GERMAN  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language  Model 
(DILM),  students  develop  language  skills  with  emphasis  on  oral  competency.  Classes  are  45  minutes 
each;  drill  sessions  are  40  minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

GM  221  CONVERSATION  III  2c-01-2sh 

Two  hours  weekly  conversation  practice  in  small  groups  emphasizing  the  use  of  greetings,  idiomatic 
expressions,  and  communication  skills  to  improve  vocabulary  and  pronunciation. 

GM  222  CONVERSATION  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Two  hours  of  weekly  conversation  designed  as  a  continuation  of  the  practice  in  small  group:,  focusing 
on  speaking  and  listening  skills  and  on  participation  in  discussions  and  dialogues.  May  enroU  .vithout 
having  taken  GM221 . 

GM  25 1  GERMAN  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of  specific  topics;  consult  the 
department  for  topics  of  interest. 

GM  252  GERMAN  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  German  III  with  some  emphasis  on  literary  works. 

GM  251-2  ACCELERATED  GERMAN  III  AND  IV  each  3c-01-3sh 

By  attending  class  six  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  intermediate  sequence  (6  credits)  in 
one  semester.  The  intensive  sections  continue  to  develop  basic  language  skills  with  a  slightly  greater 
emphasis  upon  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language.  Majors  take  221-222  (or  121-122)  concurrently. 

GM  253  INTERMEDL\TE  COMPOSITION  AND  CONVERSATION  3c-01-3sh 

Can  be  taken  instead  of  or  in  addition  to  252.  Designed  for  majors  or  serious  students.  Offered  in 
spring  only. 

GM  254  BUSINESS  GERMAN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GM25 1  or  equivalent 

A  one-semester  course  which  can  be  taken  instead  of,  or  in  addition  to,  GM252  by  students  interested 

in  business  or  as  part  of  the  General  Education  requirement  (equivalent  to  German  IV).  Business 

practices  and  specialized  business  vocabulary,  letter  writing,  and  problems  of  translation  are 

emphasized. 

GM  256  SCIENTIFIC  GERMAN  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  substitute  for  GM252,  will  be  offered  in  the  second  semester.  Primarily  for  science  majors, 
it  may  be  taken  as  an  elective  by  German  majors. 

GM  321-322  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION  I  AND  II  each  2c-01-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits  repetitions  of  these  relatively 
informal  courses. 

GM  35 1  ADVANCED  GERMAN  LANGUAGE  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  review  and  expand  the  student's  grammatical  skills  and  to  apply  these  skills 
to  extensive  cultural  and  short  literary  readings  and  to  write  frequent  themes  on  these  readings. 

GM  352  ADVANCED  GERMAN  LANGUAGE  II  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  will  continue  to  expand  the  student's  grammatical  skills  and  to  apply  them  by  writing 
longer  themes  based  on  cultural  and  literary  readings. 


Course  Descriptions — 28 1 


GM  361  DEVELOPMENT  OF  GERMAN  CULTURE  AND  LITERATURE  I  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  a  background  in  German  literature,  music,  art,  architecture,  and  history.  Surveys 
the  period  from  the  migrations  of  the  Germanic  tribes  to  the  rise  of  Prussia  as  a  European  power. 

GM  362  DEVELOPMENT  OF  GERMAN  CULTURE  AND  LITERATURE  II  3c-OI-3sh 

A  continuation  of  GM361 .  Covers  the  period  from  the  French  Revolution  and  its  effects  on  Germany 
up  to  the  present,  with  an  emphasis  on  German  literature,  history,  and  music. 

GM  363  INTRODUCTION  TO  GERMAN  LITERATURE  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  poetry  to  acquaint  the  student  with  formal  and  thematic  aspects  of 
German  verse  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

GM  364  INTRODUCTION  TO  GERMAN  LITERATURE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  fiction  and  drama  to  acquaint  the  student  with  representative  works  and 
techniques  of  interpretation. 

GM  367  NINETEENTH-CENTURY  GERMAN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  major  works  of  German  poetry  and  prose  with  an  emphasis  on  the  literary  movements 
of  Romanticism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism. 

GM  368  TWENTIETH-CENTURY  GERMAN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  of  German  poetry  and  prose  from  Expressionism  through  World  War 
II. 

GM  369  CONTEMPORARY  GERMAN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  literary  achievement  of  postwar  Germany  up  to  the  present. 

GM  370  THE  AGE  OF  GOETHE  I  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  from  the  Enlightenment  and  Storm  and  Stress  periods. 

GM  37 1  THE  AGE  OF  GOETHE  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  selected  works  of  German  Classicism  with  an  emphasis  on  the  prose  and  poetry  of  the  first 
decades  of  the  19th  century. 

GM  410  HISTORY  OF  THE  GERMAN  LANGUAGE  3c-01-3sh 

History  and  development  of  German  Language,  with  special  emphasis  on  relationships  with  English. 
Analysis  of  annals  in  Gothic,  Old  High  German,  and  Middle  High  German  using  methods  of 
historical  and  contemporary  linguistics. 

GM  481  SPECIAL  TOPIC  var-1  to  3sh 

Designed  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 

GM  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the  German  language  and 
culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Permission  required. 

GM  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  GERMANY  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisite :  12  credits  in  300-  or  400-level  courses  and  a  minimum  of  one  semester  study  in  Germany. 
A  supervised  field  experience  in  Germany  with  approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private 
firms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as 
possible  with  the  intern's  personal  interests  and  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  German  language. 
Academic  work  at  the  Gesamthochschule  in  Duisburg  must  precede  the  Internship.  Open  to  students 
in  other  disciplines,  such  as  Political  Science,  International  Relations,  Business,  etc.,  with  their 
adviser's  approval. 


282 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GS:  GEOSCIENCE 

Department  of  Geoscience 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

GS  101  EARTH  SCIENCE:  GEOLOGY  AND  OCEANOGRAPHY  3c-01-3sh 

A  nonmathematical  treatment  of  introductory  oceanography  and  geology  designed  specifically  for 
nonscience  majors. 

GS  102  EARTH  SCIENCE:  GEOLOGY  AND  OCEANOGRAPHY  LAB  Oc-2I- 1  sh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GSlOl 

Lab  experiences  in  various  aspects  of  oceanography  and  geology.  Includes  field  trip(s). 

GS  103  EARTH  SCIENCE:  METEOROLOGY  AND  ASTRONOMY  3c-01-3sh 

No  prerequisite 

The  earth's  upper  environment  is  studied  by  focusing  on  the  effects  of  the  atmosphere  and  the  earth's 
place  in  the  universe  on  the  daily  lives  of  man. 

GS  104  EARTH  SCIENCE:  METEOROLOGY  AND  ASTRONOMY  LAB  Oc-21-1  sh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS103 

Use  of  the  weather  station  and  the  planetarium  highlight  the  series  of  exercises  designed  to  aid  students 
in  developing  meaningful  concepts  about  their  ability  to  understand  and,  in  the  future,  control  their 
place  in  the  universe. 

GS  1 10  GENERAL  ASTRONOMY  2c-21-3sh 

Specifically  designed  to  introduce  students  to  discipline  of  astronomy;  emphasis  placed  on  study  of 
planets,  space  program,  constellations,  and  Milky  Way.  No  science  or  math  majors  except  those 
completing  general  science  certification  requirements. 

GS  1 2 1  GENERAL  GEOLOGY  I  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  science  of  earth;  properties  and  processes  of  earth's  interior  and  crust  and  their 
interaction  with  surface  processes  to  shape  and  modify  man's  physical  environment. 

GS  122  GENERAL  GEOLOGY  I  LABORATORY  Oc-31-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS121 

Identification  of  common  minerals  and  rocks;  introduction  to  topographic  and  geologic  maps,  to  land 
forms,  and  to  geologic  structures.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  1 3 1  GENERAL  GEOLOGY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS121  or  permission  of  instructor 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  the  earth,  its  physical  changes  and  sequences  of  configuration,  and 
record  of  biological  evolution. 

GS  132  GENERAL  GEOLOGY  II  LABORATORY  Oc-31-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS131 

Selected  problems  in  geologic  map  interpretation,  paleontology,  and  stratigraphic  rock  sequences. 
Includes  field  trips. 

GS  321  MINERALOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS  121  or  CHI  1 1 

Concerned  with  properties  of  minerals;  introduction  to  crystalography  and  chemistry  of  crystals, 
followed  by  a  determination  of  minerals  and  their  probable  genesis.  Includes  field  trips  which  may 
occur  on  weekends. 

GS  322  IGNEOUS  AND  METAMORPHIC  PETROLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321 

Concerned  with  a  description  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rock  character  based  upon  mineral 
components  and  physical  relationship  between  mineral  components  of  a  rock.  Includes  field  trips 
which  may  occur  on  weekends. 


Course  Descriptions — 283 


GS  325  STRUCTURAL  FIELD  GEOLOGY  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GS131  and  GS132or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  primary  structure,  contacts,  folds,  joints,  and  faults.  Mechanical  principles.  Includes  work 
with  geologic  maps,  structure  sections,  Brunton  compass,  and  stereographic  projections.  Includes 
field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  326  STRUCTURAL  FIELD  GEOLOGY  II  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS325 

Study  of  cleavage,  foliation,  lineation,  and  oriented  structures.  Techniques  of  geologic  field  work  with 
Brunton  compass,  aerial  photographs,  and  rock  color  charts.  Includes  a  field  project  involving 
compilation  of  measured  and  described  straiigraphic  section(s),  a  geologic  map,  structure  sections,  and 
field  report.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  327  GEOMORPHOLOGY  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GSI21  and  GSI3I 

A  study  of  the  origin  of  the  earth's  land  forms,  including  relationship  of  geologic  structure  to  landform 
types  and  role  of  geomorphic  processes  in  landscape  development.  Includes  field  trips  which  may 
occur  on  weekends. 

GS  330  PALEONTOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS131  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  the  morphology,  evolution,  geologic  significance,  and  paleoecology  of  fossil  organisms. 
Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  335  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS32I 

Deals  with  location  and  probable  origin  of  fossil  fuels,  ores  of  the  nonmetals,  and  metallic  ores,  both 
ferrous  and  nonferrous.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  336  GEOLOGY  OF  THE  NORTHERN  ROCKIES  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instruaor 

A  field  study  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  involved  in  the  development  of  the 
northern  Rocky  Mountains.  National  Park  and  Monument  areas  of  South  Dakota,  Wyoming,  and 
Montana  are  included  among  the  areas  investigated.  (3  weeks,  summer  only) 

GS  341  SOLAR  SYSTEM  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121  and  PYl  1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  observational  methods,  mechanics,  and  origin  of  the 
solar  system  and  spatial  relationship  of  the  solar  system  to  the  other  members  of  the  universe. 

GS  342  STELLAR  ASTRONOMY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites :  MA  1 2 1  and  PY 1 1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  sun,  stars,  galaxies,  the  sidereal  universe,  and  use  of 
spectroscopy  for  gathering  astronomical  data. 

GS  350  OPERATION  OF  THE  PLANETARIUM  var-Ish 

Prerequisites:  GSl  10,  GS341,  GS342  or  permission  of  instructor 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  methods  of  operation  and  repair  of  a  Spitz  A-3-P  planetarium. 
Content  includes  topics  suitable  for  lectures  to  various  age  groups.  Student  will  write  and  present  a 
demonstration  program.  Meets  once  a  week  with  occasional  evening  observations. 

GS  361  PHYSICAL  OCEANOGRAPHY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  1 1  and  \L\121  or  permission  of  instructor 

Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  geological,  and  biological  nature  of  ocean:  topography,  submarine 
geology,  and  bottom  deposits.  Includes  field  trip(s)  which  may  occur  on  weekend(s). 

GS  362  MARINE  GEOLOGY  AND  PLATE  TECTONICS  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Physics  1  and  II,  14sh  of  Geology  courses 

A  study  of  marine  geology,  coastal  geomorphology,  marine  sedimentary  environments,  and  plate 
tectonics  examined  in  the  hght  of  sea  fioor  spreading  and  other  oceanographic  evidences. 


284 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GS  37 1  METEOROLOGY  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  Physical  Science  or  Physics 

Introduction  to  meteorological  sciences;  composition  and  structure  of  the  atmosphere;  radiation 
principles;  elementary  thermodynamics  and  heat  balance. 

GS  372  METEOROLOGY  II  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS371  or  permission  of  instructor 

Introduction  to  physical,  dynamical,  and  theoretical  meteorology. 

GS  4 1 1  SEDIMENTARY  PETROLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks  with  emphasis  on  interpreting  ancient  environments  of 
deposition  utilizing  sieve  analysis,  hand  lens,  and  petrographic  microscope.  Includes  field  trips  which 
may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  4 1 2  STRATIGRAPHY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS41 1  or  permission  of  instructor 

Principles  and  processes  involved  in  development  and  description  of  stratified  rock  sequences, 
principles  and  problems  of  correlation,  and  selected  stratigraphic  problems.  Includes  field  trips  which 
may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  420  GEOLOGY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  17sh  geology  courses  or  written  permission  of  instructor 

An  advanced  course  dealing  with  many  varied  aspects  of  Pennsylvania  geology,  including  the 
structure,  stratigraphy,  and  geologic  history  of  its  varied  geologic  provinces.  Includes  field  trips  which 
may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  432  COAL  GEOLOGY  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  8sh  in  geology  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  coal,  its  occurrence,  origin,  organic  and  inorganic  constituents, 
environments  of  deposition,  coal  mining,  and  a  detailed  description  of  coal  stratigraphy  in  the  eastern 
and  central  United  States.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  440  SUBSURFACE  GEOLOGY  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  credit  hours  of  Geology 

An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  petroleum,  its  origin,  migration,  entrapment,  and  production.  Lab 
is  designed  to  provide  practical  experience  in  subsurface  mapping  techniques  and  the  use  and 
evaluation  of  geophysical  logging  devices.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  441  CARBONATE  GEOLOGY-FLORIDA  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  17sh  geology  courses  or  written  permission  of  instructor 

Two  to  three  weeks  of  field  study  in  Florida  Keys.  Course  will  be  conducted  from  base  camp  in  Florida 
Keys  and  will  consist  of  both  land  and  water  work  as  the  different  carbonate  environments  in  the  Keys, 
Florida  Bay,  and  in  the  Atlantic  reef  tract  are  studied. 

GS  480  GEOSCIENCE  SEMINAR  var-lsh 

For  seniors  majoring  in  some  aspect  of  geoscience.  The  seminar  (I)  provides  the  student  with  an 
opportunity  to  prepare,  formally  present,  and  defend  a  scientific  paper  based  either  on  his/her  own 
research  or  on  a  topic  chosen  with  the  approval  of  instructor,  (2)  provides  opportunity  to  discuss  topics 
presented  by  other  students,  faculty,  or  guests. 

GS  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

It  is  the  department's  intention  to  use  this  course  to  schedule  extended  field  trips  and  for  teaching 
special  courses  which  will  utilize  the  specialties  of  the  geoscience  faculty. 

GS  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  3sh 

Independent  study  provides  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  use  library,  laboratory,  or  field 
research  in  an  area  which  is  of  interest  to  him  under  the  supervision  of  a  designated  faculty  member. 


Course  Descriptions — 285 


GS  493  INTERNSHIP  var-1  to  3sh 

Summer  work  experiences  with  cooperating  Firms  or  agencies.  May  be  scheduled  only  after  consulta- 
tion with  adviser  and  chairperson.  Restricted  to  junior  and  senior  Geoscience  Department  majors. 

HE:  HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Home  Economics  Education 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

HE  218  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Focuses  on  the  normal  development  and  behavior  of  children.  Survey  made  of  physical,  emotional, 
social,  and  intellectual  development  of  children  from  conception  through  early  adolescence.  Pertinent 
child  development  research  analyzed. 

HE  220  TEACHING  IN  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  CENTERS  2c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  HE218  or  equivalent 

Techniques  for  planning  and  teaching  preschool  children.  Participation  as  teacher-assistant  provides 
experience  in  applying  principles  of  child  guidance  and  development  needed  by  teachers  in  preschool 
centers  or  secondary  school  child  development  laboratories. 

HE  224  MARRIAGE  AND  FAMILY  RELATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Focuses  on  preparation  for  marriage  and  principles  of  human  relations  basic  to  marital  adjustment. 
Influence  of  community  and  family  experiences  on  personal  development  and  adjustment  explored. 

HE  250  INTRODUCTION  TO  TEACHING  VOCATIONAL  HOME  3c-01-3sh 

ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

Overview  of  philosophy  and  organization  of  home  economics  profession  and  the  role  of  home 
economics  teachers.  Opportunities  for  planned  observations  and  varied  teaching  experiences  using  a 
variety  of  resource  materials  are  provided.  Self-evaluation  relative  to  desirable  teacher  competencies  is 
stressed. 

HE  317  INFANT  DEVELOPMENT  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE2I8 

Study  of  characteristic  developmental  changes  of  human  infants  from  birth  to  approximately  two  and 
a  half  years. 

HE  3 18  TOPICS  IN  PRESCHOOL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE218 

Students  learn  about  preschool  children  and  child  development  centers  through  direct  observation, 
examine  creative  methods,  and  develop  creative  activities  for  preschool  children.  Students  examine 
classroom  techniques  and  procedures  necessary  for  integrating  "special  needs"  preschoolers  into  the 
normal  preschool  setting. 

HE  321  PRESCHOOL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  concurrently 

Examination  of  the  child  development  philosophy  as  the  basis  for  decisions  and  methods  in  preschool 
education.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  play  as  a  developmental  process  and  as  the  major  aspect  of  the 
preschool  curriculum. 

HE  324  FAMILY  DYNAMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE224  or  equivalent 

Emphasis  on  processes  and  models  of  family  development  topics.  Focus  on  approaches  and  dynamics 
of  principles  related  to  familial  and  marital  adjustment  and  coping. 


286 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HE  350  EVALUATION  AND  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  VOCATIONAL  3c-01-3sh 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

Prerequisites:  EP302,  HE250 

Orientation  to  classroom  teaching  through  planned  activities  utilizing  a  variety  of  methods,  tech- 
niques, and  resources.  Major  methods  and  techniques  of  evaluation  used  to  assess  and  report  growth, 
development,  and  academic  achievement  of  students  are  emphasized. 

HE  35 1  EDUCATIONAL  GAMES  AND  PUZZLES  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Investigation  and  evaluation  of  commercially  prepared  educational  games  and  puzzles  and  their  place 
in  the  home  economics  education  setting.  Construction  and  evaluation  of  educational  games  and 
puzzles  by  students. 

HE  352  TEACHING  IN  THE  COMMUNITY  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HE250 

Planned  observations  and  teaching  experiences  in  local  human  services  agencies.  Choice  of  subject 
matter  and  strategies  will  be  based  on  needs  and  interests  of  clients. 

HE  390  INNOVATIVE  TEACHING:  EDUCATION  var-I  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250  or  equivalent 

Investigation  and  evaluation  of  innovative  curriculum  materials,  resources,  and  techniques  in  home 
economics  education. 

HE  391  INNOVATIVE  TEACHING:  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  CENTERS  var-l  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250  or  equivalent 

Investigation  and  evaluation  of  innovative  curriculum  materials,  resources,  and  techniques  for  teach- 
ing in  child  development  centers. 

HE  394  INNOVATIVE  TEACHING:  FAMILY  var-l  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250  or  equivalent 

Investigation  and  evaluation  of  innovative  curriculum  materials,  resources,  and  techniques  in  teaching 

family. 

HE  398  INNOVATIVE  TEACHING:  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  var-l  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250  or  equivalent 

Investigation  and  evaluation  of  innovative  curriculum  materials,  resources,  and  techniques  in  teaching 
child  development. 

HE  41 8  ADVANCED  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE218 

Study  of  trends  in  the  field  of  child  development  based  on  a  review  of  current  literature.  Observations 
of  children  in  a  variety  of  informal  situations  will  be  made  within  the  limits  of  available  resources. 

HE  420  PRACTICUM  IN  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  lc-101-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  and  HE220  and  HE321 

The  intensive  practicum  provides  in-depth  practical  advanced  laboratory  experiences  designed  to 
refine  and  further  develop  the  techniques  and  skills  needed  by  professionals  to  work  with  young 
children  and  families. 

HE  422  EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  concurrently 

Current  educational  theories  and  research  reviewed  in  terms  of  implication  for  preschool  and  their 
effect  on  material,  equipment,  and  activity  selection. 

HE  424  FAMILY  ISSUES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE224 

Concentrated  study  of  selected  areas  of  family  life,  with  emphasis  on  current  personal  and  social  issues 
affecting  the  family. 


Course  Descriptions — 287 


HE  425  STUDY  TOUR  IN  FAMILY  LIFE  var-2  to  6sh 

OPTION:  FAMILY  LIFE  Opportunity  to  observe  family  social  stnjcture  and  values  in  relation  to 
cultural  background  and  economic  conditions.  Culture,  class,  ethnic  variations  in  family/kinship 
systems  examined. 

OPTION:  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT 

Opportunity  to  observe  developing  child  in  family  life/education  relative  to  cultural  background  and 
economic  conditions. 

HE  426  TECHNIQUES  OF  PARENT  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  equivalent 

Examination  of  nature,  extent,  and  significance  of  parent  education  movement.  Interrelationship  of 
home  and  community  agencies  is  examined  in  light  of  various  programs,  methods,  and  techniques  of 
parenting  education. 

HE  427  ADMINISTRATION  OF  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  CENTERS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  equivalent.  Juniors  or  Seniors  only 

Development  of  special  knowledge  and  competencies  needed  by  successful  administrators  of  child  care 
programs  including  proposal  writing,  budgeting,  management,  staff  selection  and  training,  appropri- 
ate curriculum  materials,  philosophy,  parent  involvement,  child  advocacy,  and  program  evaluation. 

HE  430  STUDENT  TEACHING  PRACTICUM  var-lsh 

Taken  concurrently  with  ED431  and  ED441.  Assists  student  teachers  in  analyzing  problems  and 
experiences  encountered  during  student  teaching.  Emphasizes  the  variety  and  types  of  home  econom- 
ics programs  and  focuses  on  developing  effective  teaching  strategies  (4  sessions  of  three  and  a  half 
hours  during  the  semester). 

HE  45 1  WORKSHOP  IN  HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250 

Identification  and  evaluation  of  current  trends  and  issues  in  home  economics  education.  Offered 

occasionally. 

HE  454  HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  FOR  ADULTS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250 

Focuses  on  background  and  philosophy  of  adult  education;  types  of  home  economics  programs  and 
methods  of  implementation;  characteristics  of  adult  learners;  observation  and  teaching  participation 
in  adult  programs. 

HE  455  HOME  ECONOMICS  PROGRAMS  FOR  INDIVIDUALS  WITH  3c-01-3sh 

SPECIAL  NEEDS 

Prerequisite:  EX3(X) 

Application  of  vocational  regulations  and  public  laws  in  relation  to  individuals  with  special  needs. 

Developing  home  economics  programs  (planning,  methods,  strategies,  and  resources)  for  individuals 

with  special  needs  applicable  to  school  and  nonschool  settings. 

HE  456  INDEPENDENT  LIVING  FOR  INDIVIDUALS  WITH  SPECIAL  NEEDS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EX300 

Home  management  and  work  simplification  techniques  for  individuals  with  special  needs.  Includes 
adaptations  and  modifications  for  housing,  clothing,  food,  child  care,  and  consumer  problems  of 
handicapped  and  elderly  individuals. 

HE  463  FAMILY  AND  THE  COMMUNITY  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  community  contributions  and  problems  that  affect  families  and  their  contributions  to 
community.  Investigation  of  ways  group  dynamics,  communication  media,  and  other  resources  aid 
understanding  of  human  behaviors.  Field  experience  is  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 


288 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HE  470  OCCUPATIONAL  HOME  ECONOMICS  IN  AMERICAN  3c-01-3sh 

EDUCATION 

Prerequisite:  HE250  or  equivalent 

Explores  purposes  and  types  of  occupational  home  economics  programs.  Emphasis  is  on  individualiz- 
ing instruction  in  a  competency-based  program  including  special  needs  students.  Rationale  for 
cooperative  education,  maintaining  FHA/HERO  and  an  advisory  committee,  and  program  evalua- 
tion are  included.  Field  trips  are  frequent. 

HE  471  CURRICULUM  DEVELOPMENT  IN  HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION       3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE250 

Various  tasks  and  processes  of  curriculum  development  reviewed  and  analyzed.  Emphasis  on  realistic 

decision  making  and  innovative  procedures  in  developing  home  economics  curriculum.  Offered 

occasionally. 

HE  472  EVALUATION  IN  HOME  ECONOMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  and  scope  of  evaluation  in  contemporary  home  economics  programs  emphasizing  use  and 
construction  of  a  variety  of  tests  and  evaluation  devices  designed  to  measure  comprehensive  home 
economics  educational  objectives.  Offered  occasionally. 

HE  479  OCCUPATIONAL  HOME  ECONOMICS  EXPERIENCE  var-3  to  6sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department  chairperson;  upper  level  standing 
Personalized  experiences  designed  to  broaden  competencies  in  a  specific  area  of  occupational  home 
economics  and  provide  preservice  teachers  with  a  broader  perspective  of  current  technology  used  in 
business  and  industry.  Offered  occasionally. 

HE  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  3sh 

Upper  level  students  with  high  scholastic  achievement  pursue  their  particular  interests  outside  the 
realm  of  the  organized  home  economics  education  curriculum.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a 
maximum  of  3  semester  hours.  Approval  of  department  required. 

HE  493  INTERNSHIP  var-6  to  1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  department,  college  dean,  and  university  internship  coordinator;  upper 
level  standing 

Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study.  Objectives  are  developed  individually 
in  consultation  with  university  faculty  member  who  supervises  the  internship.  Log  and  major  paper 
required.  May  be  repeated  up  to  a  total  of  12  semester  hours;  however,  these  semester  hours  are  not 
applicable  toward  the  124  semester  hours  required  for  graduation  if  student  receives  12  semester  hours 
in  student  teaching. 

HI:  HISTORY 

Department  of  History 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

HI  101  HISTORY  OF  CIVILIZATION  I  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  course,  presenting  in  various  forms  the  origin  and  development  of  Western  man's  major 
political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual  institutions  to  approximately  1600  A.D. 

HI  102  HISTORY  OF  CIVILIZATION  II  2/3c-01-2/3sh 

Survey  of  man's  development  from  1600  A.D.  to  present,  in  which  economic,  political,  social,  and 
intellectual  trends  are  discussed.  See  also  HIl  12. 

HI  103  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  PENNSYLVANIA  I  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  American  history  from  colonization  to  1865,  with  attention  to  Pennsylvania,  colonial 
foundations,  emergence  of  Federal  Union,  political  and  social  reform,  and  controversy  over  sec- 
tionalism and  slavery. 


Course  Descriptions — 289 


HI  104  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  PENNSYLVANIA  11  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  history  of  the  United  States  and  Pennsylvania  since  1 865 ,  with  emphasis  on  major  economic, 
political,  and  social  trends  and  development  of  American  culture.  Also  considered  is  the  role  of 
America  in  world  affairs. 

HI  1 12  HISTORY  SATELLITES  lc-01-lsh 

A  variety  of  topics  from  Civilization  which,  when  combined  with  a  2-credit  History  of  Civilization  II 
(HI  102),  will  fulfill  a  requirement  in  the  Social  Science  package  in  General  Education.  Additional 
HI  1 12  credits  may  be  used  as  electives. 

HI  200  INTRODUCTION  TO  HISTORY  l/3c-01-l/3sh 

For  history  majors  and  concentrates.  Topics  include  philosophy  of  history,  important  schools  of 
history  and  historians,  and  methods  of  historical  research.  Student  is  encouraged  to  become  a  better 
historian  and  to  identify  with  historical  profession. 

HI  301  HISTORY  OF  GREECE  3c-01-3sh 

Will  analyze  major  political,  social,  and  economic  developments  in  ancient  Greek  civilization  from 
Bronze  Age  to  death  of  Alexander. 

HI  302  HISTORY  OF  ROME  3c-01-3sh 

Will  trace  Roman  history  from  early  Republic  down  to  fall  of  Empire.  Roman  political  theory  will  be 
particularly  emphasized. 

HI  303  MEDIEVAL  EUROPE  I,  400-1000  3c-01-3sh 

History  of  early  Medieval  Europe,  from  decline  of  Rome  to  beginnings  of  High  Middle  Ages; 
emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual  developments. 

HI  304  MEDIEVAL  EUROPE  II,  1000-1300  3c-01-3sh 

History  of  late  Medieval  Europe,  from  High  Middle  Ages  to  Renaissance  period;  emphasis  on 
political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual  developments. 

HI  305  RENAISSANCE  AND  REFORMATION  3c-01-3sh 

History  of  Europe  from  c.  1250;  rise  of  commercial  city,  kings,  and  pressures  on  Christian  Church  to 
1600.  Some  consideration  of  technology  and  voyages. 

HI  306  EARLY  MODERN  EUROPE  3c-01-3sh 

Greatness  of  France  under  Louis  XIV;  Sweden;  Thirty  Years'  War;  Emergence  of  modem  society; 
French  Revolution. 

HI  307  HISTORY  OF  EUROPE:  1815-1914  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  Europe  in  19th  century,  with  emphasis  on  the  emergence  of  major  thought  patterns. 
Romanticism,  Nationalism,  Socialism,  and  Positivism. 

HI  308  TWENTIETH-CENTURY  EUROPE  3c-01-3sh 

Political,  economic,  and  diplomatic  trends  in  Europe  since  1900,  wath  major  emphasis  on  causes  and 
results  of  war  and  search  for  security. 

HI  31 1  RISE  AND  FALL  OF  HITLER'S  EMPIRE  3c-01-3sh 

In-depth  study  of  Hitler  and  the  Nazi  Order;  offers  an  analysis  of  1 9th-century  origins  of  Nazi  ideology 
and  intensively  analyzes  domestic  and  foreign  totalitarian  policy  (1920-1945)  including  Holocaust, 
Resistance,  and  the  postwar  Nuremberg  Trials. 

HI  320  HISTORY  OF  ENGLAND  TO  1688  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  growth  of  the  English  nation,  with  emphasis  on  political,  social,  and  economic 
developments  leading  to  17th-century  conflict  between  Crown  and  Parliament. 


290 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HI  321  HISTORY  OF  ENGLAND,  1688  TO  PRESENT  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  growth  of  England  as  a  democratic  constitutional  monarchy.  Attention  directed  to 
industrial  revolution  and  to  imperial  expansion  and  England's  role  in  20th-century  world.  Attention 
given  to  social  and  cultural  history. 

HI  322  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  .\ND  NAPOLEON  3c-01-3sh 

Brief  sketch  of  Old  Regime,  concentration  on  Revolution  and  Empire,  with  emphasis  on  politics, 
social  structure,  diplomacy,  and  economics. 

HI  323  MODERN  FRANCE  3c-01-3sh 

Investigation  of  political,  cultural,  economic,  and  social  developments  since  1815.  Discussions  and 
readings. 

HI  324  HISTORY  OF  GERMANY  TO  1 848  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  Germany  politically  and  culturally  from  ancient  times,  emphasizing 
medieval  and  early  modem  periods  to  1849. 

HI  325  HISTORY  OF  GERMANY:  1 849  TO  THE  PRESENT  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  political  and  cultural  development  of  modem  Germany  from  the  Revolution  of  1848, 
including  imperial,  republican,  and  totalitarian  phases,  to  post- World  War  II  East  and  West  Germany. 

HI  326  HISTORY  OF  RUSSL\  3c-01-3sh 

General  survey  of  Russian  history,  culture,  and  institutions.  Special  consideration  given  to  study  of 
historical  forces  formative  of  Revolution  of  1917. 

HI  327  HISTORY  OF  SOVIET  RUSSIA  3c-01-3sh 

General  survey  of  contemporary  Soviet  history,  culture,  and  institutions.  Special  consideration  is  given 
to  the  study  of  communist  theory  and  its  place  in  current  Russian  historiography. 

HI  330  HISTORY  OF  THE  ISLAMIC  CIVILIZATION  3c-01-3sh 

An  approach  to  learning  about  a  non-Westem  culture:  Muhammad,  Arabs,  Muslims  as  creators  of  a 
great  civilization  from  rise  of  Islam  to  1800;  emphasis  on  cultural  institutions  of  Islam  and  their 
interrelationships  within  Middle  East. 

HI  33 1  MODERN  MIDDLE  EAST  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  Middle  East  and  in  Islam  since  18th  century  and  of 
contemporary  problems  in  that  region. 

HI  340  COLONIAL  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  original  1 3  states  from  their  inception  as  colonies  within  the  British  empire  to  1 763 ,  the  eve  of 
Independence.  Attention  is  given  to  their  political  development;  economic  position  within  the  empire; 
relations  with  Indians;  and  evolution  of  social,  educational,  and  religious  life. 

HI  341  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  Whig-Tory  participants  of  American  Revolution.  Examines  events  from  1763  to 
1783.  Changing  interpretations  of  the  causes  and  effects  of  the  revolution  will  be  discussed. 

HI  342  THE  EARLY  REPUBLIC  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  United  States  history  from  1783  to  1850,  with  special  attention  on  constitutional,  political, 
economic,  and  social  trends. 

HI  343  CIVIL  WAR  AND  RECONSTRUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  failure  of  American  democracy  to  cope  with  issues  of  mid- 19th  century,  followed  by 
political,  economic,  military,  and  social  developments  during  War  and  reconciliation  of  North  and 
South. 

HI  345  THE  AGE  OF  RAGTIME:  AMERICAN  HISTORY,  1900-1929  3c-01-3sh 

Using  the  nation's  cultural  development  as  its  thematic  foundation,  this  course  analyzes  the  transi- 
tional character  of  the  Progressive  Era,  World  War  I,  and  the  1920s. 


Course  Descriptions — 291 


HI  346  RECENT  UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural  changes  in  American  life  since  1929;  examines  roots  of  social 
problems  facing  us  today.  Some  recent  foreign  policy  trends  also  studied. 

HI  350  HISTORY  OF  LATIN  AMERICA:  COLONIAL  PERIOD,  3c-01-3sh 

1450-1820 

Study  of  life  of  people,  Indian  cultures,  conquest  by  Spaniards  and  Portuguese,  government  during 

Colonial  Period,  and  Wars  of  Independence. 

HI  35 1  HISTORY  OF  LATIN  AMERICA:  NATIONAL  PERIOD,  3c-01-3sh 

I820-PRESENT 

Study  of  the  history  of  nations  which  have  emerged  since  independence;  emphasis  on  economic, 

political,  cultural,  and  social  developments  of  these  nations,  as  well  as  relationships  of  these  nations  to 

others  in  the  hemisphere. 

HI  360  HISTORY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  cultural,  economic,  political,  and  social  development  of  our  state  in  its  various  periods 
from  colonial  to  today.  Special  attention  given  to  diversity  of  Pennsylvania's  people,  their  institutions 
and  problems. 

HI  361  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  DIPLOMACY,  1775-1900  3c-01-3sh 

Traces  foreign  relations  of  the  United  States  from  Independence  to  emergence  as  a  world  power.  Topics 
concentrate  on  themes  of  commercial  relations,  political  isolation,  expansion,  and  debate  over 
imperialism. 

HI  362  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  DIPLOMACY,  3c-01-3sh 

1900-PRESENT 

Treats  primarily  our  20th-century  involvement  in  world  affairs  and  domestic  debate  over  that 

involvement.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of  interest  groups  and  increasing  power  of 

Executive  Department  over  foreign  affairs. 

HI  363  THOUGHT  AND  CULTURE  IN  EARLY  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  topics  in  early  American  intellectual  and  cultural  growth,  with  emphasis  on  Puritanism, 
Enlightenment,  cultural  nationalism,  and  Romantic  movement. 

HI  364  THOUGHT  AND  CULTURE  IN  MODERN  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  treatment  of  historical  development  of  modern  American  movements  in  social  and  political 
thought,  religion,  philosophy,  fine  arts,  and  literature. 

HI  365  HISTORY  OF  BLACK  AMERICA  SINCE  EMANCIPATION  3c-01-3sh 

Description  and  analysis  of  the  role  of  blacks  in  the  history  of  the  United  States  since  the  Civil  War; 
emphasis  on  key  leaders,  major  organizations,  leading  movements,  and  crucial  ideologies  of  blacks  in 
modem  America. 

HI  369  WOMEN  IN  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  activities  of  women  from  the  colonial  era  to  the  modern  era-evaluating  cultural,  societal, 
religious,  economic,  and  political  frameworks.  It  will  review  women's  involvement  in  movements  for 
feminism,  social  reform,  unionism,  and  the  abolition  of  slavery. 

HI  370  RELIGION  IN  AMERICA  3c-01-3sh 

A  history  of  religious  belief  and  practice  in  the  United  States  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present, 
with  an  emphasis  on  the  last  one  hundred  years. 

HI  372  HISTORY  OF  THE  EARLY  AMERICAN  WORKING  CLASS  3c-01-3sh 

Description  and  analysis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  working  class  of  the  United  States  in  the 
1 8th  and  19th  centuries.  The  work  settings  and  communities  of  workers  will  be  examined  as  well  as 
unions  such  as  the  National  Labor  Union  and  the  Knights  of  Labor. 


292 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HI  373  HISTORY  OF  THE  MODERN  AMERICAN  WORKING  CLASS  3c-01-3sh 

Description  and  analysis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  working  class  of  the  United  States  in  the 
20th  century.  Work  settings  and  strikes  will  be  examined  and  analyzed  as  well  as  unions  such  as  the 
United  Mine  Workers  and  the  United  Auto  Workers  and  labor  leaders  including  Samuel  Gompers, 
John  L.  Lewis,  and  George  Meany. 

HI  374  HISTORY  OF  ORGANIZED  CRIME  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  studies  the  relationship  between  urban,  entrepreneurial  crime,  and  the  evolution  of 
industrial  America. 

HI  390  HISTORY  OF  WOMEN  -  WORLD  CULTURES  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  religious,  legal,  political,  economic,  and  mythic  dimensions  of  women  in  society  from 
ancient  to  modern  times,  including  Western  and  Non- Western  experiences. 

HI  391  FILM  AS  HISTORY  3c-01-3sh 

Particularly  concerned  with  probing  the  relationship  between  cinema  and  society.  History  of  film  is 
explored  and  student  is  given  some  background  in  film  interpretation  and  cinematography,  the 
western,  science  fiction,  police  films,  and  great  foreign  and  American  detective  films. 

HI  392  CRIMES  AND  PUNISHMENTS  IN  HISTORY  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  how  historical  methodology  is  applied  to  crimes;  how  the  historical  settings  have  influenced 
the  commission  of  crimes,  as  well  as  the  nature  and  extent  of  punishment  for  crimes  on  individual, 
societal,  and  governmental  levels. 

HI  481  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  HISTORY  var-I  to  3sh 

Each  semester,  courses  are  offered  in  interest  areas  that  are  not  part  of  the  regular  program.  Some 
examples  of  courses  of  this  type  are  The  Victorian  Age,  The  History  of  Love,  World  War  II,  The  Great 
Depression,  The  Adams  Chronicles,  and  the  History  of  New  York  City.  Students  may  schedule  as 
many  of  these  courses  as  desired,  but  two  per  semester  is  the  usual  limit. 

HI  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3to6sh 

Prerequisites:  12sh  in  history;  a  3.0  history  average;  permission  of  a  faculty  member 
Involves  directed  reading  or  research  for  qualified  students.  We  encourage  experimental  projects  and 
personalized  learning.  Honors  sections  are  provided  for  qualified  students. 

HI  483  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  3c-01-3sh 

An  honors  program  within  the  independent  study  format.  Minimum  qualifications  are  a  3.0  QPA, 
I5sh  of  history,  and  a  3.2  average  in  history  classes.  Satisfactory  honors  work  is  rewarded  by  formal 
recognition  at  graduation. 

HI  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  I2sh 

With  departmental  approval,  students  are  attached  to  local  or  national  government  or  private  agencies 
doing  directive,  bibliographical,  archival,  or  museum  work.  Advising  professor  meets  with  intern 
regularly  and  determines  what  papers  or  reports  will  be  required. 

HP:  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

HP  101  PERSONAL  HEALTH  AND  WELLNESS  2c-01-2sh 

Understanding  scientific  approach  to  personal  health  and  wellness:  this  course  emphasizes  the  positive 
aspects  of  health,  benefits  of  good  health  behaviors,  and  the  use  of  health  resources.  The  focus  is  on 
the  components  of  healthy  lifestyles. 

HP  1 10  BEGINNING  SWIMMING  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming,  fitness,  and  aquatic  safety.  Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
the  adult  nonswimmer. 


Course  Descriptions — 293 


HP  113  ARCHERY/INTERMEDIATE  SWIMMING  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  archery  and  swimming. 

HP  115  BADMINTTON-FITNESS  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  fitness. 

HP  1 16  BADMINTON-VOLLEYBALL  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  volleyball. 

HP  1 17  FITNESS/SWIMMING  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming  and  fitness. 

HP  1 1 8  FITNESS- VOLLEYBALL  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  fitness  and  volleyball. 

HP  1 1 9  GOLF-BOWLING  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf  and  bowling. 

HP  120  TENNIS-INTERMEDIATE  SWIMMING  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis  and  swimming. 

HP  121  INTERMEDIATE  SWIMMING- VOLLEYBALL  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming  and  volleyball. 

HP  122  CONTEMPORARY  (MODERN)  DANCE  1  Oc-21- Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  contemporary  modem  dance. 

HP  123  FOLK  AND  SQUARE  DANCE  1  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  folk  and  square  dancing. 

HP  124  FITNESS  THROUGH  DANCE  Oc-21- Ish 

A  physical  fitness  development  course  for  men  and  women  that  employs  a  combination  of  exercises 
and  dance  techniques  performed  to  music.  The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  develop  a  sequential  exercise 
program  that  allows  the  student  to  develop  and  maintain  aerobic  fitness,  understand  body  alignment 
and  the  principles  of  exercise,  develop  correct  dance  techniques,  and  plan  and  develop  an  indi- 
vidualized and  independent  continuance  program. 

HP  125  BASIC  TAP  AND  BALLROOM  DANCE  0c-2I-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  basic  tap  and  ballroom  dance. 

HP  126  RESISTIVE  EXERCISES  Oc-21- Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  resistive  exercises. 

HP  1 27  FENCING  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  fencing. 

HP  128  GOLF  Oc-21- Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf 

HP  129  BADMINTON/TENNIS  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  tennis. 

HP  133  FOLK  AND  SQUARE  DANCE  II  Oc-21- Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  folk  and  square  dance. 

HP  134  BOWLING  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  bowling. 


294 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  1 37  GYMNASTICS  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  gymnastics. 

HP  1 38  RACQUETBALL  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  racquetball. 

HP  142  FOUNDATIONS  OF  HEALTH,  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  3c-01-3sh 

AND  RECREATION 

Scientific  principles,  philosophical  considerations,  and  career  opportunities  in  professions  of  health, 
physical  education,  recreation,  and  sport  sciences. 

HP  145  TENNIS  Oc-21- Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis. 

HP  146  CONTEMPORARY  DANCE  II  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  contemporary  dance. 

HP  147  TENNIS/FENCING  Oc-21-Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis  and  fencing. 

HP  160  DOWNHILL  SKIING  Ish 

The  cognitives  and  skills  necessary  for  beginning  downhill  skiing.  (FEE) 

HP  161  BASIC  ROCK  CLIMBING  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  rock  climbing. 

HP  162  SCUBA  DIVING  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Fee,  departmental  consent,  and  HP265 

Designed  to  teach  necessary  skills  and  proper  use  of  equipment  for  underwater  swimming.  Tanks, 
regulators,  weights,  and  special  equipment  furnished.  Student  must  purchase  a  mask,  fins,  and 
snorkel  (approximately  $15.(X)).  Includes  theory  as  well  as  practical  work. 

HP  163  BACKPACKING  Oc-21- Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  backpacking. 

HP  165  LIFEGUARDING  Oc-21-Ish 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  Advanced  Swimmer 

Designed  for  professional  lifeguards.  Includes  lifeguarding  techniques  for  pools  and  fresh  and 
saltwater  beaches.  Red  Cross  certification  (Pittsburgh  Division)  granted  upon  satisfactory  completion 
of  course  requirements. 

HP  166  BASIC  SMALLCRAFT  Oc-21- Ish 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Swimming  ability 

Designed  to  introduce  the  use  of  the  canoe,  paddle  board,  and  sailboat.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
development  of  boating  skills,  safety  rescue,  and  survival  procedures.  Red  Cross  smallcraft  certifica- 
tion is  granted  upon  successful  completion  of  the  course. 

HP  167  BASIC  SYNCHRONIZED  SWIMMING  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Swimming  ability 

Artivity  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  the  development  of  beginning  synchronized  swimming 
skills.  YMCA  certification  is  granted  upon  successful  completion  of  course  requirements. 

HP  200  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  PHYSICAL  ACTIVITY  lc-01-lsh 

A  foundation  course  designed  for  the  purpose  of  training  in  the  analysis  and  performance  of  the 
fundamental  skills  for  subsequent  motor  behavior  as  they  relate  to  games,  sports,  and  dance.  The 
opportunity  to  refine  powers  of  observation  through  principles  of  efficient  and  effective  movement 
fundamentals  is  provided.  Individual  data  profile  charts  of  performance  will  be  completed  for  future 
reference. 


Course  Descriptions — 295 


HP  201  ARCHERY/BADMINTON/BOWLING  var-lsh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency  in  each  activity.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 

HP  202  BASEBALL  var-.Ssh 

Basic  skills,  position  play,  and  team  participation  in  baseball.  Baseball  theory  and  strategy. 

HP  203  BASKETBALL  var-.Ssh 

Team  tactics,  drill  patterns,  conditioning  programs,  and  teaching/coaching  methods. 

HP  204  FIELD  HOCKEY  var-.Ssh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 

HP  205  RHYTHMS  AND  MOVEMENT  var-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP200 

Development  of  basic  movement  techniques  through  rhythmic  experiences,  knowledge  of  music 
notation  and  terminology,  and  methods  in  creative  presentation. 

HP  206  SOFTBALL  var-.Ssh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportimity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 

HP  207  TENNIS  var-.Ssh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 

HP  208  SOCCER  var-.Ssh 

Team  tactics,  drill  patterns,  teaching  and  coaching  techniques. 

HP  21S  TECHNIQUES  OF  JAZZ  DANCE  Oc-21-ish 

A  course  in  jazz  techniques  applied  to  jazz  music  and  various  jazz  dance  styles.  Movement  coordina- 
tion, style,  and  rhythm  will  be  emphasized. 

HP  218  BALLET  I  lc-21-2sh 

An  introductory  course  in  classical  ballet  technique  and  terminology.  The  course  will  focus  on  how  to 
properiy  execute  basic  barre  and  center  technique;  placement  or  "epaulment"-  the  classical  line  of  the 
head,  torso,  arms,  and  legs;  the  kinetic  coordination  necessary  for  classical  ballet;  musicality  and 
phrasing  of  movements;  and  general  orientation  to  the  historical  development  of  ballet  and  its 
terminology. 

HP  221  HUMAN  STRUCTURE  AND  FUNCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Anatomical  organization  of  the  human  body,  surveyed  in  sufficient  depth  to  prepare  students  for 
physiology,  biomechanics,  and  adaptive  physical  education. 

HP  230  AEROBIC  FITNESS  lc-21-2sh 

An  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  aerobic  activities;  will  aid  fitness  leaders  in  developing  and 
implementing  several  types  of  aerobic  programs;  will  offer  current  information  on  aerobics  as 
preventive  medicine. 

HP  242  EMERGENCY  HEALTH  CARE  lc-21-lsh 

American  Red  Cross  Standard,  Advanced  and  Instructor's  certification,  and  Multimedia  Instructor's 
certification  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of  this  course. 

HP  246  BIOMECHANICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  mechanical  and  physical  principles  and  human  movement. 


296 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  250  MOTORCYCLING:  RECREATION  AND  SAFETY  Ic-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Ability  to  ride  a  bicycle,  valid  drivers  license,  motorcycle  permit 
Two  two-hour  sessions  per  week  for  seven  weeks.  Using  physical  fitness  as  one  aspect  of  the  course,  it  is 
designed  for  those  who  want  instruction  on  safe  and  efficient  operation  of  motorcycles  from  a 
practical  and  recreational  viewpoint.  Summer  only. 

HP  25 1  ACCIDENT  CAUSATION  AND  PREVENTION  3c-01-3sh 

Establish  the  relationship  between  psychology  and  accident  causation  programming  by  examining  the 
different  variables  in  accident  causation.  Enables  the  student  to  better  understand  human  behavior  as 
it  relates  to  the  causes  of  accidents. 

HP  252  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  DRIVING  TASK  2c-21-3sh 

Provides  an  in-depth  treatment  of  operating  a  motor  vehicle  competently  in  all  major  variations  and 
under  most  conditions  encountered  in  traffic.  A  competent  operator  is  one  who  performs  the  total 
driving  task  knowledgeably  and  skillfully  and  demonstrates  full  understanding  and  application  of 
identification,  prediction,  decision,  and  execution  process. 

HP  261  WATER  SAFETY  INSTRUCTOR  0c-2Hsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  lifesaving  certification 

Emphasizes  the  teaching  aspect  of  skills,  techniques,  and  attitudes  necessary  in  all  cireas  of  swimming. 
Students  successfully  completing  course  are  qualified  to  hold  such  positions  as  water-  front  directors, 
aquatic  directors,  and  other  similar  positions. 

HP  263  AQUATICS  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Basic  performance  techniques  in  swimming  strokes  presented  with  special  emphasis  on  teaching 
methodology,  aquatic  sports  and  games,  water  safety,  skin  diving,  springboard  diving,  and  other 
aquatic  activities. 

HP  264  ADVANCED  AQUATICS  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Swimming  and  rescue  skills  necessary  to  complete  American  Red  Cross  Senior  Lifesaving  Course. 
Emphasis  placed  upon  a  broad  range  of  other  aquatic  experiences  and  teaching  strategies. 

HP  268  WATER  SKIING  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Swimming  ability 

Water  skiing  for  beginners.  Includes  use  of  equipment,  ski  techniques,  and  safety.  Novice  I  and  Novice 
II  levels  of  certification  of  the  American  Water  Ski  Association  program  are  available  upon  successful 
completion  of  course  requirements.  Summer  only. 

HP  269  POWER  BOATING  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Swimming  ability 

Introduction  to  the  safe  use  of  small  power  craft  and  related  equipment  for  recreational  boating 
activities  such  as  water  skiing,  fishing,  and  scuba  diving.  Includes  maintenance,  repair,  rescue,  and 
survival.  Summer  only. 

HP  270  INSTRUCTOR  OF  HANDICAPPED  SWIMMING  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP261 

Concerned  with  the  learning  of  skills  used  to  teach  swimming  to  exceptional  children.  All  handicaps 
are  considered.  This  course  is  important  not  only  in  physical  education  but  also  for  the  mentally 
retarded,  rehabilitation  education,  agency  personnel,  postgraduate  swimming  education,  YMCAs 
Boys  Clubs,  community  programs,  private  clubs,  and  industrial  programs.  The  Red  Cross  certifica- 
tion Instructor  of  Swimming  for  the  Handicapped  is  granted  upon  successful  completion  of  the 
course.  Summer  only. 

HP  27 1  INSTRUCTOR  OF  SCUBA  DIVING  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP262 

Prepares  instructors  to  teach  skin  and  scuba  diving.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  teaching  methods,  use  and 
mechanics  of  equipment,  safety,  diving  physics  and  physiology,  and  advanced  diving  skills.  Instructor 
of  Scuba  Diving  certificate  granted  by  the  Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 


Course  Descriptions — 297 


HP  272  INSTRUCTOR  OF  CANOEING  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP266 

Concerned  with  the  learning  of  skills  pertinent  to  teaching  canoeing  to  beginners.  All  aspects  of 
canoeing  including  paddling,  repair  of  equipment,  white  water  canoeing,  safety,  survival,  and  teaching 
techniques  are  presented.  The  Red  Cross  certification  Canoeing  Instructor  is  granted  upon  successful 
completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 

HP  273  INSTRUCTOR  OF  SAILING  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP266 

Concerned  with  learning  of  skills  pertinent  to  teaching  beginning  sailing.  All  eispects  of  sailing  are 
considered  including  the  elements  of  sailing,  repair  of  equipment,  racing,  safety,  and  techniques  of 
teaching.  Summer  only. 

HP  274  INSTRUCTOR  OF  INFANTS  AND  PRESCHOOLERS  IN  Oc-21- 1  sh 

SWIMMING 

Prerequisites:  HP261,  instructor's  consent 

Methods  course  for  preparation  of  swimming  instructors  in  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  teacii'ng 

young  children  to  swim.  YMCA  certification  Instructor  of  the  Very  Young  granted  upon  successful 

completion  of  course  requirements.  Summer  only. 

HP  276  COACHING  OF  SWIMMING  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP261 

A  lecture-discussion  methods  course  designed  to  prepare  Physical  Education  majors  for  coaching  of 
swimming.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  training  methods,  officiating,  nutrition,  scientific  principles,  and 
meet  strategy.  Summer  only. 

HP  277  COACHING  OF  SYNCHRONIZED  SWIMMING  lc-21-2sh 

Designed  to  go  beyond  the  activity  nature  of  Basic  Synchronized  Swimming  (HP267).  Students  are 
involved  in  set  design,  costumes,  selection  of  music,  making  props,  selecting  themes,  and  organizing  a 
program.  Summer  only. 

HP  279  SWIMMING  POOL  MAINTENANCE  AND  CHEMISTRY  21-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  HP264 

A  lecture-discussion  course  designed  to  teach  fundamental  water  chemistry,  filtration,  treatment  of 
water  problems,  winterization  of  outdoor  pools,  and  pool  management.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  water 
testing  and  analysis  of  chemicals  and  bacteria.  Summer  only. 

HP  280  AQUATIC  FACILITIES  MANAGEMENT  21-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  HP264 

An  organization  and  administration  course  designed  to  prepare  the  aquatic  professional  for  manage- 
ment of  indoor  and  outdoor  facilities.  Includes  facility  design,  safety  procedures  activity,  sport  and 
recreational  aspects.  Summer  only. 

HP  300  FOLK  AND  SQUARE  DANCE  var-.5sh 

Prerequisite:  HP205 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency  in  each  activity.  The  role  of  folk  and  square  dance  in  the  physical  education  programs  of 
all  levels  is  considered.  Emphasis  on  methods  and  materials. 

HP  301  MODERN  DANCE  var-.5sh 

Prerequisite:  HP205 

Basic  course  in  dance,  introducing  the  student  to  experiences  in  the  development  of  dance  as  a  creative 
art  and  an  educational  medium. 

HP  302  GYMNASTICS  var- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP205 

Fundamental  skill  progressions  and  analyses  in  tumbling  and  all  apparatus  areas.  Emphasis  on 
individual  conditioning  and  basic  skill  competency,  safety  procedures,  and  teaching  techniques. 


298 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  303  FOOTBALL  var-.5sh 

Fundamentals  of  position  play,  patterns  of  offense  and  defense,  individual  skills,  and  team  organiza- 
tion in  football. 

HP  304  GOLF  var-.5sh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 

HP  305  TRACK  AND  FIELD  var-.5sh 

Basic  movement  patterns  of  running,  jumping,  and  throwing;  various  training  programs  of  track  and 
field;  rules  and  regulations.  The  students'  abilities  and  skills  are  developed  in  order  that  they  may  be 
better  able  to  teach  and/or  coach  track  and  field. 

HP  306  VOLLEYBALL  var-.5sh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress  individually  in  skill 
competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 

HP  307  WRESTLING  var-.5sh 

Basic  skills,  moves,  and  holds  used  in  college  and  high  school  wrestling. 

HP  3 14  ADVANCED  MODERN  DANCE  lc-21-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Previous  dance  course  or  department  acceptance  of  experience 

Advanced  techniques  of  performance  and  choreography.  Theory  and  composition  form  are  an 
integral  part  of  course  content. 

HP  317  BASKETBALL  OFFICIATING  lc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP203 

Officiating  techniques  and  responsibilities  in  basketball.  Opportunities  for  officiating  experience  and 
qualification  for  professional  ratings. 

HP  3 1 8  PREPROFESSIONAL  EXPERIENCE  I  3c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Physical  Education  Majors  only 

Students  teach  as  assistants  to  a  faculty  member  in  two  different  activities,  one  in  physical  education 
(general  education)  and  one  in  elementary  physical  education  at  the  University  School.  Emphasis  on 
unit  development,  class  management,  leadership  skills,  and  evaluation. 

HP  3 19  PREPROFESSIONAL  EXPERIENCE  II  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Advanced  standing,  departmental  approval 

Students  may  request  an  assisting/teaching/leadership  assignment  in  certain  university-related  areas 
that  may  be  either  instructional  or  noninstructional  in  nature.  Examples  of  such  professional  areas  are 
adaptives,  recreation,  dance,  coaching,  aquatics,  intramurals,  administration,  elementary,  service  or 
major  classes,  club  activities,  assisting  in  laboratory,  or  the  training  room. 

HP  321  METHODS  IN  ELEMENTARY  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Study  and  application  of  theories  of  movement,  self-testing  activities,  rhythms,  relays,  games, 
gymnastics  suitable  for  elementary  school  children.  Observation,  materials,  and  methods  of  teaching 
and  opportunities  for  intern  teaching  provided. 

HP  322  DANCE  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP  122  or  HP301 

Advanced  course  in  contemporary  dance  technique  and  composition;  studio  productions  with  staging, 
lighting,  costuming,  and  make-up  as  student  responsibilities. 

HP  325  SCHOOL  HEALTH  PROGRAMS  3c-01-3sh 

Organization  of  school  health  programs,  relationships,  and  utilization  of  community  resources. 


Course  Descriptions — 299 


HP  330  BALLET  II  lc-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Previous  classical  training  and  the  ability  to  execute  basic  ballet  techniques  or  jjermission 

of  the  instructor. 

An  intermediate  course  in  classical  ballet  technique  and  terminology.  The  course  will  focus  on 

increasing  technical  control  and  coordination;  developing  line  and  placement;  extending  the  classical 

ballet  vocabulary;  and  understanding  the  historical  development  of  ballet  and  its  affect  of 

terminology. 

HP  333  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  COACHING  2c-01-2sh 

The  goals  of  athletics  in  schools  and  communities;  principles  and  responsibilities  of  the  coach;  current 
problems. 

HP  335  COACHING  AND  MANAGING  OF  ATHLETIC  PROGRAMS  3c-01-3sh 

Lecture  course  designed  to  prepare  students  for  coaching  or  administering  an  athletic  program. 
Emphasizes  the  professional  preparation  and  responsibilities  of  a  coach,  the  support  and  auxiliary 
personnel  working  under  and  with  the  coach,  the  coach's  responsibility  to  the  athletes,  plus  the 
administrative  responsibilities  of  coaching. 

HP  336  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF  RECREATION  2c-OI-2sh 

History,  theory,  and  philosophy  of  recreation;  importance  of  play  in  modem  world,  trends  in 
recreation,  problems  encoiuitered  in  organizing  community  school  programs,  and  principles  of 
leadership. 

HP  34 1  EVALUATION  IN  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Evaluation  theory,  instructional  objectives,  and  cognitive  test  construction;  technical  and  practical 
considerations  in  testing  and  interpretation  of  test  results. 

HP  343  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  EXERCISE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221 

Physiological  effects  of  exercise  in  humans.  Major  factors  of  diet,  conditioning,  physical  fitness, 

maximum  performance  level,  and  fatigue  are  considered. 

HP  344  ADAPTED  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP246 

Recognition  of  structural  deviations,  corrective  exercises,  and  physical  education  programs  for  a  wide 
range  of  handicaps. 

HP  345  ATHLETIC  TRAINING  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221 ,  Human  Structure  and  Function 

Specifically  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  discipline  of  athletic  training  with  emphasis  in 
prevention,  evaluation,  management,  and  rehabilitation  in  sports  medicine. 

HP  346  ATHLETIC  TRAINING  II  2c-01-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  HP345  Provides  sufficient  opportunity  for  each  student  to  develop 
proficient  skills  and  techniques  in  the  areas  of  eveiluation,  assessment,  taping,  and  rehabilitation 
procedures. 

HP  349  DANCE  REPERTOIRE  I  Ic-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

Designed  to  permit  students  to  be  exposed  to  wide  range  of  dance  repertoire,  original  choreography, 
and  technique. 

HP  350  DANCE  REPERTOIRE  II  lc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP349 

Designed  to  permit  students  to  explore  dance  repertoire,  choreography,  and  technique  beyond  HP349. 


300 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  353  DRIVER  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  development,  organization,  and  management  of  high  school  driver  education  from 
the  standpoint  of  its  historical  development  to  its  present  programs  designed  to  meet  the  demands  of 
the  highway  transportation  system.  Special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  teacher  in  conducting  a  quality 
program  that  will  meet  with  student,  parent,  school,  and  community  approval. 

HP  354  APPLICATION  OF  DRIVER  EDUCATION  INSTRUCTIONAL  MODES  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HP251,  HP252,  HP353 

Prepares  prospective  driver  education  teachers  to  plan,  teach,  and  evaluate  the  four  modes  of  driver 
education  (classroom,  on-road,  simulation,  and  multiple  vehicle  range).  Teaching  high  school  students 
in  supervised  laboratory  sessions  is  provided. 

HP  372  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FOR  SPECIAL  POPULATIONS  2c-01-2sh 
Prerequisite:  EX220 

Methods  and  techniques  of  teaching  health  and  physical  education  to  special  populations  will  be 
explored.  Designed  primarily  for  students  majoring  in  special  education,  focus  will  be  on  handicap- 
ping conditions,  limitations  imposed  by  such  conditions,  and  the  responsibility  of  the  special  education 
teacher  working  in  the  physical  education  setting. 

HP  375  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BASIS  OF  STRENGTH  TRAINING 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  the  anatomical  and  physiological  basis  of  muscle  function. 
Students  should  also  gain  an  understanding  of  changes  that  can  be  made  through  weight  training  and 
knowledge  of  programs  that  will  bring  about  these  changes.  Opportunities  for  working  with  various 
types  of  equipment  will  be  available. 

HP  405  ORGANIZATION  AND  TECHNIQUES  OF  OUTDOOR  RECREATION  2c-01-2sh 

A  study  of  the  philosophy,  current  issues,  and  organizations  of  Outdoor  Recreations.  Programming 
for  organized  camping  and  outdoor  adventure  activities  is  included. 

HP  408  GUIDED  RESEARCH  PROBLEM  var-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department  chairperson 

Selection  and  research  of  a  problem  pertinent  to  student  interests  and  those  of  the  professions  of 
Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation.  Classes  held  on  a  seminar  basis. 

HP  4 1 0  EXERCISE  PRESCRIPTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP343 

Designed  to  teach  individuals  to  write  exercise  prescriptions  based  upon  a  subject's  tolerance  for 
physical  activity.  Special  emphasis  on  risk  factors,  techniques  of  evaluation,  drugs,  injuries,  environ- 
mental factors,  and  motivation  and  their  role  in  physical  activity  assessment. 

HP  4 11  PHYSICAL  FITNESS  APPRAISAL  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  involves  the  selection,  administration,  and  interpretation  of  various  tests  for  appraising  the 
physical  fitness  levels  of  individuals.  Information  will  be  given  concerning  the  various  fitness  compo- 
nents, and  discussions  will  be  held  so  that  each  student  gains  an  understanding  of  the  variables  that  will 
be  tested. 

HP  412  PHYSICAL  ACTIVITY  AND  STRESS  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understanding  of  anxiety  and  stress;  their  nature,  place  in  society,  and 
intervention  strategies  as  they  relate  to  physical  activity. 

HP  413  PHYSICAL  ACTIVITY  AND  AGING  3c-01-3sh 

Presents  major  aspects  of  physical  activity,  its  importance  to  the  older  adult,  and  the  organization  of 
an  activity  program.  Attention  to  physiology  of  physical  activity,  effects  of  activity  on  growth  and 
aging,  exercise  prescription,  flexibility,  overweight  and  obesity,  and  motivational  strategies. 

HP  426  HEALTH  SCIENCE  INSTRUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Health  curriculum  -  K-12,  Methods  and  Media  of  instruction  in  Health  Science. 


Course  Descriptions — 301 


HP  430  THE  AMERICAN  WOMAN  AND  SPORT  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  is  a  comprehensive,  muitidisciplinary  analysis  of  the  problems,  patterns,  and  processes 
associated  with  the  sport  involvement  of  girls  and  women  in  our  culture.  An  historical  perspective  will 
be  presented  with  an  emphasis  on  physiological,  psychological,  and  sociocultural  influences. 

HP  432  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF  INTRAMURALS  3c-OI-3sh 

AND  INTERSCHOLASTICS 

History,  theory,  philosophy,  and  principles  of  intramural  and  interscholastic  athletic  programs. 

HP  433  APPLICATION  OF  THEORY  TO  MOTOR  LEARNING  2c-01-2sh 

Identification  of  the  aspects  of  motor  learning  and  its  similarity  and  difference  to  cognitive  and 
affective  learned  behavior.  Characteristics  of  children  and  adolescents.  Special  emphasis  given  to  the 
principles  of  psychomotor  learning. 

HP  434  ADVANCED  SOCCER  WORKSHOP  Ic-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP208  or  department  acceptance  of  experience 

Principles  of  attack  and  defense  and  their  application  in  group  and  team  play.  The  study  of  team  play 
will  be  carried  out,  in  the  main,  using  small  sided  games.  Those  participating  will  be  able  to  observe, 
teach,  evaluate,  and  be  evaluated.  Summer  only. 

HP  441  PSYCHOSOCIAL  IMPLICATIONS  FOR  HEALTH,  PHYSICAL  3c-OI-3sh 

EDUCATION,  AND  RECREATION 

A  study  of  variables  that  influence  human  performance  with  emphasis  on  psychological  and 
sociological  research. 

HP  442  SEMINAR  IN  HEALTH,  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  AND  RECREATION  3c-01-3sh 
Theory  and  philosophy  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation,  current  issues  and  problems; 
innovative  and  creative  programs. 

HP  447  CARDIOPULMONARY  RESUSCITATION  (CPR)  INSTRUCTOR  Ic-Il-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Basic  CPR  certification 

Study  of  methods  and  skills  necessary  to  certify  instructors  of  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  and 
multimedia  first  aid.  Successful  completion  of  requirements  leads  to  certification  by  the  American 
Health  Association  and  the  American  Red  Cross.  Summer  only. 

HP  450  CURRICULUM  AND  PROGRAMMING  IN  SEXUALITY  EDUCATION  3c-OI-3sh 

Topics  include  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  reproductive  tracts,  development,  birth  defects, 
contraception,  venereal  disease,  and  abortion.  Not  for  credit  toward  degrees  in  Biology. 

HP  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var-1  to  3sh 

HP  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

HP  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

Educational  opportunity  which  integrates  classroom  experience  with  practical  experience  in  commu- 
nity service  agencies  or  industrial,  business,  or  governmental  organizations.  Junior  standing  required. 

IM:  INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT 

Department  of  Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems 

College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 


302 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


IM  241  INTRODUCTION  TO  MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  management  information  systems  and  their  design  and  implementation.  General  systems 
theory,  computer  hardware,  and  programming  are  emphasized  then  integrated  to  demonstrate  how  an 
MIS  is  developed. 

IM  245  INTRODUCTION  TO  MICROCOMPUTERS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM241 

This  course  demonstrates  how  to  utilize  the  microcumputer  in  business.  Topics  will  include  hardware, 
operating  systems,  word  processing,  spreadsheets,  database,  and  BASIC.  Offered  for  Associate 
Degree  Program  at  Branch  Campuses  only. 

IM  25 1  BUSINESS  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS  AND  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM241 

This  course  involves  teaching  the  tools  and  techniques  required  for  the  analysis  and  the  design  of 
business  systems.  The  major  steps  in  the  system's  development  life  cycle  are  presented  along  with 
practical  applications  from  the  major  subsystems  of  typical  business  organizations.  Issues  related  to 
personnel,  hardware,  software,  and  procedures  are  explored  as  students  work  individually  and  in 
project  teams  to  solve  typical  business  application  problems. 

IM  255  BUSINESS  APPLICATIONS  IN  COBOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM241  and  AG201 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  COBOL  programming  as  it  applies  to  business  organizations 
and  their  applications.  Structured  COBOL  concepts  and  methods  are  taught  as  the  student  learns  how 
to  solve  business  problems  using  computers.  The  student  will  be  involved  using  files,  reports,  and 
tables  to  produce  a  variety  of  outputs  utilized  in  operating  and  managing  business  activities. 

IM  260  BUSINESS  COMPUTER  APPLICATION  PROJECT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM255 

Provides  each  student  an  opportunity  to  utilize  skills  and  concepts  presented  in  previous  courses  in  the 
planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  a  comprehensive  case  study  involving  computerized  business 
applications.  Students  will  work  in  teams  and  individually  in  performing  tasks  that  are  necessary  to 
solve  each  problem  assigned.  These  tasks  will  include  systems  analysis,  systems,  design,  programming, 
testing,  and  implementing  and  documenting  simulated  business  problems. 

IM  350  BUSINESS  SYSTEMS  TECHNOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  or  IM255 

Student  is  taught  fundamental  and  advanced  concepts  of  computer  hardware  and  a  procedure  for 
evaluation  and  acquisition  of  computer  hardware. 

IM  370  ADVANCED  COBOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  Corequisite:  IM350 

Advanced  COBOL  is  a  continuation  of  introductory  COBOL  with  an  emphasis  on  structured 
methodology  of  program  design,  development,  testing,  implementation,  and  documentation  of 
common  business-oriented  applications.  An  attempt  is  made  to  follow  the  guidelines  of  the  DPMA  in 
the  development,  presentation,  and  evaluation  of  standards  pertaining  to  this  course.  It  includes  a 
heavy  emphasis  on  the  techniques  and  concepts  of  the  table  processing,  file  organization,  and 
processing  alternatives,  internal  and  externzil  sorting,  sub-routines,  and  application  development  for 
both  the  batch  and  on-line  systems. 

IM  381  FORMS  DESIGN  AND  CONTROL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM241  or  by  instructor's  permission 

Study  of  all  data  collection,  transmission  of  data,  processing  of  data,  and  retrieval  of  data  forms. 
Microfiche  and  COM  forms  design  are  included. 


Course  Descriptions — 303 


IM  382  AUDITING  FOR  EDP  SYSTEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG201.  IM241,  and  IM350or  IM255 

Emphasizes  the  responsibility  of  the  systems  analyst  to  include  in  systems  design  the  proper  manage- 
ment and  financial  controls  and  audit  trails  in  business  information  systems.  The  design  of  control  for 
application  programs  and  systems  is  covered.  Audit  software  packages  are  examined. 

IM  450  DATABASE  THEORY  AND  APPLICATION  3c-OI-3.sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370,  upper  division  students  only 

After  learning  data  structures,  the  student  will  then  apply  them  to  CODASYL  compatible  database 
management  systems,  TOTAL,  and  IBM's  database  management  system.  Student  must  develop  and 
use  a  database  as  part  of  requirement. 

IM  45 1  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM350,  and  IM255  or  CO220 

Develops  an  understanding  of  concepts  and  techniques  involving  conventional  and  structured 
approaches  to  analyzing  problems  of  business  information  systems  and  systems  definition  feasibility, 
as  well  as  quantitative  and  evaluative  techniques  of  business  information  systems  analysis. 

IM  470  SYSTEMS  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1M451 

Students  learn  tools  and  techniques  for  design  of  a  business  system.  Along  with  classroom  discussions 
of  principles  and  techniques  for  analyzing,  designing,  and  constructing  the  system,  students  will 
formulate  system  teams  to  analyze  the  problems  of  an  existing  business  information  system,  to  design 
an  improved  system,  and  to  control  implementation  of  a  new  system. 

IM  480  DISTRIBUTED  BUSINESS  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM350 

Study  of  the  techniques  involved  in  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  distributed  processing 

systems.  Distributed  marketing,  financial,  and  corporate  accounting  systems  are  included. 

IM  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 

IM  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var  1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 
I  ndi  vidual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a  concentrated  area  of  study 
under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

IM  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  MIS  var-3  to  I2sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370,  consent  of  department  chairperson  and  dean.  Positions  with  participating 
business,  industry,  or  governmental  organizations  provide  the  student  with  experience  in  systems 
analysis. NOTE:  Internship  IM493  can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies,  as  a  general  elective.  It  does 
not  fulfill  the  major-area  elective  requirement. 

JN:  JOURNALISM 

Department  of  Journalism 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

JN  105  JOURNALISM  AND  THE  MASS  MEDIA  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENlOl 

A  critical  examination  of  roles-goals  of  newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  and  television  as  they  affect 
American  society  socially,  politically,  and  economically. 

JN  106  BASIC  JOURNALISTIC  SKILLS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101 

Required  for  journalism  majors  but  open  to  all  students.  Emphasis  on  grammar,  punctuation, 

spelling,  AP  Stylebook,  copyediting,  headlines,  and  accuracy. 


304 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JN  120  JOURNALISTIC  WRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENlOl,  JN106 

Emphasis  on  intelligent  use  of  writing  ability  in  a  journalistic  style  and  understanding  of  the  why  of 
journalism  and  mass  media.  This  course  practices  and  improves  writing  skills  for  all  news  media,  print 
and  broadcast. 

JN  223  PHOTOJOURNALISM  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior/senior  standing 

Introduction  to  still  photography  for  news  media.  Includes  preparation  of  a  portfolio  and  learning  of 
specialized  processing  techniques  for  high-speed  work. 

JN  321  FEATURE  WRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN120 

Designed  for  the  student  who  might  work  in  journalism  or  who  might  wish  to  write  on  a  part-time  or 
free-lance  basis. 

JN  323  MANAGEMENT  IN  MASS  COMMUNICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN493,  or  field  experience 

Attention  given  to  the  process  of  advancement  to  management  positions  in  the  advertising,  jour- 
nalism, and  public  relations  industries. 

JN  326  PUBLIC  RELATIONS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN120 

Introduces  students  to  the  principles,  practices,  programs,  and  possibilities  in  the  various  areas  of 
public  relations. 

JN  327  LAYOUT  DESIGN  AND  PRODUCTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN105 

Provides  basic  techniques  and  theories  of  layout  design  and  production,  including  typography, 
headlines,  copyfitting,  newspaper  design  and  layout,  photo  cropping,  etc. 

JN  328  NEWS  REPORTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN120,  junior/senior  standing 

Includes  instruction  in  writing  the  news  story,  preparing  copy,  interviewing,  covering  special  events, 
and  similar  reporting  activities. 

JN  337  EDITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN120 

Stresses  basic  practices  such  as  copyediting  and  headline  writing  while  also  focusing  on  guidelines  for 
improving  accuracy,  clarity,  transition,  spelling,  and  punctuation  of  copy.  Students  use  wire  service 
stylebook  extensively. 

JN  338  NEWS  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  junior/senior  standing 

A  current  events  course,  this  is  a  critical  study  of  news  and  its  relationship  to  the  mass  media  and  the 
public.  Seminar  and  discussion  format. 

JN  343  HISTORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN  PRESS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN120 

Traces  the  development  of  the  American  press  from  its  colonial  roots.  Emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  press 
in  political  and  social  development. 

JN  344  ISSUES  AND  PROBLEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN120 

Students  examine  critical  case  histories  of  ethical  and  professional  situations  and  circumstances  in  the 
mass  communication  industry  in  a  lecture  and  discussion  format. 


Course  Descriptions — 305 


JN  345  SPORTS  JOURNALISM  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN120 

Emphasizes  skills  for  covering,  writing,  and  editing  of  sports  and  introduces  students  to  specific 
practices  in  newspaper,  radio-TV,  and  sports  information  work. 

JN  346  ADVANCED  REPORTING  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN328 

Designed  for  the  student  seeking  a  career  as  a  working  journalist,  this  course  refines  basic  reporting 
and  deals  with  more  sophisticated  techniques  and  coverage. 

JN  347  JOURNALISM  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN328,  junior/senior  standing 

Open  to  nonmajors  by  permission  of  the  instructor.  Survey  of  the  major  Supreme  Court  and  state 
court  rulings  governing  the  mass  media,  especially  the  news  media.  Areas  include  libel,  antitrust,  free 
press/fair  trial,  privacy.  Approach  is  nontechnical. 

JN  348  THE  EDITORIAL  PAGE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Emphasis  on  the  writing  of  vigorous  but  thoughtful  and  fair  editorials.  Study  of  contemporary 
practice  and  policy  on  letters  to  the  editor,  columnists,  cartoons,  the  op-ed  page. 

JN  349  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  REPORTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JNI20,  JN328 

This  seminar  course  covers  the  specialized  field  of  reporting  government  and  public  service  beats. 
Techniques  and  sources  are  covered  in  lecture,  demonstration,  and  through  guest  speakers. 

JN  350  ADVERTISING  WRITING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Instructor  permission 

This  is  a  basic  course  in  the  preparation  of  advertising  copy  and  continuity  for  all  media.  It  is  a 

combination  of  lecture  and  laboratory  course.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  15  upperclass  majors  per 

semester. 

JN  390  PUBLIC  RELATIONS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN326 

A  public  relations  writing  class  that  includes  assignments  such  as  releases,  features,  newsletters, 

reports,  biographies,  rewrites,  hometown  stories,  copyediting,  interviewing,  research,  and  special 

projects. 

JN  391  PRESENTATION  MAKING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Gives  the  student  practice  in  writing  and  making  oral  presentations  based  on  public  relations  cases  and 
problems.  Familiarizes  the  student  with  problem  solving  and  small  group  communication  skills 
necessary  for  those  working  in  the  area  of  public  affairs. 

JN  392  PROBLEM  SOLVING  IN  PR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Introduces  students  to  techniques  for  analyzing  and  tracking  information  flow  in  organizations. 
Introduces  students  to  creative  problem-solving  techniques  which  are  standard  practice  in  corporate 
research  groups. 

JN  393  DOCUMENT  DESIGN  1  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Teaches  students  advanced  principles  of  document  design  and  gives  them  the  opportunity  to  apply 
techniques  of  rhetorical/stylistic  analysis,  general  problem  solving,  and  holistic  information  display  to 
a  wide  variety  of  writing  formats  used  in  business,  industry,  and  government. 


306 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JN  394  DOCUMENT  DESIGN  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Gives  students  advanced  work  in  preparation  of  substantial  corporate  and  government  documents 
such  as  annual  reports,  lengthy  project  reports,  and  research  reports,  etc.  Emphasizes  skills  in  research 
of  public  and  government  documents,  data  analysis  and  problem  solving,  holistic  information  display, 
writing,  and  editing. 

JN  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var-l  to  3sh 

These  courses  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  covering  a  number  of  journalism  specialties.  From  time 
to  time  they  are  converted  to  permanent  course  numbers. 

JN  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-l  to  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  approval 

Opportunities  for  independent  study  that  goes  beyond  the  usual  classroom  activities.  Approval  of 
department  chairperson  required. 

JN  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105,  JN106,  JN120,  JN328,  junior/senior  standing,  department  approval 
On-the-job  training  opportunities  in  journalism  and  related  areas.  Maximum  of  6sh  may  be  applied  to 
30sh  minimum  of  major. 

LB:  LIBRARY 

The  University  Libraries 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

LB  151  INTRODUCTION  TO  LIBRARY  RESOURCES  var-l sh 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  ( 1 4  one-hour  classes)  which  provides  an  introduction  to  the  resources  of  a 
university  library,  how  those  resources  are  organized,  and  how  to  effectively  use  those  resources. 

LC:  LEARNING  CENTER 

The  Learning  Center 
Student  Affairs  Division 

LC  090  INTRODUCTION  TO  COLLEGE  MATH  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  may  not  register  for  this  course  after  successfully  completing  any  course 
offered  by  the  mathematics  department  without  the  written  approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director 
Reviews  basic  computational  skills  and  their  applications.  Includes  operations  with  whole  numbers, 
decimals,  and  fractions;  the  concepts  of  ratios,  proportions,  and  percents;  basic  geometric  principles; 
and  an  introduction  to  algebra.  This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is 
required. 

LC  095  INTRODUCTION  TO  COLLEGE  MATH  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  may  not  register  for  this  course  after  successfully  completing  any  course 
offered  by  the  mathematics  department,  without  written  approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director. 
Introduces  beginning  algebraic  concepts,  including  signed  numbers;  rules  and  properties  of  equations; 
exponents;  polynomials;  factoring;  algebraic  fractions;  graphs  and  linear  equations,  inequalities,  and 
radical  expressions.  This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LR:  INDUSTRIAL  AND  LABOR  RELATIONS 

Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

LR  426  CASE  STUDIES  IN  LABOR-MANAGEMENT  RELATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

In-depth  study  of  daily  labor-management  relationships  in  a  variety  of  organizational  settings  through 
utilization  of  case  study  technique.  Focuses  on  a  problem-solving  approach  to  the  legal  and  contract 
administration  components  of  the  labor-management  relationship. 


Course  Descriptions — 307 


LR  457  LABOR  AND  BUSINESS  IN  POLITICS  3c-OI-3sh 

In-depth  study  and  analysis  of  labor  and  business  involvement  in  politics.  Special  attention  to 
involvement  of  labor  and  business  in  Pennsylvania  politics  as  well  as  to  the  relationship  between  the 
two  competing  groups  -  conflict  or  cooperation? 

LR  480  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICES  OF  COLLECTIVE  BARGAINING  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  historical,  legal  and  functional  parameters  of  collective  bargaining.  Topics 
covered  include  the  organizing  process,  negotiations,  contract  administration,  dispute  resolution  and 
public  sector  labor  relations. 

LR  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  INDUSTRIAL  AND  LABOR  RELATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations. 

LR  499  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  3sh 

Independent  reading  and  research  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

MA:  MATHEMATICS 

Department  of  Mathematics 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

MA  100  BASIC  ALGEBRA  3c-01-3sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MA  100  Basic  Algebra  after  successfully  completing  MAI  10  or  a 
calculus  course  without  the  written  approval  of  the  Mathematics  Department  chairperson.  A  basic 
course  in  algebra  including  factoring,  exponents  and  radicals,  systems  of  linear  equations,  complex 
fractions,  and  inequalities.  Designed  for  those  students  who  lack  the  basic  algebraic  skills  required  in 
MAI  10  Elementary  Functions.  This  course  will  not  meet  general  education  math  requirements. 

MA  101  FOUNDATIONS  OF  MATHEMATICS  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  logic  and  mathematical  way  of  analyzing  problems;  develops  an  appreciation  for  nature, 
breadth,  and  power  of  mathematics  and  its  role  in  a  technological  society  and  introduces  useful 
mathematics  or  mathematics  related  to  student  interest.  Possible  topics  include  logic,  problem  solving, 
number  theory,  linear  programming,  probability,  statistics,  intuitive  calculus,  introduction  to 
computers,  mathematics  of  finance,  game  theory. 

MA  102  FINITE  MATHEMATICS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  high  school  mathematics  or  a  college  mathematics  course.  Credit  toward 
graduation  will  not  be  given  to  anyone  with  credit  in  any  course  beyond  calculus. 
An  informal  approach  to  practical  applications  of  mathematics.  Fundamental  concepts  of  enumera- 
tion, matrices,  linear  systems,  predicate  calculus,  probability,  and  series  will  be  introduced  and  used  in 
considering  mathematical  models.  Calculators  or  computer  packages  may  be  used  in  solving  mathe- 
matical problems. 

MA  1 10  ELEMENTARY  FUNCTIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MAI  10  Elementary  Functions  after  successfully  completing  a  calculus 
course  without  the  written  approval  of  the  Mathematics  Department  chairperson. 
For  students  not  prepared  to  begin  the  study  of  calculus;  topics  include  polynomial,  exponential, 
logarithmic,  and  trigonometric  functions. 

MA  1 17  PRINCIPLES  OF  MATHEMATICS  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  nature  of  mathematics,  designed  specifically  as  a  first  course  for 
mathematics  education  majors  to  experience  several  facets  of  mathematics  including  deduction, 
induction,  problem  solving,  discrete  mathematics,  and  theory  of  equations. 


308 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA  121  CALCULUS  I  FOR  BUSINESS,  NATURAL,  AND  SOCIAL  SCIENCES  4c-0Msh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MA121  Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and  Social  Sciences  after 
successfully  completing  another  calculus  course  without  the  written  permission  of  the  mathematics 
department  chairperson.  Prerequisite:  MAI  10  or  equivalent  high  school  preparation 
Introduces  non-Math  major  to  analytic  geometry,  elementary  functions  (including  logarithmic  and 
exponential  functions),  central  ideas  of  the  calculus  (limit,  derivative,  and  integral),  applications  of 
derivatives  to  business,  social  and  natural  sciences. 

MA  1 22  CALCULUS  II  FOR  BUSINESS,  NATURAL,  AND  SOCIAL  SCIENCES  4c-01-4sh 

Applications  of  integrals  to  business,  natural,  and  social  sciences,  functions  of  several  variables, 
trigonometric  functions,  sequences  and  series,  nimierical  methods,  differential  equations. 

MA  123  CALCULUS  I  FOR  PHYSICS  AND  CHEMISTRY  4c-01^sh 

Prerequisites:  High  school  algebra,  geometry,  and  trigonometry. 

Functions,  limits,  continuity,  derivatives,  application  of  the  derivative,  integral,  and  applications  of 
the  integral.  (Trigonometric  and  inverse  trigonometric  functions  are  included  throughout  the  course.) 

MA  124  CALCULUS  II  FOR  PHYSICS  AND  CHEMISTRY  4c-01-4sh 

Logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  techniques  of  integration,  sequences  and  series,  differential 
calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  multiple  integrals,  line  integrals,  surface  integrals,  differen- 
tial equations  with  application  to  physical  problems. 

MA  127  CALCULUS  I  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  mathematics  department. 

This  course  stresses  the  theory  of  the  calculus  as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be 
included  are  real  numbers,  an  introduction  to  analytic  geometry,  functions,  limits  and  continuity, 
derivatives  and  applications,  the  differential,  and  antidifferentiation. 

MA  128  CALCULUS  II  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  127  or  permission  of  department 

This  course  continues  the  series  of  theory-centered  calculus  courses  focusing  particularly  on  the  topics 
of  definite  integrals  and  applications,  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  trigonometric  and 
inverse  trigonometric  functions,  polar  coordinates,  hyperbolic  functions,  indeterminate  forms, 
improper  integrals,  and  Taylor's  formula. 

MA  1 5 1  MATHEMATICS  FOR  ELEMENTARY  TEACHERS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Topics  included  are  sets,  concepts  of  logic,  mathematical  systems,  systems  of  numeration,  developing 
the  set  of  integers,  rational  numbers,  and  real  numbers. 

MA  1 52  MATHEMATICS  FOR  ELEMENTARY  TEACHERS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite :  MA  1 5 1 

Topics  included  are  sentences  in  one  variable,  sentences  in  two  variables,  nonmetric  geometry,  metric 
geometry,  coordinate  geometry,  introduction  to  statistics  and  probability,  computers,  and  calculators. 

MA  1 7 1  INTRODUCTION  TO  LINEAR  ALGEBRA  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations,  determinants,  and  matrix  algebra.  Topics  are 
presented  in  a  direct  and  intuitive  approach. 

MA  214  PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS  FOR  BUSINESS  MAJORS  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  introduce  the  study  of  probability  theory,  discrete  random  variables  and  probability 
distributions,  empirical  frequency  distributions,  theoretical  frequency  distributions,  statistical  investi- 
gations and  sampling,  and  sampling  distributions. 

MA  216  PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS  FOR  NATURAL  SCIENCES  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  121 

Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variation,  probability,  probability  distribu- 
tions, sampling  distributions.  Hypothesis  testing  for  means,  variances,  proportions.  Correlation  and 
prediction,  regression,  analysis  of  variance,  and  nonparametric  statistics.  Emphasis  on  applications. 


Course  Descriptions — 309 


MA  217  PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS  3c-OI-3sh 

(For  non-Math  majors)  Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency,  variation,  elementary 
probability,  sampling,  estimation,  testing  hypotheses,  correlation,  and  regression;  emphasis  on 
applications  as  opposed  to  theoretical  development  of  topics. 

MA  219  DISCRETE  MATHEMATICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COl  10  and  a  two-semester  calculus  sequence 

Topics  include  set  algebra,  mappings,  relations,  semigroups,  groups,  directed  and  undirected  graphs, 
Boolean  algebra,  and  propositional  logic,  with  examples  and  applications  of  these  to  various  areas  of 
computer  science.  Emphasis  placed  on  developing  an  intuitive  understanding  of  basic  structures  rather 
than  formal  theories  and  influence  of  these  topics  on  theory  and  practice  of  computing. 

MA  227  CALCULUS  III  4c-0I-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  128  or  permission  of  department 

This  course  is  the  completion  of  the  initial  series  of  theory-based  calculus  courses.  Topics  include 
vectors  in  the  plane,  parametric  equations,  vectors  in  three-dimensional  space,  solid  analytic  geometry, 
differential  calculus  of  functions,  of  several  variables,  directional  derivatives,  gradients,  applications 
of  partial  derivatives,  and  infinite  series. 

MA  241  DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  122,  MA  124  or  MA227 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  of  solution  and  elementary  physical  applications.  A  thorough  study 
is  made  of  differential  equations  classified  as  order  one-degree  one,  linear,  and  nonhomogeneous. 
Solution  techniques  involving  reduction  of  order  techniques,  the  differential  operator,  and  infinite 
series  are  introduced. 

MA  27 1  INTRODUCTION  TO  ALGEBRAIC  STRUCTURES  3c-01-3sh 

Gives  student  basic  ideas  of  contemporary  mathematics.  Includes  mathematical  logic,  algebra  of  sets, 
equivalence  relations  and  partitions  of  sets,  functions  and  fundamentals  of  group  theory.  Methods  of 
proof  in  area  of  abstract  mathematics. 

MA  317  INTRODUCTION  TO  PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Introduces  students  to  elementary  concepts  of  probability  and  statistics  which  will  enable  them  to 
analyze  data,  make  predictions,  and  determine  which  concepts  may  be  used  with  children. 

MA  342  ADVANCED  CALCULUS  FOR  APPLICATIONS  4c-0Wsh 

Prerequisite:  MA241 

This  course  deals  with  the  application  of  mathematics  to  problems  of  science.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  three  phases  of  such  an  application  and  on  the  development  of  skills  necessary  to  carry  out  each 
step:  (a)  translation  of  the  given  physical  information  to  a  mathematical  model;  (b)  treatment  of  the 
model  by  mathematical  methods;  (c)  interpretation  of  the  mathematical  result  in  physical  terms. 
Topics  included  are  vector  calculus,  integral  theorems,  fourier  series,  partial  differential  equations, 
and  the  Laplace  transformation. 

MA  350  HISTORY  OF  MATHEMATICS  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Completion  of  a  calculus  sequence  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
The  history  of  mathematics  is  concerned  with  the  origins,  philosophy,  and  development  of  the 
mathematical  sciences. 

MA  353  THEORY  OF  NUMBERS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA271 

Divisibility,  congruences,  primitive  roots,  number  theoretic  functions,  diophantine  equations,  con- 
tinued fractions,  quadratic  residues. 


310 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA  355  FOUNDATIONS  OF  GEOMETRY  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites :  MA  171,  MA27 1 

Studies  various  groups  of  transformations  and  geometries  associated  with  these  groups  in  the 

Euclidean  plane.  The  Euclidean  Similarity,  Affine  and  Projective  Groups  of  Transformations  are 

studied. 

MA  356  FOUNDATIONS  OF  GEOMETRY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA355 

An  extension  of  the  topics  included  in  MA355 .  The  real  projective  plan^  is  introduced  and  the  analytic 

geometry  of  this  plane. 

MA  363  MATHEMATICAL  STATISTICS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA122,  MA124  or  MA227 

Probability  theory  necessary  for  an  understanding  of  mathematical  statistics  is  developed.  Applica- 
tions of  set  theory  to  models,  combinations  and  permutations,  binomial,  Poisson  and  normal 
distributions,  expected  values,  and  moment  generating  functions. 

MA  364  MATHEMATICAL  STATISTICS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA363 

Multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variable  technique,  Chisquare  distribution,  estimation,  confi- 
dence intervals,  hypothesis  testing,  contingency  tables,  goodness  of  fit.  Practical  applications  are  used 
to  aid  in  the  development. 

MA  366  PREPARATION  FOR  ACTUARIAL  EXAMINATIONS  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  MA171  and  calculus  sequence 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  actuarial  profession  and  helps  the  student  prepare  for  the 
first  actuarial  examinations.  The  examination  preparation  consists  of  studying  sample  actuarial 
examinations  and  related  material.  The  student  is  required  to  take  the  actuarial  excunination.  The 
student  should  be  aware  that  for  most  students,  considerable  study  beyond  the  requirements  of  this 
one-credit  course  will  be  required  in  order  to  pass  the  actuarial  examinations. 

MA  371  LINEAR  ALGEBRA  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI 71,  MA271 

Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations  are  studied  in  a  theoretical  setting.  Also  canonical  forms  and 
multilinear  algebra  are  studied. 

MA  417  STATISTICAL  APPLICATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

(For  non-Math  majors)  Prerequisite:  MA214,  MA216  or  MA217 

Using  computer  programs,  a  wide  array  of  statistical  procedures  for  educational  research  workers  will 
be  explored.  Basic  concepts  of  statistical  inference  and  prediction  will  be  reviewed,  including  regression 
analysis  and  prediction,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance,  and  partial  and 
multiple  correlation.  Emphasis  is  on  use  of  the  computer  and  interpretation  of  computer  print-outs, 
along  with  understanding  techniques  employed.  No  computer  knowledge  is  necessary. 

MA  418  SAMPLING  SURVEY  THEORY  AND  ITS  APPLICATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  (For  non-Math  majors),  MA214,  216,  or  217 

Directed  to  the  student  who  is  or  will  be  doing  quantitative  research  and  will  be  commissioning  large- 
scale  surveys  and  will  be  evaluating  the  results.  Sampling  techniques  and  statistical  principles  underly- 
ing their  use  will  be  introduced.  Consideration  to  the  practical  problems  associated  with 
implementation. 

MA  420  PRE-CALCULUS  MATHEMATICS  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  152;  Elementary  Education  Concentration 

Examines  the  function  concept  as  applied  to  elementary  real  number  functions  and  graphing  tech- 
niques for  these  functions.  Topics  include  real  number  functions  such  as  absolute  value,  step,  linear, 
quadratic,  and  other  polynomial  functions,  trigonometric  and  other  periodic  functions,  exponential 
logarithmic  functions,  and  all  other  inverse  functions.  Students  will  examine  curricular  materials  that 
develop  function  concepts  in  Grades  K-8. 


Course  Descriptions — 3 1 1 


MA  421  ADVANCED  CALCULUS  1  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA124or  MA227,  MA271 

Study  of  set  theory,  real  number  system,  functions  topology  of  cartesian  space,  sequences,  con- 
vergence and  uniform  convergence,  continuity,  and  uniform  continuity. 

MA  422  ADVANCED  CALCULUS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA421 

Includes  the  study  of  convergence  sequences  in  Rn,  global  properties  of  continuity,  uniform  con- 
tinuity, differentiation  of  Rn,  Reimann  integrals,  and  infinite  series. 

MA  423^24  COMPLEX  VARIABLE  1  AND  11  each  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  124  or  MA227 

Introduction  to  the  theory  of  functions  of  a  complex  variable:  topics  included  are  elementary 
functions,  analytic  functions,  conformal  mapping,  integration,  series,  and  application. 

MA  427  INTRODUCTION  TO  TOPOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA271 

Study  of  sets,  functions,  continuity,  compactness,  the  separation  axioms,  and  metric  spaces;  applica- 
tion of  topology  to  analysis  is  demonstrated. 

MA  445  PROGRAMMING  MODELS  IN  OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Two-semester  sequence  of  calculus 

Development  of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social  sciences  with  relevant 
computational  techniques. 

MA  446  PROBABILISTIC  MODELS  IN  OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Two-semester  sequence  of  calculus,  MA363 

Development  of  probabilistic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social  sciences  with  relevant 
computational  techniques. 

MA  450  MATHEMATICS  FOR  EARLY  CHILDHOOD  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA151,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Study  of  child-centered,  activity-oriented  mathematics  program  for  early  childhood  education.  Stu- 
dents gather  and  construct  manipulative  materials  and  become  familiar  with  commercially  produced 
materials.  Pre-number  activities,  number  activities,  numeration,  operations  on  whole  numbers, 
fractional  numbers,  geometry,  measurement,  problem  solving. 

MA  452  SEMINAR  IN  TEACHING  ALGEBRA  var-l  to  4sh 

MA  453  SEMINAR  IN  TEACHING  GEOMETRY  var-l  to  4sh 

MA  454  SEMINAR  IN  TEACHING  GENERAL  MATHEMATICS  var-l  to  4sh 

Seminars  are  designed  for  pre-student  teacher.  Students  in  each  class  will  gain  insights  into  the 
problems  in  teaching  each  topic  and  become  aware  of  the  materials  available  and  methods  of 
instruction  geared  to  the  special  type  of  student.  Education  majors  only. 

MA  456  PRINCIPLES  OF  GEOMETRY  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Students  become  acquainted  with  an  informal,  intuitive  approach  to  geometry.  Activities  and 
materials  for  teaching  geometrical  concepts  to  children  are  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

MA  457  INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMBER  THEORY  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Introduction  to  topics  of  elementary  number  theory  including  divisibility,  prime  numbers,  factoriza- 
tion, modular  arithmetic,  problem  solving,  and  place  of  number  theory  in  the  elementary  school 
curriclum.  Students  will  examine  many  number  theory  activities  which  can  help  to  strengthen  skills 
with  basic  facts  in  an  interesting,  nonroutine  setting. 


312 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA  458  INTRODUCTION  TO  LOGIC  AND  LOGICAL  GAMES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Introduction  to  some  of  the  basic  ideas,  terminology,  and  notation  of  mathematical  logic  and  Boolean 
algebra  as  well  as  games  of  strategy  that  involve  logic.  In  addition,  an  investigation  of  how  logic  is 
taught  and  used  in  various  programs  for  the  elementary  school. 

MA  459  COMPUTER-RELATED  TOPICS  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  3c-01-3sh 

AND  MIDDLE  SCHOOL 

Prerequisites:  MA152,  Elementary  Education  concentration  Provide  teachers  with  concepts  and 
techniques  necessary  to  teach  computer-related  topics  to  children.  Participants  will  work  with  elemen- 
tary school  children  throughout  the  semester. 

MA  460  COMPUTERS  AND  CALCULATORS  IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  3c-01-3sh 

MATHEMATICS  INSTRUCTION 

Prerequisite:  CO205 

Students  will  explore  how  computers  and  calculators  can  be  used  as  tools  to  enhance  the  instruction  in 

secondary  school  mathematics. 

MA  465  TOPICS  IN  STATISTICS  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA364 

Correlation  and  regression  from  applied  and  theoretical  points  of  view,  bivariate  and  multivariate 
normal  distribution,  analysis  of  variance,  nonparametric  methods.  Practical  problems  involving 
statistical  techniques  and  use  of  computer  statistical  packages.  Knowledge  of  computer  prograinming 
is  not  required. 

MA  47 1  BASIC  CONCEPTS  OF  ALGEBRA  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Concepts  of  basic  algebraic  structures  such  as  group,  ring,  integral  domeiin,  field,  and  vector  space  are 
studied  within  the  context  of  the  mathematical  maturity  of  the  student.  Other  topics  include  relations 
and  functions,  polynomials  and  polynomial  equations,  systems  of  equations,  and  inequalities. 
Consideration  given  to  development  of  these  concepts  in  the  mathematics  curriculum. 

MA  476  ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA171,  MA271 

Development  of  theory  of  integral  domains,  fields,  rings,  and  groups;  designed  to  develop  student's 
power  to  think  for  himself  or  herself  and  to  improve  ability  to  construct  formal  proofs. 

MA  477  ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA476 

Designed  to  have  student  continue  study  of  algebra  by  use  of  axiomatic  method;  Euclidean  domains; 
polynomial  domains  and  extension  fields  included;  interrelationships  between  these  structures  and 
simpler  structures,  particularly  groups  and  rings,  are  developed  as  in  study  of  Galois  group  of  a 
polynomial  and  in  an  introduction  to  Galois  Theory. 

MA  48 1  TOPICS  IN  MATHEMATICS  var- 1  to  3sh 

(Credit  toward  Math  major) 

MA  490  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  3sh 

MA  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  MATHEMATICS  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  core  curriculum,  completion  of  application 

Positions  with  participating  companies  or  agencies  provide  students  with  experience  in  mathematics- 
related  work  under  the  supervision  of  the  agencies  and  faculty.  Requirements  include  one  to  three  on- 
site  consultations,  two  university  consultations,  completion  of  progress  reports,  and  presentation  of 
final  cumulative  paper. 


Course  Descriptions — 313 


MG:  MANAGEMENT 

Department  of  Management  and  Marketing 
College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  prograuns 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

MG  300  HUMAN  RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  recognize  and  evaluate  the  application  of  behavioral  science  approaches  in  the  study  of 
Human  Resource  Management.  Topics  include  recruiting  and  selection,  training,  management  devel- 
opment, performance  evaluation,  communications,  wage  and  benefit  programs,  and  management- 
labor  relations. 

MG  3 1 1  HUMAN  BEHAVIOR  IN  ORGANIZATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

Human  problems  of  management.  Basic  ideas  and  theories  from  the  behavioral  sciences  as  they  apply 
to  human  behavior  in  organizations  are  presented.  Management  solutions  to  problems  resulting  from 
individual-organization  interaction  are  emphasized. 

MG  360  MANAGEMENT  AND  PRODUCTION  CONCEPTS  3c-01-3sh 

Analysis  of  the  role  and  functions  of  management  to  include  planning,  organizing,  staffing,  directing, 
and  controlling.  Multidisciplinary  approach  to  the  study  of  management  in  organizations  with 
attention  to  their  tasks,  roles,  and  functions.  Study  of  production  management  as  an  example  of 
functional  management;  emphasis  on  acquisition,  transformation,  and  distribution  of  physical 
materials.  MG360  emphasizes  the  qualitative  approach  to  production.  Those  students  who  enroll  in 
MG360  may  not  also  enroll  in  QB360. 

MG  390  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICES  OF  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG360 

Examines  quantitative  and  behavior  models  and  theories  used  in  managerial  decision  processes. 
Readings  and  case  studies  illustrate  applications  of  management  theories,  models,  and  structure. 

MG  400  WAGE  AND  SALARY  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG300 

Studies  the  policies  and  programs  that  help  managers  design  and  administer  compensation  systems  for 
private  and  public  sector  enterprises.  Includes  motivation  theories  and  practice  designing  of  compen- 
sation systems. 

MG  401  MANAGEMENT  DEVELOPMENT  AND  TRAINING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG300,  MG360 

Principles,  problems,  and  procedures  in  planning,  organizing,  directing,  and  controlling  all  aspects  of 
training  and  development  programs  in  a  business  enterprise.  Methods  of  improving  and  development 
of  managerial  skills  are  emphasized. 

MG  402  SEMINAR  IN  HUMAN  RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG300,  graduating  senior 

Contemporary  issues  in  human  resource  management  using  case  studies. 

MG  410  DECISION  MAKING  IN  BUSINESS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  status  and  all  Business  Core  subjects  completed 

Designed  to  give  the  student  practice  in  developing  solutions  to  business  problems  through  the 
integration  and  application  of  the  numerous  theories  covered  in  the  functional  areas. 

MG  412  SMALL  BUSINESS  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Role  of  the  entrepreneur  and  problems  involved  with  managing  a  small  business  enterprise. 


314 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MG  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MANAGEMENT  var-l-3sh 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within  management.  Specific 
content  items  developed  by  instructor.  Credits  may  be  applied  to  either  required  (by  permission  of 
department  chairperson)  or  free  electives  in  a  student's  program. 

MG  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a  concentrated  area  of  study 
under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

MG  493  MANAGEMENT  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

Practical  experience  to  develop  knowledge  and  skills  in  the  application  of  theory  to  actual  problems  in 
a  nonclassroom  setting.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship  in  the  student's  major  may  be  applied  toward 
the  management  and  human  resource  management  major  area  elective  requirements.  Additional 
internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives  only.  Admission  only  by  permission  of  the  department 
chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business. 

MG  495  BUSINESS  POLICY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  all  Business  Core  requirements  or  permission,  graduating  seniors 
A  capstone  case  analysis  course  designed  to  give  the  student  practice  in  applying  business  theories  to 
the  solution  of  management  problems.  An  analysis  of  how  top  management  determines  strategy  and 
policy  and  influences  the  philosophy  and  character  of  the  company.  To  develop  in  the  student  a  general 
management  viewpoint  that  integrates  the  various  functions  of  the  organization. 

MI:  MARINE  SCIENCE 

Marine  Science  Consortium/Biology  Department 
College  of  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics 

MI  1 10  INTRODUCTION  TO  OCEANOGRAPHY  var-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  aspects  of  oceans  and  methods  and 
techniques  of  oceanography.  Lab  emphasis  placed  on  at-sea  assignments. 

MI  2 1 1  FIELD  METHODS  IN  OCEANOGRAPHY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MI  1 10  or  consent  of  instructor 

Familiarization  with  dynamic  marine  environment  involving  use  and  application  of  oceanographic 
instruments  and  sampling  devices. 

MI  212  NAVIGATION  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  high  school  math  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  the  instructor 
Covers  navigation,  i.e.,  the  art  and  science  of  safely  bringing  a  vessel  from  one  position  to  another  in  a 
body  of  water.  Course  divided  into  ( 1 )  brief  historical  background;  (2)  navigation  within  sight  of  land, 
i.e.,  piloting;  (3)  navigation  in  the  open  sea,  including  electronic  navigation  methods. 

MI  221  MARINE  INVERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 

Study  of  marine  invertebrates  with  emphasis  on  development,  reproduction,  structure,  function,  and 
classification  of  selected  marine  organisms. 

MI  241  MARINE  BIOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Botany  and  zoology  or  consent  of  instructor 

Study  of  plant  and  animal  life  in  marine  environment  with  emphasis  placed  upon  physical  and 
chemical  factors  affecting  biota. 

MI  250  MANAGEMENT  OF  WETLAND  WILDLIFE  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  None 

The  ecology  and  management  of  wetland  wildlife,  particularly  of  freshwater  marshes  and  saltwater 
marshes.  Special  emphasis  on  ecosystem  approach. 


Course  Descriptions — 315 


MI  260  MARINE  ECOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
A  course  in  ecology  of  marine  organisms. 

MI  270  SCUBA  DIVING  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Swimming  ability  and  good  health.  (A  standard  diving  physical  form  will  be  mailed  to 
students  electing  the  course.)  Students  who  complete  course  will  receive  a  National  Association  of 
Underwater  Instructors  Diver  Certificate. 

MI  280  MARINE  FIELD  BIOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  None 

An  introduction  to  basic  principles  of  ecology  and  natural  history  of  selected  plants  and  animals  in 
terrestrial,  freshwater,  and  marine  environments.  Suitable  for  non-Science  majors. 

MI  33 1  CHEMICAL  OCEANOGRAPHY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MI  1 10  and  one  year  of  chemistry 

Treatment  of  oceanic  chemical  phenomena  by  sampling  and  laboratory  analysis  techniques. 

MI  342  MARINE  BOTANY  var-3sh 

In-the-field  studies  and  laboratory  analysis  by  instrumentation  of  marine  and  marine  fringe  plants  in 
the  Middle  Atlantic  Coast  as  exemplified  by  those  found  in  the  Cape  Henlopen,  Delaware,  and 
Wallops  Island,  Virginia,  areas. 

MI  343  MARINE  ICHTHYOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  General  Biology  and/or  consent  of  the  instructor 

A  study  of  fishes.  Specimens  collected  along  Eastern  Seaboard  by  students  will  be  used  to  illustrate 
anatomy,  physiology,  and  systematics  of  this  major  vertebrate  group.  Field  collections  will  give  student 
opportunity  to  observe  relationships  of  these  animals  to  the  biotic  and  physical  environment. 

MI  344  ANATOMY  OF  MARINE  CHORDATES  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Six  hours  of  biology  including  General  Zoology 

Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  various  aspects  of  marine  chordates. 

MI  345  MARINE  ORNITHOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  the  instructor 

Introduces  student  to  avian  fauna  of  seacoast  and  enables  comparison  with  inland  species.  In  addition 
to  field  work  providing  visual  and  vocal  identification,  lecture  material  will  include  information  on 
distribution,  behavior,  physiology,  and  anatomy  of  birds. 

MI  362  MARINE  GEOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MI  1 10  and  physical  geology  or  consent  of  instructor 

Studies  of  structural  and  sedimentary  environments  of  continental  shelf,  slopes,  and  ocean  basins  and 
crustal  structure  of  the  earth  and  its  relation  to  sedimentary  record  and  geologic  history  of  oceans. 

MI  364  PHYSICAL  OCEANOGRAPHY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Mil  10,  one  year  of  physics,  one  semester  of  calculus  and  permission  of  the  instructor 
Course  includes  consideration  of  physical  properties,  mass  and  energy  budgets,  theory  of  distribution 
of  variables;  cause,  nature,  measurement,  analysis,  and  prediction  of  tides,  currents  and  waves;  and 
basic  instrumentation  in  the  field. 

MI  420  MARINE  MICROPALEONTOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  geology  and  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 

Deals  with  modem,  living  representatives  of  microorganisms  important  in  fossil  record  with  particular 

emphasis  placed  on  taxonomy,  morphology,  evolution,  and  ecologic  affinities  of  representative 

groups. 


316 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MI  43 1  ECOLOGY  OF  MARINE  PLANKTON  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology 

Study  of  phytoplankton  and  zooplankton  in  marine  and  brackish 

environments.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  comparisons  made  between  the  planktonic  populations  of 

various  types  of  habitats  in  relation  to  primary  and  secondary  productivity. 

MI  459  COASTAL  GEOMORPHOLOGY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  geology 

A  study  of  coastal  geomorphology  with  emphasis  on  Late  Cenozoic  and  Pleistocene  sea-level  changes 
in  response  to  worldwide  continental  glaciation.  The  student  will  participate  in  field  studies  of 
Pleistocene  deposits  and  the  weathering  of  these  deposits. 

MI  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Instructor  consent 
Topics  vary  from  session  to  session. 

MI  500  PROBLEMS  IN  MARINE  SCIENCE  var-3sh 

Graduate  students  or  undergraduate  students  with  advanced  standing  registering  for  this  course  may 
elect  either  of  the  following  options. 

Option  A:  Take  a  200,  300,  or  400  level  MI  course  and  complete,  in  addition  to  regular  course 
requirements,  a  project  in  the  area  under  direction  of  instructor. 

Option  B:  Complete  an  independent  research  project.  A  research  proposal  must  be  approved  by  the 
Academic  Committee  of  M.S. C.  in  advance  of  the  time  research  is  to  be  pursued. 

MARKETING 

Department  of  Management  and  Marketing 
College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

MK  320  PRINCIPLES  OF  MARKETING  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  those  activities  necessary  to  the  design,  pricing,  promotion,  and  distribution  of  goods  and 
services  for  use  by  organizations  and  ultimate  consumers. 

MK  32 1  CONSUMER  BEHAVIOR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320 and  PClOl 

Survey  of  noteworthy  contributions  of  behavioral  science  and  research  on  consumer  purchasing  and 
decision-making  process,  with  particular  attention  to  formal  and  informal  influence  patterns. 

MK  420  MARKETING  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320  and  MK321 

Analysis  of  marketing  and  operational  problems  and  policies  involved  in  planning,  organizing, 
coordinating,  and  controlling  a  total  marketing  program. 

MK  421  MARKETING  RESEARCH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320  and  QB215 

Nature,  methods,  analysis,  and  application  of  present-day  marketing  research  techniques  utilized  in 
the  solution  of  practical  marketing  problems. 

MK  422  SEMINAR  IN  MARKETING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK420  and  MK421 ,  graduating  senior 

A  terminal  course  designed  for  majors  in  marketing;  considers  current  literature  in  the  field,  case 
problems  pertaining  to  the  total  marketing  effort,  and  current  problems  of  actual  companies. 


Course  Descriptions — 317 


MK  430  INTERNATIONAL  MARKETING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK320 

International  marketing  and  markets  are  analyzed.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  the  significance  of 
government  regulations;  organization  structures  of  export  and  import  enterprises;  and  credit  policies. 

MK  43 1  INDUSTRIAL  MARKETING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK420 

Concerned  with  the  major  activities  involved  in  the  marketing  of  industrial  goods  and  services, 
including  the  industrial  marketing  system,  marketing  information  needs  of  the  industrial  firm, 
industrial  marketing  implementation  and  control,  and  channel,  pricing,  product,  and  promotional 
strategies  for  industrial  goods. 

MK  432  BUSINESS  AND  SOCIETY  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  the  interactions  between  business  and  the  larger  social  system  in  which  it  operates. 
Considers  the  problems,  solutions,  and  future  directions  of  societal  issues  and  their  relationships  to  the 
business  environment.  Topics  discussed  include  consumerism,  the  morality  of  advertising,  self- 
regulation,  pollution  and  ecology,  overpopulation,  government  regulation,  and  the  social  and  ethical 
responsibilities  of  business  and  industry. 

MK  433  ADVERTISING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK320 

Introduction  to  the  principles,  practices,  and  creations  of  advertising.  Use  of  various  media,  legal, 
economic,  social,  and  ethical  aspects  of  advertising  are  also  considered. 

MK  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MARKETING  3c-OI-3sh 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within  marketing.  Specific  content 
items  develop)ed  by  instructor.  Credits  may  be  applied  to  either  required  (by  permission  of  departmen- 
tal chairperson)  or  free  electives  in  a  student's  program. 

MK  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business 
Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a  concentrated  area  of  study 
under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

MK  493  MARKETING  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

F*ractical  experience  in  the  marketing  field  to  develop  knowledge  and  experience  in  the  practical 
application  of  theory  to  actual  problems  in  a  nonclassroom  situation.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship 
in  the  student's  major  may  be  applied  toward  the  marketing  major-area  elective  requirements. 
Additional  internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives  only.  Admission  only  by  permission  of  the 
department  chairperson  and  the  dean,  College  of  Business. 

MS:  MILITARY  SCIENCE 

Department  of  Military  Science 

MS  101  WORLD  MILITARY  HISTORY  2c-ll-2sh 

A  study  of  the  relationship  and  impact  of  warfare  and  military  forces  on  the  development  of  the  world. 
This  includes  the  interaction  of  military  forces  on  the  social,  economical,  and  technological  develop- 
ment of  the  world  as  well  as  a  study  of  strategy,  tactics,  and  personalities  involved  in  the  major  wars. 
Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  102  AMERICAN  MILITARY  HISTORY  2c-ll-2sh 

Study  of  the  evolution  of  American  military  institutions  and  policies  and  their  relationship  to  society. 
Included  will  be  studies  of  the  major  wars,  their  strategy,  and  their  impact  as  well  as  the  jjersonalities 
involved.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 


318 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MS  203  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  TACTICAL  OPERATIONS,  2c-I l-2sh 

TECHNIQUES  OF  LEADERSHIP,  AND  WEAPONS  CHARACTERISTICS 

Organization,  techniques,  resources,  and  capabilities  involved  in  conducting  small  unit  tactical 
operations.  Emphasis  is  on  leadership,  organization,  and  management  techniques  needed  to  cause  a 
group  of  people  to  accomplish  specific  objectives.  Characteristics  of  military  weapons  systems  are 
taught.  Students  serve  as  leaders  in  Leadership  Labs. 

MS  204  NATIONAL  SECURITY  AND  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  2c-ll-2sh 

MILITARY  TOPOGRAPHY 

Study  of  national  security  concepts,  policies,  and  the  national  decision-making  process  with  emphasis 
on  national  resources,  national  will,  and  economic  factors.  Included  will  be  a  study  of  nuclear  and 
conventional  response  options.  Fundamentals  of  military  topography  including  the  use  of  military 
maps  to  determine  topographic  features,  to  conduct  land  navigation,  and  to  perform  terrain  analysis 
will  be  covered.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  305  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  LEADERSHIP  AND  3c-Il-3sh 

MODERN  LEARNING/TEACHING  RELATIONSHIP 

Study  in  practical  application  of  principles  of  Leadership/  Management  as  applied  in  classroom  and 
field  to  include  case  studies  in  psychological,  physiological,  and  sociological  factors  which  affect 
human  behavior;  individual  and  group  solution  of  leadership  problems  common  to  small  units.  Also, 
see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  306  STUDY  OF  ADVANCE  LEADER  PLANNING  AND  EXECUTION  3c- 1  l-3sh 

OF  MODERN  COMBAT  OPERATIONS 

Analysis  of  leader's  role  in  directing  and  coordinating  efforts  of  individuals  and  small  units  in 
execution  of  offensive  and  defensive  tactical  missions,  to  include  command  and  control  systems,  the 
military  team,  and  communications  techniques.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  407  MANAGEMENT  OF  THE  MILITARY  COMPLEX  TO  3c-ll-3sh 

INCLUDE  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  MILITARY  AND  INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

Study  of  the  various  managerial  elements  needed  to  effectively  control  a  military  organization  and 
their  techniques  used  to  accomplish  these  functions.  Studies  in  military  law  and  international  law 
prepare  the  students  for  their  legal  responsibilities.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  408  SEMINAR  IN  MILITARY  ANALYSIS  AND  MANAGEMENT  3c-Il-3sh 

Contemporary  analysis  of  use  of  military  in  world  affairs  to  include  importance  of  strategic  mobility 
and  neutralization  of  insurgent  movements.  Selected  management  problems  and  situations  will  be 
presented  as  they  relate  to  military  justice,  administration,  and  obligation  and  responsibilities  of  an 
officer.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

LEADERSHIP  LABORATORY  (one  afternoon  per  week)  var-Osh 

A  practical  experience  designed  for  the  attainment  and  application  of  leadership  principles.  Concur- 
rently scheduled  in  conjunction  with  all  Military  Science  courses,  it  provides  for  practical  challenges  in 
personal  accomplishment,  both  physical  and  mental,  and  for  development  of  team  work  and 
leadership. 

SUMMER  CAMP  var-Osh 

Students  attend  a  6-week  summer  camp  upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  Advanced  Course. 
Time  at  camp  is  devoted  to  practical  application  of  principles  and  theories  taught  during  the  preceding 
school  years.  While  at  camp,  each  student  receives  lodging,  subsistence,  uniforms,  medical  care, 
reimbursement  for  travel,  and  pay  in  amount  of  one-half  pay  of  second  lieutenant  per  month. 


Course  Descriptions — 319 


MT:  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Department  of  Allied  Health  Professions 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

MT  494  CLINICAL  MICROBIOLOGY  var6-10sh 

Identification  and  clinical  pathology  of  bacteria,  fungi,  viruses,  and  parasites.  Techniques  to  isolate, 
stain,  culture,  and  determine  antimicrobial  susceptibility.  Instrumentation;  quality  control. 

MT  495  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY  var7-10sh 

Enzymology,  endocrinology,  biochemistry  of  lipids,  carbohydrates  and  proteins,  metabolism  of 
nitrogenous  end  products,  physiology  and  metabolism  of  fluids  and  electrolytes,  and  toxicology  as 
related  to  the  body  and  diseases.  The  technical  procedures  include  colorimetry,  spectrophometry, 
electrophoresis,  chromatography,  automation,  and  quality  control. 

MT  4%  CLINICAL  HEMATOLOGY/COAGULATION  var  4-7sh 

The  composition  and  function  of  blood;  diseases  related  to  blood  disorders;  the  role  of  platelets  and 
coagulation.  Manual  and  automated  techniques  of  diagnostic  tests  for  abnormalities. 

MT  497  CLINICAL  IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY  var  3-6sh 

Blood  antigens,  antibodies,  crossmatching,  hemolytic  diseases,  and  related  diagnostic  tests.  An  in- 
depth  study  of  blood  donor  service  and  its  many  facets  such  as  transfusions,  medico-legal  aspects,  etc. 

MT  498  CLINICAL  IMMUNOLOGY/SEROLOGY  var  2-4sh 

Immune  response,  immunoglobulins,  autoimmunity  and  complement  and  related  tests  and  diseases. 
Survey  and  demonstration  of  serological  diagnostic  tests. 

MT  499  CLINICAL  SEMINAR  var0-6sh 

Other  courses  which  are  not  included  in  the  above  (such  as  orientation,  laboratory  management, 
education,  clinical  microscopy)  and/or  are  unique  to  the  individual  hospital  program. 

MU:  MUSIC 

Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MU  101  INTRODUCTION  TO  MUSIC  3c-01-3sh 

Course  presumes  no  technical  background  but  does  utilize  the  varied  musical  experiences  of  each 
individual  to  help  extend  interest  as  far  as  possible.  Attendance  at  various  concerts  of  university 
organizations,  cultural  life  events,  and  visiting  artist  concerts  is  required  to  augment  listening  experi- 
ences of  students. 

MU  103  PERSPECTIVES  IN  JAZZ  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  give  an  overview  of  the  development  and  contributions  of  jazz  in  the  American  culture  and 
provide  a  background  for  a  more  intensive  and  detailed  study  of  jazz  for  the  Jazz  Studies  major.  Will 
be  offered  as  MH103  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  11 0  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  THEORY  3c-01-3sh 

Rudiments  of  musical  materials;  harmonic,  melodic,  rhythmic,  £md  basic  formal  procedures  of  the 
common  practice  period  including  pitch  reading,  interval  construction,  scales,  and  modes. 

MU  1 1 1  THEORY  SKI  LLS  I  Oc-31-2sh 

Develops  aural  skills  through  dictation  and  interpretation  of  written  music  by  sight-singing.  Taken  in 
conjunction  with  Theory  I. 

MU  1 12  THEORY  SKILLS  II  Oc-31-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUlll 

Continuing  development  of  aural  skills  and  introduction  of  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction  with 
Theory  II. 


320 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU  1 1 5  THEORY  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common  practice  period,  from  simple 
diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants. 

MU  1 16  THEORY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MUl  15 

The  study  of  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common  practice  period,  from  simple 
diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants.  Theory  II  introduces  basic  music  forms. 

MU  1 20  BRASS  ENSEMBLE  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 2 1  CHAMBER  SINGERS  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 22  UNIVERSITY  CHORALE  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 23  SYMPHONY  BAND  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 25  MARCHING  BAND  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 26  MUSIC  THEATER  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 27  PERCUSSION  ENSEMBLE  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 28  UNIVERSITY  CHAMBER  ORCHESTRA  var- 1  sh 

MU  129  UNIVERSITY  SYMPHONY  ORCHESTRA  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 30  STRING  ENSEMBLE  var- 1  sh 

MU  131  UNIVERSITY  WIND  ENSEMBLE  var-lsh 

MU  1 33  WOODWIND  ENSEMBLE  var- 1  sh 

MU  134  UNIVERSITY  CHORUS  var-lsh 

MU  1 35  JAZZ  ENSEMBLE  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 36  MELLOWMEN  var- 1  sh 

MU  1 5 1  CLASS  VOICE  I  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

Conceived  for  non-voice  majors.  Development  of  correct  vocal  production  techniques  through 
individual  and  group  performance  in  class.  Use  of  the  voice  as  a  tool  for  theory  skills  and  for  eventual 
use  in  the  music  classroom. 

MU  152  CLASS  VOICE  II  lc-11-lsh 

Continuation  of  Class  Voice  I.  Resumes  development  of  correct  vocal  production  techniques  through 
performance. 

MU  1 53  CLASS  PIANO  I  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

Designed  for  students  with  no  significant  background  in  piano  who  need  to  develop  functional 
keyboard  skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  harmonizing  melodies  and  playing  simple  accompaniments. 

MU  1 54  CLASS  PIANO  II  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

Continuation  of  Class  Piano  I. 

MU  155  CLASS  STRINGS  I  Ic-11-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  develop  rudimentary  playing  techniques  sufficient  to  initiate 
instruction  for  beginning  students.  Emphasis  placed  on  correct  playing  positions  and  tone  production 
for  violin,  viola,  cello,  and  double  bass. 


Course  Descriptions — 321 


MU  157  CLASS  PERCUSSION  I  lc-11-lsh 

A  practical  introduction  to  the  various  instruments  of  the  percussion  family.  Students  will  demonstrate 
correct  playing  techniques  and  develop  a  resource  file  containing  information  on  percussion  instru- 
ments and  instructional  materials  as  needed  by  the  school  music  teacher. 

MU  1 59  CLASS  BRASS  I  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  demonstrate  rudimentary  playing  techniques  and  tone  produc- 
tion skills  to  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students  will  develop  playing  on  trumpet  or  French  horn 
and  trombone,  euphonium,  or  tuba. 

MU  161  CLASS  WOODWINDS  I  lc-11-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  acquire  correct  tone  production  and  playing  techniques 
sufficient  to  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students  will  demonstrate  skills  with  flute,  clarinet, 
saxophone,  and  oboe  or  bassoon. 

MU  163  CLASS  GUITAR  I  Ic-11-Ish 

Designed  for  students  with  no  significant  background  in  guitar  who  wish  to  develop  functional  playing 
skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  using  the  guitar  as  an  accompanying  instrument. 

MU  201  JAZZ  HISTORY  I  3c-01-3sh 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  principal  movements,  schools,  performers,  and  peripheral  aspects  of 
American  jazz  from  its  origins  to  the  "Swing  Era"  of  the  early  1940s. 

MU  202  JAZZ  HISTORY  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  the  principal  movements,  schools,  performers,  and  peripheral  aspects 
of  American  jazz  from  the  Jazz  Revolution  -  BeBop  to  Free  Jazz  of  the  1970s. 

MU  211  THEORY  SKILLS  III  0c-31-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MUU 1,  1 12 

Further  development  of  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction  with  Theory  III. 

MU  2 1 2  THEORY  SKILLS  IV  0c-31-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MUl  11,  112,211 

Culmination  of  development  in  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction  with  Theory  IV. 

MU  2 1 3  JAZZ  THEORY  SKILLS  I  Oc-31-2sh 

Training  in  aural,  vocal,  and  keyboard  skills  as  they  relate  to  the  elements  of  jazz  and  improvisation.  A 
high  degree  of  emphasis  is  placed  on  ear  training  and  its  use  in  the  transcription  of  live  and  recorded 
musical  examples  and  on  keyboard  skills  and  their  utilization  in  the  development  of  an  harmonic 
vocabulary. 

MU  214  JAZZ  THEORY  SKILLS  II  Oc-31-2sh 

A  continuation  of  work  begun  in  Jazz  Theory  Skills  I  with  emphasis  on  more  advanced  aural,  vocal, 
and  keyboard  skills  as  they  relate  to  jazz  and  improvisation. 

MU  215  THEORY  III  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MUl  15,  116 

Extension  of  the  techniques  of  the  1 8th  and  1 9th  centuries  to  include  modulation ,  altered  chords,  more 
advanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal  procedures. 

MU  2 1 6  THEORY  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MUl  15,  116,215 

Extension  of  the  techniques  of  the  18th  and  19th  centuries  to  include  modulation,  altered  chords,  more 
advanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal  procedures.  Theory  IV  concentrates  largely  on  music  and 
materials  of  the  present  century. 


322 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU  2 17  KEYBOARD  HARMONY  I  lc-11-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Nominal  facility  at  keyboard 

Designed  to  develop  keyboard  skills  so  the  student  may  realize  and  produce  in  sound  basic  harmonic 

progressions. 

MU  2 1 8  KEYBOARD  HARMONY  II  1  c- 1 1-1  sh 

Prerequisite:  MU217 

Continuation  of  Keyboard  Harmony  I,  involving  chromatic  harmony  and  more  complex 

progressions. 

MU  222  JAZZ  THEORY  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  elements  of  music,  melody,  harmony,  rhythm,  and  form,  as  they  are  found  in  jazz 
improvisation.  Includes  an  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  jazz  improvisation  through  aural  and 
written  analysis,  composition,  and  performance. 

MU  223  JAZZ  THEORY  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  work  begun  in  Jazz  Theory  I  with  emphasis  on  extending  the  harmonic, 
melodic,  and  rhythmic  vocabulary.  Includes  analysis  of  differing  trends  in  jazz,  imitation  of  a  variety 
of  styles,  and  the  cultivation  of  an  individualized  approach  to  jazz  analysis,  composition,  and 
improvisation. 

MU  224  JAZZ  IMPROVISATION  TECHNIQUES  I  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  basic  materials  and  practices  for  improvising  or  extemporaneous  playing. 

MU  225  JAZZ  IMPROVISATION  TECHNIQUES  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  basic  materials  and  practices  for  improvising  or  extemporaneous  playing.  Makes 
use  of  more  complicated  and  involved  harmonic  progressions  utilizing  extended  choral  harmonies. 

MU  301  MUSIC  HISTORY  1  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  style  of  Baroque  and  Classical  music.  Considerable  analytic  listening 
is  required.  Will  be  offered  as  MH301  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  302  MUSIC  HISTORY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  style  of  Romantic  and  20th-  century  music  to  1950.  Considerable 
analytic  listening  is  required.  Will  be  offered  as  MH302  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  303  MUSIC  HISTORY  III  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  style  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance  music.  Considerable  analytic 
listening  is  required.  Will  be  offered  as  MH303  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  304  FORM  AND  ANALYSIS  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Thorough  study  of  smaller  forms  of  music. 

MU  306  COUNTERPOINT  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

After  study  and  analysis  of  the  style  of  16th-century  contrapuntal  writing,  student  will  do  original 
writing  using  techniques  and  devices  of  period.  As  time  permits,  same  approach  will  be  made  to 
explore  style  of  17th-  and  18th-centiu7  composers. 

MU  308  FUGUE  AND  CANON  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU306 

Application  of  contrapuntal  techniques  within  these  two  specific  forms  through  analysis,  assigned 
exercises,  and  creative  writing. 

MU  309  ORCHESTRATION  I  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

All  instruments  of  orchestra  are  studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  their  contribution  to  the  total  sound  of 
ensemble.  Ranges  and  timbres  are  considered,  as  well  as  actual  arranging  of  selected  music. 


Course  Descriptions — 323 


MU  31 1  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  CONDUCTING  3c-OI-2sh 

Emphasis  placed  on  fundamental  physical  skills  of  conducting  process;  various  beat  patterns  are 
mastered  and  elementary  score  reading  and  interpretation  considered. 

MU  312  CHORAL  CONDUCTING  3c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU311 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  the  student  to  apply  basic  conducting  techniques  to  choral  music.  Each 
student  conducts  the  class  in  standard  choral  works.  Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature,  organiza- 
tional problems,  voice  testing,  rehearsal  techniques,  program  building,  interpretation,  and  diction. 

MU  313  INSTRUMENTAL  CONDUCTING  3c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU311 

Provides  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  apply  basic  conducting  skills  to  various  instrumental 
ensembles.  Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature,  organizational  problems,  audition  procedures, 
rehearsal  techniques,  program  building,  and  interpretation. 

MU  3 1 5  THEORY  V  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Many  of  harmonic  idioms  of  past  hcilf  century  are  considered,  such  as  comparative  analysis  of 
dissonance;  polytonality,  polyrhythms;  atonalism  and  12-tone  system;  and  microtonalism.  Original 
writing  in  these  styles  required. 

MU  3 1 8  JAZZ  ORCHESTRATION  AND  COMPOSITION  I  3c-01-3sh 

Work  in  composition  and  arranging  for  instrumental  ensembles  from  trio  up  to  a  standard  jazz 
ensemble  including  reeds,  brass,  and  rhythm  section.  Study  proceeds  from  harmonization  of  a  given 
melody  to  a  study  of  voicing  and  the  realization  through  composition  for  various  instrumental 
combinations.  Included  is  a  thorough  study  of  instruments  and  particularly  their  use  in  jazz  as 
expressive  vehicles  for  improvisation. 

MU  3 19  JAZZ  ORCHESTRATION  AND  COMPOSITION  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MU318 

Continuation  of  work  in  MU318.  Study  expands  to  include  strings,  full  orchestra,  band,  and  choirs 
and  their  utilization  in  jazz.  More  emphasis  on  original  work  in  composition  and  arranging. 

MU  322  RENAISSANCE  MUSIC  3c-0{-3sh 

Beginning  with  Ockeghem  and  ending  with  Palestrina  and  his  contemporaries,  music  literature  of  this 
age  is  carefully  and  thoroughly  studied.  Will  be  offered  as  MH322  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  323  THE  BAROQUE  ERA  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU301,  302 

Extends  from  Monteverdi  through  Bach  and  Handel  and  considers  vocal  and  instrumental  forms, 
styles,  and  practices  of  era.  Will  be  offered  as  MH323  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  324  EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY  MUSIC  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU301,  302 

Although  Mozart  and  Haydn  constitute  a  greater  portion  of  18th-century  music,  Rococo  period 
involves  D.  Scarlatti  and  C.P.E.  Bach  as  well.  Will  be  offered  as  MH324  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  325  THE  EARLY  ROMANTIC  PERIOD  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU301,  302 

Beethoven,  Schubert,  Rossini,  Weber,  Mendelssohn,  Berlioz,  Schumann,  and  Chopin  are  major 
composers  to  be  studied  in  Early  Romantic  Period.  Will  be  offered  as  MH325  starting  Fall  1989. 


324 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU  326  THE  LATE  ROMANTIC  PERIOD  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU301,  302 

Wagner,  Verdi,  Glinka,  Bruckner,  Meyerbeer,  Liszt,  Gounod,  Brahms,  Offenbach,  Smetana,  J. 
Strauss,  Grieg,  Bizet,  Moussorgsky,  Saint-Saens,  Tschaikowsky,  Massenet,  Franck,  Borodin,  Rimski- 
Korsakoff,  Wolf,  R.  Strauss,  Mahler,  Faure,  Puccini,  Dvorak,  MacDowell,  and  Elgar  are  major 
composers  of  this  study.  Will  be  offered  as  MH326  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  33 1  ELEMENTARY  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Includes  analytical  study  of  texts,  recordings,  equipment,  instruments,  and  other  materials  suitable  to 
musical  development  of  elementary  pupils;  proper  treatment  of  child  voice;  selection,  use,  and 
teaching  of  rote  songs;  rhythmic  activities  and  development;  music  reading;  part  singing;  plarming  and 
organization;  guided  observations;  and  evaluation  techniques. 

MU  332  GUITAR  AND  RECREATIONAL  INSTRUMENTS  FOR  TODAY'S  CLASSROOM 

Oc-31-2sh 
Designed  for  classroom  teachers  and  music  specialists  to  utilize  several  social  instruments  in  the  school 
setting.  Major  emphasis  on  learning  to  play  the  guitar  to  accompany  singing.  Other  fretted  instru- 
ments, recorder,  autoharp,  and  Orff  instruments  are  included.  Offered  infrequently. 

MU  333  SECONDARY  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Includes  General  Music  Class,  choral  organizations,  changing  voice,  techniques  of  instruction, 
including  team  teaching  and  programmed  learning,  high  school  theory  courses,  high  school  music 
literature  courses,  scheduling,  administrative  problems,  curriculum  development,  evaluation  of  mate- 
rials and  equipment,  evaluative  techniques,  and  guided  observation.  Extra  laboratory  sessions  are 
required. 

MU  335  MUSIC  FOR  THE  EXCEPTIONAL  STUDENT  2c-21-2sh 

Develops  music  education  skills,  techniques,  and  materials  for  the  emotionally,  mentally,  physically, 
or  neurologically  handicapped  student  and  the  gifted.  Designed  for  students  in  music  education, 
special  education,  and  elementary  education. 

MU  35 1  ITALIAN  DICTION  AND  LITERATURE  2c-01-2sh 

For  first-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation 
for  the  stage  and  readings  of  Italian  song  texts.  Italian  madrigals,  solo  song  literature,  and  operatic 
repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MU  353  FRENCH  DICTION  AND  LITERATURE  2c-01-2sh 

For  third-  or  fourth-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  Emphasis  is  on 
pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet.  French  solo  song  literature  and 
operatic  repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MU  354  GERMAN  DICTION  AND  LITERATURE  2c-01-2sh 

For  second-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  Emphasis  is  on  pronuncia- 
tion for  the  stage.  German  solo  song  literature  as  well  as  Bach  chorales  are  studied. 

MU  401  CHORAL  SCORE  READING  AND  REPERTOIRE  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MU216,  312. 

Analysis  of  texts  and  music  in  selected  choral  works  from  each  of  the  major  periods  of  composition. 

MU  405  PL\NO  PEDAGOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  Standing  in  Piano  and  a  piano  major  or  minor 

Survey  of  current  and  significant  past  developments  in  teaching  of  piano,  both  privately  and  in  small 
and  large  classes.  The  various  piano  methods  are  analyzed,  compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each 
individual's  use. 


Course  Descriptions — 325 


MU  406  VOICE  PEDAGOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  A  voice  major  or  minor  and  permission  of  the  instructor 

Survey  of  current  and  past  development  in  teaching  of  voice,  both  privately  and  in  small  and  large 
classes.  The  various  vocal  methods  are  analyzed,  compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  indi- 
vidual's use. 

MU  408  MARCHING  BAND  TECHNIQUES  2c-01-2sh 

Considers  building  a  band  show;  alignment  of  ranks  and  files;  development  of  a  standard  paceof  5  to  5 
and  8  to  5;  selection  of  music;  instrumentation;  techniques  of  developing  morale;  and  fundamentals  of 
uniform  design. 

MU  41 1  COMPOSITION  I  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Instruction  is  individualized.  Compositional  devices  studied  through  analysis  of  works  by  major 
composers.  Students  will  write  several  original  compositions  utilizing  smaller  forms. 

MU  4 1 2  COMPOSITION  1 1  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU41 1 
Continuation  of  Composition  I. 

MU  4 1 3  COMPOSITION  III  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU4I2 

Students  will  write  several  original  compositions  utilizing  larger  forms. 

MU  414  COMPOSITION  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU413 

Continuation  of  Composition  III.  Outstanding  works  will  be  programmed  by  university  performing 

ensembles. 

MU  420  CONTEMPORARY  MUSIC  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU301,  302 

Beginning  with  Debussy,  Ravel,  and  other  impressionists,  touching  on  Schoenberg,  Stravinsky, 
Webem,  Honegger,  Milhaud,  et  al.  Contemporary  Music  ends  with  today  and  tomorrow.  Various 
trends,  styles,  and  techniques  are  noted:  judgments  are  attempted  on  more  experimental  forms;  limited 
predictions  of  trends  are  ventured.  Offered  infrequently.  Will  be  offered  as  MH420  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  42 1  AMERICAN  MUSIC  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU301,  302 

A  study  of  history  and  literature  of  music  in  America  from  1600  to  the  present  day.  Will  be  offered  as 
MH421  starting  Fall  1989. 

MU  475  MUSIC  LAB  var-Osh 

All  music  majors  must  attend  8  recitals  per  semester  and  all  departmental  recitals,  as  well  as  all  recitals 
for  their  respective  performance  areas. 

MU  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MUSIC  3c-01-3sh 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline.  Subject  matter  will  change 
with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MU  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  6sh 

Opportunity  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  class  offerings.  Permission  of 
instructor  and  approval  of  department  chairperson  are  required. 

MU  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  MUSIC  var-1  to  6sh 

Designed  for  music  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working  with  people  in  music  or  in 
areas  related  to  music. 


326 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


NU:  NURSING 

Department  of  Nursing 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

NU  280  NURSING  CORE  I  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  philosophy  of  baccalaureate  education  for  nursing,  the  nursing  process,  and  the 
role  of  the  nurse,  concepts  and  principles  basic  to  health  and  disease,  and  implications  for  care  of 
patients  with  problems  common  to  maintenance  of  health. 

NU  285  NURSING  I  3c-ll-3sh 

Nursing  theory  and  skills  necessary  for  nursing  diagnosis,  nursing  process;  includes  laboratory. 

NU  302  NURSING  II  2c-ls-3sh 

Knowledge  of  biophysical  and  psychosocial  sciences  is  stressed.  Emphasis  is  on  nursing  theory  relevant 
to  clients  with  non-  acute  or  acute  alterations  in  homeostasis.  Client-centered  nursing  problems  are 
presented  by  students  in  a  weekly  seminar,  with  facility  guidance. 

NU  303  NURSING  IIA  (LAB)  Oc-151-5sh 

Application  of  nursing  theory  using  the  nursing  process,  under  faculty  supervision  in  health  agencies, 
to  clients  with  non-  acute  or  acute  alterations  in  homeostasis.  Clinical  practice  settings  include 
hospitals  and  community  clinics. 

NU  304  NURSING  III  2c-ls-3sh 

Nursing  theory  pertinent  to  nursing  care  of  clients  with  acute  and  more  complex  deviations  from 
health.  Seminar  emphasizes  client-centered  nursing  problems  and  analysis  of  identified  problems. 

NU  305  NURSING  IIIA  (LAB)  Oc-151-5sh 

Application  of  nursing  theory  using  the  nursing  process  under  faculty  supervision  with  clients  having 
acute  and  more  complex  alterations  in  homeostasis.  Clinical  Practice  areas  include  all  utilized  in 
NU303.  Student  plans,  implements,  and  evaluates  care  for  clients  of  all  ages  and  includes  health 
teaching  as  part  of  nursing  practice. 

NU  322  NURSING  CORE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Principles  and  concepts  pertinent  to  normal  growth  and  development,  family  and  group  dynamics, 
alterations  in  homeostasis,  pathophysiology,  psychopathology,  research,  professional  development, 
and  teaching-learning  principles  related  to  man,  health,  and  nursing. 

NU  323  NURSING  CORE  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  concepts  and  principles,  increasing  in  depth  and  severity  of  alterations  in  home- 
ostasis. Emphasis  is  on  pathophysiology,  psychopathology,  disease  control,  rehabilitation,  manage- 
ment principles,  and  health  teaching. 

NU  402  NURSING  IV  2c-ls-3sh 

Nursing  theory  pertinent  to  care  of  clients  with  crises  and  life-threatening  alterations  in  homeostasis  is 
emphasized.  Methods  of  leadership  and  management  and  change  theory  are  presented.  Client- 
centered  nursing  seminars  are  presented  weekly. 

NU  403  NURSING  IV-A  (LAB)  0c-151-5sh 

Application  of  nursing  theory  in  various  health  care  agencies,  using  the  nursing  process  with  life- 
threatening  alteration  in  homeostasis,  critical  health  failures,  and  psychoses.  Practice  occurs  in  acute 
and  chronic  psychiatric  settings,  intensive/  coronary  care  units,  and  medical-surgical  units  of  the 
general  hospital.  Student  cares  for  patients  on  a  one-to-one  basis  in  intensive  care  units  and  develops 
management  skills  on  medical-  surgical  units,  caring  for  groups  of  clients. 

NU  404  NURSING  V  2c- 1  s-3sh 

Nursing  theory  relevant  to  utilizing  the  nursing  process  in  leadership  roles,  self-direction,  and 
professional  accountability  terminating  in  independent  functioning  within  a  health  care  agency  and  the 
community.  Seminars  emphasize  client-centered  problems,  leadership  role  conflicts  or  success,  trends 
in  nursing,  roles  and  responsibility  for  self  and  professional  growth. 


Course  Descriptions — 327 


NV  405  NURSING  V-A  (LAB)  Oc-151-5sh 

Application  of  nursing  process  utilizing  concepts  and  principles  accumulated  throughout  the  educa- 
tion process.  Student  has  the  opportunity  to  elect  areas  of  praaice  within  any  health  care  setting,  also 
practices  in  clinics,  clients'  homes,  community  nursing  agencies,  and  health  education  programs. 

NU  422  NURSING  CORE  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Concepts  and  principles  of  pathophysiology  and  psychopathology,  to  life-threatening  alterations  in 
homeostasis,  disturb»ed  communications,  and  crisis  theory.  Change  theory,  nursing  contribution  to 
change  withjn  the  health  care  delivery  system,  leadership  development,  and  the  liaison  role  of  the  nurse 
are  stressed.  Professional  responsibility,  accountability,  and  professional  standards  are  taught. 

NU  423  NURSING  CORE  V  3c-01-3sh 

Concepts  and  principles  of  leadership  responsibility,  professional  relationships,  delivery  of  health  care 
in  community,  state,  and  national  systems.  Management  principles  essential  to  peer  review,  nursing 
audit,  client  advocacy,  professional  career  opportunities,  and  methods  to  secure  employment,  labor 
relations,  and  changes  in  the  health  care  system  are  taught. 

NU  430  NURSING  RESEARCH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA217 

Research  methodology,  development  of  clinical  research  investigation.  Writing  a  research  paper  and 
becoming  a  more  knowledgeable  consumer  of  research. 

NU  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  prior  approval  of  faculty  member  guiding  study.  Elective  option  for 
students  to  pursue  greater  depth  of  knowledge  in  a  chosen  area  of  nursing. 

PC:  PSYCHOLOGY 

Department  of  Psychology 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PC  101  GENERAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  mental  processes. 

PC  290  EXPERIMENTAL  DESIGN  AND  ANALYSIS  I  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  MA217 

A  laboratory  course  devoted  to  designing,  conducting,  and  evaluating  results  of  psychological 

experiments. 

PC  291  EXPERIMENTAL  DESIGN  AND  ANALYSIS  II  3c-2Msh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101,  290 

A  continuation  of  Experimental  Design  and  Analysis  I. 

PC  310  DEVELOPMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

Comprehensive  study  of  all  factors  that  contribute  to  human  development  from  conception  to  death, 
particularly  as  they  relate  to  psychological  development  of  individual.  A  survey  course  directed  at 
students  not  planning  to  take  PC31 1,  312, 373.  Credit  toward  a  major  or  minor  in  psychology  will  not 
be  given  for  both  PC3 10  and  PC3 1 1 . 

PC  31 1  CHILD  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

Study  of  factors  that  influence  total  development  and  behavior  of  child.  Current  theories  and  research 
are  considered,  with  focus  upon  optimum  development  of  individual.  Credit  toward  a  major  or  minor 
in  psychology  will  not  be  given  for  both  PC3 10  and  311. 


328 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PC  3 12  ADULT  DEVELOPMENT  AND  AGING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

A  survey  of  physiological,  cognitive,  emotional,  and  social  issues  affecting  the  young  adult,  the 
middle-aged,  and  the  elderly.  Includes  an  examination  of  significant  adult  life  crises. 

PC  320  PERSONALITY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Provides  comparative  analysis  of  major  representative  traditional  and  contemporary  theories  of 

personcdity. 

PC  32 1  ABNORMAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

The  description,  causes,  and  treatment  of  behaviors  labeled  abnormal  in  our  society  are  studied  from 
experimental  and  clinical  points  of  view. 

PC  322  INTRODUCTION  TO  PSYCHOLOGICAL  MEASUREMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101,  MA217 

Survey  of  psychological  measurement  techniques,  with  emphasis  on  theoretical  assumptions  underly- 
ing these  techniques  and  discussion  of  interpretation  and  limitations  of  measuring  instruments. 

PC  330  SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

The  study  of  the  effects  of  the  social  envirorunent  on  human  behavior.  Topics  include  perception  of 
person,  attitude  formation  and  change,  and  small  group  interaction. 

PC  33 1  ENVIRONMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

The  study  of  the  relationship  between  human  behavior  and  its  environmental  context.  Emphasis  on 
the  physical  environment,  both  natural  and  built. 

PC  340  HUMAN  COGNITION:  PERCEPTION  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  290 

Study  of  perceptual  process.  Sensory  mechanisms  for  processing  information  are  examined,  as  well  as 
responses  to  complex  stimuli. 

PC  341  CONDITIONING  AND  LEARNING  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  290 

Examination  of  the  basic  principles  of  learning  and  related  phenomena;  discussion  of  classical 
conditioning,  discrimination  learning,  and  aversive  control  of  behavior. 

PC  342  HUMAN  COGNITION:  MEMORY  AND  THINKING  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  290 

Study  of  methods  and  fmdings  in  areas  of  human  memory  and  human  information  processing. 

PC  350  PHYSIOLOGICAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  290 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  behavior  and  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  nervous  system. 

PC  35 1  PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  PC290  or  permission 

Survey  of  the  theoretical  and  empirical  foundations  of  psychopharmacology.  Topics  include  discus- 
sions of  the  basic  principles  of  pharmacology,  theories  of  drug  action,  and  structure  and  function  of 
the  nervous  system  with  special  emphasis  on  current  findings  on  neurotransmitters  and  the  site  of 
action  of  psychoactive  drugs. 


Course  Descriptions — 329 


PC  352  ETHOLOGY  AND  COMPARATIVE  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  10 1,290 

Comparative  survey  of  animal  behavior  and  its  control  mechanisms  including  sensory  and  phys- 
iological systems,  reproduction  and  parenting,  social  behavior,  and  the  role  of  learning  in  various 
animal  species.  Emphasis  is  ori  the  relationship  of  the  animal  to  its  environment. 

PC  370  CONSCIOUSNESS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101,  junior  standing 

This  course  will  examine  psychological  research  on  awareness,  attention,  brain  neurotransmitters, 
brain  laterality,  sleep,  dreams,  and  hypnosis. 

PC  37 1  HUMAN  MOTIVATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Systematic  study  of  how  behavior  is  initiated,  sustained,  directed,  and  terminated.  Current  theories  in 
this  area  are  critically  reviewed. 

PC  372  DRUGS  AND  BEHAVIOR  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101  and  junior  standing  or  permission 

Survey  of  the  current  kno.vledge  concerning  the  actions  of  drugs.  Topics  will  include  legal  and  social 

issues  surrounding  drug  use,  hazard  potential  of  commonly  used  drugs,  review  of  current  theories  and 

issues  regarding  the  use  of  drugs  in  psychotherapy,  and  consideration  of  treatment  approaches  for 

addiction. 

PC  373  ADOLESCENT  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Study  of  the  adolescent  and  the  adolescent's  world,  especially  the  physical  aspects  of  adolescence, 
psychological  growth  patterns,  social  pressures,  and  adaptation. 

PC  374  STRESS  AND  COPING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

Fundamental  concepts  and  flndings  in  stress  and  stress-related  disorders.  Relationships  of  stress  to 
disease  and  methods  for  coping  with  stress  are  presented. 

PC  375  SOCIAL  COGNITION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  10 1,330 

The  application  of  social  psychological  research  and  theory  to  selected  public  issues  such  as  racism, 
aggression,  altruism,  social  injustice,  and  international  conflict. 

PC  377  POLITICAL  BEHAVIOR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  PSIII 

An  interdisciplinary  course  which  investigates  the  psychological  bases  of  political  behavior. 

PC  378  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  DEATH  AND  DYING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

Theories  and  research  which  delineate  the  psychological  factors  affecting  the  dying  person  as  well  as 
those  persons  close  to  one  who  is  dying  are  discussed. 

PC  410  HISTORICAL  TRENDS  IN  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl,  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission 

Comprehensive  overview  of  historical  antecedents  of  contemporary  psychology  with  emphasis  on 
their  implications  for  future  developments  in  the  field. 

PC  41 1  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  WOMEN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl,  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
A  critical  examination  of  the  assumptions  about  women  which  are  held  by  the  discipline  of  psychol- 
ogy, considering  both  current  research  and  individual  experience.  The  psychological  effects  of 
socialization  on  sex  role  identity,  achievement,  interpersonal  power,  mental  health,  and  critical 
incidents  in  female  development  are  discussed  in  the  context  of  relevant  concepts  from  developmental 
and  social  psychology. 


330 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PC  420  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  ORGANIZATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101,  MA217 

The  study  of  psychological  principles  in  an  organizational  setting;  application  of  psychological 
principles  to  individual  behavior  and  experience  in  organizations. 

PC  421  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  WORK  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC291 

The  analysis,  measurement,  prediction,  and  development  of  human  aptitude,  ability,  and  perform- 
ance in  work  and  employment  situations. 

PC  424  PLANNED  ORGANIZATIONAL  CHANGE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC420 

Provides  instruction  and  experience  in  the  theories  and  techniques  involved  in  changing  organizational 
activities  and  practices.  Discussions  of  theories  will  be  combined  with  a  variety  of  group  exercises. 

PC  445  BEHAVIOR  MODIFICATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  12sh  of  psychology 

Survey  of  the  theoretical  and  empirical  foundations  of  behavior  modification  procedures. 

PC  450  INTRODUCTION  TO  CLINICAL  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  320,  321,  and  permission  of  instructor 

Overview  of  clinical  psychology,  with  emphasis  upon  clinician's  use  of  methods  of  evaluation,  and 
treatment  and  modification  of  behavior. 

PC  480  HONORS  SEMINAR  IN  PSYCHOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

A  seminar  in  the  graduate  tradition  with  a  specialized  topic.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a 
maximum  of  6sh. 

PC  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  PSYCHOLOGY  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101  and  department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  study  of  selected  topics  not  emphasized  in  other  courses.  May  be  taken  more  than 
once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 

PC  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  PSYCHOLOGY  var-1  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101  and  department  consent 

Individual  students  pursue  their  particular  interests  in  psychology  in  consultation  with  a  member  of  the 
staff.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

PC  493  PSYCHOLOGICAL  PRACTICUM  var- 1  to  1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  PCI 01  and  department  consent 

Under  supervision  of  psychology  department,  selected  students  receive  experience  in  application  of 
psychological  techniques.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  12  semester  hours. 

PH:  PHILOSOPHY 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PH  101  GENERAL  LOGIC:  METHODS  OF  CRITICAL  THINKING  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  develop  students'  ability  to  critically  analyze  deductive  and  inductive  argumentation, 
rhetoric,  and  persuasion,  with  examples  drawn  from  media,  textbooks,  advertising,  scholarly  works, 
personal  contacts,  etc.  Emphasis  upon  the  nature  of  definition,  clarification  of  meaning,  detection  of 
fallacies,  scientific  methodology,  and  logic  as  a  practical  tool. 

PH  120  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHILOSOPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  beginning  student  with  philosophical  problems  and  methods  in  such  areas  as 
metaphysics,  epistemology,  logic,  value  theory,  and  philosophy  of  religion. 


Course  Descriptions — 331 


PH  221  SYMBOLIC  LOGIC  I  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  symbolic  logic  dealing  with  the  symbolization  of  deductive  arguments  in  the 
sentential  calculus,  syllogistic  calculus,  and  quantificational  calculus,  including  the  logic  of  relations. 
Natural  deduction  proofs,  truth  trees,  and  other  tests  of  validity  are  covered. 

PH  222  ETHICS  3c-01-3sh 

Investigation  of  efforts  to  rationally  justify  moral  judgment:  What  is  "moral?"  Are  moral  notions 
cultural,  rational,  divine,  or  innate  in  origin?  Are  they  "relative"  or  "absolute?"  Are  they  intuitive, 
cognitively  meaningless,  or  supportable  by  "good  reasons?" 

PH  223  PHILOSOPHY  OF  ART  3c-OI-3sh 

Meaning  of  aesthetics  as  a  philosophical  discipline;  methodological  questions;  a  classification  of 
problem  areas;  questions  of  imitation,  history,  and  art,  the  artist,  the  audience;  consideration  of  some 
of  the  major  Western  and  non-  Western  writers'  positions.  Nature  of  artistic  creativity;  art  and 
anarchy;  chance  and  art;  definition  of  art  in  the  present  culture. 

PH  321  SYMBOLIC  LOGIC  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PH221  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  continuation  of  Logic  I  designed  to  enable  students  to  evaluate  consistency  of  statements,  validity  of 
arguments,  soundness  and  completeness  of  formal  systems.  Focus  on  quantificational  calculus  and 
inductive  logic. 

PH  324  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  I:  ANCIENT  AND  MEDIEVAL  3c-01-3sh 

Western  philosophy  of  pre-Socratic,  classical  Greek,  Roman,  and  medieval  periods.  Special  attention 
given  to  Plato,  Aristotle,  Augustine,  and  Aquinas,  as  well  as  the  philosophic  schools. 

PH  325  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  II:  RENAISSANCE  AND  MODERN  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  PH324,  beginning  with  15th-century  Renaissance  thought  and  ending  with  the  19th- 
century  precursors  of  contemporary  philosophies. 

PH  326  PHENOMENOLOGY  AND  EXISTENTIALISM  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  Phenomenological  method  as  developed  by  Edmund  Husserl  and  of  the  subsequent 
Phenomenological  movement  as  exemplified  in  the  works  of  such  representative  figures  as  Heidegger, 
Merleau-Ponty,  and  Paul  Ricoeour  and  of  Existentialism  both  as  an  independent  movement  of 
thought  and  as  infiuenced  by  Phenomenology  and  as  exemplified  in  the  works  of  such  representative 
figures  as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Marcel,  Buber,  and  Sartre. 

PH  329  PHILOSOPHY  OF  RELIGION  3c-01-3sh 

Philosophical  problems  in  religious  thought:  nature  of  religious  experience,  mysticism,  defining 
"religion,"  conceptions  of  deity,  existence  of  God,  meaning  of  religious  language,  faith,  and 
knowledge. 

PH  330  PHILOSOPHY  OF  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  into  the  nature  of  formal  and  empirical  sciences:  structure  of  scientific  thought  and  its 
dependence  upon  or  independence  of  theory;  the  logical  and  metaphysical  status  of  scientific  "laws" 
and  theoretical  concepts;  reductionism  in  science;  the  concept  of  causality;  the  logic  of  explanation; 
problems  in  confirmation  theory';  science  and  value.  No  special  background  required.  Recommended 
for  math  and  science  majors. 

PH  400  ETHICS  AND  PUBLIC  POLICY  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  the  ethical  dimension  of  public  policies.  Provides  a  general  understanding  of  ethical 
theories,  then  focuses  on  their  application  to  specific  policy  issues.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to 
semester.  See  current  schedule  of  classes. 

PH  405  JUSTICE  AND  HUMAN  RIGHTS  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  a  concept  which  is  the  focus  of  much  moral,  political,  and  legal  dispute.  Philosophical 
sources  are  supplemented  by  recent  social  science  research  concerning  the  comparative  abilities  of 
human  and  nonhuman  animals  and  by  environmental  studies  which  prompt  consideration  of  the 
possible  rights  of  future  generations. 


332 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PH  410  CONTEMPORARY  PHILOSOPHY  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  in  depth  of  20th-century  Western  positions  such  as  pragmatism,  logical  positivism,  logical  and 
linguistic  analysis,  existentialism,  and  phenomenology. 

PH  420  METAPHYSICS  3c-01-3sh 

Divergent  views  of  the  nature  of  reality  and  the  main  questions  which  it  raises:  substance,  unity,  mind, 
existence,  necessity,  possibility,  time,  eternity,  space,  and  the  self. 

PH  42 1  THEORY  OF  KNOWLEDGE  3c-01-3sh 

Investigation  into  problems  involved  in  justifying  knowledge  claims  and  a  consideration  of  methods 
suggested  for  their  resolution.  Particular  attention  paid  to  problems  of  certainty,  objectivity,  percep- 
tion, and  truth. 

PH  450  PHILOSOPHY  OF  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  philosophical  issues  that  arise  in  the  course  of  attempting  to  understand  the  law 
and  how  legal  institutions  do  and  should  operate. 

PH  460  PHILOSOPHY  OF  LANGUAGE  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  language  and  related  issues  in  linguistics  (including 
anthropological  linguistics,  sociolinguistics,  and  psycholinguistics).  Topics  include,  for  example,  the 
influence  of  language  on  perception,  rationalist/empiricist  perspectives  on  language  acquisition, 
language  and  political  control,  reference,  meaning,  and  truth. 

PH  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  3c-01-3sh 

Topical  courses  which  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See  current  schedule  of  classes. 

PH  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  to  6sh 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  philosophical  interests  not  covered  in  the  department's  regular 
offering  may  do  so  by  seeking  approval  for  independent  study.  Make  inquiry  of  the  chairperson.  Upon 
approval,  students  are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  credit.  All  programs  of  study 
must  be  accepted  by  the  department  as  a  whole.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 
(This  option  is  available  to  both  philosophy  majors  and  nonmajors.) 

PH  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY:  HONORS  PROJECT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.00  QPA,  15sh  in  Philosophy,  and  3.20  average  in  departmental  courses 
Majors  in  Philosophy  are  invited  to  take  3  sh  of  independent  study  designated  "Honors  Project." 
Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with  departmental  honors  is  possible. 

PS:  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Department  of  Political  Science 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PS  101  WORLD  POLITICS  3c-01-3sh 

Analysis  of  contemporary  (Post- 1945)  state  system  and  forces  shaping  the  world  in  which  we  live. 
Student  is  given  a  framework  within  which  to  analyze  contemporary  international  politics. 

PS  1 1 1  AMERICAN  POLITICS  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  American  national  government  and  politics,  emphasizing  Constitution,  party  system. 
Congress,  Presidency,  courts,  and  problems  in  national-state  relations,  civil  rights,  foreign  policy,  and 
social  and  economic  policies. 

PS  250  PUBLIC  POLICY  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  dynamics  of  government  as  they  are  evidenced  in  public  opinion,  pressure  groups, 
political  parties,  and  our  governmental  institutions;  attention  also  directed  toward  the  political- 
economical  nexus  within  American  society. 


Course  Descriptions — 333 


PS  25 1  STATE  AND  LOCAL  POLITICAL  SYSTEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Institutions  and  processes  of  state  and  local  governments,  with  special  attention  to  Pennsylvania; 
emphasis  on  the  nature  of  federalism,  state  constitutions,  and  role  of  state  and  local  government  in  an 
urban  society. 

PS  280  COMPARATIVE  GOVERNMENT  1  -  WESTERN  POLITICAL  3c-01-3sh 

SYSTEMS 

Analyzes  Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  upon  major  contemporary  democratic  governments 

of  Europe.  Analyzes  and  compares  their  political  cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political 

processes. 

PS  28 1  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  a  conceptual  framework  for  understanding  sovereignty,  nationalism,  power,  security,  dispute 
settlement,  and  diplomatic,  legal,  economic,  and  military  relations  of  nation-states. 

PS  283  AMERICAN  FOREIGN  POLICY  3c-01-3sh 

Examines  formulation  and  execution  of  American  foreign  policy,  with  attention  to  governmental 
institutions,  mass  media,  interest  groups,  and  public  opinion;  emphasizes  contemporary  problems. 

PS  285  COMPARATIVE  GOVERNMENT  II:  NON- WESTERN  3c-01-3sh 

POLITICAL  SYSTEMS 

Analyzes  major  non-Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  up)on  authoritarian  and  totalitarian 
systems.  Analyzes  and  compares  in  a  systematic  manner  their  political  cultures,  political  institutions, 
and  political  processes. 

PS  298  NEWS  INTERPRETATION  Ic-01-lsh 

Designed  to  provide  students  with  techniques  for  intelligent  reading  of  the  daily  newspaper  and  weekly 
news  magazines  and  to  give  some  understanding  of  current  affairs  at  state,  national,  and  international 
levels. 

PS  299  RESEARCH  METHODS  IN  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSlll 

Explores  approaches,  methods,  and  tools  of  political  science;  designed  to  prepare  student  who  plans  to 
do  graduate  work  in  political  science.  Majors  and  minors  only. 

PS  320  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS  101,  PS281  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  the  development,  nature,  and  function  of  international  law,  including  recent  trends. 

PS  321  INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSIOI ,  PS281  or  permission  of  instructor 

Inquiry  into  purposes,  structures,  and  actions  of  contemporary  international  political  organizations, 
such  as  United  Nations,  regional,  and  functional  organizations. 

PS  346  POLITICAL  SOCIOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS111,S0151 

Examines  (a)  who  controls  the  state  and  state  policy,  (b)  the  role  the  state  plays  in  stabilizing  capitalism 
and  protecting  the  power  of  the  upper  class,  (c)  the  political  activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  class, 
(d)labor,  civil  rights,  jmd  welfare  rights,  and  social  movements  in  America.  Cross-listed  in  Sociology  as 
S0458:  Political  Sociology. 

PS  350  THE  PRESIDENCY  3c-01-3sh 

Examination  of  the  Office  of  President,  with  attention  to  constitutional  foundations,  evolution, 
structure,  powers,  and  functions;  some  comparisons  between  presidential  and  parliamentary  systems 
and  between  offices  of  President  and  Governor. 


334 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PS  35 1  LEGISLATIVE  PROCESS  3c-01-3sh 

Functional  study  of  legislative  bodies  and  process  of  legislation,  covering  organization  of  legislative 
assemblies,  operation  of  committee  system,  procedures,  bill  drafting,  aids,  and  controls  over 
legislation. 

PS  353  AMERICAN  POLITICAL  PARTIES  3c-01-3sh 

The  role  of  people,  parties,  and  pressure  groups  in  politics  of  American  democracy;  attention  to 
sectional  and  historical  roots  of  national  politics,  voting  behavior,  pressure  group  analysis,  and 
campaign  activities. 

PS  354  METROPOLITAN  PROBLEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Analyzes  multiplicity  of  problems  facing  our  metropolitan  areas.  Contemporary  developments  such 
as  urban  renewal,  shrinking  tax  base,  federal  aid  to  cities,  subsidized  mass  transit,  municipal 
authorities,  and  political  consolidation  are  examined. 

PS  355  INTERGOVERNMENTAL  RELATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  characteristics  of  federal  systems  of  government,  with  emphasis  on  theories,  origins, 
institutions,  problems  in  intergovernmental  relations  in  the  United  States,  federal  systems  in  other 
nations,  and  trends. 

PS  356  MASS  MEDIA  IN  AMERICAN  POLITICS  3c-01-3sh 

Variant  theories  of  the  symbolic  relationship  between  American  politics  and  the  press  are  examined  in 
the  light  of  the  American  colonial-national  experience.  The  special  constitutional  rights  given  to  the 
media  are  explored,  with  particular  attention  to  radio-TV. 

PS  358  JUDICIAL  PROCESS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSl  11 

Explores  nature  and  limits  of  judicial  power,  courts  as  policy-making  bodies,  selection  of  judges, 
decision  process,  external  forces  impinging  on  the  courts,  and  role  of  Supreme  Court  in  its  relationship 
with  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  federalism. 

PS  359  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  CIVIL  LIBERTIES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSl  11 

Study  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  rights  issues  through  leading  Supreme  Court  decisions;  topics  treated 
include  First  Amendment  rights,  procedural  due  process  and  the  Bill  of  Rights,  and  Equal  Protection 
problems  in  civil  rights. 

PS  360  CLASSICAL  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  3c-01-3sh 

Restriction:  Not  for  credit  after  PH323 

The  origins  and  developent  of  Western  thought  from  Plato  and  Aristotle  through  Cicero  and  Saint 
Aquinas.  The  focus  is  especially  on  political  participation  as  a  way  of  life,  the  unity  of  political  and 
moral  conceptions  in  pre-modern  political  thought,  and  the  relationship  between  order  and  justice. 

PS  36 1  MODERN  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  the  major  representatives  of  modem  political  thought  since  the  Renaissance.  Follows  the 
development  of  the  specifically  modem  notion  of  the  state  and  political  action  through  the  works  of 
Machiavelli,  Hobbes,  Locke,  Rousseau,  Marx,  and  Lenin.  Emphasis  on  the  'instmmentalist'  state  and 
the  idea  of  a  political  science. 

PS  362  AMERICAN  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  a  variety  of  American  political  ideas  from  the  Puritans  through  recent  radical  and  conservative 
critiques  of  American  liberal  democracy.  Focus  on  the  continuing  development  of  the  idea  of 
individual  rights,  the  political  theory  of  the  Constitution,  and  the  tension  between  classical  liberalism 
and  popular  rule. 

PS  370  INTRODUCTION  TO  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  3c-01-3sh 

Theories  of  organization  and  structural  organization,  personnel  processes,  executive  functions, 
financial  administration,  the  politics  of  administration,  public  relations,  and  problems  of  democratic 
control  of  bureaucracy. 


Course  Descriptions — 335 


PS  371  ISSUES  IN  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  3c-OI-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  role  of  federal  agencies  and  their  administrators  in  determining  and  developing 
public  policy.  Public  administration  in  practice  is  emphasized  by  utilizing  case  studies. 

PS  377  POLITICAL  BEHAVIOR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  PSl  1 1 

An  interdisciplinary  course  which  investigates  the  psychological  bases  of  political  behavior.  Cross- 
listed  in  Psychology  as  PC  377:  Political  Behavior. 

PS  380  SOVIET  POLITICS  3c-01-3sh 

Essential  features  of  Communist  party  and  government  of  U.S.S.R.,  including  geographical  and 
historical  background  and  ideological  and  theoretical  foundations.  PS280,  Comparative  Government, 
should  be  taken  prior  to  this  course. 

PS  382-387  POLITICAI  SYSTEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive,  comparative  study  of  the  government  and  politics  of  a  selected  region.  Suggested  prerequi- 
sites: PS280  and/or  285.  PS  382  -  Africa  PS  383  -  Asia  PS  384  -  Middle  East  PS  385  -  Central  and 
Eastern  Europe  PS  386  -  Atlantic  Community  PS  387  -  Latin  America 

PS  388  POLITICAL-MILITARY  STRATEGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS281  or  PS283  or  MSlOl-102 

Deals  with  national  security  problems  including  decision  making  and  budgeting,  levels  of  strategy,  the 
utility  of  force,  and  the  impact  of  the  military  on  American  society. 

PS  389  DEVELOPING  NATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

Suggested  prerequisites:  PS280  and/or  285 

Political  characteristics  of  emerging  nations;  impact  of  economic  and  social  change  upon  political 
structure;  evolving  patterns  of  political  development;  and  techniques  of  nation-building. 

PS  444  SCIENCE/TECHNOLOGY  AND  PUBLIC  POLICY  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  interactions  of  science/technology  and  ix)litics  as  they  impinge  on  the  public  decision- 
making process.  Technology  generated  sociopolitical  problems  are  investigated  on  local,  state, 
national,  and  international  level;  the  adequacy  of  political  processes  and  institutions  for  solving 
problems  in  the  technological  age  is  questioned. 

PS  480  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  SEM INAR  3c-01-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the  instructor  in  charge. 

PS  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  varl-3sh 

Course  focusing  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the  instructor  in  charge.  See  Department  Office  for 
current  listings. 

PS  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDIES  var-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the  instructor  and  student. 
Permission  required. 

PS  493  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  INTERNSHIP  var-2  to  I2sh 

Prerequisites:  9  sh  in  Political  Science  with  2.0  QPA;  PSl  11;  approval  of  internship  director  and 

chairperson 

Practical  experience  in  government  and  politics.  "Log"  and  research  project  required.  Course  grade 

determined  by  the  instructor.  Maximum  of  6  sh  applied  to  minimum  in  major. 


336 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PY:  PHYSICS 

Department  of  Physics 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PY  1 1 1  PHYSICS  I  LECTURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  algebra  and  trigonometry 
General  college  physics;  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and  sound. 

PY  1 12  PHYSICS  II  LECTURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PYUl 

Electricity  and  magnetism,  heat,  light,  atomic  and  nuclear  physics,  and  an  elementary  introduction  to 
relativity  and  quantum  theory. 

P Y  1 2 1  PHYSICS  I  LAB  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:PYlll 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  I;  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and  sound.  Lab 

previously  listed  as  PY  11 1-2 

PY  1 22  PHYSICS  1 1  LAB  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:PY112 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  II;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and  magnetism,  and  radioac- 
tivity. Lab  previously  listed  as  PYl  12-2. 

PY  1 3 1  PHYSICS  I-C  LECTURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  121,  123  or  127,  at  least  concurrently 

A  calculus-based  course  in  general  college  physics;  topics  covered  are  similar  to  those  covered  in 
Physics  1 1 1  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through  the  use  of  calculus. 

PY  132  PHYSICS  II-C  LECTURE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA122,  124  or  128,  at  least  concurrently 

Continuation  of  Physics  I-C;  topics  covered  are  similar  to  those  covered  in  Physics  II  but  are  treated  in 
more  depth  through  the  use  of  the  calculus. 

PY  1 4 1  PHYSICS  I-C  LAB  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:PY131 

Sequence  of  physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  I-C;  exercise  in  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and 

sound.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYl 3 1-2. 

PY  142  PHYSICS  II-C  LAB  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:PY132 

Sequence  of  physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  II-C;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 

magnetism,  and  radioactivity.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYl 32-2. 

PY  1 50  COMPUTER  APPLICATION  TO  PHYSICS  LABORATORIES  2c-21-3sh 

Covers  applications  of  microcomputers  to  laboratory  data  acquisition.  Interfacing  design  and  con- 
struction as  well  as  computer  repair  and  machine  level  computer  programming  are  included. 

PY  151  MEDICAL  PHYSICS  LECTURE  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  concepts  and  principles  of  physics  with  a  strong  emphasis  as  to  their  use  and 
application  in  medical  and  other  biophysical  areas. 

P Y  1 6 1  MEDICAL  PHYSICS  LAB  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:PY151 

Experiments  dealing  with  applications  of  physical  principles  to  the  field  of  medicine.  Practical 

experience  with  use  of  electronic  equipment,  chart  recorders,  etc.,  of  type  found  in  modem-day 

medicine  will  be  introduced.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYl 5 1-2. 


Course  Descriptions — 337 


PY  222  MECHANICS  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PYlll  or  131;  MA122,  124,  or  128 

Dynamics  of  a  particle  in  one,  two,  and  three  dimensions,  central  forces  including  planetary  and 
satellite  motion,  energy  in  particle  dynamics,  statics,  systems  of  particles. 

PY  223  MECHANICS  II  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PY222,  MA241 

Mechanics  of  a  rigid  body,  constraints,  oscillations,  wave  motion,  introduction  to  Lagrangian  and 
Hamiltonian  formulation  and  relativistic  mechanics. 

PY  231  ELECTRONICS  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  12  or  132;  MA  122,  124,  or  128 

Circuit  theory,  transients,  vacuum-tube  and  transistor  circuits,  frequency  response,  input  and  output 
impedance,  feedback  and  electronic  noise.  Operational  amplifiers  and  digital  electronics. 

PY  242  OPTICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  12  or  132;  MA122,  124,  or  128 

Geometrical  optics,  physical  optics,  including  interference,  diffraction,  and  polarization.  Quantum 
Optics  is  introduced. 

PY  322  ELECTRICITY  AND  MAGNETISM  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  PY222 

Electrostatic  potential  theory,  dielectrics,  dipole  theory,  magnetostatics.  Maxwell's  equation  for  static 
fields,  and  Legendre's  polynomials  and  other  approximation  methods. 

PY  323  ELECTRICITY  AND  MAGNETISM  11  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  PY322 

Time-dependent  form  of  Maxwell's  equations,  electromagnetic  induction,  vector  potential,  magne- 
tism, radiation  fields,  and  poynting  vector. 

PY  33 1  MODERN  PHYSICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  12  or  132;  MA122,  124,  or  128 

Introduction  to  particle  and  wave  properties  of  matter,  atomic  structure,  relativity,  solid  state  and 
nuclear  physics. 

PY  342  THERMAL  AND  STATISTICAL  PHYSICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  12  or  132;  MA122,  124,  or  128 

Thermometry,  laws  of  thermodynamics,  low-temperature  physics,  entropy,  properties  of  ideal  gas, 
and  an  introduction  to  statistical  mechanics. 

PY  350  INTERMEDIATE  EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS  I  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY242  and  331 

Required  fundamental  experiments  in  areas  of  mechanics,  optics,  modem  physics,  and  heat. 

P Y  35 1  INTERMEDIATE  EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS  II  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY350 

Increasingly  sophisticated  experiments  in  essential  areas  of  physics.  Analog  and  digital  computers  and 
the  Van  de  Graaff  are  available. 

PY  421  SELECTED  EXPERIMENTS  I  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY231  and  331 

Experiments  selected  from  advanced  optics,  microwaves,  radio  and  optical  astronomy,  semiconductor 
properties,  cryogenics,  and  classic  experiments  in  atomic  physics. 

PY  432  ADVANCED  ELECTRONICS  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY231 

Digital  measurement,  switching  circuits,  logic  circuits,  counting,  coding,  input  and  output,  AD  and 
DA  converters,  computer  organization. 


338 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PY  472  NUCLEAR  PHYSICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY33 1 

Survey  of  nuclear  physics,  nuclear  size,  nuclear  mass,  reaction  theory,  types  of  radioactive  decay, 
nuclear  models,  nuclear  forces,  and  elementary  particles. 

PY  473  QUANTUM  MECHANICS  I  4c-0Wsh 

Prerequisites:  PY222  and  331 

Quantum  mechanics  following  methods  of  Schrodinger  and  Heisenberg;  the  theory  is  applied  to 
properties  of  harmonic  oscillator,  hydrogen  atom,  electron  in  a  magnetic  field,  and  radioactive  decay 
of  alpha  particles. 

PY  474  QUANTUM  MECHANICS  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY473 

A  sequel  to  PY473,  general  principles  of  quantum  mechanics  are  further  developed.  Matrix  mechan- 
ics, angular  momentum  theory,  time-independent  perturbations,  variational  methods,  spin,  and 
introduction  to  the  many-body  problem. 

PY  480  SEMINAR  var-lsh 

Speakers  from  within  and  outside  the  university  conduct  a  seminar  on  a  weekly  or  biweekly  basis  on 
different  topics  of  interest  in  the  physics  community. 

PY  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  PHYSICS  var-I  to  3sh 

Varies  from  semester  to  semester  and  covers  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas  of  physics.  This  course 
number  is  also  used  to  offer  courses  under  development. 

PY  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  PHYSICS  var-1  to  6sh 

With  departmental  permission,  an  advanced  student  may  investigate  one  or  more  areas  of  physics  in 
the  student's  interest.  Work  is  supervised  by  a  physics  faculty  member  but  does  not  necessarily  involve 
regular  lecture  or  laboratory  hours. 

PY  490  SOLID  STATE  PHYSICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY223  and  331 

Reciprocal  lattice,  crystal  structure,  the  quantization  of  fields  to  produce  quasi-particles  such  as 

phonons,  magnons,  excitons.  Fermi  gas  of  electrons,  energy  bands,  semiconductor  crystals,  and 

photoconductivity. 

QB:  QUANTITATIVE/BUSINESS 

Department  of  Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems 

College  of  Business 

NOTE:  Courses  are  restricted  to  College  of  Business  students  and  students  in  approved  programs 
which  designate  specific  business  requirements  for  degree  completion.  Within  this  restriction,  all 
courses  at  the  300-  and  400-  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 

QB  2 1 5  BUSINESS  STATISTICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA121,  MA214 

Expands  upon  the  probabilistic  concepts  developed  in  MA  214  to  orient  the  student  toward  managerial 
decision  making  using  quantitative  methodologies.  Topics  covered  include  classical  regression  analy- 
sis, forecasting,  Bayesian  decision  theory,  linear  programming,  and  simulation. 


Course  Descriptions — 339 


QB  360  MANAGEMENT  AND  PRODUCTION  CONCEPTS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  1M241,  QB215 

Analysis  of  the  role  and  functions  of  management  to  include  planning,  organizing,  staffing,  directing, 
and  controlling.  Study  of  management  in  organizations  with  attention  to  tasks  and  functions,  and  to 
contributions  of  various  disciplines.  Production  management  as  an  example  of  functional  manage- 
ment; emphasis  on  acquisition,  transformation,  and  distribution  of  physical  materials.  OB360  will 
emphasize  the  quantitative  approach  to  production,  and  MG360  will  emphasize  the  qualitative 
approach.  Those  students  who  enroll  in  QB360  may  not  enroll  in  MG360.  Finance  and  management 
information  systems  majors  are  required  to  enroll  for  QB360  rather  than  MG360. 

QB  380  INTRODUCTION  TO  MANAGEMENT  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  QB215 

Discussion  and  application  of  mathematical  models  used  in  managerial  decision  making.  Linear 
programming,  Markov  processes,  queuing  theory,  EOQ  models,  and  simulation  techniques  are 
among  the  topics  covered. 

RH:  REHABILITATION 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 

College  of  Education 

RH  200  INTRODUCTION  TO  REHABILITATION  3c-Oi-3sh 

A  foundation  for  subsequent  courses  in  the  rehabilitation  sequence.  It  is  also  available  as  a  prerequisite 
or  basic  course  for  students  interested  in  the  rehabilitation  of  individuals  in  our  society.  Content 
includes  the  philosophy,  history,  major  concepts,  and  current  problems  and  issues. 

RH  220  NEUROLOGICAL  BASIS  OF  DISABILITY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI151,  EX120,  RH200 

Study  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  with  emphasis  on  cortical  and  subcortical  mechanisms  instrumental 
in  normal  motion,  coordination,  and  bodily  sensation,  exclusive  of  vision  and  hearing.  Discussion  and 
demonstration  of  conditions  of  cerebral  palsy,  poliomyelitis,  traumatic  paraplegias,  cerebrovascular 
accident,  Parkinson's  disease,  multiple  sclerosis,  and  rehabilitative  procedures. 

RH  3 11  REHABILITATION  OF  THE  BLIND  AND  THE  DEAF  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220,  PClOl 

Structure  and  function  of  visual  and  auditory  systems  with  emphasis  on  the  importance  of  seeing  to 
mobility  in  environment  and  on  hearing  to  the  development  of  human  communication.  Discussion  of 
causes  of  visual  and  auditory  pathologies,  braille,  mobility  training,  speech  reading  and  amplification, 
and  other  procedures  of  rehabilitation. 

RH  312  PSYCHOLOGICAL  BASIS  OF  DISABILITY  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  emotional  and  social  responses  which  govern  behavior  and  relationships  of  handicapped 
individuals  and  rehabilitation  workers  alike,  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  disability  in  formation  of  the 
concept  of  human  worth. 

RH  321  PRINCIPLES  AND  METHODS  OF  REHABILITATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220,  RH31 1,  RH312,  and  permission  of  instructor 

Delineates  the  roles  of  members  of  professional  disciplines  of  medicine,  psychology,  prosthetics, 
orthodontics,  audiology,  speech  pathology,  physical  and  occupational  therapy  in  restoration  of  the 
handicapped;  use  of  diagnostic  information;  significance  and  interpretation  of  medical  examination; 
role  of  rehabilitation  counselor  in  the  agency. 

RH  322  REHABILITATION  CASE  STUDY  AND  INTERPRETATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220,  RH31 1,  RH312,  or  permission  of  instructor 

Purpose  and  techniques  of  case  history  taking;  meaning  and  evaluation  of  diagnostic  information; 
psychological  evaluation  in  terms  of  mental  ability,  personality,  attitudes,  and  dexterity  skills;  role  of 
disabled  individual's  family  in  planning  of  services,  referrals  and  report  writing. 


340 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


RH  360  REHABILITATION  COUNSELING:  STRATEGIES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission,  Rehabilitation  majors  only 

Designed  to  help  students  develop  competencies  in  using  various  counseling  techniques  with  handi- 
capped persons.  Various  theories  of  counseling  will  be  explored  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  setting.  It 
will  provide  basic  counseling  skills  to  upperclass  Rehabilitation  majors  prior  to  field  training. 

RH  41 1  REHABILITATION  OF  THE  POST-SURGICAL  PATIENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RH220 

Influence  of  prospective  surgery  on  human  emotion  and  outlook;  the  effect  of  alteration  or  removal  of 
body  parts  on  personality  and  physical  skills.  Study  of  mastectomy,  colostomy,  laryngectomy,  limb 
amputation,  reconstruction  of  facial  disfigurement,  cardiovascular  disease,  and  residual  capabilities. 

RH  412  OCCUPATIONAL  ASPECTS  OF  REHABILITATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220,  RH31 1,  or  permission  of  instructor 

The  realism  of  the  world  of  work  and  relationship  of  gainful  employment  to  human  autonomy  and 

decision-making.  T>pes  of  jobs,  levels  of  required  skills,  potential  capabilities  of  the  handicapped 

relative  to  specific  job  responsibilities,  methods  of  assessing  potential  job  success,  and  sheltered 

workshops. 

RH  421/441  FIELD  TRAINING  IN  REHABILITATION  var-12sh 

Prerequisites:  All  major  courses  in  program 

Emphasizes  development  of  the  student  rehabilitation  coordinator  by  working  with  disabled  clients  in 
a  public  or  private  agency.  Writing  and  analysis  of  case  reports,  counseling  of  clients,  understanding  of 
agency  responsibilities  and  limitations,  referral,  follow-up,  and  final  evaluation  of  the  client's  ability  to 
funaion  with  various  degrees  of  autonomy. 

RH  422  REHABILITATION  PRACTICUM  2c-0I-2sh 

Taken  concurrently  with  RH421  and  RH441 

Discussion  of  current  topics  of  interest  in  the  field,  such  as  state  and  federal  legislation,  new  prosthetic 
advances,  proposals  of  the  National  Rehabilitation  Association,  or  recent  techniques  in  working  with 
specific  disabilities. 

RH  460  ADVANCED  REHABILITATION  COUNSELING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RH360 

Selected  counseling  techniques  studied  and  praaiced  under  super\ision.  Application  will  be  utilized  in 
roles  that  will  approximate  the  kind  of  clients  encountered  in  field  training. 

RH  484  DIRECTED  REHABILITATION  ACTIVITIES  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Permission,  Rehabilitation  majors  only 

Pre- field  training  experience  working  with  handicapped  clients  in  local  facilities.  Concrete  experience 

will  help  the  students  integrate  classroom  instruction  with  field  experiences. 

RS:  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

RS  100  INTRODUCTION  TO  RELIGION  3c-01-3sh 

A  begirming  approach  to  the  study  of  religion.  Questions  discussed  will  include  the  nature  of  religion, 
types  of  religion,  origins  of  religion,  conceptions  of  deity,  the  religious  nature  and  destiny  of  man, 
religion  and  science,  religion  and  society,  and  contemporary  religious  issues. 

RS  1 10  WORLD  RELIGIONS  3c-01-3sh 

History,  comparative  theology,  ritual,  and  contemporary  influences  of  world's  major  religions.  A 
nonsectarian  study  of  religions  such  as  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  Confucianism,  Taoism,  Shinto, 
Zoroastrianism,  Judaism,  Christianity,  and  Islam. 


Course  Descriptions — 341 


RS  200  RELIGION  AND  CULTURE:  THEIR  INTERACTION  3c-01-3sh 

A  systematic  study  of  the  interaction  of  religions  and  various  components  of  culture,  as  a  way  of 
understanding  the  phenomenon  of  religion.  The  approach  is  functional  and  descriptive;  it  uses  case 
studies  which  are  chronologically  and  culturally  diverse,  covering  such  areas  as  religion  and  politics, 
economics,  arts,  science,  and  literature. 

RS  210  WORLD  SCRIPTURES  3c-01-3sh 

Major  sacred  writings  of  Hindu,  Buddhist,  Zoroastrian,  Moslem,  Confucian,  Taoist,  and  Judeo- 
Christian  traditions  will  be  studied  from  point  of  view  of  their  religious  significance. 

RS  250  BIBLICAL  INTERPRETATIONS  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  scholarly  methods  and  major  themes  necessary  to  understanding  of  the  Old  and 
New  Testaments  of  Judeo-  Christian  documents. 

RS  260  AMERICAN  RELIGIOUS  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  and  analysis  of  topics  which  depict  the  role  of  religion  in  the  U.S.,  e.g.,  American  Indian 
religion  (R);  R  and  the  discovery/  colonization/immigration  trends  of  the  U.S.:  R  and  the  Constitu- 
tion; indigenous  religious  movements;  black  religion;  ecumenism;  atheism;  cults;  mass  media  and  R; 
religion  in  Indiana  County. 

RS  290  CHRISTIANITY  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  beliefs,  practices,  significant  persons,  histor>',  and  cultural  impact  of  Christianity. 

RS  31 1  EASTERN  PHILOSOPHY  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  and  critique  of  the  philosophies  which  have  shaped  Eastern  world  views  and  ways  of 
life  as  found  in  a  representative  sampling  of  Chinese,  Japanese,  and  Indian  thought. 

RS  312  BIBLICAL  HISTORY  AND  PALESTINIAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  religio-historical  traditions  of  the  Bible  in  light  of  archaeological  research.  Will 
include  study  of  archaeological  method  and  interpretation,  discoveries  in  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  and 
Syro-Palestine  as  background  for  understanding  the  traditions  and  religious  practices  and  beliefs  of 
Israel,  and  special  questions  surrounding  the  Patriarchal  narratives,  the  Exodus  and  Conquest,  Israel 
under  David  and  Solomon,  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls,  and  N.T.  times. 

RS  370  RELIGIONS  OF  CHINA  AND  JAPAN  3c-0I-3sh 

A  study  of  Confucianism,  Taoism,  Buddhism,  Shinto,  and  popular  religion  in  China  and  Japan, 
including  historical  and  theological  foundations,  development  of  thought,  contemporary  expressions, 
and  encounters  with  the  modem  world. 

RS  375  RELIGIONS  OF  INDIA  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  Hinduism,  Indian  Buddhism,  Jainism,  and  Sikhism,  including  historical  and  theological 
foundations,  development  of  thought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with  the  modem 
world. 

RS  380  ISLAM  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  Islam  including  historical  and  theological  foundations,  developments  of  thought,  contem- 
porary expressions,  and  encounters  with  the  modern  world. 

RS  410  WESTERN  RELIGIOUS  THOUGHT  IN  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Theological  development  of  the  Judeo-Christian  religious  tradition,  approached  through  an  in-depth 
study  of  selected  writings  from  the  early  Church  Fathers  to  the  Protestant  Reformers. 

RS  440  CONTEMPORARY  WESTERN  RELIGIOUS  THOUGHT  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  thought  of  such  contemporary  theologians  as  Bonhoeffer,  Buber,  Bultmann, 
Kierkegaard,  Teilhard,  Tillich,  Barth,  Bmimer,  and  Niebuhr. 

RS  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  3c-OI-3sh 

Topical  courses  which  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See  current  schedule  of  classes. 


342 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


RS  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var- 1  -6sh 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  religious  studies  interests  not  covered  in  the  department's  regular 
offering  may  do  so  by  seeking  approval  for  independent  study.  Make  inquiry  of  the  chairperson.  Upon 
approval  students  are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  credit.  All  programs  of  study 
must  be  accepted  by  the  department  as  a  whole.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  maximum  of  6  sh 
(This  option  is  available  to  both  religious  studies  majors  and  nonmajors.) 

RS  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY:  HONORS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.00  QPA,  15  sh  in  Religious  Studies  and  3.20  average  in  departmental  courses 
Majors  in  Religious  Studies  are  invited  to  take  3  sh  of  independent  study  designated  "Honors 
Project."  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with  departmental  honors  is  possible. 

RS  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Jr/Sr.  RS  major  or  double  major,  2.5  QPA  in  major,  department  approval 
Supervised  experience  in  a  public  or  private  organization  which  extends  and  complements  coursework 
in  Religious  Studies. 

RT:  RESPIRATORY  THERAPY 

Department  of  Allied  Health  Professions 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

RT  326  RESPIRATORY  CARE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  I  var  3sh 

First  exposure  to  patient  care.  Introduction  and  practice  of  basic  respiratory  care  treatment  modalities 
receive  emphasis. 

RT  327  PHARMACOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  pharmacology  and  therapeutics.  Emphasis  placed  on  the  drugs  used  in  respiratory 
care.  Drug  classification,  action,  usage,  dosage,  and  availability  will  be  discussed. 

RT  328  INTRODUCTION  TO  RESPIRATORY  CARE  4c-01-4sh 

Topics  include  medical  terminology  and  an  overview  of  cellular  structure  and  function.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  neurophysiology,  respiratory  anatomy,  and  physiology. 

RT  329  RESPIRATORY  CARE  INSTRUMENTATION  4c-01-4sh 

Introduction  to  basic  respiratory  care  equipment  and  related  procedures.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  upon  the  rationale  and  techniques  of  oxygen  administration. 

RT  330  CARDIOPULMONARY  RESUSCITATION  2c-01-2sh 

Comprehensive  analysis  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  numerous  methods  of  resuscitation. 

RT  331  INTRODUCTION  TO  VENTILATOR  MANAGEMENT  lc-01-lsh 

This  course  is  designed  to  establish  competence  in  changing  ventilator  tubing  circuitry  in  the  labora- 
tory situation.  Introductory  principles,  techniques,  and  theory  of  ventilator  application  will  also  be 
explored. 

RT  333  RESPIRATORY  CARE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  II  var  4sh 

Treatment  procedures  introduced  in  Clinical  I  are  continued  with  greater  emphasis  on  independence. 
Specialty  rotations  are  added  to  broaden  exposure  to  respiratory  care  and  critical  care. 

RT  334  RESPIRATORY  CARE  INSTRUMENTATION  AND  APPLICATION  4c-01-4sh 

Provides  students  with  a  comprehensive  knowledge  of  mechanical  ventilation.  The  care  of  critically  ill 
and  physiologic  consequences  of  mechanical  ventilation  will  be  discussed. 

RT  335  NURSING  ARTS  3c-01-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  history  of  respiratory  care  and  nursing.  Topics  include  medical  records,  infection 
control,  sterilization,  and  psychosocial  aspects  of  illness. 


Course  Descriptions — 343 


RT  336  CARDIOPULMONARY  EVALUATION  AND  CLINICAL  CORRELATION  4c-01-4sh 
Disease  states  of  the  pulmonary  and  related  systems  are  investigated  in  progression  from  etiology 
through  treatment  and  prognosis. 

RT  337  INTRODUCTION  TO  PULMONARY  FUNCTION  STUDIES  Ic-01-lsh 

The  student  is  introduced  to  the  basic  principles  of  lung  volumes,  capacities,  and  their  measurement. 
Blood  gas  sampling  and  electrodes  are  also  explored. 

RT  426  RESPIRATORY  CARE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  III  var  5sh 

Respiratory  Care  treatment  procedures  are  continued  with  emphasis  on  improving  proficiency  and 
refining  skills.  Students  will  make  rounds  with  physicians. 

RT  427  APPLIED  PULMONARY  PHYSIOLOGY  4c-01-4sh 

Various  aspects  of  pulmonary  physiology  will  be  discussed  and  applied  to  acid-base  and  blood  gas 
analysis  and  interpretation. 

RT  428  ESSENTIALS  OF  ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  basic  principles  in  cardiac  electro-diagnostics. 
Topics  include  the  technique  of  ECG  testing  and  fundamentals  of  ECG  arrythmia  recognition. 

RT  429  DESIGN  AND  FUNCTION  OF  A  RESPIRATORY  CARE  2c-01-2sh 

PROGRAM 

Basic  management  principles  as  they  apply  to  the  hospital  setting  and  in  particular  respiratory  care 
departments  and  schools  will  be  discussed. 

RT  430  PULMONARY  FUNCTION  STUDIES  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  RT337 

Principles,  techniques,  and  equipment  employed  in  pulmonary  diagnostics  are  explored.  Diagnostic 
studies  include  basic  spirometry,  flow-  volume  loops,  diffusion  studies,  exercise  testing,  bron- 
choprovocation  studies,  and  small  airways  diagnostics. 

RT431  PEDIATRIC  RESPIRATORY  CARE  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  RT334and  RT336 

The  application  of  respiratory  care  to  children  ages  6  months- 15  years  is  explored.  Cardiopulmonary 
pathophysiology  and  treatment  for  the  following  disorders  are  discussed:  Croup,  Epiglotitis,  Asthma, 
Cystic  Fibrosis,  Congenital  Heart  Defects,  Abdominal  and  Chest  Wall  Defects. 

RT  433  RESPIRATORY  CARE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  IV  var  5sh 

Rotations  on  treatment  and  intensive  respiratory  care  are  continued.  Advanced  rotations  are  included. 

RT  434  NEONATAL  RESPIRATORY  CARE  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  terminology,  anatomy,  and  pathophysiology  of  obstetric,  fetal,  neonatal,  and  pediatric  patients 
will  be  presented. 

RT  436  RESPIRATORY  CARE  TEACHING  2c-01-2sh 

An  introduction  to  respiratory  education. 

RT  437  METHODS  IN  CRITICAL  CARE  2c-01-2sh 

Critical  Care  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  modalities  pertinent  to  respiratory  care  will  be  discussed. 
Topics  include  invasive  and  noninvasive  cardiac  monitoring,  pulmonary  monitoring,  neurological 
assessment,  ventilator  commitment,  and  discontinuance. 

RT  438  CARDIOPULMONARY  REHABILITATION  lc-01-lsh 

Techniques  and  principles  associated  with  cardiopulmonary  rehabilitation  programs  are  surveyed. 
Topics  also  include  the  management  of  chronic  pulmonary  disease  in  the  home  and  the  application  of 
respiratory  equipment  and  mechanical  ventilators  in  this  setting. 


344 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


RT  481  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  RESPIRATORY  CARE  var  l-3sh 

This  course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas  of  Respiratory 
Therapy  not  covered  in  regular  course  work. 

SA:  SAFETY  SCIENCES 

Department  of  Safety  Sciences 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

SA  101  INTRODUCTION  TO  OCCUPATIONAL  SAFETY  AND  3c-01-3sh 

HEALTH 

Covers  theory  and  history  of  industrial  hazard  control,  effects  of  hazards  and  failures  on  organiza- 
tional control  and  productivity,  safety  and  health  legislation,  accident  causation,  organization  and 
administration  of  safety  and  health  programs,  aspects  of  recognizing,  evaluating,  and  understanding 
control  of  safety  and  health  hazards,  acquiring  hazard  data,  hazard  analytical  tools,  communication 
techniques  in  safety  and  health  management,  and  the  role  of  interfacing  management  systems  in 
hazard  control. 

SA  102  INTRODUCTION  TO  MINE  SAFETY  AND  HEALTH  3c-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  in-depth  background  of  the  problems  involving  mine  safety.  A 
historical  approach  to  coal  and  mineral  mining  is  reviewed;  legislative  influences  such  as  the  Federal 
Coal  Mine  Health  and  Safety  Act,  the  Metal  and  Nonmetal  Mine  Health  and  Safety  Act,  and  the 
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  discussed  in  depth;  mining  techniques,  methods,  and  systems  are 
discussed.  Management  of  mine  health  and  safety  programs  is  presented.  Federally  mandated  training 
of  employees  is  covered. 

SA  1 1 1  PRINCIPLES  OF  INDUSTRIAL  SAFETY  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAlOl  or  SA102 

Stresses  understanding  the  complexity  of  industrial  hazard  control  problem  by  thoroughly  examining 
elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in  OSHA  promulgated  standards.  Emphasis  given  to  plant 
layout  and  design,  materials  handling,  machine  guarding,  walking  and  working  surfaces,  hazardous 
materials  and  combustible  liquids,  boilers  and  unfired  pressure  vessels. 

SA  21 1  PRINCIPLES  OF  INDUSTRIAL  SAFETY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAlOl  or  SA102 

Stresses  understanding  the  complexity  of  the  industrial  hazard  control  problem  by  thoroughly 
examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in  the  OSHA  promulgated  standards.  Emphasis 
on  welding  and  cutting  operations,  electrical  safety,  chemical  safety,  personal  protective  equipment, 
industrial  sanitation,  and  construction  safety. 

SA  23 1  PRINCIPLES  OF  MINE  SAFETY  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA102 

Focuses  on  the  various  aspects  of  mining  operations  such  as  slope  and  shaft  development;  mine  design; 
ground  control;  hoisting;  man-trips;  haulage;  mining  equipment;  mine  emergency  planning  and 
procedures;  mine  communications  and  maintenance. 

SA  232  PRINCIPLES  OF  MINE  SAFETY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA102 

Covers  surface  mining  operations  such  as  slope  stability,  equipment,  ground  water  and  control.  Mine- 
related  processing  operations  are  discussed.  Provides  an  in-depth  study  of  the  various  controls  of 
electrical  hazards  and  ignition  sources  such  as  permissible  equipment,  electrical  distribution  systems. 
The  uses  of  explosives  and  blasting  practices,  handling,  storing,  and  transportation  with  emphasis  on 
causes  of  explosion  involving  dust  and  gases  are  discussed. 

SA  301  HEALTH  HAZARD  IDENTIFICATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH102,  PYlll,  MA122,  BI151 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  primary  health  hazards  found  in  industry  and  their  effects  on  the 
human  body.  Students  learn  to  recognize  hazards  involved  with  air  contaminants,  noise,  heat, 
radiation,  chemicals  on  the  skin,  and  other  stressors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  study  of  occupational 
disease,  industrial  toxicology,  and  use  of  threshold  limit  values. 


Course  Descriptions — 345 


SA  303  CONTROL  OF  HEALTH  HAZARDS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301.  PYUZ,  MA217 

Study  of  engineering,  administrative,  and  personal  protective  equipment  as  methods  of  reducing  or 

eliminating  hazards  to  the  health  of  industrial  workers.  Topics  covered  include  industrial  ventilation, 

noise  control,  heat  control,  radiation  control,  personal  protective  equipment,  and  industrial  health 

program. 

SA  311  INDUSTRIAL  FIRE  PROTECTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH102,  PYl  12,  SA21 1 

Introduces  fundamental  concepts  in  protection  of  industrial  workers  and  property  from  fire  and 
explosion.  Fire  chemistry,  control  of  ignition  sources  in  industry,  and  properties  of  combustible 
materials  are  discussed.  Fire  detection  and  extinguishment  are  covered  along  with  building  construc- 
tion for  fire  prevention,  life  safety,  fire  codes,  and  related  topics. 

SA  345  SYSTEMS  SAFETY  ANALYSIS  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites :  SA  1 11 ,  SA2 1 1 ,  M A2 1 7 

Focuses  on  the  evaluation  of  system  designs  using  detailed  system  analysis  techniques.  Topics  covered 
include  system  definition,  economics  of  systems  safety,  systems  safety  methodology,  ergonomic 
approaches,  mathematics  of  system  analysis,  including  statistical  methods.  Boolean  algebra,  and 
reliability.  Preliminary  hazard  analysis,  task  analysis,  failure  mode  and  effect  analysis,  fault  tree 
analysis,  and  exercises  in  the  application  of  fault  tree  analysis  to  hardware  and  man/machine  systems. 
Practical  analysis  work  is  accomplished  in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA  347  ERGONOMICS  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301,  B115I 

An  exploration  of  the  principles  which  control  human  performance  and  its  effect  upon  the  safety  and 
reliability  of  systems.  Engineering  anthropometry,  biomechanics  of  motion  and  work  posture,  work 
physiology,  and  performance  measurement  are  covered  in  the  context  of  their  application  in  workplace 
design.  Students  will  be  instructed  in  methodologies  for  analysis  tasks  and  human  performance 
requirements.  Important  human  limitations  are  studied  in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA  370  FLEET  SAFETY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SAlOl,  Junior  Standing 

Includes  topics  involved  with  the  development  and  operation  of  motor  fleet  safety  programs:  driver 
selection  and  training,  accident  investigation  and  record  keeping,  equipment  safety  features,  preven- 
tive maintenance,  and  driver  incentive  programs. 

SA  380  INSTITUTIONAL  SAFETY  MANAGEMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing 

Historical  aspects  of  safety  for  both  private  and  public  institutions;  introduction  to  trends  in  liability 
and  institutional  safety  regulations.  Distinctions  will  be  made  between  employee,  visitor,  and  patient 
hazards  and  their  control. 

SA  401  MINE  VENTILATION  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  12,  SA102,  MA  122  or  consent 

Study  of  mine  ventilation  principles  and  practices  which  provide  a  basic  knowledge  in  design  and 
operation  of  mine  ventilation  systems.  The  topics  of  airfiow  physics,  ventilation  standards,  fan 
fundamentals,  pressure  losses,  required  air  flows,  and  overall  design  are  discussed.  Specific  problems 
in  mine  ventilation  will  be  solved. 

SA  402  HEALTH  HAZARD  EVALUATION  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301,  PY112,  MA217 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  which  provides  a  basic  understanding  of  techniques  used  in  measuring 
and  evaluating  the  magnitude  of  health  hazards  in  industry.  Laboratory  sessions  provide  experience  in 
air  sampling,  noise  measurement,  heat  measurement,  particle  size  analysis,  chemical  analysis,  and 
evaluation  of  industrial  ventilation  systems. 


346 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SA  4 1 2  EVALUATION  OF  SAFETY  PROGRAM  EFFECTIVENESS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  217,  Junior  Standing 

Teaches  reasons  and  importance  of  evaluating  the  effect  of  safety  and  health  innovations  on  organiza- 
tion performance,  devising  measuring  systems  capable  of  extracting  accurate,  meaningful  data, 
methods  of  collecting,  codifying,  and  processing  accident-  injury  information,  and  utilization  of  data 
retrieval  systems. 

SA  441  ACCIDENT  INVESTIGATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAlOl,  Junior  Standing  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  aspects  of  accident  investigation  such  as  recent  theories  associated  with  accident 
causes,  investigative  techniques,  data  acquisition,  structure  of  investigative  reports,  management 
responsibilities,  and  remedial  actions.  Particular  emphasis  on  determining  sequence  of  events  to 
develop  management  actions  which  will  prevent  recurrence  of  accidents. 

SA  445  PRODUCT  SAFETY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA217,  Senior  Standing  or  consent 

Traces  flow  of  applicable  legislation  dealing  with  consumerism  and  product  safety.  Corporate  liability 
for  product  safety  emphasized  through  case  studies.  Student  familiarized  with  evolving  role  of 
Consumer  Product  Safety  Commission.  Corporate  management  of  product  development  and  safety 
detailed  with  emphasis  on  systems  safety  analysis,  standards,  and  product  testing. 

SA  461  AIR  POLLUTION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  major  aspects  of  the  air  pollution  problem.  Includes  sources  of  pollution, 
evaluation  and  engineering  of  pollutants,  government  regulations,  atmospheric  chemistry  and  disper- 
sion, and  human  and  nonhuman  effects.  Particular  emphasis  on  information  that  is  practical  for  the 
safety  management,  industrial  health,  or  environmental  health  professional. 

SA  462  RADIOLOGICAL  HEALTH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301  or  consent 

Study  of  problems  associated  with  ionizing  radiation  in  human  environment.  Emphasis  given  to 
biological  effects,  radiation  measurement,  dose  computational  techniques,  exposure  control,  and  local 
and  federal  regulations.  Study  and  use  of  various  radiological  instruments  included. 

SA  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  SAFETY  SCIENCES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

An  elective  offering  in  which  the  specific  topic  may  vary. 

SA  482  PROCESS  SAFETY  IN  THE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301 ,  SA3 1 1 ,  SA345  and  Senior  Standing,  or  permission  of  instructor 
This  course  is  designed  to  cover  all  important  aspects  of  loss  prevention  as  it  is  practiced  in  the  chemical 
process  industries.  Its  objective  is  to  prepare  the  safety  professional  so  that  he/she  may  be  able  to  work 
more  effectively  with  chemists  and  chemical  engineers  in  joint  hazard  identification,  evaluation,  and 
control  projects. 

SA  493  INTERNSHIP  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  Standing,  all  required  courses  in  major 

All  Safety  Science  majors  are  expected  to  take  this  course.  It  is  conducted  away  from  the  university  at 
various  industrial  enterprises.  Students  are  required  to  provide  their  own  transportation.  Intended  to 
allow  the  student  to  apply  hazard  assessment  and  safety  management  practices  to  actual  industrial 
situations  while  at  same  time  being  exposed  to  complexities  of  industrial  envirorunent. 

SA  493-3  INTERNSHIP  1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  Standing,  all  required  courses  in  major,  minimum  of  2.5  overall  and  2.8  GPA  in 
major,  and  consent 

This  course  is  a  practicum  conducted  at  an  approved  occupational  setting  up  to  500  miles  away  from 
lUP.  Students  are  required  to  conduct  four  major  projects  over  the  course  of  the  summer.  One  project 
will  be  from  each  of  the  following  areas:  Safety  Management,  Industrial  Safety,  Industrial  Hygiene, 
and  Fire  Protection.  Students  are  accountable  to  an  on-site  supervisor  and  are  required  to  remain  in 
close  contact  with  a  Safety  Sciences  faculty  coordinator.  Offered  in  summer  only. 


Course  Descriptions — 347 


SC:  SCIENCE 

Department  of  Chemistry/Department  of  Physics 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

SC  105  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  I  3c-21-4sh 

A  descriptive  and  conceptual  course  in  physics  for  the  non-  Science  major.  High  school  physics  is  not  a 
prerequisite.  Course  content  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  physical 
world  around  us,  to  produce  changes  in  attitude  and  background  essential  for  our  modern  society,  and 
to  clarify  the  following  topics:  motion,  heat,  sound,  light,  electricity,  magnetism,  and  the  structure  of 
matter. 

SC  106  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  II  3c-21-4sh 

A  basic  course  in  environmental  and  consumer  chemistry  for  the  non-Science  major.  High  school 
chemistry  is  not  a  pre-  requisite.  Major  topics  include  man's  use  and  abuse  of  soil,  water,  air  and  energy 
resources,  global  food  production  and  hunger,  the  nuclear  industry  and  the  threat  of  nuclear  war. 
Consumer  topics  include  vitamins  and  nutrition,  food  additives,  pesticides,  and  drugs. 

SH:  SPEECH  AND  HEARING  (SPEECH  PATHOLOGY  AND 
AUDIOLOGY) 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 

College  of  Education 

SH  11 1  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  SPEECH  AND  HEARING  3c-01-3sh 

(Prerequisite  for  all  other  required  courses  in  the  division  except  Phonetics)  Introduction  to  the  study 
of  physiological,  acoustical,  and  scientific  processes  involved  in  production  and  reception  of  speech. 
The  genetic  development  of  speech  sounds  and  factors  that  hinder  or  facilitate  speech  and  language 
acquisition. 

SH  122  PHONETICS  3c-OI-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  phonemes  of  American-English  speech  from  a  physical  and  acoustical  point  of  view. 
Development  of  proficiency  in  use  of  International  Phonetic  Alphabet  for  transcription  and  transla- 
tion of  speech  sounds. 

SH  222  INTRODUCTION  TO  AUDIOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  auditory  function,  anatomy  of  auditory  mechanism,  psychophysics  of  sound,  types  and 
causes  of  hearing  loss,  measurement  of  hearing,  and  educational  considerations  for  hearing  -  handi- 
capped child. 

SH  234  LANGUAGE  DEVELOPMENT  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  an  interpersonal  communication  system ;  language  as  a  system  of  symbols 
for  communication;  the  structure  of  the  English  language,  including  phonology,  syntax,  and  seman- 
tics with  emphasis  on  the  generative  evolvement  of  sentences.  Highlighting  the  neurological,  social, 
and  psychological  bases  of  language  development. 

SH  242  INTRODUCTION  TO  SPEECH  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  communication  process  with  emphasis  on  physical  characteristics  of  sound  production, 
transmission  and  perception  of  the  sound,  and  the  evolvement  and  use  of  symbols  for  meaningful 
communication.  The  scientific  principles  of  normal  oral  communication  are  stressed,  and  language 
learning  is  recognized  as  a  basis  for  oral  communication. 

SH  25 1  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  SPEECH  AND  3c-01-3sh 

HEARING  MECHANISM 

Consideration  of  genetic  development,  structure,  and  function  of  the  organs  of  speech  and  hearing. 
Anatomical  systems  involved  in  respiration,  phonation,  articulation,  and  hearing  and  relationships 
between  systems  in  production  and  reception  of  speech. 


348 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SH  254  CLASSROOM  MANAGEMENT  OF  LANGUAGE  DISORDERS  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  aspects  of  speech,  language,  and  hearing  problems  pertaining  to  classroom  situation.  Types 
of  speech  and  hearing  disorders,  conducting  speech  and  language  improvement  lessons,  classroom 
aids  for  the  speech-  and  hearing-impaired  child,  and  school  and  community  resources  for  these 
children.  (Required  for  majors  in  Education  of  the  Exceptional  and  suggested  for  majors  in  Elemen- 
tary Education) 

SH  306  ARTICULATION  AND  LANGUAGE  DISORDERS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  11 1 ,  242,  25 1 ,  234 

Exploration  of  the  processes  related  to  developmental  articulation  and  language  disorders  from  birth 
through  adolescence.  Instruction  in  the  principles  underlying  modification  of  these  disorders.  Prepara- 
tion of  management  programs  and  observation  in  the  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  required. 

SH  308  STUTTERING  AND  VOICE  DISORDERS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  1 1 1 ,  242,  25 1 ,  234 

Introduction  to  the  developmental,  psychogenic,  and  organic  bases  for  stuttering  and  voice  disorders. 
Instruction  in  principles  underlying  treatment  of  these  disorders  with  emphasis  on  anatomical 
deviations  and  laryngeal  dysfunction.  Preparation  of  management  plans  and  observation  in  Speech 
and  Hearing  Clinic  required. 

SH  3 1 1  AURAL  REHABILITATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SH222 

Consideration  of  the  effects  of  varied  degrees  of  hearing  loss  sustained  by  individuals  at  different 
stages  of  development  and  study  of  total  education  and  rehabilitative  procedures  for  the  hard-  of- 
hearing  child  or  adult. 

SH  3 12  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF  SPEECH  3c-01-3sh 

AND  HEARING  PROGRAMS 

Prerequisite:  SHI  11  (Meets  requirement  for  Professional  Education  course) 

Establishment  and  maintenance  of  speech  and  hearing  programs  within  various  administrative 
organizations,  particularly  in  the  public  schools.  Techniques  of  client  identification,  scheduling, 
record  keeping,  appropriate  referral,  material  and  equipment  selection,  teacher  and  parental  counsel- 
ing, and  the  development  of  coordinated  professional  and  interdisciplinary  procedures. 

SH  3 14  ASSESSMENT  OF  SPEECH  AND  LANGUAGE  DISORDERS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SHI  1 1,  242,  251,  234 

Introduction  to  formal  and  informal  procedures  for  evaluating  speech  and  language  disorders; 
selection  of  tests  and  techniques;  reliability  and  validity  of  procedures;  interviewing  techniques 
appropriate  to  case  history.  Preparation  of  evaluation  and  case  history  reports;  preparation  of 
management  programs. 

SH  320  SPEECH  CLINIC  varl  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  All  major  courses  except  SH312 

Experience  in  working  with  individuals  or  groups  of  persons  who  exhibit  speech  or  hearing  problems. 
Lesson  planning,  writing  of  reports,  and  case  histories  of  a  detailed  nature. 

SH  412  CLEFT  PALATE  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  overall  problems  associated  with  the  phenomenon  of  cleft  lip  and  palate  with  special  emphasis 
in  areas  of  speech,  hearing,  and  language.  Included  in  scope  will  be  human  embryology,  with  specific 
emphasis  on  oral  facial  development;  physical  remediation,  including  both  surgical  and  prosthetic 
repair;  effects  of  clefts  on  structure  and  function  of  speech  and  hearing  mechanism;  role  of  speech 
correctionist  on  cleft  palate  team;  evaluation  and  current  remedial  procedures  for  speech,  hearing,  and 
language  problems. 


Course  Descriptions — 349 


SO:  SOCIOLOGY 

Department  of  Sociology/Anthropology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SO  151  PRINCIPLES  OF  SOCIOLOGY  3c-OI-3sh 

Scientific  study  of  structure  and  functioning  of  human  societies,  with  special  attention  to  fartors 
responsible  for  organization  and  transformation  of  sociocultural  systems.  Specific  course  content 
varies  from  one  instructor  to  another. 

SO  231  CONTEMPORARY  SOCIAL  PROBLEMS  3c-0!-3sh 

Exploration  of  some  pressing  problems  currently  endemic  to  Western  society.  Problems  are  defined 
and  solutions  explored  in  light  of  historical,  political,  economic,  social,  and  anthropological  data. 

SO  233  CULTURAL  SYMBOLISM:  LANGUAGE  IN  CULTURE  3c-01-3sh 

AND  SOCIETY 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  on  analysis  of  non- Western 

languages. 

SO  237  WORLD  CULTURES  3c-01-3sh 

Orientation  to  the  study  of  cultural  diversity  in  human  societies.  Emphasis  on  determinants  of  cultural 
variability  and  the  problem  of  ethnocentrism.  Recommended  for  Social  Science  Education  students 
who  concentrate  in  Sociology  or  Anthropology. 

SO  25 1  SOCIOLOGY  OF  HUMAN  SEXUALITY  3c-01-3sh 

Depth  analysis  of  a  formerly  taboo  topic,  human  sexuality,  whereby  current  information  derived  from 
biological,  psychological,  and  sociological  research  on  human  relationships  is  presented  to  provide  a 
foundation  for  self-understanding  and  societal  values. 

SO  301  CLINICAL  SOCIOLOGICAL  THEORY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Develops  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  micro  and  macro  sociological  theory  to  analyze,  assess,  and 
diagnose  human  problems.  Employing  case  studies,  it  prepares  students  to  do  case  work  and  problem 
solving  of  interpersonal,  group,  and  organizational  problems  and  seeks  to  acquaint  students  to  the 
broader  professional  activity  of  human  services. 

SO  302  CLINICAL  SOCIOLOGICAL  PRACTICE  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO301 

Prepares  the  students  to  effect  constructive  change  within  individuals,  groups,  families,  and  commu- 
nities. Draws  its  analysis,  diagnosis,  and  methods  from  the  foundations  of  sociological  theory  at  the 
level  of  intervention  with  clients. 

SO  303  SOCIAL  AND  CULTURAL  CHANGE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change.  Special  attention  given  to 
planned  change  at  the  local  or  regional  level. 

SO  3 14  ETHNOLOGY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  culture  history  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  Indians  of  North  America.  Detailed  study 
of  representative  groups  related  to  historical,  functional,  and  ecological  concepts. 

SO  322  CULTURE  AND  PERSONALITY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  and  S0151  or  ANllO 

Examination  of  personality  characteristics  produced  in  a  given  cultural  milieu  or  subgroup. 
Crosscultural  comparisons  and  analyses  made  with  respect  to  child-rearing,  male-female  role  differ- 
entiation, bodily  movements,  suppression,  mental  disturbance,  and  religious  expression. 


350 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


so  332  RACIAL  AND  ETHNIC  MINORITIES  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Study  of  racial,  ethnic,  and  religious  minorities  and  divergent  heritages  in  our  national  life. 

SO  333  DELINQUENCY  AND  YOUTH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Study  of  social  and  cultural  factors  involved  in  various  youth  lifestyles,  including  delinquency. 
Crosscultural  and  historical  approach  used  in  a  review  of  social  norms,  social  control,  and  socializa- 
tion institutions  and  community-based  programs  for  rehabilitation. 

SO  334  POPULATION  TRENDS  AND  PROBLEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Major  forces  of  population  change  examined.  Problems  of  excessive  population  growth  rates  outside 
of  U.S.  and  declining  growth  rates  in  the  U.S.  analyzed.  Threats  to  ecological  stability  discussed. 

SO  335  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  ABUSE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  social  issues  and  problems  of  alcohol  and  drug  misuse  in  American  society.  Legal  and 

illegal  substances  will  be  considered,  and  the  causes  of  substance  abuse  as  well  as  alternatives  will  be 

examined. 

SO  336  SOCIOLOGY  OF  THE  FAMILY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Sociological  study  of  the  family  from  various  theoretical  viewpoints.  Emphasis  on  the  relation  between 
structure  and  function  of  the  family  and  the  existing  and  emerging  social  environment. 

SO  338  URBAN  SOCIOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

A  critical  survey  of  various  models  and  conceptual  frameworks  used  by  urban  sociologists.  The  course 

examines  sociocultural  adaptations  to  urban  settings  in  various  times  and  places,  although  the 

emphasis  will  be  upon  large-scale  industrial  and  postindustrial  societies.  The  focus  is  on  the  social  unit 

of  adaptation:  often  the  urban  neighborhood,  the  community,  or  other  small-scale  segments  of  the 

city. 

SO  339  THE  COMMUNITY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Analysis  of  the  social  structure  of  communities  on  the  local  level  in  relation  to  the  national  conununity 
structure.  Examination  of  current  problems  and  future  trends. 

SO  340  SOCIOLOGY  OF  INDUSTRY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examination  of  industrial  organizations  and  their  environments.  Production  systems  analyzed  in 
terms  of  different  forms  of  organization,  e.g.,  bureaucratic,  power-equilibrium,  and  worker-  par- 
ticipation. Special  attention  paid  to  who  defines  production,  how  such  definitions  are  legitimized,  and 
how  constraints  are  placed  on  such  definitions  by  union  and  other  political  organizations. 

SO  341  SOCIOLOGY  OF  EDUCATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  place  of  education  in  society.  Special  attention  to  the  development  of  education  in 
America  and  its  relation  to  political  and  economic  phenomena.  Some  attention  given  to  education  in 
other  industrial  and  agrarian  societies. 

SO  342  SOCIAL  AND  CULTURAL  ASPECTS  OF  HEALTH  AND  3c-01-3sh 

MEDICINE 

Prerequisite:  6sh  in  Sociology  or  Anthropology 

Review  of  the  fields  of  medical  sociology  and  anthropology.  Focus  on  such  topics  as  health  and  illness 
in  cross-cultural  context,  aging,  social  and  psychological  aspects  of  pain,  and  social  organization  of 
health  facilities  and  services.  Definitions  of  limits  of  "life"  and  "death"  in  context  of  new  tech- 
nological and  ethical  issues  such  as  euthanasia,  genetic  counseling,  and  organ  transplants  also 
discussed. 


Course  Descriptions — 351 


so  345  INTERPERSONAL  DYNAMICS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Study  of  the  interaction  between  and  among  individuals  and  groups  in  various  social  settings. 
Emphasis  on  small  groups,  socialization,  social  influence  and  compliance,  person  perception,  collec- 
tive behavior,  and  mass  communication. 

SO  348  SOCIOLOGY  OF  WORK  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Focuses  upon  the  sociological  examination  of  the  various  forms  of  labor,  employment,  and  unemploy- 
ment present  in  industrial  societies.  Examines  the  nature  of  work  and  unemployment  in  the  modem 
era  and  how  these  forms  are  being  transformed  in  the  present  period. 

SO  352  SOCIOLOGY  OF  RELIGION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Nature  of  religion  as  a  universal  social  institution.  Universal  and  variable  features  of  human  religious 
activity  examined,  with  special  attention  to  causes  and  consequences  of  religious  belief  and  action. 
Specific  topics  discussed  include  theories  of  the  origin  and  persistence  of  religion;  evolution  of  variant 
forms  of  religion;  relationship  between  religion  and  other  social  institutions,  especially  economy, 
polity,  and  science;  types  of  religious  organization  in  complex  societies;  revitalization  and  messianic 
movements;  and  the  process  of  secularization. 

SO  354  SEXUAL  INEQUALITY  IN  HUMAN  SOCIETIES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Explores  current  perspectives  on  the  situations  faced  by  men  and  women  in  the  United  States  and  other 
societies.  Major  topics  examined  include  sex  role  socialization,  sexual  inequality  in  everyday  life,  the 
maintenance  of  sexual  inequality,  and  the  sexes  in  relation  to  economy  and  family  in  various  societies. 

SO  357  SOCIOLOGY  OF  AGING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Introduction  to  various  problems  faced  in  the  process  of  growing  older.  Attitudes  of  society  toward 
elderly  and  social  and  cultural  impact  of  an  aging  U.S.  population  examined. 

SO  371  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI51 

Analysis  of  prehistoric,  historic,  and  contemporary  aspects  of  ethnological  studies  in  a  culture  area. 

Social  organization,  linguistic  ties,  cultural  ecology,  folklore,  mythology,  artistic  expressions  of  the 

peoples,  and  their  world  view  are  examined.  The  course  may  be  repeated  UNDER  DIFFERENT 

LETTER  DESIGNATIONS  according  to  selection  of  culture  area  by  instructors  responsible  for  the 

course. 

THE  FOLLOWING  CULTURE  AREAS  ARE  AVAILABLE: 

SO  371A  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  JAPAN 

SO  37 IB  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  CHINA 

SO  371 C  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  CARIBBEAN 

SO  37 ID  CULTURAL  AREA  STUDIES:  NORTHERN  EUROPE 

SO  405  COMMUNITY  ORGANIZATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examination  of  approaches  used  in  community  organization  practice  at  the  neighborhood  and  other 
community  levels.  Areas  of  emphasis  include  intergroup  relations,  community  development,  social 
conflict  and  consensus,  and  community  problem  solving. 

SO  42 1  SOCIOLOGY  OF  MASS  MEDIA  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examines  the  development  of  mass  media  as  dominant  cultural  forms  within  advanced  industrial 
societies  within  the  20th-  century.  Emphasizes  critical  understanding  of  the  sociohistorical  develop- 
ment, the  underlying  assumptions,  and  the  social  implications  of  the  advance  of  mass  media. 


352 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SO  427  SPOUSE  ABUSE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Considers  the  range  of  theoretical  explanations  for  the  pervasive  violence  between  husband  and  wife. 
Particularly  examines  the  research  on  wife  battering  and  the  implications  of  this  research  for  programs 
and  policies  assisting  both  the  victim  and  the  abuser. 

SO  428  CHILD  ABUSE  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examines  the  prevalence,  causes,  and  social  implications  of  physical,  sexual,  emotional,  and  neglect 
forms  of  child  abuse  in  society.  Child  abuse  will  be  studied  from  the  individual,  family,  and  societal 
level  perspectives.  Potential  intervention  strategies  will  also  be  considered. 

SO  435  SOCIAL  STRATIFICATION  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Examines  "Who  gets  what  and  why?"  Detailed  analysis  of  bases  of  power  for  and  cohesion  of  super- 
rich,  middle  class,  and  poor.  Also  examines  mobility  and  how  policies  affect  inequality  in  America. 

SO  443  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SOCIAL  THEORY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  Junior  Standing 

Examination  of  the  historical  development  of  the  social  theory  with  special  attention  to  the  classical 
theorists  and  theoretical  ideas  which  have  contributed  most  significantly  to  modem  sociology. 

SO  447  MODERN  SOCIOLOGICAL  THEORY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  Junior  Standing 

Detailed  examination  of  major  theoretical  issues,  perspectives,  and  controversies  occupying  center 
stage  in  contemporary  sociological  analysis.  Major  attention  to  nature  and  logic  of  social  theorizing, 
primary  macro-level  theoretical  perspectives  which  compete  for  attention  in  contemporary  sociology, 
and  the  nature  of  new  directions  currently  being  taken  within  sociological  theory. 

SO  449  SOCIOLOGY  OF  MARX  AND  MARXISM  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

A  detailed  analysis  of  the  major  writing  of  Marx  and  Engels  and  an  examination  of  current  debates 
and  trends  in  contemporary  Marxism.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  Marx's  early  writings, 
historical  materialism,  and  Marxian  theory. 

SO  455  SOCIAL  RESEARCH  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  Junior  Standing 

Examines  diverse  research  designs  used  in  the  social  sciences,  i.e.,  survey,  field  study,  experiment, 
documentary,  and  existing  statistical  data.  Focuses  both  on  logic  and  practice  of  social  research. 
Students  choose  either  a  number  of  mini-projects  or  a  major  research  project. 

SO  456  FIELD  RESEARCH  METHODS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0455  or  permission 

Examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the  areas  of  qualitative  and 
field  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the  development  of  field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant 
observation,  etc.  Qualitative  methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical  sampling  and 
analytic  induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational,  and  group  structure 
will  also  be  emphasized. 

SO  457  COMPUTER  USE  IN  SOCIOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Introduces  student  to  use  of  microcomputer  in  social  science  research  and  practice.  Uses  a  variety  of 
software  for  clinical  sociological  applications  as  well  as  quantitative  analysis  of  social  scientific  data. 
These  include  client  information  systems,  field  notes  and  downloading  such  notes,  exchanging 
information  between  agencies,  and  statistical  analyses  for  program  evaluation  and  forecasting. 


Course  Descriptions — 353 


SO  458  POLITICAL  SOCIOLOGY  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examination  of  the  social  context  of  power  and  politics,  with  special  reference  to  such  topics  as  who 
controls  the  state  and  state  policy;  the  role  of  the  state  in  stabilizing  capitalism  and  protecting  the  power 
of  the  upper  class;  political  activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  classes;  and  labor,  civil  rights,  and 
welfare  rights  social  movements  in  America.  Especially  considers  the  problems  of  conducting  and 
implementing  social  policy  research  for  social  change.  Cross-listed  in  Political  Science  as  PS346: 
Political  Sociology. 

SO  459  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SOCIAL  SERVICES  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Examination  of  ideological  and  institutional  conditions  which  shape  health,  unemployment,  social 

security,  and  welfare  services. 

SO  480  SOCIOLOGY  SEMINAR  varl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 5 1 

Seminar  for  advanced  students  devoted  to  an  intensive  analysis  of  specialized  issues  within  the 

discipline. 

SO  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  SOCIOLOGY  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S015I 

Focuses  on  special  topics  in  sociology  which  are  not  included  in  regular  course  offerings. 

SO  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  varl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  through  consultation  with 
a  faculty  member.  A  semester  project  ordinarily  expected. 

SO  483  READINGS  IN  SOCIOLOGY  var  1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  sociology. 

SO  493  INTERNSHIP  IN  SOCIOLOGY  var3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  organizations  that  extends  and  complements  coursework  at 
the  university. 

SP:  SPANISH 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SP  101  INTENSIVE  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester(6  sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language 
Model(DlLM),  sections  emphasize  mastery  of  spoken  language  as  well  as  basic  language  skills.  Classes 
are  45  minutes  each;  drill  sessions  are  40  minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

SP  121  CONVERSATION  I  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  limits  communication  to  simple  survival  use  of  Spanish  in  daily  life.  Speech  is  elicited  by 
questions,  orders,  instructions,  and  other  clues.  A  beginning  in  free  communication  is  encouraged. 

SP  1 22  CONVERSATION  1 1  2c-0I-2sh 

The  basic  objectives  of  the  first  semester  are  pursued  with  more  emphasis  on  spontaneous 
communication. 


354 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SP  1 5 1  SPANISH  I  3c-01-3sh 

For  beginning  students.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  aural-oral  skills.  Students  will  learn  to  converse  and 
ask  questions  in  simple  present  time;  describe  self  (interests,  routine,  plans),  family,  and  others: 
become  acquainted  with  location  of  Hispanic  populations  and  elements  of  their  daily  lives.  Attendance 
is  required. 

SP  1 52  SPANISH  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  SP151 .  Students  will  learn  to  express  past  time;  discuss  school,  careers,  and  travel; 
and  give  directions,  advice,  and  and  information.  Attendance  is  required. 

SP  15 1-2  ACCELERATED  SPANISH  I  AND  II  6c-01-6sh 

By  attending  class  6  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  elementary  sequence  (6  credits)  in  one 
semester.  The  accelerated  sections  present  the  same  basic  language  skills  that  are  taught  in  the  regular 
SP  15 1-152  classes  with  slightly  greater  emphasis  on  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language. 

SP  201  INTENSIVE  INTERMEDIATE  SPANISH  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester(6  sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language 
Model{DILM),  students  develop  language  skills  with  emphasis  on  oral  competency.  Classes  are  45 
minutes  each;  drill  sessions  are  40  minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

SP  221  CONVERSATION  III  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  provides  students  with  an  opportunity  to  practice  their  linguistic  skills  and  to  further 
develop  their  oral  communication  skills.  The  course  stresses  vocabulary  building  within  the  context  of 
oral  proficiency. 

SP  222  CONVERSATION  IV  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  continues  the  development  of  oral  communication  skills.  Contemporary  written  and 
audio-visual  media  provide  both  models  and  contexts  for  discussions  designed  to  provide  practice  in 
using  the  language  in  a  variety  of  situations.  The  focus  continues  to  be  on  increasing  the  students'  level 
of  oral  proficiency. 

SP  25 1  SPANISH  III  3c-01-3sh 

Focus  on  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing;  review  of  grammar.  Students  will  learn  to  function 
in  everyday  situations  such  as  shopping,  going  to  the  bank,  post  office,  and  doctor's  office;  expressing 
opinions  and  doubts;  and  narrating  and  describing  in  past  and  future  time. 

SP  252  SPANISH  IV  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  SP25 1 .  Students  will  learn  to  hypothesize  and  express  past  possibility  and  present/ 
past  probability.  More  focus  on  reading,  writing,  and  exposure  to  cultural  concepts. 

SP  25 1  -2  ACCELERATED  SPANISH  III  AND  IV  6c-01-6sh 

By  attending  class  6  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  intermediate  sequence  (6  credits)  in 
one  semester.  The  accelerated  sections  continue  to  develop  basic  language  skills  with  a  slightly  greater 
emphasis  upon  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language.  Majors  take  221-222  concurrently. 

SP  253  INTERMEDIATE  COMPOSITION  AND  CONVERSATION  3c-01-3sh 

Intermediate  course  in  grammar,  reading,  composition,  and  some  oral  work.  Can  substitute  for  or  be 
in  addition  to  SP252  for  majors  or  serious  students. 

SP  254  COMMERCL\L  SPANISH  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP252  or  equivalent 

Commercial  letter  writing,  use  of  technical  language,  survey  of  special  business  practices,  and  methods 
of  Spanish-speaking  conrunercial  systems  and  problems  of  translation  are  studied. 

SP  32 1  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION  I  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits  repetition  of  these  relatively 
informal  courses. 


Course  Descriptions — 355 


SP  322  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION  II  Ic-01-lsh 

Continuation  of  the  oral  communication  skills  emphasized  in  SP321 . 

SP  35 1  ADVANCED  SPANISH  LANGUAGE  I  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  thorough  review  of  Spanish  grammar  with  special  focus  on  those 
points  which  present  particular  difficulty  to  the  English-speaking  student  owing  to  the  peculiar 
differences  between  English  and  Spanish  grammatical  structures  and  syntax.  Practical  application  of 
grammar  is  achieved  through  drill  and  frequent  student  compositions  in  Spanish. 

SP  352  ADVANCED  SPANISH  LANGUAGE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Sequential  to  Spanish  351,  this  course  continues  the  in-depth  study  of  correct  Spanish  usage  through 
grammatical  analysis,  written  and  oral  exercises,  and  drills  as  well  as  series  of  graduated  compositions 
on  carefully  chosen  topics  which  involve  description,  narration,  and  dialogue. 

SP  353  SPANISH  PHONETICS  AND  PHONEMICS  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  phonological  study  of  the  sounds  and  training  in  pronunciation.  The  student 
will  learn  the  theoretical  basis  for  understanding  the  Spanish  sound  system  and  will  perfect  pronuncia- 
tion through  classroom  practice  and  tapings.  The  course  is  taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  Spanish 
Education  majors;  highly  suggested  for  Spanish  majors. 

SP  361  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SPANISH  CULTURE  AND  LITERATURE  I  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  a  general  background  of  Spanish  history,  art,  and  social  and  political 
attitudes  and  a  general  survey  of  literature.  The  scope  of  the  course  spans  the  period  from  the  Middle 
Ages  (10th  century)  to  the  end  of  the  Golden  Ages  of  Spanish  Literature  ( 1 7th  century). 

SP  362  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SPANISH  CULTURE  AND  LITERATURE  II  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  a  general  background  of  Spanish  history,  art,  and  social  and  political 
attitudes  and  a  general  survey  of  literature.  The  scope  of  the  course  spans  the  period  from  the  advent  of 
Neoclassicism  in  Spain  (18th  century)  to  present-day  Spain. 

SP  363  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SPANISH-AMERICAN  CULTURE  3c-01-3sh 

AND  LITERATURE  1 

This  course  examines  the  historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  Spanish- American  countries,  reviews 

their  contributions  over  the  centuries,  and  analyzes  the  literary  schools.  The  scope  of  this  course  spans 

the  period  from  the  pre-Columbian  epoch  to  the  Wars  of  Independence  (beginning  of  the  19th 

century). 

SP  364  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SPANISH-AMERICAN  CULTURE  AND  3c-01-3sh 

LITERATURE  II 

This  course  examines  the  historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  Spanish-American  countries,  reviews 
their  contributions  over  the  centuries,  and  analyzes  the  literary  schools.  The  scope  of  this  course  spans 
the  period  from  the  Modernism  movement  to  the  present. 

SP  367  NINETEENTH-CENTURY  SPANISH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

A  general  study  of  the  19th-century  Spanish  literature  from  Romanticism  to  Realism.  Poetry,  novels, 
and  theater  will  be  presented  to  acquaint  students  with  some  literary  techniques. 

SP  368  TWENTIETH-CENTURY  SPANISH  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Presents  a  general  survey  of  this  particular  century  Literature  with  due  consideration  to  social  factors 
and  events  behind  them.  The  Generation  of  '98,  the  Generation  of  '27,  Post-  Civil  War  literature,  and 
today's  movements  will  be  studied. 

SP  370  GOLDEN  AGE  DRAMA  3c-01-3sh 

Traces  the  development  of  Spanish  theater  and  examines  its  artistic  and  spiritual  flowering  in  the 
Baroque  period. 

SP  37 1  THE  SPANISH  NOVEL  3c-01-3sh 

After  a  brief  survey  of  origins  and  trends  of  the  Spanish  novel,  major  stress  is  given  to  the  1 9th-century 
novel  and  the  Generation  of  '98. 


356 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SP  376  SPANISH-AMERICAN  LITERATURE  3c-01-3sh 

Following  a  consideration  of  the  salient  tendencies  of  Spanish-American  literature,  this  course  may 
take  the  form  of  a  comprehensive  survey,  or  it  may  concentrate  its  attention  upon  the  novel  of  social 
thesis. 

SP  389  PENNSYLVANIA- VALLADOLID  PROGRAM  var-21sh 

Contact  chairperson.  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages. 

SP  390  SPANISH  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  252  or  equivalent 

The  prospective  teacher  of  Spanish  on  the  elementary  level  is  introduced  to  materials  suitable  for 
Grades  1  through  6.  Preparation  of  games,  songs,  poems,  and  story  telling  included. 

SP  402  TRANSLATION  AND  INTERPRETATION  3c-01-3sh 

Fundamental  translation  skills  for  use  in  business  and  industry  as  well  as  in  academic  and  popular 
fields. 

SP  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  meet  special  needs  of  a  student  group,  mainly  related  to  Spanish-American  literature. 

SP  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-I  to  6sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the  Spanish  language  and 
culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Permission  required. 

SP  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country 

A  supervised  field  experience  in  Spain  or  Mexico  with  approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or 
private  firms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as 
closely  as  possible  with  the  intern's  personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more  information, 
contact  the  director.  Foreign  Language  and  Internship  Abroad  Programs. 

SS:  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 

Department  of  History 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SS  101  CONTEMPORARY  SOCIAL  SCIENCE  3c-01-3sh 

An  interdisciplinary  study  of  a  current  social  topic  that  uses  a  team  teaching  approach.  Topics  may 
vary  from  semester  to  semester.  The  course  is  one  option  in  the  Social  Science  General  Education 
Program. 

SS  398  SOCIAL  SCIENCE  FOREIGN  STUDY  var2-6sh 

Directed  foreign  study,  emphasizing  historical,  political,  economic,  social,  and  geographical  aspects  of 
the  area.  Background  reading,  lectures,  and  briefings,  diary  or  evaluative  paper.  Course  credit  may  be 
applied  as  General  Education  or  elective  credit.  (For  details  see  Center  for  International  Studies.) 

SW:  SOCIAL  WORK 

Department  of  Sociology /Anthropology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SW  238  INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIAL  WORK  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51  or  ANl  10 

Introduction  to  the  dynamics  of  helping  relationships. 

SW  346  SOCIAL  WELFARE  POLICIES  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151  or  ANl  10 

Examination  of  the  historical  development  of  social  welfare  policies  in  Western  society. 


Course  Descriptions — 357 


SW  407  HUMAN  SERVICES  MANAGEMENT  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  110  or  S0151 

Treats  social  agencies  as  social  systems.  Focuses  on  interpersonal  and  intergroup  relationships, 
communication,  decision  making,  and  policy  formulation  and  administrative  implications  of  training, 
supervision,  fund  raising,  consultation,  budgeting,  and  research. 

TH:  THEATER 

Department  of  Theater 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

TH  101  INTRODUCTION  TO  THEATER  3c-01-3sh 

An  exploration  of  various  theater  arts,  examining  major  periods  of  theater  history,  selected  works  of 
dramatic  literature,  and  essential  theater  arts  of  acting,  directing,  design,  and  technical  theater.  The 
goal  is  to  make  more  understanding  and  appreciative  audiences  of  students  enrolled. 

TH  1 10  SCRIPT  ANALYSIS  3c-01-3sh 

Course  examines  major  as  well  as  alternative  systems  by  which  dramatic  texts  may  be  analyzed, 
including  classical  plot  construction,  scene  structure,  tension  and  release,  dramatic  rhythms,  and 
several  contemporary  and  less  conventional  methods  of  dramatic  orchestration. 

TH  1 1 5  PRINCIPLES  OF  THEATRE  DESIGN  AND  ARCHITECTURE  3c-01-3sh 

Surveys  principal  architectural  forms,  style,  and  periods  providing  a  visual  history  of  theatrical 
architecture  and  scenic  design.  Basic  design  principles  will  also  be  incorporated. 

TH  120  STAGECRAFT  I  3c-01-3sh 

Exploration  of  the  material,  methods,  and  procedures  utilized  in  creating  a  scenic  environment. 
Through  instruction  and  practical  application,  students  learn  the  basis  of  scenic  instruction  and 
develop  competency  with  the  basic  materials  and  equipment  used  in  a  theatrical  scene  shop. 

TH  122  COSTUME  WORKSHOP  3c-01-3sh 

Instruction  and  practical  experience  in  the  process  of  building  costumes  for  the  stage.  Activities  include 
fitting,  cutting,  sewing,  dyeing,  and  painting.  There  is  also  instruction  in  the  maintenance  of 
wardrobe,  costume  stock,  materials,  and  properties. 

TH  1 30  STAGE  VOICE  I  3c-01-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  development  of  the  vocal  instrument  of  the  actor  in  performance.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  resonance,  quality,  pitch,  and  projection  of  the  voice  while  perfecting  the  student's 
ability  to  articulate. 

TH  1 3 1  STAGE  MOVEMENT  I  3c-01-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  stage  movement  and  the  physicalization  of  character.  Includes  work  in  character 
development  through  variety  in  movement,  basic  commedia  technique,  and  the  assessment, 
awareness,  and  correction  of  individual  movement  problems. 

TH  201  THEATER  HISTORY  I  3c-01-3sh 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  history,  trends,  and  developments  of  theatre  and  drama  from  their 
beginnings  through  the  English  Renaissance. 

TH  202  THEATER  HISTORY  II  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive  survey  of  the  history,  trends,  and  developments  of  theatre  and  drama  from  the  English 
Restoration  to  the  present. 

TH  220  STAGECRAFT  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH120  or  permission 

Advanced  exploration  of  materials,  methods,  and  procedures  involved  in  creating  scenic  environment. 
Students  also  receive  intensive  practical  experience  in  shop  planning  and  supervision  to  include 
problem-solving  techniques. 


358 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


TH  221  BASIC  STAGE  LIGHTING  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH120 

Introduction  to  lighting  instruments,  color  media,  control  boards,  physical  laws  of  electricity  and 
optics,  graphics,  and  conventional  techniques  used  in  lighting  theatrical  productions. 

TH  223  MAKE-UP  FOR  THE  STAGE  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  practical  application  of  straight  and  character  make-up  and  may  include  instruction  in 
creating  beards,  wigs,  prosthetics,  and  masks. 

TH  240  ACTING  I  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  primary  elements  of  the  Stanislavski  system  of  character  development.  Includes  text 
analysis  and  the  development  of  physical  action  through  a  character's  subtext,  as  well  as  motivational 
and  improvisational  techniques. 

TH  301  TRAGIC  MASK  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  an  historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and  production  practices 
specifically  associated  with  tragedy  and  its  ensuing  forms,  drama,  and  melodrama.  It  focuses  on 
landmark  dramatic  texts,  examining  the  changing  faces  of  tragic  masks  and  their  implications  for 
theatrical  practice  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  20th  Century. 

TH  302  COMIC  MASK  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  an  historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and  production  practices 
specifically  associated  with  comedy  and  its  related  forms,  farce,  burlesque,  etc.  It  focuses  on  landmark 
dramatic  texts,  examining  the  changing  faces  of  comic  masks  and  their  conventions  and  their 
implications  for  theatrical  practice  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  20th  Century. 

TH  3 10  THEATER  CRITICISM  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  criticism  and  of  the  discrete  functions  of  critic  and  reviewer.  Students  see  live 
performances  and  practice  writing  both  reviews  and  criticism. 

TH  320  SCENE  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH  1 20 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  scenic  composition,  analysis,  concept  development,  and  graphic 
communication  methods  used  by  the  scenographer. 

TH  321  STAGE  LIGHTING  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH221 

Covers  the  design  and  execution  of  stage  lighting  with  emphasis  on  script  analysis,  the  collaborative 
role  of  the  lighting  designer,  lighting  theory,  and  modern  stage  lighting  practices.  Practical  applications 
include  the  conceptualization  and  designing  of  production  lighting  for  Proscenium,  Thrust,  and  Arena 
stages  through  class  exercises. 

TH  322  COSTUME  DESIGN  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  design  and  execution  of  stage  costumes  with  emphasis  on  showing  how  mood  and  illusion  can 
be  created  through  the  proper  selection  of  style,  color,  and  texture,  supplemented  by  an  overview  of 
stage  costuming. 

TH  330  STAGE  VOICE  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH  1 30 

Advanced  voice  training  for  the  actor  with  particular  emphasis  on  stage  dialects  and  verse  drama. 

TH  33 1  STAGE  MOVEMENT  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH131 

Instruction  in  advanced  physicalization  of  character  and  specialized  stage  movement.  Included  will  be 
advanced  work  in  character  development  through  movement,  group  movement,  stage  combat, 
physical  comedy,  and  introductory  mime  and/or  mask  training. 

TH  340  ACTING  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH240,  131,  130 

Study  and  practice  of  acting  skills  with  special  emphasis  on  style  and  period. 


Course  Descriptions — 359 


TH  350  DIRECTING  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  THl  10,  TH240,  permission 

Introduction  to  basic  directing  skills:  casting,  floor  plans,  blocking,  rehearsal  procedures,  and  the 
applications  of  scene  and  character  analysis.  Students  will  prepare  short  scenes  for  class  presentation. 

TH  48 1  SPECIAL  TOPICS  var- 1  to  6sh 

TH  482  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  var-1  to  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

Independent  study  in  theater  may  be  either  purely  academic  or  may  be  a  practical  production  project, 
supported  by  a  written  document  giving  evidence  of  significant  scholarly  investigation  or  original, 
creative  effort.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

TH  483  ACTING  STUDIO  3c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH240,  permission 

Repeatable  studio  course  offering  scene  practice  with  faculty  direction,  coaching,  and  criticism. 
Specific  type  of  scene  work  varies  from  semester  to  semester.  May  be  repeated. 

TH  484  DIRECTING  STUDIO  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH240,  permission 

Opportunity  for  students  to  direct  scene  work,  one-act  plays,  or  larger  projects,  according  to 
individual  levels  of  experience,  preparation,  and  readiness.  Practical  application  of  principles  of 
directing  to  specific  problems  in  directing.  Student  projects  performed  in  public,  open-class  recitals. 
May  be  repeated. 

TH  486  PRACTICUM  IN  PRODUCTION  var-1  to  4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

An  opportunity  with  academic  credit  for  students  to  make  significant  contributions  to  campus 
productions  augmenting  theater  course  work  in  the  areas  of  assistant  directing  or  directing,  stage 
management,  technical  direction,  sound  design,  lighting,  costuming,  scene  design,  properties  and  set 
decoration,  scene  building  and  painting,  and  make-up  design.  May  be  repeated. 

TH  489  TECHNICAL  THEATER  PROBLEMS  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

Open  to  all  students  desiring  instruction  in  a  variety  of  technical  theater  areas  not  presently  covered  in 
other  courses.  Topics  to  include  sound  design,  stage  management,  set  props,  media  make-up,  technical 
drawing/ mixed  media,  and  scene  painting.  May  be  repeated. 

TH  493  INTERNSHIP  var-3  to  12sh 

VO:  VOCATIONAL  EDUCATION 

Center  for  Vocational-Technical  Personnel  Preparation 

College  of  Education 

VOOIO  INDUSTRIAL  ELECTRICAL  TECHNOLOGY  var-l-18sh 

Prerequisite:  Center/Department  Permission/Institutional  Credit 

Emphasis  on  comprehensive  industrial  electrical  technology  through  training  in  specialty  concentra- 
tions applied  to  design,  development,  and  testing  of  electrical  circuits,  devices  and  systems  for 
generating  electricity,  and  the  distribution  and  utilization  of  electrical  power. 

VO  100  PREPARATION  OF  THE  VOCATIONAL  PROFESSIONAL  I  var-15sh 

Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational  student/intern  develops, 
demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in  selected  pedagogical  competencies.  Individualized 
instruction  is  supplemented  with  monthly  seminars.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the  program, 
utilizing  videotape  equipment  and  the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher  educators. 


360 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Directory 


BOARD  OF  GOVERNORS  OF  THE  STATE  SYSTEM 
OF  HIGHER  EDUCATION 

F.  EUGENE  DIXON,  JR.,  CHAIRMAN Lafayette  Hill 

ANNE  O.  JACKSON,  VICE  CHAIRMAN Sewickley 

J.  EDWARDS  SMITH,  VICE  CHAIRMAN Lancaster 

ARTHUR  BARNDT Telford 

RICHARD  A.  BENEFIELD Bloomsburg 

DR.  MURIEL  M.  BERMAN Allentown 

THOMAS  K.  GILHOOL Harrisburg 

REBECCA  F.  GROSS Lock  Haven 

JAMES  A.  HUGHES Philadelphia 

WILLIAM  KEISLING Harrisburg 

KELLY  KONICK California 

JAMES  L.  LARSON Devon 

FLOYD  M.  MAINS Shippensburg 

EVE  Y.  MURPHY Edinboro 

KENTON  O'NEIL Clarion 

CHARLES  J.  POTTER Indiana 


lUP  COUNCIL  OF  TRUSTEES 

PATRICK  J.  STAPLETON.  CHAIRPERSON Indiana 

JOHN  B.  MCCUE,  VICE  CHAIRPERSON Kittanning 

FRANK  GORELL,  SECRETARY Indiana 

DAVID  L.  JOHNSON,  TREASURER Havertown 

MIRIAM  K.  BRADLEY Pittsburgh 

SUSAN  S.  DELANEY Indiana 

DANIEL  I.  DOGO-ESEKIE Nigeria 

KIM  E.  LYTTLE Titusville 

CHARLES  J.  POTTER Indiana 

RALPH  F.  ROBERTS Punxsutawney 

LOUISE  C.  WAXLER Indiana 

DR.  JAMES  H.  MCCORMICK  (ex  officio) Chancellor,  State  System 

of  Higher  Education 


ARMSTRONG  COUNTY  EDUCATIONAL  TRUST 

JAMES  M .  WYANT,  President  JOHN  J.  GAVRAN 

JOHN  B.  McCUE,  Vice  President  RALPH  O.  KNEPSHIELD 

MARGARET  B.  CLAYPOOL,  Treasurer  RONALD  H.  LESTER 

ROBERT  H.  DOERR,  Secretary  D.  WESLEY  MINTEER 

TWILA  BLACK  A.  J.  MYERS 

DAVID  P  FENNELL  RONALD  G.  SHAFER 


PUNXSUTAWNEY  AREA  COLLEGE  TRUST  ADVISORY  BOARD 

ELAINE  LIGHT,  President  JOHN  IVEY 

DAVID  L.  YOUNG,  Vice  President  JOHN  KELLY 


Directory — 361 


WILLIAM  FALGAR,  Secretary /Treasurer 

AL  ANTHONY 

THOMAS  L.  BARLETfA 

M.L.CARLTON 

WILLIAM  COOPER 

THOMAS  CURRY 

JIMDOVERSPIKE 

ROY  FAIRMAN 

GLENN  HENERY 

RICHARD  IFERT 


ANDREW  LASKA 
NICHOLOS  LORENZO,  JR. 
PATRICK  F.  MCCARTHY 
BLAKE  MOHNEY 
RALPH  F.  ROBERTS 
JENNY  B.  SCHWARTZ 
FRANK  SHAW 
HARRY  STEIN 
NORMAN  STORM 
SIDNEY  WILLAR 


ADMINISTRATION 

JOHN  D.  WELTY 

Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 
Judith  A.  Moorhead 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

HILDA  RICHARDS 

Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University 
Sharon  Brown-McGowan 

M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Charles  D.  Cashdollar 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Frank  T.  Como 

Ph.D.,  Arizona  State  University 
Robert  H.  Doerr 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Richard  A.  Distanislao 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Norman  Storm 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
To  be  appointed 
Thomas  W.  O'Brien 

M.S.,  Trenton  State  College 
James  Anderson 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Diane  L.  Duntley 

Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
C.  Donald  Seagren 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Frederick  A.  Sehring 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


President 
Assistant  to  the  President 

Provost  and  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 
Assistant  to  the  Provost 
Director,  Liberal  Studies 

Associate  Provost 

Director,  Armstrong  County  Campus 

Assistant  to  Director,  Armstrong  County  Campus 

Director,  Punxsutawney  Campus 

Assistant  Director,  Punxsutawney  Campus 
Director,  Vocational  Personnel  Center 

Director,  Benjamin  Mays  Academy 

Associate  Provost 

Director,  Academic  Information  Systems 

Registrar 

Associate  Registrar 


Larry  A.  Kroah 

M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
Linda  K.  Rambler 
D.A.,  Simmons  College 

Robert  Morris 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 


Director  of  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Associate  Director,  Technical  Services  and  Systems 

Director,  Center  for  International  Studies 


362 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


David  M.  Lynch  Dean,  The  Graduate  School 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
Cynthia  A.  Cronk  Associate  Dean  for  Administration,  The  Graduate  School 

Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Gerald  J.  Stacy  Associate  Dean  for  Research,  The  Graduate  School 

Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
Evelyn  S.  Mutchnick  Director,  Graduate  Academic  and  Administrative  Services 

Ed.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Ginger  Brovra  Director,  Center  for  Community  Affairs 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Robert  C.  Camp  Dean,  College  of  Business 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Bernard  J.  Moreau  Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Business 

E.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

John  W.  Butzow  Interim  Dean,  College  of  Education 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
Edward  R.  Mott  Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Education 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Larry  Void  Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Education 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
Warner  E.  Tobin  Director,  University  School 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

John  Hajdu  Heyer  Dean,  College  of  Fine  Arts 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 
Barbara  J.  Balsiger  Director,  University  Museum 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Harold  E.  Wingard  Dean,  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Carleen  Zoni  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Human  Ecology 

D.Ed. ,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University  and  Health  Sciences 

Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz  Interim  Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Ruth  I .  Shirey  Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Termessee  Social  Sciences 

Anne  Harris  Katz  Interim  Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Douglas  A.  Ross  Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences 

Ph .  D . ,  Lehigh  University  and  Mathematics 

Nicholas  E.  Kolb  Dean,  School  of  Continuing  Education 

Ed.D.,  George  Washington  University 
Barbara  Ender  Director,  Division  of  Conferences  and  Non-credit  Programs 

M.S.,  University  of  Akron 
Edward  W  Nardi  Director,  Division  of  Credit  Programs 

M.S.,  Indiana  State  University 
Richard  J.  Homfeck  Director,  Highway  Safety  Center 

Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
Gary  M.  Welsh  Director,  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Directory — 363 


Vice  President  for  Administration 

Director,  Campus  Physical  Planning 

Director,  Campus  Safety 

Director,  Human  Resources 

Assistant  Personnel  Director 

Retirement  and  Benefits  Coordinator 
Personnel  Assistant 

Employment  Coordinator 

Director,  Physical  Plant 

Director,  Energy  Production  and  Conservation 

Maintenance  Superintendent 

Manager,  Building  Maintainence  Trades 

Director,  Purchasing  and  Central  Stores 

Custodial  Services  Manager 

Director,  University  Printing/Postal  Services 

Post  Office  Supervisor 

Printing  Supervisor 

Vice  President  for  Finance 
Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Computing 

Executive  Director  for  Information  Systems  and 

Communications  Center 

Associate  Director,  Administrative  Systems,  ISCC 

Associate  Director,  Operating  Systems,  ISCC 


C.  EDWARD  RECESKI 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Robert  L.  Marx 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Paul  Lang 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

M.  Karen  Deichert 

M.A.,  Morehead  State  University 
Helen  Soltis 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Patricia  Moretti 
Judy  Gallo 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Virginia  Rinkus 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Richard  Smith 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Mark  A.  Geletka 
John  Dale 
Leonard  Kasubick 
Pam  Froelicher 
Mary  Webb 

Lois  Drayer 

Emil  Oraskovich 
Fred  Owens 

B.A.,  St.  Francis  College 

EDWARD  J.  NORBERG 

B.S.,  Gannon  College 
Cynthia  Strittmatter 

M .  B .  A . ,  I  ndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Garrett  A.  Bozylinsky 

M.A.,  George  Washington  University 
Maurice  Fox 

Barbara  Eisen 

A.B.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
R.  Mark  Strawcutter 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
J.  Richard  McFerron  Assistant  Director,  Academic  Systems  and  Research,  ISCC 

M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Ray  Homa  Operations  Manager,  ISCC 


Randall  W.  LeBlanc 

B.S.,  Oral  Roberts  University;  C.P.A. 
Melvin  J.  Cochran 

B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
James  R.  Froelicher 

B.S.,  Duquesne  University 

Barbara  Duda 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Comptroller 

Assistant  Comptroller 

Director  of  Accounting 

Internal  Auditor 


364 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


John  C.  BIystone 

Robert  T.  Scholfield 
Mary  Gaul 
Phyllis  Groomes 

DAVIDA.  DECOSTER 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Florida 
Patricia  A.  Hicks 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo 

Steven  C.  Ender 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Linda  Hall 

M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Fred  Dakak 

Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 
Nancy  Newkerk 

M.A.,  Syracuse  University 
Robert  McGowan 

M.Ed.,  Wayne  State  University 
Owen  Dougherty 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Karen  Chickos 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Roy  A.  Moss 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Ruth  Riesenman 

M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University 
John  Frank  Counselor, 

Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Russell  D.  Miars 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
J.  lyson  Merrill 

Psy.D.,  Wright  State  University 
John  A.  Mills 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware 
Sherrill  Kuckuck 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Patrick  Carone 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Kelly  Heryla 

Carolyn  Wilkie 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Alphonse  N.  Novels 

M.A.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College 

Frederick  A.  Joseph 

M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University 
Sally  C.  Abrams 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Mary  Miller 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
William  M.  Srsic 


Treasurer 

Cashier 

Director,  Payroll 

Director,  Accounts  Receivable 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Dean  of  Admissions 
Associate  Dean  of  Admissions 
Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 


Director,  Career  Services 

Assistant  Director,  Career  Services,  and 

Director,  University  Testing  Services 

Career  Services,  and  Coordinator,  Veterans  Affairs 


Director,  Counseling  Services 

Clinical  Psychologist 

Counseling  Psychologist 

Director,  Student  Development  Programs 

Foreign  Student  Adviser 

Chemical  Health  Coordinator 

Director,  Learning  Center 

Assistant  Director,  Learning  Center 

Director,  Financial  Aid 
Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid 


Directory — 365 


M.Ed.,  Edinboro  State  College 
Chris  Zuzack 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 


Director,  Housing  and  Residence  Life 

Associate  Director,  Housing  Operations 

Associate  Director,  Residence  Life 


Michael  Eyster 

M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska 
Richard  Baginski 

M.S.,  Shippensburg  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Betsy  Joseph 

M.Ed.,  Southern  Illinois  University 
John  Johnston  Assistant  Director,  Residence  Life  and  Housing  Operations 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Melanie  Wardrop  Interim  Associate  Director,  Housing  and  Food  Service 

B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Kathleen  R.  Linder  Residence  Quad  Coordinator 

M.S.,  Miami  University 
Pamela  Heath- Johnston  Residence  Quad  Coordinator 

M.A.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Linda  Murphy  Residence  Quad  Coordinator 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Ken  Winegrad 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware 

Ronald  Lunardini 

M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
Howard  E.  Wray  III 

J.D.,  Georgetown  University 
Frank  V.  DeStefano 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Residence  Quad  Coordinator 

Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organization 
Associate  Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
Assistant  Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 


Terry  Appolonia 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Frank  Cignetti 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Herman  Sledzik 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Vivian  L.  Fuller 

Ph.D. ,  Iowa  State  University  of  Science  and  Technology 
Larry  Judge 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Assistant  Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 


Director  of  Athletics 

Associate  Director  of  Athletics 

Associate  Director  of  Athletics 

Director,  Sports  Information 


Christopher  Knowlton 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Pete  Alexander 

B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Sam  Barker 

B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Dennis  Hulings  Director,  Hadley  Union  Building  and  Campus  Recreation 

M.A.,  Brigham  Young  University 
Charles  Potthast  Director,  Business  Services 

M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Executive  Director,  Student  Cooperative  Association 

Director,  Co-op  Store 

Assistant  Director,  Hadley  Union  Building 


PETER  N.  SMITS 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
Richard  T.  Wolfe 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Permsylvania 
Kathleen  Mack 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
To  be  appointed 


Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

Director,  Alumni  Affairs 

Director,  Annucil  and  Planned  Giving 

Assistant  Director,  Annual  and  Planned  Giving 


366 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Steven  Metzler  Coordinator,  Publications  Design  and  Development 

M.F.A.,  Indiana  University 

Karen  Gresh  Associate  Coordinator  and  Editor,  Publications 

B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  Design  and  Development 

Connie  Howard  Interim  Director,  Marketing  and  Information 

William  Swauger  Associate  Director  for  News 

B.A.,  Geneva  College 
Regan  Houser  Editor/Writer 

B.A.,  Duquesne  University 
David  Lind  Associate  Director  for  Video 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  Univerity  of  Pennsylvania 


DEPARTMENT  CHAIRPERSONS 

College  of  Business 

To  be  elected Accounting 

RUTH  S.  MORRIS Administrative  Services  and  Business  Education 

KENNETH  L.  SHILDT Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems 

THOMAS  W.  FALCONE Management  and  Marketing 

College  of  Education 

KURT  P  DUDT Communications  Media 

ROBERT  WITCHEL Counselor  Education 

ROBERT  H.  HOELLEIN Educational  Psychology 

DAVID  E.  ROTIGEL Foundations  of  Education 

EDWINA  VOLD Professional  Studies  in  Education 

LAWRENCE  J.  TURTON Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 

WARNER  E.  TOBIN University  School 

College  of  Fine  Arts 

ANTHONY  G.  DeFURIO Art 

CALVIN  E.  WEBER Music 

MALCOLM  E.  BOWES Theater 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

ANSA  OJANLATVA Allied  Health  Professions 

DONNA  L.  STREIFTHAU Consumer  Services 

JOANNE  B.  STEINER Food  and  Nutrition 

JAMES  G.  MILL,  JR Health  and  Physical  Education 

RUTH  W  BROWNING Home  Economics  Education 

To  be  elected Nursing 

NICHOLAS  PACALO Safety  Sciences 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

WALTER  W.  GALLATI Biology 

NEIL  J.  ASTING Chemistry 

THOMAS  P  CUNNINGHAM Computer  Science 

FRANK  W.  HALL  II Geoscience 

JOHN  BROUGHTON,  III Mathematics 

JOHN  N.  FOX Physics 

CARL  W.  SCHNEIDER,  Interim Psychology 


Directory — 367 


College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

ROBERT  J.  MUTCHNICK Criminology 

DONALD  A.  WALKER Economics 

JAMES  GRAY English 

ROBERT  L.  WHITMER French 

ROBERT  B.  BEGG,  Interim Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

HAROLD  M.  SOMMER German 

JOHN  E.  KADLUBOWKSI History 

JAMES  F.  BYERS Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

CRAIG  G.  SWAUGER Journalism 

SHARON  B.  MONTGOMERY Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

RICHARD  F.  HEIGES Political  Science 

KAY  SNYDER Sociology/ Anthropology 

JOSE  M .  CARRANZA Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Departmental  Units 

RUSSELL  MIARS Counseling  Center 

ALPHONSE  NOVELS Learning  Center 

JAMES  HOOKS Library/Media  Resources 

MICHAEL  SPEWOCK Vocatiomal-Technical  Personnel  Program 

School  of  Continuing  Education 

Division  of  Credit  Programs 

EDWARD  NARDI Division  Director 

REBECCA  STERLEY Director,  Adult  Advisement  Services 

RONALD  MARTINAZZI Director,  Off-campus  Studies 

Division  of  Conferences  and  Non-credit  Programs 

BARBARA  ENDER Division  Director 

LOU  ADONIZIO Director,  Business,  Industry,  and  Labor 

JOYCE  STIFFLER Director,  Community /University  Studies 

ERNEST  DETTORE Director,  Health  and  Human  Services 

TO  BE  APPOINTED Director,  Conferences 

ELLEN  SOVA Program  Facilitator 

Highway  Safety  Center 

RICHARD  HORNFECK Director 

SCOTT  DECKER Director,  CPR  and  Rescue  Training 

MICHELE  BELAK Director,  Emergency  Medical  Services 

GARY  FULTON Director,  Emergency  Services  Training 

and  State  Coordinator,  State  Rescue  Training 

SANDRA  TOMLINSON Director,  Indiana  County  Seat  Belt  Program 

JEANNIE  BUSBY Coordinator,  Pennsylvania  Volunteers  for  Highway  Safety 

Pennsylvania  Motorcycle  Safety  Program 

ALLEN  ROBINSON Program  Director 

THEODORE  UNLAND Assistant  Coordinator 

ROBERTA  CARLSON Central  Regional  Coordinator 

WILLIAM  STAUFFER Western  Regional  Coordinator 

JACK  ZIMMER Eastern  Regional  Coordinator 

STEVE  MURPHY Program  Assistant 

Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

GARY  WELSH Center  Director 

CHRISTOPHER  CAPSEMBELIS Assistant  Director 


368 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


DIRECTORS  OF  SPECIAL  CLINICS 

ESTHER  M.  SHANE Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

ROBERT  H.  HOELLEIN Child  Study  Center 

PECHAN  HEALTH  CENTER  STAFF 

H.  ZANE  KIRK,  M.D Medical  Director 

ANATOLY  PRIMAK,  M.D Physician 

C.  E.  WILSON,  D.O Physician 

DENNIS  MYERS,  M.D Physician 

'»  NANCY  EVANS,  R.N Coordinator,  Nursing  Services 

EMERITI 

EDWARD  L.  ANDERSON English 

IDA  Z.  ARMS Mathematics 

LEE  R.  BEAUMONT Business 

MARGARET  L.  BECK English 

LOIS  C.  BLAIR Professional  Laboratory  Experiences 

R.  MORRISON  BROWN English 

MAUDE  O.  BRUNGARD Speech  and  Hearing 

GARY  L.  BUCKWALTER Physics 

ROBERT  W.  BURGGRAF Music 

JOHN  CHELLMAN Dean  of  Health  Services 

DON-CHEAN  CHU Foundations  of  Education 

CHARLES  L.  COOPER Accounting 

STEVEN  B.  CORD History 

PATRICIA  PATTERSON  CORDERA Business 

RALPH  W.  CORDIER Dean  of  Academic  Affairs 

ROBERT  J.  CRONAUER Art 

CHARLES  A.  DAVIS Music 

CLARABEL  T.  DAVIS University  School/Music 

THOMAS  J.  DONGILLA Art 

ROBERT  W.  ENSLEY English-Theater 

LIDA  T.  FLEMING University  School 

SAMUEL  F.  FURGIUELE English- Journalism 

BERNARD  J.  GANLEY Vice  President,  Administration 

THOMAS  G.  GAULT Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

CLYDE  C.  GELBACH History 

RAYMOND  D.  GIBSON Mathematics 

RALPH  M.  GLOTT  Elementary  Education 

WILLIAM  F.  GRAYBURN English 

JAMES  R.  GREEN Associate  Dean  of  the  Humanities 

S.  TREVOR  HADLEY Vice  President  of  Student  Affairs 

E.  SAMUEL  HOENSTINE : Career  Services 

DONALD  E.  HOFFMASTER Biology 

JOHN  P  HOYT Mathematics 

RAYMONA  E.  HULL English 

ARTHUR  KANNWISHER Philosophy 

ALMA  L.  KAZMER Home  Economics  Education 

ORVAL  KIPP Art 

MERLE  KLINGENSMITH Communications  Media 

MAY  E.  KOHLHEPP Elementary  Education 

WILLL\M  E.  LAFRANCHI Director,  Library  and  Media  Resources 

RAYMOND  L.  LEE Political  Science 

DOROTHY  I.  LINGENFELTER Education,  University  School 


Directory — 369 


STANLEY  W.  LORE Elementary  Education 

P.D.  LOTT Elementary  Education 

JOANNE  P.  LOVETTE Art/Art  Education 

OOROTHY  LUCKER English 

RONALD  L.  MARKS Chemistry 

LILLIAN  B.  MARTIN Education,  University  School 

FRANCIS  G.  McGOVERN Management  and  Marketing 

DONALD  M.  MACISAAC Communications  Media 

PATRICK  J.  McNAMARA Physics 

LAWRENCE  F.  McVITTY Art 

BRUCE  A.  MEADOWCROFT Educational  Pyschology 

JANE  S.  MERVINE History 

LAURABEL  H.  MILLER English 

ROBERT  N.  MOORE Biology 

WALLACE  F.  MORRELL Mathematics 

MORTON  M.  MORRIS Special  Education 

MARIAN  MURRAY Nursing 

ESKO  NEWHILL Sociology-Anthropology 

CARL  P  OAKES Mathematics 

JAMES  E.  PAYNE Geography 

RUTH  PODBIELSKI Associate  Athletic  Director 

WILLIS  E.  PRATT ChanceUor 

DANIEL  G.  REIBER Chairperson,  Department  of  Physics 

RALPH  W.  REYNOLDS Art 

OPAL  T.  RHODES Chairperson,  Home  Economics 

MAURICE  L.  RIDER EngUsh 

PHYLLIS  G.  ROUMM English 

NORMAN  SARGENT Communications  Media 

ROBERT  H.  SAYLOR Counselor  Education 

EUGENE  F.  SCANLON Special  Education/Clinical  Services 

GEORGE  K.  SEACRIST English 

ROBERT  C.  SEELHORST Art 

FREDERICK  W.  SEINFELT English 

MILDRED  SHANK Educational  Psychology 

ELWOOD  B.  SHEEDER Dean,  School  of  Business 

BERT  A.  SMITH Political  Science 

EDWIN  M.  R.  SMITH Mathematics 

HELENA  SMITH English 

DWIGHT  E.  SOLLBERGER Coordinator,  Natural  Sciences 

LESLIE  S.  SPENCER Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems 

GEORGE  SPINELLI Counselor  Education 

MARTIN  STAPLETON Biology 

LAWRENCE  C.  STITT Music 

JAMES  K.  STONER Chairperson,  Business  and  Distributive  Education 

GEORGE  A.  W  STOUFFER Dean,  School  of  Education 

I.  LEONARD  STRIGHT Dean,  The  Graduate  School 

BEATRICE  THOMAS Business 

HOWARD  E.  TOMPKINS Computer  Science 

EUPHEMIA  NESBITT  WADDELL Library 

PAUL  M.  WADDELL Physics 

ALBERT  J.  WAHL History 

ROBERT  O.  WARREN Associate  Provost 

JANE  B.  WASHBURN Counselor  EducaUon 

JOHN  G.  WATTA English 

CHARLES  WEBER Geography 

KATHLEEN  JONES  WHITE Dean,  CoUege  of  Human  Ecology 

HERBERT  WILDEBOOR Music 

HALLEY  O.  WILLISON Mathematics 

JAMES  C.  WILSON Counselor  Education 

ROBERT  L.  WOODARD Director,  Institutional  Research 

DALE  W.  WOOMER Adminstrative  Services  and  Business  Education 


370 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


THE FACULTY 

ROBERT  J.  ACKERMAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Western  Michigan  University 
CARL  F.  ADAMS,  Professor 

D.M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America 
ALI-ASGHAR  AGHBAR,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 
BARBARA  A.  AIERSTOCK,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
MOHAMED  H.  ALBOHALI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University 
RONALD  D.  ALL  Associate  Professor 

M.F.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
ROBERT  K.  ALICO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  St.  Bonaventure  University 
NORINE  A.  ALLEN,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Buffalo 
WILLIAM  D.  AMES,  Associate  Professor 

L.L.M. (Taxation),  University  of  San  Diego 
CAROLINE  I.  ANDERSON,  Associate  Professor 

D.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
FRED  R  ANDERSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.B.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
JAMES  A.  ANDERSON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
ALLAN  T.  ANDREW,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 
JOSEPH  S.  ANGELO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
YAW  A.  ASAMOAH,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Washington  University 
NOREEN  O.  ASH-JOHNSON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
NEIL  J.  ASTING,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 
JOHN  D.  AUGER,  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California 
DENNIS  AUSEL,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 
W.  TIMOTHY  AUSTIN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
MARIE  K.  BAHN,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Western  Maryland  College 
WILLIAM  M.  BAHN,  Professor 

Ed.D,  West  Virginia  University 
FRANK  T.  BAKER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
JOHN  C.  BAKER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Siena  Heights  College 
DONALD  A.  BALENOVICH,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
DONALD  J.  BALLAS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 
FRANCIS  BALLAS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
BARBARA  J.  BALSIGER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
WILLIAM  F.  BARKER,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Sociology /Anthropology 

Music 

English 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Finance/  MIS 

Art 

Biology 

Nursing 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

Mathematics 

Management  and  Marketing 

Psychology 

Biology 

Mathematics 

Economics 

Biology 

Chairperson,  Chemistry 

Military  Science 

Communications  Media 

Criminology 

Special  Education  and 
Clinical  Services 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

Biology 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Mathematics 

Geography  and 

Regional  Plarming 

Chemistry 

Art 

Education  Psychology 


Directory — 371 


NANCY  R.  BARTHELEMY.  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Wiscoasin 
G.R.  BASSIRY,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 
MADAN  M.  BATRA,  Associate  Professor 

M.B.A.,  Dalhousie  University,  Canada 
CHARLES  BATTAGLINI,  Associate  Professor 

M.F.A.,  Temple  University 
THOMAS  L.  BECK,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
WILLIAM  R.  BECKER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
ROBERT  B.  BEGG,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
RAYMOND  W.  BEISEL,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
PATRICIA  A.  BELL,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
MARGARET  BELLAK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JAMES  M.  BENCH,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
PAUL  BEN-ZVI,  Associate  Professor 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa 
GAIL  I.  BERLIN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
PEARL  S.  BERMAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
RICHARD  E.  BERRY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 
CHARLES  H.  BERTNESS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
WILLIAM  W.  BETTS,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JOSEPH  A.  BIANCO,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Nova  University 
GEORGE  R.  BIEGER,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
GARY  J.  BIRD,  Associate  Professor 

M.M.,  North  Texas  State  University 
PATRICIA  L.  BLACK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
BARBARA  BLACKLEDGE,  Associate  Professor 

M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 
WILLIAM  A.  BLACKSMITH,  III,  Associate  Professor 

Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
JEAN  L.  BLAIR.  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOSEPH  BOGAN,  JR.,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
ROBERT  J.  BOLDIN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
DANIEL  N.  BOONE.  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 
CARL  W.  BORDAS,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
NELSON  H.  BORMANN.  Associate  Professor 

M.A..  Western  Michigan  University 


Health  and  Physical  Education 

Management/Marketing 

Management/Marketing 

Art 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Music 

Geography  and 
Regional  Planning 
University  School 

Home  Economics  Education 

Nursing 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

Art 

English 

Psychology 

Physics 

Mathematics 

English 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

Professional  Studies 

in  Education 

Music 

Nursing 

Theater 

Health  and 

Physical  Education 

Nursing 

Criminology 

Finance  and 

Management  Information  Systems 

Philosophy 

and  Religious  Studies 

Chemistry 

Special  Education  and 
Clinical  Services 


372 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


DAVID  T.  BORST,  Professor 

D.M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
ALBERT  E.  BOUFFARD,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Duquesne  University 
MALCOLM  E.  BOWES,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 
ALEXANDRA  BRAKE,  Associate  Professor 

A.B.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
MARYAN>fE  BRANDENBURG,  Associate  Professor 

Ed.  D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 
JESSIE  BRIGHT,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Rochester 
LORRIE  J.  BRIGHT,  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Rochester 
PETER  G.  BROAD,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
KENNETH  W.  BRODE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  BROUGHTON,  III,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  Oklahoma  State  University 
ANDREW  C.  BROWE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia 
IRVIN  BROWN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Howard  University 
RUTH  ANNA  W.  BROWNING,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DENNIS  A.  BUCK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
DONALD  W.  BUCKWALTER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska 
GERALD  M.  BURIOK,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
RONALD  I.  BURNER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.B.A.,  West  Virginia  University 
SANDRA  L.  BURWELL,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JOHN  F.  BUSOVICKI,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 
GARY  L.  BUTERBAUGH,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Syracuse  University 
JAMES  F.  BYERS,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  -  Madison 
JAMES  M.  CAHALAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.  D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
CAROL  CARAWAY,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
PATRICK  A.  CARONE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
CARMY  CARRANZA,  Instructor 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JOSE  M.  CARRANZA,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
BRUCE  D.  CARTWRIGHT,  Associate  Professor 

A.M.,  West  Virginia  University 
CHARLES  E.  CASAVANT,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
CHARLES  D.  CASHDOLLAR,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
GRACE  L.  CATELL,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Music 

Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Chairperson,  Theater 

Management/Marketing 

Adminstrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

English 

English 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

German 

Chairperson,  Mathematics 

Biology 

Political  Science 

Chairperson, 

Home  Economics  Education 

Safety  Science 

Geography  and 

Regional  Planning 

Mathematics 

Accounting 

Art 

Mathematics 

Computer  Science 

Chairperson,  Industrial  and 

and  Labor  Relations 

English 

Philosophy  and 
Religious  Studies 
Political  Science 

Learning  Center 

Chairperson,  Spanish  and 

Classical  Languages 

Psychology 

Music 

History 

Nursing 


Directory — 373 


DONNA  B.  CAUFFIEL,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
VINCE  CELTNIEKS,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Montana 
KAREN  R.  CERCONE,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
MARY  ANN  CESSNA,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
CHRISTINA  O.  CHA,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.M.,  Union  Theological  Seminary  in  New  York 
MIRIAM  S.  CHAIKEN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
RICHARD  R.  CHAMBERLIN,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Denver 
BENJAMIN  C.  CHAN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
WILLIAM  D.  CHAPMAN,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 
MICHAEL  R.  CHARNEGO,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
EDWARD  CHASZAR,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  George  Washington  University 
MANMOHAN  D.  CHAUBEY,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
R.  PHILIP  CHEKANSKI,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Central  Missouri  State  University 
CARL  C.  CHEN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 
FU  T.  CHEN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama;  C.P.A.,  West  Virginia 
RICHARD  CHRISTENSEN,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University 
NICHOLAS  CHRISTODOULEAS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 
FRANK  J.  CIGNETTI,  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
GARRY  J.  CISKOWSKI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma  Health  Science  Center 
JOSEPH  C.  CLARK,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 
LOIS  A.  CLARK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College 
VAUGHN  CLAY,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
STANLEY  COHEN,  Professor 

J.D.,  Salmon  P.  Chase  College  of  Law 
EDWARD  G.  COLEMAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 
CAROL  E.  CONNELL,  Assistant  Professor 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DAVID  M.  COOK,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
FRANK  CORBETT,  Associate  Professor 

D.Ed.,  Temple  University 
CARMINE  J.  CORTAZZO  JR.,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
JOSEPH  J.  COSTA,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  West  Virginia  University 


Food  and  Nutrition 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Geoscience 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Music 

Sociology/ Anthropology 

Library 

Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

Biology 

Political  Science 

Management/Marketing 

Safety  Sciences 

Finance  and 

Management  Information  Systems 

Accounting 

Safety  Sciences 

Chemistry 

Director  of  Athletics 

Biology 

Geoscience 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Art 

Criminology 

Chemistry 

Library 

English 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Health  and 

Physical  Education 

Chemistry 


374 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


WILLA  RUTH  CRAMER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JOHN  A.  CROSS,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Gannon  University 
JOHN  W.  CROSS,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
THOMAS  E.  CRUMM,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
WILLIAM  H.  CULP  Professor 

Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
HELEN  D.  CUNNINGHAM,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
THOMAS  P  CUNNINGHAM,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 
BOB  J.  CUREY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 
GEORGE  J.  CVEJANOVICH,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Harvard  University 
SUSAN  S.  DAHLHEIMER,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
S.  JANE  DAKAK,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 
KAREN  DANDURAND,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
ARLO  DEAN  DAVIS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 
CARL  D.  DAVIS,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  A.  DAVIS,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
WAYNE  J.  DAVIS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  the  State  University;  C.P.A.,  Pennsylvania 
MALCOLM  M.  DAY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Western  Reserve  University 
GARY  J.  DEAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 
JAMES  C.  DEARING,  Assistant  Professor 

M.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
EMILY  K.  DECICCO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
LEONARD  B.  DEFABO,  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
ANTHONY  G.  DEFURIO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JAMES  M.  DEGEORGE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 
VIRGINIA  C.  DEMAND,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 
DANIEL  DICICCO,  Professor 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
ALICE  D.  DICKIE,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 
WILLIAM  E.  DIETRICH,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JOHN  L.  DIETZ,  Professor 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
RICHARD  DISTANISLAO,  Instructor 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
EDWARD  H.  DONLEY,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 


Consumer  Services 

Computer  Science 

Economics 

Chemistry 

Counselor  Education 

Nursing 

Chairperson, 

Computer  Science 

English 

Safety  Sciences 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

English 

Mathematics 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

English 

Accounting 

English 

Counselor  Education 

Music 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Educational  Psychology 

Chairperson,  Art 

Journedism 

Administrative  Services 
and  Business  Education 

Music 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Biology 

Music 

Assistant  to  the  Director, 

Armstrong  County  Campus 

Mathematics 


Directory — 375 


ALBERTA  R.  DORSE Y.  Professor  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
OWEN  DOUGHERTY,  Professor  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
CHARLES  DRAXLER,  Assistant  Professor  Military  Science 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
VICTOR  S.  DRESCHER,  Associate  Professor  Spanish  and 

D. M . L . ,  Middlebury  College  Classical  Languages 

JOHN  J.  DROPCHO,  Assistant  Professor  Art 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
REBECCA  A.  DUBOVSKY,  Instructor  Mathematics 

M.A.,  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 
KURT  P.  DUDT,  Assistant  Professor  Chairperson,  Communications  Media 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CATHERINE  DUGAN,  Instructor  Director,  Advising  and 

M.A.,  University  of  Iowa  Testing  Center 

DONALD  D.  DUNCAN,  Associate  Professor  Mathematics 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DIANE  L.  DUNTLEY,  Professor  Director,  Academic  Information  Systems 

Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
DEBRA  A.  DUTKIEWICZ-ZETTERBERG,  Assistant  Professor  Theater 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Connecticut 
JAMES  A.  DYAL,  Professor  Economics 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
ROBERT  E.  EARLY,  Instructor  Mathematics 

M.A.,  Indiana  University 
KENNETH  F.  EDGAR,  Professor  Psychology 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
EDWARD  J.  EDWARDS,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing 

M.N.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
DONALD  G.  EISEN,  Professor  Theater 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CALVIN  H.  ELLIKER,  Assistant  Professor  Library 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
JOAN  B.  ELLIOTT,  Professor  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
OMAR  ELMADFAI,  Associate  Professor  Accounting 

Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 
MARY  LOUISE  ELTZ,  Associate  Professor  Health  and 

M .Ed. ,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College  Physical  Education 

RONALD  R.  EMERICK,  Associate  Professor  English 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
THOMAS  FALCONE,  Professor  Chairperson,  Management 

D.B.A.,  Kent  State  University  and  Marketing 

FRANK  FAZIO,  JR.,  Professor  Chemistry 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
LAWRENCE  M.  FELDMAN,  Assistant  Professor  Mathematics 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
RONALD  T.  FERGUSON,  Professor  History 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 
VINCENT  J.  FERRARA,  Professor  Philosophy  and 

Ph.D.,  Fordham  Universitv  Religious  Studies 

GARY  M.FERRENCE,  Professor  Biology 

Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 
JERRY  B.  FIDDLER,  Professor  Special  Education  and 

Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo  Clinical  Services 

FERNAND  FISEL,  Associate  Professor  French 

M.A.,  Andrews  University 
SUSAN  E.  FORBES,  Associate  Professor  Geography  and 

M.A.,  Kent  State  University  Regional  Planning 


376 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


WILLIAM  R.  FORBES,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
JOHN  C.  FORD,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Northeastern  University 
JOHN  N.  FOX,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Wesleyan  University 
DOUGLAS  H.  FRANK,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 
JOHN  E.  FRANK,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
W.  LARRY  FREEMAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 
JOHN  R.  FREUND,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
ERNEST  B.  FRICKE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
DONALD  P  FRITZ,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
EDWIN  J.  FRY,  Associate  Professor 

M.M.,  DePaul  University 
VIVIAN  C.  FULLER,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 
NORMAN  W  GAGGINI,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JOSEPH  M.  GALLANAR,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
ELEANOR  M.  GALLATI,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
WALTER  W  GALLATI,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
C.  ALEXANDER  GARVIN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 
CONRAD  J.  GATES,  Professor 

J.D.,  University  of  Buffalo 
ROBERT  L.  GAYLOR,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JERRY  G.  GEBHARD,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 
ROBERT  P  GENDRON,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
GAIL  J.  GERLACH,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
MOHAMED  GHOBASHY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Hochschule  fuer  Wethandel,  Vienna,  Austria;  C.P.A. 
THOMAS  GL\MBRONE,  Associate  Professor 

Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
EILEEN  J.  GLISAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CHARLES  A.  GODLASKY,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  The  Permsylvania  State  University 
IRVING  GODT,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
JANET  GOEBEL,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska  at  Lincoln 
EDWARD  W  GONDOLF,  Associate  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Boston  University 
THOMAS  D.  GOODRICH,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 


Biology 

Chemistry 

Chairperson,  Physics 

Mathematics 

Counselor,  Career  Services 

and  Veteran  Affairs 

Physics 

English 

History 

English 

Music 

Athletics 

Physics 

History 

Home  Economics  Education 

Chairperson,  Biology 

Economics 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

English 

Biology 

University  School 

Accoimting 

Mathematics 

Spanish/Classical  Languages 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Music 

English 

Sociology /Anthropology 

History 


Wisconsin 


Directory — 377 


BLVliRLY  J.  GOODWIN,  Assistant  Professor  Psychology 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
PHILIP  B.  GORDON,  Assistant  Professor  Home  Economics  Education 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
BROOKE  V.  GRANT,  Associate  Professor  Sociology- Anthropology 

M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  GEORGE  GRASSINGER,  JR.,  Associate  Professor  Library 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
HAROLD  GRAU,  Assistant  Professor  Biology 

M.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
FRANCES  GRAY,  Assistant  Professor  English 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 
JAMES  L.  GRAY,  Professor  Chairperson,  English 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
CASSANDRA  GREEN,  Instructor  Learning  Center 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
WILLIAM  G.  GRESSLEY,  Assistant  Professor  Food  and  Nutrition 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ROYDEN  P  GROVE,  Assistant  Professor  Health  and  Physical 

M.Ed.,  Ohio  University  Education 

DAVID  E.  GROVER,  Professor  Psychology 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 
DANIEL  S.  GRUBB,  Professor  English 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
RICHARD  A.  HALAPIN,  Associate  Professor  Finance  and  Management 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh  Information  Systems 

HARRY  W.  HALDEMAN,  Associate  Professor  EngUsh 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
FRANK  W  HALL,  II,  Professor  Chairperson,  Geoscience 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Montana 
ROBERT  W.  HAMILTON,  Associate  Professor  Art 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JANIS  M.  HANDLER,  Instructor  Communications  Media 

M.S.,  Indiana  University 
ROY  W.  HARDING,  Associate  Professor  Chemistry 

Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology 
MARY  M  HART,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RICHARD  A.  HARTLINE,  Professor  Chemistry 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
MARLIN  E.  HARTMAN,  Professor  Mathematics 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
PATRICK  M.  HARTWELL,  Professor  English 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 
E.  SAMUEL  HATFIELD,  Associate  Professor  History 

A.M.,  West  Virginia  University 
MALCOLM  R.  HAYWARD,  III,  Professor  English 

Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 
RICHARD  HAZLEY,  Professor  English 

A.M.,  Columbia  University 
JUDITH  HECHTMAN,  Assistant  Professor  University  School 

M.A.T.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DONN  W.  HEDMAN,  Associate  Professor  Art 

M.F.A.,  Washington  State  University 
RICHARD  F.  HEIGES,  Professor  Chairperson,  Political  Science 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
PATRICIA  I.  HEILMAN,  Assistant  Professor  Journalism 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


378 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


ROBERT  F.  HENDERSON,  Assistant  Professor  Military  Science 

B.S.,  California  State  College 
WILLARD  W.  HENNEN4ANN,  Jr. ,  Professor  Mathematics 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
ANITA  C.  HENRY,  Professor  French 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
JOHN  HENRY,  Associate  Professor  Athletics 

M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 
HERLINDA  HERNANDEZ,  Assistant  Professor  Spanish  and  Qassical  Languages 

M.A.,  University  of  the  Americas  (Mexico) 
KENNETH  E.  HERSHMAN,  Associate  Professor  Physics 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
ROBERT  H.  HOELLEIN,  Professor  Chairperson,  Educational  Psychology 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
HARRY  G.  HOLT,  Associate  Professor  Economics 

M.S.,  Bucknell  University 
OLIVE  M.  HOLT,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing 

M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
HARVEY  S.  HOLTZ,  Associate  Professor  Sociology/ Anthropology 

Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 
JAMES  D.  HOOKS,  Associate  Professor  Chairperson,  Library 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RICHARD  J.  HORNFECK,  Professor  Highway  Safety  Center 

Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
BARBARA  H .  HUDSON ,  Associate  Professor  English 

Ph.D.,  Howard  University 
SUZANNE  H .  HUDSON ,  Professor  EngUsh 

Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 
MARVIN  HUFF,  Associate  Professor  Economics 

M.Ed.,  Westminster  College 
RICHARD  T.  HULING,  Associate  Professor  Biology 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
ARTHUR  C.  HULSE,  Professor  Biology 

Ph.D.,  Arizona  State  University 
JAN  G.  HUMPHREYS,  Professor  Biology 

Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 
HERBERT  M.  HUNTER,  Associate  Professor  Sociology/ Anthropology 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

C.  MARK  HURLBERT,  Assistant  Professor  English 
D.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

SID  N.  HYDER,  Assistant  Professor  Accounting 

M.Tax.,  Georgia  State  University,  C.P.A.,  CCA. 
JAMES  M.  INNES,  Associate  Professor  Art 

M.F.A.,  Kansas  City  Art  Institute 
DOMINIC  J.  INTILI,  Professor  Music 

Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

D.  ROBERT  JACOBS,  Professor  Psychology 
Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

MARY  J.  JALONGO,  Professor  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo 
SANDRA  L  JANICKI ,  Instructor  Library 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ROSA  JEN,  Assistant  Professor  Library 

M.S.,  Florida  State  University 
RANDY  JESICK,  Assistant  Professor  Journalism 

M.S. J.,  West  Virginia  University 
CRAWFORD  W  JOHNSON,  Associate  Professor  EngUsh/French 

M.A.,  Atlanta  University 
GEORGE  B.  JOHNSON,  Associate  Professor  Art 

M.F.A.,  Indiana  University 
HUGH  B.  JOHNSON,  JR.,  Professor  Music 

Mus.Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 


Directory — 379 


JOHN  R.  JOHNSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
RALPH  L.  JOHNSON,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College 
RITA  M.  JOHNSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Purdue  University 
ROBERTO.  JOHNSON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
FOSTER  T.  JONES.  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
FREDERICK  JOSEPH,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University 
YASH  JOSHI,  Associate  Professor 

M.B.A.,  Indian  Institute  of  Management 
LARRY  JUDGE,  Instructor 

B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
RONALD  A.  JULIETTE,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 
JOHN  F.  KADLUBOWSKI,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
CHARLES  M.  KANYARUSOKE,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
NICHOLAS  KARATJAS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 
IRVIN  C.  KAUFFMAN,  Associate  Professor 

Assistant  Principal  Cello,  Pittsburgh  Symphony  Orchestra 
DAVID  KAUFMAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DAVID  SHANKLAND  KEENE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 
CHRISTINE  W.  KESNER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Akron 
MICHAEL  H.  KESNER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
ROBERT  L.  KING,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
WILMA  K.  KING,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
ROBERT  J.  KIRBY,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.L.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America 
RICHARD  W.  KOLACZKOW'SKI,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
L.  JUNE  KORAB,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Indiana  University 
PAUL  I.  KORNFELD,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Illinois  State  University 
BARBARA  KRASZEWSKI,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
HELEN  M.  KRESAK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.P.H.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
KRISH  S.  KRISHNAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.B.A.,  Indiana  Institute  of  Management 
VANCE  R.  KRITES,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Central  Michigan  University 
LAURENCE  D.  KRUCKMAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 
JOSEPH  S.  KRUPNIK,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
SHERRILL  KUCKUCK,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


University  School 

Health  and  Physical 

Education 

Food  and  Nutrition 

English 

French 

Director,  Financial  Aid 

Management/Marketing 

Director,  Sports  Information 

Communications  Media 

Chairperson,  History 

Communications  Media 

Economics 

Music 

Library 

Political  Science 

Consumer  Services 

Biology 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

History 

Library 

Chemistry 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Communications  Media 

English 

Nursing 

Biology 

Political  Science 

Sociology /Anthropology 

English 

Director,  Student  Development 
Programs 


380 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JOHN  W.  KUEHN,  Associate  Professor 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Colorado 
GOPAL  S.  KULKARNI,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JODELL  L.  KUZNESKI,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RICHARD  J.  LAMBERSKI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
DALE  E.  LANDON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
BETTY  B.  LANHAM,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
WALTER  R.  LAUDE,  Associate  Professor 

M.L.S.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 
NEIL  B.  LEHMAN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
MARY  BETH  LEIDMAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 
EUGENE  E.  LEPLEY,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
EDWARD  M.  LEVINSON,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 
TIAN-MIN  LIN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University 
C.T.  LINDH,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Duquesne  University;  C.P.A. 
ALICIA  V.  LINZEY,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 
SALLY  LIPSKY,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RENEE  LISCINSKY,  Professor 

Doctorat  du  Illme  cycle,  U.  of  Besancon,  France 
VICTOR  LISCINSKY,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ROBERT  I.  LLOYD,  Professor 

D.M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America 
PATRICL\  LOMMOCK,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
A.  LYNNE  LUCAS,  Assistant  Professor 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOAN  Y.  LUCHSINGER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.M.,  University  of  Illinois 
CARL  S.  LUCIANO,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
RONALD  LUNARDINI,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
SANDRA  JOYCE  LYNN,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Auburn  University 
CHARLES  R.  MADERER,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.T.,  Brown  University 
RICHARD  D.  MAGEE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
DONALD  C.  MAHAN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
MARGARET  D.  MAHLER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
W  DELIGHT  MALITSKY,  Associate  Professor 

M.M.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music 


Music 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Nursing 

Communications  Media 

History 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Library 

History 

Communications  Media 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Educational  Psychology 

Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Accounting 

Biology 

Learning  Center 

French 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Music 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Library 

Music 

Managemant/Marketing 

Student  Activities 
and  Organizations 
Consumer  Services 

Mathematics 

Psychology 

Administrative  Services  and 

Business  Education 

Adult-Community  Education 

Music 


Directory— 381 


SARAH  J.  MANTEL,  Associate  Professor 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 
JAMES  H.  MAPLE,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
LAURA  E.  MARSHAK,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
IRWIN  MURRAY  MARCUS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 
GRACE  MARLIN,  Instructor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
BARBARA  W.  MARQUETTE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
ARTHUR  H.  MARTEL,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
RANDY  L.  MARTIN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 
LEA  MASIELLO,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
CYNTHIA  N.  MASTRO,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.L.S.,  University  of  Tennessee 
JOSEPH  M.  MASTRO,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  K.  MATOLYAK,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
GEORGE  M.  MATOUS,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 
RICHARD  D.  McAFOOSE,  Associate  Professor 

M.L.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DONALD  A.  McANDREW,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
DOYLE  RICHARD  McBRIDE,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.T,  Indiana  University 
RONALD  L.  McBRIDE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
MICHAEL  A.  McCaffrey,  Assistant  Professor 

M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
R.  PAUL  McCAULEY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Sam  Houston  State  University 
KAY  McCHESNEY,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 
ROBERT  E.  McCLAY,  JR.,  Associate  Professor 

M.B.A.,  American  University 
GARY  McCLOSKY,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 
DONALD  S.  McCLURE,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 
CHARLES  McCREARY,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 
G.  PATRICK  McCREARY,  Instructor 

M.F.A.,  Mason  Gross  School  of  the  Arts 
THERESA  R.  McDEVlTT,  Associate  Professor 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DONALD  C.  McFEELY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
MAUREEN  C.  McHUGH,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DONALD  R.  McKELVEY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
KATHERINE  K.  McKELVEY,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 


Music 

Computer  Science 

Special  Education 

History 

University  School 

Psychology 

Economics 

Criminology 

Learning  Center 

Library 

History 

Physics 

Physics 

Management  and  Marketing 

English 

Mathematics 

Mathematics 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

Criminology 

Sociology/ 
AnthrofX)logy 
Safety  Sciences 

Safety  Sciences 

English 

French 

Theater 

Library 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Psychology 

Chemistry 

Computer  Science 


382 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JOHN  J.  McNdANMON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
MARK  E.  McNABB,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Adams  State  University 
PATRICK  J.  McNAMARA,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Detroit 
DONALD  S.  Mcpherson,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RICHARD  R  MEASE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
EDWARD  R.  MELODINI,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CRUZ  MENDIZABAL,  Professor 

Doctor  en  Filosofia  y  Letras,  Universidad  Javeriana,  Bogota 
JENNIFER  MEOLI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
J.  TYSON  MERRILL,  Assistant  Professor 

Psy.D.,  Wright  State  University 
JOHN  E.  MERRYMAN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RUSSEL  D.  ML\RS,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
MARY  H.  MICCO,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
VINCENT  R  MIKKELSEN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 
EDWARD  MILEFF,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Boston  University 
JAMES  G.  MILL,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JEFFREY  A.  MILLER,  Instructor 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
LARRY  CARL  MILLER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 
VINCENT  P  MILLER,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
JOHN  A.  MILLS,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware 
ROBERT  E.  MILLWARD,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
GEORGE  R.  MILTZ,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
MARGARET  L.  MINNICK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
GEORGE  E.  MITCHELL,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
JOEL  D.  MLECKO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America 
KOFIE  MONTGOMERY,  Instructor 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
SHARON  MONTGOMERY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
ARCHIE  F.  MOORE,  Professor 

M.S.,  Springfield  College 
EDGAR  W.  MOORE,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Milwaukee 
MIA  MOORE-ARMITAGE,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 


English 

Criminology 

Physics 

Industrial  and 

Labor  Relations 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

Criminology 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Management  and  Marketing 

Counseling  Services 

Foundations  of  Education 

Counseling  Services 

Computer  Science 

Professional  Studies  in 

Education 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Chairperson,  Health 

and  Physical  Education 

Food  and  Nutrition 

History 

Geography  and  Regional  Plarming 

Counselor  and  Student 

Development  Center 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Mathematics 

Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Chairperson,  Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

History 

Food  and  Nutrition 


Directory— 383 


MARTIN  J.  MORAND,  Professor 

B.S.,  Cornell  University 
BERNARD  A.  MOREAU.  Professor 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  E.  MORRIS,  Instructor 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
ROBERT  L.  MORRIS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
RUTH  S.  MORRIS,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Bucknell  University 
ROY  MOSS,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
REZA  MOTAMENI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 
EDWARD  R.  MOTT,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
IMOGENE  L.  MOVER,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 
JOANNE  MUELLER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
MURIEL  A.  MUNRO,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas 
PATRICK  D.  MURPHY,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
ROBERT  J.  MUTCHNICK,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 
LOIS  PETROVICH-MWANIKI,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
ATAOLLAH  NAHOURAII,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ANTHONY  J.  NANIA,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 
ANTHONY  J.  NASTASE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
WILLIAM  A.  NEAL,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  The  George  Washington  University 
LINDA  SHEARER  NELSON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JAMES  P  NESTOR,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
SARAH  W  NEUSIUS,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 
GINI  G.  NEWELL,  Instructor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
SANDRA  J.  NEWELL,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Toledo 
ALPHONSE  N.  NOVELS,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College 
THOMAS  NOWAK,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
RICHARD  NOWELL,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
MUHAMMAD  Z.  NUMAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  College  of  William  and  Mary 
WILLIAM  W.  OBLITEY,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ANSA  OJANLATVA,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 
AN  J  A  H.  OLIN-FAHLE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

Music 

Political  Science 

Chairperson,  Administrative 

Services  and  Business  Education 

Director,  Career  Services 

Management  and  Marketing 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Criminology 

Mathematics 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

English 

Chairperson,  Criminology 

University  School 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

English 

Biology 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Home  Economics  Education 

Art 

Sociology/ Anthropology 

Special  Education 

Biology 

Learning  Center 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

Physics 

Computer  Science 

Chairperson,  Allied  Health/ 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Sociology-Anthropology 


384 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JAMES  M.  OLIVER,  Professor  History 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 
GARY  JAMES  OLMSTEAD,  Professor  Music 

D.M.A.,  Cleveland  Institute  of  Music/Case  Western  Reserve  University 
LUDO  op  de  BEECK,  Professor  French 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ELIZABETH  OVERTON-PARKER,  Assistant  Professor  Adminstrative  Services 

Ed .  D . ,  University  of  Tennesssee  and  Business  Education 

NICHOLAS  N.  PACALO,  Associate  Professor  Chairperson,  Safety  Sciences 

M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California 
EXDROTHY  ANN  PALMER,  Associate  Professor  Political  Science 

M.A.,  Miami  University 
FREDERICK  R.  PARK,  Associate  Professor  Geoscience 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ROBERT  A.  PATSIGA,  Professor  Chemistry 

Ph.D.,  State  University  College  of  Forestry,  Syracuse  University 
GARY  W.R.  PAITON,  Professor  Psychology 

Ph.D.,  Tufts  University 
RAYMOND  P.  PAVLOSKI,  Associate  Professor  Psychology 

Ph.D.,  McMaster  University 
CHARLES  A.  PEDDY,  II ,  Assistant  Professor  Military  Science 

B.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy 
GERARD  C.  PENTA,  Professor  Foundations  of  Education 

Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
LAURENCE  JOHN  PERKINS,  Assistant  Professor  Music 

M.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
DANIEL  PERLONGO,  Associate  Professor  Music 

M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan 
JOSEPH  ALEXANDER  PETERS,  Associate  Professor  Mathematics 

M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
JERRY  L.  PICKERING,  Professor  Biology 

Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  the  State  University 
DENTON  F.  PILLION,  Associate  Professor  Management  and  Marketing 

M.B.A.,  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 
DAVID  H.  PISTOLE,  Associate  Professor  Biology 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  State  University 
EDWARD  E.  PLATT,  Professor  Political  Science 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
MARK  A.  PLIVELIC,  Associate  Professor  Accounting 

M.Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  C.P.A. 
KAREN  POLANSKY,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing 

M.S.,  California  State  University  at  Los  Angeles 
JOHN  A.  POLESKY,  Associate  Professor  Administrative  Services 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh  and  Business  Education 

DUANE  M.  PONKO,  Assistant  Professor  Accounting 

M.S.,  Duquesne  University;  C.P.A. ,  Permsylvania 
ROBERT  S .  PREZANT,  Associate  Professor  Biology 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Deleware 
PAUL  A.  PRINCE,  Professor  Geoscience 

M.Ed.,  Harvard  University 
SUSAN  M .  PURVIANCE,  Assistant  Professor  Philosophy  and 

M.A.,  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara  Religious  Studies 

JOHN  P  QUIRK,  Professor  Educational  Psychology 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia 
GEORGE  M.RADAKOVIC,  Assistant  Professor  "  Economics 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
WILLARD  W.  RADELL,  Professor  Economics 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 


Directory— 385 


BENNETT  A.  RAFOTH,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinios 
DAVID  L.  RAMSEY,  Instructor 

B.A.,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 
GURMAL  RATTAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 
CHANCY  R.  RAWLEIGH,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
RICHARD  E.  RAY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
TERRY  T.  RAY,  Assistant  Professor 

J.D.,  Duquesne  University 
KAREN  E.  READY,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Middlebury  College 
CLARICE  K.  REBER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 
JAMES  C.  REBER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
JACK  C.  REED,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Arizona 
JAMES  B.  REILLY,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
WILLIAM  L.  RETTIG,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
VIRGINIA  E.  REYNOLDS,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Columbia  University 
DAVID  M.  RIBAN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  F*urdue  University 
ALEXANDER  R.  RICH,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 
DARLENE  S.  RICHARDSON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
JOAN  RIEHL-SISCA,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 
J.  MERLE  RIFE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
WANDA  RIFE,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.L.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
ROBERT  H.  RITTLE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 
JOSEPH  S.  RIZZO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
DONALD  J.  ROBBINS,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
LIONEL  E.  ROBERTS,  JR.,  Associate  Professor 

J.D.,  Cumberland  School  of  Law 
RICHARD  D.  ROBERTS,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
DONALD  U.  ROBERTSON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
JAMES  E.  ROBERTSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Missouri 
ALLEN  R.  ROBINSON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
BERNARD  ROFFMAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Fordham  University 
ROSALY  ROFFMAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Hawaii 
ALLAN  G.  ROSS,  Assistant  Professor 

B.A.,  Hobart  and  William  Smith  Colleges 


English 

Physics 

Educational  Psychology 

Sociology-Anthropology 

English 

Administrative  Services  and 

Business  Education 

German 

Special  Education 

and  Clinical  Services 

Mathematics 

Safety  Sciences 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Assistant  Chairperson,  Mathematics 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Physics 

Psychology 

Geoscience 

Nursing 

History 

Library 

Psychology 

Professional  Studies 

in  Education 

Accounting 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

Physics 

Psychology 

Administrative  Services 
and  Business  Education 
Highway  Safety  Center 

English 

English 

Military  Science 


386 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


DOUGLAS  A.  ROSS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 
BEVERLY  ROSSITER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DAVID  E.  ROTIGEL,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
RICHARD  D.  ROWELL,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
PHILLIP  A.  RUFFNER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
HOWARD  A.  RUSSELL,  Professor 

D.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
ROBERT  RUSSELL,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.T.,  Indiana  University 
GRACE  A.  RYAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  C.  RYAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Florida  State  University 
MARY  E.  SADLER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DANIEL  P  SALANDRO,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
RICKIE  SANDERS,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Ohio  State  University 
STEPHEN  K.  SANDERSON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 
NICOLO  A.  SARTORI,  Assistant  Professor 

M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 
LINFORD  T.  SAYLOR,  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JOHN  SCANDRETT,  Assistant  Professor 

M.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
LAWRENCE  C.  SCHARMANN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
R.  THOMAS  SCHAUB,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
MARTHA  S.  SCHEEREN,  Assistant  Professor 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOAN  SCHMITT,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 
CARL  W.  SCHNEIDER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
GOULD  F.  SCHROCK,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
KENNY  SCHWARTZMAN,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Dartmouth  College 
JOHN  H.  SCROXTON,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  Alfred  University 
C.  DONALD  SEAGREN,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
ROBERT  SECHRIST,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 
THOMAS  SEDWICK,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
FREDERICK  SEHRING,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CONSTANCE  SETTLEMYER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Chairperson,  Psychology 

Nursing 

Chairperson,  Foundations  of  Education 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

English 

Art 

Journalism 

Management  and  Marketing 

Management  and  Marketing 

Nursing 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

Geography  and 

Regional  Planning 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Music 

Military  Science 

Music 

Biology 

Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Library 

Consumer  Services 

Interim  Chairperson,  Psychology 

Biology 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Registrar 

Geography  and 

Regional  Planning 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Associate  Registrar 

Nursing 


Directory — 387 


DALE  M.  SHAFER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
RONALD  G.  SHAFER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Duquesne  University 
ESTHER  M.  SHANE,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 
SATYA  SHARMA,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 
MAHER  Y.  SHAWER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
WILLIAM  SHEEHE,  Assistant  Professor 

M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
MEHDl  SHEIKHOLESLAML  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Dallas 
JACK  L.  SHEPLER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
KENNETH  LEE  SHILDT,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
RUTH  L  SHIREY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 
DANIEL  C.  SHIVELY,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.L.S.,  Drexel  University 
CHARLES  J.  SHUBRA,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
RONALD  E.  SIMKINS,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Westminster  College 
EDWARD  K.  SIMPSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
JOHN  F.  SITTON,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University 
HERMAN  L.  SLEDZIK,  Professor 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JEAN  J.  SLENKER,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Professional  Diploma,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
ROBERT  EUGENE  SLENKER,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Professional  Diploma,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
EDWARD  L.  SLONIGER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
MAXINE  SMATLAK,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
R.  ROGER  SMITH,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 
WILLIAM  R.  SMITH,  Professor 

Ed.M.,  Harvard  University 
W.  WAYNE  SMITH,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
RONALD  F.  SMITS,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 
MARIE  E.  SNEAD,  Associate  Professor 

A.M.L.S.,  University  of  Michigan 
C.  SUE  SNYDER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
KAY  SNYDER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
JAMES  SOLAK,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
HAROLD  M.  SOMMER,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
ROBERT  D.  SOULE,  Associate  Professor 
M.S.,  Purdue  University 


Mathematics 

English 

Special  Education 

and  Clinical  Services 

Consumer  Services 

Mathematics 

Management/Marketing 

Accounting 

Mathematics 

Chair,  Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

Chairperson,  Geography 

and  Regional  Planning 

Library 

Computer  Science 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Theater 

Political  Science 

Athletics 

Art 

Art 

University 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Nursing 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Mathematics 

History 

English 

Library 

Nursing 

Chairperson,  Sociology-Anthropology 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

Chairperson,  German 

Safety  Sciences 


University 


388 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JAMES  L.  SOWELL,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Houston 
ELWOOD  R.  SPEAKMAN,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.T.,  Brown  University 
JOSEPH  B.  SPIEKER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America 
WILLIAM  SRSIC,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Edinboro  State  College 
JAMES  G.  STAPLES,  Professor 

D.M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
JAY  START,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  H.  STEELMAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
SHARON  D.  STEIGMANN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Arizona  State  University 
JOANNE  B.  STEINER,  Associate  Professor,  Chairperson 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 
RONALD  A.  STEINER,  Associate  Professor 

M.S.L.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
MARGARET  M.  STEMPIEN,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
CHARLES  B.  STEVENSON,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  The  George  Washington  University 
MERLE  STILWELL,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
LLOYD  K.  STIRES,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
PArRICL\  C.  STOCKTON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
ROBERT  J.  STONEBRAKER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 
KATHRYN  A.  STRATTON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
DONNA  L.  STREIFTHAU,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
ROBERT  S.  STROCK,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Shippensburg  State  College 
PETER  SULLIVAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
MARIO  SUSSMAN,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
CONNIE  J.  SUTTON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
LOUIS  R.  SUTTON,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
CRAIG  G.  SWAUGER,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  J.  SWEENEY,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor 

J.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
FORD  HARRIS  SWIGART,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
MARY  E.  SWINKER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  Kent  State  University 
AUGUSTA  SYTY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 
VIRGINIA  S.  SZWARC,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Accounting 

Mathematics 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid 

Music 

Conunimications  Media 

Mathematics 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Library 

Mathematics 

Management  and  Marketing 

Mathematics 

Psychology 

English 

Economics 

Learning  Center 

Chairperson,  Consumer  Services 

Administrative  Services 

and  Business  Education 

German 

Psychology 

Geoscience 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Chairperson,  Journalism 

Computer  Science 

English 

Consumer  Services 

Chemistry 

Nursing 


Directory— 389 


STANFORD  L.  TACKETT,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
VINCENT  P  TAIANI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
DEVKI  N.  TALWAR,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Allahabad  University 
DAN  J.  TANNACITO,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 
JOHN  F.  TAYLOR,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 
LEONARD  P  TEPPER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CAROL  A.  TETL  Professor 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
EUGENE  F.  THIBADEAU,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
JOANN  E.  THISTLETHWAITE,  Assistant  Professor 

M.N.E.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  C.  THOMAS,  Associate  Professor 

J.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
RAYMOND  L.  THOMAS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
RONALD  THOMAS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CAROLYN  A.  THOMPSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
RICHARD  E.  THORELL,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Rochester 
GORDON  F.  THORNTON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 
SALLY  THORNTON,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
DENNIS  D.  TIGER,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
WARNER  E.  TOBIN,  Professor 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
MARTHA  A.  TROXELL,  Associate  Professor 

J.D.,  Temple  University 
J.  DAVID  TRUBY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
LAWRENCE  R.  TUCKER,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
WILLIAM  N.  TURNER,  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
LAWRENCE  J.  TURTON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas 
MARIE  TWAL,  Instructor 

M.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
LEON  D.  VANDECREEK,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Dakota 
JANE  VANSTEENKIST,  Associate  Professor 

M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan 
POTHEN  VARUGHESE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 
RICHARD  VEXLER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
LESLIE  VICKERS,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
FRANK  A.  VIGGIANO,  JR.,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


Chemistry 

Management  and  Marketing 

Physics 

English 

Geoscience 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Music 

Foundations  of  Education 

Nursing 

Criminology 

English 

Couiiselor  Education 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Music 

Psychology 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Accounting 

Chairperson,  University  School 

Administrative  Services  and 

Business  Education 

Journalism 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Military  Science 

Chairperson,  Special  Education 

and  Clinical  Services 

Nursing 

Psychology 

Music 

Chemistry 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

Consumer  Services 


390 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JACOB  U.  VOELKER,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 
DOROTHY  C.  VOGEL,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
EDWINA  B.  VOLD,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
EVA  VOUKLIZAS,  Associate  Professor 

M.Mus.,  Indiana  University 
JAMES  A.  WADDELL,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
TIRLOCHAN  S.  WALIA,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  New  Yori<  University 
DONALD  A.  WALKER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
JOANN  E.  WALTHOUR,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
BERNADETTE  L.  WALZ,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
GEORGE  B.  WALZ,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 
STEPHEN  B.  WARE,  Associate  Professor 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University 
SHIRLEY  WASHINGTON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Howard  University 
MARCIA  R.  WATTS,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Villanova  University 
CALVIN  E.  WEBER,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
WILLIAM  F.  WEGENER,  Professor 

D.P.A.,  Nova  University 
RONALD  M.  WEIERS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
CHRISTOPHER  L.  WEILAND,  Associate  Professor 

M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JAMES  E.  WELKER,  Assistant  Professor 

M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
NED  O.  WERT,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
ROBERT  L.  WHITMER,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DENNIS  W.  WHITSON,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
VYTHILINGA  WIJEKUMAR,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Ohio  State  University 
GEORGE  T.  WILEY,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  Western  Reserve  University 
DORIAN  L.  WILKERSON,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
CAROLYN  J.  WILKIE,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
LINDA  L.  WILLIAMS,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
MICHAEL  M.  WILLIAMSON,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
GWENDOLYN  WILLIS,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  American  University 
MARILYN  E.  WILLIS,  Assistant  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 
JERRY  G.  WILSON,  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Chaminade  University 


German 

History 

Chairperson,  Professional 

Studies  in  Education 

Music 

English 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

Chairperson,  Economics 

University  School 

Nursing 

Psychology 

Economics 

Political  Science 

Computer  Science 

Chairperson,  Music 

Criminology 

Management  and  Marketing 

Art 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 

Art 

Chairperson,  French 

Physics 

Physics 

History 

Special  Education 

Director,  Learning  Center 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

English 

Communications  Media 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Military  Science 


Directory — 391 


T.  KENNETH  WILSON,  Associate  Professor 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo 
RAY  L.  WINSTEAD.  Professor 

Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University 
ROBERT  WITCHEL,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
EDWARD  G.  WOLF,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JAMES  L.  WOLFE,  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
RICHARD  E.  WOLFE,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
BETTY  LOU  WOOD,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JOHN  T.  WOOD,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
MELVIN  R.  WOODARD,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 
IX)N  W  WOODWORTH,  Associate  Professor 

M.A.,  Indiana  University 
JOHN  C.  WOOLCOCK,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Riverside 
WILLIAM  C.  WORK,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 
JOHN  C.  WORZBYT,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
MYRON  M.  YAGEL,  Associate  Professor 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
ROBERT  YARUP  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  West  Virginia  University 
STANLEY  J.  YEREP,  Assistant  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  C.P.A.,  Maryland 
KWASI  YIRENKYI,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DAVID  L.  YOUNG,  Professor 

Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
MAURICE  M.  ZACUR,  Professor 

Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
GENO  ZAMBOTTI,  Associate  Professor 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
MARY  L.  ZANICH  ,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
SHERWOOD  E.  ZIMMERMAN,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 
SUSAN  T.  ZIMNY,  Assistant  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 
CARLEEN  ZONI,  Associate  Professor 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
PHILLIP  J.  ZORICH,  Assistant  Professor 

M.A.,  University  of  Oregon 


English 

Biology 

Chairperson,  Counselor  Education 

Library 

Computer  Science 

Mathematics 

Consumer  Services 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

English 

Chemistry 

Psychology 

Counselor  Education 

Special  Education 

and  Clinical  Services 

English 

Accounting 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Communications  Media 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Assistant  Chairperson,  Chemistry 

Psychology 

Criminology 

Psychology 

Chairperson,  Nursing 

Library 


Adjunct  Professors — Medical  Technology 

The  individuals  named  below  provide  programs  affiliated  with  lUP.  Administrators  and  teaching 
staffs  of  other  hospital  schools  are  awarded  Adjunct  Professorships  in  years  when  Indiana  students  are 
in  attendance. 


392 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


RONALD  BERARDI,  M.D. 

Director  of  Pathology  Laboratories  and  School 

of  Medical  Technology,  Latrobe  Area  Hospital, 

Latrobe,  Pa.;  M.D.,  Loyola  University,  Chicago,  111. 
BETH  CEPIL,  B.S,  M.T.  (ASCP),  C.L.SR  (M),  S.M.,  (AAM) 

Director  of  Education,  Healtheast  Laboratories,  Allentown,  Pa.; 

College  Misericordia 
PATRICIA  A.  CHAPPEL,  B.S.,  M.T. 

Education  Coordinator,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Conemaugh 

Valley  Memorial  Hospital,  Johnstown,  Pa.;  B.S.,  Thomas  Jefferson 

University 
PAUL  J.  CHERNEY,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  Medical  Technology  Program,  Abington  Memorial 

Hospital,  Abington,  Pa.;  M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
PROCTOR  L.  CHILD,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Allentown  Hospital, 

Allentown,  Pa.;  M.D.,  Long  Island  College  of  Medicine 
WILLIAM  A.  COX,  M.D. 

Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Thomas  Hospital,  Akron, 

Ohio;  M.D.,  Temple  University  Medical  School 
JANICE  CRAWFORD,  B.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Educational  Coordinator,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

St.  Luke's  Hospital,  Bethlehem,  Pa.;  B.S., 

Shippensburg  University 
VIRGINIA  DELL  CRAIG,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Education  Coordinator,  Benedum  School  of  Medical 

Technology,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.; 

B.S.,  B.A.,  Texas  Woman's  University 
EDWARD  A.  EISENHOWER,  M.D. 

Director  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Joseph  Hospital,  Lancaster,  Pa.; 

M.D.,  Medical  University  of  South  Carolina 
GERALD  PAHS,  M.D. 

Director  of  Medical  Technology,  Lancaster  General  Hospital, 

Lancaster,  Pa.;  M.D. ,  Temple  University 
JOSEPH  W  FISHER,  JR.,  M.D. 

Director  of  Pathology,  St.  Luke  Hospital  of  Bethlehem,  Pa. 
JANICE  FOGLEMAN,  S.M.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Educational  Coordinator,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

Harrisburg  Hospital,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
NADINE  E.  GLADFELLER,  M.S. 

Educational  Coordinator,  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  Lancaster,  Pa.; 

M.S.,  Temple  University 
SIDNEY  GOLDBLATT,  M.D. 

Director  of  Clinical  Laboratories  and  Chief 

Pathologist,  Conemaugh  Valley  Hospital,  Johnstown,  Pa. 
JOANNE  GROTE,  B.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Assistant  Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

Latrobe  Area  Hospital,  Latrobe,  Pa.;  B.S.,  St.  Francis 

College 
SUSAN  HERR,  B.A.,  M.S.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Joseph  Hospital, 

Lancaster,  Pa.;  B.A.,  Shippensburg  State  College;  M.S.,  Temple 

University 
NORMA  HOENSHEL,  B.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP),  M.A. 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Latrobe 

Area  Hospital,  Latrobe,  Pa.;  B.S.,  California  State 

College;  M.A.,  Central  Michigan  University 


Directory — 393 


KENNETH  H.  JURGENS.  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Vincent  Health 

Center,  Erie,  Pa.;  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.D., 

SUNY  at  Downstale 
HIMG.  KWEE,  M.D. 

Medical  Adviser,  Harrisburg  Hospital  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

Harrisburg,  Pa.;  Airlangga  University  of  Medicine 
CARLOS  C.  LAMAS,  M.D. 

Director,  Benedum  School  of  Medical  Technology; 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  M.D., 

Madrid  University  Medical  School 
SUE  W.  LAWTON,  M.T.  (ASCP),  M.A. 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Vincent  Health 

Center,  Erie,  Pa.;  B.S.,  Purdue  University;  M.A.,  Central  Michigan 

University 
SANTO  LONGO,  M.D. 

Director,  Departmeiit  of  Pathology,  Jefferson  Medical  Center 
MARTHA  MEYER,  B.S.   M.T.  (ASCP) 

Educational  Coordinator,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

St.  Thomas  Hospital,  Akron,  Ohio;  B.S.,  Madonna  College 
JOSEPH  R.  NOEL,  B.S. 

Medical  Technology  Program  Director,  Altoona  Hospital,  Altoona,  Pa. 

B.S.,  York  College 
JULIAN  W.  POTOK,  D.O. 

Associate  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

Polyclinic  Hospital,  Harrisburg,  Pa.,  D.O.,  Philadelphia 

College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 
LYNN  RUSSELL,  M.A.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Educational  Coordinator,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center,  Harrisburg,  Pa.;  M.A., 

Central  Michigan  University 
BARBARA  SCHEELJE,  B.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Program  Director,  Medical  Technology  Program,  Abington 

Memorial  Hospital,  Abington,  Pa.;  B.S.  Colby  Sawyer  College 
EUGENE  SNEFF,  M.D. 

Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Altoona 

Hospital,  Altoona,  Pa.;  M.D.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College 


Adjunct  Professors — Respiratory  Therapy 

JACK  ALBERT,  B.S.,  R.T.T. 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care,  West  Penn  Hospital, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University 
MIKE  BENNETT,  M.D. 

Pulmonary  Medicine,  School  of  Respiratory  Care,  West  Penn  Hospital 

Pittsburgh  Pa.;  M.D.,  St.  George  University 
CHUCK  W.  BOIG 

Clinical  Respiratory  Therapy  Instructor,  Children's  Hospital, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
THOMAS  CARLISLE 

Associate  Director,  Cardiopulmonary  Laboratory, 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
JAMESJ.  DEE,  B.S.,R.R.T. 

Director,  Respiratory  Therapy  Services,  Children's  Hospital, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  B.S.,  Ottawa  University 
GAIL  W.  DRUGA,  C.P.F.T. 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy,  Western  Pennsylvania 

Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


394 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BELLA  EROSS,  M.S.,  R.R.T. 

Director  of  Respiratory  Care,  Presbyterian-University  Hospital, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
PAUL  FIEHLER,  M.D. 

Pulmonary  Medicine,  School  of  Respiratory  Care,  West  Penn  Hospital, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
KATHRYN  J.  GILLIS,  B.S.,  R.R.T 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy,  Western  Pennsylvania 

Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
EDWARD  H.  HALE,  M.D. 

Lecturer  in  Internal  Medicine,  School  of  Respiratory 

Therapy,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh, 

Pa.;  M.D.,  Meharry  Medical  College 
JEFFERY  ALAN  HECK,  R.R.T. 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy, 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.; 

B.S.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
JOHN  B.  HILL,  M.D. 

Chairman,  Department  of  Medicine,  West  Perm  Hospital,  Pittsburgh, 

Pa.;  M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
THOMAS  C.  HON,  R.R.T. 

Manager,  Department  of  Respiratory  Care,  School  of  Respiratory 

Therapy,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  B.S., 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
RICHARD  J.  LAURENT,  R.R.T. 

Lecturer,  St.  Francis  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
WILLIAM  J.  MALLEY,  R.R.T. 

Director,  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy, 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  B.S., 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DEBRA  MICHAELS 

Director  of  Clinical  Education,  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh, 

Pa.;  B.S.,  Clarion  State  CoUege;  B.S.,  Indiana 

University  of  Pennsylvania 
JAMES  ROTH,  M.S.,  R.R.T. 

Educational  Coordinator,  Respiratory  Care  Department,  Presbyterian- 
University  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa;  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  H.  SCOTT,  M.D. 

Chief  of  Pulmonary  Medicine  and  Medical  Director,  School  of 

Respiratory  Therapy,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
LAWRENCE  T.  SLATTERY 

Director,  Respiratory  Therapy  Department,  Western 

Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  R.R.T. 
MELISSA  P  WEIMER,  B.S.,  R.R.T. 

Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation  Instructor,  South  Hills  Health  System,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
DREW  WILTSIE,  R.R.T. 

Clinical  Respiratory  Therapy  Instructor,  Children's  Hospital, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


Index 


Index— 395 


A 

Academic  Good  Standing 51 

Academic  Grievances 58 

Academic  Honors 52 

Academic  Policies 46 

Academic  Violations 57 

Accounting  Department 70 

Accreditation 5 

Act  101  Program 40 

Activities  Board 44 

Activity  Fees 18 

Adjunct  Professors 391 

Administrative  Officers 361 

Administrative  Services  and  Business 

Education  Department 71 

Admission  and  Registration 11 

Advanced  Placement  Program 49 

Advisory  Program 53 

Allied  Health  Professions 112 

American  Language  Institute 16 

Anthropology 219 

Anthropology  Department 173 

Application  Fee 12 

Application  for  Graduation 67 

Application  for  Housing 39 

Applied  Music 218 

Aquatics  School 124 

Armstrong  County  Educational 

Trust 360 

Art  and  Education 

Department 100 

Athletics 45 

Audit  Fee 17 

Audit  Policy 48 

Automobiles 40 

B 

Bad  Check  Charge 18 

Basic  Fees 17 

Billings  and  Payments 20 

Biology  Department 183 

Board  of  Governors,  State  System 

of  Higher  Education 360 

Bookstore 43 

Branch  Campuses 8 

Buildings  and  Grounds 5 

Business,  College  of 69 

Business  Associate  Degree 

Program 70 

Business  Education  Department 71 


C 

Calendar 3 

Cancellation 21 

Cancelled  Semester  Policy 48 

Career  Services 41 

Center  for  Community  Affairs 5 

Center  for  Educational  Studies 86 

Center  for  Vocational 

Personnel  Preparation 87 

Certification  for  Teachers 15 

Certification  in  Driver-Education- 
Safe  Living 126 

Certification  Students 15 

Chairpersons  of  Departments 366 

Changes  of  Curriculum 53 

Cheating 57 

Chemistry  Department 188 

Child  Development/Family 

Relations  Program 128 

Class  Attendance 50 

Clubs  and  Organizations 43 

Classification  of  Students 46 

Clinics 86 

Co-Curricular  Activities 43 

College  Board  Examinations 12 

College  of  Business 69 

College  of  Education 83 

College  of  Fine  Arts 99 

College  of  Health  Sciences  (see 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and 

Health  Sciences) 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health 

Sciences Ill 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 133 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

Mathematics 180 

Commonwealth  Association  of 

Students 43 

Communications  Media 

Department 89 

Community  Services 116 

Comparative  Literature 136 

Computer  Center  (see  Information 

Systems  and  Communications 

Center) 

Computer  Science  Department 191 

Consumer  Affairs 115 

Consumer  Services 

Department 114 


396 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Continuing  Education 210 

Cooperative  Programs 182 

Engineering 182 

Family  Medicine 182 

Forestry 182 

Optometry 182 

Podiatry 182 

Co-operative  Recreational  Park 43 

Counseling  and  Student  Development 

Center 40 

Counselor  Education 

Department 90 

Course  Descriptions 214 

Accounting  (AG) 215 

Administrative  Services  (AD) 214 

Anthropology  (AN) 219 

Applied  Music  (AM) 218 

Art  Education  (AT) 224 

Art  History  (AH) 217 

Art  Studio  (AR) 222 

Biology  (Bl) 226 

Business  Education  (BE) 224 

Chemistry  (CH) 231 

Chinese  (CI) 234 

Consumer  Services  (CS) 244 

Communications  Media  (CM) 234 

Computer  Science  (CO) 239 

Counselor  Education  (CE) 230 

Criminology  (CR) 241 

Distributive  Education  (DE) 247 

Early  Childhood  Education 

(EE) 252 

Economics  (EC) 248 

Education  (ED) 251 

Education  of  the  Exceptional 

Person  (EX) 263 

Education  of  the  Hearing 

Impaired  (EH) 253 

Educational  Psychology  (EP) 262 

Elementary  Education  (EL) 254 

English  (EN) 256 

Finance  (Fl) 267 

Fine  Arts  (FA) 266 

Food  and  Nutrition  (FN) 270 

Foreign  Languages  (FL) 269 

French  (FR) 273 

Geography  (GE) 276 

Geoscience  (SC) 282 

German  (GM) 279 

Greek  (GK) 279 

Health  and  Physical 
Education  (HP) 292 


History  (HI) 288 

Home  Economics  Education 

(HE) 285 

Information  Management  (IM) 301 

Industrial  and  Labor 

Relations  (LR) 306 

Journalism  (JN) 303 

Learning  Center  (LC) 306 

Library  (LB) 306 

Management  (MG) 313 

Marine  Science  (Ml) 314 

Marketing  (MK) 316 

Mathematics  (MA) 307 

Medical  Technology  (MT) 319 

Military  Science  (MS) 317 

Music  (MU) 319 

Nursing  (NU) 326 

Philosophy  (PH) 330 

Physics  (PY) 336 

Political  Science  (PS) 332 

Psychology  (PC) 327 

Quantitative  Business  (QB) 338 

Rehabilitation  (RH) 339 

Religious  Studies  (RS) 340 

Respiratory  Therapy  (RT) 342 

Safety  Sciences  (SA) 344 

Science  (SC) 347 

Social  Sciences  (SS) 356 

Social  Work  (SW) 356 

Sociology  (SO) 349 

Spanish  (SP) 353 

Speech  and  Hearing  (SH) 347 

Theater  (TH) 357 

Vocational  Education  (VO) 359 

Course  Numbers  and 
Abbreviations 60 

Course  Withdrawal  Policy 49 

Criminology  Department 137 

Criminology  Associate  Degree 

Program 9 

Criteria  Governing  Continuance 
at  lUP 50 

D 

Damage  Fees 20 

Dean's  List 52 

Degree  Fee 20 

Delinquent  Accounts 20 

Department  Abbreviations 60 

Directors  of  Continuing 

Education  Programs 367 

Directors  of  Special  Clinics 368 


Index— 397 


Directory 360 

Distributive  Education  Major 73 

Driver  Education 126 

Duke  Cooperative  Program  in  Forestry 

and  Environmental  Studies 182 

Duisburg  Program 1 56 

E 

Early  Admissions  Program 13 

Early  Childhood  Education 91 

Economics  Department 139 

Education,  College  of 83 

Education  of  Hearing  Impaired 97 

Education  of  Mentally/Physically 

Handicapped 94 

Educational  Development  Services 

(see  Learning  Assistance  Center) 
Educational  Psychology 

Department 91 

Elementary  Education  Department 

(see  Professional  Studies  in  Education) 

Eligibility  for  Graduation 67 

Engineering 182 

English  as  a  Second  Language 

(ESL) 144 

English  Department 142 

English  Humanities 143 

Emeriti 368 

Employment 26 

Exemption  Examinations 49 

Eye,  The 44 

F 

Faculty 370 

Family  Medicine 182 

Fashion  Merchandising 117 

Fees 17 

Finance  and  Management  Information 

Systems  Department 76 

Finances 17 

Financial  Aid 23 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy 20 

Fine  Arts,  College  of 99 

Food  and  Nutrition  Department 118 

Food  Service 39 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 63 

Foreign  Study  Program 135 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies 

Cooperative  Program 1 82 

Foundations  of  Education 

Department 91 

French  Department 148 


Freshman  Applicants 12 

Freshman  Orientation 37 

Full-Time  Student 46 

G 

General  Education  Requirement 62 

General  Fine  Arts  Major 99 

Geography  and  Regional 

Planning 152 

Geology  Minor 194 

Geoscience  Department 192 

German  Department 154 

Governance 43 

Grade  Appeal  Policy 58 

Grade  Reports 47 

Grades  and  Quality  Points 47 

Graduate  Program  in  Industrial  and 

Labor  Relations 160 

Graduation  Requirements 62 

Grants 28 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan 

Program 27 

Guidelines  for  Student  Conduct 42 

H 

Handbook  44 

Handicapped  Services 41 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Department 123 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Requirements 64 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Special  Regulations 54 

Health  Fee 19 

Health  Services 40 

History  Department 157 

History  of  the  University 4 

Home  Economics  Education 

Department 126 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 

Institutional  Management 120 

Housing 38 

Housing  Fee 18 

How  to  Apply  for  Admission 12 

Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences, 

CoUege  of Ill 

Humanities  and  Social  Sciences, 

College  of 133 

I 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal 49 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 160 


398 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Infirmary 40 

Information  Systems  and 

Communication  Center 5 

Insurance 39 

Interior  Design 117 

International  Studies 160 

Internship  Program 54 

lUP  Council  of  Trustees 360 

lUP  Review 44 

J 
Jefferson  Medical  CoUege-IUP 

Physician  Shortage  Area 

Program 184 

Journalism  Department 161 

K 
Key  for  Course  Numbers 60 

L 

Late  Registration  Fee 18 

Learning  Assistance  Center 40 

Library  and  Media  Services 6 

Loans 27 

M 
Management  and  Marketing 

Department 78 

Mathematics  Department 197 

Media  Services 6 

Medical  Technology 113 

Medical  Technology  Fee 18 

Mexico  Program 176 

Military  Science  Department 208 

Military  Science  Fee 18 

Miscellaneous  Fees 19 

Music  Department 103 

Music  Fee 19 

N 

Nancy  Program 149 

National  Direct  Student  Loan 27 

Natural  Sciences  Major 200 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics, 

College  of 180 

Natural  Sciences  -  Pre-Professional 

Programs 201 

Nursing  Department 129 

Non-Native  Students'  English 

Requirements 68 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Load 46 


O 

Oak,  The 44 

Office  Administration 74 

Office  of  Housing  and  Residence 

Life 38 

Organizations  and  Activities 43 

Orientation 37 

Out-of-State  Student  Fee 17 

P 

Payment  of  Fees 17 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate 

Students 27 

Part-Time  Stud\ 15 

Pass-Fail  Policy 48 

Pechan  Health  Center 40 

Pechan  Health  Center  Staff 368 

Penn,  The 44 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Department 163 

Physics  Department 202 

Placement  Services 41 

Political  Science  Department 166 

Post  Office 42 

Pre-Law  Business 81 

Pre-Law  Criminology 138 

Pre-Law  Economics 141 

Pre-Law  English 144 

Pre-Law  History 158 

Pre-Law  Philosophy 164 

Pre-Law  Political  Science 167 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Department 91 

Program  for  High  School 

Juniors 15 

Psychology  Department 205 

Publications 44 

Punxsutawney  Area  College  Trust 

Advisory  Board 360 

Purpose  of  the  University 6 

Q 

Quality  Points 47 

R 

Readmission  Policy 16 

Refund  Policy 21 

Refrigerator  Rentals 39 

Rehabilitation % 

Religious  Life 45 

Religious  Studies 163 


Index— 399 


Reserve  Officers  Training 

Corps 55 

Residence  Hall  Association 44 

Residence  Halls 38 

Residency  Requirement 67 

Rules  and  Regulations  for  Student 

Behavior 42 

S 

Safety  Sciences  Department 130 

Scholarships 29 

Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 12 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Department 170 

Sophomore  Screening 53 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Department 175 

Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 94 

Special  Fees 20 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 41 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 95 

Student  Cooperative 

Association 42 

Student  Employment 26 

Student  Government  Association 43 

Student  Organizations 43 

Student  Study  Abroad  Fee 18 

Student  Teaching 85 

Student  Union 43 

Study  Abroad 135 

Summer  Sessions 16 

Summer  Sessions  Fees 19 

T 

Teacher  Certification 85 

Telephones 39 

Theater  Department 108 

Transcript  Fees 20 

Transfer  Students 14 

Transfer  Orientation 14 

U 

University,  The 4 

University  Clinics 86 

University  Concert  Committee 44 

University  Directory 44 

University  Extension  Program 211 

University  Recreational  Park 43 

University  Residence  Halls 38 

University  School 86 


University  Senate 44 

University  Sponsored  Loan 

Program 27 

V 

Veterans 42 

Vocational  Rehabilitation 

Assistance 36 

Vocational-Technical  Professional 

Studies 87 

W 

Withdrawal  Policy 50 

Work-Study  Program 26 

Writing  Center 144 


400— Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


NOTES 


Wert 
Bookbinding 

Grsnuillf  PA 
J^N•MAR  looo